Warning, /office/kbibtex-testset/isi/tougao.isi is written in an unsupported language. File is not indexed.

 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Li, KY
    Yam, LH
 TI An optimization design method for large scale structures
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID STRESS CONSTRAINTS; PLATE STRUCTURES; APPROXIMATION
 AB In this paper, based on the mechanical property of structures, a
    unified approximate formula with high precision suitable to several
    structural response functions and various types of finite elements is
    introduced first and then an algorithm for solving the nonlinear
    program is presented. This algorithm is not only effective for solving
    the program constructed by this unified approximate formula, but also
    easy to change the objective function and to solve the structural
    optimization problem with dual or multiple objective functions. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Yam, LH, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARORA JS, 1975, J STRUCT DIV ASCE, V101, P2063
    BERKE L, 1974, AGARD LS, V70, P1
    CANFIELD RA, 1990, AIAA J, V28, P1116
    FLEURY C, 1983, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V37, P249
    LI KY, 1980, P 1 NAT C COMP MECH, P146
    LI KY, 1991, COMPT STRUCT MECH AP, V2, P178
    PRASAD B, 1979, J STRUCT DIV ASCE, V105, P2376
    SCHMIT LA, 1960, P 2 ASCE C EL COMP P, P105
    SCHMIT LA, 1976, NASA CR, P2552
    STARNES JH, 1979, J AIRCRAFT, V16, P564
    STORAASLI OO, 1974, AIAA J, V12, P231
    VANDERPLAATS GN, 1989, AIAA J, V27, P352
    VANDERPLAATS GN, 1993, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V6, P1
    VENKAYYA VB, 1971, J COMPUT STRUCT, V1, P239
    ZHOU M, 1993, AIAA J, V31, P2169
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD NOV 2
 PY 1998
 VL 165
 IS 1-4
 BP 273
 EP 289
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 147XW
 UT ISI:000077523700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Non-linear mathematical model of viscoelastic thin plates with its
    applications
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID SOLIDS
 AB In this paper, the nonlinear mathematical model of viscoelastic thin
    prates, by the Karman's hypotheses of a large deflection plate and the
    Boltzmann's law of anisotropic viscoelastic materials, is established
    by means of the Laplace transformation and its inverse as well as
    so-called structural functions introduced in this paper. In the case of
    isotropic viscoelastic materials with Poisson's ratio nu = const, the
    quasi-static problems of a simply-supported rectangular plate are
    investigated by using the Galerkin method for the spatial domain and
    two finite difference schemes for the temporal domain. It could be seen
    that the numerical method in this paper is Very simple and has some
    advantages, such as, smaller storage and quicker computational speed.
    (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V88, P135
    CHEN Q, 1990, COMPUT STRUCT MECH A, V7, P27
    CHEN WH, 1993, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V109, P315
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DUAN Q, 1995, J APPL MECH, V62, P407
    GAUL L, 1994, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V13, P43
    LEITMAN JM, 1973, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LETALLEC P, 1993, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V109, P233
    SCHANZ M, 1993, APPL MECH REV, V46, P41
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    YANG TQ, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD NOV 2
 PY 1998
 VL 165
 IS 1-4
 BP 307
 EP 319
 PG 13
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 147XW
 UT ISI:000077523700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Chuang, YZ
 TI A Mossbauer study on the mechanically alloyed Cu-Sn alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEM
 AB Nanocrystalline epsilon and eta electron compounds and supersaturated
    solid solution of the Cu-Sn system have been prepared by mechanical
    alloying of elemental Cu and Sn powders. The atomic alloying and
    microstructure of the resultant alloys have been investigated by XRD,
    DSC and Sn-119 Mossbauer spectroscopy. A little amount of SnO2 was
    detected by Mossbauer spectroscopy, although no trace of diffraction
    peaks occurred in the XRD pattern. Thus the spectra for all the milled
    samples should be fitted using two quadrupole-splitting doublets: one
    corresponding to SnO2, the other corresponding to the resultant alloys.
    The composition dependence of the hyperfine parameters has been
    extensively discussed and explained well with respect to oxidation,
    surface effect resulting from grain refinement, coordination
    environment asymmetry and distortion caused or/and induced by
    mechanical alloying.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR CAER GL, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1387
    CORTIE MB, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P11
    GENTE C, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13244
    KOCH CC, 1991, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY, V15, P193
    MASSALSKI TB, 1987, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D, P965
    STEVENS JG, 1981, ISOMER SHIFT REFEREN
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P1956
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    ZHANG DY, 1991, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V40, P844
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 551
 EP 554
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 142QN
 UT ISI:000077212000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, WJ
    Wang, S
 TI Effect of mineral oil on the mechanical properties and fractographs of
    Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) intermetallic alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID FE3AL-BASED ALLOYS; FRACTURE; FE3AL
 AB The effect of mineral oil on the mechanical properties and fractographs
    of Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) intermetallic alloy has been investigated. The
    results show that the tensile ductility of the Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) alloy
    tested in oil is comparable with the results obtained in oxygen and is
    insensitive to strain rate. The fracture mode of the Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr)
    alloy, treated at 700 degrees C/1.5 h and tested in oil, is cleavage
    and with dimples in some areas.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MCKAMEY CG, 1991, J MATER RES, V6, P1779
    MORET M, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P1135
    NI JS, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P457
    QIAO L, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P3949
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 564
 EP 566
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 142QN
 UT ISI:000077212000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
    Wei, JM
    Cai, XS
    Zhang, ZW
    Zheng, G
    Yu, XH
 TI Optical measurement of wet steam in turbines
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING FOR GAS TURBINES AND POWER-TRANSACTIONS OF THE
    ASME
 DT Article
 AB The wetness fraction of steam causes dangerous erosion of turbine
    blades and other components, and decreases efficiency of stages. The
    instrumentation of wet steam has, therefore, attracted growing interest
    from the point of safety and economical operation of power stations.
    Based on the light scattering technique, a method is presented that is
    capable of measuring the wetness fraction of steam, the mean water
    droplet diameter as well as their full size distribution. An optical
    probe has been constructed that can be used in the turbines in
    operation. Its main characteristic and features are discussed in this
    paper. Experimental results in a 200 MW condensing steam turbine are
    also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, 516 Jun Gong
    Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ACCORNERO A, 1987, AEROTHERMODYNAMIC LO, P185
    BARBACCI P, 1991, P INT C MULT FLOW TS, P132
    CAI XS, 1991, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    CAI XS, 1994, P 3 INT S MULT FLOW, P432
    KASPRZYK S, 1964, BRENNSTUFF WARME KRA, V16, P350
    KLEITZ A, 1991, P EUR C TURB LOND, P176
    MOORE MJ, 1987, AEROTHERMODYNAMIC LO
    RENNER M, 1994, P 12 S MEAS TECHN TR, P171
    ROEGENER H, 1960, BWK, V12, P220
    WALTER PT, 1985, JOINT ASME AEEE POW
    WANG NN, 1982, THESIS U STUTTGART G
    WANG NN, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P309
    WILLIAMS GH, 1978, P I MECH ENG, V190
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0742-4795
 J9 J ENG GAS TURB POWER-T ASME
 JI J. Eng. Gas. Turbines Power-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 120
 IS 4
 BP 867
 EP 871
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 142EH
 UT ISI:000077186600026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZJ
    Ying, TL
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
 TI Study on a horseradish peroxidase biosensor based on N-methylene
    phenazine as a mediator
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; N-methyl phenazine; horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID AMPEROMETRIC ENZYME ELECTRODES; GLUCOSE-OXIDASE; GRAPHITE
 AB Horseradish peroxidase biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide
    were constructed with N-methyl phenazine as mediator and
    coimmobilization of N-methyl phenazine, bovine serum albumin and
    glutaraldehyde. The sensor possesses perfect stability and high
    sensitivity, and its linear range is from 1 x 10(-6) to 5 x 10(-4)
    mol/L with the response time of less than 10 s.
 C1 Shanghai Fisheries Univ, Coll Food, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERY WJ, 1985, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V194, P211
    ALBERY WJ, 1985, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V194, P223
    ALBERY WJ, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V218, P127
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    KATAKIS I, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3617
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    PISHKO MV, 1990, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V29, P82
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TORSTENSSON A, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V148, P130
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 6
 BP 641
 EP 643
 PG 3
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 141UW
 UT ISI:000077163500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wong, PL
    Huang, P
    Wang, W
    Zhang, Z
 TI Effect of geometry change of rough point contact due to lubricated
    sliding wear on lubrication
 SO TRIBOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE wear; roughness; micro-EHL
 ID THERMAL-ELASTOHYDRODYNAMIC LUBRICATION; RUNNING-IN; TRACTION; SURFACES;
    MODEL; STEEL
 AB The geometry change of a single asperity due to lubricated wear was
    studied by an experimental simulation with a ball-on-disc set up. The
    wear leads to the formation of a tilted section at the tip of the ball,
    which is proved to be due to the presence of oil during the process.
    The effect of the geometry change of rough surface contacts due to wear
    was examined by a micro-EHL analysis. A non-Newtonian visco-plastic
    fluid model which includes the effect of a limiting sheer strength was
    used.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Mfg Engn & Engn Management Dept, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    S China Univ Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Guangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Mfg Engn & Engn Management Dept, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong.
 CR CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CHANG L, 1992, T ASME, V114, P186
    DOWSON D, 1977, ELASTO HYDRODYNAMIC
    HSIAO HS, 1992, T ASME, V114, P540
    HSIAO HS, 1994, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V116, P559
    HU YZ, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P499
    HUANG P, 1994, ACTA TRIBOLOGICA, V2, P23
    KWEH CC, 1998, T ASME, V110, P421
    PATCHING MJ, 1996, TRIBOL T, V39, P595
    PATIR N, 1978, T ASME, V100, P12
    PAWLUS P, 1997, WEAR, V209, P69
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, THESIS TU DELFT DELF
    SUZUKI M, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P587
    WANG FX, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P755
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1023-8883
 J9 TRIBOL LETT
 JI Tribol. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 5
 IS 4
 BP 265
 EP 274
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 138ZF
 UT ISI:000077002400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI The subharmonic bifurcation of a viscoelastic circular cylindrical shell
 SO NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; circular cylindrical shell; resonance; subharmonic
    bifurcation
 AB In this paper the nonlinear dynamic behavior of a viscoelastic circular
    cylindrical shell under a harmonic excitation applied at both ends is
    studied. The modified Flugge partial differential equations of motion
    are reduced to a system of finite degrees of freedom using the Galerkin
    method. The equations are solved by the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction
    procedure. In order to study 1/2 and 1/4 subharmonic parametric
    resonance of the shell, the transition sets in parameter plane and
    bifurcation diagrams are plotted for a number of situations. Results
    indicate that, for certain static loads, the shell may display jumps
    due to the presence of dynamic periodic load with small amplitude.
    Additionally, different physical situations are identified in which
    periodic oscillating phenomena can be observed, and where 1/4
    subharmonic parametric resonance is simpler than the 1/2-one.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELIAEV NM, 1924, ENG CONSTRUCTIONS ST, P149
    BOLOTIN VV, 1964, DYNAMIC STABILITY EL
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    EVENSEN HA, 1967, AIAA J, V5, P969
    GOLUBISKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    GURGOZE M, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V102, P415
    HUANG NC, 1972, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V8, P315
    HUANG NC, 1982, STABILITY MECH CONTI, P215
    IWATSUBO T, 1972, J SOUND VIBRATION, V23, P245
    KOUNADIS AN, 1977, J STRUCTURAL MECHANI, V5, P383
    SIMITSES GJ, 1987, APPL MECH REV, V40, P1403
    XU KY, 1995, MMM, V6, P247
    XU KY, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    YAMAKI N, 1984, ELASTIC STABILITY CI
    YAO JC, 1963, AIAA J, V1, P1391
    YAO JC, 1965, J APPL MECH, V32, P109
    ZHU YY, 1996, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P257
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0924-090X
 J9 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 JI Nonlinear Dyn.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 159
 EP 171
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 138AX
 UT ISI:000076950200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YF
    Wang, Q
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonlinear TE surface waves on an antiferromagnetic crystal
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB A study of nonlinear magnetodynamic waves in antiferromagnetic
    materials is presented. Attention is restricted to an exact theory of
    electromagnetic waves along the single interface between a linear
    dielectric material and an antiferromagnetic crystal. The nonlinear
    motion equation for the TE waves is converted to the Bernoulli
    differential equation and its exact solution is found in a form of
    inverse function, and the exact dispersion relation is obtained. The
    necessary condition for the existence of the nonlinear TE surface wave
    is mu(x)(L) > 0. The dispersion equation and the frequency regime are
    analyzed. The theoretical results show that the peak position of the
    magnetic field is not a function of the effective index and is located
    steadily at the surface of the crystal, and in some cases one guided
    power corresponds to two different effective refraction indexes showing
    the bistable property of the waves. (C) 1998 American Institute of
    Physics. [S0021-8979(98)01823-4].
 C1 Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai 200135, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai 200135,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P319
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    LAX B, 1962, MICROWAVE FERRIMAGNE, CH6
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 84
 IS 11
 BP 6233
 EP 6238
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 137RN
 UT ISI:000076930100060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JP
    Xu, DM
 TI Technique for optically tuning dielectric resonators
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A novel technique is presented for optically tuning dielectric
    resonators at microwave frequencies. The resonator is tuned by coupling
    it to two sections of microstrip tuning line which are connected by a
    photoconductor patch. The resonant frequency of the dielectric
    resonator is changed when the photoconductor is illuminated. With 200
    mW optical power, an 86 MHz tuning range has been achieved, which is
    the best result ever reported.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JP, Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BUER KV, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P36
    GU ML, 1997, MICR C CHIN, P101
    HERCZFELD PR, 1985, RCA REV, V46, P528
    KAJFEZ D, 1986, DIELECTRIC RESONATOR
    RAMO S, 1984, FIELDS WAVES COMMUNI
    SHEN Y, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1005
    XU DM, 1990, APMC 90
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD OCT 29
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 22
 BP 2137
 EP 2138
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 138NL
 UT ISI:000076978600045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Wang, B
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Bosonization to order 1/m by duality in three dimensions
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID WAVE FUNCTIONALS; FIELD-THEORIES
 AB The recently discovered bosonization via duality transform can be used
    in arbitrary space-time dimensions. It is stressed that because of the
    gauge invariance of the resulting bosonic model for D greater than or
    equal to 3, the generating functional is not well-defined. This
    weakness can be eliminated by decomposing the bosonic field into
    transverse and longitudinal parts and only the transverse part is
    relevant. In this way the massive Thirring model in (2 + 1) dimensions
    is bosonized. It is found that the current-current coupling bosonizes
    into a Maxwell term.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiu, XJ, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 EM xjqiu@fudan.ac.cn
 CR ABDALLA E, 1991, NONPERTURBATIVE METH
    BANERJEE R, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V465, P157
    BURGESS CP, 1994, NUCL PHYS B, V421, P373
    BURGESS CP, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V329, P457
    BURGESS CP, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V336, P18
    CASTRONETO AH, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P10877
    DESER S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1541
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V392, P667
    FRADKIN E, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V338, P253
    FROHLICH J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P6788
    ITOH T, HEPTH9411201
    LEGUILLOU JC, 1997, NPB PREPRINT
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
    SCHAPOSNIK FA, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V356, P39
    TSVELIK AM, 1995, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD SEP 21
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 29
 BP 2393
 EP 2398
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 133FZ
 UT ISI:000076677300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
    Lu, JM
 TI Iterative analytical solution of nonlinear analysis of shallow
    spherical shell with computer algebra systems - MapleV
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID SOFTWARE
 AB This paper is concerned with the application of Computer algebra
    System-MapleV to the nonlinear analysis of shallow spherical shells. In
    the present paper, the nonlinear equations of the shell to the
    nonlinear problem could be solved by using CASes method. Detailed
    high-order iterative solution expressions and analytical results for
    the third iteration are given in CASes forms. The numerical results
    show that the solutions of this paper contain other cases where the
    solutions were the second iteration. The effects of various inner
    radius parameters have been investigated in detail. The results of the
    third iterative expressions are obtained firstly. It has been shown
    that the adoption of CASes method would be useful in nonlinear
    problems. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *MAPLE, 1992, SYMB COMP GROUP
    FOSTER KR, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P679
    HANSEN P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P227
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1991, ENG FRACT MECH, V38, P95
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V94, P229
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V47, P233
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V49, P75
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    YE Z, 1997, MECH PRACTICE, V19, P1
    YE ZM, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P1026
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD SEP 21
 PY 1998
 VL 163
 IS 1-4
 BP 383
 EP 394
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 134JR
 UT ISI:000076740200025
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Cao, Q
    Hua, TC
 TI Effects on rapid cooling of small samples in quenching
 SO BIOTRANSPORT: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN LIVING SYSTEMS
 SE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
 DT Article
 ID CURVES; RATES
 AB Rapid cooling of small samples is necessary both to cryofixation for
    electron microscopy and to vitrification for cryopreservation, Several
    effects on the cooling rates of small samples quenched into liquid
    nitrogen were studied, including the diameter of samples, the
    subcooling of liquid nitrogen, the quenching speed, and the quenching
    distance, The heat flux is up to 1.4 X 10(6) W/m(2); the cooling rate
    is also up to 8200 K/s at the CRF point of boiling curves for sphere of
    diameter 0.287 mm quenching into subcooled liquid nitrogen, It is also
    found that if the time of sample moving inside the liquid nitrogen is
    not longer than the time required for forming stable vapor in the
    liquid, the quenching boiling heat transfer is not influenced by the
    quenching speed, Several equations for calculating heat flux of samples
    are also presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Refrigerat & Cryogen Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, Q, Shanghai Marine Equipment Res Inst, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALD WB, 1987, QUANTITATIVE CRYOFIX
    CAO Q, 1998, P ICCR 98 HANGZH CHI, P117
    DED JS, 1972, AICHE J, V18, P337
    ELKASSABGI Y, 1988, ASME, V110, P479
    FAHY GM, 1988, LOW TEMPERATURE BIOT, P113
    HAN RH, 1995, CRYOLETT, V16, P157
    HENDRICKS RC, 1969, TND5124 NASA
    RYAN KP, 1985, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V140, P47
    RYAN KP, 1987, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V145, P89
    TAJIMA M, 1990, JSME, V33, P340
    WESTWATER JW, 1986, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V25, P685
    YU GX, 1991, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME
    ZUBER N, 1958, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V80, P711
    ZUBER N, 1961, P 2 INT HEAT TRANSF, P27
    ZUBER N, 1963, ASME NEW YORK, V27, P230
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0077-8923
 J9 ANN N Y ACAD SCI
 JI Ann.NY Acad.Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 858
 BP 262
 EP 269
 PG 8
 GA BL74B
 UT ISI:000076515800026
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhao, H
    Hua, TC
    Zhou, YZ
    Wang, QF
    Yang, Y
    Bao, LL
 TI Cryopreservation and transplantation of dog trachea
 SO BIOTRANSPORT: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN LIVING SYSTEMS
 SE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
 DT Article
 ID CANINE
 AB In order to meet the need of trachea transplantation for clinical
    application, it is important to research the methods of
    cryopreservation and transplantation of trachea. By the thermal
    analyses and thermal control techniques, combined with electron
    microscopy, the effects of cooling and warming rates with different
    concentrations of cryoprotective agents were studied. Also the
    transplantation technique was studied, eighty five percent ( 17/20) of
    the dogs were survival after the transplantation with cryopreserved
    tracheas.
 C1 Shanghai Chest Hosp, Dept Gen Thorac Surg, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Cryobiol Engn Lab, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, H, Shanghai Chest Hosp, Dept Gen Thorac Surg, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BATESON EAJ, 1994, CRYOLETT, V15, P15
    CHEN RT, 1988, CRYOBIOLOGY, V25, P549
    DESCHAMPS C, 1989, ANN THORAC SURG, V47, P208
    HUA TC, 1991, J BIOMEDICAL ENG, V10, P118
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN
    LETANG E, 1990, ANN THROAC SURG, V49, P951
    YOKOMISE H, 1994, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V107, P1391
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0077-8923
 J9 ANN N Y ACAD SCI
 JI Ann.NY Acad.Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 858
 BP 270
 EP 275
 PG 6
 GA BL74B
 UT ISI:000076515800027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Ionic interdiffusion of functionally gradient piezoelectric materials
    in PNN/PZT system
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE ionic interdiffusion; compositional distribution; piezoelectric
    materials; PNN/PZT system; functionally gradient materials
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The ionic interdiffusions for Nb5+, Ni2+, Zr4+ and Ti4+ ions in the
    PNN/PZT functionally gradient piezoelectric materials were investigated
    as a function of diffusion temperature and time respectively. The ionic
    compositional distribution profiles were examined by electron probe
    microbeam analysis (EPMA), from which the thickness of the
    interdiffusion layers were determined. Based on a diffusion model of
    the overlapped diffusion solute from thin slub, the numerical
    simulation of the ionic concentration distributions for Nb5+, Ni2+,
    Zr4+ and Ti4+ ions was carried out by computer, which was in agreement
    with the EPMA experimental result. The ionic diffusivities and apparent
    activation energies were estimated, and discussed.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing
    210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAWIA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO
    SHEWMON PG, 1963, DIFFUSION SOLIDS, CH1
    TAKAHASHI H, 1990, JSME INT J A-SOLID M, V33, P281
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 181
 EP 188
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 127AA
 UT ISI:000076326500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Y
    Jin, L
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SC
 TI Two various element doped ZnS cluster
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE cluster; dope; quantum size effect; time decay
 AB Manganese-doped zinc sulfide and copper-doped zinc sulfide were
    prepared by a chemical precipitation method. The structures and sizes
    of these clusters were detected by X-ray diffraction. Photoluminescence
    measurements demonstrate some changes in optical property due to
    quantum size effect, such as excitation blue shift with size decreasing
    and faster decay time. The mechanisms of various luminescent centers in
    zinc sulfide cluster were discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, J LUMIN, V60, P275
    BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BRUS L, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P2555
    KHOSRAVI AA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2702
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 225
 EP 228
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 127AA
 UT ISI:000076326500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, J
    Guo, BY
    Cao, WM
 TI Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral method for three-dimensional vorticity
    equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE pseudospectral method; vorticity equation; error estimates
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT; FLOW
 AB In this paper, a Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral scheme with mixed
    filtering is proposed for three-dimensional vorticity equation. The
    generalized stability and convergence are proved. The numerical results
    show the advantages of this method.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, ICMSEC, State Key Lab Sci & Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GUO BY, UNPUB GEN BOCHNER SU
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNI, P253
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    GUO BY, 1995, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V11, P94
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MURDOK JW, 860434 AIAA
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, F56 CNRS CTR MATH AP
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 417
 EP 436
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 126AX
 UT ISI:000076271500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem in short intervals
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinan 250014, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, MG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    SALERNO S, 1993, NOTE MAT, V13, P309
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
    WU J, 1994, J LOND MATH SOC, V49, P61
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 16
 BP 1401
 EP 1403
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 126CQ
 UT ISI:000076275700020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Medium effects on dynamical properties of the fermion and mesons in the
    gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ADDITIONAL 4-FERMION INTERACTION; THERMODYNAMICS
 AB The gap equation for the fermion in the gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio (NJL)
    model is derived in nuclear medium with flavors N-f = 2. Based on the
    gap equation, the fermion mass in nuclear medium is obtained and used
    to determine the properties of the scalar and pseudoscalar mesons. In
    contrast to the NJL model, the gluonic part has the one-fourth
    contribution to the fermion mass. The critical density with the chiral
    symmetry restored is about 6 rho(0).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, WZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR APPELQUIST T, 1988, P 12 J HOPK WORKSH C, P197
    BERNARD V, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P818
    BERNARD V, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V489, P647
    CHRISTOV CV, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V510, P689
    CUGNON J, 1996, NUCL PHYS A, V598, P515
    HENLEY EM, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V513, P667
    JIANG WZ, UNPUB COVARIANT GAP
    KONDO K, 1993, MOD PHYS LETT A, V8, P2859
    KONDO K, 1993, PROG THEOR PHYS, V89, P1249
    KONDO KI, 1991, MOD PHYS LETT A, V6, P3385
    LEUNG CN, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V273, P649
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P129
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P1409
    NAMBU Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V122, P345
    ZHUANG P, 1994, NUCL PHYS A, V576, P525
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 9
 BP 639
 EP 641
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 126XR
 UT ISI:000076320700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Zhong, SS
 TI Dual-polarized microstrip antenna array with high isolation fed by
    coplanar network
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE dual polarization; microstrip antenna array; coplanar network
 AB Serial corner feeding of a square patch with two ports is proposed to
    realize dual-polarized operation. A novel coplanar feedline network is
    also presented for the array. A method of analysis is developed. The
    measured isolation is less than -40 dB at 6.07 GHz. The array has a
    small size and is easy to be combined further to form a larger coplanar
    array (C) 1998 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DANIEL JP, 1985, P ISAP 85, P121
    DUTOLT LJ, 1987, IEEE ANTENNAS PROPAG, V2, P810
    GUPT KC, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S ANT, V2, P786
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    JAMES JR, 1981, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T, P166
    LO YT, 1988, ANTENNA HDB THEORY
 NR 6
 TC 14
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 214
 EP 216
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 124EG
 UT ISI:000076168000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
 TI Gegenbauer approximation and its applications to differential equations
    on the whole line
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Gegenbauer approximations; differential equations on the whole line;
    convergences
 ID DOMAINS
 AB A Gegenbauer approximation is discussed. Several imbedding inequalities
    and inverse inequalities are obtained. some approximation results are
    given. By variable transformation, differential equations on the whole
    lint: are changed to certain equations on a finite interval. Gegenbauer
    polynomials are used for their numerical solutions. The stabilities and
    convergences of proposed schemes are proved. The main idea and
    techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other
    multiple-dimensional problems in unbounded domains. (C) 1998 Academic
    Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang, South Korea.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    ASKEY R, 1975, REGIONAL C SERIES AP, V21
    BERGH J, 1976, INTERPOLATION SPACES
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GUO BY, IN PRESS MATH COMP
    GUO BY, 1965, TR SUST
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    IRANZO V, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V98, P105
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MAVRIPLIS C, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V80, P480
    RICHTMEYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    TIMAN AF, 1963, THEORY APPROXIMATION
 NR 20
 TC 14
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1998
 VL 226
 IS 1
 BP 180
 EP 206
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 123CQ
 UT ISI:000076108600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, YR
    Hou, DH
    Wang, DY
    Xu, WP
 TI Hot deformation and modeling of flow stress for a Ti-containing HSLA
    steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID STRIP; PREDICTION
 AB Single-stage and double-stage interrupted hot compression tests for
    simulating hot rolling have been carried out for a Ti-containing HSLA
    steel (10Ti). Physical simulation of hot rolling was in progress
    utilizing a Thermecmastor-Z simulator in 850 similar to 1150 degrees C
    and strain rate of 0.1 similar to 60 s(-1) A model for residual strain
    ratio lambda was designed, and a model of flow stress considering
    residual strain has been obtained.
    sigma = 8.176(epsilon + Delta epsilon(i)) .(epsilon) over
    dot(5.69x10-5T)..exp(3634/T)
    Delta epsilon(i) = lambda(i)[epsilon(0(i-1))+
    lambda((i-1))(epsilon(0(i-2)))+ lambda((i-2))(epsilon(0(i-3)))+ ...]
    The hot deformation behaviour at various strain rates has been studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, YR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BEYNON JH, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P259
    DEARDO AJ, 1988, THERMEC882029
    DEARDO AJ, 1995, MICROALLOYING 95, P15
    FABREGUE P, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P75
    HODGSON PD, 1993, MODELLING METAL ROLL
    KWON O, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P350
    LAASRAOUI A, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P95
    SAMUEL FH, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P878
    SAMUEL FH, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P216
    SELLARS CM, 1990, MATER SCI TECH SER, V6, P1072
    TAMURE I, 1988, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    XU YR, 1991, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V7, P317
    XU YR, 1993, P 4 INT C TECHN PLAS
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 419
 EP 424
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 125AB
 UT ISI:000076214300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Energy spectrum of excitations in the Proca-Chern-Simons system
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRACTIONAL SPIN; QUANTUM-MECHANICS; FIELD-THEORY; QUANTIZATION;
    STATISTICS
 AB We quantize the Proca-Chern-Simons system via the path-integral
    approach and diagonalize the Hamiltonian by canonical transformations.
    We find that the mass spectrum of the system is equivalent to a system
    of two free scalar fields; the statistical partition function, which
    does not exhibit any exotic properties, is also evaluated from the
    diagonalized Hamiltonian.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Teachers Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAILIN D, 1986, INTRO GAUGE FIELD TH
    BANERJEE R, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5431
    BAXTER C, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P514
    BERNARD CW, 1974, PHYS REV D, V9, P3312
    BOWICK MJ, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V271, P417
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECT QUANTUM DYNAMIC
    DUNNE GV, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P661
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FORTE S, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P193
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    NIEMI AJ, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V336, P381
    SEMENOFF GW, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P517
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 8
 BP 2105
 EP 2113
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 123ZX
 UT ISI:000076156800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Shen, M
    Ren, ZM
 TI Lateral stability of alternative horizontal levitation electromagnetic
    continuous casting of aluminium sheet
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE stability; horizontal continuous casting; electromagnetic casting;
    aluminium sheet
 AB The lateral stability of alternative horizontal levitation
    electromagnetic continuous casting process of aluminium sheet was
    analyzed by correlating the lateral electromagnetic force on the
    aluminium sheet to the lateral position disturbance of the sheet which
    was set between the side blocks. The results show that when a small
    disturbance occurs to the lateral position of the sheet, the unbalanced
    lateral force caused by disturbance will make it greater. Therefore,
    the lateral position of the sheet is an unstable balanced position,
    which explains the observation of instability in experiment. Based on
    the analyses, an explanation for the formation of rod after the
    appearance of the instability in the casting process of aluminium sheet
    was given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1992, J DALIAN U TECH, V32, P121
    REN ZM, 1993, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P78
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P462
    REN ZM, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P42
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 8
 IS 3
 BP 441
 EP 444
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 121TW
 UT ISI:000076030900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Luo, JB
    Zhang, Z
 TI A new optical technique for roughness measurement on moving surface
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE surface roughness; speckle; scattering
 ID REAL-TIME MEASUREMENT
 AB A new optical technique which allows the roughness of moving surfaces
    to be determined was developed. The new technique which is called the
    dark/bright ratio (DBR) method utilizes the combined effects of speckle
    and scattering phenomena. The roughness of surfaces is inferred from
    the dimensions of the recorded dark or bright area in the speckle
    pattern. Although it is a relative method, it has great potential to be
    used for in-process measurement and automation owing to the simplicity
    of both its principle and required optical set-up. The new technique
    has also been proved to have large measuring range and with high
    precision, The principle of this technique and the set-up of the
    measuring system are described. Experimental results for both static
    and dynamic conditions, which were compared to those obtained using the
    traditional stylus technique, were found to be in good agreement. The
    reliability of the new technique in obtaining roughness data of
    surfaces under various speed conditions (from 0 to 0.017 m/s) was
    validated. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Natl Tribol Lab, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat Chee
    Ave, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR BECKMANN P, 1987, SCATTERING ELECTROMA
    BENNETT JM, 1985, OPT ENG, V24, P380
    BROADMAN R, 1986, P 3 INT C METR PROP, P1
    CLARKE GM, 1979, WEAR, V57, P107
    HUANG P, 1994, J TRIBO, V14, P175
    LEGER D, 1976, J OPT SOC AM, V66, P1210
    LIANG X, 1989, WEAR, V132, P221
    LUO JB, 1996, WEAR, V194, P107
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PERSSON U, 1992, OPT LASER ENG, V17, P61
    PERSSON U, 1993, WEAR, V160, P221
    SIROHI RS, 1993, SPECKLE METROLOGY, P380
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 281
 EP 287
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 120XE
 UT ISI:000075982100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
 TI Range image acquisition for machine vision
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE range finding; laser scanning; target acquisition; machine vision
 AB An optical 3-D imaging system for autonomous vehicle and mobile robot
    navigation is presented. The system is based on a phase comparison
    range finder using a 30-mW laser diode modulated at a 5-MHz frequency,
    and a scanning mechanism, consisting of a nodding mirror and an
    eight-faced polygon and providing 30 X 30-deg total view with only
    0.5-deg instantaneous fields of view for the receiver optics. A
    Si-avalanche photodiode (APD) optoelectric detector and low-noise
    preamplifier can detect very low levels of returned energy. With an
    integrated MC4044 circuit for phase comparison, pixel range information
    can be represented by gray level on the high-resolution video monitor.
    A 3-D range image is obtained in the experiment, and a range accuracy
    of 0.08 m at 10 m outdoors in sunlight is achieved. (C) 1998 Society of
    Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, DW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAMERON ES, 1989, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1103, P190
    DAVIS WC, 1985, NSFECS85003 NTIS CUR
    MORING I, 1989, OPT ENG, V28, P897
    SAMPSON RE, 1987, IEEE COMPUT, V20, P23
    VEATCH PA, 1990, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V50, P50
    WESOLOWICZ KG, 1987, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V783, P152
    ZUK DM, 1983, 3 DIMENSIONAL VISION
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 9
 BP 2531
 EP 2535
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 120BV
 UT ISI:000075935400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, M
    Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
 TI Stability of alternative horizontal levitation electromagnetic
    continuous casting of aluminum sheet
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Box 189,149 Yan
    Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shenw@online.sh.cn
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    OHNO A, 1986, J MET, V38, P14
    REN Z, 1994, J SYNCHROTRON RADIAT, V1, P78
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1992, J DALIAN U TECH, V32, P121
    REN ZM, 1993, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P462
    REN ZM, 1996, T NONFEROUS MET SOC, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P42
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 9
 BP 1035
 EP 1037
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 120PQ
 UT ISI:000075965100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ho, SL
    Fu, WN
    Wong, HC
 TI Estimation of stray losses of skewed rotor induction motors using
    coupled 2-D and 3-D time stepping finite element methods
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE induction machines; losses; finite element methods
 ID MACHINES; MODEL
 AB A precise estimation of stray losses in skewed rotor induction motors
    is an important and yet very challenging topic for machine designers,
    Methods for evaluating the stray losses in skewed rotor induction
    motors by coupling a 2-D multi-slice time stepping finite element model
    into a 3-D time stepping finite element method are presented in this
    paper, The model tan take into account the inter-bar currents which are
    ignored if a 2-D finite element model only is used, New formulas, which
    are based on the actual changes in the magnetic flux densities and can
    be easily coupled into a time stepping finite element method for
    estimating the iron losses, are also described.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 RP Ho, SL, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 CR ALGER PL, 1970, INDUCTION MACH
    ARKKIO A, 1992, P ICEM MANCH, P317
    HO SL, 1995, C P, V412, P93
    HO SL, 1997, 1997 IEEE INT EL MAC
    HO SL, 1997, IEEE T MAGN, V33, P2265
    JIMOH AA, 1985, IEEE T PAS, V104, P1506
    JIMOH AA, 1985, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V104, P1500
    PIRIOU F, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1096
    SALON SJ, 1984, IEEE T MAGN, V20, P1992
 NR 9
 TC 14
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3102
 EP 3105
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 120MM
 UT ISI:000075960200173
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Gu, SW
    Shi, YM
 TI Effects of strong coupling magnetopolaron in quantum dot
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL POLARON; MAGNETIC-FIELD; STATE
 AB With the use of variational method of Pekar type, we have calculated
    both the ground state energy and the excited state energy of strong
    coupling magnetopolaron in disk-shape quantum dot. The dependence of
    cyclotron resonance frequency of magnetopolaron on the magnetic field
    and the confinement strength of quantum dot and quantum well is
    depicted. The limiting case of bulk type and strict two-dimensional
    type is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Condensed Matter Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHATTERJEE A, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P1668
    DAVYDOV AS, 1976, QUANTUM MECH
    DEMEL T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P788
    DEVREESE JT, 1972, POLARONS IONIC CRYST
    FROHLICH H, 1954, ADV PHYS, V3, P325
    HUYBRECHTS WJ, 1977, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V10, P3761
    KUPER CG, 1963, POLARONS EXCITONS
    LARSEN DM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P4435
    LEE TD, 1953, PHYS REV, V90, P297
    LEPINE Y, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V122, P151
    LORKE A, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2559
    MASALE M, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P11128
    PAN JS, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V128, P287
    PEETERS FM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4442
    PEKAR SI, 1954, UNTERSUCHUNGEN ELEKT
    PETERS FM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P7281
    PETERS FM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P7302
    SIKORSKI C, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2164
    TOKUDA N, 1987, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V20, P3021
    YILDIRIM T, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P1271
    ZHU KD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P12941
    ZHU KD, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P337
    ZHU KD, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V92, P353
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JUL 20
 PY 1998
 VL 12
 IS 17
 BP 693
 EP 701
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 117WN
 UT ISI:000075805800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
    Zhu, ST
    Shen, WD
 TI Gravitational perturbation induced by an intense laser pulse
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The energy-level shifts of the hydrogen spectrum in curved spacetime
    induced by intense short laser pulses are studied. With present
    high-power laser pulses the magnitude of the energy-level shifts of
    highly excited hydrogen atom should be detectable.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR MANASSE FK, 1963, J MATH PHYS, V4, P785
    PARKER L, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P1922
    PARKER L, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P3180
    SCULLY MO, 1979, PHYSICAL REV D, V19, P3582
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1779
 EP 1791
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 117RB
 UT ISI:000075794600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SH
    Qiu, XJ
 TI A renormalization group study of the Ising model on a triangular
    lattice with long-range interactions
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE renormalization group; Ising model; long-range interaction
 ID HEISENBERG
 AB The critical exponents of the triangular lattice Ising model with
    long-range interactions r(-s) are calculated by the real space
    renormalization group. Using the simplest Kadanoff blocks and the
    lowest approximation of cumulant expansion, it is shown that there
    exists a finite critical temperature when 4(1 - ln 2/ln 3) < s < 4.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANNAS SA, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P3034
    HALDANE FDM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P635
    NAKANO H, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P6606
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUL 30
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 129
 EP 132
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 118DU
 UT ISI:000075823800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Jin, Y
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Mn-doped nanometer-size ZnS clusters in chitosan film matrix prepared
    by ion-coordination reaction
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE Mn-doped ZnS nanocluster; chitosan film; ion-coordination reaction;
    quantum size effect; emission efficiency
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT; MICROCRYSTALLITES
 AB A novel method, the so called ion-coordination reaction, was introduced
    to prepare nanometer-sized Mn-doped ZnS clusters stuck to a chitosan
    medium. A possible growth mechanism of the Mn-doped ZnS clusters in a
    chitosan film has been proposed. The X-ray diffraction showed that the
    ZnS clusters have a cubic structure like bulk crystals and the cluster
    sizes were estimated from the diffraction linewidth to be 2-4 nm based
    on Scherre's equation. The emission of Mn ion was observed through
    band-to-band excitation of ZnS. The excitation spectrum showed a large
    blue shift relative to that of ZnS bulk material. The effect of Zn ion
    concentration on the luminescence intensity reveals that the emission
    efficiency of Mn ion increases with the decrease of the ZnS cluster
    size. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P233
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
    YOFFE AD, 1993, ADV PHYS, V42, P173
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 191
 IS 4
 BP 692
 EP 696
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 115WE
 UT ISI:000075688600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A family of variational principles for compressible rotational
    blade-to-blade flow using semi-inverse method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB By means of semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principles, a family of variational principles for compressible
    rotational blade-to-blade now has been rederived in detail. The present
    variational theory provides a straightforward way to arrive at various
    variational principles. This paper aims at providing a more complete
    theoretical basis for finite element applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1997, 40 ANN M CHIN MECH, P71417
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P99
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1992, FLOW MODELING TURBUL, P243
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1995, INT GAS TURB C YOK J
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 95
 EP 100
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 116GJ
 UT ISI:000075715700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principle for compressible S2-flow in
    mixed-flow turbomachinery using semi-inverse method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Using semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principle, a family of variational principles for compressible S-2-flow
    in mixed-flow turbomachinery has been rederived in detail The present
    theory provides a convenient way to arrive at a variational functional
    and a more complete theoretical basis for finite element applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P213
 NR 8
 TC 8
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 101
 EP 107
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 116GJ
 UT ISI:000075715700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI A modified open-plus-closed-loop approach to control chaos in nonlinear
    oscillations
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION CONTROLS; ATTRACTORS
 AB We present a modified form of open-plus-closed-loop control for chaotic
    oscillations described by a non-autonomous second-order ordinary
    differential equation. The Duffing-Helmholtz oscillator is treated as a
    numerical example to demonstrate the effectiveness and robustness of
    the method. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1997, CHAOS ORDER
    CHEN LQ, 1991, A MECH SOLI SINI, V4, P381
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P4839
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    KAPITANIAK T, 1996, CHONTROLLING CHAOS T
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD AUG 10
 PY 1998
 VL 245
 IS 1-2
 BP 87
 EP 90
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 112PG
 UT ISI:000075502600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XB
    Jiang, GC
    Ding, WZ
    Xu, KD
 TI Evaluation of component activities in C-Mn-Fe-Si with model SELF-SReM4
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE sub-regular solution model; component activity; C-Mn-Si-Fe alloy
 AB A sub-regular solution model SELF-SReM4 used to evaluate activities of
    thr components in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system has been
    developed in Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. This paper
    introduces the application cf SELF-SReM4 in evaluating activities of
    the components in C-Mn-Fe-Si system without SiC precipitation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    CHIPMAN J, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P473
    DRESLER W, 1990, T ISS, V3, P95
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER, P487
    JIANG GC, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V5, P476
    KATSNELSON A, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1045
    SCHURMANN E, 1969, GIESSEREI FORSCH, V21, P29
    TANAKA A, 1979, T JIM, V20, P516
    TUSET J, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    ZHANG XB, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 5
 IS 1
 BP 28
 EP 33
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 113NL
 UT ISI:000075558100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Huang, TH
    Huang, H
    Wei, CH
 TI Convenient syntheses of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-2-pyranones
    and methyl 4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-2-pyranones; methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES; PHOSPHONIUM; CHEMISTRY; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (alpha-thienacyl) methyltriphenyl
    phosphonium bromide (1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2
    at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-bute
    noates (3) in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-6-pyranones (4) and methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates (5) were obtained in
    high yield by hydrolysis of these methylene phosphoranes (3) with hot
    aqueous methanol. The butenoates (5) were isolated chromatographically
    as mixtures of Z and E isomers, the ratios of which were estimated by
    H-1 NMR. Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation
    of products 3, 4 and 5. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD AUG 10
 PY 1998
 VL 91
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 101
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 112MA
 UT ISI:000075497400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZR
 TI Threshold value for diagnosis of chaotic nature of the data obtained in
    nonlinear dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE chaotic timeseries; surrogate-data; threshold value; random timeseries
 ID CORRELATION DIMENSION; TIME-SERIES; NOISE
 AB In this paper surrogate data method of phase-randomized is proposed to
    identify the random or chaotic nature of the data obtained in dynamic
    analysis: The calculating results validate the phase-randomized method
    to be useful as it can increase the extent of accuracy of the results.
    And the calculating results show that threshold values of the random
    timeseries and nonlinear chaotic timeseries have marked difference.
 C1 SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210018, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210018, Peoples R China.
 CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS B, V5, P1347
    CABRERA JL, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P19
    CASDAGLI M, 1992, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V54, P303
    GRASSBERGER P, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P369
    KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3111
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    PRICHARD D, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P2817
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V191, P245
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    RAPP PE, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P2289
    RAPP PE, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V192, P27
    ROMBOUTS SAR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P352
    SCHIFF SJ, 1992, PHYS REV LETT A, V67, P378
    TAKALO J, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P1527
    THEILER J, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2427
    THEILER J, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V155, P480
    THEILER J, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P77
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 513
 EP 520
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 113CA
 UT ISI:000075530700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, DH
    Jin, C
    Li, MZ
 TI On the stability estimation of analytic continuation for potential field
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Cauchy problems for Laplace equations; analytic continuation of
    potential field; ill-posed problems; stability estimation
 AB This paper discusses the stability of solutions to a class of Cauchy
    problems for Laplace equations under two kinds of nonclassical
    circumstances. By means of conformal mapping and Tikhonov, Luan Wengui
    and Yamamoto's methods for solving ill-posed problems respectively, the
    stability estimations of weighted Holder type and logarithmic type,
    have been obtained accordingly.
 C1 E China Geol Inst, Fuzhou 344000, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DH, E China Geol Inst, POB 267, Fuzhou 344000, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG J, 1996, J NINGXIA U, V17, P74
    HETIAN R, 1982, FOURIER ANAL, P108
    LI MZ, 1990, THEORY BOUNDARY VALU, P228
    LUAN WG, 1985, SCI CHINA SER A, V9, P824
    LUAN WG, 1989, INVERSE PROBLEMS GEO, P32
    NIRENBERG L, 1957, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V10, P89
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTIONS ILL POSED, P27
    YAMAMOTO M, 1993, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V18, P79
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 563
 EP 572
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 113CA
 UT ISI:000075530700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
    Hui, PM
 TI First-principles approach to conductivity of a nonlinear composite
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; MEDIA; SPHERES; APPROXIMATION; LATTICE; FIELD
 AB The Rayleigh method is extended to study the effective response in
    weakly nonlinear composites within a perturbative approach. The
    Rayleigh identity is used to obtain a set of equations for zeroth-order
    and higher-order potentials, with the latter resulted from the presence
    of nonlinearity in the problem. The formalism is applied to study the
    effective response in an array of cylinders embedded in a host. Results
    are compared with those obtained by other approximations previously
    proposed in the literature. Results from the present approach show that
    while the previous approach of applying the Rayleigh identity to
    determine the zeroth-order potential and neglecting the induced fields
    due to the higher-order potentials is valid for a wide range of
    nonlinear composites, the effects of induced fields due to the
    higher-order potentials are important in composites with high
    concentrations of inclusions, and in systems with a low value for the
    ratio of the Linear conductivities and a high value of the ratio of the
    third-order nonlinear conductivities. The present approach, thus,
    provides a general formalism for treating nonlinear composites and
    establishes the range of validity of previous approximations.
 C1 Chinese Ctr Adv Sci & Technol, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Gu, GQ, Chinese Ctr Adv Sci & Technol, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMAN DJ, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4947
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    CHEN G, 1994, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V22, P265
    FULLER KA, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P4716
    GERARDY JM, 1980, PHYS REV B, V22, P4950
    GU GQ, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2968
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V27, P395
    LU SY, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P2641
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    NEMATNASSER S, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    RAYLEIGH JW, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD AUG 1
 PY 1998
 VL 58
 IS 6
 BP 3057
 EP 3062
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 110BN
 UT ISI:000075359500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, J
    Tan, WH
 TI Cooperative frequency locking and spatiotemporal chaos in a
    photorefractive oscillator
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID UNIDIRECTIONAL RING OSCILLATOR; 2-WAVE MIXING EXPERIMENTS; BI12SIO20
    CRYSTALS; DYNAMICS; LASERS; GAIN
 AB The spatiotemporal dynamics of a unidirectional ring oscillator with
    photorefractive gain are studied numerically. Some interesting
    spatiotemporal phenomena observed in the experiments were obtained even
    though intermodal gratings were neglected in the weak-field limit;
    These phenomena include cooperative frequency locking, spatiotemporal
    periodic behavior, and spatiotemporal chaos. Moreover, our results show
    that the spatiotemporal chaos that appears in the photorefractive
    oscillator can be induced by intermittence. (C) 1998 Optical Society of
    America [S0740-3224(98)01008-X] OCIS codes: 190.5330, 190.4420,
    130.4970.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, J, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON DZ, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P164
    ARECCHI FT, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P2531
    ARECCHI FT, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3794
    DALESSANDRO G, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P2791
    HENNEQUIN D, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P676
    HUIGNARD JP, 1981, OPT COMMUN, V38, P249
    JOST BM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1539
    JUN ZA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P5201
    KLISCHE W, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P919
    LUGIATO LA, 1988, J OPT SOC AM B, V5, P879
    LUGIATO LA, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V68, P63
    MALOS J, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3559
    MARRAKCHI A, 1981, APPL PHYS, V24, P131
    STALIUNAS K, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4140
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 8
 BP 2249
 EP 2254
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 108LP
 UT ISI:000075268100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
 TI The potential constraints of the complex (1+2)-dimensional soliton
    systems and related Hamiltonian equations
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Potential complete constraints (symmetric and nonsymmetric) of the
    complex KP and MKP systems are derived by using the general theory for
    a nonlinear equation to be a Hamiltonian system. All the complex
    Hamiltonian equations corresponding to this kind of constraint are
    obtained, which contain the famous nonlinear Schrodinger equations and
    several new Hamiltonian equations. In addition, the classical
    Kaup-Newell system and the Heisenberg system are also led by a new
    reduction approach from the MKP system. (C) 1998 American Institute of
    Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 1984, ACTA MATH SINICA, V27, P624
    CHEN DY, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4725
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    CHENG Y, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    KAUP DJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P798
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P17
    LI YS, 1982, ACTA MATH SINICA, V25, P464
    ZHU M, 1993, POTENTIAL CONSTRAINT
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 3246
 EP 3259
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 108KC
 UT ISI:000075264200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI Variational principles on static-dynamic analysis of viscoelastic thin
    plates with applications
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID PERTURBED MOTION
 AB In this paper, according to the integral-type constitutive relation of
    linear viscoelastic materials, the initial-boundary-value problem on
    the static-dynamic analysis of viscoelastic thin plates is established
    by introducing a "structural function". The corresponding variational
    principles are presented by means of convolution bilinear forms. As
    applications, we consider the quasi-static responses of a
    simply-supported square plate with three different load histories in
    which the classical Ritz method on the spatial response and the
    interpolation technique of Legendre polynomials on the temporal
    response are used. The obtained results are compared with the
    analytical solutions given in this paper. One can see that the
    approximate solutions agree well with the analytical solutions. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DAI TM, 1995, P MMM, V6, P28
    DALLASTA A, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P325
    DALLASTA A, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P247
    GURTIN ME, 1963, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V3, P179
    HOFF NJ, 1958, P 3 US NAT C APPL ME
    LEITMAN JM, 1973, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    REDDY JN, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V12, P227
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 33
 BP 4491
 EP 4505
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 108RE
 UT ISI:000075278600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ragone, E
    Strazzullo, P
    Siani, A
    Iacone, R
    Russo, L
    Sacchi, A
    Cipriano, P
    Mancini, M
    Zhao, GS
    Yuan, XY
    Li, DY
    Gong, LS
 TI Ethnic differences in red blood cell sodium/lithium countertransport
    and metabolic correlates of hypertension - An international
    collaborative study
 SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF HYPERTENSION
 DT Article
 DE erythrocyte Na/Li countertransport; hypertension; metabolic
    abnormalities; insulin resistance; Chinese population; electrolyte
    excretion
 ID SODIUM-LITHIUM COUNTERTRANSPORT; INSULIN-RESISTANCE; FAT DISTRIBUTION;
    BODY-MASS; PRESSURE; UTAH; POPULATION; TRANSPORT; DISEASE; CHINA
 AB Arterial hypertension is frequently associated with metabolic
    abnormalities. An abnormal activity of the erythrocyte sodium/lithium
    countertransport (Na/Li CT), an ion transport system under strong
    genetic control, is also found in people with hypertension and
    concomitant metabolic abnormalities. However, little information exists
    with regard to these clinical associations in different racial groups.
    The aim of this international collaborative study was to investigate
    Na/Li CT and the metabolic correlates of hypertension in two comparable
    samples of normotensive and hypertensive populations in the cities of
    Naples, Italy, and Shanghai, China, using identical, carefully
    standardized techniques. flood pressure, anthropometric and metabolic
    variables, Na/Li CT, and 24-h urinary Na and K excretion were measured
    in untreated essential hypertensive (HPT) and normotensive (NT)
    individuals selected by age (35-60 years), body mass index (BMI; < 30
    kg/m(2)), and blood pressure (BP; HPT, DBP greater than or equal to 95
    mm Hg; NT, DBP < 90 mm Hg). The analysis of variance with adjustment
    for age was used to compare the groups. In the Neapolitan population,
    hypertensive individuals had higher serum triglyceride (P <.05) and
    uric acid levels (P <.001) than the normotensive group and also had a
    reduced glucose tolerance (P <.01) and an enhanced insulin response to
    the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) (P <.05). No such differences
    were seen between normotensive and hypertensive Chinese participants.
    The Neapolitan population (both NT and HPT) had a higher BMI (P <.01)
    than their Chinese peers. In the comparison of hypertensive patients in
    Shanghai and in Naples, the Neapolitans were heavier (P <.001), had a
    lower HDL/total cholesterol ratio (P <.01), an elevated fasting blood
    glucose (P <.05), and also a higher glucose (P <.001) and insulin
    response (P <.001) to OGTT. By contrast, they showed a significantly
    lower urinary Na/K ratio (P <.001). Na/Li CT was significantly
    increased in HPT both in Naples (286 +/- 24 v 224 +/- 13 mu mol/L RBC x
    h; P <.05, M +/- SE) and in Shanghai (388 +/- 45 v 265 +/- 30 mu mol/L
    RBC x h; P <.05). Furthermore, Na/Li CT was significantly and inversely
    associated with HDL cholesterol both in the Neapolitan (P <.01) and in
    the Chinese (P <.05) population, whereas it was directly correlated
    with serum triglyceride (P <.001) and serum uric acid (P =.001) only in
    the Neapolitan population. These results indicate that essential
    hypertension is associated with a higher prevalence of obesity,
    impaired glucose tolerance, and hyperinsulinemia in Naples than in
    Shanghai; and Na/Li CT is linked to both high blood pressure and
    metabolic abnormalities in the Italian sample, whereas it is an
    isolated marker of hypertension in the Chinese sample. Am J Hypertens
    1998;11:935-941 (C) 1998 American Journal of Hypertension, Ltd.
 C1 Univ Naples Federico II, Dept Clin & Expt Med, Sch Med, I-80131 Naples, Italy.
    Natl Res Council, Epidemiol & Prevent Unit, Inst Food Sci & Technol, Avellino, Italy.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hypertens, Dept Internal Med, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Strazzullo, P, Univ Naples Federico II, Dept Clin & Expt Med, Sch Med,
    Via S Pansini 5, I-80131 Naples, Italy.
 EM strazzul@unina.it
 CR *WORK GROUP MAN PA, 1991, ANN INTERN MED, V114, P224
    BUNKER CH, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V5, P7
    CANESSA M, 1980, NEW ENGL J MED, V302, P772
    CANESSA M, 1984, HYPERTENSION, V6, P334
    DADONE MM, 1984, AM J MED GENET, V17, P565
    DORIA A, 1991, AM J PHYSIOL, V261, P684
    DOUGLAS JG, 1993, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V21, P46
    ELLIOTT P, 1988, BRIT MED J, V297, P319
    FOLSOM AR, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P173
    HAFFNER SM, 1992, DIABETES, V41, P715
    HASSTEDT SJ, 1988, AM J HUM GENET, V43, P14
    HUNT SC, 1986, HYPERTENSION, V8, P30
    HUNT SC, 1990, CARDIOVASC DRUG THER, V4, P357
    IBSEN KK, 1982, HYPERTENSION, V4, P703
    KAPLAN NM, 1989, ARCH INTERN MED, V149, P1514
    LAW MR, 1991, BRIT MED J, V302, P811
    LAW YT, 1992, CLIN EXP HYPERTENS A, V14, P489
    PAGANO E, 1997, LIFE SCI, V26, P2389
    RAGONE E, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V11, S256
    REAVEN GM, 1989, AM J MED, V87, S2
    REAVEN GM, 1991, AM HEART J, V121, P1283
    SEMPLICINI A, 1997, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V7, P81
    SIANI A, 1994, HIGH BLOOD PRESS, V3, P7
    SIANI A, 1996, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V6, P245
    STAMLER R, 1978, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V240, P1607
    STRAZZULLO P, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V11, P815
    TREVISAN M, 1984, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V120, P537
    TREVISAN M, 1992, LIFE SCI, V51, P687
    WEDER AB, 1993, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V3, P38
    WEIR MR, 1993, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V21, P58
    WILLIAMS RR, 1988, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V259, P3579
    WU XG, 1996, J HYPERTENS, V14, P1267
 NR 32
 TC 6
 SN 0895-7061
 J9 AMER J HYPERTENS
 JI Am. J. Hypertens.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 11
 IS 8
 PN Part 1
 BP 935
 EP 941
 PG 7
 SC Peripheral Vascular Disease
 GA 108CH
 UT ISI:000075248100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, Y
    Xia, Y
    Wu, W
 TI A nucleation mechanism for diamond film deposited on alumina substrates
    by microwave plasma CVD
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE diamond; microwave plasma; chemical vapor deposition; aluminium oxide
 AB Diamond films were deposited on alumina substrates by a microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition (MPCVD) method. It is shown that by
    using appropriate pre-treatments, such as polishing the substrate
    surface carefully and by in situ pre-deposition of a carbon layer on
    the alumina substrate surface, one can significantly enhance the
    nucleation of diamond. The mechanism of the process has been considered
    using a droplet model with a quasi-equilibrium approximation. (C) 1998
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARNES PN, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P37
    HSU JY, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1861
    MO Y, 1995, ICEM ICSA95 XIAN
    MO YW, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P618
    NAZERI A, 1993, AM CERAM SOC B, V75, P59
    NEMANICH RJ, 1991, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V21, P535
    SOMMER M, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2433
    XIA YB, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P557
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 191
 IS 3
 BP 459
 EP 465
 PG 7
 SC Crystallography
 GA 104TY
 UT ISI:000075032500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational theory for one-dimensional unsteady compressible flow -
    an image plane approach
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE 1-dimensional unsteady flow; variational principle; semi-inverse
    method; trial-functional
 AB Via a semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principles, two families of variational principles and generalized
    variational principles for one-dimensional unsteady compressible flow
    in an imagine plane tau-Psi (defined by tau = t, Psi - path-function)
    have been deduced. The calculation domain in the image plane has the
    regular form of rectangle, which gives much advantage of utilizing
    variational-based FEM or other direct variational methods such as
    Kantrovich-FEM method to solve the problem. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science
    Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P584
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0307-904X
 J9 APPL MATH MODEL
 JI Appl. Math. Model.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 395
 EP 403
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics; Operations Research & Management
    Science
 GA 106JW
 UT ISI:000075127000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, J
    Rui, HB
 TI Based algebras and standard bases for quasi-hereditary algebras
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID SCHUR ALGEBRA; IRREDUCIBLE REPRESENTATIONS; CANONICAL BASES; QUANTUM
    GL(N)
 AB Quasi-hereditary algebras can be viewed as a Lie theory approach to the
    theory of finite dimensional algebras. Motivated by the existence of
    certain nice bases for representations of semisimple Lie algebras and
    algebraic groups, we will construct in this paper nice bases for
    (split) quasi-hereditary algebras and characterize them using these
    bases. We first introduce the notion of a standardly based algebra,
    which is a generalized version of a cellular algebra introduced by
    Graham and Lehrer, and discuss their representation theory. The main
    result is that an algebra over a commutative local noetherian ring with
    finite rank is split quasi-hereditary if and only if it is standardly
    full-based. As an application, we will give an elementary proof of the
    fact that split symmetric algebras are not quasi-hereditary unless they
    are semisimple. Finally, some relations between standardly based
    algebras and cellular algebras are also discussed.
 C1 Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, J, Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 EM jied@maths.unsw.edu.au
    hbruik@online.sh.cn
 CR BARBASCH D, 1982, MATH ANN, V259, P153
    BEILINSON AA, 1990, DUKE MATH J, V61, P655
    BERGE C, 1971, PRINCIPLES COMBINATO
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    CLINE E, 1989, CONT MATH, V82, P7
    CLINE E, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P126
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1989, P LOND MATH SOC, V59, P23
    DIPPER R, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P251
    DLAB V, 1989, ILLINOIS J MATH, V33, P280
    DLAB V, 1992, LONDON MATH SOC LECT, V168, P200
    DU J, NEW PROOF CANONICAL
    DU J, 1992, B LOND MATH SOC 4, V24, P325
    DU J, 1992, CONT MATH, V139, P121
    DU J, 1992, MANUSCRIPTA MATH, V75, P411
    DU J, 1994, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V455, P141
    DU J, 1994, P S PURE MATH 2, V56, P135
    DU J, 1995, J LOND MATH SOC, V51, P461
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    GREEN JA, 1980, LECT NOTES MATH, V830
    GREEN JA, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P265
    GREEN JA, 1993, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V88, P89
    GREEN R, 1994, THESIS
    KAZHDAN D, 1979, INVENT MATH, V53, P155
    KONIG S, 1997, INVENT MATH, V127, P481
    LUSZTIG G, 1993, INTRO QUANTUM GROUPS
    PARSHALL B, 1991, MEMOIRS AM MATH SOC, V89
    SCOTT LL, 1987, P S PURE MATH 2, V47, P271
 NR 28
 TC 7
 SN 0002-9947
 J9 TRANS AMER MATH SOC
 JI Trans. Am. Math. Soc.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 350
 IS 8
 BP 3207
 EP 3235
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics
 GA 103WZ
 UT ISI:000074982000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Liu, ZR
 TI Divergence-free vector-field and reduction
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 AB By the Lie symmetry group, the reduction for divergence-free
    vector-fields (DFVs) is studied, and the following results are found. A
    n-dimensional DFV can be locally reduced to a (n - 1)-dimensional DFV
    if it admits a one-parameter symmetry group that is spatial and
    divergenceless. More generally, a n-dimensional DFV admitting a
    r-parameter, spatial, divergenceless Abelian (commutable) symmetry
    group can be locally reduced to a (n - r)-dimensional DFV. (C) 1998
    Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Chinese Acad Sci, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GASCON FG, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V225, P269
    HUANG DB, 1997, IN PRESS SCI SIN A
    JANAKI MS, 1987, J PHYS A, V20, P3679
    LORENZ EN, 1987, J ATMOS SCI, V44, P2940
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    QUISPEL GRW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V206, P26
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 27
 PY 1998
 VL 244
 IS 5
 BP 377
 EP 382
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 104XC
 UT ISI:000075040600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
    Shen, JQ
 TI A study of the influence of misalignment on measuring results for laser
    particle analyzers
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Light scattering-based laser particle analyzers have found wide use in
    powder technology and many-particle systems. It is very important that
    the photodetector of the analyzer is in good alignment with the
    incident laser beam, otherwise errors will occur. In this paper, the
    influences of misalignment on the final results of measurements are
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEN T, 1990, PARTICLE SIZE MEASUR
    BARTH GB, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, R257
    HIRLEMAN ED, 1984, ASTM STP, V848, P35
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 122
 EP 126
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 103NH
 UT ISI:000075162100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
 TI Some exact results of Hubbard model at finite temperature
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID LONG-RANGE ORDER; STRONGLY CORRELATED ELECTRONS; GROUND-STATE;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; THEOREMS
 AB Two theorems of the Hubbard model at finite temperature are proven
    employing the fluctuation-dissipation theorem and particle-hole
    transform. The main conclusion states that for the prototype Kubbard
    model, the expectation value of (S) over tilde(2) - (S) over
    tilde(z)(2) will be of order N-Lambda at any temperature except those
    critical.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DEBOER J, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P789
    ESSLER FHL, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2960
    ESSLER FHL, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P73
    JONES W, 1973, THEORETICAL SOLID ST, V1, CH4
    LIEB EH, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1201
    NIEH HT, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P3760
    SEWELL GL, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P415
    SHEN SQ, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4238
    SHEN SQ, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1280
    SINGH RRP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P3203
    TIAN GS, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3145
    YANG CN, 1962, REV MOD PHYS, V34, P694
    YANG CN, 1990, MOD PHYS LETT B, V4, P759
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JUN 30
 PY 1998
 VL 12
 IS 14-15
 BP 555
 EP 559
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 105QZ
 UT ISI:000075086300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Zhou, RM
    Zhu, JL
    Hu, LX
 TI The regeneration of polluted activated carbon by radiation techniques
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE regeneration; radiation; activated carbon
 AB In this paper, the regeneration of used activated carbon from
    monosodium glutamate factory was experimented using radiation and
    acid-alkali chemical cleaning method. Results showed that the activated
    carbon saturated with pollutants can be wash away easily by flushing
    with chemical solution prior irradiation. DSC was used to monitor the
    change of carbon adsorption (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLULELY JP, 1965, CARBON, V3, P269
    CASE FN, 1973, 2179129, FR
    HERNANDEZ LA, 1976, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V10, P454
    HOSONO M, 1993, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V44, P1199
    KLEI HE, 1975, IEC RES REV, V14, P471
    KUZUYUKI C, 1981, AICHE J, V27, P20
    SHUBIN VN, 1980, ZH FIG KHIM, V54, P2557
    STRANGE JF, 1976, CARBON, V14, P345
    SUZUKI M, 1978, CHEM ENG SCI, V33, P271
 NR 9
 TC 2
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 431
 EP 435
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 100TY
 UT ISI:000074832500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI Homotopy continuation approach to electrostatic boundary-value problems
    of nonlinear media
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear media; homotopy continuation method; electrostatic
    boundary-value problem
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; DECOUPLING APPROXIMATION; COMPOSITE MEDIA;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB The homotopy continuation method is employed to solve electrostatic
    boundary-value problems of nonlinear media. The difficulty associated
    with matching the inherently nonlinear boundary conditions on the
    interface is overcome by the mode expansion method, by which the
    nonlinear partial differential equations of the original problem are
    transformed into an infinite set of nonlinear ordinary differential
    equations. In this regard, the homotopy method has to be modified to
    handle the nonlinear boundary conditions. As an illustration, we study
    two cases: (a) nonlinear inclusion in linear host and (b) linear
    inclusion in nonlinear host, both in two dimensions. The homotopy
    method is validated by comparing the results with the exact solution of
    case (a) and the results derived by perturbation method in case (b).
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDHAN KK, 1994, SPRINGER LECT NOTES, V437, P1
    BERGMAN DJ, 1992, SOLID STATE PHYS, V46, P147
    BERGMAN DJ, 1994, PHYSICA A, V207, P1
    BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    FLYTZANIS C, 1992, PROG OPTICS, V29, P2539
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    HAUS JW, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5729
    LEE HC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P341
    LEE HC, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P4217
    LI K, 1993, NUMER ALG, V4, P167
    LIAO SJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P595
    LIAO SJ, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P970
    LUI SH, 1995, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V10, P363
    PONTECASTANEDA P, 1991, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V39, P45
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P7568
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P311
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13327
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 523
 EP 530
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 100WG
 UT ISI:000074837900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QL
    Qiu, XJ
 TI A chiral breaking field theory for giant multipole states of nuclei
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE giant multipole states of nuclei; chiral breaking field theory
 ID THOMAS-FERMI APPROXIMATION; QUADRUPOLE STATES; MATTER; MONOPOLE
 AB The isoscalar giant monopole and quadrupole states of finite nuclei are
    studied in a relativistic chiral breaking held theory by making use of
    local Lorentz-boost and scaling method. The nuclear surface effect and
    the density distribution are treated in the relativistic Thomas-Fermi
    approximation. The excitation energies of the giant resonances are
    self-consistently calculated. The numerical results for the excitation
    energies are in agreement with experimental data for all nuclei.
 C1 Ningxia Univ, Dept Phys, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QL, Ningxia Univ, Dept Phys, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
 CR BOGUTA J, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V292, P413
    BOGUTA J, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V120, P34
    CLARK BC, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P1803
    HOROWITZ CJ, 1987, NUCL PHYS A, V464, P613
    NISHIZAKI S, 1987, NUCL PHYS A, V462, P687
    RING P, 1980, NUCL MANY BODY PROBL, P528
    SEROT BD, 1986, ADV NUCL PHYS, V16
    SERR FE, 1978, PHYS LETT B, V79, P10
    SUZUKI T, 1980, PROG THEOR PHYS, V64, P1627
    WALECKA JD, 1974, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V83, P491
    ZHANG QL, 1992, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUCL, V16, P615
    ZHU CY, 1990, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUCL, V14, P76
    ZHU CY, 1991, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V15, P27
    ZHU CY, 1991, J PHYS G, V17, L11
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 563
 EP 570
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 100WG
 UT ISI:000074837900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Tang, CJ
    Zhao, WM
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nazare, MH
 TI Effects of microcavities on the spontaneous emission of organic
    light-emitting diodes with ZnO : Al as the anode
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DIODES; PLANAR MICROCAVITY; DEVICES; SEMICONDUCTORS;
    VINYLENE); PHYSICS
 AB Organic light-emitting diodes (LED) with a microcavity structure and an
    aluminium-doped zinc oxide ZnO:Al (AZO) anode have been fabricated.
    Effects of microcavities on the spontaneous emission of the organic
    LED, such as spectral narrowing, intensity enhancement and angle
    dependence of the emission, have been observed. Different emission
    colours have been obtained by changing the thickness of the AZO layer
    and that of a TiO2 filler layer. The wavelengths of the cavity modes
    can be explained on the basis of the calculated total optical thickness
    of the individual cavities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Aveiro, Dept Phys, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
 RP Liu, ZG, Univ Aveiro, Dept Phys, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
 CR BECKER H, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2825
    CHANG KY, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P335
    CIMROVA V, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P608
    CIMROVA V, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P3299
    DODABALAPUR A, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2308
    DODABALAPUR A, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1000
    DODABALAPUR A, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P6954
    DUTRA SM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3587
    EBINA K, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2783
    FISHER TA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1355
    HUNT NEJ, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2287
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1997
    LEMMER U, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1301
    LEMMER U, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3007
    LIDZEY DG, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P744
    LIU ZG, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, P3221
    MINAMI T, 1985, JPN J APPL PHYS, V24, L605
    RIGNEAULT H, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P2356
    TAKADA N, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2032
    TANG CW, 1995, EL SOC FALL M PRINC, P1215
    TESSLER N, 1996, NATURE, V382, P695
    TESSLER N, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P566
    TSUTSUI T, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1868
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1993, PHYS TODAY, V46, P66
    YOKOYAMA H, 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P66
    ZHANG B, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P445
 NR 26
 TC 5
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUL 6
 PY 1998
 VL 10
 IS 26
 BP 6019
 EP 6025
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA ZZ898
 UT ISI:000074780600025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Park, JS
 TI Grafting polymerization of acrylic acid onto preirradiated
    polypropylene fabric
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID CATIONIC SALTS; POLYETHYLENE; STYRENE
 AB Acrylic acid (AAc) was grafted onto polypropylene (PP) fabric by a
    preirradiation method using a Co-60 gamma ray. The effect of absorbed
    dose, AAc concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, storage
    time, as well as the effect of ferrous ion and sulfuric acid on the
    degree of grafting were determined. It has been shown that the
    synergistic effect of sulfuric acid with the ferrous sulfate can not
    only increase the grafting yield, but also decrease the apparent
    activation energy for the grafting. It leads to the possibility of
    getting a particular grafting yield at a lower absorbed dose. In this
    experiment, It has also been shown that the grafting activity of
    preirradiated PP fabric in AAc aqueous solution could be well kept at
    room temperature for a long period.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Proc Project, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P690
    DUNN TS, 1979, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V14, P625
    GARGAN K, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V36, P757
    GARNETT JL, 1980, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V14, P87
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1043
    NHO YC, 1992, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V30, P1219
    NHO YC, 1993, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V31, P1621
    NHO YC, 1995, 5 INT C RAD CUR DEC, P389
    ONELL T, 1972, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V10, P569
 NR 9
 TC 14
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 52
 IS 1-6
 BP 201
 EP 206
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA ZX723
 UT ISI:000074548000041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GS
    Wang, Q
 TI Mode coupling in single-mode helical fibres under perturbations
 SO OPTICAL AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBERS
 AB The mode coupling in a helical fibre with a circular cross-section
    undergoing perturbations is investigated in the Serret-Frenet frame.
    The coupled-mode equations have been derived and are compared with the
    conventional ones. Applying the coupled-mode equations to a helical
    fibre with an elliptical core deformation, we obtained, for the first
    time, a rigorous analysis of the transmission characteristics of the
    fibre. The numerical examples show that the mode ellipticity and
    elliptical birefringence increase as the core ellipticity increases and
    also vary as the pitch or the core offset change.
 C1 Zhongshan Univ, Dept Elect, Guangzhou 510275, Guangdong Prov, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GS, Zhongshan Univ, Dept Elect, Guangzhou 510275, Guangdong Prov,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CHEN GS, UNPUB OPT QUANTUM EL
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P1150
    LEWIN L, 1977, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
    PAPP A, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1315
    QIAN JR, 1988, IEE PROC-J, V135, P178
    SAKAI JI, 1981, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V17, P1041
    TANG CH, 1970, I ELECT ELECTRON ENG, V18, P69
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0306-8919
 J9 OPT QUANT ELECTRON
 JI Opt. Quantum Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 209
 EP 216
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZY605
 UT ISI:000074640400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Dai, YL
 TI Population-size-dependent branching processes in Markovian random
    environments
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE Markov chains in random environments; stochastic population models;
    branching processes
 ID PROBABILITIES; CHAINS
 AB A branching model \Z(n)\(n greater than or equal to 0) is considered
    where the offspring distribution of the population's evolution is not
    only dependent on the population size, but also controlled by a
    Markovian environmental process {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0).
    For this model, asymptotic behaviour is studied such as
    [GRAPHICS]
    Z(n) and
    [GRAPHICS]
    Z(n)/m(n) in the case that the mean m(k,0) of the offspring
    distribution converges to m > 1 as the population size k grows to
    infinity. In the case that {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0) is an
    irreducible positive recurrent Markov chain, certain extinction (i. e.
    P(Z(n) = 0 for some n) = 1) and noncertain extinction (i. e. P(Z(n) = 0
    for some n) < l) are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Zhongshan Univ, Dept Math, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    KLEBANER FC, 1983, J APPL PROBAB, V20, P242
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    OREY S, 1991, ANN PROBAB, V19, P907
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 8
 BP 635
 EP 638
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZX142
 UT ISI:000074483600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Liu, ZR
 TI Reduction of the vector fields preserving n-form and the study of their
    interrelated problems
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    MARSDEN J, 1974, REP MATH PHYS, V5, P121
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    QUISPEL GRW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V206, P26
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 9
 BP 788
 EP 789
 PG 2
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZX144
 UT ISI:000074483800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variational principles for 1-D unsteady compressible flow in a
    deforming tube of variable cross section
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB The 1-D unsteady compressible, homentropic, inviscid now in a flexible
    tube of varying cross-sectional area A(x,t) is formulated by two
    variational principle (VP) families in terms of the potential-and
    path-functions respectively. In addition, a novel approach to dealing
    with the initial/final conditions is suggested in order to be able to
    incorporate physical initial conditions into the VP and to exclude
    final conditions from the VP so as to ensure the properly-posedness of
    the hyperbolic problem under study. Thus, a sound theoretical basis for
    the finite element analysis of unsteady now is founded.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON RS, 1982, THERMODYNAMICS GAS D, V1
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P359
    RAO SS, 1982, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, CH23
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 5
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA ZT828
 UT ISI:000074131800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI Domain decomposition method for the h-p version finite element method
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; 3 DIMENSIONS; ITERATIVE METHODS; 2 DIMENSIONS;
    PRECONDITIONER
 AB Domain decomposition method for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two and three dimensions are discussed. Using the framework
    of additive Schwarz method, various iterative methods are described,
    with their condition numbers estimated. Further, to reduce the cost for
    solving the sub-problems on element interfaces, different inexact
    interface solvers are proposed. The effects on the overall condition
    number, as well as their efficient implementation, are analyzed. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BQ, Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    CASARIN M, 1995, 704 NEW YORK U COUR
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    DRUJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1987, 339 NEW YORK U COUR
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1662
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 1, V127, P77
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 3, V127, P517
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    LIONS PL, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, IN PRESS COMPUTERS M
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMETN ANAL
    WDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    WIDLUND OB, 1989, P 2 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 34
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD MAY 11
 PY 1998
 VL 157
 IS 3-4
 BP 425
 EP 440
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA ZT934
 UT ISI:000074142800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI A class of asynchronous matrix multi-splitting multi-parameter
    relaxation iterations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE system of linear equations; asynchronous iteration; matrix
    multisplitting; relaxation; convergence
 ID MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS; PARALLEL; CONVERGENCE; ALGORITHM;
    EQUATIONS; MODELS
 AB A class of asynchronous matrix multi-splitting multi-parameter
    relaxation methods, including the asynchronous matrix multisplitting
    SAOR, SSOR and SGS methods as well. as the known asynchronous matrix
    multisplitting AOR, SOR and GS methods, etc., is proposed for solving
    the large sparse systems of linear equations by making use of the
    principle of sufficiently using the delayed information. These new
    methods can greatly execute the parallel computational efficiency of
    the MIMD-systems, and are shown to be convergent when the coefficient
    matrices are H-matrices. Moreover, necessary and sufficient conditions
    ensuring the convergence of these methods are concluded for the case
    that the coefficient matrices are L-matrices.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, ICMSEC, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Comp Studies, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V10, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1993, J NATU SCI HEILONGJI, V10, P1
    BAI ZZ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P87
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, APPL MATH JCU B, V9, P189
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1994, J UEST CHINA, V23, P207
    BAI ZZ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1995, APPL MATH JCU A, V10, P133
    BAI ZZ, 1995, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V11, P363
    BAI ZZ, 1995, INT J COMPUT MATH, V55, P223
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J COMPUT MATH, V13, P369
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U, V34, P139
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J SHANGHAI TEACHERS, V24, P13
    BAI ZZ, 1995, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V17, P127
    BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    EVANS DJ, 1992, INT J COMPUT MATH, V43, P173
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, INT J COMPUT MATH, V54, P57
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUME
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
    WHITE RE, 1989, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V10, P481
 NR 29
 TC 3
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 221
 EP 238
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA ZQ797
 UT ISI:000073904000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Fiebig, M
 TI Absolute measurements of the thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions
    of sodium chloride
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THERMOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE aqueous solution; diffraction; laser-induced thermal grating; sodium
    chloride; thermal conductivity; thermal diffusivity
 ID GRATING TECHNIQUE; CONDUCTIVITY; LIQUIDS; PRESSURES; NACL
 AB The laser-induced thermal grating technique was used to determine the
    thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of sodium chloride. In
    comparison with conventional measurement methods, this noninvasive
    optical technique has the advantage that no sensors need to be inserted
    in the sample. Therefore, this technique is especially suitable for the
    measurement of electrically conducting and corrosive liquids. The
    aqueous solutions studied have weight fractions of 5, 10, 15, and 20%
    sodium chloride. Measurement results for the thermal diffusivity are
    presented for aqueous solutions of sodium chloride in the temperature
    range 293 to 373 K at atmospheric pressure.
 C1 Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Fiebig, M, Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum,
    Germany.
 CR 1991, VDI WARMEATLAS
    ABDULAGATOV IM, 1994, INT J THERMOPHYS, V15, P401
    ASSAEL MJ, 1991, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V3, P184
    BLANKE W, 1989, THERMOPHYSIKALISCHE, P112
    DAVIS PS, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V55, P4776
    ELDAROV VS, 1986, ZH FIZ KHIM, V60, P603
    GANIEV Y, 1990, P 11 INT C PROP WAT, P132
    KAPUSTINSKII AF, 1955, ZH FIZ KHIM, V29, P2222
    MAGOMEDOV UB, 1989, GEOTHERMICS, P103
    NAGASAKA Y, 1983, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V87, P859
    NAGASAKA Y, 1984, P 10 INT C PROP STEA, V2, P203
    NAGASAKA Y, 1988, REV SCI INSTRUM, V59, P1156
    PERRY RH, 1984, PERRYS CHEM ENG HDB
    PRESS WH, 1992, NUMERICAL RECIPES FO, P678
    RAMIRES MLV, 1994, J CHEM ENG DATA, V39, P186
    RIEDEL L, 1951, CHEM ING TECHNIK, V3, P59
    URBACH W, 1978, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V46, P209
    VARGAFTIK NB, 1956, TEPLOENERGETIKA, V7, P11
    WANG J, 1995, INT J THERMOPHYS, V16, P1353
    WANG J, 1995, MESSUNG TEMPERATURLE, P48
    WANG J, 1996, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V13, P38
    WANG J, 1996, INT J THERMOPHYS, V17, P1229
    WANG J, 1996, INT J THERMOPHYS, V17, P329
    WU G, 1988, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V31, P1471
    WU G, 1993, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V88, P239
    YUSUFOVA VD, 1975, INZH FIZ ZH, V29, P600
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0195-928X
 J9 INT J THERMOPHYS
 JI Int. J. Thermophys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 15
 EP 25
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Applied; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA ZN249
 UT ISI:000073627000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
 TI Nonlinear control of chaos
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB The nonlinear and the exact control of chaos is deduced. Using these
    methods we achieve a simultaneous and instantaneous control of the
    scheduled unstable 2(k)p points for the logistic and the Henon map. The
    derivatives needed in the nonlinear method have been evaluated
    experimentally from the time series x(n), without the preknowledge of
    the function f(x). The difficulty confronted in the optimum control may
    be overcome by introducing the nonlinear control.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUBERMAN BA, 1990, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V37, P547
    HUNT ER, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1953
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    LIMA R, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P726
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P423
    TONG PQ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P169
    WANSUN NI, 1994, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V11, P325
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 249
 EP 251
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA ZN653
 UT ISI:000073668200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Hydrogen diffusivity in a Fe3Al-based alloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE DUCTILITY; UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLIDIFICATION;
    ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NI3AL; CO3TI; BORON
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CASTAGNA A, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL, V26, P273
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HIRANO T, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1747
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MCKAMEY CG, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P1173
    NI JS, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P81
    NISHIMURA C, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1205
    SANDERS PG, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P2365
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA B, V31, B183
    ZHANG DZ, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P901
    ZHU JH, 1994, ACTA METALL SINICA, V30, A139
    ZHU JH, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P81
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD APR 14
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 10
 BP 1505
 EP 1509
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZM587
 UT ISI:000073555100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, F
    Ping, XY
    Zhou, ZQ
    Geng, MM
    Han, JW
    Northwood, DO
 TI The relationship between equilibrium potential during discharge and
    hydrogen concentration in a metal hydride electrode
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 ID BATTERY; ALLOYS; POWDER; MODEL
 AB Based on the static equilibrium of electrochemical reaction kinetics,
    i.e, the same static reaction current density of forward and backward
    reactions, a relationship has been established between the equilibrium
    potential during discharge (E-e) and hydrogen concentration (C-H) in a
    hydride alloy (Mm(0.4)Ml(0.6)Ni(3.8)Co(0.5)Al(0.3)Mn(0.4)) at an
    equilibrium discharge condition. The theoretical results are in an
    agreement with the experimental electrochemical data in the two-phase
    (alpha-beta) region of the hydrogen-absorbing alloy. The enthalpy
    (Delta H) and entropy (Delta S), which is a function of hydrogen
    concentration in the electrode alloy, were obtained by fitting the
    curve of the equilibrium potential vs hydrogen concentration. (C) 1998
    International Association for Hydrogen Energy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Ryerson Polytech Univ, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, 350 Victoria
    St, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 CR BJURSTROM H, 1987, J LESS-COMMON MET, V130, P365
    DRIESSEN A, 1985, Z PHYS CHEM NEUE FOL, V143, P145
    FUJITANI S, 1993, Z PHYS CHEM, V179, P27
    GENG MM, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P887
    JARMAN RH, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P2276
    LEE SG, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P733
    NOTTEN PHL, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, P1877
    PONS M, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P213
    RATNAKUMAR BV, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P2578
    SAKAI T, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P795
    SAKAI T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V1175, P172
    SUZUKI K, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P173
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P1
    YANG QM, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P2108
    YAYAMA H, 1985, TECHNOLOGY REPORT KY, V58, P139
    YE Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P4045
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 23
 IS 7
 BP 599
 EP 602
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA ZN252
 UT ISI:000073627300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ru, HY
    Min, ZK
 TI New upper bounds for Ramsey numbers
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 AB Ramsey number R(G(1),G(2)) is the smallest integer p such that for any
    graph G on p vertices either G contains G(1) or (G) over bar contains
    G(2), where (G) over bar denotes the complement of G. Let R(m, n) =
    R(K-m, K-n). Some new upper bound formulas are obtained for
    R(G(1),G(2)) and R(m, n), and we derive some new upper bounds for
    Ramsey numbers here. (C) 1998 Academic Press Limited.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BONDY JA, 1976, GRAPH THEORY APPL
    RADZISZOWSKI SP, 1996, ELECT J COMBIN, V1, P1
    RU HY, 1997, JCMCC
    WALKER K, 1968, J COMB THEORY, V5, P238
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 391
 EP 394
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics
 GA ZM774
 UT ISI:000073574500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, HW
    Ip, HHS
    Zhang, YC
 TI Java-based approaches for accessing databases on the Internet and a
    JDBC-ODBC implementation
 SO COMPUTING & CONTROL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 AB An important area of Java development is to create Java-based software
    or tools with the capability of accessing databases over the Internet.
    In this article JDBC and its various properties are explored. Several
    Java-based technical approaches for accessing databases on the Internet
    are proposed and investigated in detail. A design and implementation of
    the Java software for accessing databases on the Internet is proposed
    and described, where the design scheme of an interactive applet by
    using Java JDBC programming is proposed and investigated, the main JDBC
    classes used in the Java program and the relationship between them are
    discussed, the implementation of the software is provided, and some
    instances for running the Java program are given. This Java software
    provides an interactive and user-friendly interface on the browser
    which supports Java JDK 1.1 or later and the software has the
    capability for the connection, SQL access, retrieval and display of a
    database on the Internet.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    IPSI, GMD, Darmstadt, Germany.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Comp Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Univ So Queensland, Dept Math & Comp, Toowoomba, Qld 4350, Australia.
 RP Guan, HW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GOSLING J, 1996, JAVA LANGUAGE SPECIF
    HELLER P, 1997, JAVA 1 1 DEV HDB
    JENNINGS R, 1997, VISUAL BASIC PROGRAM, V7, P22
    JEPSON B, 1997, JAVA DATABASE PROGRA
    LINDHOLM T, 1997, JAVA VIRTUAL MACHINE
    URQUHART K, 1997, IEEE MICRO, V17, P11
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0956-3385
 J9 COMPUTING CONTROL ENGINEER J
 JI Comput. Control Eng. J.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 78
 PG 8
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA ZM371
 UT ISI:000073531800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev-Legendre spectral viscosity method for nonlinear conservation
    laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE conservation laws; Chebyshev-Legendre method; spectral viscosity;
    convergence
 ID RECOVERING EXPONENTIAL ACCURACY; PIECEWISE ANALYTIC-FUNCTION; GIBBS
    PHENOMENON; PARTIAL SUM; CONVERGENCE; APPROXIMATIONS
 AB In this paper, a Chebyshev-Legendre spectral viscosity (CLSV) method is
    developed for nonlinear conservation laws with initial and boundary
    conditions. The boundary conditions are dealt with by a penalty method.
    The viscosity is put only on the high modes, so accuracy may be
    recovered by postprocessing the CLSV approximation. It is proved that
    the bounded solution of the CLSV method converges to the exact scalar
    entropy solution by compensated compactness arguments. Also, a new
    spectral viscosity method using the Chebyshev differential operator D =
    root 1-x(2) partial derivative(x) is introduced, which is a little
    weaker than the usual one while guaranteeing the convergence of the
    bounded solution of the Chebyshev Galerkin, Chebyshev collocation, or
    Legendre Galerkin approximation to nonlinear conservation laws. This
    kind of viscosity is ready to be generalized to a super viscosity
    version.
 C1 Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    BENNETT C, 1988, INTERPOLATION OPERAT
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    CAI W, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P905
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FUNARO D, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V51, P599
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P585
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, SIAM CBMS, V26
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SUPERCOMPUTING, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, NUMER MATH, V71, P511
    GOTTLIEB D, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P280
    KABER SMO, 1991, THESIS U P M CURIE P
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1991, THESIS U P M CURIE P
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1991, INEQUALITIES INVOLVI
    MUCKENHOUPT B, 1969, P AM MATH SOC, V23, P306
    MUCKENHOUPT B, 1970, T AM MATH SOC, V147, P433
    REYNA LG, 1988, J SCI COMPUT, V3, P1
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1975, RES NOTES MATH 39, V4, P136
 NR 28
 TC 10
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 869
 EP 892
 PG 24
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZL417
 UT ISI:000073430800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev-Legendre super spectral viscosity method for nonlinear
    conservation laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE conservation laws; Chebyshev-Legendre method; super spectral viscosity;
    convergence
 ID RECOVERING EXPONENTIAL ACCURACY; PIECEWISE ANALYTIC-FUNCTION; GIBBS
    PHENOMENON; PARTIAL SUM; APPROXIMATIONS; CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, a super spectral viscosity method using the Chebyshev
    differential operator of high order D-s = (root 1-x(2) partial
    derivative(x))(s) is developed for nonlinear conservation laws. The
    boundary conditions are treated by a penalty method. Compared with the
    second-order spectral viscosity method, the super one is much weaker
    while still guaranteeing the convergence of the bounded solution of the
    Chebyshev-Galerkin, Chebyshev collocation, or Legendre-Galerkin
    approximations to nonlinear conservation laws, which is proved by
    compensated compactness arguments.
 C1 Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPCTRAL METHODS FLUI
    CHEN GQ, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V61, P629
    DON WS, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P103
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FUNARO D, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V51, P599
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P585
    GOTTLIEB D, COMMUNICATION
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SUPERCOMPUTING, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, NUMER MATH, V71, P511
    GOTTLIEB D, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P280
    KWONG MK, 1991, LECT NOTES PURE APPL, V129, P91
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P901
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    SHU CW, 1995, J SCI COMPUT, V10, P357
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1979, RES NOTES MATH, V39, P136
 NR 22
 TC 15
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 893
 EP 908
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZL417
 UT ISI:000073430800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, RD
    Ding, AH
    Bao, PY
    Guo, ZG
    Luo, HZ
    Sun, SF
    Han, R
    Xu, SP
 TI Chemoprevention of cancer of uterine cervix: A study on chemoprevention
    of Retinamide II from cervical precancerous lesions
 SO JOURNAL OF CELLULAR BIOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE chemoprevention; precancerous lesions; uterine cervix Retinamide II
    (RII)
 AB Dysplasia of the uterine cervix is a recognized precancerous condition.
    Because of the observed ability of retinoids to suppress various cell
    lines in vitro, a number of clinical studies have examined tie effect
    these agents have on cervical dysplasia, with the object of developing
    a means of chemoprevention of cervical malignancies in women at risk.
    Three cervical cancer chemoprevention trials with Retinamide II (RII)
    have been conducted at the Cancer Institute, Chinese Academy of Medical
    Sciences, Beijing, China.
    A pilot study used RII to intervene in cases of precancerous cervical
    dysplasia. Twenty-seven women with mild, moderate, or servere cervical
    dysplasia, pathologically confirmed, were treated by RII suppositories,
    10 mg QD, given intravaginally for 6 months teach course lasting 3
    months). The results indicated that after the second course, the
    overall response rate was 96.29% and the complete response rate was
    88.89%. In general, side effects were mild. A little cervical and
    vaginal irritation was well tolerated. in the second double-blind
    study, patients with precancerous cervical lesions were randomized into
    two groups, one treated with RII suppository intravaginally and the
    other with a placebo, once daily for 50 days in two courses.
    Precancerous lesions in 68.76% of patients in the treatment arm
    disappeared, with an overall effective rate of 74.29% after two courses
    of treatment with RII. its curative effect was approximately that of
    laser beam radiation and electrocautery (P > 0.05), and differed
    significantly (P < 0.01) from that of traditional antiinflammatories.
    RII can be a major measure in prevention and treatment of cervical
    cancer in high-incidence areas in China. in the third trial, we are
    conducting a randomized double-blind study placebo controlled, in a
    high-incidence area of cervical cancer (Xiang-Yuan county, Shang Xi
    Province, China). At present, the patients are being followed up and
    the study will be completed after 2 years. (C) 1998 Wiley-Liss, inc.
 C1 Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Canc, Beijing 100021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Med Ctr, Shanghai Obstect Gynecol Hosp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Med Coll, Affiliated Hosp 4, Shijiazhuang Shi, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Mat Med, Beijing 100050, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, RD, Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Canc, Beijing 100021, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAI H, 1981, ACTA PHARM SINCA, V16, P648
    CHEN R, 1987, CHINESE J ONCOL, V9, P348
    CHEN R, 1993, CHINESE J ONCOL, V15, P272
    CHU EW, 1965, CANCER RES, V25, P884
    ROBERTS AB, 1979, FED PROC, V38, P2524
    STAFL A, 1976, OBSTET GYNECOL, V48, P123
    WANG R, 1983, CHINESE J ONCOL, V15, P243
    XU S, 1981, ACTA PHARM SINCA, V16, P686
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0730-2312
 J9 J CELL BIOCHEM
 JI J. Cell. Biochem.
 PY 1997
 SU Suppl. 28-29
 BP 140
 EP 143
 PG 4
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Cell Biology
 GA ZL634
 UT ISI:000073454800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Boundary element method for solving dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate (II) - Theoretical analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE dynamic response; viscoelasticity; approximate boundary element method;
    error estimation
 AB In this paper, the necessary theoretical analysis for the approximation
    boundary element method to solve dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate presented in [1] is discussed. The theorem of existence and
    uniqueness of the approximate solution and the error estimation are
    also obtained. Based on these conclusions, the principle for choosing
    the mesh size and the number of truncated terms in the fundamental
    solution are given. It is shown that the theoretical analysis in this
    paper are consistent with the numerical results in [1].
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1966, NUMERICAL INVERSION, P624
    DING FY, 1995, J LANZHOU U, V31, P30
    DING R, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P229
    RUOTSALAINEN K, 1988, NUMER MATH, V53, P229
    ZHU JL, 1987, BOUNDARY ELEMENT ANA
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 101
 EP 110
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZL516
 UT ISI:000073441400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HH
    Yan, SH
    Qi, DY
    Liu, HY
 TI Biosensors and clinic application based on immobilization of enzymes
    with beta-cyclodextrin.
 SO PROGRESS IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; Eastman-AQ polymer; N-methyl phenazine methosulphate;
    horseradish peroxidase; glucose; lactose; beta-cyclodextrin
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; ELECTRODE
 AB Biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide has constructed by
    immobilizing horseradish peroxidase in Eastman-AQ-N-methyl phenazine
    methosulphate modified electrode via cross-linking. Cyclic voltammetry
    and chronamperometry were employed to demonstrate the effective
    electron transfer between immobilized horseradish peroxidase and a
    glassy carbon electrode via N-methyl phenazine methosulphate in
    Eastman-AQ polymer film. Because of high efficiency of
    bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via N-methyl
    phenazine methosulphate, the hydrogen peroxide sensor was combined with
    glucose oxidase and beta-galactosidase for bienzyme and trienzyme-based
    biosensor for determination of low glucose and lactose. The biosensors
    for hydrogen peroxide, glucose and lactose possessed a wide variety of
    advantages including long stability, rapid response times, wide dynamic
    range, high sensitivity and selectivity. Comparison of glucose
    biosensor with colorimetric method with glucose oxidase and peroxidase
    for the determination of serum glucose from diabetic patients indicates
    that the results display a good consistency.
 C1 Weimei Cooperat Zhejiang, Clin Dept, Hangzhou 310015, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMEYER HU, 1984, METHOD ENZYMAT AN, V1, P178
    BOURDILLON C, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P12264
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P437
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    REEKE M, 1995, ANALC HEM, V67, P303
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3282
 J9 PROG BIOCHEM BIOPHYS
 JI Prog. Biochem. Biophys.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 162
 EP 166
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA ZK264
 UT ISI:000073301800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Fung, PCW
 TI Contribution of vacuum field to angular deviation of light path and
    radar echo delay
 SO ASTROPHYSICS AND SPACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITATIONAL LENS; Q0957+561
 AB The discovery of 'twin quasistellar objects' arose interests among
    astronomers and astrophysicists to study gravitational lensing
    problems. The deviation of light from its straight line path is caused
    by two sources according to the general theory of relativity: (i) the
    presence of massive objects, i.e. the presence of gravitational field
    and (ii) the presence of a 'vacuum field' which arises because there is
    a non-zero cosmological vacuum energy.
    Recently, the research on the relationship between cosmological
    constant and gravitational lensing process is rather active (see
    reference [1, 2, 3]. According to the Kottler space time metric, we
    have deduced an explicit representation of the angular deviation of
    light path. The deviation term is found to be simply -4GM/r(min)c(2)
    (Lambda/6r(min)(2)), where nd is the mass of the 'astronomical lens',
    r(min) is the distance between the point of nearest approach and the
    centre of M, other symbols have their usual meaning. The presence of
    this term may be meaningful to the study of cosmological constant using
    the concept of gravitational lensing; however more sophisticated
    analysis awaits.
    Consider a signal radar to be sent from one planet to another. We have
    found that the radar echo delay contributed by the existence of the
    cosmological constant Lambda is expressible as 2
    Lambda/9c(r(A)(3)+r(B)(3)) [1-r(min)(2)/2r(A)(2)+r(min)(2)/2r(B)(2)].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR EPSTEIN R, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P2947
    FAN JH, 1992, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V197, P269
    FAN LZ, 1981, FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPT, P55
    FOMALONT EB, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P1475
    FORT B, 1997, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V321, P353
    IBANEZ J, 1983, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V124, P175
    IM MS, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 1, V475, P457
    KOCHANEK CS, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V466, P638
    KOLB EW, 1990, EARLY UNIVERSE, P308
    KOTTLER F, 1922, ENCY MATH WISS A, V22, P231
    LIEBES S, 1964, PHYS REV B, V133, P835
    SCHNEIDER P, 1987, MITT ASTRON GES, V70, P219
    SHAPIRO II, 1971, ASTRON J, V76, P588
    WALSH D, 1979, NATURE, V279, P381
    YOUNG P, 1981, ASTROPHYS J, V244, P756
    YOUNG P, 1981, ASTROPHYS J, V249, P415
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0004-640X
 J9 ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI
 JI Astrophys. Space Sci.
 PY 1997
 VL 253
 IS 2
 BP 291
 EP 299
 PG 9
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA ZK077
 UT ISI:000073282600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI A class of Broyden algorithms with revised search directions
 SO ASIA-PACIFIC JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE variable metric algorithms; line search; convergence; convergence rate
 AB In this paper we discuss the convergence of the Broyden algorithms with
    revised search direction. We prove that the algorithms are globally
    convergent for continuously differentiable functions and the rate of
    convergence of the algorithms is one-step superlinear and n-step
    second-order for uniformly convex objective functions.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Jiading, Peoples R China.
 CR BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    FLETCHER R, 1987, PRACTICAL METHODS OP, V1
    OREN SS, 1974, MANAGE SCI, V20, P845
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1976, SIAM AMS P, V6
    POWELL MJD, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V38, P29
    PU D, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P118
    PU D, 1989, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V8, P53
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1994, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V8, P366
    PU D, 1995, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V10, P313
    TIAN W, 1993, COMMUNICATION APPL M, V7, P50
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0217-5959
 J9 ASIA PAC J OPER RES
 JI Asia Pac. J. Oper. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 109
 PG 17
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA ZK325
 UT ISI:000073307800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
    Xu, WC
    Zhang, JF
 TI A quantum mode theory of the micromaser
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE quantum mode; threshold condition
 ID LASERS
 AB Failure of the steady solution of the master equation was analysed. It
    was found that the state of sustained oscillation exists only when the
    ratio of photon decay rate gamma to injection late tau is satisfied.
    Based on this understanding, a quantum mode micromaser theory was
    developed. The threshold nu(th) and photon distribution for pi and 2 pi
    mode were calculated. The instability of quantum mode was analyzed as
    well.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENKERT C, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P1564
    DAVIDOVICH L, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1630
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P906
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P3077
    GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    GUERRA ES, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7785
    HAAK F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P712
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P303
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 425
 EP 430
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZJ371
 UT ISI:000073207900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI The existence of solution to the finite elastodynamics with mixed
    boundary conditions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE finite deformation; nonlinear constitutive; elastodynamics; existence
    of solution
 ID INITIAL-VALUE PROBLEM; INCOMPRESSIBLE BODIES
 AB In this paper the existence of solution to finite elastodynamics
    constrainted by mixed boundary conditions is derived when the
    hyperpotential and its gradient (for Green's strain) satisfy adequate
    conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAM RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERGER MS, 1977, NONLINEARITY FUNCTIO
    CHEN C, 1982, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V337, P77
    DAFERMOS CM, 1985, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V87, P267
    EBIN DG, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V94, P15
    EBIN DG, 1992, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V120, P61
    GURTIN ME, 1981, INTRO CONTINUM MECH
    HUGHES TJR, 1977, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V63, P273
    HUGHES TJR, 1983, MATH FDN ELASTICITY
    KATO T, 1976, HYPERBOLICITY, P125
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 35
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZH202
 UT ISI:000073083100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI The damage process zone characteristics at crack tip in concrete
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE concrete; crack tip; damage zone; nonlinear softening model
 AB This paper presents a comprehensive derivation of fracture process zone
    size which closely parallels similar work in fracture of metals and
    anisotropic solid, but is adapted to conrete. Some nonlinear mechanics
    models of concrete materials will be discussed by using uniaxial stress
    assumptions. For uniaxial stress assumption, energy model and fracture
    model will be presented for nonlinear softening models. Finally, we
    make a comparison with those models.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AYARI ML, 1988, THESIS U COLORADO
    BAZANT ZP, 1984, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V110, P518
    BAZANT ZP, 1985, POLI ANNIVERSARY VOL, P3335
    BAZANT ZP, 1986, APPL MECH REV, V39, P674
    HILLERBORG A, 1976, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V6, P773
    LIEBOWITZ H, 1986, FRACTURE ADV TREATIS, V2
    SHAH SP, 1985, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V111, P275
    SWARTZ SE, 1982, P INT C FRACT MECH C
    YE ZM, 1995, INT J FRACTURE, V74, R3
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 43
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZH202
 UT ISI:000073083100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
 TI Hydrogen effects on the mechanical properties of Ti-24Al-11Nb-3V-1Mo
    alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID TITANIUM ALUMINIDE ALLOY; HYDRIDES; TI3AL
 AB The effects of hydrogen on the mechanical properties at room
    temperature of a Ti3Al based alloy Ti-24Al-11Nb-3V-1Mo have been
    investigated. The results show a parabolic rate relationship between
    the average hydrogen concentration of the alloy at constant temperature
    and charging time. The mechanical properties (ultimate bending strength
    and deflection) decrease with increasing hydrogen content in the alloy.
    The fractographic feature indicates that the decrease of the mechanical
    properties is due to the crack nucleation and propagation at the
    hydride Ti3AlH.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU WY, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P455
    CHU WY, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1299
    FLEISCHER RL, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P231
    GAO M, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P2135
    MANOR E, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P313
    RUDMAN PS, 1978, J LESS-COMMON MET, V58, P231
    SCHWARTZ DS, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2799
    SHIH DS, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P973
    SUBRAHMANYAM J, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P1906
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 176
 EP 178
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZG171
 UT ISI:000072974000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, LP
 TI The fully discrete Legendre spectral approximation of two-dimensional
    unsteady incompressible fluid flow in stream function form
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow in stream function form; fully discrete
    Legendre spectral scheme; convergence; numerical results
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB The initial-boundary value problem of two-dimensional incompressible
    fluid flow in stream function form is considered. A fully discrete
    Legendre spectral scheme is proposed. By a series of a priori
    estimations and a compactness argument, it is proved that the numerical
    solution converges to the weak solution of the original problem. If the
    genuine solution is suitably smooth, then this approach provides higher
    accuracy. The numerical results show the advantages of this method. The
    techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other related
    problems with derivatives of high order in space.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 EM maguo@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACE
    BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CANTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTES MATH, V794
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C, V26
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENT MET
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V20, P1
    KUO PY, 1977, SCI SINICA, V20, P287
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES AUX LIMITE, V1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1970, NUMERICAL SOLUTION F, P11
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SHEN J, 1992, ADV COMPUTER METHODS, V7, P658
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 146
 EP 176
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZC436
 UT ISI:000072578000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI An additive Schwarz method for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in three dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE additive Schwarz method; the h-p version; condition number; iterative
    and parallel solver
 ID 3 DIMENSIONS; ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; DOMAIN DECOMPOSITION; 2 DIMENSIONS;
    APPROXIMATION; PRECONDITIONER; POLYNOMIALS; SPACES
 AB In this paper, we study the additive Schwarz method for the h-p version
    of the finite element method in three dimensions. The main idea is to
    treat separately the h-version (linear) components and the p-version
    (high-order) components by a vertex-based method. It can also be viewed
    as a three-level method with the level being the linear finite element
    approximation on the coarse mesh, the linear finite element
    approximation on the fine mesh, and the high-order finite element
    approximation on the fine mesh, respectively. The resulting algorithm
    can be implemented in parallel on the subdomain level for the h-version
    components and on the element level for the p-version components. The
    condition number is of order
    [GRAPHICS]
    where H-i stands for the diameter of the subdomain Omega(i), h(i) is
    the diameter of the elements in Omega(i), and p(i) is the maximum of
    the polynomial degrees used in Omega(i).
 C1 Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BQ, Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BABUSKA I, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V133, P319
    BABUSKA I, 1996, IN PRESS H P VERSION
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    BRAMBLE JH, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V56, P463
    CAI XC, 1993, NONESTED COARSE SPAC
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CASARIN MA, 1995, 705 NEW YORK U COUR
    CHAN TF, 1994, 948 CAM UCLA DEP MAT
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    CLEMENT P, 1975, RAIRO ANAL NUMER, V9, P77
    DRYJA M, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1662
    DRYJA M, 1995, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V48, P121
    DRYJA M, 1996, NUMER MATH, V72, P313
    GUO B, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P487
    GUO B, 1997, IN PRESS REGULARIT 3
    GUO BQ, 1994, BOUNDARY VALUE PROBL, P101
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 1, V127, P77
    GUO BQ, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1267
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    MADAY Y, 1989, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V309, P463
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, 663 NEW YORK U DEP C
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 S DOM DEC METH P
    WIDLUND OB, 1995, COMMUNICATION
 NR 31
 TC 15
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 2
 BP 632
 EP 654
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZC449
 UT ISI:000072580500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WM
    He, GQ
 TI Rigorous analysis of an implicit spectral method for KdV equation
 SO ARABIAN JOURNAL FOR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE KdV equation; spectral method; implicit scheme; existence; convergence;
    iteration method
 ID WAVE
 AB A Fourier spectral method in combination with the standard midpoint
    Euler temporal discretization for the KdV equation is considered. The
    global existence and convergence of the numerical solution are
    investigated rigorously. An iteration method for solving the nonlinear
    algebraic systems at each time level is also proposed, with its
    compression factor strictly estimated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP He, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BENYU G, 1978, CHINESE SCI BULL, V23, P592
    BENYU G, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FRUTOS JD, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P160
    HE GQ, 1990, COMM APPL MATH COMP, V4, P51
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V7, P41
    HE GQ, 1993, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V16, P111
    JEEFREY A, 1972, SIAM REV, V14, P582
    QUARTERONI A, 1984, JAPAN J APPL MATH, V1, P173
    TAHA TR, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V55, P231
    WINEBERG SB, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P311
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0377-9211
 J9 ARAB J SCI ENG
 JI Arab. J. Sci. Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 22
 IS 2C
 BP 159
 EP 167
 PG 9
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZC497
 UT ISI:000072586000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Zhang, YH
    Yang, YF
    Sen, Y
    Wu, WH
 TI Modification of surface properties of PbSe by ion implantation
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID PBTE
 AB P-type PbSe was implanted by phosphorous ion (P+) with incident energy
    of E-0 = 200 keV and doses of D-s = 1 x 10(14), 5 x 10(14) x 10(15)
    ions cm(-2), respectively. R-p, Delta R-p and the depth of the junction
    which was formed on the surface of the implanted (Pi) PbSe were
    measured and compared with theoretical calculation by means of
    modification of LSS theory. The electrical parameters of the pn
    junctions in PbSe were also discussed. PbSe photodiode implanted by P+
    ion with performance was: ideal factor of the diode m = 2.31, diffusion
    length L = 51.4 mu m, diffusion coefficient D = 26.52 cm(2) s(-1),
    non-equilibrium minority carrier lifetime tau = 9.96 x 10(-7) s. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAN Y, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P2817
    CARTER G, 1976, ION IMPLANTATION SEM, P42
    COLLOT P, 1994, SEMICONDUCTOR SCI TE, V9, P1135
    DALVEN R, 1969, INFRARED PHYS, V9, P141
    DONNELLY JP, 1973, PHYSICS 4 6 COMPOUND, P47
    GIBBONS JN, 1973, PROJECTED RANGE STAT, P78
    IGAKI K, 1963, J PHYSICS SOC JAPAN, V18, P143
    KOMAROV FF, 1991, VACUUM TECHNIQUE TEC, V1, P28
    LINDHARD J, 1963, MAT FYS MEDD K DAN V, V33, P14
    MARCHETTI S, 1993, INFRARED PHYS, V34, P137
    NORR MK, 1962, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V109, P433
    SHI Z, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2537
    STOBER D, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V121, P656
    WANG DN, 1980, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V29, P14
    WANG HT, 1992, TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES, CH3
    ZHANG JC, 1989, P ICSICT 89, P53
    ZLOMANOV VP, 1974, J CRYST GROWTH, V26, P261
 NR 17
 TC 0
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 51
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 133
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA ZB067
 UT ISI:000072431700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min-Ning, J
 TI Phase retardation measurement of single-mode optical fibers
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE optical fibers; single-mode fibers; phase retardation measurements
 AB Two new methods for measuring the phase retardation R of a "nominal"
    single-mode optical fiber are demonstrated. One of them is based on the
    polarization magnitude measure; the other is based on the polarization
    direction measure. Their effectiveness is confirmed by experiments. (C)
    1998 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Min-Ning, J, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR JONES RC, 1941, J OPT SOC AM, V31, P488
    JONES RC, 1948, J OPT SOC AM, V38, P671
    KAPRON FP, 1972, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V8
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 5
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 303
 EP 306
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZB601
 UT ISI:000072488900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Free-space mode approximation for radiation modes of a slab waveguide
    and its application
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE slab waveguide; radiation modes
 ID WAVE-GUIDES; BRANCHES
 AB The symmetric slab waveguide as an example, we show that radiation
    modes of a weakly guiding planar optical waveguide can be approximated
    by the free-space modes; their field expressions and normalization
    constants are simple and physically understandable, and can be obtained
    directly without any calculation. By applying this approximation, the
    far-field and radiation loss calculations caused by random wall
    imperfections have been greatly simplified. (C) 1998 John Wiley & Sons,
    Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENECH P, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P96
    CHU FS, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P309
    LACEY JPR, 1990, IEE PROC-J, V137, P282
    LEE SL, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P2073
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTIC OPT
    MARCUSE D, 1982, LIGHT TRANSMISSION O
    MARCUSE D, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P675
    ROZZI TE, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V26, P738
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    YAP D, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P2991
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 5
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 313
 EP 315
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZB601
 UT ISI:000072488900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bing, ZX
    Chang, JG
    Kai, T
    Lun, XJ
    Zhong, DW
    Di, XK
 TI A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    of quaternary systems
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system was developed in
    Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. It was designated as
    SELF-SReM4. The component activities were described with the
    polynomials of the content variables, in which a group of A(jkl)
    parameters involves. It was evaluated along with the reliable boundary
    conditions. The deduction of the model and the procedure of the
    evaluation of A(jkl), parameters were introduced in detail in this
    paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bing, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG JG, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICAL B, V5, P476
    CHANG WZ, 1986, CHINESE SCI A, V8, P862
    CHOU KC, 1994, CALPHAD, V23
    DARKEN LS, 1950, J AM CHEM SOC, V72, P2909
    PELTON AD, 1969, CAN J CHEM, V47, P2283
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 301
 EP 309
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bing, ZX
    Chang, JG
    Di, XK
 TI Prediction of component activities of quaternary systems using the
    sub-regular solution model
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID MELTS
 AB A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system was developed in
    Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. It was designated as
    SELF-SReM4. The previous paper elucidated the model and the evaluating
    procedures of A(jkl) parameters(1). In this paper, SELF-SReM4 is used
    to predict the component activities for the systems of C-Mn-Fe-Si,
    C-Cr-Fe-Ni, C-Cr-Fe-P and MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bing, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    BAYYA S, 1993, ISIJ INT, P17
    BING ZX, IN PRESS
    CHANG JG, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICAL B, V5, P476
    CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    CHIPMAN J, 1980, T JIK, V21, P27
    DARKEN LS, 1967, T METALL SOC AIME, V239, P90
    DRESLER W, 1990, I SM, P95
    FROHBERG MG, 1968, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V39, P587
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    GILBY SW, 1969, T METALL SOC AIME, V245, P1749
    HADRYS HG, 1970, METALL T, V1, P1867
    HEALY GW, 1987, I SM, P51
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER, P487
    KATSNELSON A, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1045
    KATSNELSON AM, 1993, STEEL RES, V64, P197
    KUBASCHEWSKI O, 1979, METALLURGICAL THERMO
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    REIN RH, 1965, J CHIPMAN, P415
    RISBUD SH, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P418
    SCHURMANN E, 1969, GIESSEREI FORSCH, V21, P29
    SHARMA RA, 1961, J IRON ST I, V198, P386
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T AIME, P1586
    TANAKA A, 1979, T JIM, V20, P516
    TURKGOGAN ET, 1956, JISI, P69
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    WARREN GF, 1974, INFACON, V1, P175
    YAMADA A, 1990, TETSU TO HAGANE, V76, P2137
    ZHONG DW, 1993, THESIS TRONDHEIM U N
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 311
 EP 320
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Hsu, TY
 TI Gibbs free energy evaluation of the fcc(gamma) and hcp(epsilon) phases
    in Fe-Mn-Si alloys
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SHAPE MEMORY ALLOYS; TRANSFORMATION; SYSTEM
 AB The Gibbs free energy as a function of temperature of the fcc(gamma)
    and hcp(epsilon) phases in the Fe-Mn-Si system is evaluated by the
    application of the general model for predicting thermodynamic
    properties for ternary systems from binary ones, suggested by Chou and
    by the utilization of the available data from binary Fe-Mn, Fe-Si and
    Mn-Si systems and the SGTE DATA given by Dinsdale. The calculated
    result seems reasonable as compared with the experimental data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *SHANGH I MECH ENG, 1984, APPL FORTR PROGR, P29
    ANSARA I, 1979, INT METAL REV, V1, P20
    CHOU KC, 1995, CALPHAD, V19, P315
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    DONNER P, 1989, MARTENSITIC TRANSFOR, P267
    FORSBERG A, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P354
    GHOSH G, 1989, MRS INT M ADV MAT MA, P9
    HILLERT M, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P227
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V4, P1
    HUANG WM, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P243
    INDEN G, 1976, PROJ M CALPHAD 5 JUN
    LACAZE J, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2211
    MURAKAMI M, 1987, P INT C MARTENS TRAN, P985
    OTSUKA H, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P674
    SADE M, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P112
    SATO A, 1982, ACTA METALL, V30, P1177
    TIBALLS JE, 1991, 8902215MNSI SI NORW
 NR 17
 TC 12
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 443
 EP 448
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, X
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Some identity relations between plane problems for visco- and elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; plane problem; Airy stress function; identity
    relation; integral constitutive relation
 AB In this paper, the boundary value problems of plane problems with a
    simply- or multiply-connected domain for isotropic linear
    visco-elasticity are first established by terms of Airy stress function
    F(chi(a) t). Secondly, some identity relations between displacements
    and stresses for plane problems of visco- and elasticity are discussed
    in detail and some meaningful conclusions are obtained. As an example,
    the deformation response for viscoelastic plate with a small circular
    hole at the center is analyzed under a uniaxial uniform extension.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, X, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CJ, 1995, THEORY ELASTICITY
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    HUANG KZ, 1986, ANAL TENSOR
    MILLER MK, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P624
    YANG TQ, 1984, ASME 1984 PVP C
    YANG TQ, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 12
 BP 1159
 EP 1167
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZB193
 UT ISI:000072445700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Guo, JT
    Liu, CT
 TI Effect of Zr and B on environmental embrittlement in Ni(3)AI alloys
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL; BORON; SEGREGATION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Div Met & Ceram, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 USA.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Met Res, Shenyang, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, NIPPON KINZOKU GAKKA, V43, P1190
    CHOUDHURY A, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P57
    CHUANG TH, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V141, P169
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    GEORGE EP, 1996, ACTA MATER, V44, P1757
    GU YF, 1994, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAO
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    XIAOJING W, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    ZHEN Z, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A202
 NR 13
 TC 10
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD FEB 13
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 959
 EP 964
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZA001
 UT ISI:000072317800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, MM
    Zhuang, L
 TI Preparation of SrTiO3-based ceramic material for boundary layer
    capacitor by vacuum sintering method
 SO JOURNAL OF THE KOREAN PHYSICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE
 AB Applying the vacuum sintering method instead of the sintering in
    reducing atmosphere (N-2+H-2) to achieve semiconduction for ceramic
    material of SrTiO3 with donor Nb2O5 has been researched preliminarily.
    The vacuum sintering method can produce n-type semiconductor, strontium
    titanate based ceramics, which is fired at 1350 degrees C for 3 h under
    a vacuum condition of 5 Pa, with resistivity about 2 Omega.cm. The
    process under vacuum condition allows promotion of the sintering as
    well as grain growth when compared with the process in atmosphere
    condition. The vacuum sintering can lower the sintering temperature by
    about 100 degrees C, and raise the density of ceramics and the apparent
    permittivity of GBLC of SrTiO3-based ceramics. The above mentioned
    advantages are the key factors of improving the properties of GBLC.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Technol Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, MM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BURN I, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P3510
    SHIRASAKI S, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V73, P4640
    WEI MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V133, P301
    ZHONG JP, 1987, J INORG MATER, V2, P22
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0374-4884
 J9 J KOREAN PHYS SOC
 JI J. Korean Phys. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 32
 PN Part 3 Suppl. S
 BP S1180
 EP S1182
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YZ022
 UT ISI:000072212300093
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, DH
    Xu, WY
    Hua, LQ
    Zhang, ZY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Electrochemical preparation & mechanical properties of amorphous
    nickel-SiC composites
 SO PLATING AND SURFACE FINISHING
 DT Article
 ID ALLOYS
 AB In this study, an attempt was made to incorporate SiC particles into an
    amorphous nickel-phosphorus alloy matrix by electrodeposition. The bath
    composition and operating conditions of electrodeposited Ni-P-SiC
    composite coatings were studied and the structure and mechanical
    properties of the deposits were determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Met Res Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CARGILL GS, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P12
    GROUSE M, 1980, MET FINISH, V78, P31
    MUKHERJEE D, 1989, B ELECTROCHEM, V5, P656
    RAJAGOPAL C, 1984, MET FINISH, V82, P59
 NR 4
 TC 7
 SN 0360-3164
 J9 PLAT SURF FINISH
 JI Plat. Surf. Finish.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 85
 IS 2
 BP 61
 EP 64
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Coatings & Films; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA YY160
 UT ISI:000072119300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variable-domain variational finite element method: A general approach
    to free/moving boundary problems in heat and fluid flow
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE finite element method; variational principle; free & moving boundary
    problems; fluid dynamics; heat transfer
 ID INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW; HYBRID PROBLEMS; POTENTIAL FLOW; PRINCIPLES;
    SHOCKS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1990, AGARDCP463
    CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GUO JH, 1993, P 1 INT C AER BEIJ, P75
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, V2, P355
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, V2, P361
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, 2 INT C HYDR DEC 16
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 30
 IS 8
 BP 5229
 EP 5239
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA YX561
 UT ISI:000072052900064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xueming, MA
    Gang, JI
    Ling, Z
    Yuanda, D
 TI Structure and properties of bulk nano-structured WC-CO alloy by
    mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline; WC-Co; mechanical alloying
 AB Mixtures of elemental powders of nominal composition WC-6wt% Co and
    WC-6wt% Co-1wt% VC were prepared using 99.5% purity tungsten, graphite,
    cobalt and vanadium powders with particle sizes smaller than 75 mu m.
    Mechanical alloying (MA) was performed in a QM-1 planetary ball mill.
    The structural evolution and the crystallite size changes of the
    powders during MA were monitored by X-ray diffraction. The results show
    that cemented carbides of WC-Co powder with crystalline sizes of about
    10 nm were directly synthesized from elemental powders by mechanical
    alloying. Cold compacting was carried our at a pressure of 800 MPa
    using a manual uniaxial press with carbide insert dies. The hardness
    and sintered density of sintered samples were measured. The effects of
    small VC additions on the grain size, density and hardness of sintered
    samples were also investigated. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xueming, MA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    XUEMING MA, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, L30
    YUANZHENG Y, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YUANZHENG Y, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 5
 TC 5
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD JAN 9
 PY 1998
 VL 264
 IS 1-2
 BP 267
 EP 270
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA YX365
 UT ISI:000072032900050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI Effective elastic moduli of concrete with interface layer
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE concrete; effective elastic moduli; engineering mechanics; interface
    layer; microstructure; stress analysis
 ID CEMENT PASTE; COMPOSITES; MORTAR
 AB In this paper, the effective elastic moduli E* and mu* of concrete are
    obtained from the analytical solution of a two-dimensional
    microstructural model, and the relationships between E*, mu* and the
    elastic moduli of each constituent of concrete are studied. Engineering
    formulas of the effective elastic :moduli on the basis of engineering
    mechanics are also derived and their advantages and limitations are
    assessed. The variation of E* and mu* values with the basic elastic
    moduli E-1, E-2 and E-3 of sand (or aggregate), interface and cement
    paste is given. It is found that the E* and mu* values are affected
    significantly by the interface layer. The results provide a deeper
    understanding of the influences of each constituent of the
    microstructure on the overall behavior of concrete, and an analytical
    relationship between the nonlinear behavior of concrete and the
    properties of its constituent. They are also helpful for developing new
    high-strength concrete materials with an improved strength and
    stiffness. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, CONCRETE PLASTICITY, P146
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    CLYNE TW, 1993, INTRO METAL MATRIX C
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    COHEN MD, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V370, P407
    DASGUPTA A, 1992, MECH MATER, V14, P67
    HASHIN Z, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P144
    HASHIN Z, 1964, J APPL MECH        E, V31, P223
    JONES RM, 1975, MECH COMPOSITE MAT
    LUO HA, 1989, MECH MATER, V8, P77
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    WANG ZM, 1991, MECH STRUCTURAL MECH, P67
    WINSLOW DN, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24
    ZHAO XH, 1996, CESTR962 PURD U
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P215
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 66
 IS 2-3
 BP 275
 EP 288
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA YX439
 UT ISI:000072040100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Li, HH
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Qin, YQ
    Qi, DY
 TI Amperometric biosensor sensitive to glucose and lactose based on
    co-immobilization of ferrocene, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase and
    mutarotase in beta-cyclodextrin polymer
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; glucose oxidase; beta-galactosidase; mutarotase; glucose;
    lactose; ferrocene; beta-cyclodextrin
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODE; INCLUSION; MILK; SENSOR
 AB An amperometric biosensor sensitive to glucose and lactose has been
    developed by immobilizing glucose oxidase (GOD), beta-galactosidase,
    mutarotase and ferrocene in beta-cyclodextrin polymer. The ferrocene is
    included in the cavities of the beta-cyclodextrin polymer through a
    host-guest chemical reaction whereas glucose oxidase,
    beta-galactosidase and mutarotase are cross-linked with the
    beta-cyclodextrin polymer. Cyclic voltammetry and amperometric
    measurement have been employed for the first time to show the efficacy
    of electron transfer between immobilized glucose oxidase and a glassy
    carbon electrode via ferrocene included in the cavities of
    beta-cyclodextrin polymer. Performance and characteristics of the
    biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection
    limit, selectivity, and dependence on applied potential, temperature
    and pH as well as operating and storage stability. The stability of the
    enzyme membrane was greatly enhanced by cross-linking of the enzymes
    with beta-cyclodextrin polymer because of the water absorbability of
    the beta-cyclodextrin polymer. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Weimei Cooperat Hangzhou, Clin Dept, Hangzhou 310016, Zhejiang Prov, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *INT DAIR FED, 1974, 28A INT DAIR FED
    CHENG FS, 1977, ANALYST, V102, P124
    DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350
    GRIMBLEBY FH, 1956, J DAIRY RES, V23, P229
    HAMID JA, 1989, ANALYST, V114, P1587
    HARADA A, 1984, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P645
    HARADA A, 1984, J INCLUSION PHENOM, V2, P791
    HARRIS WM, 1986, ANALYST, V111, P37
    JAGER A, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P1251
    KARASZ AB, 1971, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V54, P1436
    KORADECKI D, 1991, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V10, P79
    KUTNER W, 1992, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V13, P257
    LI S, 1992, CHEM REV, V92, P1457
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1997, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V344, P187
    LUNDBACK H, 1985, ANAL LETT PT B, V18, P871
    MATSUMOTO K, 1985, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V49, P2131
    PFEIFFER D, 1990, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V49, P255
    PILLOTON R, 1987, ANAL LETT, V20, P1803
    SAENGER W, 1980, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V19, P344
    TAKAHASHI K, 1994, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V17, P1
    WALLENFELS K, 1972, ENZYMES, V7, P617
    WATANABE E, 1991, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V38, P99
    XU YH, 1990, ENZYME MICROB TECH, V12, P104
    YANG MT, 1981, J CHROMATOGR, V209, P316
 NR 25
 TC 30
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD JAN 30
 PY 1998
 VL 358
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 144
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA YX680
 UT ISI:000072065700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Qiu, ZG
 TI Effects of surface texture on hydrodynamic lubrication of dynamically
    loaded journal bearings
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE hydrodynamic lubrication; journal bearing; surface roughness
 AB The effects of two-sided purely longitudinal, transverse and isotropic
    surface roughness on the hydrodynamic lubrication of dynamically loaded
    finite journal bearings are analyzed using Christensen's stochastic
    model of hydrodynamic lubrication of rough surfaces and considering
    running-in effect on roughness height distributions. A detailed study
    of the above system in terms of the nominal minimum film thickness and
    the maximum film pressure demonstrates that the effects of roughness
    are closely tied to the roughness texture and structure, features of
    nominal geometry, and operating factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Appl Mech, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, C, Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
 CR BOEDO S, 1995, P INT TRIB C YOK, P1061
    CHRISTENSEN H, 1969, P I MECH ENGRS     1, V184, P1013
    ELROD HG, 1973, ASME, V93, P324
    PATIR N, 1978, T ASME, V100, P12
    PRAKASH J, 1984, ASME, V106, P324
    RHOW SK, 1974, ASME, V94, P554
    TONDER K, 1977, WEAR, V44, P329
    ZHANG C, 1995, CHINESE INTERNAL COM, V16, P69
    ZHANG C, 1995, P INT TRIB C YOK, P1005
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 48
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA YW245
 UT ISI:000071913000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Zhao, FG
 TI The globalization of Durand-Kerner algorithm
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Durand-Kerner algorithm; continuous homotopy; path tracing; global
    convergence; point estimation
 ID EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS; POLYNOMIAL SYSTEMS; HOMOTOPY; EQUATIONS; ZEROS
 AB Making use of the theory of continuous homotopy and the relation
    between symmetric polynomial and polynomial in one variable the authors
    devoted this article to constructing a regularly homotopic curve with
    probability one. Discrete tracing along this homotopic curve leads to a
    class of Durand-Kerner algorithm with step parameters. The convergence
    of this class of algorithms is given, which solves the conjecture about
    the global property of Durand-Kerner algorithm. The problem for
    steplength selection is thoroughly discussed. Finally, sufficient
    numerical examples are used to verify our theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, DR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1974, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V11, P237
    ALLGOWER EL, 1990, NUMERICAL CONTINUATI
    CHOW SN, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P887
    DEREN W, 1987, COMPUTING, V38, P75
    DEREN W, 1989, COMPUTING, V43, P187
    DEREN W, 1993, JCAM, V60, P253
    DURAND E, 1960, SOLUTIONS NAMERIQUES, V1
    GARCIA CB, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V16, P159
    KERNER IO, 1966, NUMER MATH, V8, P290
    LI TY, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V91, P65
    LI TY, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P435
    LI TY, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1241
    LI TY, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P229
    MO ZJ, 1987, ALGEBRA, V1
    SCHWARTZ ST, 1969, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    SENLIN X, 1989, SYSTEM ALGEBRAIC EQU
    SMALE S, 1986, MERGING DISCIPLINES, P185
    ZHAO FG, 1993, MATH NUMERICA SINICA, V2, P196
    ZHENG SM, 1982, CHINESE SCI BULL, V9, P515
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 11
 BP 1045
 EP 1057
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YW736
 UT ISI:000071967700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Wang, YM
 TI An almost monotone approximation for a nonlinear two-point boundary
    value problem
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear two-point problem; almost monotone approximation; nonlinear
    Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel iterations
 ID PETROV-GALERKIN
 AB Almost monotone approximation is proposed for nonlinear two-points
    problem. A general framework is given for studying the existence and
    uniqueness of numerical solutions. A discrete approximation with high
    accuracy is constructed. Nonlinear Jacobi iteration and Gauss-Seidel
    iteration are introduced to save work. The continuous approximation is
    also considered. The numerical results show the advantages of such an
    approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BABUSKA I, 1966, NUMERICAL PROCESSES
    BABUSKA I, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P510
    BERMAN A, 1979, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    BOGLAEV IP, 1988, P ROY IRISH ACAD A, V88, P153
    CHANG KW, 1984, APPL MATH SCI, V56
    COLLATZ L, 1960, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    COLLATZ L, 1964, FUNKTIONALANALYSIS N
    GUO BY, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P511
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1991, NUMER METH PART D E, P23
    GUO BY, 1992, J APPL SCI, V10, P1
    GUO BY, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V58, P531
    HOWES FA, 1978, MEMOIRS AM MATH SOC, V203
    LADDE GS, 1985, MONOTONE ITERATIVE T
    NUMEROV BV, 1924, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V84, P592
    RABINOWITZ PH, 1970, LECT NOTES MATH, V648, P97
    ROSE ME, 1964, MATH COMPUT, V18, P179
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PY 1998
 VL 8
 IS 1-2
 BP 65
 EP 96
 PG 32
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YW687
 UT ISI:000071962500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Stability enhancement of organic electroluminescent diode through
    buffer layer or rubrene doping in hole-transporting layer
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE buffer layers; organic electroluminescent diodes; rubrene
 AB The stability of organic electroluminescent devices is significantly
    improved by inserting a buffer layer between ITO and the
    hole-transporting layer or by doping rubrene in the hole layer, The
    durabilities of the improved devices increase by a factor of about 10.
    The reasons for the improvements are discussed based on tunnelling
    theory and the energy-level diagram of the device, (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shibaura Inst Technol, Tokyo 108, Japan.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    SANO T, P IN ORG EL EL 96 BE, P249
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
 NR 3
 TC 26
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 91
 IS 1-3
 BP 131
 EP 132
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA YU803
 UT ISI:000071756200032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BW
    Zhao, W
    Cao, Y
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI Photoluminescence and electroluminescence of squarylium cyanine dyes
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE organic devices; photoluminescence; electroluminescence; squarylium
    cyanine-doped 8-hydroxyquinoline aluminium; energy transfer mechanism
 ID FILMS
 AB A series of squarylium cyanine dyes (Sq1, Sq2 and Sq3) were synthesized
    to explore their applications in organic electroluminescence devices
    (ELDs) with the aim of achieving highly efficient red emission. The
    absorption and fluorescence spectra of squarylium cyanine dyes (Sqs) in
    organic solvents, as well as their interaction with S-hydroxyquinoline
    aluminum (Alq) in solution and in film, were investigated to help
    understand the EL mechanism. The basic device structure consists of a
    hole-transport layer (HTL) of
    N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-1,1'-diphenyl-4,4'-diamine (TPD)
    and an emission layer (EML) of Sq-doped Alq. By the doping method, the
    EL color can be readily tuned from green (EL of Alq) to red (EL of Sq)
    upon varying application of voltage. The EL mechanism is suggested to
    be associated with the energy transfer from the excited Alq to the
    dopant Sq. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Photog Chem, Photochem Lab, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Acad Sinica, Inst Photog Chem, Photochem Lab, Beijing
    100101, Peoples R China.
 CR ABKOWITZ M, 1986, PHILOS MAG B, V53, P193
    BORSENBERGER PM, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P273
    DALEEP SD, 1961, J ORG CHEM, V26, P3527
    EMMELIUS M, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P1445
    GALE DJ, 1974, J SOC DYERS COLOUR, V90, P97
    GRIFFITHS J, 1976, COLOR CONSTITUTION O
    HENG LS, 1995, J SICHUAN U, V32, P566
    HUGO I, 1968, J ORG CHEM, V33, P4283
    JOHNSON GE, 1995, PURE APPL CHEM, V67, P175
    LAW KY, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P449
    LI CP, 1995, J POLYM RES, V2, P133
    MILON WB, 1956, J AM CHEM SOC, V78, P5854
    PIECHOWSKI A, 1984, J PHYS CHEM-US, V88, P933
    SANO T, 1995, 5432014, US
    SPRENGER HE, 1967, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V6, P553
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    TANG CW, 1995, 5409783, US
 NR 18
 TC 8
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 91
 IS 1-3
 BP 237
 EP 241
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA YU803
 UT ISI:000071756200057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, Z
    Sun, W
    Wang, P
 TI Calculation of phase diagrams of Al2O3-SiO2-R2O3 systems
 SO PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF GLASSES
 DT Article
 ID GLASSES
 AB Binary oxide diagrams of Al2O3-SiO2, SiO2-R2O3, Al2O3-R2O3 (R=Nd, Sm)
    were thermodynamically assessed. The obtained Gibbs free energies of
    components and stoichiometric phases and solution parameters were used
    for the estimation of liquidus surface and isothermal sections of
    Al2O3-SiO2-Nd2O3 and Al2O3-SiO2-Sm2O3 systems. The eutectics in
    Al2O3-SiO2-Nd2O3 ternary phase diagram were also calculated in this
    work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR A, 1966, B ACAD SCI USSR CH, P195
    COUTURES JP, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P105
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    ERIKSSON G, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P807
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    LUO W, 1990, PHYSICAL CHEM, P316
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P118
    TOROPOV NA, 1960, T 7 INT CER C LOND, P440
    TOROPOV NA, 1961, B ACAD SCI USSR CH, P1279
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
 NR 14
 TC 8
 SN 0031-9090
 J9 PHYS CHEM GLASSES
 JI Phys. Chem. Glasses
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 323
 EP 326
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA YV402
 UT ISI:000071819400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI The effect of rubrene as a dopant on the efficiency and stability of
    organic thin film electroluminescent devices
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES
 AB Rubrene was doped into the hole transport layer of an organic thin film
    electroluminescent (OTFEL) device with a double-layered structure. It
    was found that the dopant has a profound influence on the EL
    characteristics - it changed the region of light emission, increased
    the luminescence efficiency by more than 50% and improved the device
    stability tenfold. The reasons for these effects are discussed based on
    injection theory and the energy level diagram of the device.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shibaura Inst Technol, Minato Ku, Tokyo 108, Japan.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    PARKER ID, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1272
    SANO T, 1996, INORGANIC ORGANIC EL, P249
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YANG Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P1245
    ZHANG ZL, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V4, P301
 NR 8
 TC 11
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 1998
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 32
 EP 35
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YV414
 UT ISI:000071820600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, HQ
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
 TI High strength conductor by directional solidification
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB The directional solidification of Cu-0.8 wt pet Cr alloy was
    investigated for high-strength conductors. An in-situ composite
    material in which the matrix is in cellular morphology and the
    well-distributed eutectics around the cells is formed in the
    directional solidification process. In such microstructure, the
    cellular matrix is as conductor and the coated-around eutectics as
    reinforcement. The formation mechanism of this microstructure is
    discussed from the interfacial instability. As a result, the tensile
    strength of the material along the solidification direction is two
    times more than that of the conventionally cast one, while the
    electrical conductivity is reduced a little by comparison with the pure
    Cu.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, XM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON KR, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V9, P1197
    HANQI HU, 1991, SOLIDIFICATION FUNDA
    HARDWICH DA, 1993, METALL T A, V1, P27
    KURZ W, 1981, ACTA METALL, V29, P11
    TILLER WA, 1953, ACTA METALL, V1, P428
    VERHOEVEN JD, 1990, J MAT ENG, V2, P27
    WANG YW, 1995, FUNCTIONAL MAT, V3, P220
    ZHAO ZD, 1993, HDB CU ITS ALLOYS MA, P3
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 91
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA YV447
 UT ISI:000071825100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Interdiffusion reaction in the PZT/PNN functionally gradient
    piezoelectric ceramic materials
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The interfacial diffusion reaction between lead zirconate titanate
    (PZT) and lead nickel niobate (PbNi1/3Nb2/3O3:PNN) phases in the
    PZT/PNN functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramics were investigated
    as a function of the diffusion temperature and time, respectively. The
    ionic composition distribution profiles in the interdiffusion region
    were examined by electron probe microbeam analysis (EPMA). Based on a
    diffusion model of the overlapped diffusion solution from thin slab,
    the numerical simulation for the ionic composition distribution was
    carried out by computer, which was in agreement with the EPMA result.
    The diffusion coefficients for the Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+ ions were
    determined, which were 33.8, 22.6, 10.8 and 9.9 x 10(-12) m(2) s(-1),
    respectively. The apparent activation energies for these ions were
    94.4, 171.7, 257.5 and 325.8 kJ mol(-1), respectively. The differences
    in the ionic diffusion coefficients and apparent activation energies
    were discussed from the viewpoint of the crystal chemistry. (C) 1998
    Chapman & Hall.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAWLA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1995, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
 NR 4
 TC 13
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1998
 VL 33
 IS 4
 BP 1023
 EP 1030
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA YU268
 UT ISI:000071699300022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SR
    Luo, J
    Leonardi, F
    Lipo, TA
 TI A general approach to sizing and power density equations for comparison
    of electrical machines
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE ferrites; magnets; motors; power density; sizing equation
 AB Whenever an electrical machine is meant to be fed lug a power
    converter, the design should be approached as a system optimization,
    more than a simple machine sizing. A great variety of electrical
    machines is available to accomplish this goal, and the task of
    comparing the different options tan be very difficult, A general
    purpose sizing equation, easily adjustable for every topology, that
    could take into account different waveforms and machine
    characteristics, would be a very desirable tool, In this paper, a
    general approach is presented to develop and to discuss such an
    equation. Sample applications of the sizing and power density equations
    are utilized to compare the induction machine and the doubly salient
    permanent magnet (DSPM) machine.
 C1 Univ Wisconsin, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
 RP Huang, SR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN SQ, 1982, ELECT MACHINE DESIGN
    HONSINGER VB, 1987, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V2, P116
    HUANG S, 1997, 1997 IEEE POW ENG SO
    LEONARDI F, 1996, IEEE IAS ANN M M SAN
    LEVI E, 1984, POLYPHASE MOTORS DIR
    LI Y, 1995, C DES MAN MOD IND DM
    LIPO TA, 1984, IEEE T IND APPL, V20, P834
    LIPO TA, 1995, P IPEC 95, P1
    LIPO TA, 1996, INTRO AC MACHINE DES
    SCHUISKY W, 1957, INDUKTIONSMASCHIMEN
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0093-9994
 J9 IEEE TRANS IND APPL
 JI IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 92
 EP 97
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA YU517
 UT ISI:000071725800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, GL
    Yu, FH
    Weng, HM
    Zhang, HH
 TI Annealing behavior of Fe-57 implanted in ZrO2(Y)
 SO HYPERFINE INTERACTIONS
 DT Article
 AB Using conversion electron Mossbauer spectroscopy(CEMS) and slow
    positron beam, the chemical states of the implanted Fe-57 (100keV,3 x
    10(16) ions/cm(2)) in ZrO2 containing 3 mol% Y2O3 (ZY(3)) and its
    thermodynamic behavior during annealing process with the temperature
    from 200 to 500 degrees C were studied. After annealing at 400 degrees
    C the complex of Fe3+-V has been mostly dissolved, and the prior phase
    to alpha-Fe and alpha-Fe nano-crystalline cluster were present in the
    sample. Meanwhile the mixed conducting of oxygen-ions and electrons in
    the ZY(3) containing Fe sample appeared.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, GL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BURGGRAAF AJ, 1988, PHYS RES B, V32, P32
    MAREST G, 1990, HYPERFINE INTERACT, V56, P1605
    SAWICKI JA, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V32, P79
    WELLER M, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P573
    ZHANG G, 1986, PHYS LETT A, V119, P251
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3843
 J9 HYPERFINE INTERACTIONS
 JI Hyperfine Interact.
 PY 1998
 VL 112
 IS 1-4
 BP 197
 EP 200
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Physics, Nuclear
 GA YV034
 UT ISI:000071783000042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI Solutions of multilayer inclusion problems under uniform field
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE
 DT Article
 ID STRESS-FIELDS; COMPOSITES
 AB In this paper, a general solution of an n-layer inclusion problem in a
    limited region is obtained for the first time. The solutions of
    three-layer inclusion problems in a limited region under uniform strain
    field and under uniform stress field are given also. These solutions
    with undetermined constants are all expressed in closed form. The
    validity of these solutions is verified by numerical examples of
    several special cases. These solutions will enable us to study various
    stress distributions and elastic behavior of concrete materials in
    microscale.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN T, 1990, MECH MATER, V9, P17
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    DASGUPTA A, 1992, MECH MATER, V14, P67
    GOODIER JN, 1933, J APPL MECH, V1, P39
    LING CB, 1966, APPL SCI RES THE HAG, V18, P32
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1951, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHAO XH, 1990, APPL MATH MECH, V11, P207
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0733-9399
 J9 J ENG MECH-ASCE
 JI J. Eng. Mech.-ASCE
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 124
 IS 2
 BP 209
 EP 216
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA YT178
 UT ISI:000071573300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, XG
    Chen, ZH
 TI Heat recovery from the starting vessel of a once-through boiler system
 SO APPLIED THERMAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE heat recovery; deaerator; boiler; start-up system
 AB An increasing number of coal-and oil-fired boilers are employed in
    covering the week-day load and are shut down at weekends. This paper
    describes an attempt to calculate the amount of heat recovery in a
    once-through boiler system during its start-up. A mathematical model
    has been firstly developed, and an experimental study is carried out to
    check the model. The 300 MW once-through boiler system is taken as an
    example. Both theoretical analysis and an experimental study show that
    the capacity for heat recovery in the deaerator tank largely depends on
    the working pressure of the deaerator tank and the starting vessel. The
    volume of the deaerator tank, especially the volume of water, has a
    large effect on the heat recovery capacity. (C) 1997 Published by
    Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, 516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR HIRSCH C, 1988, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO
    HUANG CM, 1982, HYDRODYNAMICS HEAT T
    RAY A, 1976, J DYNAMIC SYSTEM MEA, V9, P332
    XU HZ, 1996, POWER STATION AUXILI, V1, P1
    ZHANG CY, 1976, DYNAMIC RESPONSE MAT
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1359-4311
 J9 APPL THERM ENG
 JI Appl. Therm. Eng.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 1998
 VL 18
 IS 3-4
 BP 179
 EP 186
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Energy & Fuels; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA YR474
 UT ISI:000071498900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Dai, HH
 TI Invariant tori and chaotic streamlines in the ABC flow
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE ABC flow; action-angle-angle; invariant tori; Melnikov method; chaos
 AB We study the dynamical system associated with fluid particle motions of
    the Arnold-Beltrami-Childress (ABC) flow, defined by (x) over dot = A
    sin z + C cos y, (y) over dot = B sin x + A cos z, (z) over dot = C sin
    y + B cos x, where A, B, C are real parameters and \C\ much less than
    1. First, we reduce this system to action-angle-angle coordinates.
    Then, by using the new-KAM-like theorems for perturbations of a
    three-dimensional, volume-preserving map, we obtain the conditions of
    existence of invariant tori in the ABC flow. In addition, by using a
    high-dimensional generalization of the Melnikov method, we obtain the
    analytical criterion for the existence of chaotic streamlines in the
    ABC flow. (C) 1998 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1965, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V261, P17
    ARNOLD VI, 1978, MATH METHODS CLASSIC
    CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    DOMBRE T, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V167, P353
    GALLOWAY D, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P557
    GUCHENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HENON M, 1966, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V262, P312
    MEIZE J, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATIONS
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
    YOCCOZ JC, 1992, ASTERISQUE, V206, P311
    ZHAO XH, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P71
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JAN 5
 PY 1998
 VL 237
 IS 3
 BP 136
 EP 140
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YQ830
 UT ISI:000071427400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    He, JH
 TI New research and concepts in turbo-jet engine design
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerospace engineering; design; engines; 3D
 AB Presents a brief overview of some new concepts and research results
    concerning aerodynamic computation and design of jet-propulsion engines
    with emphasis on turbomachinery (TM) developed in China, without any
    attempt to be exhaustive.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DEICH ME, 1963, THERMAL ENERGETICS
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA, P82
    GAO JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    LI XD, 1996, AIAA J, V34, P1097
    LIU GL, 1993, P I MECH ENG A-J POW, V207, P23
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P109
    LIU GL, 1996, 19 INT C THEOR APPL
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V13, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS INT S INV P
    MIAO RT, 1991, J AEROSPACE POWER, V6, P13
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, 74GT2 ASME
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    WANG ZQ, 1981, 5 INT S AIR BREATH E
    WANG ZQ, 1994, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V15, P147
    ZHANG ZC, 1996, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V17, P180
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 1997
 VL 69
 IS 6
 BP 527
 EP +
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA YQ732
 UT ISI:000071417700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Parametric open-plus-closed-loop control of chaos in continuous
    dynamical systems
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE continuous dynamical system; chaos; parametric open-plus-closed-loop
    control; the Lorenz model
 ID MIGRATION CONTROLS; ENTRAINMENT
 AB This paper presents a parametric open-plus-closed-loop control approach
    to controlling chaos in continuous dynamical systems. As an example,
    chaos in the Lorenz model is controlled to demonstrate its application.
    Finally. the relations between the parametric open-plus-closed-loop
    control and the former control methods, such as the
    open-plus-closed-loop control and the parametric entrainment control.
    are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    CHEN LQ, 1996, PHYS, V25, P278
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    METTIN R, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P4065
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 316
 EP 321
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA YR176
 UT ISI:000071468000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Awai, I
 TI Frequency characteristics of the magnetic spatial solitons on the
    surface of an antiferromagnet
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID CROSS-PHASE MODULATION; WAVE-GUIDES; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; ENVELOPE
    SOLITONS; OPTICAL SOLITONS; SPIN-WAVES; PROPAGATION
 AB The frequency characteristics of magnetic spatial solitons on the
    surface of two-sublattice uniaxial antiferromagnetic crystal have been
    studied. The distinguishing feature of the solitons is the existence of
    the frequency passband(s) and stopband(s) that can be switched into
    each other by varying the power. This is because the nonlinear
    permeability is not only power dependent but also frequency dependent
    in infrared frequency region. The passband width may increase sharply
    with the power when the dielectric constant of the antiferromagnetic
    crystal is smaller than that of the nonmagnetic substrate. The passband
    may vary as much as 100 GHz below the infrared resonance frequency of
    the system. (C) 1998 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Ube, Yamaguchi 755, Japan.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1290
    AITCHISON JS, 1992, ELECTRON LETT, V28, P1879
    AKHMANOV SA, 1968, SOV PHYS USP, V10, P609
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BARTHELEMY A, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P201
    BEEMAN DE, 1966, J APPL PHYS, V37, P1136
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P2481
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, RADIO SCI, V28, P891
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CAMLEY RE, 1987, SURF SCI REP, V7, P103
    CARNLEY RE, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P283
    COSTA BV, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5059
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    DELAFUENTE R, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P547
    DELAFUENTE R, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P419
    FETISOV YK, 1983, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V25, P1634
    GATZ S, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P2296
    GORDON NI, 1965, SOV PHYS JETP, V21, P576
    GULYAEV YV, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1553
    KADIGROBOV MI, 1965, SOV PHYS JETP, V21, P576
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1477
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    LIU SL, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, R38
    MOLONEY JV, 1992, NATO ASI SER E, V214, P341
    MOLONEY JV, 1992, OPT QUANTUM ELECT, V24, S1269
    QI W, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1
    QI W, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P1108
    STAMPS RL, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P3497
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    ZHANG HK, 1990, J APPL PHYS 2B, V67, P5498
 NR 35
 TC 6
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1998
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 382
 EP 387
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YP836
 UT ISI:000071320400055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI The effective elastic moduli of concrete and composite materials
 SO COMPOSITES PART B-ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE effective elastic modulus; concrete; composite materials; micromechanics
 ID CEMENT PASTE; MORTAR
 AB In this paper, the analytical expressions of the effective elastic
    moduli E* for concrete or other composite materials under a uniform
    stress field, a uniform strain field and a uniform field at infinity
    are obtained based on elastic theory. The new expressions provide a
    better estimate of E* than the existing engineering formulas, and the
    differences between them are compared numerically. It is found that the
    effective elastic modulus E* depends not only on the geometrical and
    physical parameters of microstructure, but also on stress state. The
    value of E* is found to vary within a narrow region. (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Dept Struct Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, WF, Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Dept Struct Engn, W Lafayette,
    IN 47907 USA.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, CONCRETE PLASTICITY
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    COHEN MD, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V370, P407
    HASHIN Z, 1962, ASME J APPL MECH, V29, P144
    HASHIN Z, 1964, J APPL MECH        E, V31, P223
    HASHIN Z, 1983, ASME, V50, P481
    HERVE E, 1993, INT J ENG SCI, V31, P1
    HILL R, 1963, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V11, P357
    JONES RM, 1975, MECH COMPOSITE MAT
    LUO HA, 1989, MECH MATER, V8, P77
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    TORQUATO S, 1991, APPL MECH REV, V44, P37
    WISLOW DN, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P215
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
    ZHAO XH, 1997, IN PRESS COMPUTERS S, V64
    ZHAO XH, 1998, IN PRESS J ENG MECH, V124
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 1359-8368
 J9 COMPOS PART B-ENG
 JI Compos. Pt. B-Eng.
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 1
 BP 31
 EP 40
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Composites
 GA YP479
 UT ISI:000071280900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI The first order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elastic circular plate; Kirchhoff-Love assumption; generalized
    variational principle
 AB Based on the approximation theory adopting non-Kirchhoff-love
    assumption for three dimensional elastic plates with arbitrary
    shapes([1], [2]), the author derives a functional of generalized
    variation for three dimensional elastic circular plates, thereby
    obtains a set of differential equations and the relate boundary
    conditions to establish a first order approximation theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary and under uniform loading on one of
    its surface. The analytical solution of this problem will present in
    another paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    CHIEN WZ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P203
    CHIEN WZ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P405
    CHIESA P, 1987, MEDIOEVO RINASCIMENT, V1, P1
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 18
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP169
 UT ISI:000071249500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application (I)
    - General theory
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shells; nonlinear theory
 AB In this paper, a nonlinear theory is given for multilayer sandwich
    shells undergoing small strains and moderate rotations. Then a
    simplified theory for the shells undergoing moderate or moderate/small
    rotations are obtained.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDULHADI F, 1971, 71VIBR48 ASME
    AZAR JJ, 1968, AIAA J, V6, P2166
    AZAR JJ, 1970, AIAA J, V8, P157
    CHIEN WZ, 1944, Q APPL MATH, V2, P120
    JOHN F, 1965, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V18, P235
    KOITER WT, 1980, MECHANICS TODAY, V5, P139
    LIAW BD, 1967, AIAA J, V5, P301
    LIAW BD, 1969, AERONAUTICAL Q, V20, P61
    LIU RH, NONLINEAR THEORY SAN
    PIETRASZKIEWICZ W, 1985, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V19, P115
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1978, AIAA J, V25, P130
    WONG JP, 1968, DEV MECH, V4, P289
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 27
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP169
 UT ISI:000071249500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Strongly oblique interactions between internal solitary waves with the
    same mode
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE solitary waves; strong interaction; stratified fluids; 3D problem
 AB In this paper, by using the Lagrangian coordinates, the strongly
    oblique interactions between solitary waves with the same mode in a
    stratified fluid ape discussed, which includes the shallow fluid case
    and deep fluid case. It is found that the interactions are described by
    the KP equation for the shallow fluid case, the two-dimensional
    intermediate long wave equation (2D-ILW equation) for the deep fluid
    case and the two-dimensional BO equation (2D-BO equation) for the
    infinite deep fluid case.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1980, STUD APPL MATH, V62, P249
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, STUD APPL MATH, V92, P249
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P171
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 957
 EP 962
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP725
 UT ISI:000071308200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
 TI Remarks on nonlinear Galerkin method for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear Galerkin method; Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation; infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems
 ID APPROXIMATE INERTIAL MANIFOLDS; NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 AB This paper is concentrated on a nonlinear Galerkin method with s(m)
    small-scale components for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation, in which
    convergence results and the analysis of error estimates are given. The
    conclusion shows that this choice of modes is efficient for the method
    modified.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FOIAS C, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P157
    FOIAS C, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P93
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MARION M, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1139
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    SHEN J, 1990, APPL ANAL, V38, P201
    TEMAM R, 1983, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C
    TEMAM R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    TEMAM R, 1988, CR ACAD SCI II-MEC P, V306, P399
    TEMAM R, 1989, LECT NOTES PHYSICS
    TEMAM R, 1989, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V23, P541
    WU YJ, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P145
    YANG ZH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P20
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 1005
 EP 1013
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP725
 UT ISI:000071308200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI The first-order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elasticity; circular plate; Kirchhoff-Love assumptions; generalized
    variational principle
 AB Based upon the differential equations and their related boundary
    conditions given in !he previous paper([I]), this paper finds the
    analytical solution of non-Kirchhoff-love theory for elastic circular
    plate with fixed boundary conditions under uniform surface loading.
    Hailer er, for. the sake of saving computational work, the first order
    approximation theory can be further simplified in more rational bases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1
    KIRCHHOFF G, 1850, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V40, P51
    LOVE AEN, 1937, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    MCPHERSON AE, 1943, 744 NACA
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 103
 EP 112
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, SQ
    Zang, HM
 TI A semi-inverse algorithm in application of computer algebra
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE computer algebra; symbolic computation; intermediate expression swell;
    perturbation method; nonlinear analysis
 AB For the purpose of overcoming the difficulty of the so-called
    "intermediate expression swell" in applying computer algebra, a
    semi-inverse algorithm is proposed. The or del of seeking solutions for
    various problems is partly inverted, i. e., the intermediate
    expressions appearing in computation are "frozen" in the symbolic form
    at first, and "unfrozen" till the formal expressions of final solutions
    are found out. In this rca!, the overflow due to the shortage of saving
    space is avoided. The applications of the algorithm in the problems on
    nonlinear oscillation, dynamical optimization and interfacial solitary
    waves are described, which show the effectiveness of the semi-inverse
    algorithm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AI, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V43, P119
    CALMET J, 1988, COMPUTER ALGEBRA SYM, P245
    DAI SQ, 1981, SINGULAR PETURBATION, P33
    DAI SQ, 1982, APPL MATH MECHANICS, V3, P777
    RAND HR, 1987, PERTURBATION METHODS
    VANDYKE M, 1984, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V16, P287
    WANG MQ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V16, P421
    ZANG HM, 1991, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V12, P283
    ZANG HM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P189
    ZANG HM, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U TE
    ZANG HM, 1994, P INT C HYDR, P691
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 113
 EP 119
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application (II)
    - Fundamental equations for orthotropic shallow shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shallow shells; orthotropic; fundamental equation
 AB This paper-applied the simplified theory for multilayer sandwich shells
    undergoing moderate/small rotations in Ref.[1] to shallow shells. The
    equilibrium equations and boundary conditions of large deflection of
    orthotropic and the special case, isotropic shells, are presented.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR *I MECH AC SIN, 1977, STAB VIBR SANDW PLAT
    CHENG ZQ, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P605
    CHIEN WZ, 1944, Q APPL MATH, V2, P120
    WU JC, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P19
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 139
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SW
    Zang, GC
 TI The study of sabot-discarding mechanism of gas-propelled APDS
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas-propelled APDS; gas-filling; gas-ejecting; sabot-discarding motion
 AB With the advantages of simpler structure, smaller disturbance and no
    self-hurt while discarding sabot, the gas-propelled amor-piercing
    projectile with discarding sabot (APDS) owns its promissing prospect.
    This paper has studied the gas-filling and ejecting characteristics
    between the gas chamber iir saber and the environment. A dynamical
    model describing the sabot-discarding process I?as been established The
    authors have also given the starling condition and the parting
    criterion of the parting motion during the sabot-discarding. The mellon
    of fire gas-propelled APDS has been carefully calculated. Finally, the
    effect of the gashole area has been analyzed not only on the pressure
    in the gas chamber near the barrel exit, but also on the
    sabot-discarding time and distance away from the barrel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ Sci & Technol, Ballist Res Lab China, Nanjing 210094, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *E CHIN I TECHN 10, 1978, INN BALL
    FENG SW, 1995, THESIS NANJING U SCI
    ZANG GC, 1989, AERODYNAMICS PROJECT
    ZUCROW MJ, 1976, GAS DYNAMICS
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 151
 EP 156
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Boundary element method for solving dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE dynamic response; viscoelasticity; BEM
 AB In this paper, a boundary element method for solving dynamical response
    of viscoelastic thin plate is given. In Laplace domain, we propose two
    methods to approximate the fundamental solution and develop the
    corresponding boundary element method. Then using the improved
    Bellman's numerical inversion of the Laplace transform, the solution of
    the original problem is obtained. The numerical results show that this
    method has higher accuracy and faster convergence.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1966, NUMERICAL INVERSION
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    DURBIN F, 1974, COMPUT J, V17, P371
    GU P, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V7, P65
    MILLER MK, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P624
    SUN B, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V7, P19
    SUN B, 1990, SHANGHAI MECH, V11, P1
    YANG T, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P217
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 229
 EP 235
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI The existence of solutions in nonlinear elastodynamics
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear; constitutive law; elastodynamics; existence
 AB Under the small deformation assumption this paper shows the existence
    of solution for the system of elastic dynamics with the general
    nonlinear constitutive laws, and the existence of classical solution
    can be found under weaker conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DUVAUT G, 1976, INEQUALITIES MECH PH
    GUO YZ, 1987, MORDEN MATH MECH, P143
    GURTIN ME, 1972, HDB PHYSIK A, V6
    LENE F, 1974, J MECANIQUE, V13, P499
    MOREAU JJ, 1974, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V102, P141
    NAYROLES B, 1974, DAULITY CONVEXITY SO
    PANAGITOPOLUOS PD, 1985, INEQUALITY PROBLEMS
    VALENT T, 1988, BOUNDARY VALUE PROBL
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 243
 EP 249
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WH
    Chen, DD
    Tang, YM
 TI On the exact solution to certain non-linear partial differential
    equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Janet number; bad system of equations; good system of equation
 AB This paper, based on the theory of stratifications, gives a brand-new
    classification of partial differential equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, WH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HADAMARD J, 1964, THEORIE EQUATIONS DE
    SHIH JE, IN PRESS UN PROBLEME
    SHIH WH, 1986, UNE METHODE ELEMENTA
    SHIH WH, 1987, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V364, P535
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WY, IN PRESS STRATIFICAT
    SIH JA, 1994, THESIS
    THOM R, 1986, C HONN MME SCHW
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 259
 EP 265
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI A calculation method for fully developed flows in curved rectangular
    tubes
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE curved tube; Galerkin method; Dean number
 ID BIFURCATION
 AB In this paper, A method, consisted of perturbation method, Garlerkin
    method and finite-difference method, is designed to calculate fully
    developed flows in curved tubes of rectangular cross-section. It costs
    less computation than that of direct solving N-S equations, and
    prevents from building high-order difference equations and extra
    dealing with the boundary conditions. Numerical results in the
    situation of small curvature and low Dean number is in accordance with
    former's numerical and experimental results in quality, and it shows
    the feasibility of this paper's method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARA B, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V244, P339
    BERGER SA, 1983, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V15, P461
    DEAN WR, 1927, PHILOS MAG, V4, P208
    DEAN WR, 1928, PHILOS MAG, V5, P673
    DEAN WR, 1959, MATHEMATIKA, V6, P77
    DEVRIEND HJ, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V107, P423
    GHIA KN, 1977, T ASME           DEC, P640
    LIU YL, 1995, P 6 C MOD MATH MECHS
    SAAD Y, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P856
    SELMI M, 1994, J FLUID MECH, V262, P353
    THANGAM S, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V217, P421
    WINTERS KH, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P343
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 315
 EP 320
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP172
 UT ISI:000071249800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application
    (III) - Large deflection and postbuckling of shallow shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shallow shells; nonlinear; deflection; postbuckling
 ID VIBRATION
 AB In this paper, exact solutions of large deflection of multilayer
    sandwich shallow shells under transverse forces and different boundary
    conditions are presented. Exactly results of postbuckling of multilayer
    sandwich plates, shallow cylindrical shells and nonlinear deflection of
    general shallow shells such as spherical shells under inplane edge
    forces are also obtained by the same procedure.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG ZQ, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P605
    CHIA CY, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    CHIA CY, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P1123
    LIU RH, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P217
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P130
    WU JC, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P129
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 321
 EP 329
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP172
 UT ISI:000071249800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
    Sheng, SZ
 TI The first-order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (III)
    - Numerical results
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elasticity; circular plate; non-Kirchhoff-Love theory; global
    interpolation method
 AB Based upon the differential equations and their related boundary
    conditions given in the previous papers([1,2]), using a global
    interpolation method, this paper presents a numerical solution to the
    axisymmetric bending problem of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for circular
    plate with fired boundary under uniform surface loading. AN the
    numerical results obtained in this paper are compared with that of
    Kirchhoff-Love classical theory([3]) and E. Resisner's modified
    theory([4]).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO ZY, 1983, DYNAMIC THEORY THICK
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, MECH ELASTICITY
    CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P103
    MCPHERSON AE, 1942, NORMAL PRESSURE TEST, P744
    REISSNER E, 1945, J APPL MECH, V12, P69
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 411
 EP 419
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP173
 UT ISI:000071249900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Resonant flow of a fluid past a concave topography
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear waves; fKdV equation; surface tension
 ID GENERATION
 AB In this paper, the resonant generation of nonlinear capillary-gravity
    waves in a fluid system with the effect of surface tension and the
    concave topography is examined by using a perturbation method and
    numerical method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    GRIMSHAW R, 1992, C P NONLINEAR DISPER, P1
    WU TYT, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V184, P75
    ZHU Y, 1995, PHYS FLUIDS, V7, P2294
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 479
 EP 482
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP173
 UT ISI:000071249900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Shang, XC
 TI The growth of the void in a hyperelastic rectangular plate under a
    uniaxial extension
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE hyperelastic rectangular plate; finite deformation; growth of void;
    variational principle
 ID CAVITATION
 AB In the present paper, the finite deformation and stress analysis for a
    hyperelastic rectangular plate with a center void under a uniaxial
    extension is studied. In order to consider the effect of the existence
    of the void on the deformation and stress of the plate, the problem is
    reduced to the deformation and stress analysis for a hyperelastic
    annular plate and its approximate solution is obtained from the minimum
    potential energy principle. The growth of the cavitation is also
    numerically computed and analysed.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    HAUGHTON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P163
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P302
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    ODEN TT, 1972, FINITE ELEMENTS NONL
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, EFFECT MAT ANISOTROP, V3, P3381
    SHIELD RT, 1983, ASME J APPL MECH
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 615
 EP 621
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP175
 UT ISI:000071250100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Yang, X
 TI Nonlinear stability analysis of a clamped rod carrying electric current
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE magnetoelasticity; bifurcation; limit point; numerical method; straight
    rod carrying electric current
 ID BIFURCATION-THEORY; MAGNETIC FORCES; SUBJECT; STATES; FIELD; WIRE
 AB This paper is devoted to the analysis of the nonlinear stability of a
    clamped rod carrying electric current in the magnetic field which is
    produced by the current flowing in a pair of infinitely long parallel
    rigid wires. The natural state of the rod is in the plane of the wires
    and is equidistant from them. Firstly under the assumption of spatial
    deformation, the governing equations of the problem are derived, and
    the linearized problem and critical currents are discussed. Secondly,
    it is proved that the buckled states of the rod are always in planes.
    Finally, the global responses of the bifurcation problem of the rod are
    computed numerically and the distributions of the deflections, axial
    forces and bending moments are obtained. The results show that the
    buckled states of the rod and the wires. Furthermore, it is found that
    there exists a limit point on the branch solution of the supercritical
    buckled state. This is distinctively different from the buckled state
    of the elastic compressive rods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTMAN SS, 1976, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V61, P307
    BUJANO E, 1985, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V89, P307
    HEALEY TJ, 1990, J ELASTICITY, V24, P211
    SEIDMAN T, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P307
    WOLFE P, 1983, T AM MATH SOC, V278, P377
    WOLFE P, 1988, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V41, P265
    WOLFE P, 1990, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V25, P597
    WOLFE P, 1990, J ELASTICITY, V23, P201
    WOODSON HH, 1968, ELECTROMECHANICAL DY
    ZHU ZY, 1989, NUMERICAL METHOD BIF
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 9
 BP 825
 EP 834
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP177
 UT ISI:000071250300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WD
    Mao, LY
    Gao, W
    Zhu, ST
 TI Light tracks in the anisotropic optical fiber with two types of
    parabolic refractive indices
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
 AB The light tracks in an anisotropic optical fiber are studied by the
    optical metric model. The ordinary and extraordinary light tracks are
    determined by solving the null geodesic equation. In the paraxial
    approximation the birefringence of the fiber is analyzed. The focusing
    and defocusing characteristics of alight beam are described via the
    geodesic deviation equation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, WD, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ERDELYI A, 1995, HIGHER TRANSCENDENTA, V2
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    MISNER C, 1973, GRAVITATION, P1108
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P219
    SHEN W, 1996, CHIN J LASERS B, V5, P516
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1483
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 11
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YP854
 UT ISI:000071322500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Bao, JS
    Awai, I
    Boardman, AD
 TI Nonlinear magnetization and frequency conversion of magnetostatic waves
    in a ferromagnetic slab
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SURFACE-WAVES; GARNET-FILMS
 AB The possibilities of the generation of second-order dc and
    second-harmonic magnetic fields excited by the magnetostatic surface
    wave (MSSW) and backward volume wave (MSBVW) in ferromagnetic films
    have been analyzed and discussed through the calculations of source
    terms in the equations satisfying the magnetostatic potentials. The
    results show that the nonlinear magnetization responses of the film to
    the MSSW can generate neither de nor the second-harmonic magnetic
    fields. And the responses to the MSBVW will not induce the de field,
    but can excite second-harmonics under some conditions. The general
    expressions of third-order nonlinear magnetization are also derived and
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11444
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    GUSEV BN, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1669
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MENDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    QI W, 1994, J INFRARED MILLIMETE, V13, P131
    SUHL H, 1957, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V1, P109
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    YARIV A, 1989, QUANTUM ELECT
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 47
 EP 60
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YP854
 UT ISI:000071322500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Bao, JS
    Awai, I
    Boardman, AD
 TI Frequency conversion of magnetostatic waves through nonlinear
    magnetization
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic wave; nonlinear magnetization; frequency conversion;
    ferromagnet; second harmonics
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SURFACE-WAVES; GARNET-FILMS
 AB The possibilities of the generation of the second-order de and
    second-harmonic magnetic fields excited by the magnetostatic surface
    wave (MSSW) and backward volume wave (MSBVW) in ferromagnetic films
    have been analyzed and discussed through the calculations of the source
    terms in the equations satisfying the magnetostatic potentials. The
    results show that the nonlinear magnetization responses of the film to
    the MSSW can generate neither de nor the second-harmonic magnetic
    fields, and the responses to the MSBVW will not induce the de held, but
    could excite second-harmonics in the conditions of phase-matching and
    H-0/M-0 less than or equal to cos(2) (theta/3). The general expressions
    of the third-order nonlinear magnetization induced by electromagnetic
    waves are also derived, and the contributions of the second-order
    magnetization are analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Fac Engn, Ube, Yamaguchi 755, Japan.
    Univ Salford, Dept Phys, Salford M5 4WT, Lancs, England.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    BLOEBERGEN N, 1965, NONLINEAR OPTICS
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1991, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V40, P1703
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    GUSEV BN, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1669
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MENDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    QI W, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P2005
    QI W, 1994, J INFRARED MILLIMETE, V13, P131
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    SUHL H, 1957, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V1, P109
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    YARIV A, 1989, QUANTUM ELECT
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 11
 BP 7064
 EP 7072
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YN475
 UT ISI:000071172300093
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WC
 TI N,N,N ',N '-tetrabutylsuccinylamide as a new extractant in n-dodecane
    for extraction of uranium(VI) and thorium(IV) ions
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 ID SOLVENT-EXTRACTION; N,N,N,N-TETRABUTYLSUCCINYLAMIDE
 AB N,N,N',N'-tetrabutylsuccinylamide (TBSA) was synthesized, characterised
    and used for the extradion of U(VI) and Th(IV) from nitric acid
    solutions into n-dodecane. Extraction distribution coefficients of
    U(VI) and Th(IV) as a function of aqueous nitric acid concentration
    extractant concentration and temperature have been measured and found
    that n-dodecane as diluent was superior to 50% 1,2,4-trimethyl benzene
    (TMB) and 50% kerosene (OK) system for extraction of U(VI) and Th(IV).
    The compositions of extracted species, equilibrium constants and
    enthalpies of extraction reactions have also been calculated. The
    formation of the 1 : 2 : 1 complex of uranyl(II) ion or the 1 : 4 : 1
    complex of thorium(IV) ion, nitrate ion and TBSA and extracted species
    was further confirmed by the IR spectra of saturated extract of U(VI)
    and Th(IV).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YS, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Nucl Res, POB 800 204, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V26, P883
    STANLEY RS, 1968, ORGANIC FUNCTIONAL G, V1, P277
    TIAN QZ, 1993, P ISEC 93, V1, P404
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V212, P101
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V213, P199
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V214, P67
    YIN YJ, 1985, HDB COLLEGE CHEM, P302
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 222
 IS 1-2
 BP 279
 EP 281
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA YL699
 UT ISI:000070983600051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Orthogonal condition between two types of radiation modes for
    multilayer dielectric waveguides
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE-GUIDES
 AB A simplified orthogonal condition between two types of radiation modes
    for multilayer structures is presented by using their plane wave
    expressions, which is dependent on the ratios of amplitudes or relative
    phases of the fields at the outermost interfaces only, regardless of
    the number of layers and without detailed knowledge of field
    distribution inside this structure. It is a universal orthogonal
    condition, all the previously presented orthogonal conditions are
    special cases of this condition. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science B.V.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENECH P, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P96
    DING H, 1995, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V31, P411
    KOGELNIK H, 1998, GUIDED WAVE OPTOELEC, P7
    LEE SL, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P2073
    MARCUSE D, 1982, LIGHT TRANSMISSION, P313
    MARCUSE D, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P675
    MARCUSE D, 1991, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1997
 VL 144
 IS 4-6
 BP 187
 EP 191
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA YH847
 UT ISI:A1997YH84700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SJ
    Hu, LL
    Xu, DM
 TI Open resonator technique for measuring multilayer dielectrics
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE open resonator; complex permittivity; multilayer dielectrics; Q-factor;
    length-varying method
 ID PERMITTIVITY
 AB In the present work, the open resonator technique is extended to
    measure multilayer dielectrics. The difficulties that limit the open
    resonator in measuring easy warped thin films can be overcome by
    flattening a heavy sample to eliminate air gaps. Applying the simply
    equipped length-varying method, measurements on several thin films were
    carried out, and encouraging results were achieved. (C) 1997 John Wiley
    & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wang, SJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH COMMUN & INFORMAT
    ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *NAT STAND BUR PR, 1988, 953488 GB NAT STAND
    AFSAR MN, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1845
    CHAN WFP, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1429
    COOK RJ, 1976, ELECTRON LETT, V12, P1
    CULLEN AL, 1971, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V325, P493
    HIRVONEN TM, 1996, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V45, P780
    JONES RG, 1976, P I ELECTR ENG, V123, P285
    LYNCH AC, 1982, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V380, P73
    VONHIPPEL AR, 1954, DIELECTRIC MATERIALS
    XU D, 1989, J ELECT MEAS INSTRUM, V3
    YU PK, 1982, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V380, P49
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 368
 EP 371
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA YH635
 UT ISI:A1997YH63500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variational formulation of 3-D unsteady transonic flow past oscillating
    rotor bladings .1. Potential flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID SHOCKS
 AB A family of variational principles (VP) and generalized VP have been
    derived for fully 3-D unsteady transonic potential flow past
    periodically oscillating rotating bladings with an interblade phase
    angle, accounting also for the distributed mass suction/blowing along
    the blade/annular walls and converting the matching conditions across
    all unknown oscillating discontinuities (such as shocks and free
    trailing vortex sheets) into natural ones. In addition, taking
    advantage of the periodicity of blade oscillation, it has succeeded in
    transforming the original initial-boundary-value problem into a pure
    boundary-value problem to facilitate finite element (FE) computations.
    This work provides a sound theoretical basis for FE analysis of
    unsteady flow and also constitutes an important ingredient of the
    coupled aeroelasticity theory of blade vibration /13,14/.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DOWELL EH, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P299
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HAFEZ MM, 1979, AIAA J, V17, P838
    LIU GL, 1987, 871426 AIAA
    LIU GL, 1989, P 5 INT S UNST AER A, P76
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P707
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1992, P 4 CHIN NAT AER C S, P358
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P438
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, P361
    LIU GL, 1996, 19 INT C THEOR APPL
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
    TRAUPEL W, 1977, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1, P3
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V16, P66
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 77
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA YH439
 UT ISI:A1997YH43900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, H
    Fu, RT
    Sun, X
    Zhang, ZL
 TI Off-diagonal interactions, bond density correlation, and their effects
    on the excitons in conjugated polymers
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID CHARGE COULOMB REPULSION; PEIERLS-HUBBARD MODELS; N-ELECTRONS SYSTEM;
    BAND-GAP; OPTICAL-SPECTRA; ONE DIMENSION; GROUND-STATE; POLYACETYLENE;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; ALTERNATION
 AB The effects of electron-electron interactions with both diagonal and
    off-diagonal parts on the excitons in conjugated polymers are studied,
    and it is found that the bond-charge interaction W and the bond-site
    interaction X affect the excitons oppositely: the former suppresses the
    excitation energy of excitons whereas the latter increases it except
    for the 2A(g) state. We find that the screening (originating from the
    bond density correlation effect of pi electrons), which controls the
    bond correlation, is a reason that the binding energy of the exciton is
    reduced. Our calculation shows that the off-diagonal interactions
    affect the singlet exciton with small binding energy even at normal
    screening, but for large exciton energy, such effects are negligible.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST TECH PHYS,SHANGHAI 200083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhao, H, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABE S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P8264
    ABE S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P9432
    BAERISWYL D, 1985, PHYS REV B, V31, P6633
    BEDNORZ JG, 1986, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V64, P189
    CAMPBELL DK, 1988, PHYS REV B B, V38, P12043
    CAMPBELL DK, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P475
    CAMPBELL IH, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1900
    CHNO K, 1964, THEOR CHIM ACTA, V2, P219
    DACOSTA PG, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P1993
    EMERY VJ, 1976, PHYS REV B, V14, P2898
    GRANT PM, 1979, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V29, P225
    HAYASHI H, 1985, PHYS REV B, V32, P5295
    HIRSCH JE, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P296
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V134, P451
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V138, P83
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11515
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P2354
    HORSCH P, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P7351
    HUBBARD J, 1963, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V276, P238
    HUBBARD J, 1978, PHYS REV B, V17, P494
    KIVELSON S, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1899
    LENG JM, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P156
    LOF RW, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3924
    MARTIN RL, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P4845
    MAZUMDAR S, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P427
    MEINDERS MBJ, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P2484
    NASU K, 1983, J PHYS SOC JPN, V52, P3865
    NASU K, 1983, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P302
    NASU K, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P427
    PAINELLI A, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P273
    PAINELLI A, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P2830
    PARISER R, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P767
    PARR RG, 1950, J CHEM PHYS, V18, P1561
    PARR RG, 1952, J CHEM PHYS, V20, P1499
    POPLE JA, 1955, P PHYS SOC         A, V68, P81
    RNOX RS, 1963, SOLID STATE PHYSIC S, V5
    SCHUTEN K, 1975, J CHEM PHYS, V64, P4422
    SONDHI SL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P5943
    STRACK R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2637
    SU WP, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1698
    SUN X, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P11042
    WU C, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P831
    WU CQ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P4204
    ZAANEN J, 1990, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V88, P8
 NR 44
 TC 3
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1997
 VL 56
 IS 19
 BP 12268
 EP 12276
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA YH165
 UT ISI:A1997YH16500048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Energy-momentum and angular-momentum in ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons gravity
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE enegy-momentum; angular-momentum; ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons
 ID 2+1 DIMENSIONAL GRAVITY; GRAVITATIONAL ANYONS; SPIN
 AB Using local SO(1,2) transform and general displacement transform, We
    obtain generally covariant conservation laws of angular -momentum and
    energy-momentum for ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons gravity. The currents have
    also superpotentials and are therefore identically conserved. The
    structure of the superpotentials are simpler than those in the
    conventional SO(1,2) topologically massive gravity (TMG). The
    reasonableness of the definitions may be supported by the correct
    energy momentum and angular-momentum for Cho-Lee's exact solution. (C)
    1997 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 SHANGHAI TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAK D, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5173
    CHO JH, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V351, P111
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DESER S, 1984, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V152, P220
    DESER S, 1990, NUCL PHYS B, V344, P747
    DESER S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P611
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1988, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V20, P5
    FENG SS, GEN COVARIANT CONSER
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    WITTEN E, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V311, P46
    WITTEN E, 1989, NUCL PHYS B, V323, P113
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD OCT 16
 PY 1997
 VL 411
 IS 3-4
 BP 256
 EP 260
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YG529
 UT ISI:A1997YG52900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, W
    Hoa, SV
    Huang, Q
 TI Classification of stress modes in assumed stress fields of hybrid
    finite elements
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE finite element; stress modes; classification
 ID INVARIANT; 20-NODE
 AB A classification method is presented to classify stress modes in
    assumed stress fields of hybrid finite element based on the eigenvalue
    examination and the concept of natural deformation modes. It is assumed
    that there only exist m (=n - r) natural deformation modes in a hybrid
    finite element which has n degrees of freedom and r rigid-body modes.
    For a hybrid element, stress modes in various assumed stress fields
    proposed by different researchers can be classified into m stress mode
    groups corresponding to m natural deformation modes and a zero-energy
    stress mode group corresponding to rigid-body modes by the m natural
    deformation modes. It is proved that if the flexibility matrix CHI is a
    diagonal matrix, the classification of stress modes is unique. Each
    stress mode group, except the zero-energy stress mode group, contains
    many stress modes that are interchangeable in an assumed stress field
    and do not cause any kinematic deformation modes in the element. A
    necessary and sufficient condition for avoiding kinematic deformation
    modes in a hybrid element is also presented. By means of the m
    classified stress mode groups and the necessary and sufficient
    condition, assumed stress fields with the minimum number of stress
    modes can be constructed and the resulting elements are free from
    kinematic deformation modes. Moreover, an assumed stress field cap be
    constructed according to the problem to be solved. As examples, 2-D,
    4-node plane element and 3-D, 8-node solid element are discussed. (C)
    1997 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 CONCORDIA UNIV,DEPT MECH ENGN,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1M8,CANADA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHMAD S, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, P85
    BABUSKA I, 1977, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V11, P175
    BREZZI F, 1974, RAIRO, V8, P129
    CHEN WJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V35, P1871
    DEVEUBAKE BMF, 1965, P C MATR METH STRUCT
    FENG W, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3625
    HAN J, 1990, P 2 INT C COMP AID D, P189
    HAN JH, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P3903
    HAO SV, 1995, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    HENSHELL RD, 1972, P BRUN U C I MATH IT
    HUANG Q, 1989, THESIS CONCORDIA U M
    PIAN THH, 1964, AIAA J, V2, P1333
    PIAN THH, 1969, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V1, P3
    PIAN THH, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P1741
    PIAN THH, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V22, P173
    PIAN THH, 1987, FINITE ELEMENT HDB
    PIAN THH, 1988, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V26, P2331
    PIAN THH, 1995, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V21, P5
    PUNCH EF, 1984, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V47, P331
    RUBINSTEIN R, 1983, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V38, P63
    SZE KY, 1990, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V7, P61
    SZE KY, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P2235
    WU CC, 1995, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V21, P111
 NR 23
 TC 7
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 23
 BP 4313
 EP 4339
 PG 27
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA YG117
 UT ISI:A1997YG11700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZL
    Lu, Q
    Tang, GC
 TI Single machine scheduling with discretely controllable processing times
 SO OPERATIONS RESEARCH LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE single machine scheduling; discretely controllable processing times;
    NP-hardness; dynamic programming
 ID EARLINESS; COMMON; JOBS; DATE; COST
 AB In the field of machine scheduling problems with controllable
    processing times, it is often assumed that the possible processing time
    of a job can be continuously controlled, i.e. it can be any number in a
    given interval. In this paper, we introduce a discrete model in which
    job processing times are discretely controllable, i.e. the possible
    processing time of a job can only be controlled to be some specified
    lengths. Under this discrete model, we consider a class of single
    machine problems with the objective of minimizing the sum of the total
    processing cost and the cost measured by a standard criterion. We
    investigate most common criteria, e.g. makespan, maximum tardiness,
    total completion time, weighted number of tardy jobs, and total
    earliness-tardiness penalty. The computational complexity of each
    problem is analyzed, and pseudo-polynomial dynamic programming
    algorithms are proposed for hard problems. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science
    B.V.
 C1 NATL UNIV SINGAPORE,DEPT DECIS SCI,SINGAPORE 0511,SINGAPORE.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MANAGEMENT,SHANGHAI 200041,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, ZL, PRINCETON UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN & OPERAT RES,PRINCETON,NJ
    08544.
 CR AHUJA RK, 1993, NETWORKS FLOWS THEOR
    ALIDAEE B, 1993, EUR J OPER RES, V70, P335
    BAKER KR, 1990, OPER RES, V38, P22
    CHENG TCE, SCHEDULING MINIMIZE
    CHENG TCE, 1996, IIE TRANS, V28, P177
    CHENG TCE, 1996, OPER RES LETT, V19, P237
    DANIELS RL, 1994, OPER RES, V42, P504
    GAREY MR, 1978, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI
    GRAHAM RL, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P287
    HALL NG, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P847
    KARP RM, 1972, REDUCIBILITY COMBINA
    MOORE JM, 1968, MANAGE SCI, V15, P334
    NOWICKI E, 1990, DISCRETE APPLIED MAT, V25, P271
    PANWALKAR SS, 1982, OPER RES, V30, P391
    PANWALKAR SS, 1992, EUR J OPER RES, V59, P298
    TRICK MA, 1994, OPER RES, V42, P234
    VANWASSENHOVE LN, 1982, EUR J OPER RES, V11, P48
    VICKSON RG, 1980, AIIE T, V12, P258
    VICKSON RG, 1980, OPS RES, V28, P1155
    ZDRZALKA S, 1991, OPER RES LETT, V10, P519
 NR 20
 TC 15
 SN 0167-6377
 J9 OPER RES LETT
 JI Oper. Res. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 69
 EP 76
 PG 8
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA YE472
 UT ISI:A1997YE47200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Multivariate generalized inverse vector-valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE generalized inverse for vectors; bivariate rational interpolants;
    characterisation
 AB Bivariate rational interpolating functions of the type introduced in
    [9, 1] are shown to have a natural extension to the case of rational
    interpolation of vector-valued quantities using the formalism of
    Graves-Morris [2]. In this paper, the convergence of Stieltjes-type
    branched vector-valued continued fractions for two-variable functions
    are constructed by using the Samelson inverse. Based on them, a kind of
    bivariate vector-valued rational interpolating function is defined on
    plane grids. Sufficient conditions for existence, characterisation and
    uniqueness for the interpolating functions are proved. The results in
    the paper are illustrated with some examples.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CUTY AM, 1985, COMPUTING, V34, P41
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, PADE APPROXIMATION I, P144
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1984, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V4, P209
    GU CQ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V15, P99
    GU CQ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P293
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1995, P INT C NUM APPR
    MURPHY JA, 1978, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V4, P181
    WYNN P, 1963, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V12, P273
    ZHU GQ, 1990, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V12, P66
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD OCT 28
 PY 1997
 VL 84
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 146
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YD221
 UT ISI:A1997YD22100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Durose, K
    Brinkman, AW
    Woods, J
 TI In situ mass spectroscopic investigation of the pyrolysis mechanism of
    (C3H7)(2)Te and (CH3)(2)Cd during MOCVD
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID GROWTH; CDTE
 AB Pyrolysis properties of metallo - organic precursors, di -
    isopropyltelluride (DIPTe) and dimethylcadmium (DMCd), in a MOCVD
    reactor have been investigated by in - situ mass spectroscopy. In
    particular, possible gas phase reactions as well as pyrolysis mechanism
    are analysed. Interaction between the two precursors and its influence
    on pyrolysis temperature are explored under the CdTe, CdTe growth
    conditions.
 C1 UNIV DURHAM,DEPT PHYS,APPL PHYS GRP,DURHAM DH1 3LE,ENGLAND.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CZERNIAK MR, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V68, P128
    DAVIES JI, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P363
    FUJII S, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V93, P750
    GAILS JE, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V204, P155
    HOKE WE, 1985, APPL PHYS LETT, V46, P398
    JAXKSON DA, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V87, P205
    KIRSS RU, 1991, ORGANOMETALLICS, V10, P3589
    KONDRATEV VN, 1970, RATE CONSTANTS GAS P
    LAURIE CM, 1957, T FARADAY SOC, V53, P1431
    LOVERGINE N, 1991, CHEMTRONICS, V5, P11
    MCALLISTER T, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V96, P552
    MULLIN JB, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V55, P92
    NISHIO M, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P145
    OGAWA H, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6750
    SANG WB, 1991, CHEMTRONICS, V5, P179
    TROTMANDICKENSO.AF, 1973, COMPREHENSIVE INORGA, P991
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1997
 VL 55
 IS 6
 BP 578
 EP 584
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA YD106
 UT ISI:A1997YD10600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wong, PL
    Xu, H
    Zhang, Z
 TI Performance evaluation of high pressure sleeve seal
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE high pressure; sleeve seal; elastohydrodynamics
 AB Sealing problems for reciprocating pumps or intensifiers operating at
    high pressures (above 100 MPa) may be solved by adopting a closely
    fitting externally pressurized sleeve. This paper presents an
    elastohydrodynamic (EHD) analysis for such high pressure sleeve type
    seals and examines the effects of structural and operational parameters
    on their high pressure performance characteristics. The effects of
    pressure on the viscosity and density of the working fluid are also
    considered in the analysis. The numerical results clearly indicate that
    the sealing efficiency of high pressure sleeve seals can be enhanced
    with elastic deformation of both the sleeve and the plunger. The effect
    of working pressure on the stiffness of the sleeve seal and the induced
    frictional force are also presented. The study of the effect of
    eccentricity on the radial stiffness shows that it leads to a large
    radial force and the plunger is pressed on the sleeve surface, hereby
    termed 'hydraulic locking'. This phenomenon results in an increase in
    frictional forces which is one of the key factors for the limited
    working life of the seal. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,BEARING RES INST,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wong, PL, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR HARRIS HD, 1972, ASME, V94, P335
    JOHANNESSON HL, 1983, 198313 TULEA
    KAMAL MM, 1968, ASME, V90, P412
    VENKATARAMAN B, 1996, ASME, V118, P509
    WANG NM, 1970, ASME, V92, P310
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACAD MACH SCI
    XU H, 1995, 22 LEEDS LYON S TRIB
    YOUNG WC, 1989, ROARKS FORMULAE STRE
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 210
 IS 1-2
 BP 104
 EP 111
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA YC793
 UT ISI:A1997YC79300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI An iterative and parallel solver based on domain decomposition for the
    h-p version of the finite element method
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE iterative and parallel solver; preconditioning; the h-p version of the
    finite element method
 ID ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; 2 DIMENSIONS; PRECONDITIONER
 AB In this paper, we propose a new interative and parallel solver, based
    on domain decomposition, for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two dimensions. It improves our previous work in two aspects:
    (1) A subdomain may contain several super-elements of the coarse mesh,
    thus can be of arbitrary shape and size. This makes the solver more
    efficient and more flexible in computational practice. (2) The
    p-version components (i.e., the high order side and internal modes) in
    every element are treated separately, which results in better
    parallelism.
 C1 UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, J MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P604
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1993, SOLVING LARGE SCALE, P65
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, IN PRESS COMPUT MATH
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V1
 NR 26
 TC 6
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD SEP 30
 PY 1997
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 85
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YA600
 UT ISI:A1997YA60000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Globalism of commutation relation and mechanism of momentum transfer in
    the Aharonov-Bohm effect
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE globalism of a commutation relation; Aharonov-Bohm effect; momentum
    transfer
 ID WAVE
 AB After examining the domain of an operator that has classical analog,
    which is shown to be the whole spatial space, the concept of globalism
    of a commutation relation is introduced through analyzing the
    quantization of the kinetic angular momentum in the Aharonov-Bohm
    effect. Its applications are also given to explain in an elegant and
    precise way, the mechanism of momentum transfer in the Aharonov-Bohm
    scattering and to study the probability distribution of the momentum
    for a particle in a one-dimensional infinitely deep square potential
    well.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CHAMBERS RG, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V5, P3
    DIRAC PAM, 1958, PRINCIPLES QUANTUM M, P140
    ERIZ CP, 1973, PAULI LECT PHYSICS, V5, P24
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECH NONRELA, P65
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LI CF, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V252, P329
    LI CF, 1996, PHYSICA B, V226, P406
    LI CF, 1997, PHYSICA B, V229, P354
    PESHKIN M, 1981, PHYS REP, V80, P375
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P55
    TONOMURA A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P792
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 240
 IS 1-2
 BP 98
 EP 103
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XZ736
 UT ISI:A1997XZ73600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WD
    Zhang, JF
    Wang, ST
    Zhu, ST
 TI Fermat's principle, the general eikonal equation, and space geometry in
    a static anisotropic medium
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 DE anisotropic medium; Fermat's principle; Riemannian manifold; optical
    metric; general eikonal equation; geodesic equation
 ID TRANSMISSION SCALAR THEORY; STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY;
    OPTICS
 AB Fermat's principle and the optical metric are generalized to the case
    of an anisotropic medium. The metric tensor of a three-dimensional
    Riemannian manifold is related to the dielectric tensor of the medium.
    The general eikonal equation in a static anisotropic medium is derived.
    The expressions for the curvature tensor and the curvature scalar that
    characterize the geometrical structure of a three-dimensional manifold
    are given. For an isotropic medium the derived expressions for the
    curvature tensor and curvature scalar reduce to the previous results.
    (C) 1997 Optical Society of America.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST EDUC,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Shen, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P122
    BORN M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P666
    CARINENA JF, 1996, FORTSCHR PHYS, V44, P181
    CARINENA JF, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P1695
    CARMELI M, 1982, CLASSICAL FIELDS GEN, P67
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P607
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P293
    RIVERA AL, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P1380
    SHEN W, 1996, CHIN J LASERS B, V5, P516
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU S, 1993, WORLD OPT C SHANGH C
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, P TOP M LAS MAT LAS, P190
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P559
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0740-3232
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 10
 BP 2850
 EP 2854
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA XY742
 UT ISI:A1997XY74200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Xia, YB
    Huang, XQ
    Wang, H
 TI Dielectric properties of diamond film alumina composites
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE diamond; aluminium oxide; dielectric properties; chemical vapour
    deposition (CVD)
 AB Diamond films were deposited on alumina substrates both by microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition and hot filament chemical vapor
    deposition techniques. The qualities of deposited films were
    characterized by X-ray diffraction and Raman scattering spectrometry.
    The dielectric properties of the diamond film/alumina composites were
    measured, and were compared with the results also calculated by the
    model of series capacitors. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Mo, YW, SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHU MY, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P3010
    HSU JY, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1861
    JOHNSON WB, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1169
    MO YW, 1995, ICEM ICSA 95 XIAN
    MO YW, 1997, IN PRESS ACTA PHYS S, V46
    NAZERI A, 1993, AM CERAM SOC B, V75, P59
    NEMANICH RJ, 1991, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V21, P535
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
    YIBEN XIA, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P557
 NR 9
 TC 9
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1997
 VL 305
 IS 1-2
 BP 266
 EP 269
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA XX864
 UT ISI:A1997XX86400035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, WP
    Gu, M
    Zheng, LR
    Xin, HP
    Cao, ZC
    Okuyama, M
    Lin, CG
 TI Pulsed laser deposition of PZT/BaRuO3 bi-layered films on silicon
    substrate
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 ID CAPACITORS; FATIGUE
 AB Bi-layered thin films of PZT(70/30) on BaRuO3 have been prepared on
    silicon substrate by AF excimer laser deposition(PLD). BaRuO3 thin film
    crystallized into perovskite-like structure with (110) orientation and
    became highly conductive after atmospheric thermal annealing at 700
    degrees C for 30 minutes. It was found the subsequent PLD-deposited PZT
    film can be efficiently transformed to its perovskite structure by
    rapid thermal processing(RTP) at 700 degrees C for 100sec.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP Xu, WP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2968
    DAT R, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P2673
    EOM CB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1766
    RAMESH R, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P1537
    RANDALL JJ, 1959, J AM CHEM SOC, V81, P2629
    TAKIKAVA O, 1986, IEEE P EL COMP C IEE, P214
    XU WP, IN PRESS PHYS STAT A
    XU WP, UNPUB MAT LETT
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 1997
 VL 195
 IS 1-4
 BP 199
 EP 202
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XX634
 UT ISI:A1997XX63400048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, JD
    Sasaki, S
    Sugiura, H
    Huang, TK
    Inaguma, Y
    Itoh, M
 TI Compressibility and pressure dependence of charge transfer and T-c in
    pristine and iodine-intercalated single crystals of
    Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE electrical resistivity; Hall concentration; high pressure effect
 ID SUPERCONDUCTING TRANSITION-TEMPERATURE; HALL-COEFFICIENT; EPITAXIAL
    INTERCALATION; RESISTIVITY TENSOR
 AB Compressibility measurements for Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta
    (Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2) and IBi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta (IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2) single
    crystals were carried out in a diamond-anvil pressure cell up to 9 GPa.
    The values of bulk modulus are 68.56 and 48.21 Gpa for Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2
    and for IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2 single crystals, respectively. Hall
    coefficients and resistivities for oxygen annealed Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 and
    I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 single crystals were measured under high pressure up
    to 1.5 GPa. The value of dR(H)/dP for the oxygen annealed crystal is
    -0.06 x 10(-3) cm(3) C-1 GPa(-1), which is one third of the as-grown
    crystal. The decrease of dR(H)/dP after oxygen annealing is considered
    to be due to the increase of homogeneity of oxygen during high
    temperature annealing, The dR(H)/dP of I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 is -0.39 x
    10(-3) cm(3) C-1 GPa(-1), which is nearly the same as that of
    IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2. That the negative dR(H)/dP of intercalated crystals is
    nearly twice as large as that of pristine crystals is concerned with
    the deposition of the iodine molecular state under pressure. The T-c of
    oxygen-annealed Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 increases with increasing pressure at a
    parabolic curve below 1.5 Cpa. By using the Gupta model, we simulated
    T-c(P) up to 6 GPa, and found that the maximum value of T-c(P) is 88 K
    at P = 4.1 GPa. This is in good agreement with the experimental result
    measured by Klotz et al. [Physica C 209 (1993) 499]. The T-c of the
    I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 crystal increased linearly at a rate of dT(c)/dP =
    3.5 K/GPa. This is the opposite of the behaviour of IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2
    which decreased linearly at a rate of dT(c)/dP = -3.6 K/GPa, although
    both intercalated crystals are overdoped compounds. (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science B.V.
 C1 TOKYO INST TECHNOL,MAT & STRUCT LAB,MIDORI KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 226,JAPAN.
    YOKOHAMA CITY UNIV,GRAD SCH INTEGRATED SCI,KANAZAWA KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 236,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALMASAN CC, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P680
    CRUSELLAS MA, 1991, PHYSICA C, V180, P313
    FAULQUES E, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V82, P531
    FUJIWARA A, 1992, PHYSICA C, V203, P411
    GROEN WA, 1990, PHYSICA C, V165, P55
    GUPTA RP, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P11760
    HUANG TK, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7712
    HUANG TK, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9885
    HUANG TK, 1996, PHYSICA C, V271, P103
    HYBERTSEN MS, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1661
    KLOTZ S, 1993, PHYSICA C, V209, P499
    KOSUGE M, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10713
    MARTIN S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2194
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C 2, V185, P1293
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C, V183, P277
    MURNAGHAN FD, 1951, FINITE DEFORMATION E
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P8385
    OLSEN JS, 1991, PHYS SCR, V44, P211
    POOKE D, 1992, PHYSICA C, V198, P349
    TAJIMA Y, 1989, PHYSICA C, V158, P237
    THOMPSON JD, 1984, REV SCI INSTRUM, V55, P231
    WIJNGAARDEN RJ, 1989, STUDIES HIGH TEMPERA, V2, P29
    XIANG XD, 1990, NATURE, V348, P145
    XIANG XD, 1991, PHYS REV B B, V43, P11496
    XIANG XD, 1991, SCIENCE, V254, P1487
    XIANG XD, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P530
 NR 26
 TC 4
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD JUL 21
 PY 1997
 VL 281
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 54
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA XX217
 UT ISI:A1997XX21700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
 TI Environmental embrittlement and hydrogen diffusion in Co3Ti alloys
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; NI3AL; BORON; INTERMETALLICS; NI3(SI,TI);
    DUCTILITY
 RP Cheng, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1993, STRUCTURAL INTERMETA, P431
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1988, MATERIALS FORUM, V12, P8
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V213, P403
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1997
 VL 37
 IS 7
 BP 1065
 EP 1069
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA XW414
 UT ISI:A1997XW41400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, RJ
    Dai, SG
    Mu, PA
 TI A spherical capacitive probe for measuring the thickness of coatings on
    metals
 SO MEASUREMENT SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB This paper proposes a new method of using the spherical capacitive
    probe instead of the common planar probe to increase the accuracy in
    measuring the thickness of non-conducting coatings on metals. The
    measuring conversion model of the spherical capacitive probe and Its
    electric circuit are discussed and effective methods for overcoming the
    unfavourable influence caused by the spherical capacitive probe are
    introduced as well.
 RP Zhang, RJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *ISO, 1982, 2178 ISO
    *ISO, 1982, 2360 ISO
 NR 2
 TC 1
 SN 0957-0233
 J9 MEAS SCI TECHNOL
 JI Meas. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 8
 IS 9
 BP 1028
 EP 1033
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA XW071
 UT ISI:A1997XW07100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, LH
 TI Asymptotic Hodge theory in several variables: The flat case
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE canonical extension; Gauss-Manin connection; monodromy transformation
 AB In the flat case, the answer to the problem posed by Steenbrink and
    Zucker is given.
 RP Tu, LH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CLEMENS CH, 1977, DUKE MATH J, V44, P215
    DELIGNE P, 1970, LECT NOTES MAT, V163
    DELIGNE P, 1971, PUBL MATH IHES, V40, P5
    DELIGNE P, 1974, PUBL MATH IHES, V44, P5
    SCHMID W, 1973, INVENT MATH, V22, P211
    STEENBRINK J, 1976, INVENT MATH, V31, P229
    STEENBRINK J, 1985, INVENT MATH, V80, P489
    TU LH, 1990, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V10, P277
    TU LH, 1991, CHIN ANN MATH A, V12, P766
    ZUCKER S, 1984, ANN MATH STUD, V106, P121
    ZUCKER S, 1985, INVENT MATH, V80, P543
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA XV663
 UT ISI:A1997XV66300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Practical circular-polarization-maintaining optical fiber
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID PROPOSALS; FIELD
 AB The author describes a new idea for making
    circular-polarization-maintaining optical fiber with an existing
    fabrication technique. The method simply requires one to spin at a
    constant rate a special preform consisting of only one off-axis
    stress-applying element in addition to the on-axis core. Measurements
    taken with such a fiber specimen verify the existence of circular
    eigenmodes, the ease of joining or splicing two fiber segments, the
    tolerance to macrobending with a small radius, etc. Good agreement
    exists between the experimental data and the theoretical analysis.
    Prospective applications are discussed. (C) 1997 Optical Society of
    America.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P388
    BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CASTELLI R, 1989, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P35
    DANDLIKER R, 1992, OPTICAL WAVE SCI TEC, V2, P39
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P1150
    FUJII Y, 1986, IEE PROC-J, V133, P249
    GAUTHIER F, 1981, P INT C FIB ROT SENS, P196
    HUANG HC, IN PRESS MICROWAVE A
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUANG HC, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, 5452394, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V9, P37
    HUANG HC, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P4241
    HUSSEY CD, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P129
    JEUNHOMME L, 1980, ELECTRON LETT, V16, P921
    MACHIDA S, 1982, T IECE JPN E, V65, P642
    MAYSTRE F, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P587
    RAMASWAMY V, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P3014
    ROGERS AJ, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P1371
    SAKAI JI, 1981, OPT LETT, V6, P496
    SOMEDA CG, 1985, 41584, IT
    SOMEDA CG, 1986, 41638, IT
    SOMEDA CG, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V23, P713
    ULRICH R, 1979, APPL OPTICS, V18, P2241
    VARNHAM MP, 1985, P IOOC ECOC VEN, P135
    VARNHAM MP, 1986, M OPT FIB COMM, P68
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD SEP 20
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 27
 BP 6968
 EP 6975
 PG 8
 SC Optics
 GA XV502
 UT ISI:A1997XV50200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Zong, HS
    Wang, ZX
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Induced electronic interactions in Chern-Simons systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GAUGE NONINVARIANCE; 3 DIMENSIONS; FIELD-THEORY; QUANTIZATION
 AB The induced electronic interactions in (I + 2)-dimensional vector
    Chem-Simons systems are studied by means of path-integral quantization.
    We consider four cases: relativistic, and nonrelativistic fermion
    Maxwell-Chern-Simons models, and relativistic and nonrelativistic
    fermion Chern-Simons models. It is shown that the Chern-Simons term may
    induce exotic electronic interactions which can be local or nonlocal
    and small Chern-Simons coupling may have a considerable effect in some
    cases.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST THEORET PHYS,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDRES K, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V35, P1779
    BARASHENKOV IV, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1575
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    FENG D, 1992, NEW PERSPECTIVES CON
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FENG SS, 1997, INT J THEORETICAL PH, V36, P41
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
    GITMANN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    HAGEN CR, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P2135
    HAGEN CR, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P848
    JACKIW R, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2969
    JONES W, 1973, THEORETICAL SOLID ST
    KIM YW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2943
    LOPEZ A, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5246
    NI GJ, 1995, LEVINSON THEOREM ANO
    POLYAKOV AM, 1988, MOD PHYS LETT A, V3, P325
    REDLICH AN, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2366
    REDLICH AN, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P18
    SEMENOFF GW, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P517
    YANG CN, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P2144
    YANG JF, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V343, P249
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 8
 BP 1717
 EP 1731
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XU738
 UT ISI:A1997XU73800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LX
    Wu, YS
    Yang, LX
    Fang, MX
    Fan, CZ
 TI Relationship between bronze alloy composition and corrosion
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 RP Zhang, LX, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JINAN 250061,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FAN CZ, 1992, CHINESE J CHE PHYS, V6, P479
    FAN CZ, 1993, SCI CHINA SER B, V36, P659
    WANG CS, 1995, J U SCI TECH CHINA, V25, P448
    WU LM, 1986, CULTURAL RELICS, V11, P76
    WU YS, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V1, P79
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 17
 BP 1494
 EP 1496
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA XU001
 UT ISI:A1997XU00100025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI A revised approach of the two phase model for quark-gluon deconfinement
    phase transition
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK C-PARTICLES AND FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HARD-CORE RADIUS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; BAG CONSTANT; THERMODYNAMICS;
    DENSITY; CHROMODYNAMICS; PHENOMENOLOGY; RESTORATION; CHARMONIUM;
    SPECTRUM
 AB The two phase model for the quark-gluon deconfinement phase transition
    is modified based on the temperature and density related properties of
    the hadron. The revised approach is consistent with the single body
    description. Its consequences on the pressure and energy density of the
    hadron gas is investigated, and the critical value of temperature and
    chemical potential of the phase transition from the hadron gas to a
    non-interacting quark matter are calculated. Our results agree with the
    recent lattice gauge calculations.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARD C, HEPLAT950993 MILK CO
    BI PZ, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    BI PZ, 1989, J PHYS G, V15, P1653
    BI PZ, 1991, QUARK GLUON STRUCTUR
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C, V54, P543
    BROWN GE, SUNYNTG966
    BROWN GE, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V535, P701
    BROWN GE, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2720
    CLEYMANS J, 1986, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V33, P151
    CLEYMANS J, 1987, Z PHYS C, V37, P51
    CLEYMANS J, 1993, Z PHYS C, V57, P135
    DEFORCRAND P, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    HATSUDA T, 1992, NUCL PHYS A, V544, C27
    KAPUSTA JI, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P2444
    KOCH V, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V560, P345
    KOGUT JB, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V263, P101
    KOUNO H, 1982, Z PHYS C, V42, P209
    LI SX, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS A, V6, P501
    LINDE AD, 1979, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V42, P25
    PISARSKI R, 1982, PHYS LETT B, V110, P155
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    PISARSKI RD, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P338
    REINHARDT H, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V173, P473
    RISCHKE DH, 1991, Z PHYS C, V51, P584
    SHURYAK EV, 1980, PHYS REP           C, V61, P71
    TAKAGI F, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P1646
    TAKAGI F, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P2226
    UDDIN S, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V53, P319
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 0170-9739
 J9 Z PHYS C-PAR FIELD
 JI Z. Phys. C-Part. Fields
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 75
 IS 4
 BP 735
 EP 738
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA XT297
 UT ISI:A1997XT29700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Dielectric and piezoelectric properties of
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics modified with bismuth and zinc
    substitutions
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The dielectric and piezoelectric properties of the
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(x)(ZrsigmaTi1-sigma)(1-x)O-3
    piezoelectric ceramic system (0.2 less than or equal to x less than or
    equal to 0.7, 0.1 less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to
    0.9) were systematically investigated. The results showed that, after
    poling, the dielectric constant, epsilon(33)(T), increased for the
    tetragonal compositions but decreased for the rhombohedral
    compositions. Furthermore, high values of epsilon(33)(T) and
    piezoelectric modulus, d(31) were found for the compositions along the
    extension of the morphotropic phase boundary. The highest values of the
    planar electromechanical coupling factor, K-p, and the piezoelectric
    modulus, d(31), were found to be 0.70 and -274 x 10(-12) C N-1,
    respectively. The Curie temperature, remanent polarization, coercive
    field and the lattice constants of the a and c axes in relation to the
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3 content and the Zr/Zr + Ti ratio were also determined.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,NATL LAB SOLID STATE MICROSTRUCT,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, NANJING UNIV,DEPT PHYS,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADACHI M, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P68
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    HAUN MJ, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V99, P13
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    JONTS L, 1994, SMART MATER STRUCT, V3, P147
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    KULCSAR F, 1959, J AM CERAM SOC, V42, P343
    MOON JH, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P3184
    OUCHI H, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P630
    OUCHI H, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P169
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V38, P454
    TAKAHASHI M, 1970, JPN J APPL PHYS, V9, P1236
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
 NR 14
 TC 8
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 16
 BP 4275
 EP 4282
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XT184
 UT ISI:A1997XT18400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI Additive Schwarz methods for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE additive Schwarz method; the h-p version; condition number; iterative
    and parallel solver
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; DECOMPOSITION
 AB Two additive Schwarz methods (ASMs) are proposed for the h-p version of
    the finite element method for two-dimensional elliptic problems in
    polygonal domains. One is based on generous overlapping of the
    h-version components (i.e., the linear nodal modes) and nonoverlapping
    of the p-version components (i.e., the high-order side modes and
    internal modes). Another is based on nonoverlapping for both the
    h-version and the p-version components. Their implementations are in
    parallel on the subdomain level for the h-version components and on the
    element level for the p-version components. The condition number for
    the first method is of order O(1 + ln p)(2), and for the second one is
    max(i)(1 + ln(H(i)p(i)/h(i)))(2), where H-i is the diameter of the
    subdomain Omega(i), h(i) is the characteristic diameter of the elements
    in Omega(i), p(i) is the maximum polynomial degree used in Omega(i),
    and p = max(i)p(i) .
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BQ, UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE JH, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V47, P103
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    CLEMENT P, 1975, RAIRO ANAL NUMER R, V2, P77
    DRYJA M, 1987, 339 NEW YORK U COUR
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, CONT MATH, V157, P53
    GRISVARD P, 1985, ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS NO
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
    LIONS PL, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 U TEX AUST TICA
    PAVARINO LF, 1992, THESIS NEW YORK U NE
    WIDLUDN OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    WILUND OB, 1989, P 2 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 26
 TC 6
 SN 1064-8275
 J9 SIAM J SCI COMPUT
 JI SIAM J. Sci. Comput.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 1267
 EP 1288
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XT113
 UT ISI:A1997XT11300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xin, HP
    Lin, CL
    Wang, JX
    Zou, SC
    Shi, XH
    Lin, ZX
    Zhou, ZY
    Liu, ZG
 TI Experimental studies of N+ implantation into CVD diamond thin films
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE N+ implantation into diamond films; Raman spectroscopy; ultraviolet
    photoluminescence spectroscopy (UV-PL); electrically inactive
    deep-level impurity; C N covalent bond; carbon nitride; x-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS)
 ID ION
 AB The effects of N+ implantation under various conditions on CVD diamond
    films were analyzed with Raman spectroscopy, four-point probe method,
    X-ray diffraction (XRD), Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy (RBS),
    ultraviolet photoluminescence spectroscopy (UV-PL), Fourier
    transformation infrared absorption spectroscopy (FTIR) and X-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). The results show that the N+
    implantation doping without any graphitization has been successfully
    realized when 100 keV N+ ions at a dosage of 2 x 10(16) cm(-2) were
    implanted into diamond films at 550 degrees C. UV-PL spectra indicate
    that the implanted N+ ions formed an electrically inactive deep-level
    impurity in diamond films. So the sheet resistance of the sample after
    N+ implantation changed little. Carbon nitride containing C=N covalent
    bond has been successfully synthesized by 100 keV, 1.2 x 10(18) N/cm(2)
    N+ implantation into diamond films. Most of the implanted N+ ions
    formed C=N covalent bonds with C atoms. The others were free state
    nitrogen, which existed in the excessive nitrogen layers. C(1s) XPS
    studies show the existence of three different C(1s) bonding states,
    corresponding to graphite, i-carbon and the carbon of C=N covalent
    bonding state, respectively, which agrees well with the Raman results.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST TECH PHYS,NATL LAB INFRARED PHYS,SHANGHAI 200083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xin, HP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,NATL LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANSELL RO, 1979, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V98, P79
    BROWER KL, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P6040
    CHU WK, 1978, BACKSCATTERING SPECT
    HARTNETT TM, 1988, THESIS PENNSYLVANIA
    LIN CG, 1990, SCI CHINA, P976
    MITCHELL JB, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P332
    MITCHELL JB, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P335
    SATO S, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V59, P1391
    SCHER H, 1970, J CHEM PHYS, V53, P3759
    XIN HP, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P3290
    XIN HP, 1995, CHINESE PHYSICS, V24, P147
    XIN HP, 1996, SCI CHINA SER E, V26, P210
    ZHANG XK, 1992, VACUUM, V43, P1047
    ZHU W, 1990, THESIS SOLID STATE S
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 4
 BP 361
 EP 368
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XR161
 UT ISI:A1997XR16100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Li, Q
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Origin of optical nonlinearity for PbO, TiO2, K2O, and SiO2 optical
    glasses
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-BEAM
 AB The nonlinear optical properties for the PbO, TiO2, K2O, and SiO2
    system have been measured by the Z-scan method. The magnitude and sign
    of the nonlinear refractive index n(2) were determined, as was the
    negative sign, which indicated a self-defocusing optical nonlinearity.
    Two optical absorption bands at 540 and 660 nm, respectively, are
    observed in the optical absorption spectra. The sources of the
    absorption bands are attributed to the 3 d-shell electronic transitions
    of Ti3+ ions from the ground state to the excited states. The origin of
    the negative nonlinear refractive index was the contribution of
    resonant electronic transition processes, which can cancel the positive
    nonresonant refractive index that mainly resulted from the
    hyperpolarizabilities of the Pb-O and Ti-O pairs. (C) 1997 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,CTR ADV STUDIES SCI & TECHNOL MICROSTRUCT,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, NANJING UNIV,NATL LAB SOLID STATE MICROSTRUCT,DEPT
    PHYS,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1991, OPTICAL PROPERTIES G, P87
    BORRELLI NF, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V185, P109
    FRIBERG SR, 1987, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V23, P2089
    GAN F, 1991, OPTICAL SPECTRAL PRO, P203
    KAMIYA K, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P906
    MIYAJI F, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P2060
    NASU H, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P102
    NASU H, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V182, P321
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P955
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    ZHU XH, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P3756
 NR 12
 TC 17
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG 18
 PY 1997
 VL 71
 IS 7
 BP 867
 EP 869
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA XR278
 UT ISI:A1997XR27800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A generalized variational principle for 3-D unsteady transonic
    rotational flow in rotor using Clebsch variables
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Via semi-inverse method /1,2/, a generalized variational principle with
    only 6 independent variables for 3-D unsteady compressible rotational
    transonic rotor-flow with shocks has been successfully formulated,
    which has been unknown till the present time, and the matching
    conditions across all unknown oscillating discontinuities (such as
    shocks, free surface and free trailing vortex sheets) have been deduced
    via variable-domain variable principle. This theory aims at rendering a
    general, rigorous theoretical basis for the finite element method and
    other direct variational methods.
 RP He, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAN STK, 1977, FE APPL UNSTEADY TRA
    ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, IN PRESS INT J TURBO
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA, V32, P271
    LIU GL, 1991, 3 INT C INV DES OPT, P337
    LIU GL, 1991, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V12, P280
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    MCCROSKEY WJ, 1977, J FLUIDS ENG, V99, P8
    SELIGER RL, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V305, P1
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V8
 NR 12
 TC 11
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 21
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA XR112
 UT ISI:A1997XR11200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational principles
    for fluid mechanics with emphasis on turbomachinery aerodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE blade-to-blade flow in turbomachinery; variational principle in fluid
    mechanics; semi-inverse method; trial-functional
 AB The semi-inverse method suggested by the author is one of the best and
    most convenient ways to deduce generalized variational principles with
    multi-variables from 1) partial differential equations (PDE) and
    boundary conditions (BC), or 2) known variational principles with
    single variable or double variables, or 3) a suitable energy
    trial-functional, without any crisis variational phenomenon.
    As a result two families of generalized variational principles for
    irrotational compressible blade-to-blade flow have been deduced without
    using the Lagrange multiplier method. The method will have a great
    effect not only in fluid mechanics, but also in elasticity theorems.
 RP He, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 6
 TC 48
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 28
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA XR112
 UT ISI:A1997XR11200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Sun, GX
    Xie, DF
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WG
 TI Extraction of uranium(VI) and thorium(IV) ions from nitric acid
    solutions by N,N,N',N'-tetrabutyladipicamide
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY-LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A new symmetrical diamide, the straight-chain alkyl substituted neutral
    tetrabutyladipicamide (TBAA) has been synthesized, characterized and
    used for the extraction of U(V) and Th(IV) from nitric acid solutions
    in a diluent composed of 50% 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene (TMB) and 50%
    kerosene (OK). Extraction distribution coefficients of U(VI) and Th(IV)
    as a function of aqueous nitric acid concentration, extractant
    concentration and temperature have been studied. Back-extraction of
    U(VI) and Th(IV) from organic phases by dilute nitric acid has been
    undertaken. From the data, the compositions of extracted species,
    equilibrium constants and enthalpies of extraction reactions have also
    been calculated.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, YS, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST NUCL RES,POB 800-204,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAO BR, 1992, J RADIOAN NUCL CH AR, V162, P391
    CUILLERDIER C, 1991, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V26, P1229
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    SEHN CH, 1996, J RADIOANAL NUCL CHE, V212, P187
    SIDDAL TE, 1996, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V26, P883
    YIN YJ, 1985, HDB COLLEGE CHEM, P302
 NR 7
 TC 24
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM LETT
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.-Lett.
 PD SEP 2
 PY 1996
 VL 214
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 76
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA XQ095
 UT ISI:A1996XQ09500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, BC
    Chen, Y
    Cai, RF
    Huang, ZE
    Xiao, YW
 TI Synthesis and structural characterization of a novel and starlike
    C-60(PMS)(x)(CH3)(x) copolymer
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETIC-RESONANCE; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; C-60; FULLERENES; SPECTROSCOPY;
    POLYSTYRENE; POLYMERS; STYRENE; CARBON; FORM
 AB A novel starlike C-60(PMS)(x)(CH3)(x) (x=1-3) copolymer was prepared by
    reaction of a living poly(alpha-methylstyrene) (PMS) carbanion with
    C-60, followed by a capping reaction with methyl iodine. The
    characterization techniques used are UV-vis, FT-IR, GPC, DSC, TGA, ESR,
    C-13 NMR, SEM, XRD, cyclic voltammetry (CV) and fluorescence
    spectroscopy. This starlike polymer has a visibly earthy yellow cast
    when compared with the unfunctionalized parent polymer (PMS), and is
    highly soluble in some common organic solvents.
    Poly(alpha-methylstyrene) is essentially transparent at wavelengths
    longer than 280 nm, and its main absorption band is at 250 (vs) nm.
    Covalent attachment of the multiple PMS arms to the C-60 core results
    in the bathochromic shift of the above band and the appearance of a new
    absorption band at 328 nm (pi-->pi*). This new band is one of the
    characteristic absorptions for organofullerenes. The thermal stability
    and oxidation/reduction activation of pure PMS are enhanced apparently
    by C-60 chemical modifiction. It is also found that in this copolymer
    there are mainly two kinds of paramagnetic species, whereas no ESR
    signal in pure poly(a-methylstyrene) is detected, and this indicates
    the non-existence of unpaired electron or free radical. (C) 1997
    Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BABU GN, 1984, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V22, P213
    BALCH AL, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P5455
    BERGER PA, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P7227
    BUNKER CE, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P3744
    CAO T, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P3741
    CHEN Y, IN PRESS EUR POLYM J
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    CHEN Y, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P239
    CHILKOTI A, 1991, APPL SPECTROSC, V45, P209
    DAVID C, 1974, EUR POLYM J, V10, P1181
    DIEDERICH F, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P317
    ELGERT KF, 1975, POLYMER, V16, P465
    FUJIMOTO T, 1965, J POLYM SCI A, V3, P2259
    GALLAGHER PK, 1992, J THERM ANAL, V38, P2247
    GECKELER KE, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3850
    GECKELER KE, 1994, TRENDS POLYM SCI, V2, P355
    GILMAN H, 1964, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V2, P447
    GUILLET JE, 1985, POLYM PHOTOPHYSICS P
    HADDON RC, 1986, CHEM PHYS LETT, V125, P459
    HARADA K, 1981, J APPL POLYM SCI, V26, P3395
    HARE JP, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V177, P394
    HAWKER CJ, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P925
    HAWKER CJ, 1994, MACROMOLECULES, V27, P4836
    HIRSCH A, 1992, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V31, P766
    HIRSCH A, 1993, ADV MATER, V5, P859
    INOUE Y, 1972, MAKROMOL CHEM, V156, P207
    ISAACS L, 1993, HELV CHIM ACTA, V76, P1231
    KIMURA A, 1970, J POLYM SCI       A2, V8, P643
    KRATSCHMER W, 1990, NATURE, V347, P354
    KUST EG, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3850
    KUWASHIMA SY, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P4371
    LOY DA, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P3977
    MCCORMICK HW, 1957, J POLYM SCI, V25, P488
    MIZOGUCHI K, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1693
    MUTO S, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3912
    NEPPEL A, 1984, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V40, P1095
    OKAMURA S, 1958, J POLYM SCI, V33, P491
    PATIL AO, 1993, POLYM BULL, V30, P187
    SAMULSKI ET, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P1153
    STEVENS MP, 1975, POLYM CHEM INTRO, P63
    SUN YP, 1991, J INORG ORGANOMET P, V1, P3
    SUN YP, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P6376
    TAYLOR R, 1990, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1423
    VOLLMERT B, 1957, POLYM CHEM, P175
    WEBBER SE, 1986, ENCY POLYM SCI ENG, V6, P83
    WEIS C, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P403
    WORSFOLD DJ, 1957, J POLYM SCI, V26, P299
    WUDL F, 1992, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V25, P157
    WYMAN DP, 1968, MAKROMOL CHEM, V115, P64
 NR 49
 TC 11
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 33
 IS 7
 BP 1049
 EP 1056
 PG 8
 SC Polymer Science
 GA XM230
 UT ISI:A1997XM23000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, BH
    Yuan, GX
 TI Compression of ECG data by vector quantization
 SO IEEE ENGINEERING IN MEDICINE AND BIOLOGY MAGAZINE
 DT Article
 RP Wang, BH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT BIOMED ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BERGER T, 1971, RATE DISTORTION THEO
    FOSTER J, 1985, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V31
    GRAY RM, 1984, IEEE ASSP MAG    APR, P4
    HAMILTON PS, 1991, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V38
    LINDE Y, 1986, IEEE T COMMUN, V28, P1105
    MAMMEN CP, 1990, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V37
    SATEH MS, 1990, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V37
    SHANNON CE, 1948, BELL SYST TECH J, V27, P379
    SHANNON CE, 1948, BELL SYST TECH J, V27, P623
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0739-5175
 J9 IEEE ENG MED BIOL MAG
 JI IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. Mag.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 23
 EP 26
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Medical Informatics
 GA XL193
 UT ISI:A1997XL19300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, FL
 TI A new way of predicting cement strength - Fuzzy logic
 SO CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 AB This paper is to analyse the fuzzy logic method of predicting cement
    strength and to calculate some samples with fuzzy models. In order to
    compare, samples of them are calculated with regression method. All of
    results are shown in both root mean square error and scattered map. (C)
    1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 RP Gao, FL, SHANGHAI UNIV,FUZZY ENGN RES INST,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAO FL, P 5 IFSA WORLD C, P1163
    GAO FL, P 6 IFSA WORLD C 95, P113
    GAO FL, P 7 CFSM C 94 TAI YA, P468
    GAO FL, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, P28
    GAO FL, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, P517
    GAO FL, 1996, CHINA BUILDING MAT S, P24
    ZADEH LA, 1965, INFORM CONTR, V8, P338
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0008-8846
 J9 CEM CONCR RES
 JI Cem. Concr. Res.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 27
 IS 6
 BP 883
 EP 888
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Construction & Building Technology
 GA XK977
 UT ISI:A1997XK97700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ying, TL
    Wang, ZJ
    Liu, HY
    Sun, K
    Deng, JQ
 TI Hydrogen peroxide biosensor based on methylene blue incorporated into
    nafion membrane as electron transfer mediator
 SO PROGRESS IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; methylene blue; nafion; horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen
    peroxide
 AB A new amperometic biosensor for hydrogen peroxide based on methylene
    blue incorporated into Nafion membrane as electron transfer mediator
    was fabricated. It was found that methylene blue incorporated into
    Nafion membrane by ion-exchanging could effectively transfer electrons
    between horseradish peroxidase and glassy carbon electrode.
    Bio-electrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide al the biosensor
    was evaluated with respect to solution pH, temperature, operating
    potential and influences of ascorbic acid etc. The biosensor response
    exhibited fine selectivity, high sensitivity and a linear dependence on
    the analytic concentration range 5 x 10(-7) similar to 2 x 10(-4)
    mol/L. Response time less than 30 s.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GUADALUPE AR, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P881
    HURRELL HC, 1988, ANAL CHEM, V60, P254
    KUWABATA S, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V261, P363
    LIU KE, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2599
    SWAMIDOSS A, 1994, CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V90, P1241
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3282
 J9 PROG BIOCHEM BIOPHYS
 JI Prog. Biochem. Biophys.
 PY 1997
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 254
 EP 258
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA XK091
 UT ISI:A1997XK09100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, W
    Shi, DH
    Chao, XL
 TI Reliability analysis of M/G/1 queueing systems with server breakdowns
    and vacations
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE server breakdowns and repairs; queues with vacations; reliability
 ID BERNOULLI SCHEDULES
 AB This note introduces reliability issues to the analysis of queueing
    systems, We consider an M/G/1 queue with Bernoulli vacations and sen;er
    breakdowns. The server uptimes are assumed to be exponential, and the
    server repair times are arbitrarily distributed. Using a supplementary
    variable method we obtain a transient solution for both queueing and
    reliability measures of interest. These results provide insight into
    the effect of server breakdowns and repairs on system performance.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    NEW JERSEY INST TECHNOL,DEPT IND & MFG ENGN,NEWARK,NJ 07102.
 RP Li, W, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST APPL MATH,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COX DR, 1955, P CAMB PHILOS SOC, V51, P433
    DOSHI BT, 1990, STOCHASTIC ANAL COMP
    HSU GH, 1988, STOCHASTIC SERVICE S
    KEILSON J, 1960, ANN MATH STAT, V31, P104
    KEILSON J, 1986, J APPL PROBAB, V23, P790
    SERVI LD, 1986, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V4, P813
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P101
    SHI DH, 1990, CHINESE J OPERAT RES, V2, P38
    TAKACS L, 1962, INTRO THEORY QUEUES
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 34
 IS 2
 BP 546
 EP 555
 PG 10
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA XK077
 UT ISI:A1997XK07700023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DW
    Qian, GZ
    Zhang, ML
    Farkas, LG
 TI Differences in horizontal, neoclassical facial canons in Chinese (Han)
    and North American Caucasian populations
 SO AESTHETIC PLASTIC SURGERY
 DT Article
 DE anthropometry; horizontal neoclassical facial canons; canon,
    variations; Chinese (Han) population; North American Caucasians
 AB To better our ability to analyze the facial disproportions of patients
    of Chinese ancestry, we compared the validity of four neoclassical
    canons of facial proportion in Chinese and North American Caucasians
    populations. We tested the frequency of four horizontal facial canons
    and their eight variations in 206 healthy adults (105 males and 101
    females, 18-25 years old) belonging to the predominant ethnic group
    (Han: 400 million) of the Chinese population, and compared them to
    those of 103 healthy young North American Caucasian adults. The nose
    width corresponded to one-quarter of the face width (the nasofacial
    canon) significantly more frequently in Chinese participants (51.5%)
    than in Caucasian adults (36.9%). The nose was narrower than
    one-quarter of the face width in 38.8% of North American Caucasians and
    in 21.8% of Chinese; this difference was also statistically
    significant. In defiance of the naso-oral canon, the mouths of Chinese
    people were significantly more often narrower than 1.5 times the nose
    width (71.8%), while in North American Caucasian ethnics the mouth was
    significantly more frequently wider (60.2%).
 RP Wang, DW, SHANGHAI UNIV,CHANGHAI HOSP,DEPT PLAST & RECONSTRUCT SURG,174
    CHANG HAI RD,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERGMULLER JG, 1723, ANTHROPOMETRIA
    BROADBENT TR, 1957, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V20, P1
    CONVERSE JM, 1977, RECONSTRUCTIVE PLAST, V1, P24
    DAVINCI L, 1898, 1 MANOSCRITTI L DAVI
    DURER A, 1557, QUATRE LIVES A DURER
    ELSHOLTZ JS, 1663, ANTHROPOMETRIA SIVE
    FARKAS LG, 1981, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F
    FARKAS LG, 1985, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V75, P328
    FARKAS LG, 1987, ANTHROPOMETRIC FACIA
    FARKAS LG, 1987, CLIN PLAST SURG, V14, P599
    FARKAS LG, 1994, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F
    GONZALEZULLOA M, 1975, CIRURGIA PLASTICA IB, V1, P13
    HAJNIS K, 1994, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F, P201
    HUGHES DR, 1967, MAN, V2, P119
    ROGERS BO, 1974, CLIN PLAST SURG, V1, P439
    SEGHERS MJ, 1964, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V34, P382
    SHAO XG, 1985, HDB ANTHROPOMETRY
    TESSIER P, 1987, ANTHROPOMETRIC FACIA, R9
 NR 18
 TC 6
 SN 0364-216X
 J9 AESTHET PLAST SURG
 JI Aesthet. Plast. Surg.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 265
 EP 269
 PG 5
 SC Surgery
 GA XK111
 UT ISI:A1997XK11100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI A new finite element formulation for planar elastic deformation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE finite element model; planar elastic deformation; 3-D solution
 AB For the stress analysis of planar deformable bodies, we usually refer
    to either plane stress or plane strain hypothesis. Three-dimensional
    analysis is required when neither hypothesis is applicable, e.g. bodies
    with finite thickness. In this paper, we derive an 'exact' solution for
    the plane stress problem based on a less restrictive hypothesis than
    sigma(z) = 0. By requiring the out-plane stress sigma(z) to be a
    harmonic function, the three-dimensional solution is obtained. In
    addition, we present a two-dimensional finite element for planar
    analysis of problems where the thickness of the body 2h is comparable
    to other characteristic dimensions. This element is presented as a
    substitute for classical plane stress and plane strain finite elements.
    The typical plane stress and plane strain state are recovered in the
    case where h --> 0 and the case h --> infinity, respectively. As an
    example for the application of such formulation, the behaviour of a
    concrete gravity dam is investigated. It is shown that this structure,
    typically analysed by using plane strain hypothesis, has its out-plane
    stress underestimated. (C) 1997 by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,149 YAN CHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROEK D, 1982, ELEMENTARY ENG FRACT
    FUNG YC, 1965, FDN SOLID MECH
    LOVE AEH, 1927, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    PAL N, 1976, J STRUCT DIV P ASCE, V102
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1954, THEORY ELASTICITY
    YE ZM, 1987, MECH PRACTICE, V8, P26
    ZHOU S, 1988, ENG FRACT MECH, V29, P41
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD JUL 30
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 14
 BP 2579
 EP 2591
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA XJ723
 UT ISI:A1997XJ72300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Ding, WL
    Huang, H
 TI A facile synthesis of dimethyl 4-(alpha-furyl)- and
    4-(alpha-thienyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates via acyclic precursors
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphoranes; acyclic precursors; intramolecular Wittig reaction;
    dimethyl 4-(alpha-furyl)-perfluoroalkylisophthalates;
    4-(alpha-thienyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of methyl propynoate 2 with
    (alpha-furoyl)methyltriphenylphosphorium bromide la or
    (alpha-thienacyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide Ib gave methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate 4a or
    methyl 4-(alpha-thienacyl)-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate
    4b as the major product. Phosphorane 4a or 4b could react further with
    methyl perfluoroalkynoates 5a-b to afford dimethyl
    2-(alpha-furoyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pen
    t-2-enedioates 7a-b or dimethyl
    2-(alpha-thienacyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)
    pent-2-enedioates 7c-d, respectively. Dimethyl
    4-(alpha-furyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 8a-b or dimethyl
    4-(alpha-thienyl) -6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 8c-d were prepared in
    high yields via intramolecular Wittig reaction of phosphoranes 7a-d
    under heating in a sealed tube in xylenes. The structures of these
    compounds were confirmed by IR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, H-1,
    F-19 and C-13 NMR spectra, and elemental analyses. Reaction mechanisms
    of the formation of compounds 4, 6, 7 and 8 were also proposed. (C)
    Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Cao, WG, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V81, P153
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JAMES DS, 1962, J ORG CHEM, V27, P3346
    TAO WT, 1983, YOUJI HUAXUE, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 26
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA XJ678
 UT ISI:A1997XJ67800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, YD
    Ma, XM
    Yang, YZ
    Liu, FX
    Wang, GM
 TI Mechanically driven alloying and structural evolution of
    nanocrystalline Fe60Cu40 powder
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEM; AMORPHIZATION
 AB Highly supersaturated nanocrystalline fee Fe60Cu40 alloy has been
    prepared by mechanical alloying of elemental powders. The phase
    transformation is monitored by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer
    spectroscopy and extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS). The
    powder obtained after milling is of single fee structure with grain
    size of nanometer order. The Mossbauer spectra of the milled powder can
    be fitted by two subspectra whose hyperfine magnetic fields are 16 MA/m
    and 20 MA/m while that of pure Fe disappeared. EXAFS results show that
    the radial structure function (RSF) of Fe K-edge changed drastically
    and finally became similar to that of reference Cu K-edge, while that
    of Cu K-edge nearly keeps unchanged in the process of milling.
    These,imply that bcc Fe really transforms to fee structure and alloying
    between Fe and Cu occurs truly on an atomic scale. EXAFS results
    indicate that iron atoms tend to segregate at the boundaries and Cu
    atoms are rich in the fee lattice. Annealing experiments show that the
    Fe atoms at the interfaces are easy to cluster to alpha-Fe at a lower
    temperature, whereas the iron atoms in the lattice will form gamma-Fe
    first at temperature above 350 degrees C, and then transform to bcc Fe.
 C1 S CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT MECH ENGN 2,GUANGZHOU 510641,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,LAB STRUCT ANAL,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Dong, YD, SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ECKERT J, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P117
    FUKUNAGA T, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V117, P700
    FUKUNAGA T, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P863
    GAFFET E, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1380
    JIMAN PS, 1983, ANN REV MAT SCI, V13, P279
    JOHNSON WL, 1986, PROG MATER SCI, V30, P81
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    SCHULTZ L, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V97, P15
    SHINGU PH, 1990, SOLID STATE POWDER P, P21
    WILLIAMSON GK, 1953, ACTA METALL, V1, P23
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A399
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 354
 EP 358
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA XJ724
 UT ISI:A1997XJ72400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YZ
    Yan, MS
    Fang, RS
 TI Two-area power system costing by the cumulant method using available
    capacity distribution
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE two-area power system; stochastic production simulation; equivalent
    available capacity; cumulant method
 AB This paper extends the cumulant method using available capacity
    distribution to evaluate the production costs of two-area power
    systems, in which the random characters of generating available
    capacity and the transmission capacity limit have been considered
    accurately. By means of the independence of both systems equivalent
    available capacity based on a chronological load curve, the
    single-variant cumulant and single-variant Gram-Charlier Series A
    approximation are adequate for the two-area production simulation. The
    method gives a new approach to stochastic production simulation for a
    two-area power system, and is easily extended to three-areas or
    multi-areas. Sample studies show favourable accuracy and efficiency
    results. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Li, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,POB 9,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHSAN Q, 1983, IEEE T POWER APPAR S, V102, P2155
    AHSAN Q, 1985, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V104, P2140
    BALERIAUX H, 1967, REVU E, V5, P3
    BOOTH RR, 1972, IEEE T PAS, V91, P62
    HYEDT GT, 1980, IEEE T PAS 99, V5, P1916
    NOYES LR, 1983, IEEE T PAS, V2, P433
    RAU NS, 1980, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V99, P1908
    SAGER MA, 1972, IEEE T PAS, V91, P2114
    STREMD JP, 1980, IEEE T PAS 99, V5, P1947
    YEN MS, 1992, 3 BIENN IND EL POW A, P11
    ZAHAVI J, 1977, IEEE T POWER APPAR S, V96, P285
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 55
 EP 61
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA XJ526
 UT ISI:A1997XJ52600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yen, MS
    Zhang, SH
 TI An efficient method for pumped-storage planning and evaluation
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE pumped-storage plants; evaluation; production costing; optimization;
    planning
 AB An efficient method for systematic planning and evaluation of
    pumped-storage plants is developed, in which a detailed operation
    simulation using an hourly chronological probabilistic production
    costing model is introduced so that the time dependency of storage
    operation policies through the charging and discharging processes is
    reflected. The optimum capacity of pumped-storage plants is chosen to
    minimize the overall system cost. In addition, peaking constraints are
    incorporated both in the thermal unit planning model and in the daily
    operation simulation model. So it is well-suited to the planning and
    evaluation of peaking plants. In this paper, a detailed description of
    the algorithm is provided and a real application to the East China
    Electric Power System is discussed. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Yen, MS, SHANGHAI UNIV,AUTOMAT SCH,POB 9,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR EA1411 EPRI, V1
    *E CHIN EL POW ADM, 1990, ECEPA REP
    FINGER S, 1975, 75009WP MITEL
    LEE BY, 1987, IEEE T POWER SYST, V2, P486
    PARK YM, 1985, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V104, P390
    YEN MS, 1992, P 3 BIENN S IND EL P, P1
    YEN MS, 1992, P 3 BIENN S IND EL P, P11
    YEN MS, 1993, IEE CONF PUBL, P578
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 63
 EP 70
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA XJ526
 UT ISI:A1997XJ52600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SX
    Duan, YS
 TI About the energy of the universe - Reply
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Editorial Material
 C1 LANZHOU UNIV,INST THEORET PHYS,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    EINSTEIN A, 1955, MEANING RELATIVITY 4, P90
    FENG SX, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P409
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 400
 EP 400
 PG 1
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XH742
 UT ISI:A1997XH74200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, XM
    Ling, Z
    Gang, J
    Dong, YD
 TI Preparation and structure of bulk nanostructured WC-Co alloy by high
    energy ball-milling
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 RP Ma, XM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    MA XM, IN PRESS J ALLOYS CO
    PETZOLDT F, 1987, MATER LETT, V5, P280
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    YANG YZ, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 968
 EP 970
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XG479
 UT ISI:A1997XG47900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Wang, GM
    Wei, SQ
    Liu, FX
    Chuang, YZ
 TI Local structure of mechanically alloyed nanocrystalline BCC Fe80Cu20
    solid solution
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; nanocrystalline solid solutions; fine structure;
    EXAFS
 ID FE-CU SYSTEM; THERMAL-STABILITY; DECOMPOSITION; IRON
 AB The fine structure of mechanically alloyed BCC Fe80Cu20 solid solution
    has been studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer spectroscopy and
    the extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) technique. The
    appearance of Mossbauer spectrum with a broad hyperfine magnetic field
    distribution demonstrates that the alloying is at an atomic level and
    complex forms of coordination exist in the solution. EXAFS results
    further prove the atomic alloying from the clear observation of Cu
    atoms taking on BCC coordination in the solution. Furthermore, a
    reduction in the nearest-neighbor coordination number of a center Cu
    atom but not for a center Fe atom due to surface effect and structure
    defects indicates the composition nonuniformity that Cu atoms are rich
    at interface and Fe atoms are slightly rich in the core of a BCC
    nanocrystal.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR STRUCT ANAL,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST MET RES,SHENYANG 110015,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, YZ, GUANGDONG UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,GUANGZHOU
    510090,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DICICCO A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P12386
    DRBOHLAV O, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P1799
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P131
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P2794
    HUANG JY, 1994, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V4, P1
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1056
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2768
    LIU FX, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P1565
    MA E, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P955
    SCHILLING PJ, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P767
    SUMIYAMA K, 1985, T JPN I MET, V26, P217
    UENISHI K, 1992, Z METALLKD, V83, P132
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A399
    YANG YZ, 1994, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V3, P567
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    YAVARI AR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2235
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 233
 IS 2-3
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XG331
 UT ISI:A1997XG33100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Yu, G
 TI On a problem of sums of mixed powers .2.
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE mixed power; Warings problem and variants; asymptotic formulae
 ID WARING PROBLEM
 AB Let R-b,R-c(n) denote the number of representations of n as the sum of
    one square, four cubes, one b-th power and one c-th power of natural
    numbers. It is shown that if b = 4, 4 less than or equal to c less than
    or equal to 35, or b = 5,5 less than or equal to c less than or equal
    to 13, or b = 6,6 less than or equal to c less than or equal to 9, or b
    = c = 7, then R-b,R-c(n) much greater than n(5/6+1/b+1/c) for all
    sufficiently large n.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV GEORGIA,DEPT MATH,ATHENS,GA 30602.
 CR BRUDERN J, 1987, J LOND MATH SOC, V35, P233
    BRUDERN J, 1988, MATH P CAMBRIDGE PHI, V103, P27
    HOOLEY C, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V1, P127
    LU MG, 1991, ACTA ARITH, V58, P89
    LU MG, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P385
    SELBERG A, 1954, J INDIAN MATH SOC, V18, P83
    VAUGHAN RC, 1984, TOPICS CLASSICAL NUM, V34, P1585
    VAUGHAN RC, 1986, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V365, P122
    VAUGHAN RC, 1989, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V162, P1
    WOOLEY TD, 1992, ANN MATH, V135, P131
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 243
 EP 248
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA XG384
 UT ISI:A1997XG38400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WZ
    Olsen, SE
 TI Reactions between multicomponent slags and Mn-Fe-Si-C alloys:
    Equilibrium and stoichiometry
 SO SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF METALLURGY
 DT Article
 DE manganese ferroalloys; equilibrium relations; reaction stoichiometry;
    equilibrium diagrams
 AB Background/aims: The purpose was to establish equilibrium and
    stoichiometric relations associated with production of manganese
    ferroalloys, and to determine experimentally equilibrium distribution
    between multicomponent slags and Mn-Fe-Si-C-sat alloys.
    Methods: Measurements were carried out in a resistance furnace in an
    argon and carbon monoxide atmosphere in the temperature range 1350
    degrees C to 1500 degrees C. Graphite crucibles were used. Only a small
    amount of slag was charged to expose both metal and slag to the gas
    phase. In this way, complete equilibrium was established relatively
    fast. Metal samples were analyzed by wet chemical methods and slag
    samples by electron microprobe analysis.
    Results and conclusions: A thermodynamic analysis has been made and a
    graphical method is developed for simultaneous description of
    equilibrium and stoichiometric relations in slag diagrams. The results
    of equilibrium measurements are compared with previous results, and the
    effect of adding MgO to the slag and Fe to the metal is especially
    discussed.
 C1 NORWEGIAN UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET,N-7034 TRONDHEIM,NORWAY.
 RP Ding, WZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *NAT BUR STAND, 1985, JANAF THERM TABL
    BARCZA NA, 1981, CAN METAL Q, V20, P285
    BARIN I, 1989, THERMOCHEMICAL DATA
    BLOISE R, 1990, P INT S FERR NON FER, P75
    CHIPMAN J, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P473
    DING WZ, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    DING WZ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P5
    ELYUTIN VP, 1961, PRODUCTION FERROALLO
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    LEE YE, 1980, CAN METALL Q, V19, P315
    OLSEN SE, 1995, P 7 INT FERR C, P591
    RANKIN WJ, 1978, 1959 NIM
    RISS M, 1967, PRODUCTION FERROALLO
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1958, T I MIN METALL, V67, P573
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340420 SINTEF
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0371-0459
 J9 SCAND J METALL
 JI Scand. J. Metall.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 25
 IS 6
 BP 232
 EP 243
 PG 12
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA XG283
 UT ISI:A1996XG28300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ST
    Shen, WD
 TI Light trajectory in geometrical optics and metric optics
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE light trajectory; geometrical optics; metric optics; Fermat's
    principle; null geodesic
 ID STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
 AB The light trajectory in an inhomogeneous medium is studied by the
    variation of Lagrangians L and L which correspond to Fermat's principle
    in the geometrical optics and the null geodesic in the metric optics,
    respectively. The relation between the metric coefficients of the
    three-dimensional space and of the four-dimensional space-time is
    established. The physical meaning of the equivalence and difference of
    both the descriptions is revealed. It is shown that Fermat's principle
    is a direct result of the null geodesic.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, ST, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1975, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, P TOP M LAS MAT LAS, P190
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P559
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 7
 BP 755
 EP 760
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA XG055
 UT ISI:A1997XG05500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Li, HH
    Qi, DY
 TI Reagentless amperometric biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide, glucose and lactose based on N-methyl phenazine methosulfate
    incorporated in a Nafion film as an electron transfer mediator between
    horseradish peroxidase and an electrode
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE biosensors; nafion; N-methyl phenazine methosulfate; horseradish
    peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide; glucose oxidase; beta-galactosidase;
    glucose; lactose
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SILK FIBROIN MEMBRANE; ENZYME ELECTRODES;
    ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR; GRAPHITE-ELECTRODES; PYROLYTIC-GRAPHITE;
    SHUTTLE; SENSOR; FERROCENE; TETRATHIAFULVALENE
 AB Reagentless biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide, glucose
    and lactose have been developed by immobilizing horseradish peroxidase
    (HRP), glucose oxidase (GOD) and beta-galactosidase (GAL) on
    Nafion-N-methyl phenazine methosulfate modified electrode. The cationic
    exchange of a perfluorosulfonic acid cation-exchange polymer (Nafion)
    film coated on a glassy carbon electrode was used to provide high local
    concentrations of the N-methyl phenazine ion in the Nafion film via a
    process of ion exchange from the solution. The incorporated N-methyl
    phenazine ions displayed an electrochemical behavior different from
    that in aqueous solution. Cyclic voltammetry and chronamperometry were
    employed to demonstrate the suitability of electron transfer between
    immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode via N-methyl phenazine
    methosulfate (NMP) in a Nafion film. A hydrogen peroxide biosensor,
    prepared by immobilization of HRP alone, provided a detection limit of
    75 nM. Comparison of the NMP-mediated biosensor to the mediatorless
    biosensor indicated that the high sensitivity of the biosensor to
    hydrogen peroxide arose from the high efficiency of bioelectrocatalytic
    reduction of hydrogen peroxide via NMP incorporated in the Nafion film.
    Coimmobilization of HRP and GOD was employed to establish the
    feasibility of highly effective bienzyme-based biosensors for low
    glucose concentrations. Addition of GAL to the glucose biosensor
    provided a sensitive response to lactose, which illustrated the
    suitability of trienzyme-based biosensors. Performance and
    characteristics of the biosensors were evaluated with respect to
    response time, detection limit, selectivity, and dependence on applied
    potential, thickness of the Nafion film, temperature and pH as well as
    operating and storage stability.
 C1 WEIMEI COOPERAT HANGZHOU,CLIN DEPT,HANGZHOU 310000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CHEM CATALOGUE, P771
    ANDRIEUX CP, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P117
    ARMSTRONG FA, 1993, ANALYST, V118, P973
    AUDEBERT P, 1989, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P939
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CASS AEG, 1984, ANAL CHEM, V56, P667
    FURBEE JW, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P1654
    GARCIA O, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V279, P79
    GIERKE TD, 1982, PERFLUORINATED IONOM, V180
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V249, P43
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HAMID JA, 1989, ANALYST, V114, P1587
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    JENSEN MH, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P131
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KATAKIS I, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3617
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P1845
    LIU HY, 1996, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V329, P97
    LIU HY, 1996, TALANTA, V43, P111
    LIU YC, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    PFEIFFER D, 1990, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V49, P255
    PISHKO MV, 1990, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V29, P82
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    RANDIN JP, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P1215
    RAZUMAS V, 1992, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V28, P159
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    RYSWYK HV, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V265, P317
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WILDES PD, 1978, J AM CHEM SOC, V100, P6568
 NR 39
 TC 21
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD JUN 10
 PY 1997
 VL 344
 IS 3
 BP 187
 EP 199
 PG 13
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA XF798
 UT ISI:A1997XF79800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Fiber-optic analogs of bulk-optic wave plates
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 AB The author's discovery of an unusual fiber element that is simply a
    variably spun birefringent fiber with a spin rate that varies from fast
    to zero or vice versa is revealed. The novel fiber element can be
    readily made by the existing fabrication technique, with fairly loose
    tolerances of the structural parameters. Analytic theory predicts that
    such a nonuniform fiber element can function as a bulk-optic
    quarter-wave plate, but with the advantage of being inherently wide
    band. Experimental evidence confirms the theoretical prediction. With
    such a fiber-optic analog of a quarter-wave plate as a building block,
    wide-band half-wave plates and full wave plates can likewise be made in
    the form of variably spun birefringent fibers. (C) 1997 Optical Society
    of America.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2962
    COOK JS, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P807
    FOX AG, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P823
    HUANG HC, IN PRESS MICROWAVE A
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1961, ACTA MATH SINICA, V11, P238
    HUANG HC, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUANG HC, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, 5452394, US
    KAPRON FP, 1972, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V8, P222
    KELLER HB, 1962, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V10, P246
    LEFEVRE HC, 1983, 4389090, US
    LOUISELL WH, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P853
    MATSUMOTO T, 1989, 4793678, US
    MCINTYRE P, 1978, J OPT SOC AM, V68, P149
    SHAW HJ, 1989, 4801189, US
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD JUN 20
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 18
 BP 4241
 EP 4258
 PG 18
 SC Optics
 GA XE301
 UT ISI:A1997XE30100030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jian, GC
    Zhu, YR
    Guo, SQ
    Xu, JL
    Wang, YQ
    Pan, LY
    Yu, DW
 TI The existence of intragranular ferrite plates and nucleating inclusions
    in the heat affected zone of X-60 pipe steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In order to improve the heat affected zone (HAZ) toughness of X-60 pipe
    steel, we have applied intragranular ferrite plate (IFP) technology.
    The characteristic of IFP is the appearance of fine ferrite plates
    inside the original austenite grains. By means of suitable Re, Zr and
    Ti additions at high initial oxygen potentials, and good control of the
    peak temperature and the cooling rate during welding simulation, one
    can obtain IFP contents over 50 vol% with a resultant increase in the
    toughness from 55-160 J. It was found that the inclusions that were
    most effective in nucleating the IFP were deformable complex silicates
    which either entrap Re, Zr and Ti oxides or contain these elements. The
    greater the number of the evenly distributed and effectively nucleating
    inclusions, the greater the IFP content, and the finer the
    microstructure of the HAZ, and the greater the relevant toughness.
    Generally, these silicates behave as fine spheres along a line. The
    present authors show that these fine spheres result from the remelting
    of the shuttle-like silicates due to heating in the process of welding
    simulation. These silicates contain a high sulfur capacity and thus MnS
    deposits are often observed on the periphery of the silicates. The IFP
    was shown to be directly rooted in the Mn depletion zone which is
    located beside the MnS deposits.
 C1 BAO SHAN IRON & STEEL CORP,BAOSHAN,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jian, GC, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR *IR STEEL I JAP, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V1, P591
    GRAY JM, 1985, P HSLA STEELS MET AP, P557
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEELS SECONDA
    LEE JL, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1027
    TOMITA Y, 1994, ISIJ INT, V34, P829
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 2985
 EP 2989
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XD827
 UT ISI:A1997XD82700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Improving stability of organic electroluminescent diode by inserting
    copper phthalocyanine between the anode and hole transport layer
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Copper phthalocyanine(CuPc) thin film layer was inserted between the
    anode indium tin oxide and the hole transport layer TPD of an organic
    thin film electroluminescent device with a. double-layered structure.
    It is found that the CuPc layer greatly improves the device stability.
    The durability of the device with CuPc layer increases about 8 times.
    The fact that at a constant current density the driving voltage remains
    unchanged with operation time for the device with CuPc layer means that
    the barriers of the carriers injection are stable due to the inserted
    CuPc layer.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL,MINATO KU,TOKYO 108,JAPAN.
 RP Zhang, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    HAMADA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS, V34, P824
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 302
 EP 305
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XE116
 UT ISI:A1997XE11600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Huang, CG
 TI Can Dirac observability apply to gravitational systems?
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITY
 AB The problem of what is observable in general relativity is
    investigated. With the help of Landau's observable space interval. the
    observational frames for individual observers are established. Within
    the Ashtekar formulation of general relativity, we argue from the
    nonvanishing Poisson brackets of the Yang-Mills fi-ld and the
    constraints that Dirac observability does not apply to gravitational
    systems.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST HIGH ENERGY PHYS,BEIJING 100039,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANDONG TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ASHTEKAR A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P2572
    DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECTURES QUANTUM MEC
    DUAN YS, 1988, GENERAL RELATIVITY G, V20
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    EINSTEIN A, 1979, MEANING RELATIVITY
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    HAWKING SW, 1988, BRIEF HIST TIME BIG
    KUCHAR K, 1991, CONCEPTUAL PROBLEMS
    LANDAU LD, 1951, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE
    ROVELLI C, 1991, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V8, P297
    STACHEL J, 1986, GENERAL RELATIVITY G
    WALD RM, 1984, GENERAL RELATIVITY
 NR 15
 TC 7
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 5
 BP 1179
 EP 1187
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XE078
 UT ISI:A1997XE07800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Bivariate Thiele-type matrix-valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE matrix-valued rational interpolants; branched continued fractions;
    generalized inverse
 AB A new method for the construction of bivariate matrix-valued rational
    interpolants on a rectangular grid is introduced in this paper. The
    rational interpolants are of the continued fraction form, with scalar
    denominator. In this respect the approach is essentially different from
    that of Bose and Basu (1980) where a rational matrix-valued approximant
    with matrix-valued numerator and denominator is used for the
    approximation of a bivariate matrix power series. The matrix quotients
    are based on the generalized inverse for a matrix introduced by Gu
    Chuanqing and Chen Zhibing (1995) which is found to be effective in
    continued fraction interpolation. A sufficient condition of existence
    is obtained. Some important conclusions such as characterisation and
    uniqueness are proven respectfully. The inner connection between two
    type interpolating functions is investigated. Some examples are given
    so as to illustrate the results in the paper.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOSE NK, 1978, P C DEC CONTR IEEE C
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V25, P509
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    COORE CJ, 1977, INT J ELECTRON, V43, P449
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GU CQ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V15, P99
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, P301
    SHIEH LS, 1975, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V22, P721
    SIEMASZKO W, 1978, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V4, P181
    SIEMASZKO W, 1983, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V9, P137
    ZHU GQ, 1990, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V12, P66
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD APR 14
 PY 1997
 VL 80
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 82
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XC667
 UT ISI:A1997XC66700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Duan, YS
    Feng, SS
 TI General covariant conservative angular momentum for topologically
    massive gravity
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITATIONAL ANYONS
 AB We obtain the general covariant conservation law of angular momentum
    for gravitational anyons by means of global rather than local SO(1,2)
    transforms. Two examples show that our conservation law is reasonable.
    The general covariance suggests that this definition of angular
    momentum is better than the usual Aux-integral definition.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Duan, YS, LANZHOU UNIV,INST THEORET PHYS,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAK D, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5173
    CLEMENT G, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P2615
    CLEMENT G, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P2635
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DESER S, 1984, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V152, P220
    DESER S, 1990, NUCL PHYS B, V344, P747
    DESER S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P611
    DESER S, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P61
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    FENG SS, 1994, THESIS LANZHOU U
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P327
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 30
 PY 1997
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 343
 EP 348
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XC049
 UT ISI:A1997XC04900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, BH
    Hui, PM
    Gu, GQ
 TI Dynamical evolution of highway traffic flow: From microscopic to
    macroscopic
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MODEL
 AB In this paper, a derivation of the macroscopic mean field theory of the
    cellular automaton (CA) model of highway traffic flow starting from the
    microscopic dynamical point of view is presented. Starting from an
    equation describing the time evolution of the Boolean state variable at
    each site of the basic CA model, and using a two-site approximation for
    the multi-site correlation functions, a dynamical mapping between the
    macroscopic average speeds v(t + 1) and v(t) at different time can be
    derived. Mean field results consistent with the simulation data are
    obtained by considering the attractors of the mapping and their
    corresponding basins.
 C1 UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR NONLINEAR SCI,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT PHYS,SHATIN,NT,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT SYST ENGN,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, BH, UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,DEPT MODERN PHYS,HEFEI
    230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUNG KH, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P4338
    NAGATANI T, 1995, J PHYS SOC JPN, V64, P1421
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    SCHREKENBERG M, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2939
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, L31
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P2345
    WOLFRAM S, 1986, THEORY APPL CELLULAR
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 202
 EP 205
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XA764
 UT ISI:A1997XA76400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI A class of new hybrid algebraic multilevel preconditioning methods
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A class of new hybrid algebraic multilevel. preconditioning methods is
    presented for solving the large sparse systems of linear equations with
    symmetric positive definite coefficient matrices resulting from the
    discretization of many second-order elliptic boundary-value problems by
    the finite-element method. The new preconditioners are shown to be of
    optimal orders of complexities for two-dimensional and
    three-dimensional problem domains, and their relative condition numbers
    are estimated to be bounded uniformly, independent of the numbers of
    both the levels and the nodes. (C) Elsevier Science Inc., 1997.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB
    2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1983, MATH COMPUT, V40, P219
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    AXELSSON O, 1991, DOMAIN DECOMPOSITION, P163
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1996, APPL NUMER MATH, V19, P389
    CAO ZH, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V47, P77
    CAO ZH, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V1, P25
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 198909 U WYOM I SCI
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V58, P489
    WANG DR, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V250, P317
    YSERENTANT H, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P379
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 1997
 VL 260
 BP 223
 EP 255
 PG 33
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XA857
 UT ISI:A1997XA85700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Yi, T
    Zhu, ZM
 TI A simple approach to the synthesis of ethyl
    2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates via acyclic precursors
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE synthesis; phosphoranes; acyclic precursors; intramolecular Wittig
    reaction; ethyl 2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates
 ID FACILE SYNTHESIS
 AB The acyclic precursors, methyl
    3-perfluoroalkyl-4-carboethoxy-5-ethoxy-6-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)he
    xa-2,4-dienoates 3a-c were obtained through the addition reaction of
    ethyl 3-ethoxy-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-2-enoate 1 with
    equally molar of methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates 2a-c. Ethyl
    2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates 4a-c were synthesized with
    high yields via an intramolecular elimination of Ph3PO of 3a-c by
    heating in anhydrous benzene in a sealed tube. The structures of these
    compounds were confirmed by IR, MS, H-1, C-13 and F-19 NMR spectra, and
    elemental analyses. The reaction mechanisms were also proposed.
 RP Cao, WG, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    COFFEY S, RODDS CHEM CARBON CO, P403
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    KOCHHAR KS, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P3222
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    TENDIL J, 1977, B SOC CHIM FR, P565
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 81
 IS 2
 BP 153
 EP 155
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA XA484
 UT ISI:A1997XA48400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI The non-linear vibration and dynamic instability of thin shallow shells
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID RECTANGULAR-PLATES; NONLINEAR VIBRATION; SPHERICAL-SHELL; CIRCULAR
    PLATES
 AB In this paper, the non-linear vibration and dynamic instability of thin
    shallow spherical and conical shells subjected to periodic transverse
    and in-plane loads are investigated. The Marguerre type dynamic
    equations used for the analysis of shallow shells, when treated by the
    Galerkin method, will result in a system of total differential
    equations in the time functions, known as Duffing and Mathieu
    equations, from which the various kinds of non-linear vibration and
    dynamic instability are determined by using numerical methods.
    Numerical results are presented for axisymmetric vibrations and dynamic
    instabilities of shallow spherical and conical shells with (a) clamped
    and (b) supported edge conditions. As numerical examples, non-linear
    vibration frequencies and instability regions for shells are
    determined. The effects of static load as well as static snap-through
    buckling on the instability are also investigated. (C) 1997 Academic
    Press Limited.
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BHUSHAN B, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V18, P263
    CHIA CY, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V101, P539
    CHIA CY, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT, V44, P797
    DENISOV VN, 1985, MECH SOLIDS, V20, P142
    DUMIR PC, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P253
    EVANSEN DA, 1967, TND4090 NASA
    GONCALVES PB, 1988, J SOUND VIBRATION, V127, P133
    HUI D, 1985, INT J MECH SCI, V27, P397
    JAIN RK, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P630
    LEISSA AW, 1961, J AEROSP SCI, V29, P1381
    MAHRENHOLTZ O, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V67, P218
    MEI C, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P1104
    NATH Y, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P565
    NATH Y, 1987, J SOUND VIBRATION, V112, P53
    SANDERS JL, 1959, TRR24 NASA
    TSAI CT, 1989, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V24, P127
    WANG XX, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V86, P73
    YASUDA K, 1984, B JSME, V27, P2233
    YE ZM, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P634
    YE ZM, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P153
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
 NR 21
 TC 11
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD MAY 8
 PY 1997
 VL 202
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 311
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA WY075
 UT ISI:A1997WY07500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Wang, HG
 TI A new pseudo-potential model for rotational turbo-flow .1. Variational
    formulation and finite element solution for transonic blade-to-blade
    flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID PRINCIPLES; SHOCKS; ROTOR
 AB A new general function - the pseudo-potential function - is introduced
    via the term-condensing method /13/, being a simple and consistent
    generalization of the potential function to general rotational
    turbo-now. It retains almost all advantages of the potential function,
    while removing its restriction to now potentiality (namely homentropy
    and homrothalpy). The general formulation of rotational now along S-1-
    and S-2-stream sheets in turbomachines is derived, and methods of
    solution are given with special attention to transonic and supersonic
    flows, providing a new physically self-consistent and computationally
    simple now model and allowing for the vorticity generated just behind
    shocks. Then, a family of variational principles for S-1-flow is
    established and based thereupon finite element solutions to some
    transonic now examples are obtained, which agree fairly well with the
    Euler's equation solutions and the measurements. This model can be
    further generalized to fully 3-D now, especially transonic turbo-now.
 C1 E CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,POWER ENGN DEPT,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKAY HU, 1984, FINITE ELEMENTS FLUI, V5, P173
    BAKER TJ, 1983, COMPUTATION TRANSONI
    BOSMAN C, 1974, 3746 ARC RM
    CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    DECONINCK H, 1981, ASME, V103, P665
    HAFEZ M, 1988, INT J NUMER METH FL, V8, P31
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    HIRSCH C, 1990, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO, V2
    KLOPFER GH, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P770
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 2ND P AS C FLUID MEC, P698
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V6, P1289
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    NI RH, 1982, AIAA J, V20, P1565
    SARATHY KP, 1982, T ASME, V104, P394
    WU CH, 1952, 2604 NACA TN
    XU HY, 1990, P 1 INT S AER DYN IN, P121
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V16, P3
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 263
 EP 275
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA WW120
 UT ISI:A1996WW12000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Guo, BY
 TI A Legendre pseudospectral method for solving nonlinear Klein-Gordon
    equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID SOBOLEV SPACES
 AB A Legendre pseudospectral scheme is proposed for solving
    initial-boundary value problem of nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation. The
    numerical solution keeps the discrete conservation. Its stability and
    convergence are investigated. Numerical results are also presented,
    which show the high accuracy. The technique in the theoretical analysis
    provides a framework for Legendre pseudospectral approximation of
    nonlinear multi-dimensional problems.
 C1 CHINESE UNIV HONG KONG,HONG KONG,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V108, P296
    GUO BY, 1982, NUMERICAL MATH, V4, P46
    GUO BY, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P702
    GUO BY, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH, V2, P38
    GUO BY, 1996, J COMP PHYS APPL MAT, V15, P19
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITES
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1987, J COMPUT MATH, V4, P337
    NEVAI P, 1979, MEN AM MATH SOC, V213
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
    SZABADOS J, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P3
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 105
 EP 126
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WV929
 UT ISI:A1997WV92900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Shi, YM
    Yu, JZ
    Zhu, JL
    Kawazoe, Y
 TI Phonon-associated conductance through a quantum point contact
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID DOUBLE-BARRIER; BALLISTIC RESISTANCE; TRANSPORT; MODEL
 AB By using an independent-boson model we: study the electronic
    conductance through a quantum point contact in the presence of the
    electron-phonon interaction. We find that the phonon energy plays a
    crucial role in the quantum behavior of the conductance.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, H, TOHOKU UNIV,INST MAT RES,SENDAI,MIYAGI 98077,JAPAN.
 CR AVISHAI Y, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P12535
    BLICK RH, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3924
    CAI W, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P418
    CAI W, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P104
    CHEN H, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P8790
    DREXLER H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2616
    GELFAND BY, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1683
    GOLDMAN VJ, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P7635
    GUIMARAES PSS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3792
    GUREVICH VL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P5219
    KEAY BJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P4098
    KOUWENHOVEN LP, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P3443
    MAHAN GD, 1981, MANY PARTICLE PHYSIC, P269
    RICCO B, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P1970
    STAFFORD CA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1916
    VANWEES BJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P848
    WHARAM DA, 1988, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V21, L209
    WHARAM DA, 1988, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V21, L887
    WROBEL J, 1995, EUROPHYS LETT, V29, P481
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD APR 15
 PY 1997
 VL 55
 IS 15
 BP 9935
 EP 9940
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WV251
 UT ISI:A1997WV25100120
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Deng, HH
    Sun, K
    Qi, DY
    Deng, JQ
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
 TI Structure and properties of porous composite membranes of regenerated
    silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol) and biosensing of glucose via
    Meldola blue dispersed in polyester ionomer as an electron transfer
    mediator
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; SENSOR; OXIDASE; IMMOBILIZATION; TETRATHIAFULVALENE;
    FERROCENE; SHUTTLE; NAFION
 AB Porous composite membranes of regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl
    alcohol) were prepared by adding polyethyleneglycol to the composite
    solution to reduce the mass-transfer resistance to the diffusion of
    substrate material transport; their surfaces were visualized with
    scanning electron microscopy. An amperometric glucose biosensor
    employing Meldola blue dispersed in polyester ionomer as electron
    transfer mediator was prepared to test the feasibility and workability
    of the composite membrane as immobilization matrix for glucose oxidase.
    The cationic exchange property of the polyester ionomer was employed to
    provide high local concentrations of Meldola blue (MB(+)) in the
    polymer film via ion exchange. Performance and characteristics of the
    glucose biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time,
    detection limit, applied potential, thickness of polyester ionomer
    membrane, pH and temperature. The glucose biosensor possesses a variety
    of advantages including easy maintenance of enzyme, simplicity of
    construction, fast response time and high stability.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BADIA A, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P7053
    BARKER SA, 1989, BIOSENSORS FUNDAMENT, P85
    BARTLETT PN, 1987, BIOSENSORS, V3, P359
    CLARK LC, 1962, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V102, P29
    CSOREGI E, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1240
    DEMURA M, 1989, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V33, P598
    DEMURA M, 1989, J BIOTECHNOL, V10, P113
    FORTIER G, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1607
    GRUNDIG B, 1989, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V222, P75
    HARKNESS JK, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V357, P261
    JIANG L, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0621, P1293
    KUWABATA S, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P2757
    LIU H, 1997, IN PRESS FRESENIUS J, V357
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1996, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V11, P103
    LIU Y, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    MALITESTA C, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P2735
    PANDEY PC, 1988, J CHEM SOC F1, V84, P2259
    PANDEY PC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P669
    PAZUR JH, 1965, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V111, P351
    QIAN JH, 1996, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V354, P173
    TRANMINH C, 1985, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V7, P41
    WANG J, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P1397
    WILSON GS, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, A381
    ZHAO SS, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V282, P319
 NR 26
 TC 4
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 7
 BP 812
 EP 816
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WT961
 UT ISI:A1997WT96100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Gauge transformation and A-B effect
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE gauge transformation; Aharonov-Bohm effect; momentum transfer
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM INTERFERENCE; MULTIPLY CONNECTED SPACES;
    ANGULAR-MOMENTUM; MAGNETIC-FLUX; QUANTUM-MECHANICS; PATH-INTEGRALS;
    STATISTICS; ROTATIONS
 AB The aim of this paper is to show that the vector potential in the
    so-called Aharonov-Bohm (A-B) effect is not a gauge transformation of
    the vacuum, even when alpha = integer(not equal 0) (where alpha =
    Phi/Phi(0) represents the magnetic flux in the long cylindrical
    solenoid and Phi(0) = h/e). To this end, it is discussed that the wave
    function of the electron and the gauge function in a gauge
    transformation are required to be single-valued so that the Schrodinger
    wave mechanics and the Maxwell electromagnetic theory are
    well-formulated. It is also discussed that the gauge transformation of
    wave functions and the representation change of operators of Kobe's
    meaning are the same thing.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    AHARONOV Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V123, P1511
    AHARONOV Y, 1967, PHYS REV, V158, P1237
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, P INT S FDN QUANT ME, P10
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2396
    BAWIN M, 1983, J PHYS A, V16, P2173
    BAWIN M, 1985, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V18, P2123
    BIEDENHARN LC, 1981, ANGULAR MOMENTUM QUA, P319
    BLATT JM, 1952, THEORETICAL NUCL PHY, P783
    BOCCHIERI P, 1978, NUOVO CIMENTO      A, V47, P475
    BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P389
    BOHM D, 1979, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V52, P295
    GRIFFITHS DJ, 1981, INTRO ELECTRODYNAMIC, P283
    GUPTA BD, 1978, MATH PHYSICS, P127
    HORVATHY PA, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P1151
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KLEIN AG, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P238
    KOBE DH, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1592
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P73
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LANDAU LD, 1975, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE, P49
    LI CF, IN PRESS ANN PHYS
    LI CF, IN PRESS PHYSICA B
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P836
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYSICA B C, V151, P239
    MERZBACHER E, 1962, AM J PHYSIOL, V30, P237
    NIETO MM, 1984, PHYS REV A, V29, P3413
    PANDRES D, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V3, P305
    PAULI W, 1939, HELV PHYS ACTA, V12, P147
    PESHKIN M, 1961, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V12, P426
    PESHKIN M, 1989, LECT NOTES PHYSICS, V340
    RAUCH H, 1978, Z PHYSIK           B, V29, P281
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    RUIJSENAARS SNM, 1983, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V146, P1
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P101
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECHD, P162
    TASSIE LJ, 1961, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V16, P177
    WERNER SA, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V35, P1053
    WILCZEK F, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V48, P1144
    WILCZEK F, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P957
    WU TT, 1975, PHYS REV D, V12, P3845
    WU YS, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P111
    ZEILINGER A, 1979, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V25, P333
 NR 45
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 229
 IS 3-4
 BP 354
 EP 360
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WT606
 UT ISI:A1997WT60600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Interactions of atmospheric solitary waves of different modes
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE atmospheric solitary waves; BO equation; perturbation methods
 AB The interactions of atmospheric solitary waves with different modes are
    investigated by a perturbation method. The model considered in this
    paper consists of a lower layer with exponential density profile and an
    infinitely deep upper layer with constant density. The analysis show
    that the waves obey the Benjamin-Ono equation before and after
    interaction, and the main effect of the interaction is the phase shifts
    for each wave.
 RP Zhu, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENJAMIN TB, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P249
    CHRISTIE DR, 1981, NATURE, V293, P46
    DAVIS RE, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P593
    GEAR J, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P233
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, STUD APPL MATH, V92, P249
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1980, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V12, P11
    ONO H, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V39, P1082
    SMITH RK, 1988, EARTH-SCI REV, V25, P267
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    ZHU Y, 1996, ATMOSPHERIC SCI, V20, P751
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 10
 EP 16
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA WT856
 UT ISI:A1997WT85600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Zhou, RM
    Ma, ZT
    Bao, BR
    Lei, JQ
 TI Preparation of acrylate IPN copolymer latexes by radiation emulsion
    polymerization
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SHELL
 AB Radiation-induced and chemical initiation are compared in the
    initiation of acrylate emulsion copolymer latexes. The particle
    diameter, distribution and microstructure are influenced by emulsifier
    concentration, radiation dose and temperature. The results show that
    the emulsion particle diameter of radiation polymerization is smaller
    and better distributed in comparison to using chemical polymerization.
    In addition, interlude polymer net (IPN) core-shell copolymer latexes
    are observed by transimission electron microscope (TEM). The bounding
    face of core-shell acrylate copolymer latexes of radiation
    polymerization is clearer. The morphology of acrylate IPN copolymer
    latexes is further investigated. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wu, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,JIADING
    CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BALITER B, 1987, J POLYM SCI A, V25, P135
    HOIGNE H, 1972, J POLYM SCI A, V10, P581
    LEE DI, 1983, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V21, P147
    MCCARTY W, 1984, HUS US, V444, P923
    PIRMA I, 1976, ACS SYM SER, V24, P306
    SAKOTA K, 1976, J APPL POLYM SCI, V20, P1735
    SPERLING LH, 1973, J APPL POLYM SCI, V17, P2443
    WU MH, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P171
 NR 8
 TC 0
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 49
 IS 3
 BP 371
 EP 375
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA WM139
 UT ISI:A1997WM13900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Guo, GY
 TI Preparation and characterization of yttria-stabilized zirconia powders
    by solvent extraction process
 SO CERAMICS INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 ID ZRO2; DENSIFICATION
 AB This study demonstrates that zirconium and yttrium can quantitatively
    be coextracted with di-(2-ethylhexyl) phosphoric acid or
    2-ethylhexyl-phosphonic acid mono-2-ethylhexylester from commercial
    grade of starting materials under suitable conditions, End that both
    zirconium and yttrium can be stripped completely with oxalic acid from
    the extractants under some specific conditions. The resulting oxalates,
    after careful washing with absolute ethanol, may be calcined to both
    ultrafine and pure yttria-stabilized zirconia powders, while the
    stripped extractants can be recycled to extract zirconium and yttrium.
    The present process, therefore, is a more economical technique than the
    metal alkoxide process - one of the most popular chemical processing
    routes for the preparation of advanced ceramic powder, yet it is a very
    efficient technique for controlling the purity, particle size, and
    crystalline phase composition of the powders. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science
    Limited and Techna S.r.l.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, YL, SHANGHAI UNIV,COL CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BOURELL DL, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P705
    DESCEMOND M, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P3754
    DOYLE FM, 1992, HYDROMETALLURGY, V29, P527
    FEGLEY B, 1985, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V64, P1115
    FOSTER CM, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1977
    GHONELM NM, 1986, CFI-CERAM FORUM INT, V3, P96
    GONGYI G, 1988, PRODUCTION PROCESSIN, P627
    GONGYI G, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GONGYI G, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    HABERKO K, 1979, CERAMURGIA INT, V5, P148
    ISHIZAWA H, 1986, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V65, P1399
    RHODES WH, 1989, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V68, P1804
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0272-8842
 J9 CERAM INT
 JI Ceram. Int.
 PY 1997
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 267
 EP 272
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA WM133
 UT ISI:A1997WM13300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, D
    Fuchs, EF
    Doyle, M
 TI Computer-aided testing of electrical apparatus supplying nonlinear loads
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE computer-aided testing; electrical machines; transformers; electrical
    apparatus; nonlinear loads; derating
 AB A computer-aided testing program for electrical apparatus (CATEA) is
    designed to test the performance of single and polyphase electrical
    devices. It has been applied to measure the losses of single- and
    three-phase ac and dc electrical machines, single- and three-phase
    transformers with linear and nonlinear loads. On-line measurements of
    iron-core and copper losses of single- and three-phase transformers
    with rectifier load are presented and compared with the results of the
    open- and short-circuit tests.
 C1 TU ELECT,FT WORTH,TX 76101.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, D, UNIV COLORADO,BOULDER,CO 80309.
 CR FUCHS EF, 1994, IEEE IND APPLIC SOC, P128
 NR 1
 TC 5
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 21
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA WK945
 UT ISI:A1997WK94500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Deng, ZY
 TI Electronic and hydrogenic impurity states in a corner under an applied
    electric field
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID QUANTUM-WELL WIRES; 2 ORTHOGONAL SURFACES; DEPENDENCE; VICINITY;
    SPECTRA; GROWTH; ENERGY
 AB With the use of a variational method to solve the effective-mass
    equation, we have studied the electronic and hydrogenic impurity states
    in a corner under an applied electric field. The electron energy levels
    and the impurity binding energies are calculated. Our results show
    that, with the increasing strength of the electric field, the electron
    energy levels increase, and the impurity binding energy in the ground
    state increases at first, to a peak value, then decreases to a value
    which is determined by the impurity position in the corner. The
    dependence of the impurity binding energy on the applied electric field
    and impurity position is discussed in detail.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BASTARD G, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P4714
    BASTARD G, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P3241
    BRANIS SV, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1316
    BROWN JW, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P1179
    BRUM JA, 1985, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V54, P179
    BRYANT GW, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P6632
    BRYANT GW, 1985, PHYS REV B, V31, P7812
    CAO HT, 1995, PHYSICA B, V205, P273
    CHEN H, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P6220
    DENG ZY, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P9729
    FUJIWARA K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9698
    GEROHONI D, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1631
    KHOO GS, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P6507
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECHANICS
    LEE WW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P3352
    LEE WW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9920
    NAMBA H, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4027
    TANAKA M, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V27, L2025
    TANAKA M, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P1326
    TSUCHIYA M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P466
    WEBER G, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2179
    WEISBUCH C, 1980, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V17, P1128
 NR 22
 TC 8
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD FEB 10
 PY 1997
 VL 9
 IS 6
 BP 1241
 EP 1248
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WK618
 UT ISI:A1997WK61800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, T
    Yang, LB
 TI Application of fuzzy cellular neural networks to Euclidean Distance
    Transformation
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS I-FUNDAMENTAL THEORY AND
    APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE distance transformation; Euclidean distance; fuzzy cellular neural
    network; image processing; mathematical morphology
 AB A new structure of fuzzy cellular neural network (FCNN) is proposed in
    this brief. In this FCNN, the relationship between fuzzy templates and
    input or/and output is defined by addition but not multiplication.
    Unlike the FCNN we proposed before [I], which can only implement
    morphological operators with flat structuring elements, this FCNN can
    implement morphological operators with all the types of structuring
    elements. This: FCNN is used to implement Euclidean Distance Transform.
    Simulation results are given.
 C1 UNIV E ZHOU,E ZHOU 436000,HUBEI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT CONTROL ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    HARALICK RM, 1987, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V9, P532
    HEIJMANS HJA, 1994, MORPHOLOGICAL IMAGE
    MARAGOS PA, 1986, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V34, P1228
    ROSKA T, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P163
    SERRA J, 1982, IMAGE ANAL MATH MORP
    SERRA J, 1988, IMAGE ANAL MATH MORP, V2
    SHIH FY, 1992, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V1, P197
    YANG T, 1996, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V43, P880
    YANG T, 1996, P 4 IEEE INT WORKSH, P181
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 1057-7122
 J9 IEEE TRANS CIRCUIT SYST-I
 JI IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I-Fundam. Theor. Appl.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 242
 EP 246
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA WK578
 UT ISI:A1997WK57800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, ZN
    Fan, YB
    Dai, M
    Zhang, XL
    Wei, JJ
    Qiu, ZN
    Li, HB
    Wu, XX
    Deng, JQ
    Qi, DY
 TI Reagentless amperometric biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide based on the incorporation of Meldola Blue, fumed silica and
    horseradish peroxidase into carbon paste
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROCATALYTIC OXIDATION; ENZYME ELECTRODES; LACTATE OXIDASE;
    SENSORS; DEHYDROGENASE; PROTEINS; GRAPHITE; NADH
 AB A reagentless amperometric sensor highly sensitive to H2O2 has been
    prepared by incorporating fumed silica, horseradish peroxidase (HRP)
    and Meldola Blue into carbon paste. The efficient mediating ability to
    shift electrons between HRP and the carbon paste electrode via Meldola
    Blue was investigated by cyclic voltammetric and amperometric
    measurements. Reproducibility, response time, detection limit,
    selectivity and effects of applied potential, temperature and pH on the
    response of the sensor are reported. The high sensitivity of the sensor
    with a detection limit of 0.1 mu mol/l arose from the high efficiency
    of the bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via HRP and
    Meldola Blue. The dependence of the Michaelis-Menten constant on the
    applied potential and the mediator concentration has been investigated
    and the results are presented.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BONAKDAR M, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V266, P47
    FORZANI ES, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V382, P33
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GUO LH, 1991, ADV INORG CHEM RAD, V36, P341
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    KULYS J, 1992, ANAL LETT, V25, P1011
    KULYS J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V274, P53
    KULYS J, 1994, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V288, P193
    KULYS J, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V372, P49
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    NAGY G, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V305, P65
    PERSSON B, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V287, P61
    PERSSON B, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V292, P115
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    SPRULES SD, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P17
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V284, P385
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
 NR 26
 TC 14
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 3
 BP 297
 EP 301
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WJ843
 UT ISI:A1997WJ84300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Qian, JH
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JG
    Qi, DY
 TI Amperometric methylene blue-mediated sensor highly sensitive to
    hydrogen peroxide based on a composite membrane of regenerated silk
    fibroin and poly-vinyl alcohol as immobilization matrix for horseradish
    peroxidase
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; CARBON; SYSTEM;
    ASSAY; ACID
 AB Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was effectively entrapped in a novel
    composite membrane of poly-vinyl alcohol and regenerated silk fibroin,
    and IR was employed to provide a useful insight into the structure of
    the composite membrane. A methylene blue-mediated sensor highly
    sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was constructed, which was based on the
    immobilization of HRP in the composite membrane. Cyclic voltammetry and
    amperometric measurement were utilized to demonstrate the feasibility
    of electron communication between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon
    electrode in the bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via
    methylene blue. Performance and characteristics of the sensor were
    evaluated with regard to response time, detection limit, selectivity,
    and dependence on temperature and pH as well as operating and storage
    stability. The sensor possesses a variety of characteristics including
    high sensitivity, rapid response time and a low detection limit of 0.1
    mu mol/L.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR AIZAWA M, 1984, ANAL LETT PT B, V17, P555
    BENNETTO HP, 1987, INT ANAL, V8, P22
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CLARK LC, 1979, METHOD ENZYMOL, V56, P448
    FREW JE, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V155, P139
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P2090
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    OLSSON B, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V206, P49
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V242, P85
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1285
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
    ZHANG Z, 1996, IN PRESS ANAL CHEM
 NR 28
 TC 5
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 3
 BP 302
 EP 307
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WJ843
 UT ISI:A1997WJ84300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Analysis of graded-index optical fibers by expansion of the fields in
    terms of partial-waveguide modes
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE optical fibers; mode-field and propagation constant; partial-waveguide
    mode; coupled-mode theory
 AB According to the core-cladding interface of an ideal waveguide, a
    step-index fiber, the transverse plane has been divided into two
    regions. Mode fields and propagation constants of the graded-index
    optical fibers have been calculated by the use of
    partial-waveguide-mode expansion and coupled-mode theory.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CLARRICOATS PJB, 1970, ELECTRON LETT, V6, P694
    GLOGE D, 1971, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2252
    HENRY CH, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P308
    OKOSHI T, 1982, OPTICAL FIBERS
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    WANG ZH, 1996, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V12, P90
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 236
 EP 239
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA WH757
 UT ISI:A1997WH75700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, WL
    Liu, HY
    Deng, HH
    Sun, K
    Zhao, CH
    Qi, DY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Biosensing of hydrogen peroxide at carbon paste electrode incorporating
    N-methyl phenazine methosulphate, fumed-silica and horseradish
    peroxidase
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; N-methyl phenazine methosulphate; horseradish peroxidase;
    hydrogen peroxide; fumed silica; carbon paste electrode
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC DETERMINATION;
    PYROLYTIC-GRAPHITE; ACTIVATED CARBON; SENSORS; DEHYDROGENASE; POLYMER;
    GLUCOSE; ENZYMES
 AB Biosensing of hydrogen peroxide was made at a carbon paste electrode
    incorporating fumed silica, horseradish peroxidase and N-methyl
    phenazine methosulphate. Cyclic voltammetric and amperometric
    measurements were used for the first time to demonstrate the
    suitability of electron communication between horseradish peroxidase
    and a carbon paste electrode via N-methyl phenazine methosulphate, an
    electron transfer mediator. Performance and characteristics of the
    biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection
    limit, applied potential and concentration of the mediator. Effect of
    applied potential and amount of the mediator in carbon paste on the
    Michaelis-Menten constant of the biosensor was investigated. The
    biosensor possessed a variety of characteristics including long
    stability and rapid response and high sensitivity to hydrogen peroxide,
    with a detection limit of 0.08 mu M.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AIZAWA M, 1984, ANAL LETT PT B, V17, P555
    AKIMOTO K, 1990, ANAL BIOCHEM, V189, P182
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BONAKDAR M, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V266, P47
    CHICHARRO M, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1809
    CLAPP PA, 1989, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V218, P331
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GORTON L, 1986, J MOL CATAL, V38, P157
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V249, P43
    GUO LH, 1991, ADV INORG CHEM RAD, V36, P341
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P448
    JOHANSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KOK GM, 1978, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V12, P1073
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    KULYS J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V274, P53
    KUWANA T, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P241
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MOTTA N, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P566
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    SCOTT DL, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1217
    SELLERS RM, 1980, ANALYST, V105, P950
    SHU HC, 1995, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V46, P270
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V284, P385
    WIJESURIYA DC, 1993, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V8, P155
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
    ZHANG ZE, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P1632
 NR 37
 TC 7
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 205
 EP 220
 PG 16
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WH284
 UT ISI:A1997WH28400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI The monotone convergence of the two-stage iterative method for solving
    large sparse systems of linear equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE linear system of equations; two-stage iterative method; Monotone
    convergence; Monotone convergence rate
 AB This paper sets up the monotone convergence theory for the two-stage
    iterative method proposed by Frommer and Szyld in [1], and investigates
    the influence of the splitting matrices and the inner iteration number
    sequence on the monotone convergence rate of this method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MAT & SCI ENGN COMP,STATE KEY
    LAB SCI ENGN COMP,POB 2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    GOLUB GH, 1988, NUMER MATH, V53, P571
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    NICHOLS NK, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P460
    WACHSPRESS EL, 1966, ITERATIVE SOLUTION E
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 10
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 117
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA WH071
 UT ISI:A1997WH07100021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Shang, XC
 TI Mode jumping of simply supported rectangular plates on non-linear
    elastic foundation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE non-linear stability; non-linear elastic foundation; secondary
    bifurcation; mode jumping; stability of bifurcation solution
 AB In this paper, we study the non-linear stability of simply supported
    rectangular plates on a non-linear elastic foundation and use the
    theory of singularities to analyse the effect of the coefficients of
    the foundation on the stability behaviour. The results point out that
    the instability behaviour of the rectangular plate near a double
    eigenvalue is very complex due to the interaction between the
    foundation and plate. And the stability behaviour of the plate not only
    depends on the elastic coefficients of the foundation but also the
    modes of the plate when it losses its stability. From 45 bifurcation
    diagrams given in the paper, one can see that the rectangular plate not
    only occurs the secondary bifurcation but also has very complex
    super-critical behaviour like mode jumping. In these figures, we still
    discover the new manners of mode transition. Finally, we discuss all
    possible bifurcation behaviours of rectangular plates. Copyright (C)
    1996 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Cheng, CJ, LANZHOU UNIV,DEPT MECH,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUER L, 1965, SIAM J APPL MATH, V13, P603
    BAUER L, 1975, SIAM REV, V17, P101
    CHENG CJ, 1992, LIXUE YU SHIJIAN, V14, P12
    CHOW SN, 1982, GRUHDLEHREN, V251
    HOLDER EJ, 1984, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V15, P446
    MAOSKANT R, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P1209
    MATHOWSKY BJ, 1973, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V9, P84
    POSTON T, 1978, CATASTROPHE THEORY I
    SCHAEFFER D, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V69, P209
    STEIN M, 1959, R40 NASA
    STROEBEL GJ, 1973, J ELASTICITY, V3, P185
    SUCHY H, 1985, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V65, P71
    SUPPLE WJ, 1970, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V6, P1234
    UEMURA M, 1977, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V12, P355
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 1
 BP 161
 EP 172
 PG 12
 SC Mechanics
 GA WG519
 UT ISI:A1997WG51900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Durose, K
    Brinkman, AW
    Tanner, BK
 TI Growth and characterization of magnetic metal Mn film by MOCVD
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE metal organic chemical vapour deposition; Mn film growth; growth
    kinetics
 ID MOVPE
 AB Metal manganese films have successfully been grown on (100) and (111)
    GaAs substrates by metal organic chemical vapour deposition using
    tricarbonyl (methylcyclopentadienyl) manganese (TCMn) as the Mn source
    material. The onset of diffusion limited growth occurs at a temperature
    of similar to 470 degrees C. Above this transition temperature, the
    growth is relatively independent of the temperature and limited only by
    the rate at which the precursor is able to diffuse to the substrate. At
    the low temperatures, the growth rate is limited by the pyrolysis
    behaviour of the TCMn and is thermally activated with an activation
    energy of similar to 220 kJ mol(-1). This compares with the activation
    energy obtained for the decomposition of the TCMn of 236 kJ mol(-1).
    The growth characteristic of Mn films has also shown that no growth
    took place below the temperature of 410 degrees C and the morphology of
    the layers grown at the higher temperature of 470 degrees C was
    considerably better than that of the layers grown at lower
    temperatures. Ex-situ reflection high-energy electron diffraction
    (RHEED) showed the films to be polycrystalline Mn, with good surface
    morphology. Surface roughness was measured to be similar to 4 nm and
    was probably limited by oxidation, when exposed to air.
 C1 UNIV DURHAM,DEPT PHYS,DURHAM DH1 3LE,ENGLAND.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    DUB M, 1966, ORGANOMETALLIC COMPO, V1, P1445
    HAILS JE, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P940
    MOTOMURA Y, 1988, SUPERLATTICE MICROST, V4, P479
    SANG WB, 1991, J CRYST GROWTH, V113, P1
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 47
 IS 1
 BP 75
 EP 77
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA WG642
 UT ISI:A1997WG64200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, DM
    Li, CF
 TI Field and intensity expectation values of quantum solitons in optical
    fibers
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID FLUCTUATIONS; APPROXIMATION; PROPAGATION
 AB Expectation values of the field and intensity operators are evaluated
    for quantum solitons in the normalized fundamental soliton states with
    a Gaussian momentum superposition and a Poisson distribution for photon
    numbers. The associate quantum diffusion effects are discussed and the
    conditions which lead to the classical limit are identified. A
    numerical estimate is given using experimental data.
 C1 UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR FUNDAMENTAL PHYS,HEFEI 230026,ANHUI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yao, DM, CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING
    100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BELINSKII AV, 1991, JETP LETT, V53, P74
    BELINSKII AV, 1992, SOV J QUANTUM ELECTR, V22, P828
    CARTER SJ, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1841
    DESURVIRE E, 1994, PHYS TODAY, V62, P20
    DRUMMOND PD, 1993, NATURE, V365, P307
    GLASS AM, 1993, PHYS TODAY, V61, P34
    GORDON JP, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P665
    HASEGAWA A, 1990, OPTICAL SOLUTIONS FI
    KARTNER FX, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P454
    KUZNETSOV DY, 1991, JETP LETT, V54, P568
    KUZNETZOV DY, 1992, QUANTUM OPT, V4, P221
    LAI Y, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P854
    LAI YC, 1993, J OPT SOC AM B, V10, P475
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1095
    NOHL CR, 1976, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V96, P234
    ROSENBLUH M, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P153
    WADACHI M, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P1933
    WADATI M, 1985, SPRINGER SERIES SYNE, V30, P68
    WRIGHT EM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P3836
    YAO DM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P1574
    YAO DM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P4871
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0722-3277
 J9 Z PHYS B-CONDENS MATTER
 JI Z. Phys. B-Condens. Mat.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 102
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 243
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WF434
 UT ISI:A1997WF43400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Zhou, SQ
    Wu, WH
 TI Investigation of equilibrium partial pressures over (Hg1-xCdx)(y)Te-1-y
    (y<0.5) melts
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 ID TRAVELING HEATER METHOD; CRYSTAL-GROWTH; LPE GROWTH; TE; HG1-XCDXTE
 AB A double optical path system was designed for the optical absorbance
    measurement. The equilibrium partial pressures of Hg and Te-2 over the
    (Hg1-xCdx)(y)Te-1-y (y < 0.5) melts with x = 0.13-0.55 and y =
    0.21-0.41 between 500 and 750 degrees C were determined by this method.
    The experimental results were reproducible and the errors were
    estimated as about 5%. The data achieved show that p(Hg) increases with
    the rise of y when T and x remain unchanged, and decreases slightly
    with the increase of x when T and y are kept constant. The cause of
    these phenomena is discussed.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASTLES MG, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V117, P213
    BERNARDI S, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V87, P365
    BREBRICK RF, 1965, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V26, P989
    DENOBEL D, 1959, PHILIPS RES REP, V14, P361
    GILLE P, 1991, J CRYST GROWTH, V114, P77
    GOLDFINGER P, 1963, T FARADAY SOC, V59, P2851
    HARMAN TC, 1980, J ELECTRON MATER, V9, P945
    HUA SC, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P942
    MOCHIZUKI K, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V99, P722
    PELLICIARI B, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P146
    PELLICIARI B, 1994, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V29, P1
    SCHMIT JL, 1968, INFRARED PHYS, V8, P247
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P438
    SHUQUAN Z, 1989, J APPL SCI, V7, P271
    STEININGER J, 1976, J ELECTRON MATER, V5, P299
    UEDA R, 1972, J CRYST GROWTH, V13, P668
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 171
 IS 1-2
 BP 45
 EP 49
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA WE271
 UT ISI:A1997WE27100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, LP
    Mao, DK
 TI On the two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations in stream function form
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the initial-boundary value problem of the Navier-Stokes
    equations in stream function form is considered. A trilinear form is
    introduced to deal with the nonlinear term. A weak formulation of this
    problem is provided. The existence of a weak solution is proved by an
    auxiliary semi-discrete Faedo-Galerkin scheme and a compactness
    argument. The uniqueness and regularity of the solution are discussed.
    Finally the convergence of the numerical solution and the converge rate
    with a certain choice of basis in the Faedo-Galerkin method are given.
    (C) 1997 Academic Press
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BY, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MATH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS REGIONAL C SERI, V26
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENTS MATH
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMANS R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 205
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 31
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WD284
 UT ISI:A1997WD28400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Path integral quantization and the ground-state wave functional for
    multiplier scalar-vector field systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB With the help of path-integral quantization and Fradkin's approach, we
    obtain a new representation in the Schrodinger picture of the
    multiplier scalar-vector fields and the ground-state functional. We
    show that the model is equivalent to free scalar fields with the same
    mass.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECTURES QUANTUM MEC
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V392, P667
    LI ZP, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P4261
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 41
 EP 46
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA WD241
 UT ISI:A1997WD24100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Sun, JC
    Wang, DR
 TI A unified framework for the construction of various matrix
    multisplitting iterative methods for large sparse system of linear
    equations
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE system of linear equations; parallel iteration; matrix multisplitting;
    relaxation method; convergence theory
 ID PARALLEL SOLUTION; CONVERGENCE; SPLITTINGS; ALGORITHM; 2-STAGE
 AB A unified framework for the construction of various synchronous and
    asynchronous parallel matrix multisplitting iterative methods, suitable
    to the SIMD and MIMD multiprocessor systems, respectively, is
    presented, and its convergence theory is established under rather weak
    conditions. These afford general method models and systematical
    convergence criterions for studying the parallel iterations in the
    sense of matrix multisplitting. In addition, how the known parallel
    matrix multisplitting iterative methods can be classified into this new
    framework, and what novel ones can be generated by it are shown in
    detail.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST SOFTWARE,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,STATE KEY
    LAB SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, IN PRESS COMP MULTIS
    BAI ZZ, IN PRESS J COMP MATH
    BAI ZZ, 1993, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V10, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1993, J NATU SCI HEILONGJI, V10, P1
    BAI ZZ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P87
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1995, APPL MATH JCU A, V10, P133
    BAI ZZ, 1995, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V11, P363
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U, V34, P139
    BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    BRU R, 1990, APPL MATH LETT, V3, P65
    CHAZAN D, 1969, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V2, P199
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    EVANS DJ, 1992, INT J COMPUT MATH, V43, P173
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    HADJIDIMOS A, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P149
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUM
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WHITE RE, 1989, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V10, P481
 NR 28
 TC 15
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 51
 EP 76
 PG 26
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA WC720
 UT ISI:A1996WC72000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Wu, WH
 TI Thermodynamic investigation of equilibrium partial pressures over
    Hg1-xCdxTe melts
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB Equilibrium partial pressures over Hg1-xCdxTe(MCT) melts have been
    considered as important thermodynamic parameters in high quality MCT
    crystal growth, However, these parameters reported until present in
    literatures are highly different from each other, which has become an
    obstacle to furthering studies on the crystal growth of MCT. This work
    determined systematically Hg and Te partial pressures over the MCT
    melts in the range of x = 0 similar to 0.4, based on the principles of
    the optical absorption, Cd partial pressure is calculated from our
    experimental results and known thermodynamic data. Relationship between
    P-Hg and composition re is discussed, Comparison has been made between
    our results and other author's data. The cause of difference is pursued.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1965, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V26, P989
    DENOBEL D, 1959, PHILIPS RES REP, V14, P361
    GOLDFINGER P, 1963, T FARADAY SOC, V59, P2851
    HARMAN TC, 1967, PHYSICS CHEM 2 6 COM, P725
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P592
    SCHMIT JL, 1968, INFRARED PHYS, V8, P247
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P438
    STEININGER J, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P2713
    STEININGER J, 1976, J ELECTRON MATER, V5, P299
    SUGAWARA S, 1971, B JAP SOC MECH ENG, V118, P2014
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1996
 VL 54
 IS 12
 BP 1151
 EP 1158
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA WC584
 UT ISI:A1996WC58400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, SJ
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
 TI Numerical simulation of alternative horizontal levitation
    electromagnetic continuous casting
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE horizontal electromagnetic continuous casting; electromagnetic
    levitation; numerical simulation
 AB Electromagnetic problem of horizontal electromagnetic continuous
    casting (HEMC) had been studied. The influence of structure of
    apparatus and power frequency on maximum electromagnetic levitation
    pressure had been analyzed. The results show that, in order to get
    large electromagnetic levitation pressure at high frequency, the screen
    must be wide but can be thin, and the width of the sheet should be
    closed to the distance of the flanges.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1993, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P78
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V9, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1995, T SHANGHAI U, V1, P68
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 4
 BP 42
 EP 46
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA WC539
 UT ISI:A1996WC53900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, YX
    Senos, AMR
    Rocha, J
    Baptista, JL
 TI Gel formation in mullite precursors obtained via
    tetraethylorthosilicate (TEOS) pre-hydrolysis
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ALUMINOSILICATE GELS; SPINEL PHASE; XEROGELS
 AB Tetraethylorthosilicate (TEOS) and aluminium chloride were taken as
    sources of SiO2 and Al2O3 to prepare precursors of mullite by
    pre-hydrolysis of TEOS under refluxing conditions. Gelation was carried
    out at different pH values and the effect of the pH of gelation on the
    subsequent temperature-induced phase transformations was characterized
    by differential thermal analysis, powder X-ray diffraction and Si-29
    and Al-27 solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. A
    pH-dependent exothermic peak was observed at similar to 980 degrees C.
    Strong acidic conditions (pH = 1.5) were found to be beneficial for
    improving the mixing scale of the Al-Si components, leading to a
    mullitization temperature of similar to 1200 degrees C and a sharp 980
    degrees C exothermic peak. In strong basic conditions (pH = 11.5), no
    evident similar to 980 degrees C exothermic peak was detected, and the
    mullitization temperature was as high as 1350 degrees C, probably due
    to heterogeneity in the mixing scale of the Al-Si components in the
    precursor system. A gel formation process has been proposed.
 C1 INESC,DEPT ENGN CERAM & VIDRO,P-3800 AVEIRO,PORTUGAL.
    UNIV AVEIRO,DEPT QUIM,P-3800 AVEIRO,PORTUGAL.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,FAC MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY AK, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P170
    CHAKRAVORTY AK, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P1558
    HULING JC, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2374
    HYATT MJ, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P2815
    LI DX, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2382
    LIPPMAA E, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P4889
    OKADA K, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P652
    OKADA K, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C251
    ROCHA J, 1990, PHYS CHEM MINER, V17, P17
    SACKS MD, 1990, CERAMIC T, V6, P167
    SCHNEIDER H, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P805
    SCHNEIDER H, 1994, J EUR CERAM SOC, V13, P441
    SUNDARESAN S, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2388
    YAMANE M, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V63, P13
    YANG H, 1989, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V17, P204
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 1
 BP 105
 EP 110
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA WC325
 UT ISI:A1997WC32500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The P-T spectra of pion from resonance decays
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA A-NUCLEI PARTICLES AND
    FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; CHARMONIUM
 AB The PT spectra of pion from resonance decay are studied. It is found
    that the reduction of effective mass increases the emission of low P-T
    pions. The approach to explain the enhancement of low-P-T pion observed
    by the NA35 Collaboration in 200 GeV S+S collisions with the
    contribution from the resonance decays can be improved by the mass
    reduction.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARZ HW, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V254, P332
    BROWN GE, SUBYNTC9013
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    KICG P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    KUSENEZOV D, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P2075
    KUSENEZOV D, 1991, PHYS REV C, V44, P902
    LI CQ, NUCLTH9504025
    PINZHEN B, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    PINZHEN B, 1989, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V15, P1653
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    PISARSKI RD, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    SOLLFRANK J, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V252, P256
    SOLLFRANK J, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P593
    STROBELE H, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P89
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3546
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO A-NUCL PART F
 JI Nuovo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. A-Nucl. Part. Fields
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 109
 IS 11
 BP 1601
 EP 1604
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA WC189
 UT ISI:A1996WC18900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shao, HQ
    Gao, XH
    Cao, ZC
 TI Effect of annealing on phase structure and degradation of a zinc oxide
    varistor with Si-additive
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID ANTIMONY OXIDE; ZNO; CERAMICS; MICROSTRUCTURE; BI2O3
 AB The effect of annealing of phase structure and degradation of the
    current-voltage characteristics for a ZnO varistor with Si-additive has
    been investigated. By means of X-ray diffraction, analytical electron
    microscopy and thermal analysis, it is found that a phase transition
    from delta-Bi2O3 (with dissolved Si), to Bi24Si2O40 (bismuth silicate)
    took place in the ZnO varistor after annealing at 470 degrees C. This
    transition is associated with a volume contraction, no notable thermal
    effect, a high transition rate and reversibility. It is calculated by
    crystallography that the volume contraction of the phase transition is
    6.02%. The transition of the Bi-rich phase results in decreased levels
    of degradation and improved stability of the ZnO varistor. (C) 1996
    Elsevier Science Limited.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASOKAN T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P2447
    EDU K, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P2678
    HAYASHI M, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P5754
    IGN A, 1976, JPN J APPL PHYS, V15, P1161
    INADA M, 1978, JPN J APPL PHYS, V17, P1
    INADA M, 1980, JPN J APPL PHYS, V19, P409
    KIM J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1390
    KIM J, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P213
    MEDERNACH JW, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P494
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3666
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P4317
    TAKEMURA T, 1986, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V25, P293
    TAKEMURA T, 1986, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V25, P295
    TAKEMURA T, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P237
    WONG J, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P1653
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PY 1997
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 55
 EP 59
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA WB693
 UT ISI:A1997WB69300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xueming, MA
    Gang, JI
 TI Nanostructured WC-Co alloy prepared by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Letter
 DE nanocrystalline alloys; mechanical alloying; WC-Co cemented carbide
    powder
 AB Nanocrystalline cemented carbide powder of WC-Co was directly
    synthesized by mechanical alloying. The structure evolution of the
    powders was monitored by X-ray diffration, scanning electron microscope
    and thermal analysis. Results show that the formation of the compounds
    is controlled by an inter-diffusion reaction between elements. Powders
    of WC-Co milled for 100 h were compacted and sintered to a cylinder
    with the size circle divide 6 mmx8 mm. The hardness and sintered
    density were measured.
 RP Xueming, MA, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    PETZOLDT F, 1987, MATER LETT, V5, P280
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    YANG YZ, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1996
 VL 245
 BP L30
 EP L32
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA WB358
 UT ISI:A1996WB35800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, FQ
    Zhang, J
    Mao, XM
    Li, DL
    Fu, HZ
 TI Rapid directional solidification excited from bulk supercooled melt
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE supercooling; directional solidification; rapid solidification;
    excitation
 AB With the organic combination of melt supercooling and directional
    solidification techniques, a new concept of rapid directional
    solidification excited from superceded melt has been advanced. in this
    paper, the experimental method of this new technique is reviewed. The
    difference between the new and the conventional directional
    solidification processing is illustrated diagramatically. The latest
    experimental results are given for Cu-Ni alloy, which indicate the
    attractive prospects of the new technique.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xie, FQ, NORTHWESTERN POLYTECH UNIV,STATE KEY LAB SOLIDIFICAT PROC,XIAN
    710072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAYUZICK RJ, 1991, METALL T A, V22, P2713
    BEINGBO W, 1990, ACTA METAL SINICA, V5, B343
    DELI L, 1993, P 1 NAT C PHASE TRAN
    HERLACH DM, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V98, P339
    LUX B, 1981, METALL, V95, P1235
    MEYER E, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V107, P163
    SCHLEIP R, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P2707
    SHAM PR, 1989, MAT SCI LETT, V8, P201
    WU XY, 1994, THESIS NW POLYTECHNI
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 63
 IS 1-3
 BP 776
 EP 778
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA WA730
 UT ISI:A1997WA73000133
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Interactions of internal solitary waves in deep stratified fluids -
    Weak interactions
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE internal solitary waves; weak interactions; deep stratified fluids
 AB The weak interactions of internal solitary waves in deep stratified
    fluids are investigated in terns of Lagrangian coordinates, which
    include the head-on and overtaking collisions of solitary waves with
    different modes, and the head-on collision of waves with the same mode.
    The analysis shows that each wave is governed by the intermediately
    long wave (ILW) equation for finitely deep fluids and the Benjamin-Ono
    (BO) equation for infinitely deep fluids. The main effect of the
    interaction is the phase shifts of each wave.
 RP Zhu, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GRIMSHAW R, 1986, ENCY FLUID MECH, V2, P1
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1980, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V12, P11
    MIRIE RM, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V147, P475
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    ZHU Y, IN PRESS ATMOSPHERIC
    ZHU Y, 1992, APPL MATH MECH, V13, P407
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 39
 IS 7
 BP 728
 EP 737
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WA869
 UT ISI:A1996WA86900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YY
    Chen, YL
    Zhang, Y
    Yao, Y
 TI A highly stereoselective synthesis of
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-carboethoxy-5-methyl-cis-2,3-dihydrofurans
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE arsorane; stereoselective synthesis; 2,3-dihydrofuran
 AB Carbomethoxymethylenetriphenylarsorane reacts with ethyl
    2-acetyl-3-arylacrylates to afford
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-carboethoxy-5-methyl-2,3-dihydrofuran via
    Michael addition in high to excellent yields with high
    stereoselectivity.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRUCKNER C, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P2440
    DANION BR, 1968, B SOC CHIM FR, V6, P2526
    HUANG YZ, 1978, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V36, P215
    KOO G, 1993, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V30, P1213
    MCDONALD FE, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P6952
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P7653
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 354
 EP 359
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VZ675
 UT ISI:A1996VZ67500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Liu, YZ
    Miao, GP
 TI The interactions between wave-currents and offshore structures with
    consideration of fluid viscosity
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE interactions among waves; viscous currents and bodies; depth-averaged
    Reynolds equations; depth-averaged kappa epsilon turbulence model
 ID OPEN-CHANNEL FLOW; WATER
 AB Study of the how held around the large scale offshore structures under
    the action of waves and viscous currents is of primary importance for
    the scouring estimation and protection in the vicinity of the
    structures. But very little has been known in its mechanism when the
    viscous effects is taken into consideration. As a part of the efforts
    to tackle the problem, a numerical model is presented for the
    simulation of the how held around a fixed vertical truncated circular
    cylinder subjected to waves and viscous currents based on the
    depth-averaged Reynolds equations and depth-averaged k-epsilon
    turbulence model. Finite difference method with a suitable iteration
    defect correct method and an artificial open boundary condition are
    adopted in the numerical process. Numerical results presented relate to
    the interactions of a pure incident viscous current with Reynolds
    number Re = 10(5), a pure incident regular sinusoidal wave, and the
    coexisting of viscous current and wave with a circular cylinder,
    respectively. Flow fields associated with the hydrodynamic coefficients
    of the fixed cylinder, as well as corresponding free surface profiles
    and wave amplitudes, are discussed. The present method is found to be
    relatively straightforward, computationally effective and numerically
    stable for treating the problem of interactions among waves, viscous
    currents and bodies.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV, DEPT NAVAL ARCHITECTURE & OCEAN ENGN, SHANGHAI 200030, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wan, DC, SHANGHAI UNIV, SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH, SHANGHAI
    200072, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORTHWICK AGL, 1993, INT J NUMER METH FL, V17, P417
    CHENG J, 1992, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAO, P1
    FISCHER HB, 1973, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V5, P59
    GIVOLI D, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V94, P1
    HINZE JO, 1975, TURBULENCE, P78
    KAWAMURA T, 1984, 840340 AIAA, P1
    LAUFER J, 1951, 1053 NACA, P312
    LAUNDER BE, 1974, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V3, P269
    MCGUIRK JJ, 1978, J FLUID MECH, V86, P761
    MEI CC, 1978, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V10, P393
    RASTOGI AK, 1978, J HYDRAULICS DIVISIO, V104, P397
    SARPKAYA T, 1981, MECH WAVE FORCES OFF, P54
    SPALDING DB, 1975, HTS754 IMP COLL DEPT, P890
    STETTER HJ, 1978, NUMER MATH, V29, P234
    THOMPSON JF, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P1505
    WAN DC, 1993, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V27, P9
    WAN DC, 1994, INT S WAVES PHYSICAL, V2, P951
    WAN DC, 1995, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V7, P105
    WAN DC, 1995, P 5 INT OFFSH POL EN, V3, P182
    YOON SB, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V205, P397
    ZHAO R, 1988, 5 C BEH OFFSH STRUCT, P623
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 307
 EP 322
 PG 16
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA VZ544
 UT ISI:A1996VZ54400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Qi, DY
 TI A reagentless biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide based on
    new methylene blue N dispersed in Nafion(R) gel as the electron shuttle
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; horseradish peroxidase; Nafion(R); new methylene blue N;
    hydrogen peroxide
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SILK FIBROIN MEMBRANE; HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE;
    ENZYME ELECTRODES; CARBON; GRAPHITE; SENSOR; OXIDATION
 AB A reagentless biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was
    constructed by immobilizing horseradish peroxidase on Nafion(R)-new
    methylene blue N modified electrode. Cyclic voltammetry and
    chronamperometry were for the first time employed to demonstrate the
    feasibility of electron transfer between immobilized horseradish
    peroxidase and a glassy carbon electrode via new methylene blue N
    incorporated in Nafion(R) gel. Performance and characteristics of the
    sensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection limit,
    selectivity, and dependence on applied potential, thickness of
    Nafion(R) membrane, ionic strength, temperature and pH as well as
    operating and storage stability. High sensitivity of the sensor with a
    detection limit of 0.5 mu M was due to high efficiency of the electron
    communication between immobilized horseradish peroxidase and the
    electrode via new methylene blue N.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CLARK LC, 1979, METHOD ENZYMOL, V56, P448
    COOPER JM, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V312, P155
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P2090
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU H, IN PRESS J ANAL CHEM
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU HY, 1996, TALANTA, V43, P111
    LIU YC, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCHUBERT F, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V245, P133
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WANG J, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1285
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YANG L, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1325
    ZHANG ZE, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P1632
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 34
 TC 11
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD NOV 7
 PY 1996
 VL 417
 IS 1-2
 BP 59
 EP 64
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA VZ349
 UT ISI:A1996VZ34900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, M
    Xu, WP
    Zheng, LR
    Lin, CL
    Cao, ZC
 TI Multiple conduction behavior of BaRuO3 thin film prepared by pulsed
    laser ablation deposition
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE ruthenium; oxides; laser ablation; conductivity
 AB In this paper, thin films of BaRuO3 prepared on a Si substrate by the
    pulsed laser ablation deposition method under oxygen ambient have been
    studied by means of X-ray diffraction, emission spectroscopy,
    Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy, RT Hall measurement and
    resistivity measurement. It is interesting to find that BaRuO3 thin
    films, having a different thermal history examined in the same
    temperature range, show different conduction types including
    metallicity, semiconduction and semiconductor-metal transition. The
    explanation about the findings are given using a suggested modified
    energy band diagram. It is believed that the versatile electrical
    behavior is helpful for the use in electrical contact materials.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB MAT INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Gu, M, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING
    CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COX PA, 1992, TRANSITION METAL OXI, P237
    DONOHUE PC, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P306
    EOM CB, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2570
    NEWNHAM RE, 1975, STRUCTURE PROPERTY R
    RICE CE, 1977, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V33, P1342
    TAKIKAVA O, 1986, IEEE P EL COMP C IEE, P214
    VANLOAN PR, 1972, CERAM B, V51, P231
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1996
 VL 288
 IS 1-2
 BP 95
 EP 98
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA VZ205
 UT ISI:A1996VZ20500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Luo, WY
    Wang, CS
    Wang, WM
 TI Modelling of the angular distribution of sputtered particles from
    roughened elemental and alloy targets
 SO VACUUM
 DT Article
 ID SCANNING TUNNELING MICROSCOPY; MULTICOMPONENT MATERIALS; GRAPHITE
    SURFACE; ION-BOMBARDMENT; IMPACTS
 AB A solid surface subjected to energetic ion bombardment generally
    develops characteristic structures, which may change the total and
    partial sputtering yields significantly. The change is caused by
    several competing effects, for instance, change of the effective
    projectile incidence angle, recapture of obliquely ejected particles
    (shadowing effect), and element local-enrichment in different
    micro-regions on the alloy surface. In this article, we have developed
    a new theoretical method to take account of all the above effects. This
    method and its application to the analysis of experimental results for
    elemental (Cd) and alloy system (Al-x-Sn-100-x) targets is described in
    detail. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZX, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,POB 800204,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V6, P459
    ANDERSEN HH, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V33, P466
    BETZ G, 1983, TOP APPL PHYS, V52, P11
    CARTER G, 1983, TOPICS APPL PHYSICS, V52
    DEVILLENEUVE CH, 1990, VACUUM, V41, P1686
    DODONOV AI, 1988, RADIAT EFF, V107, P15
    EMMOTH B, 1980, S SPUTT PERCHT VIENN
    FETZ H, 1942, Z PHYS, V119, P590
    HUCKS P, 1978, J NUCL MATER, V76, P736
    JISHENG P, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V67, P514
    KELLY R, 1984, ION BOMBARDMENT MODI, V1
    LINDHARD J, 1963, KGL DANSKE VIDENSKAB, V33, P10
    LITTMARK U, 1978, J MATER SCI, V13, P2577
    OECHSNER H, 1975, APPL PHYS, V8, P185
    PORTE L, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V44, P116
    SIGMUND P, 1969, PHYS REV, V184, P383
    SIGMUND P, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P541
    SIGMUND P, 1982, TOP APPL PHYS, V47, P9
    VOSSEN JL, 1974, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V11, P875
    WILSON IH, 1989, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V7, P2840
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V177, P275
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0042-207X
 J9 VACUUM
 JI Vacuum
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 47
 IS 12
 BP 1465
 EP 1472
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA VY916
 UT ISI:A1996VY91600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Pauli criterion and the vector Aharonov-Bohm effect
 SO ANNALS OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETIC-FLUX QUANTIZATION; ELECTROMAGNETIC POTENTIALS;
    QUANTUM-MECHANICS; ANGULAR-MOMENTUM
 AB After discussing the commutation relations of the kinetic angular
    momentum of the electron in the vector Aharonov-Bohm effect, the author
    shows that the Pauli criterion for admissibility of the wave function
    is inapplicable. The point is that the kinetic angular momentum does
    not satisfy the fundamental commutation relations of the angular
    momentum. The inapplicability of the Pauli criterion reflects the
    breakdown of the symmetry of the electron's motion around the solenoid.
    (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CABRERA B, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2040
    DIRAC PAM, 1958, PRINCIPLES QUANTUM M, P140
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1981, J MATH PHYS, V22, P116
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KAWAMOTO H, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P9
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P836
    MAGNI C, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P177
    PAULI W, 1939, HELV PHYS ACTA, V12, P147
    PAULI W, 1980, GEN PRINCIPLES QUANT, P47
    PESHKIN M, 1981, PHYS REP, V80, P375
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    RUBIO H, 1991, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V106, P407
    SPAVIERI G, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V109, P675
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0003-4916
 J9 ANN PHYS N Y
 JI Ann. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1996
 VL 252
 IS 2
 BP 329
 EP 335
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VY568
 UT ISI:A1996VY56800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Bai, ZZ
 TI Parallel multilevel iterative methods
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID PRECONDITIONING METHODS
 AB For large-scale system of linear equations with symmetric positive
    definite block coefficient matrix resulting from the discretization of
    a self-adjoint elliptic boundary-value problem, by making use of
    blocked multilevel iteration we construct preconditioning matrices for
    the coefficient matrix and set up a class of parallel multilevel
    iterative methods for solving such system. Theoretical analysis shows
    that besides lending themselves to strongly parallel computation these
    new methods have convergence rates independent of both the sizes and
    the level numbers of the grids, and their computational work loads are
    also bounded by linear functions about the step sizes of the finest
    grids. (C) Elsevier Science Inc., 1997
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, DR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, FINITE ELEMENT SOLUT
    AXELSSON O, 1989, BIT, V29, P769
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BANK RE, 1988, NUMER MATH, V52, P427
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    HACKBUSCH W, 1985, MULTIGRID METHODS
    YSERENTANT H, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P379
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 250
 BP 317
 EP 347
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VX450
 UT ISI:A1997VX45000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, ZN
    Zhang, XL
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI A phenazine methosulphate-mediated sensor sensitive to lactate based on
    entrapment of lactate oxidase and horseradish peroxidase in composite
    membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin
 SO ELECTROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE sensor; phenazine methosulphate; L-lactate; lactate oxidase;
    horseradish peroxidase; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin
 ID CARBON-PASTE ELECTRODES; LACTIC-ACID; SYSTEMS
 AB An amperometric phenazine methosulphate-mediated sensor sensitive to
    lactate was fabricated, which was based on immobilization of lactate
    oxidase and horseradish peroxidase in a novel composite membrane of
    poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin. The water
    absorbability and mechanical properties of the composite membrane were
    investigated. Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was employed in the
    catalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide, formed by the lactate oxidase
    reaction, to amplify the amperometric response of the lactate sensor.
    In this bienzyme configuration, phenazine methosulphate was used as an
    electron transfer mediator between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon
    electrode. Effects of pH, temperature, applied potential and
    concentration of phenazine methosulphate on the steady-state
    bioelectrocatalytic oxidation of lactate at the sensor were evaluated.
    Dependence of Michaelis-Menten constant K-m(app) on the concentration
    of phenazine methosulphate and applied potential was also investigated.
    The response of the sensor to lactate reached 95% steady-state current
    within 20 s. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU PROVINCE,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR *SIGM CHEM CO, 1991, CAT, P771
    DURLIAT H, 1979, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V106, P131
    HU YB, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V281, P503
    HUCK H, 1984, ANALYST, V109, P147
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KATAKIS I, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1008
    KULYS J, 1992, ANAL LETT, V25, P1011
    LIU HY, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P1845
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAKOVOS EB, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P167
    MASCINI M, 1984, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V157, P45
    MITZUTANI F, 1984, CHEM LETT, V2, P199
    MITZUTANI F, 1985, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V177, P153
    NEWMAN JD, 1992, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V262, P13
    SCHUBERT F, 1985, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V169, P391
    SPRULES SD, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P17
    WANG DL, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P1069
    WANG J, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P41
    YAO T, 1979, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V110, P203
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0013-4686
 J9 ELECTROCHIM ACTA
 JI Electrochim. Acta
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 355
 PG 7
 SC Electrochemistry
 GA VW704
 UT ISI:A1997VW70400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
    Hou, JY
 TI Chebyshev pseudospectral-hybrid finite element method for
    two-dimensional vorticity equation
 SO RAIRO-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE two-dimensional vorticity equation; Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite
    element approximation
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; SPECTRAL APPROXIMATIONS
 AB Chebyshev pseudospectral-hybrid finite element schemes are proposed for
    two-dimensional vorticity equation. Some approximation results in
    non-isotropic Sobolev spaces are presented. The generalized stability
    and the convergence are proved. The hybrid finite element approximation
    provides the optimal convergence rate. The numerical results show the
    advantages of the approach. The technique in this paper is also
    applicable to other nonlinear problems in computational fluid dynamics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BY, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P769
    CANUTO C, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P205
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GUO BY, UNPUB CHEBYSHEV SPEC
    GUO BY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1987, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V7, P47
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENTS MATH
    RAVIART PA, 1979, COURS ECOLE ETE ANAL
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 30
 IS 7
 BP 873
 EP 905
 PG 33
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VX586
 UT ISI:A1996VX58600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sakatsume, O
    Tsutsui, H
    Wang, YF
    Gao, H
    Tang, XR
    Yamauchi, T
    Murata, T
    Itakura, K
    Yokoyama, KK
 TI Binding of THZif-1, a MAZ-like zinc finger protein to the
    nuclease-hypersensitive element in the promoter region of the c-MYC
    protooncogene
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID TRIPLE-HELIX FORMATION; IN-VITRO; EMBRYONIC LETHALITY;
    BURKITT-LYMPHOMA; TRANSCRIPTIONAL INITIATION; FORMING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES;
    TARGETED DISRUPTION; MODULATE EXPRESSION; REGULATORY ELEMENTS;
    CHROMATIN STRUCTURE
 AB A detailed analysis is reported of the binding of the zinc finger
    protein THZif-1 to the nuclease hypersensitive element (NHE) in the
    promoter region of the c-MYC gene using the electrophoretic mobility
    shift assay and a series of mutants of a fusion protein composed of
    glutathione S-transferase and THZif-1. The THZif-1 protein bound
    specifically to the single-stranded (ss) pyrimidine-rich DNA of the NHE
    (ss c-myc NHE-C) with an apparent dissociation constant (K-d(app)) of
    0.077 mu M. By contrast, no binding to the single-stranded purine rich
    DNA of the NHE (ss c-myc NHE-me(5)C) was detected. Moreover, the
    binding affinity of THZif-1 protein was S-fold higher for the
    single-stranded 5-methyl-2'-deoxycytidine derivative of NHE (ss c-myc
    NHE-me(5)C) than for the unmethylated NHE, in the case of the binding
    of THZif-1 to methylated double-stranded (ds) NHE (ds c-myc
    NHE-me(5)CG), no significant binding to the DNA was observed. The
    decrease in binding: to DNA of THZif-1 was significant in the case of
    mutated ds c-myc NHE, in which more than two sites of deoxycytidine
    residues were methylated, However, the binding affinity of THZif-1
    protein for methylated and for unmethylated triple-helical DNA of the
    NHE was almost identical, Moreover, the domain of the THZif-1 protein
    that made the major contribution to binding to ss c-myc NHE-C or ss
    c-myc NHE-me(5)C corresponded to the amino-terminal second zinc finger
    motif. Taken together, the results indicate that the THZif-1 protein
    exhibits preferential DNA-binding activity with ss c-myc NHE-C, ds
    c-myc NHE-CG, and ts c-myc NHE but not with ss c-myc NHE-G and ds c-myc
    NRE-me(5)CG in vitro.
 C1 INST PHYS & CHEM RES,TSUKUBA LIFE SCI CTR,TSUKUBA,IBARAKI 305,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    W CHINA UNIV MED SCI,DEPT MED GENET,SHENYANG,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CITY HOPE NATL MED CTR,BECKMAN RES INST,DEPT MOL GENET,DUARTE,CA 91010.
 CR ARCINAS M, 1994, ONCOGENE, V9, P2699
    ASSELIN C, 1989, ONCOGENE, V4, P549
    BATTEY J, 1983, CELL, V34, P779
    BEAL PA, 1991, SCIENCE, V251, P1360
    BENTLEY DL, 1986, MOL CELL BIOL, V6, P3481
    BENTLEY DL, 1986, NATURE, V321, P702
    BLACKWOOD EM, 1992, CURR OPIN GENE DEV, V2, P227
    BOLES TC, 1987, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V26, P367
    BOSSONE SA, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P7452
    CHARRON J, 1992, GENE DEV, V6, P2248
    CHRISTMAN JK, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7347
    CHUNG J, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P7918
    COLE MD, 1986, ANNU REV GENET, V20, P361
    CONREY AJ, 1988, CELL, V55, P887
    COONEY M, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P456
    DAVIS AC, 1993, GENE DEV, V7, P671
    DAVIS TL, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P9682
    DESJARDINS E, 1993, MOL CELL BIOL, V13, P5710
    DURLAND RH, 1991, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V30, P9246
    DYSON PJ, 1985, EMBO J, V4, P2885
    EBBINGHAUS SW, 1993, J CLIN INVEST, V92, P2433
    EHRLICH M, 1981, SCIENCE, V212, P1350
    EICK D, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P1965
    EVAN GI, 1992, CELL, V69, P119
    FANG GW, 1993, CELL, V74, P875
    FILIPPOVA GN, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2802
    FIRULLI AB, 1994, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V310, P236
    GLASER RL, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V211, P751
    GORMAN CM, 1982, MOL CELL BIOL, V2, P1044
    GRIGORIEV M, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P3389
    HALL DJ, 1990, ONCOGENE, V5, P47
    HAY N, 1987, GENE DEV, V1, P659
    HELM CW, 1993, GYNECOL ONCOL, V49, P339
    KAWASAKI H, 1996, ARTIF ORGANS, V20, P836
    KENNEDY GC, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P11498
    KIMURA A, 1986, CELL, V44, P261
    KINNIBURGH AJ, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P771
    KITABAYASHI I, 1992, EMBO J, V11, P167
    KITABAYASHI I, 1995, EMBO J, V14, P3496
    KLENOVA EM, 1993, MOL CELL BIOL, V13, P7612
    KOHWI Y, 1988, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V85, P3781
    KOLLURI R, 1992, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V20, P111
    LI E, 1992, CELL, V69, P915
    LIPP M, 1987, MOL CELL BIOL, V7, P1393
    LUCKOW B, 1987, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V15, P5490
    MAHER LJ, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P725
    MARCU KB, 1992, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V61, P809
    MAYFIELD C, 1994, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V33, P3358
    MAYFIELD C, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P18232
    MICHELOTTI EF, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P9494
    MICHELOTTI EF, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2350
    MICHELOTTI GA, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2656
    MOBERG KH, 1992, ONCOGENE, V7, P411
    MOSER HE, 1987, SCIENCE, V238, P645
    ORSON FM, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P3435
    POSTEL EH, 1989, MOL CELL BIOL, V9, P5123
    POSTEL EH, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P8227
    POSTEL EH, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P478
    POVSIC TJ, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P3059
    PYRC JJ, 1992, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V31, P4102
    RAJAGOPAL P, 1989, NATURE, V339, P637
    SAWAI S, 1993, DEVELOPMENT, V117, P1445
    SCHMID P, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P226
    SIEBENLIST U, 1984, CELL, V37, P381
    SIEBENLIST U, 1988, MOL CELL BIOL, V8, P867
    SPENCER CA, 1991, ADV CANCER RES, V56, P1
    STANTON BR, 1992, GENE DEV, V6, P2235
    TAKIMOTO M, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P18249
    TOMONAGA T, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P4875
    TOMONAGA T, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P5830
    TOTH M, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V214, P673
    WELLS RD, 1988, FASEB J, V2, P2939
    XODO LE, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P5625
    YOKOYAMA K, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P7363
    YOKOYAMA K, 1990, PROSPECT ANTISENSE N, P35
    YOKOYAMA K, 1991, ANTISENSE RNA DNA, P335
 NR 76
 TC 17
 SN 0021-9258
 J9 J BIOL CHEM
 JI J. Biol. Chem.
 PD DEC 6
 PY 1996
 VL 271
 IS 49
 BP 31322
 EP 31333
 PG 12
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA VW686
 UT ISI:A1996VW68600050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI A preconditioner for the h-p version of the finite element method in
    two dimensions
 SO NUMERISCHE MATHEMATIK
 DT Article
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; DECOMPOSITION
 AB A preconditioner, based on a two-level mesh and a two-level
    orthogonalization, is proposed for the h-p version of the finite
    element method for two dimensional elliptic problems in polygonal
    domains. Its implementation is in parallel on the subdomain level for
    the linear or bilinear (nodal) modes, and in parallel on the element
    level for the high order (side and internal) modes. The condition
    number of the preconditioned linear system is of order
    [GRAPHICS]
    where H-i is the diameter of the i-th subdomain, h(i) and p(i) are the
    diameter of elements and the maximum polynomial degree used in the
    subdomain. This result reduces to well-known results for the h-version
    (i.e. p(i) = 1) and the p-version (i.e. h(i) = H-i) as the special
    cases of the h-p version.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BQ, UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1993, MATH COMPUT SCI TECH, V16
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V27, P157
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V56, P463
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    GRISVARD P, 1985, ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS NO
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 19
 TC 15
 SN 0029-599X
 J9 NUMER MATH
 JI Numer. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 75
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 77
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VW511
 UT ISI:A1996VW51100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, GP
    Wu, WB
    Kita, T
    Nakayama, H
    Nishino, T
    Ma, W
    Okamoto, H
    Okuyama, M
    Hamakawa, Y
 TI Hydrogenated amorphous silicon crystalline silicon double
    heterojunction X-ray sensor
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE amorphous silicon (a-Si); X-ray; sensor; heterojunction
 AB With full utilization of the low-temperature process of hydrogenated
    amorphous silicon (a-Si) thin-him deposition and long carrier lifetime
    of high-purity crystalline silicon (c-Si), we have developed a new type
    of a-Si/c-Si double heterojunction X-ray sensor. The sensor has the
    structure of Au/p a-SiC/n NTD c-Si/n a-SilAl. High-purity NTD (neutron
    transmutation doping) crystalline silicon wafers were used as
    substrates. The high-purity NTD crystalline silicon has a long carrier
    lifetime (about 400 mu s), and the low deposition temperature of a-Si
    has no adverse effects on the carrier lifetime. Therefore, high
    photogenerated carrier collection efficiency and high sensitivity can
    be obtained. The characteristics of this kind of X-ray sensor have been
    examined. The linearity of the relationship between output current and
    X-ray intensity was good, and the sensitivity was high.
 C1 KOBE UNIV,INST NAT SCI,NADA KU,KOBE 657,JAPAN.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,TOYONAKA,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP Wei, GP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HALLER EE, 1981, HDB SEMICONDUCTORS, V4, P799
    JACOB G, 1972, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V101, P51
    KIM C, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V193, P69
    SAKAI E, 1973, OYO BUTURI, V42, P97
    SHIRAISHI F, 1982, OYO BUTURI, V51, P299
    WEI GP, IN PRESS
    WEI GP, 1985, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V24, P1105
    WEI GP, 1986, OYO BUTURI, V55, P824
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 35
 IS 10
 BP 5342
 EP 5345
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA VU822
 UT ISI:A1996VU82200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, TK
    Yu, LM
    Zhang, YB
    Itoh, M
    Yu, JD
    Inaguma, Y
    Nakamura, T
 TI Hall coefficient and resistivity measurements for oxygen-annealed
    Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+y single crystals under pressure
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE electrical resistivity; Hall effect; high pressure effect
 ID SUPERCONDUCTING TRANSITION-TEMPERATURE; HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    HYDROSTATIC-PRESSURE; EPITAXIAL INTERCALATION; IODINE INTERCALATION;
    CHARGE-TRANSFER; DEPENDENCE; BI2SR2CACU2O8+DELTA; OXIDE; BI
 AB Hall coefficients and resistivities have been measured on
    oxygen-annealed Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+y single crystals under hydrostatic
    pressure up to 1.6 GPa and the results are compared with those on
    as-grown and iodine-intercalated ones. Under pressure, the Hall
    coefficient of the oxygen-annealed crystal decreases and the pressure
    derivative of the Hall coefficient is - 0.12 x 10(-3)
    cm(3)C(-1)GPa(-1). The variation of T-c, contrary to the
    iodine-intercalated crystal, shows a linear increase at the rate of
    dT(c)/dP = 2.3 K GPa(-1), whereas the Hall coefficient at ambient
    pressure is 2.15 x 10(-3) cm(3)C(-1), very close to the value of the
    iodine-intercalated one. The positive behavior of dT(c)/dP is an
    indication that the hole concentration in the CuO2 layers is located at
    the underdoped region and holes derived from extra oxygen are probable
    in other layers, e.g., Bi2O2 layers. The resistivities along the c-axis
    direction are semiconductor-like, indicating the holes from extra
    oxygen are two-dimensional.
 C1 TOKYO INST TECHNOL,ENGN MAT RES LAB,MIDORI KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 227,JAPAN.
    UTSUNOMIYA UNIV,FAC ENGN,DEPT APPL CHEM,UTSUNOMIYA,TOCHIGI 321,JAPAN.
 RP Huang, TK, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLGEIER C, 1989, PHYSICA C, V162, P741
    ALLGEIER C, 1990, PHYSICA C, V168, P499
    BERKLEY DD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5524
    ERSKINE D, 1987, J MATER RES, V2, P783
    FUJIWARA A, 1992, PHYSICA C, V203, P411
    GROEN WA, 1989, PHYSICA C, V159, P417
    HUANG T, 1993, ADV SUPERCONDUCTIVIT, V6, P359
    HUANG T, 1993, REP RES LAB ENG MAT, V18, P83
    HUANG TK, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7712
    HUANG TK, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9885
    HYBERTSEN MS, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1661
    KATO M, 1994, PHYSICA C, V226, P243
    KENDZIORA C, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P3531
    KLOTZ S, 1991, PHYSICA C, V172, P423
    KLOTZ S, 1993, PHYSICA C, V209, P499
    KOSUGE M, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10713
    KUBIAK R, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P532
    LI TW, 1994, PHYSICA C, V224, P110
    MA J, 1994, PHYSICA C, V227, P371
    MORI N, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P3839
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C, V183, P277
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P8385
    PRESLAND MR, 1991, PHYSICA C, V176, P95
    SCHILLING JS, 1992, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, V3, P59
    SCHOLTZ JJ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3077
    SIEBURGER R, 1991, PHYSICA C, V181, P335
    THOMPSON JD, 1984, REV SCI INSTRUM, V55, P231
    VANEENIGE EN, 1992, EUROPHYS LETT, V20, P41
    WHEATLEY JM, 1988, NATURE, V333, P121
    WIJNGAARDEN RJ, 1991, FRONTIERS HIGH PRESS, P339
    XIANG XD, 1990, NATURE, V348, P145
    XIANG XD, 1991, PHYS REV B B, V43, P11496
    XIANG XD, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P530
    YAMAMOTO A, 1990, PHYS REV B A, V42, P4228
 NR 34
 TC 8
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD NOV 1
 PY 1996
 VL 271
 IS 1-2
 BP 103
 EP 110
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA VU642
 UT ISI:A1996VU64200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Li, QN
 TI On the general and resonant solutions of atoms reflected by an
    evanescent laser wave
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Usually the reflection of two level atoms by a detuning evanescent
    laser wave was studied in past few years.(1-3) In previous paper we
    have presented an exact solution for this model based on the matrix
    Laplace transformation technique, and proceeded the numerical
    calculations for a given set of parameters.(4) However in the special
    case of resonance interaction considered in this paper, the solution
    for Schrodinger wave equation and reflectivity calculation can be
    greatly simplified; besides, the resonant solution provides a check to
    the numerical data based on the general solution of the previous paper.
 RP Tan, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BALYKIN VI, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2137
    COOK RJ, 1982, OPT COMMUN, V43, P250
    DEUTSCHMANN R, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P2169
    TAN WH, 1995, ACTA SINICA QUANTUM, V1, P55
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 587
 EP 589
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VT945
 UT ISI:A1996VT94500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Lie algebraic structures of (1+1)-dimensional Lax integrable systems
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB An approach of constructing isospectral flows K-l, nonisospectral flows
    sigma(k) and their implicit representations of a general Lax integrable
    system is proposed. By introducing product function matrices, it is
    shown that the two sets of flows and of related symmetries both
    constitute infinite-dimensional Lie algebras with respect to the
    commutator [.,.] given in this paper. Algebraic properties for some
    well-known integrable systems such as the AKNS system, the generalized
    Harry Dym system, and the n-wave interaction system are obtained as
    particular examples. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 RP Chen, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANTONOWICZ M, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V124, P456
    BOWMAN S, 1987, MATH PROC CAMBRIDGE, V102, P173
    CHEN DG, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P377
    CHEN DY, 1993, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P324
    CHEN DY, 1994, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V17, P300
    CHENG Y, 1990, CHINESE SCI BULL, V35, P1631
    FOKAS AS, 1982, J MATH PHYS, V23, P1066
    LI YS, 1991, CHINESE SCI BULL, V36, P496
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 11
 BP 5524
 EP 5538
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA VQ507
 UT ISI:A1996VQ50700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, HT
    Ding, ZL
    Ma, Z
 TI Preparation, characterization, and properties of EVA preirradiation
    grafted NIPAAm
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID GELS; POLYMER; HYDROGEL; MEMBRANE; COLLAPSE; RELEASE
 AB An ethyl-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) preirradiation-grafted with
    N-isopropylacrylamide (NIPAAm) was prepared. Various methods which can
    be used to control the grafting reaction are described. DSC and TMA
    were employed to characterize the surface thermosensitivity of the
    graft copolymer. It is indicated that the surface of EVA grafted with
    NIPAAm shows thermosensitivity similar to a partially crosslinked
    poly-NIPAAm (PNIPAAm) gel. The response to the change of temperature
    through the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the graft was
    swifter than that of the PNIPAAm gel. SEM revealed a micropore
    structure in the surface layer of the sample. DSC was also used to
    analyze the water state in the surface layer of the sample. (C) 1996
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 UNIV WASHINGTON,CTR BIOENGN,SEATTLE,WA 98195.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,INST CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Pu, HT, TONGJI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200092,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALHAIQUE F, 1981, J PHARM, V33, P413
    BEA YH, 1987, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V8, P481
    CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, CH12
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    DONG LC, 1991, J CONTROL RELEASE, V15, P141
    DUSEK K, 1968, J POLYM SCI       A2, V6, P1209
    EISENBERG SR, 1984, J MEMBRANE SCI, V19, P173
    FRELTAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    HIROTSU S, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P1508
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVASK M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P26
    ISHIHARA K, 1984, J APPL POLYM SCI, V29, P211
    KUNGWATCHAKUN D, 1988, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V9, P243
    MATSUO ES, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V89, P1696
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    TANAKA T, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1637
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    ULBRICH K, 1979, J POLYM SCI POLYM S, V66, P209
    YOSHIDA M, 1989, EUR POLYM J, V25, P1197
 NR 22
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1996
 VL 62
 IS 10
 BP 1529
 EP 1535
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA VQ475
 UT ISI:A1996VQ47500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YX
    Liu, HY
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Qian, JH
    Liu, SH
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Methylene green-mediated sensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide
    based on entrapment of horseradish peroxidase in composite membrane of
    regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol)
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE sensor; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; methylene green;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; ELECTRODE; CARBON; SYSTEM; ASSAY
 AB A novel composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk
    fibroin was employed to immobilize horseradish peroxidase (HRP) and IR
    was used to give a useful insight into the structure of the composite
    membrane before and after ethanol treatment. A methylene green-mediated
    sensor sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was fabricated, based on the
    composite membrane as immobilization matrix for HRP. Cyclic voltammetry
    and amperometric measurement were for the first time utilized to
    demonstrate the suitability of methylene green as an electron transfer
    mediator between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode in
    bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide. Performance and
    characteristics of the sensor were evaluated in respect to response
    time, detection limit, applied potential and concentration of the
    mediator. The sensor possesses a variety of characteristics including
    good sensitivity, rapid response time and low detection of limit of 0.1
    mu mol/L.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI & CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DUNFORD HB, 1991, PEROXIDASES CHEM BIO, V2, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MINOURA N, 1990, POLYMER, V31, P430
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    OLSSON B, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V206, P49
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V242, P85
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 359
 EP 366
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VQ561
 UT ISI:A1996VQ56100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The Psi' in the relativistic heavy ion collision
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK C-PARTICLES AND FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HADRONIC TRANSITIONS; TEMPERATURE; STATES; SYSTEM; DECAY; MASS
 AB We have investigated the temperature influence on the hadronic decay
    width Psi'. Contrary to the divergence of the decay width of rho-meson,
    pi-meson at critical temperature as suggested in some papers, we find
    that the decay width of Psi' decreases with increasing temperature.
    Thus the leptonic decay can be used to measure the number of produced
    Psi' at finite temperature just as at zero temperature.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BHANOT G, 1979, NUCL PHYS B, V156, P391
    BI P, 1988, J PHYS G, V15, P1653
    BI PZ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V262, P485
    BI PZ, 1992, MOD PHYS LETT A, V7, P3161
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V54, P453
    CRAIGIE NS, 1978, PHYS REP, V49, P1
    DOMINGUEZ CA, 1993, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V59, P63
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3331
    HIOKI S, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V261, P5
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P262
    KUANG YP, 1981, PHYS REV D, V24, P2874
    LIU DS, 1987, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V37, P119
    MATSUI T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V178, P416
    VARELA J, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V525, P275
    VOLOSHIN M, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P688
    YAN TM, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P1652
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0170-9739
 J9 Z PHYS C-PAR FIELD
 JI Z. Phys. C-Part. Fields
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 72
 IS 3
 BP 497
 EP 499
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA VQ431
 UT ISI:A1996VQ43100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI A class of parallel nonlinear multisplitting relaxation methods for the
    large sparse nonlinear complementarity problems
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear complementarity problem; nonlinear multisplitting; relaxation
    method; local convergence; parallel computation
 ID NEWTON METHODS; EQUATIONS
 AB By making use of the nonlinear multisplitting and the nonlinear
    relaxation techniques, we present, in this paper, a class of parallel
    nonlinear multisplitting successive overrelaxation methods for solving
    the large sparse nonlinear complementarity problems on the modern
    high-speed multiprocessors. These new methods particularly include the
    so-called nonlinear multisplitting SOR Newton method, the nonlinear
    multisplitting SOR-chord method, and the nonlinear multisplitting
    SOR-Steffensen method. Under suitable conditions, we establish the
    local convergence theories of the new methods, and investigate their
    asymptotic convergence rates. A lot of numerical results show that our
    new methods are feasible and efficient for parallel solving the
    nonlinear complementarity problems.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,STATE KEY LAB SCI ENGN COMP,INST COMPUTAT
    MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB 2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V34, P683
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P17
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V32, P41
    BAI ZZ, 1996, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V35
    DELEONE R, 1988, MATH PROGRAM, V42, P347
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P339
    IP CM, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V56, P71
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P89
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    PANG JS, 1982, MATH PROGRAM, V24, P284
    PANG JS, 1988, MATH PROGRAM, V42, P407
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG DR, 1995, APPL MATH JCU B, V10, P251
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 8
 BP 79
 EP 95
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA VM923
 UT ISI:A1996VM92300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WH
    VanBrunt, V
    Xu, XW
    Hsu, HW
 TI Dynamic analysis of gas stripping during ethanol fermentation in CSTR
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE gas stripping; bifurcation; stability; product-substrate inhibition
 ID INHIBITION; REACTOR; BEHAVIOR
 AB The dynamic behavior of gas stripping during ethanol fermentation
    (GSEF) in a CSTR for a combined product-substrate inhibition case has
    been investigated in terms of bifurcation and regional stability
    theory. The region of optimal operating steady states and the effect of
    initial concentration on the attraction region have been established.
    The analytical results can be used to predict and promote the GSEF
    system moving towards an optimal operating steady state.
 C1 UNIV S CAROLINA,DEPT CHEM ENGN,COLUMBIA,SC 29208.
    UNIV TENNESSEE,DEPT CHEM ENGN,KNOXVILLE,TN 37996.
 RP Shen, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,COLL CHEM & CHEM ENGN,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGRAWAL P, 1982, CHEM ENG SCI, V37, P453
    CYSEWSKI GR, 1977, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V19, P1125
    DALE MC, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P932
    GHOSE TK, 1979, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V21, P1387
    HAZWINKEL M, 1985, BIFURCATION ANAL, P13
    HONDA H, 1986, J CHEM ENG JPN, V19, P268
    LENBURY Y, 1987, APPL MICROBIOL BIOT, V25, P532
    LIU HS, 1990, CHEM ENG SCI, V45, P1289
    LIU HS, 1991, CHEM ENG SCI, V46, P2551
    LUEDEKING R, 1959, J BIOCHEM MICROBIOL, V1, P393
    LUONG JHT, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P280
    MARGARITIS A, 1978, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V20, P727
    POORE BA, 1973, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V52, P358
    RION WL, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P889
    SEVELY Y, 1980, 5 IFAC TRIEN C KYOT
    THIBAULT J, 1987, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V29, P74
    UPPAL A, 1976, CHEM ENG SCI, V31, P205
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 4
 IS 3
 BP 236
 EP 245
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA VM719
 UT ISI:A1996VM71900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
    Liu, LM
 TI Availability analysis of a two-unit series system with a priority
    shut-off rule
 SO NAVAL RESEARCH LOGISTICS
 DT Article
 AB This study shows that the steady-state availability of a two-unit
    series system, which operates under a one-direction shut-off rule with
    a preemptive repair priority for unit 1, depends only on the
    first-order system parameters. First we obtain both transient and
    steady-state system availability and failure frequency when the
    lifetime of Unit 1 is Erlang and the other distributions are general.
    When the lifetime of Unit 1 is general, the system process has no
    regenerative point. Using supplementary variables, we establish a
    vector Markov process and hence transfer the problem to the solution of
    a system of integrodifferential equations. We can then obtain explicit
    formulas for the steady-state system availability and failure
    frequency, respectively. In concluding this article we make some
    conjectures on series systems and point out future research
    opportunities. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Shi, DH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1979, ASYMPTOTIC MEASURES
    BARLOW RE, 1981, STATISTICAL THEORY R
    BARLOW RE, 1985, THEORY RELIABILITY S, P67
    CAO J, 1987, RELIABILITY THEORY A, P1
    KHALIL ZS, 1985, IEEE T RELIAB, V34, P181
    KLEINROCK L, 1976, QUEUEING SYSTEMS
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA AUTOMATICA SINI, V1, P71
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P101
    SHI DH, 1993, ACTA MATH APPL SINTC, V1, P88
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0894-069X
 J9 NAV RES LOG
 JI Nav. Res. Logist.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 43
 IS 7
 BP 1009
 EP 1024
 PG 16
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA VK759
 UT ISI:A1996VK75900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI A note on the boundary condition in the Aharonov-Bohm scattering for
    alpha=integer
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 AB The boundary condition under which the Aharonov-Bohm scattering
    solution was obtained is examined. It is shown that when alpha =
    integer (where alpha = Phi/Phi(0) represents the magnetic flux in the
    long cylindrical solenoid, and Phi(0) = h/e), scattering does not
    happen only if the electron enters the region where the magnetic field
    exists. This result is not only in contrast with Aharonov and Bohm's
    result that there will be no scattering if the electron does not enter
    the field, but is also rather surprising, because it means that the
    electron passing through the magnetic field does not experience any
    effect.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CHAMBERS RG, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V5, P3
    PAGE L, 1930, PHYS REV, V36, P444
    TONOMURA A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P792
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 226
 IS 4
 BP 406
 EP 408
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VJ660
 UT ISI:A1996VJ66000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Jie, C
    Ding, ZL
    Ma, ZT
 TI Preparation of a new thermo-sensitive material by preirradiation
    grafting
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS
 AB In this paper, a new thermo-sensitive material that NIPAAm was grafted
    onto EVA by preirradiation grafting was obtained, and the effects of
    reaction condition on grafting reaction were discussed. The
    experimental results showed that the swelling of the grafted EVA was
    reversible and the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the
    surface was 32 degrees C. Compared with the poly-NIPAAm gel, the
    grafted EVA with high mechanical strength behaves with similar
    thermo-sensitivity and the more swift response to the change of
    temperature. When acrylic or acrylamide was added to NIPAAm, the LCST
    of the grafted surface shifts higher with the increase of the grafted
    component hydrophilicity. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 RP Wu, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAE YH, 1987, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V8, P481
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, AM CHEM SOC M NEW YO
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    MATSUO ES, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V89, P1695
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    ULBRICK K, 1979, J POLYM SCI PS, V66, P206
 NR 10
 TC 7
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 48
 IS 4
 BP 525
 EP 527
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA VJ820
 UT ISI:A1996VJ82000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, H
    Wang, Q
    Awai, I
 TI Resonant frequency shift in a MSSW-SER with excitation power
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic surface waves; magnetostatic wave devices
 AB Owing to the nonlinear effect of LPE-YIG film and the energy
    confinement effect in the resonator, the resonant frequency of a
    MSSW-SER shifts appreciably with exciting power increase. Using this
    principle, an experimental method is proposed to investigate the
    nonlinear MSSW dispersion without large excitation power. The MSSW
    nonlinear prpoagation theory is verified by experimental results.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH SCI,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yan, H, YAMAGUCHI UNIV,DEPT ELECT & ELECT ENGN,TOKIWADAI
    2557,UBE,YAMAGUCHI 755,JAPAN.
 CR BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CHANG KW, 1985, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V4, P201
 NR 2
 TC 2
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD SEP 12
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 19
 BP 1787
 EP 1789
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA VJ628
 UT ISI:A1996VJ62800032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kostreva, MM
    Zheng, Q
    Zhuang, DM
 TI Upper robust mappings and vector minimization: An integral approach
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE programming nonlinear; programming multiple criteria
 ID OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS
 AB A study of upper robust mapping from a topological space to R(n) and
    development of optimality conditions for vector minimization of upper
    robust mappings are presented in the framework of integral based
    optimization theory. Under some general assumptions, optimality
    conditions are established for several well developed scalarization
    techniques such as weighting, E-constraint and reference point. These
    optimality conditions are applied to design integral algorithms for
    finding the set of efficient solutions of a vector optimization
    problem. A numerical example is presented to illustrate the
    effectiveness of the algorithm.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX,NS B3M 2J6,CANADA.
 RP Kostreva, MM, CLEMSON UNIV,DEPT MATH SCI,CLEMSON,SC 29634.
 CR BORWEIN JM, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V338, P105
    CHANKONG V, 1983, MULTIOBJECTIVE DECIS
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    HAIMES YY, 1971, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V1, P296
    JAHN J, 1984, MATH PROGRAM, V29, P203
    JAHN J, 1986, MATH VECTOR OPTIMIZA
    JAHN J, 1988, OPERATIONS RES P 198, P576
    JAHN J, 1992, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V74, P87
    JAHN J, 1992, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V378
    KURATOWSKI K, 1966, TOPOLOGY, V1
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    SHI SZ, 1995, T AM MATH SOC, V347, P4943
    WIERZBICKI AP, 1982, MATH MODELLING, V3, P391
    WIERZBICKI AP, 1986, OR SPEKTRUM, V8, P73
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1992, THESIS CLEMSON U
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0377-2217
 J9 EUR J OPER RES
 JI Eur. J. Oper. Res.
 PD SEP 20
 PY 1996
 VL 93
 IS 3
 BP 565
 EP 581
 PG 17
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA VJ553
 UT ISI:A1996VJ55300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Guan, XD
    Wu, WH
    Liu, YF
    Zhang, KJ
    Wang, J
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis and characterisation of nanometre-sized CdS clusters in
    chitosan film
 SO ADVANCED MATERIALS FOR OPTICS AND ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE CdS; nanometer-sized clusters; chitosan; complexes
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT
 AB A novel process using chitosan containing ligand groups as a medium for
    forming CdS clusters in chitosan films by an ion co-ordinate method has
    been investigated. The CdS clusters in the chitosan have been
    identified by X-ray diffraction and by their infrared, ultraviolet and
    visible absorption spectra and shown to possess high stability with a
    specific structure. Notable quantum size effects have been shown
    through their absorption spectra. By changing the reaction conditions,
    the wavelength edge of the absorption can be blue-shifted from 470 to
    375 nm.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    DEAN JA, 1985, LANGES HDB CHEM, CH5
    KLUG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P635
    MAHLER W, 1988, INORG CHEM, V27, P435
    PILENI MP, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P345
    ROSSETTI R, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4464
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    TAYLOR A, 1961, XRAY METALLOGRAPHY
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P223
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6977
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1057-9257
 J9 ADV MATER OPT ELECTRON
 JI Adv. Mater. Opt. Electron.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 4
 BP 197
 EP 202
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Engineering,
    Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Optics
 GA VH708
 UT ISI:A1996VH70800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LM
    Shi, DH
 TI Busy period in GI(X)/G/infinity
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE busy period; busy cycle; idle period; vector Markov process method;
    renewal method
 ID QUEUE
 AB Busy period problems in infinite server queues are studied
    systematically, starting from the batch service time. General relations
    are given for the lengths of the busy cycle, busy period and idle
    period, and for the number of customers served in a busy period. These
    relations show that the idle period is the most difficult while the
    busy cycle is the simplest of the four random variables. Renewal
    arguments are used to derive explicit results for both general and
    special cases.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, LM, HONG KONG UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT IND ENGN,CLEAR WATER
    BAY,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BROWN M, 1969, J APPL PROBAB, V6, P604
    BROWNE S, 1993, J APPL PROBAB, V30, P589
    CHAUDHRY ML, 1992, QUEUEING SYST, V10, P105
    DVURECENSKIJ A, 1984, J APPL PROBAB, V21, P207
    HOLMAN DF, 1982, SANKHYA A, V44, P294
    KEILSON J, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P157
    LIU L, 1990, J APPL PROBAB, V27, P671
    LIU L, 1993, QUEUEING SYSTEMS, V14, P313
    SHANBHAG DN, 1966, J APPL PROBAB, V3, P274
    SHI DH, 1990, ANN OPERAT RES, V24, P185
    STADJE W, 1985, J APPL PROBAB, V22, P694
    TAKACS L, 1962, INTRO THEORY QUEUES
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 815
 EP 829
 PG 15
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA VH253
 UT ISI:A1996VH25300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JR
    Wang, YZ
 TI Velocity-selective population and quantum collapse-revival phenomena of
    the atomic motion for a motion-quantized Raman-coupled Jaynes-Cummings
    model
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Article
 ID NONDEMOLITION MEASUREMENTS; RABI OSCILLATIONS; PHOTON STATISTICS;
    SQUEEZED STATES; BEAM DEFLECTION; SUPER-RADIANCE; CAVITY FIELDS;
    2-LEVEL ATOM; MASER; DYNAMICS
 AB An extension of the standard Raman-coupled Jaynes-Cummings model has
    been made to include atomic external effects dire to quantization of
    atomic motion. The collapse-and-revival phenomena in population
    inversion and in atomic motion, the velocity-selective population and
    their relation for a motion-quantized atom are given on the basis of a
    fundamental constant characterizing the interaction strength between
    the field modes and the atomic internal and external states. This study
    reveals how the initial statistics of atomic momentum affect the atomic
    internal dynamics and how those of the fields affect the atomic
    external dynamics through the atomic internal states. An exact
    expression for the time evolution of the density operator has been
    given for two fields and the center-of-mass motion initially in
    coherent states and in an arbitrary superposition of atomic momentum
    eigenstates. The statistics of atomic external and internal quantities
    such as the radiation force and the atomic momentum are given.
 RP Liu, JR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGARWAL GS, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1732
    AGARWAL GS, 1985, J OPT SOC AM B, V2, P480
    AGARWAL GS, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3665
    ARVINDA PK, 1988, PHYSICA C, V150, P427
    BRUNE M, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1899
    BUZEK V, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P8190
    CARDIMONA DA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P3710
    CIRAC JI, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P556
    CUMMINGS FW, 1965, PHYS REV, V140, A1051
    EBERLY JH, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P1257
    EBERLY JH, 1980, J PHYS B ATOM MOL PH, V13, P217
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1383
    ENGLERT BG, 1991, EUROPHYS LETT, V14, P25
    FOX RF, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P482
    GENTILE TR, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5103
    GERRY CC, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P6805
    HAROCHE S, 1984, NEW TRENDS ATOMIC PH
    HAROCHE S, 1991, EUROPHYS LETT, V14, P19
    HERKOMMER AM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3298
    HOLLAND MJ, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1716
    ITANO WM, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P35
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KALUZNY Y, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P1175
    KLEPPNER D, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P233
    KNIGHT PL, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V90, P342
    KNIGHT PL, 1986, PHYS SCRI T, V12, P51
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P317
    LOWELL S, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P527
    MAHRAN MH, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5113
    MESCHEDE D, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P551
    MEYSTRE P, 1975, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V25, P21
    MEYSTRE P, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V89, P390
    MILBURN GJ, 1984, OPT ACTA, V31, P671
    MILONNI PW, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P966
    MOLER K, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P342
    NAROZHNY NB, 1981, PHYS REV A, V23, P236
    PURI RR, 1987, PHYS REV A, V35, P3433
    PURI RR, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5073
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1924
    REMPE G, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P550
    REMPE G, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P353
    RITI C, 1982, OPT COMMUN, V44, P105
    SANCHEZMONDRAGO.JJ, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P550
    SCHOENDORFF L, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P5147
    SHORE BW, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P1195
    SHORT R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P384
    SLEATOR T, 1993, PHYS REV A, V48, P3286
    STOREY P, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P472
    WALLS DF, 1970, Z PHYS, V237, P224
    YOO HI, 1981, J PHYS A, V14, P1383
    YOO HI, 1985, PHYS REP, V118, P239
    YURKE B, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P13
    YURKE B, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1703
 NR 54
 TC 5
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 54
 IS 3
 BP 2444
 EP 2450
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA VH090
 UT ISI:A1996VH09000086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Zhang, ZN
    Qi, DY
    Fan, YB
    Liu, YC
    Liu, SH
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Characterization of composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and
    regenerated silk fibroin for immobilization of horseradish peroxidase
    and an amperometric neckelocene-mediated sensor sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE sensor; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; nickelocene;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID DIRECT ELECTRON-TRANSFER; ENZYME ELECTRODES; POTENTIAL APPLICATION;
    ORGANIC PEROXIDES; ACTIVATED CARBON; BIOSENSORS; POLYMER; OXIDASE
 AB Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was effectively entrapped in a novel
    composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin.
    IR spectroscopy was employed to characterize the structure of the
    composite membrane and scanning electron microscopy was used to
    visualize the morphology of the composite membrane. HRP was utilized to
    amplify the amperometric response of the sensor by catalyzing reduction
    of hydrogen peroxide via nickelocene, an electron transfer mediator
    between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode. The influence of
    various experimental parameters such as pH, temperature and applied
    potential were explored for optimum analytical performance. The sensor
    possessed a variety of characteristics including good sensitivity,
    rapid response time and a low detection of limit of 0.1 mu mol dm(-3),
    which arose from the efficiency of electron transfer between
    immobilized HRP and the electrode via nickelocene.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ADEYOJU O, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V305, P57
    ASAKURA T, 1989, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V33, P598
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    DEMURA M, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P276
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    DORDICK JS, 1992, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V10, P287
    DUNFORD HB, 1991, PEROXIDASES CHEM BIO, V2, P1
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HO WO, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P683
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    OLIVER JM, 1984, METHOD ENZYMOL, V108, P336
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    RENZ M, 1984, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V12, P3435
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SMITH AT, 1992, BIOCHEM SOC T, V20, P340
    TAKAHASHI K, 1984, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V121, P261
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    TSUKADA M, 1994, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V32, P1407
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V254, P81
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YANG L, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1326
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0268-2575
 J9 J CHEM TECHNOL BIOTECHNOL
 JI J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 67
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 83
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Engineering, Chemical; Biotechnology &
    Applied Microbiology
 GA VF658
 UT ISI:A1996VF65800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, MY
    Zhang, HY
    Zhu, YL
    Jin, HM
    Jin, HJ
    Xu, GQ
 TI Study on the easy direction of magnetization of Sm0.88Dy0.12Fe2 alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE Sm0.88Dy0.12Fe2 alloy; easy direction of magnetization;
    magnetostriction; Mossbauer-effect
 AB By Mossbauer-effect, the changes of easy direction of magnetization for
    Sm0.88Dy0.12. Fe-2 alloy have been studied in this paper. It was found
    that as temperature increases, the easy direction of magnetization
    changes gradually from [110] to [111] axis in the temperature range of
    153 to 213 K. Two easy directions of magnetization [110] and [111]
    coexist and do not change suddenly from [110] to [111] at the same
    temperature.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI IRON & STEEL RES INST,SHANGHAI 200940,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANNAPOORNI S, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P424
    ATZMONY U, 1973, P 10 RAR EARTH C, V1, P605
    CLARK AE, 1980, FERROMAGNETIC MAT
    VANDIEPEN AM, 1973, PHYS REV B, V8, P1125
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 185
 EP 188
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA VF262
 UT ISI:A1996VF26200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, DM
    Min, JH
    Wu, WH
    Liu, YF
    Hua, JD
    Fang, J
    Yue, YF
 TI A primary study on the synthesis and characterization of ZnS clusters
    in chitosan film
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Letter
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT
 AB A novel process using chitosan containing ligand groups as a medium for
    forming ZnS clusters by an ion-coordination method is investigated for
    the first time. The ZnS clusters in the chitosan film have been
    identified by x-ray diffraction, ultraviolet-visible absorption and
    photoluminescence spectra. The ZnS cluster size was estimated to be
    about 2-6 nm, depending on the processing conditions. Blue luminescence
    for the undoped ZnS clusters was observed and its mechanism is briefly
    discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    GARLICK GFJ, 1966, P INT C LUMINESCENCE, P56
    KLUG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P635
    MAHLER W, 1988, INORG CHEM, V27, P435
    PILENI MP, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P345
    ROSSETTI R, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4464
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    TAYLOR A, 1961, XRAY METALLOGRAPHY
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P233
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6977
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD SEP 2
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 36
 BP L499
 EP L504
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VF317
 UT ISI:A1996VF31700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Wang, SF
    Shen, SH
    Zou, SC
    Zhang, ZM
 TI Intrinsic periodicity associated with quantum-well states in a magnetic
    sandwich
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID OSCILLATORY INTERLAYER EXCHANGE; NONMAGNETIC METALLIC LAYER; GIANT
    MAGNETORESISTANCE; TRANSPORT-PROPERTIES; THIN-FILMS; FE LAYERS;
    MULTILAYERS; SUPERLATTICES; MECHANISM; TRILAYERS
 AB zFrom a simplified quantum-well model for a magnetic sandwich, it can
    be shown that in the variation of the number of occupied levels with
    the spacer layers, there exists an intrinsic periodicity, which leads
    the Fermi level to oscillate periodically. The intrinsic periodicity
    does not depend on the magnetic alignment but only on the quantum-well
    states themselves. The oscillation period can be approximately given by
    T = (1/beta) (3) root pi mu(parallel to)/(3n(0) mu(perpendicular to)),
    where mu(parallel to) and mu(perpendicular to) are the effective masses
    of the electron in the lateral and perpendicular directions
    respectively, beta is the distance between the two neighbouring atomic
    layers, and n(0) is the electron density in the spacer layers. This
    makes one speculate that the long periodicity of the oscillatory
    coupling could be a result of the intrinsic periodicity, if mu(parallel
    to)/mu(perpendicular to) >> 1 and a small s-electron density are
    assumed. On the other hand, from the calculated energy bands for a thin
    film, it is found that the electronic structure is highly anisotropic,
    which is in agreement with this assumption. Therefore, it can be
    confirmed that the intrinsic periodicity plays an important role in the
    oscillatory coupling. An inverse photoemission experiment on Cu(100)
    films over Co can be explained quite well using this physical picture.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZC, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,865 CHANGNING RD,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    BARNAS J, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V111, L215
    BENNETT WR, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3169
    BRUBAKER ME, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P2307
    BRUNO P, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1602
    BRUNO P, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V116, L13
    BRUNO P, 1993, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V121, P248
    CAMLEY RE, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P664
    CARBONE C, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2433
    CARBONE C, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2805
    CELINSKI Z, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V99, L25
    DOSE V, 1983, PROG SURF SCI, V13, P225
    EDWARDS DM, 1990, S C E MRS SPRING M S
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P85
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P4941
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P493
    EHRLICH AC, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5536
    EHRLICH AC, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2300
    EUCEDA A, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P659
    GARCIA N, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V99, L12
    GARRISON K, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2801
    GRUNBERG P, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2442
    HEINRICH B, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P673
    HIMPSEL FJ, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5966
    JIN QY, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P5
    JONES BA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4253
    KRAKAUER H, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P1706
    LACROIX C, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P413
    LEVY PM, 1990, J APPL PHYS 2B, V67, P5914
    LEVY PM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1643
    MANKEY J, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1540
    MATHON J, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V100, P527
    MATHON J, 1992, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V4, P9873
    NEDOREZOV SS, 1967, SOV PHYS JETP, V24, P578
    ORTEGA JE, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P844
    PARKIN SSP, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2304
    PARKIN SSP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2152
    PARKIN SSP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3598
    PESCIA D, 1990, Z PHYS B, V78, P475
    PETROFF F, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5355
    QIU ZQ, 1992, PHYS REV, V46, P5810
    RUDERMAN MA, 1954, PHYS REV, V96, P99
    SEGALL B, 1962, PHYS REV, V125, P109
    SOHN KS, 1976, PHYS REV B, V13, P1515
    STILES MD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V64, P2304
    STILES MD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7238
    TRIVEDI N, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P12298
    VANSCHILFGAARDE M, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P3870
    WALKER TG, 1993, PHYS REV, V48
    WANG SF, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P15156
    WANG Y, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P2732
    WANG Y, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P359
    WANG ZC, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P480
    YAFET Y, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3948
    ZHANG S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P8689
 NR 55
 TC 1
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD AUG 26
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 35
 BP 6381
 EP 6391
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VE807
 UT ISI:A1996VE80700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WJ
    Wan, XJ
    Jin, C
 TI Environmental effects on the room temperature ductility of a TiAl based
    alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID EMBRITTLEMENT
 AB The effects of different environments and strain rates on the room
    temperature ductility of a TiAl based alloy with the composition
    Ti-46Al-2Cr-0.2Si-0.1Nd have been investigated in this paper. The
    results show that the TiAl based alloy is susceptible to environmental
    embrittlement at room temperature. The tensile ductility of the TiAl
    based alloy in different test environments decreases in the sequence of
    oxygen > air > hydrogen > argon saturated with water vapor. The
    ductility is also sensitive to strain rate. It increases with
    increasing strain rate when tested in hydrogen gas. Both H2O and H-2
    cause environmental embrittlement, with the former being a more potent
    embrittler.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAN KS, 1992, METALL T A, V23, P1663
    CHRISTODOULOU L, 1990, HYDROGEN EFFECTS MAT, P515
    GEORGE EP, 1994, HIGH TEMPERATURE ORD, V6, P1131
    KANE RD, 1991, ENV EFFECTS ADV MAT, P35
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P133
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1583
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T, V19, P535
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    YAMAGUCHI M, 1990, PROG MATER SCI, V34, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 373
 EP 376
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VE553
 UT ISI:A1996VE55300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JH
    Lu, WC
    Ding, YM
    Yan, LC
 TI Self-organization neural tree applied to structure-activity
    relationship of 3-methylfentanyl derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE 3-methylfentanyl derivatives; structure-activity relationship;
    artificial neural network; self-organization neural tree
 AB In this paper, the non-linear relationship between the characteristic
    parameters and analgesic activities of a series of 3-methylfentanyl
    derivatives was calculated by self-organization neural tree model, The
    results show that the performance of the self-organization neural tree
    is quite good and the successful classification rare is high,
    Therefore, we can expect that this model might be used as an effective
    assistant technique for the investigation of structure-activity
    relationship of drugs.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Fang, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HANSCH C, 1962, NATURE, V194, P178
    HANSCH C, 1973, J MED CHEM, V16, P1207
    HANSCH C, 1977, J MED CHEM, V20, P304
    HOFFMANN R, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P1397
    LI T, 1993, NEUROCOMPUTING, V5, P231
    LU WC, 1993, J MOL SCI, V9, P123
    ZHU YC, 1981, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P97
    ZHU YC, 1983, ACTA PHARMACEUTICA S, V18, P591
    ZHU YC, 1985, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V20, P267
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 8
 BP 1280
 EP 1284
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VE173
 UT ISI:A1996VE17300032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, XR
    Zhu, YZ
 TI Optimal heapsort algorithm
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A new heapsort algorithm is given in this paper. Its practical value is
    that the efficiency of it is two times as high as that of the original
    algorithm in Horowitz and Sahni (1978). Also, its theoretical
    significance lies in the order and the main term coefficient of the
    complexity has optimal performance.
 RP Gu, XR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHO AV, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COMPUTER
    HOROWITZ E, 1978, FUNDAMENTALS COMPUTE
    KNUTH DE, 1973, ART COMPUTER PROGRAM, V3
    WEGENER I, 1992, SIMPLE MODIFICATION
    XUNRANG G, 1990, COMPUT J, V33, P281
    XUNRANG G, 1994, THEORET COMPUT SCI, V134, P559
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD AUG 30
 PY 1996
 VL 163
 IS 1-2
 BP 239
 EP 243
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA VE225
 UT ISI:A1996VE22500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Generalized Euler's turbomachine equation and free vortex sheet
    conditions in separated/cavitated turbo-flows
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW; 3-D TRANSONIC FLOW; VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES;
    VARIABLE-DOMAIN; HYBRID PROBLEMS; SHOCKS
 AB In the present paper four fundamental problems in turbomachinery
    aerodynamic theory are studied in depth: (1) It is shown that the
    well-known Euler's equation for turbomachine power is valid only for
    shrouded impellers. Then, a generalization of it to unshrouded
    impellers is carried out. (2) An equation relating the free trailing
    vortex distribution along the blade span to that of the swirl moment
    rV(theta) is derived, yielding a condition for the vanishing of free
    trailing vortex sheets. (3) The free surface conditions in separated
    now are shown to be entirely different from those in cavitated flow.
    (4) Generalized Kutta conditions for 3-D rotor bladings in separated
    and cavitated flows are also derived. All these results are of
    fundamental value in both analytical and numerical handlings of fully
    3-D rotor-flows.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DRING RP, 1971, J ENG POWER, V93, P4
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1964, AERODYNAMICS TURBINE
    HIRSCH C, 1974, 74GT72 ASME
    HORLOCK JH, 1974, AGARDOGRAPH, V185
    KIRILLOV II, 1972, THEORY TURBOMACHINES
    LASKARIS TE, 1978, AIAA J, V16, P717
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1992, P 3 E CHIN C FLUID M, P156
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    SPALDING DB, 1958, ENG THERMODYNAMICS
    STODOLA A, 1945, STEAM GAS TURBINES
    TRAPEL W, 1966, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1
    VAVRA MH, 1960, AEROTHERMODYNAMICS F
    WISLICENUS GF, 1965, FLUID MECH TURBOMACH, V1
    WU CH, 1965, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V13, P43
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
    YAN S, 1996, IN PRESS INT J TURBO
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 11
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA VE151
 UT ISI:A1996VE15100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, S
    Liu, GL
 TI Variable-domain finite element method based on variational principles
    for solving hybrid problems of fully 3-D compressible rotor flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Based on a unified variable-domain variational theory (Liu, 1988), a
    new finite element method (FEM) with self-adjusting nodes for
    determining the unknown boundaries (shape of the blade and of the
    annulus walls) in hybrid problems is presented. Two hybrid problem
    types H(A)xD and [H-C+D]xD are tested numerically by this FEM and the
    geometry of the rotor bladings thus obtained coincides with the
    original one quite well. Thus, a new numerical method with great
    generality and versatility for practical 3-D blading design and/or
    modification is provided.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yan, S, E CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUNG TJ, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P53
    LIU GL, 1995, 95GT171 ASME
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    MARCHUK GI, 1982, METHODS NUMERICAL MA, CH4
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    SIEVERDING CH, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P437
    WU CH, 1952, 2604 NACA TN
    YAN S, 1989, VARIATIONAL FINITE E
    YAN S, 1990, EXP COMPUT AEROTHERM, P457
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 13
 EP 23
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA VE151
 UT ISI:A1996VE15100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Mo, YW
    Wang, Y
    Huang, XQ
    Chen, DM
    Wang, H
 TI Nucleation mechanism of polycrystalline diamond film deposited on
    ceramic alumina by microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PHASE
 AB Polycrystalline diamond films have been deposited on ceramic alumina
    substrates by microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition method,
    Variation of the emission spectra in the microwave plasma with the
    microwave power and the vapor pressure in the reaction chamber is
    studied, respectively. Relationships between the hydrogen atomic
    spectra and the average energy of the electrons in the plasma, as well
    as the mechanism of diamond film deposition on ceramic alumina are
    discussed.
 RP Xia, YB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,COLL MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAKEFI G, 1976, PRINCIPLES LASER PLA, P592
    BARNES PN, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P37
    CHEN Y, 1993, THIN FILMS SCI TECH, V6, P277
    DAWSON PH, 1969, ADV ELECT ELECTR PHY, V27, P60
    FRENKLACH M, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P1520
    SHECHTMAN D, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P473
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 7
 BP 557
 EP 560
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VE315
 UT ISI:A1996VE31500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, XY
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI The photoinduced carrier distribution in a semiconductor waveguide and
    the FDTD analysis for millimeter-wave propagation
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE photoinduced carrier; semiconductor waveguide; FDTD analysis
 ID OPTICAL CONTROL; GUIDES
 AB Exact solutions for millimeter-wave propagation in an optically
    controlled rectangular semiconductor waveguide were presented. This was
    implemented by strictly solving the continuity equation that the
    photoinduced carriers hold and by finite-difference-time-domain (FDTD)
    modeling for the wave propagation in the waveguide. The laser intensity
    dependence of the millimeter-wave signal's amplitude and phase shift
    was obtained. Excellent agreement between numerical results and
    experiments was found. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wu, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR LEE CH, 1980, IEEE QUANTUM ELECTRO, V16, P277
    LEE CH, 1984, PICOSECOND OPTOELECT
    LUEBBERS RJ, 1991, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V39, P29
    PLATTE W, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P139
    SEEDS AJ, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P577
    SHEN Y, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1005
    TSUTSUMI M, 1991, IEE PROC-H, V138, P527
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 35
 EP 38
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA VC405
 UT ISI:A1996VC40500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, ZH
    Ye, RS
 TI Symmetry-breaking and bifurcation study on the laminar flows through
    curved pipes with a circular cross section
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID TUBE; POINTS
 AB The Dean problem of steady viscous flow through a coiled circular pipe
    is studied numerically. We compute the structure of the symmetric
    families of the flows that exist as the crucial parameter D varies,
    which is in accordance with those stated in Yang and Keller (Appl.
    Numer. Math. 2, 257, 1986), Furthermore, we find a asymmetric flow
    emanating from the symmetry-breaking bifurcation point, which they
    could not find since they restricted the numerical study on the flows
    symmetric about the x-axis. (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 C1 SHANTOU UNIV,INST MATH,GUANGDONG 515063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BREZZI F, 1981, NUMER MATH, V38, P1
    COLLINS WM, 1975, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V28, P133
    DASKOPOULOS P, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V203, P125
    DEAN WR, 1927, PHILOS MAG, V4, P208
    DEAN WR, 1928, PHILOS MAG, V5, P673
    DENNIS SCR, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V99, P449
    DENNIS SCR, 1982, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V35, P305
    KELLER HB, 1977, APPL BIFURCATION THE, P359
    MOORE G, 1980, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V17, P567
    VANDYKE M, 1978, J FLUID MECH, V86, P129
    WERNER B, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P388
    WINTERS KH, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P343
    YANG ZH, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P257
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 127
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 87
 PG 15
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA VB430
 UT ISI:A1996VB43000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Wei, JJ
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Dai, M
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI An amperometric Meldola Blue-mediated sensor high sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide based on immobilization of horseradish peroxidase in a
    composite membrane of regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol)
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE sensors; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; Meldola Blue;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; CARBON; ASSAY
 AB A new composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and regenerated
    silk fibroin (RSF) was successfully employed to immobilize horseradish
    peroxidase (HRP) and infrared (IR) was used to get insight in the
    structure of the composite membrane. An amperometric HRP-based sensor
    highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was fabricated, which was based
    on Meldola Blue as a mediator to facilitate efficient electron transfer
    between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode. Performance and
    characteristics of the sensor were evaluated with respect to response
    time, detection limit, selectivity, operating and storage stability,
    and dependence on temperature, pH, applied potential and mediator
    concentration. The sensor displayed high sensitivity to hydrogen
    peroxide with low detection of limit of 0.1 mu M.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CATALOG, V771
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS JJ, 1980, FEBS LETT, V114, P7
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2352
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
 NR 25
 TC 16
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD AUG 9
 PY 1996
 VL 329
 IS 1-2
 BP 97
 EP 103
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA VB446
 UT ISI:A1996VB44600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hsu, TY
    Li, L
    Jiang, BH
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of the equilibrium temperature between the
    tetragonal and monoclinic phases in CeO2-ZrO2
 SO MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS JIM
 DT Article
 DE thermodynamics; martensitic transformation; CeO2-ZrO2
 ID MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; ZIRCONIA MICROCRYSTALS; APPLIED STRESS;
    DRIVING FORCE; AL ALLOYS; FE-C; MS; SYSTEM
 AB Gibbs free energies of tetragonal and monoclinic phases at various
    temperatures are calculated for 8, 10 and 12 mol% CeO2-ZrO2 by
    referring to the revised CeO2-ZrO2 phase diagram given by Tani ct al.
    and utilizing the Lukas program. The equilibrium temperatures T-0,
    between t and m phases are obtained as 999, 838 and 697 K for 8, 10 and
    12 mol% CeO2-ZrO2, respectively, being much lower than the T-0 of ZrO2.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Hsu, TY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    GARVIE RC, 1978, J PHYS CHEM-US, V82, P218
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1193
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3479
    GARVIE RC, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1253
    HANNINK RHJ, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P116
    HSU TY, 1983, J MATER SCI, V18, P3206
    HSU TY, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P343
    HSU TY, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P23
    HSU TY, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P3091
    HSU TY, 1994, CHINESE J MATER RES, V8, P50
    HSU TY, 1995, CHINESE J MATER RES, V9, P338
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    TU JB, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P1662
    ZHOU XW, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1041
    ZHOU XW, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1045
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0916-1821
 J9 MATER TRANS JIM
 JI Mater. Trans. JIM
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1281
 EP 1283
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VB574
 UT ISI:A1996VB57400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, BH
    Li, L
    Hsu, TY
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of the M(s) temperature in 8 mol% CeO2-ZrO2
 SO MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS JIM
 DT Article
 DE thermodynamics; martensitic transformation; CeO2-ZrO2
 ID ZIRCONIA MICROCRYSTALS; PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; APPLIED STRESS; ZRO2
 AB The M(s) temperature in 8 mol% CeO2-ZrO2 with a mean grain size of 1.38
    mu m is calculated by using the calculated results of the Gibbs
    energies of both tetragonal and monoclinic phases in our previous
    paper((1)), The required parameters for M(s) calculation are obtained
    by experimental measurements or through estimation from some available
    data. The calculated M(s) temperature is in good agreement with the
    experimental one and the difference of them is less than 5 degrees,
    showing that the approach given in this article is suitable for the
    prediction of M(s) in zirconia ceramics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jiang, BH, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BANSAL GK, 1972, ACTA METALL, V20, P1281
    EVANS AG, 1981, ACTA METALL, V79, P447
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    GARVIE RC, 1978, J PHYS CHEM-US, V82, P218
    GARVIE RC, 1980, CERAM INT, V6, P19
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1193
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3479
    GARVIE RC, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1253
    HANNINK RHJ, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P116
    HOMES H, 1972, J PHYS CHEM-US, V76, P1497
    HSU TY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
    HUGO GR, 1990, MATER SCI FORUM, V56, P357
    LEE RR, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P694
    SAMSONOV GV, 1982, OXIDE HDB, P183
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0916-1821
 J9 MATER TRANS JIM
 JI Mater. Trans. JIM
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1284
 EP 1286
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VB574
 UT ISI:A1996VB57400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI Thermal analysis and infrared measurements of a lead-barium-aluminum
    phosphate glass
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Letter
 ID VIBRATIONS
 AB Thermal properties of a recently-developed lead-barium-aluminum
    phosphate glass were examined by means of differential thermal analysis
    (DTA) and thermal mechanical analysis (TMA). DTA curve shows that the
    melting of the crystalline phases (devitrified phases) appears at 891
    +/- 3 degrees C. The glass transition temperature, softening
    temperature and thermal expansion coefficient obtained from TMA are 528
    +/- 3 degrees C, 565 +/- 3 degrees C and (11.7 +/- 0.4) x
    10(-6)/degrees C (30 degrees C < T < 520 degrees C), respectively.
    Infrared spectra were measured on samples of the glass to investigate
    the structure of the glass. The infrared spectrum of the glass has an
    absorption band due to water in the near-infrared region, the absence
    of a characteristic P=O absorption band at around 1280 cm(-1) in the
    mid-infrared region, and three well-resolved absorption bands at 403
    +/- 10, 124 +/- 7, 115 +/- 5 cm(-1) in the far-infrared region.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY S, 1989, J MATER SCI LETT, V8, P1358
    CORBRIDGE DEC, 1954, J CHEM SOC, P493
    EXARHOS GJ, 1972, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V11, P755
    EXARHOS GJ, 1974, J CHEM PHYS, V60, P4145
    GUO GY, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V162, P164
    GUO GY, 1993, MATER CHEM PHYS, V35, P49
    GUO GY, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P501
    HIGAZY AA, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P2345
    LAPP JC, 1992, AM CERAM SOC B, V71, P1545
    MORIKAWA H, 1981, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V44, P107
    NELSON BN, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V71, P2739
    OUCHETTO M, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P22
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 201
 IS 3
 BP 262
 EP 266
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA VA912
 UT ISI:A1996VA91200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Zhu, ZY
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Relativistic density-dependent Hartree approach for nuclear matter in
    the chiral-symmetry-breaking model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A relativistic density-dependent Hartree approach in the
    chiral-symmetry-breaking field model has been developed for nuclear
    matter. The coupling constants of the relativistic Hartree-Lagrangian
    are made density dependence and obtained from the relativistic
    Brueckner-Bethe-Goldstone results of nuclear matter. The calculated
    saturation nuclear density, binding-energy and compressibility for
    nuclear matter are close to the empirical ones.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jiang, WZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOGUTA J, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V292, P413
    BROCKMANN R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3408
    GELLMANN M, 1960, NUOVO CIMENTO, V16, P705
    JIANG WH, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    SEROT BD, 1986, ADV NUCLEAR PHYSICS, V16, CH1
    ZHANG XO, IN PRESS CHIN J NUCL
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 416
 EP 419
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VA453
 UT ISI:A1996VA45300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The temperature influence on the Q(2)(Q)over-bar(2) system
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA A-NUCLEI PARTICLES AND
    FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID ANNIHILATIONS; STATES; REST
 AB The Q(2) (Q) over bar(2) system at finite temperature is investigated
    based on the ellipsoidal bag model. It is found that the binding energy
    decreases with increasing temperature.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADER JP, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P2370
    BI PZ, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    BI PZ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V262, P485
    BI PZ, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P105
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V54, P453
    BRIDGES D, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P211
    BRIDGES D, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P215
    HELLER L, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P755
    LIU KF, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2288
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3546
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO A-NUCL PART F
 JI Nuovo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. A-Nucl. Part. Fields
 PD MAY
 PY 1996
 VL 109
 IS 5
 BP 593
 EP 596
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA UZ797
 UT ISI:A1996UZ79700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YT
    Zhao, XH
 TI Collinear periodic cracks in an anisotropic medium
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 ID ELASTIC-MATERIALS; LINE FORCES; DISLOCATIONS
 AB The problem of collinear periodic cracks in an anisotropic medium is
    examined in this paper. By means of Stroh formalism and the conformal
    mapping method, we obtain general periodic solutions for collinear
    cracks. The corresponding stress intensity factors, crack opening
    displacements and strain energy release rate are found.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Hu, YT, HUAZHONG UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MECH,WUHAN 430074,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ASARO RJ, 1973, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V60, P261
    BARNETT DM, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P1083
    BARNETT DM, 1974, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V4, P1618
    CHADWICK P, 1977, ADV APPL MECH, V17, P303
    HOWLAND RCJ, 1935, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V148, P471
    HWU C, 1989, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V42, P553
    HWU CB, 1991, INT J FRACTURE, V52, P239
    JIANKE L, 1986, PERIODIC PROBLEMS PL
    KARIHALOO BL, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P49
    KOITER WT, 1959, ING ARCH, V28, P168
    LI QQ, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P556
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    STROH AN, 1958, PHILOS MAG, V3, P625
    STROH AN, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V41, P77
    SUO ZG, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V427, P331
    TING TCT, 1982, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V18, P139
    TING TCT, 1988, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V146, P81
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PY 1996
 VL 76
 IS 3
 BP 207
 EP 219
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA UZ448
 UT ISI:A1996UZ44800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiao, ZC
    Dai, SQ
 TI Limit cycle analysis of a class of strongly nonlinear oscillation
    equations
 SO NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE strongly nonlinear oscillation; limit cycle; asymptotic analysis;
    modified KBM method
 ID NON-LINEAR OSCILLATOR; BIFURCATIONS
 AB The limit cycle of a class of strongly nonlinear oscillation equations
    of the form u double over dot + g(u) = epsilon f(u, u over dot) is
    investigated by means of a modified version of the KBM method, where
    epsilon is a positive small parameter. The advantage of our method is
    its straightforwardness and effectiveness, which is suitable for the
    above equation, where g(u) need not be restricted to an odd function of
    u, provided that the reduced equation, corresponding to epsilon = 0,
    has a periodic solution. A specific example is presented to demonstrate
    the validity and accuracy of our method by comparing our results with
    numerical ones, which are in good agreement with each other even for
    relatively large epsilon.
 RP Qiao, ZC, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BURTON TD, 1982, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V17, P7
    BYRD PF, 1971, HDB ELLIPTIC INTEGRA
    CHEN SH, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P125
    DAI SQ, 1985, APPL MATH MECH, V6, P409
    HOLMES P, 1980, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V15, P449
    KNOBLOCH E, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V108, P2911
    MARGALLO JG, 1987, J SOUND VIBRATION, V116, P591
    MARGALLO JG, 1988, J SOUND VIBRATION, V125, P13
    MARGALLO JG, 1990, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V25, P663
    MOREMEDI GM, 1993, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V28, P237
    NAYFEH AH, 1973, PERTURBATION METHODS
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    SHEN JQ, 1988, ACTA MATH SINICA, V31, P215
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0924-090X
 J9 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 JI Nonlinear Dyn.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 221
 EP 233
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA UZ339
 UT ISI:A1996UZ33900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Grabb, ML
    Wang, SZ
    Birdsall, TG
 TI Deterministic three-dimensional analysis of long-range sound
    propagation through internal-wave fields
 SO IEEE JOURNAL OF OCEANIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB A Munk profile and a set of propagating internal-wave modes are used to
    construct a three-dimensional time-varying ocean sound-speed model.
    Three-dimensional ray tracing is employed to simulate long-range sound
    propagation of a broad-band acoustic signal. Methods are developed to
    convert three-dimensional ray-tracing results to acoustic time-domain
    amplitude and phase measurements. The ocean sound-speed model is
    defined deterministically, and the model acoustic receptions are
    analyzed deterministically. A single internal-wave mode that is
    ''spatially synchronized'' to an arrival can coherently focus and
    defocus the acoustic energy. These internal waves ran cause an
    arrival's amplitude fluctuation to mimic Rayleigh fading; however, the
    time-domain phase is stable, in contradiction to the classical Rayleigh
    fading environment where the received phase is uniformly distributed.
    for example, the received power attributed to an early arrival
    propagated over a 750-km range can fluctuate over 40 dB, while the
    time-domain phase remains within a quarter of a 75-Hz cycle, The
    characteristics of the time-domain phase are important for establishing
    coherent integration times at the receiver.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR & TELECOMMUN ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Grabb, ML, UNIV MICHIGAN,DEPT ELECT & COMP SCI,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109.
 CR BOLD GEJ, 1986, 112 AC SOC AM M F FF, S63
    BOLD GEJ, 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, P656
    CERVENY V, 1987, SEISMIC TOMOGRAPHY
    COLOSI JA, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V96, P452
    CORNUELLE BD, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES, V11, P680
    ECKART C, 1961, HYDRODYNAMICS OCEANS
    FLATTE SM, 1979, SOUND PROPAGATION FL
    FLATTE SM, 1983, P IEEE, V71, P1267
    FLATTE SM, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V82, P967
    FLATTE SM, 1988, J ACOUST SOC AM, V84, P1414
    FLATTE SM, 1992, INT M WAV PROP RAND
    GARRETT C, 1975, J GEOPHYS RES, V80, P291
    GRABB ML, 1996, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN
    MUNK WH, 1974, J ACOUST SOC AM, V55, P220
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMICS UPPER OCEAN
    TAPPERT FD, UNPUB J ACOUST SOC A
    TECHAU P, UNPUB
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0364-9059
 J9 IEEE J OCEANIC ENG
 JI IEEE J. Ocean. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 260
 EP 272
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering,
    Ocean; Oceanography
 GA UY891
 UT ISI:A1996UY89100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Zhou, YM
    Ren, ZM
    Zhu, SJ
    Wei, JH
    Jiang, GC
 TI Electromagnetic model of levitation melting with cold crucible
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE cold crucible; electromagnetic induction; levitation melting
 AB The electromagnetic problems of levitation melting with cold crucible
    were studied. A quasi-three dimensional model of electromagnetic field
    in this levitation melting process and the modified coupled current
    method were presented. The influences of crucible structure and power
    frequency on the electromagnetic field in this process were analyzed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CISZEK TF, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P963
    DENG K, 1994, T SHANGHAI U TECHN, V15, P87
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1416
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P350
    TARAPORE ED, 1976, METALL T B B, V7, P343
    TOH T, 1990, P 6 INT IRON STEEL C, P239
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 12
 EP 17
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA UY040
 UT ISI:A1996UY04000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZH
    Zhang, J
    Wang, Y
 TI The HAL-3 airborne navigation radar
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
 DT Letter
 AB This correspondence describes the HAL-3 navigation radar which was
    designed specially for civil airplanes. The main technical functions of
    the radar have been extensively tested on Boeing 707 and Y-7A airplanes
    to the military standard on aeronautic airborne facilities. The rest
    results [1] are qualified by the Chinese Appraisal Committee of
    Aeronautics Facilities. The technical specifications of the radar are
    similar to those of the RDR-1F radar manufactured in tie U.S. with
    several added, operational functions. The radar includes 7 units:
    antenna, transceiver, servo unit, control box, two display units and
    power supply. Operational principles and functions of each unit ore
    described briefly. The current research project for interfacing the
    radar to a fibre-optic gyroscope is in process and some initial
    experimental results are described.
 RP Fang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST ELECTR
    PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *CHIN APPR COMM AE, 1985, QUAL REP HAL 3 RAD
    DEFANG Z, 1990, TECHNICAL MANUAL HAL
    JI Y, 1995, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9251
 J9 IEEE TRANS AEROSP ELECTRON SY
 JI IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 3
 BP 1208
 EP 1211
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic;
    Telecommunications
 GA UX978
 UT ISI:A1996UX97800038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LS
    Sun, XL
 TI An algorithm for minimizing a class of locally Lipschitz functions
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nondifferentiable optimization; locally Lipschitz functions;
    generalized gradients; global convergence methods
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB In this paper, we present an algorithm for minimizing a class of
    locally Lipschitz functions. The method generalizes the E-smeared
    method to a class of functions whose Clarke generalized gradients are
    singleton at almost all differentiable points. We analyze the global
    convergence of the method and report some numerical results.
 RP Zhang, LS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIHAIN A, 1984, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V44, P545
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    KIWIEL KC, 1985, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V1133
    LEMARECHAL C, 1975, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V3, P95
    MIFFLIN R, 1977, MATH OPER RES, V2, P191
    POLAK E, 1983, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V21, P179
    POLAK E, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P477
    SHOR NZ, 1985, MINIMIZATION METHODS
    WOLFE P, 1975, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V3, P145
    ZHANG LS, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P200
    ZOWE J, 1985, COMPUTATIONAL MATH P, P323
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 90
 IS 1
 BP 203
 EP 212
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA UX337
 UT ISI:A1996UX33700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, F
    Cao, ZC
 TI Study on the electrical properties of single grain boundaries in BaTiO3
    ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In the article, the electrical properties of single grains and single
    grain boundaries in donor doped BaTiO3 ceramics have been investigated.
    The results show that the grains have no positive temperature
    coefficient of resistance effect (PTCR effect) if the influence of
    electrode was neglected. The results also show that different grain
    boundaries have various PTCR effect. The characteristics of
    current-voltage do not follow the Heywang model and accord with our
    modified model. The maximum barrier heights of single grain boundaries
    are also deduced experimentally. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, F, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI
    200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOODMAN G, 1963, J AM CERAM SOC, V46, P48
    HEYWANG W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V3, P51
    HEYWANG W, 1964, J AM CERAM SOC, V47, P484
    NEMOTO H, 1980, J AM CERAM SOC, V63, P398
    OMISSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V6, P3666
    RHODERICK EH, 1978, METAL SEMICONDUCTOR
    TAO M, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P1562
    ZHANG F, IN PRESS J APPL PHYS
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 1996
 VL 80
 IS 2
 BP 1033
 EP 1036
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA UX156
 UT ISI:A1996UX15600061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
    Xu, WW
    Wang, HB
 TI Optical detector using granular YBa2Cu3O7-delta weak link-type junctions
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON APPLIED SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 ID THIN-FILMS
 AB Experimental photoresponse study of granular YBa2Cu3O7-x (YBCO) weak
    link is reported, The Josephson critical current I-c is suppressed with
    light illumination of the junction, produced mainly from optical
    generation of quasiparticles. At lower temperature (T = 64.5 K), the
    hysteresis in I-V characteristic of the weak link appears, which may be
    found useful for optical detection purpose. This was supported from
    preliminary experiments.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xu, KX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAO J, 1995, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V1, P48
    BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, P322
    BHATTACHARYA S, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2279
    BLUZER N, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P10222
    BLUZER N, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2869
    CARSLAW HS, 1986, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI, P75
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    GHIS A, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2136
    TESTARDI LR, 1971, PHYS REV           B, V4, P2189
    XU KX, 1995, J INFRARED MILLIM WA, V14, P341
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1051-8223
 J9 IEEE TRANS APPL SUPERCONDUCT
 JI IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 89
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA UW838
 UT ISI:A1996UW83800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Bai, ZZ
    Evans, DJ
 TI On the monotone convergence of multisplitting method for a class of
    systems of weakly nonlinear equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE system of weakly nonlinear equations; matrix multisplitting; monotone
    convergence; convergence rate
 ID REGULAR SPLITTINGS
 AB In this paper, we set up a parallel matrix multisplitting iterative
    method for a class of system of weakly nonlinear equations, Au = G(u),
    A is an element of L(R(n)), G:R(n) --> R(n), which is generally
    resulted from the discretization of many classical differential
    equations. For the new method, the two-sided approximation property is
    deliberately shown, and the comparison theorems between the convergence
    rates of different multisplittings as well as multisplitting and single
    splittings of the coefficient matrix A is an element of L(R(n)) are
    given in detail in the sense of monotonicity. Therefore, the monotone
    convergence theory about this method is thoroghly established. Finally,
    we apply the built conclusions to several special but very important
    and practical multisplittings to confirm the correctness and
    effectiveness of our theory.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,PARALLEL ALGORITHMS RES CTR,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 RP Wang, DR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1985, NUMER MATH, V46, P213
    ELSNER L, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P283
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 6
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1996
 VL 60
 IS 3-4
 BP 229
 EP 242
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA UW399
 UT ISI:A1996UW39900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Optically tuned superconductive-dielectric resonators with
    whispering-gallery modes
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE optical effect; superconductive-dielectric resonator;
    whispering-gallery mode; modified partial region method
 AB An analytical method is presented for calculating the resonant
    frequency and Q-factor of a superconducting dielectric disk resonator
    operating in millimeter-wave regime with whispering-gallery mode.
    Resonant frequency shift due to the optical generation of
    quasi-particles in superconducting film is investigated as a function
    of photon flux. An optically tunable resonant frequency of about 500
    MHz is estimated, and good agreement is found between numerical results
    and experimental ones.
 RP Xu, KX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,JIA DING,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ARNAUD JA, 1976, BEAM FIBER OPTICS
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HERCZFELD PR, 1984, P 14 EUR MICR C  SEP, P268
    INVENOV EN, 1992, IEEE MTT, V41, P632
    JONSE SK, 1988, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P807
    KAJFEZ D, 1988, DIELECTRIC RESONATOR
    LEE CH, 1980, IEEE QUANTUM ELECTRO, V16, P277
    LEE CH, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P596
    LONDON F, 1935, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V149, P71
    MEI KK, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P1545
    NEIKIRK P, 1990, IEEE MTT, V38, P586
    OWEN CS, 1972, PHYS REV LETT, V28, P1559
    PARKER WH, 1972, PHYS REV LETT, V29, P925
    SECMNOV AD, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P681
    SEEDS AJ, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P577
    TESTARDI LR, 1971, PHYS REV           B, V4, P2189
    TOBAR M, 1991, IEEE MTT, V39, P2073
    TSINDLEKHT M, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2875
    XU KX, 1995, J INFRARED MILLIM WA, V14, P341
    ZHOU SP, 1991, J SUPERCOND, V4, P227
    ZHOU SP, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P2789
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 193
 EP 199
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA UV423
 UT ISI:A1996UV42300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, D
    Batan, T
    Fuchs, EF
    Grady, WM
 TI Harmonic losses of single-phase induction motors under nonsinusoidal
    voltages
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 DE time harmonics; single-phase induction machines
 AB Parameters of a capacitor-start, capacitor-run single-phase induction
    motor with closed or semi-closed rotor slots are measured and a model
    for the investigation of the performance of the machine in the
    frequency domain under the influence of harmonic voltages is presented,
    An algorithm taking into account the nonlinear rotor leakage inductance
    is established, This algorithm is applied to estimate the current in
    the time domain, and the harmonic losses at rated-load operation
    without and with run capacitors are calculated, Computational results
    are compared with those from experimentation and the differences
    between both are discussed.
 C1 UNIV TEXAS,AUSTIN,TX 78712.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, D, UNIV COLORADO,BOULDER,CO 80309.
 CR DUFFEY CK, 1989, IEEE T IND APPL, V25
    FUCHS EF, 1994 IEEE IAS ANN M
    FUCHS EF, 1987, OPTIMIZATION INDUCTI, V2
    HU Z, 1989, ANAL CALCULATION ELE
    HUANG Y, 1986, SMALL MEDIUM ELECT M
    VANDERMERWE C, IEEE PES 1994 SUMM M
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 273
 EP 279
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA UU449
 UT ISI:A1996UU44900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YC
    Qian, JH
    Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Deng, JQ
    Yu, TY
 TI Blend membrane of regenerated silk fibroin, poly(vinyl alcohol), and
    peroxidase and its application to a ferrocene-mediating hydrogen
    peroxide sensor
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; IMMOBILIZATION; BEADS; ENZYME
 AB Before or after the blend membrane of regenerated silk fibroin (RSF),
    poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), and peroxidase is treated with ethanol, RSF,
    PVA, and peroxidase maintain their own structures. The conformational
    transition of RSF in the blend membrane is accomplished from the silk I
    structure to the silk II structure by ethanol treatment, which is used
    to immobilize peroxidase. A ferrocene-mediating sensor for H2O2 is
    made, which is based on the immobilization of peroxidase in the blend
    membrane of RSF and PVA. Performance and characteristics of the sensor
    were evaluated with respect to response time, detection limit,
    selectivity, and dependencies on temperature and pH as well as on
    operating and storage stability. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMPON K, 1992, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V55, P185
    BAHADUR A, 1985, MAKROMOL CHEM, V186, P1387
    BARTLETT PN, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V362, P1
    BOYER RF, 1991, BIOTECHNOL EDUC, V2, P17
    CHIBATA I, 1987, BIOTECHNOLOGY A, V7, P653
    DALVIE SK, 1992, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V40, P1173
    DINELLI D, 1976, METHOD ENZYMOL, V44, P227
    DRIOLI E, 1986, NATO ASI SER C, P667
    HAYASHI T, 1991, J APPL POLYM SCI, V42, P85
    HAYASHI T, 1992, J APPL POLYM SCI, V44, P143
    HAYASHI T, 1993, MAKROMOL CHEM-M SYMP, V70, P137
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    KARUBE I, 1987, BIOTECHNOLOGY A, V7, P685
    LINKO P, 1984, CRC CRIT R BIOTECH, V1, P289
    LIU F, 1993, BIOTECHNOL APPL BIOC, V18, P57
    LIU H, IN PRESS BIOELECTROC
    LIU Y, IN PRESS ELECTROCHIM
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHKI A, 1994, CHEM LETT, V6, P1065
    SCHUHMANN W, 1992, BIOELECTROANAL S, V2, P113
    TARHAN L, 1991, J FS EGE U A, V14, P11
    WANG J, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1988
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YU T, IN PRESS J APPL POLY
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 1996
 VL 61
 IS 4
 BP 641
 EP 647
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA UU473
 UT ISI:A1996UU47300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bradbury, I
    Kirkby, R
    Guanbao, S
 TI Development and environment: The case of rural industrialization and
    small-town growth in China
 SO AMBIO
 DT Article
 AB Rural industrialization and small-town growth are prominent and
    distinctive features oi China's phenomenal economic growth since the
    Open Door Policy was introduced;around 1980. Such developments are most
    advanced in the coastal provinces, but are steadily diffusing
    westwards. Major concerns of these developments are their impact on
    China's food production capability and a general degradation of the
    rural environment. The trend of progressive land loss since the 1950s
    has been accentuated, the pollution burden in rural areas has risen,
    and workers have been attracted away from agriculture by the greater
    rewards oi industrial work with a consequent lowering of land
    maintenance and husbandry standards. Resource constraints and the
    administrative system limit the likely effectiveness oi environmental
    protection by coercion. Incentives, through the lax system, are
    suggested as a possible approach to limiting the environmental impacts
    of rural industrialization, but must be complemented by strenuous
    measures to enhance environmental awareness.
 C1 UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT CIV DESIGN,LIVERPOOL L69 3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT SOCIOL,SHANGHAI 200434,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bradbury, I, UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT GEOG,POB 147,LIVERPOOL L69
    3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
 CR *CHIN AC SOC SCI, 1994, POL CHOIC CHIN EC DE
    *NATL ENV PROT AG, 1994, ZHONGG HUANJ BAOH XI
    *STAT PLANN COMM, 1994, CHIN AG 21 PAP CHIN
    BYRD W, 1990, CHINAS RURAL IND STR
    EDMONDS RL, 1994, PATTERNS CHINAS LOST
    GLAESER B, 1990, GEOGRAPHY CONT CHINA, P249
    KIRKBY R, 1994, CHINA NEXT DECADES, P128
    LIU Q, 1995, P BAND S SMALL CIT
    LUK S, 1993, MEGAPROJECT CASE STU
    MA R, 1992, URBANIZING CHINA, P119
    SMIL V, 1984, BAD EARTH
    SMIL V, 1993, CHINAS ENV CRISIS
    STONE B, 1988, CHINA Q, V116, P767
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0044-7447
 J9 AMBIO
 JI Ambio
 PD MAY
 PY 1996
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 204
 EP 209
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA UQ531
 UT ISI:A1996UQ53100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The influence of mass reduction on pion momentum spectra from
    relativistic collisions
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; MODEL;
    DECONFINEMENT; CHARMONIUM; TRANSITION; DENSITY; MESONS
 AB The influence of mass reduction on the momentum spectra is
    investigated. We find that the enhancement of the low P-T pion observed
    by the NA35 Collabration in 200 GeV S+S collisions can be understood as
    a consequence of pion mass reduction.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ATWATER TW, 1987, PHYS LETT B, V199, P30
    BARZ HW, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V254, P332
    BERTSCH G, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P1830
    BROWN GE, SUNYNTC9013
    BROWN GE, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V535, P701
    COLLAB NA, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P89
    DEFORCRAND P, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    KOCH V, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V560, P345
    KUSENEZOV D, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P2075
    KUSENEZOV D, 1991, PHYS REV C, V44, P902
    LEE KS, 1989, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V43, P425
    PINZHEN B, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    PINZHEN B, 1989, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V15, P1653
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    SOLLFRANK J, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V252, P256
    SOLLFRANK J, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P593
    TAKAGI F, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P1646
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
    WENIG S, 1990, THESIS I KERNPHYS FR
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD MAY 16
 PY 1996
 VL 375
 IS 1-4
 BP 355
 EP 357
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA UP263
 UT ISI:A1996UP26300053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Threshold lowering and by intensity and efficiency enhancement by
    dopants in polymer emitting diodes
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT
 AB A new method to increase the luminance and quantum efficiency of
    polymer light emitting diodes with a lower threshold voltage has been
    reported. The threshold voltage, luminance and quantum efficiency have
    been significantly improved by doping certain dopants with a lower
    highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) level into the hole
    transporting layer. A high performance device has been achieved by
    addition of the perylene and triphenylamine as a dopant into
    poly(N-vinylcarbazole). The luminance and quantum efficiency increase
    by 2-3 times in comparison with the undoped device, reaching 10000
    cd/m(2) in luminance and 0.58% in quantum efficiency. While threshold
    voltage is reduced to one half value. The energy diagram has been
    obtained by measuring the HOMO levels and band gap values. Based on
    this, the carriers injection and balance between electrons and holes as
    well as the action of dopant are discussed.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL, MINATO KU, TOKYO 108, JAPAN.
 RP Zhang, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, DEPT MAT SCI, JIADING CAMPUS,
    SHANGHAI 201800, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    PARKER ID, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1272
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YANG Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P1245
    ZHANG ZL, 1994, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V15, P363
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 301
 EP 304
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA UM282
 UT ISI:A1996UM28200016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Delaey, L
    Wollants, P
    Biest, VD
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of segregation in multicomponent steels
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; PHASES
 AB The thermodynamic equation for segregation in multicomponent steels is
    extended from that in ternary system and the segregation amounts of Cr,
    C and P in the intergranular phase in a Cr-steel are estimated.
 C1 KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MTM,B-3001 HEVERLEE,BELGIUM.
 RP Li, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 2000072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHANDRASEKARAN L, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P163
    DEFAY R, 1966, SURFACE TENSION ADSO
    GUTTMANN M, 1979, INTERFACIAL SEGREGAT
    GUTTMANN M, 1982, MET T A, V13, P1693
    HERTZMAN S, 1987, METALL TRANS A, V18, P1767
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    LI L, 1993, J CHIM PHYS, V90, P305
    LI L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 238
 EP 240
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UL673
 UT ISI:A1996UL67300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Application of the coupled mode theory to eigenvalue problems of
    graded-index optical fibers
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE coupled mode theory; eigenvalue and eigenmode; optical fibers
 AB The propagation constant and the modal field distribution for guided
    modes of an arbitrary graded-index optical fiber have been calculated
    with the use of the coupled mode theory. The infinitely extended
    parabolic profile fiber is taken as an ideal waveguide, and an
    arbitrary radially inhomogenous optical fiber can be viewed as a
    perturbation. Its modal field can be expanded in terms of complete set
    of ideal waveguide modes. Eigenvalues and modal fields are then
    obtained from coupled mode equations that have been transformed into a
    set of linear equations. Numerical results have been presented and
    compared with exact values. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1964, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS
    ADAMS MJ, 1981, INTRO OPTICAL WAVEGU
    GLOGE D, 1971, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2252
    KOGELNIK H, 1975, INTEGRATED OPTICS, CH2
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    MILLER SE, 1954, BELL SYST TECH J, V33, P661
    OKOSHI T, 1982, OPTICAL FIBERS
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR, CH6
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    YAMADA R, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P96
    YARIV A, 1973, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V9, P919
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JUN 5
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 90
 EP 93
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA UL075
 UT ISI:A1996UL07500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, Z
 TI Partial EHL analysis of rib-roller end contact in tapered roller
    bearings
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE tapered roller bearing; partial elastohydrodynamic lubrication; surface
    roughness
 ID TORQUE
 AB A partial EHL analysis was performed for the tapered rib/spherical
    roller end contact in tapered roller bearings. The average Reynolds
    equation, the elasticity equation and the pressure-viscosity relation
    were solved simultaneously. The effects of the surface roughness as
    well as the peculiar geometrical and kinematics parameters of the
    rib-roller end contact on the friction torque and film thickness were
    investigated. The optimal ratios of radius of curvature of roller end
    to rib face were deduced, which confirm the previous finding with the
    theory of smooth surfaces. The significant range of surface roughness,
    and the optimal surface roughness for the roller big end were obtained.
    It was found that asperity contacts extend into the outlet zone. The
    results are significant for the design of rib faces and roller ends.
    The theoretical treatment is validated by its good correlation with the
    existing experimental data for smooth surface contact. Copyright (C)
    1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP Wang, W, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT ENGN MECH,POB 224,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AIHARA S, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P471
    DALMAZ G, 1980, P 7 LEEDS LYON S TRI, V7, P175
    ELROD HG, 1979, ASME, V101, P8
    GADALLAH N, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P265
    GREENWOOD JA, 1970, P I MECH ENG, V185, P625
    JAMISON WE, 1976, ASLE T, V20, P79
    JIANG XF, 1994, ASME STLE ANN C HAW
    KLECKNER RJ, 1982, ASME T, V104, P99
    KORRENN H, 1967, FORTSCHR BER, V1, P11
    PATIR N, 1978, ASME, V100, P12
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, CORRELATIONAL ASPECT
    TRIPP JH, 1983, ASME, V105, P458
    ZHANG Z, 1988, STLE T, V31, P461
    ZHOU RS, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P590
    ZHU D, 1988, ASME, V110, P32
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 313
 EP 321
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA UJ716
 UT ISI:A1996UJ71600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Elliptically birefringent optical fiber transmission characteristics
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE birefringence; Faraday effect; optical fiber; optical sensors;
    polarization optics
 AB This paper presents a rigorous analysis of spun hi-bi (highly
    birefringent) fibers, loosely categorized as elliptically bi fibers,
    via the initial value problem approach. Two kinds of transmission
    problem are treated. In the single-eigenmode transmission regime, it is
    found that the major technological difficulty inherent to spun hi-bi
    fibers concerns excitation of the eigenmode, which strictly requires
    that the launched light be exactly oriented in conformity with one or
    the other local principal axes of the fiber and, meanwhile, that the
    ellipticity of the launched light be exactly equal to the
    eigen-ellipticity of the same fiber. In the second kind of problem that
    involves the interaction of two eigenmodes, a basic result is derived
    to show that an arbitrary polarization mode of excitation will
    reproduce itself in integer multiples of the local beat length. Such a
    kind of transmission regime is relieved of the excitation difficulty
    but, because of being severely length-sensitive, is inherently
    impractical from the application viewpoint.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1964, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P36
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE SC, P57
    LI L, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P1142
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 80
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA UJ548
 UT ISI:A1996UJ54800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Meng, ZY
 TI The influence of the morphotropic phase boundary on the dielectric and
    piezoelectric properties of the PNN-PZ-PT ternary system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The influence of the morphotropic phase boundary (MPB) on the
    dielectric and piezoelectric properties of PbNi1/3Nb2/3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3
    (PNN-PZ-PT) ternary system were systematically investigated. The
    results showed that the piezoelectric constant d(31) and plane coupling
    factor k(p) reached a maximum in the vicinity of morphotropic phase
    boundary. The highest value of the piezoelectric constant d(31) was 260
    x 10(-12) C/N. The Curie temperature T-c decreased rapidly with
    increasing content of PNN. The lattice parameters a increased and c
    decreased with increasing PNN content and the Zr/Zr + Ti ratio as a
    result of the crystal structural transformation from tetragonal to
    rhombohedral phases.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, XIAN JIAOTONG UNIV,SCH ELECT & INFORMAT ENGN,XIAN
    710049,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1961, P IRE, V49, P1161
    BUYANOVA EA, 1965, IZV AN SSSR FIZ, V29, P1877
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    KO JS, 1992, P 8 IEEE S APPL FERR, P395
    KUDO T, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P326
    MOON JH, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P549
    UCHINO K, 1986, PIEZOELECTRIC ELECTR
    WANG TB, 1986, J INORGANIC MAT, V2, P143
 NR 8
 TC 12
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD APR 15
 PY 1996
 VL 31
 IS 8
 BP 2171
 EP 2175
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA UJ408
 UT ISI:A1996UJ40800028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Zhao, WM
    Ji, RB
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xue, MZ
    Fang, B
 TI Organic thin film electroluminescent devices with ZnO:Al as the anode
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID DIODES; POLY(3-ALKYLTHIOPHENE)
 AB Some organic thin film electroluminescent (EL) devices with
    aluminium-doped zinc oxide as the hole-injecting electrode have now
    been manufactured. Their EL spectra and J-V and B-V characteristics
    have been studied in detail. The work function and ionization potential
    of the materials composing the devices have been measured and their
    energy models given. The EL performance properties have been explained
    well.
 C1 E CHINA UNIV CHEM TECHNOL,ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING POLYMER LAB,SHANGHAI 200237,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, ZG, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ADACHI C, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L269
    ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P531
    AMINAKA E, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V33, P1061
    FOWLER RH, 1928, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V119, P173
    FUKUDA M, 1989, JPN J APPL PHYS, V28, L1433
    HOSOKAWA C, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2503
    KAO KC, 1981, ELECT TRANSPORT SOLI
    KEDO J, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2627
    LIU ZG, 1993, CHIN J LUMIN, V14, P185
    OHMORI Y, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P1938
    OHMORI Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V31, L568
    ONODA M, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, P1107
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    ZHANG C, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5177
    ZHANG ZL, 1994, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V15, P363
    ZHAO WM, 1995, THIN FILM SCI TECHNO, V8, P153
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 29
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 18
 BP 3221
 EP 3228
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA UJ327
 UT ISI:A1996UJ32700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, JH
    Liu, YC
    Liu, HY
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI An amperometric new methylene blue N-mediating sensor for hydrogen
    peroxide based on regenerated silk fibroin as an immobilization matrix
    for peroxidase
 SO ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODE
 AB A simple and effective procedure was described for the immobilization
    of peroxidase in regenerated silk. fibroin membrane prepared from waste
    silk. The membranes of regenerated silk fibroin with or without
    peroxidase, before or after the ethanol treatment, were characterized
    by ir spectra. An amperometric H2O2 sensor, based on the immobilized
    peroxidase in regenerated silk fibroin membrane, in the use of new
    methylene blue N as an electron transfer mediator, was fabricated. The
    characteristics of the sensor with respect to linearity, response time,
    effect of pH and temperature, stability, and reproducibility were
    investigated. Dependences of Michaelis-Menten constant K-M(app) on the
    concentration of the mediator, and the applied potential were also
    studied and the results were presented. The sensor was highly sensitive
    to H2O2 with a detection limit of 1.0 x 10(-7) M and with response time
    of less than 40 s. (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALBERY J, 1975, ELECTRODE KINETICS
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    DEMURA M, 1989, J BIOTECHNOL, V10, P113
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    DURLIAT H, 1989, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V22, P197
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    HOOGVLIET JC, 1991, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V6, P413
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    ITO Y, 1981, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V64, P1448
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU Y, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1326
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MATSUBARA C, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V57, P1107
    OLSSON B, 1982, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V136, P113
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SCHUBERT F, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V245, P133
    SHCELLER FW, 1989, BIOSENSORS
    TATSUMA T, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2352
    WANG J, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P43
    ZHOU XJ, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P147
 NR 22
 TC 13
 SN 0003-2697
 J9 ANAL BIOCHEM
 JI Anal. Biochem.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1996
 VL 236
 IS 2
 BP 208
 EP 214
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Biochemical Research Methods; Biochemistry &
    Molecular Biology
 GA UJ495
 UT ISI:A1996UJ49500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, WC
    Yan, LC
    Liu, HL
    Chen, NY
 TI Expert system RECORES for classification and prediction of
    resistivities of rare earth complex oxides
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE rare earth complex brides; pattern recognition; expert system
 AB The relationship between the resistivities of rare earth complex oxides
    and their characteristic parameters was studied by chemical bond
    parameter-pattern recognition method, An expert system, RECORES, for
    the classification and prediction of resistivities of the compounds has
    been built on the basis of the classification diagrams and rules found
    by the principal; component analysis and Fisher method, The expert
    system posesses the basic properties of common expert system as well as
    the pattern recognition package used as a visual and effective tool to
    save, represent and acquire the knowledges.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lu, WC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHEN N, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V210, P175
    LIU HL, 1992, CHINESE SCI BULL, V2, P113
    LIU ZX, 1981, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V17, P652
    LU WC, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V15, P882
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 505
 EP 508
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH847
 UT ISI:A1996UH84700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YD
    Tang, Y
    Lu, WC
    Yan, LC
 TI Learning association by self-organization neural tree applied to the
    estimation of formation condition for amorphous phase of trinal
    fluorides
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE fluoride; condition for amorphous formation; artificial neural network;
    learning association by self-organization neural tree (LASSONT)
 AB In this paper, Learning Association by Self-organization neural
    tree(LASSONT) was applied to the estimation of the formation condition
    for amorphous phase of trinal fluorides by using the chemical bond
    parameters, and the intelligential expert systems for computer
    estimation was established, The classification results show that the
    performance of the neural tree is good, and therefore LASSONT might be
    referred as an effective assistant technique for the investigation of
    formation condition of amorphous phase of trinal fluorides.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI RES CTR BIOTECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200233,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FRANK IE, 1982, ANAL CHEM, V54, P232
    LI T, 1993, NEUROCOMPUTING, P5
    LUO MQ, 1991, 3 NAT C COMP CHEM HA, P102
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 531
 EP 534
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH847
 UT ISI:A1996UH84700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Han, ZH
    Chen, YL
    Zou, YJ
    Liu, X
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of cis-1,2-cyclopropane derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE cyclopropanation; stereoselective synthesis; arsenic ylide
 AB Carbomethoxymethylenetriphenylarsorane 1, or its arsonium bromide in
    the presence of K2CO3, reacts with 2, 2-dialkyl-1,
    3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzal-4, 6-dione 2 to give
    cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6, 6-dialky-5, 7-dioxa-spiro-[2, 5]-4,
    8-octanadione 3 with a moderate to good yield.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAVIDSON D, 1948, J AM CHEM SOC, V70, P3426
    NICOLAOU KC, 1981, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1195
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHEN YC, 1981, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V39, P243
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V4, P951
 NR 5
 TC 12
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 50
 EP 55
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH840
 UT ISI:A1996UH84000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SZ
 TI Finite-difference time-domain approach to underwater acoustic
    scattering problems
 SO JOURNAL OF THE ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
 DT Article
 ID ABSORBING BOUNDARY-CONDITIONS; RADIATION; EQUATIONS
 AB The finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) recurrence expressions are
    formulated, and the numerical algorithm developed for underwater
    acoustic scattering applications, based upon the basic motion equation
    and the equation of continuity. The boundary condition implementation
    for both soft and rigid surfaces, and the absorbing boundary conditions
    on the truncating surface are described. The algorithm simulates the
    sound wave propagation in the time domain. As the time-stepping
    proceeds,boundary conditions are satisfied naturally. The method is
    particularly suited for scattering from complex objects. Near-field
    distributions of waves scattered from cylinders with ideal boundary
    conditions, insonified by a plane incident wave, are first computed.
    Far-field directional patterns are then derived using a Fourier
    transform method. The method is then applied to some other objects,
    including a square cylinder with an arbitrary aspect angle, and wedges
    with either ideally soft or ideally rigid surfaces. A good agreement
    between the FDTD and the theoretical results is demonstrated, showing
    the potential of the method in the studies of underwater scattering
    problems. (C) 1996 Acoustical Society of America.
 RP Wang, SZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOBBER RJ, 1970, UNDERWATER ELECTROAC, P193
    CHANG WF, 1989, B SEISMOL SOC AM, V79, P211
    CLARK JA, 1992, IEEE 6 SP WORKSH STA, P338
    DOUGHERTY M, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V82, P239
    FANG J, 1988, P 1988 IEEE AP S INT, P472
    FRICKE JR, 1993, J ACOUST SOC AM, V93, P1784
    JULL EV, 1981, APERTURE ANTENNAS DI, P38
    KELLY KR, 1974, P ROY IR AC C NUM AN, P57
    LUEBBERS RJ, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1403
    MALONEY JG, 1993, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V41, P668
    MORSE PM, 1983, VIBRATION SOUND, P347
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    RAILTON CJ, 1992, ELECTRON LETT, V628, P1891
    ROACHE PJ, 1972, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SCHINZINGER R, 1991, CONFORMAL MAPPING ME, P339
    STEPHEN RA, 1988, REV GEOPHYS, V26, P445
    TAFLOVE A, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P623
    TAFLOVE A, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P682
    TIRKAS PA, 1993, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V35, P192
    WANG S, UNPUB EFFICIENT ABSO
    WANG S, 1984, CHIN J ACOUST, V3, P121
    WANG S, 1985, ACTA ACUST, V10, P247
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
 NR 23
 TC 7
 SN 0001-4966
 J9 J ACOUST SOC AMER
 JI J. Acoust. Soc. Am.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 99
 IS 4
 PN Part 1
 BP 1924
 EP 1931
 PG 8
 SC Acoustics
 GA UF398
 UT ISI:A1996UF39800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XL
    Liu, HY
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
    Zhang, ZY
    Dai, M
    Deng, JQ
    Feng, F
 TI Amperometric tetrathiafulvalene-mediated sensor sensitive to reduced
    nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide based on co-immobilized lactate
    oxidase and lactate dehydrogenase
 SO ANALYTICAL COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICALLY MODIFIED ELECTRODES; ELECTROCATALYTIC OXIDATION; ENZYME
    ELECTRODE; CARBON ELECTRODES; NADH; ADSORPTION; COENZYMES; ACID; SALT
 AB An amperometric tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) mediated reduced nicotinamide
    adenine dinucleotide (NADH) sensor has been fabricated by
    co-immobilizing lactate oxidase and lactate dehydrogenase on an
    Eastman-AQ-TTF-modified electrode. The sensor provides low detection
    limits of 0.01 mmol l(-1) NADH and 1.0 mu mol l(-1) L-lactate and
    pyruvate by means of amplification of the bioelectrocatalytic oxidation
    current by the recycling of L-lactate and pyruvate, The response of the
    sensor to NADH under N-2 saturation reaches a 95% steady-state current
    within 2 min with a linear response at concentrations of 0.05-2.5 mmol
    l(-1), The dependence of the apparent Michaelis-Menten constant on
    applied potential was studied.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,INST HYDROGEN STORAGE MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, XL, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALBERY WJ, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V218, P127
    BARD AJ, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P2658
    CENAS NK, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V128, P103
    DEMPSEY E, 1992, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V7, P323
    ESSAADI K, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V367, P275
    GABBAY EJ, 1976, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V15, P2062
    GENTILOMI G, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V255, P387
    GORTON L, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V161, P103
    GORTON L, 1986, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V82, P1245
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V250, P203
    HAJIZADEH K, 1991, ANAL LETT, V24, P1453
    HALE PD, 1993, ANAL LETT, V26, P1073
    HIN BFYY, 1987, ANAL CHEM, V59, P2111
    JAEGFELDT H, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V110, P295
    KAMACHE M, 1982, J AM CHEM SOC, V104, P4520
    KATZ E, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V373, P189
    KUO KN, 1979, ANAL CHEM, V51, P745
    MCNEIL CJ, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P25
    MOIROUX J, 1978, ANAL CHEM, V50, P1056
    MURTHY ASN, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V33, P71
    ONSAKA T, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P222
    RIVERA N, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V34, P169
    RYAN MD, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, R360
    SCOTT DA, 1992, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V256, P47
    SIM KW, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V273, P165
    SPRULES SD, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P253
    SYMONS RH, 1989, J VIROL METHODS, V23, P299
    UEDA C, 1982, ANAL CHEM, V54, P850
    XU FQ, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V368, P221
    YAMADA H, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V33, P91
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 1359-7337
 J9 ANAL COMMUN
 JI Anal. Commun.
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 111
 EP 114
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA UE375
 UT ISI:A1996UE37500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Xu, ZY
    Hsu, TY
    Ao, Q
 TI Optimization of the phase diagram of CeO2-ZrO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Revised phase diagram of the CeO2-ZrO2 system is optimized and the
    lattice stability parameters of CeO2 of various phases as well as
    solution parameters of phases (liquid, cubic, tetragonal and
    monoclinic) are simultaneously obtained by using the Kaufman and
    Nesor's model for describing the ceramic solutions and the Lukas
    program.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANDONG POLYTECH UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,JINAN 250014,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Li, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DUWEZ P, 1950, J AM CERAM SOC, V33, P274
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    KAUFMAN L, 1987, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LANGE FF, 1981, 12 ROCHW INT, P19
    LIN L, 1995, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V11, P276
    LONGO V, 1971, CERAMURGIA INT, V1, P4
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NEGAS T, 1976, 12TH P RAR EARTH RES, P605
    ROITTI S, 1972, CERAMURGIA INT, V2, P97
    STUBICAN VS, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P25
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
 NR 13
 TC 11
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 159
 EP 160
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UD933
 UT ISI:A1996UD93300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Li, X
    Vazquez, L
 TI A Legendre spectral method for solving the nonlinear Klein-Gordon
    education
 SO COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Legendre spectral scheme; Klein-Gordon equation
 ID EQUATION
 AB A Legendre spectral scheme is proposed for solving the initial boundary
    value problem of the nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation. The numerical
    solution keeps the conservation. Its stability and convergence are
    investigated. Numerical results show the advantages of such
    approximation.
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MATH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV COMPLUTENSE MADRID,FAC CIENCIAS FIS,DEPT FIS TEOR,E-28040 MADRID,SPAIN.
 CR CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V108, P296
    GOU BY, 1982, NUMERICAL MATH, V4, P46
    GOU BY, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P702
    GOU BY, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    GOU BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GOU BY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH, V2, P38
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0101-8205
 J9 COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI Comput. Appl. Math.
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 36
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA UD917
 UT ISI:A1996UD91700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, L
    Delaey, L
    VanDerBiest, O
    Wollants, P
 TI Calculation of isothermal sections of three ternary Ti-Zr-X systems
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 C1 KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MET & MAT ENGN,B-3001 HEVERLEE,BELGIUM.
 RP Lin, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ABRIATA JP, 1982, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGR, V3, P34
    ABRIATA JP, 1982, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V3, P29
    AUFFREDIC JP, 1982, J LESS-COMMON MET, V84, P49
    BALAKRISHNA SS, 1990, T INDIAN I METALS, V33, P155
    BOYER HE, 1973, METALS HDB, V8, P310
    BROWN ARG, 1966, MEM SCI REV METALL, V63, P575
    BUDBERG PB, 1967, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V3, P656
    CHAN YA, 1966, AFMLTR652 USAF 2, P5
    CHATTERJI D, 1971, MET T, V2, P1271
    DOMAGALA RF, 1966, J LESS-COMMON MET, V11, P70
    FAN MY, 1982, OPTIMUM TECHNIQUE, P159
    FARRAR PA, 1966, T AIME, V236, P1061
    FLEWITT PEJ, 1972, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V5, P423
    GUILLERMET AF, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P478
    HAYES ET, 1957, USBMU345 US AT EN CO
    HAYES ET, 1957, USBMV345
    IMGRAM AG, 1961, 59595 WADC BATT MEM
    IMGRAM AG, 1962, J LESS-COMMON MET, V4, P217
    KAUFMAN L, 1970, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    LIN L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    MAYKUTH DJ, 1953, T AIME, V197, P231
    MURRAY JL, COMMUNICATION
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V2, P181
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V2, P55
    MURRAY JL, 1981, BAPD, V2, P197
    MURRAY JL, 1981, BAPD, V2, P62
    MURRAY JL, 1987, PHASE DIAGRAMS BINAR, P340
    NELDER JA, 1965, COMPUT J, V7, P308
    RAUB CJ, 1965, PHYS REV A, V137, P142
    RUDY E, 1969, AFMLTR652 USAF 5
    VANEFFENTEREE P, 1972, CEAR4330 CTR ET NUCL
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1996
 VL 34
 IS 9
 BP 1411
 EP 1416
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UD557
 UT ISI:A1996UD55700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI Improved comparison theorem for the nonlinear multisplitting relaxation
    method
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear multisplitting; relaxation method; monotone convergence;
    convergence rate
 ID PARALLEL; ALGORITHM
 AB A new comparison theorem is given for the nonlinear multisplitting
    relaxation method [1], and an important modification is proposed for
    it, too.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB
    2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P21
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    MORE JJ, 1972, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V9, P357
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V32, P274
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V15, P335
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUM, P125
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 31
 IS 8
 BP 23
 EP 30
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA UD547
 UT ISI:A1996UD54700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, SP
    Zhou, ZW
 TI The hydrodynamic stability of pendent drop under a liquid column
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB The hydrodynamic stability of a liquid column resting on a gas in a
    vertical tube with its upper end closed is analyzed. The maximum height
    above which the interface is unstable is given as a function of the
    Bond number and the density ratio. The instability is shown to be
    monotonic, i.e., nonoscillatory.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, SP, CLARKSON UNIV,DEPT MECH & AERONAUT ENGN,POTSDAM,NY 13699.
 CR DUSSAN V, 1975, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V57, P363
    HUH C, 1969, THESIS U MINNESOTA
    JOSEPH DD, 1976, STABILITY FLUID MOTI
    LIN SP, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V218, P641
    PITTS E, 1973, J FLUID MECH, V59, P753
    PITTS E, 1974, J FLUID MECH, V63, P487
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 63
 IS 1
 BP 106
 EP 109
 PG 4
 SC Mechanics
 GA UC815
 UT ISI:A1996UC81500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HZ
 TI Incidence-radiation condition of an artificial boundary
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID FINITE
 AB In this paper, the incidence-radiation composite boundary is presented
    for simulating the radiation condition on load incidence boundary. The
    theoretical foundations of the composite boundary are region-wise
    virtual work equations of wave motion in the finite and infinite
    domain. By studying the virtual work equations of changed domain and
    original domain, the correct boundary condition of wave motion problems
    concerning infinite domain is obtained. This revises the mistake caused
    by the current generally used method. Numerical results also show that
    the presented incidence-radiation composite boundary is very effective.
 RP Wang, HZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHEW WC, 1990, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG
    CHIEN W, 1989, ACTA MECH SINICA, V21, P300
    LIAO ZP, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P1063
    LYSMER J, 1969, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V95, P859
    MEDINA F, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P1209
    SUN J, 1993, SELECTED PAPERS TONG, P71
    WHITE W, 1977, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V103, P949
    WOLF JP, 1981, DYNAMIC SOIL STRUCTU
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1991, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V2
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD MAY 17
 PY 1996
 VL 59
 IS 4
 BP 743
 EP 749
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA UC192
 UT ISI:A1996UC19200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, YW
    Zhang, ZW
 TI Investigation on the potentiostatic polymerization of low concentration
    aniline
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE potentiostatic method; electrochemical polymerization; low
    concentration aniline
 AB In this paper, the electrochemical polymerization of low concentration
    aniline was studied by potentiostatic method. The equation of polymeric
    current simultaneously controlled by diffusion and electrode reaction
    was derived and verified successfully, Some electrochemical parameters
    of polymeric reaction, such as alpha(boolean AND), k(s)' and D-R, were
    determined.
 C1 NANJING UNIV, DEPT CHEM, NANJING 210093, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xiao, YW, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, DEPT CHEM, SHANGHAI 201800,
    PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BREITENHACH M, 1971, ELECTROANAL CHEM ELE, V29, P29
    DIAZ AF, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V111, P111
    DUNSCH L, 1975, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V61, P61
    MOHILNER DM, 1962, J AM CHEM SOC, V84, P3618
    XIAO YW, IN PRESS ACTA CHIM S
    YIN B, IN PRESS ACTA CHIMIC
    YIN B, 1995, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V53, P73
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 1852
 EP 1855
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UC194
 UT ISI:A1995UC19400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, PS
    Yun, S
    Hu, ZM
    Qi, DY
 TI Quantitative analysis of a mixture with reversible electrode processes
    by cyclic voltammetry and linear sweep voltammetry
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE digital simulation; quantitative analysis; reversible electrode
    processes; cyclic voltammetry; linear sweep voltammetry
 ID RESOLUTION ENHANCEMENT
 AB The theories of the linear sweep voltammetry (LSV) and cyclic
    voltammetry (CV), including branch cyclic voltammetry (BACV), of a
    mixture containing two components whose electrode processes are
    reversible and independent are described. The digital simulation method
    is used to simulate the theoretical linear sweep and cyclic
    voltammograms at spherical electrodes. A mixture of Pb2+ and Cd2+ at
    hanging mercury drop electrodes is used to test the theories. Both
    theory and experiment show that, in the presence of a species which is
    reduced at more positive potentials, it is difficult to determine the
    concentration of another species; considerable error could be caused in
    LSV, but CV based on the reverse branch of a cyclic voltammogram and
    BACV show less error. The allowed concentration of the more positively
    reduced species with a 10% relative error in CV and BACV is about four
    to twenty times more than that in LSV. However, in the presence of a
    species that is reduced at more negative potentials, LSV shows far less
    error than BACV and CV. The theoretical and experimental results are
    consistent.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARD AJ, 1980, ELECTROCHEMICAL METH, P232
    BOND AM, 1980, MODERN POLAROGRAPHIC, P207
    ENGBLOM SO, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P371
    FELDBERG SW, 1969, ELECTROANALYTICAL CH, V3, P199
    KISSINGER PT, 1983, J CHEM EDUC, V60, P702
    MABBOTT GA, 1983, J CHEM EDUC, V60, P697
    MYLAND JC, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V153, P43
    MYLAND JC, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V206, P1
    NICHOLSON RS, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P706
    OLDHAM KB, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V55, P1992
    OSTERYOUNG J, 1986, ANAL CHEM S SER, V25, P3
    OSTERYOUNG J, 1986, ELECTROANAL CHEM, V14, P209
    PALYS M, 1991, TALANTA, V38, P723
    PIZETA I, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P395
    POLCYN DS, 1966, ANAL CHEM, V38, P370
    ROONEY RC, 1963, J POLAROGRAPH SOC, V9, P45
    TOKUDA K, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V159, P23
    ZHAO P, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P1163
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD FEB 7
 PY 1996
 VL 402
 IS 1-2
 BP 11
 EP 17
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA UC280
 UT ISI:A1996UC28000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chian, JF
 TI Ceramic glass from flying-ash
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 SUNY COLL ONEONTA,DEPT CHEM,ONEONTA,NY 13820.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 24
 PY 1996
 VL 211
 PN Part 1
 BP 631
 EP INOR
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UA482
 UT ISI:A1996UA48203648
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI The influence of interface layer on microstructural stresses in mortar
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL AND ANALYTICAL METHODS IN
    GEOMECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE concrete; interface layer; microstructure; mortar; stress
 AB In this paper, the influence of geometrical and physical parameters
    (size of the sand particle, thickness of the interface layer and ratios
    of the modulus of elasticity) on stress distributions in a mortar is
    studied. It is found that a weak or soft interface layer in the mortar
    will greatly reduce the strength of the concrete; if the modulus of the
    interface layer approaches to that of the cement paste and the modulus
    of the sand particle (or aggregate) is 4-10 times as large as that of
    the cement paste, the concrete will possess a much higher strength and
    thus has a better property.
 C1 PURDUE UNIV,SCH CIVIL ENGN,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907.
 RP Zhao, XH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, 146 ASME AMR
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    YAMAGUCHI E, 1991, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V117, P653
    ZHAO XH, 1994, CESTR9423 PURD U SCH
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0363-9061
 J9 INT J NUMER ANAL METH GEOMECH
 JI Int. J. Numer. Anal. Methods Geomech.
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 215
 EP 228
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Geological; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA UA784
 UT ISI:A1996UA78400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, F
    Cao, ZC
 TI Modified model in positive temperature coefficient of resistance BaTiO3
    ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Current-voltage and resistivity-voltage measurements have been made on
    donor-doped BaTiO3 ceramics in order to investigate the nature of the
    current transport processes. It is found that the characteristics of
    the current-voltage do not follow the Heywang model [Solid-State
    Electron. 3, 51 (1961)]. Hence, the classical Heywang model is modified
    and the thermionic emission model with smoothly changed barrier
    resulted from image force is suggested. The modified theory coincides
    better with the experimental observation. The dependence between
    current density and voltage is J=J(0) exp[-(phi(0)-beta V-1/2)/kT]. The
    relationship between resistivity and voltage (voltage effect) is
    rho=(2kT/dJ(0) beta)V-1/2 exp[(phi(0)-beta V-1/2)/kT]. From the
    modified model, the maximum barrier height of BaTiO3 ceramics can be
    deduced experimentally as well. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, F, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI
    200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HAAYMAN PW, 1995, 925350, GE
    HEYWANG W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V3, P51
    HEYWANG W, 1964, J AM CERAM SOC, V47, P484
    JONKER GH, 1964, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V7, P895
    NEMOTO H, 1980, J AM CERAM SOC, V63, P398
    SIMMONS JG, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P2472
    SMYTHE WR, 1950, STATIC DYNAMIC ELECT
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 1996
 VL 79
 IS 5
 BP 2487
 EP 2490
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA TY119
 UT ISI:A1996TY11900046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI Plastic zone characteristics of crack tip in anisotropic solids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ERDOGAN F, 1963, J BASIC ENG, V85, P519
    LIEBOWITZ H, 1968, FRACTURE ADV TREATIS, V2
    SIH GC, 1974, INT J FRACTURE MECH, V10, P305
    WU EM, 1968, COMP MAT WORKSH, P20
    ZHIMING Y, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P797
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PY 1996
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP R3
 EP R10
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA TX339
 UT ISI:A1996TX33900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WZ
    Olsen, SE
 TI Reaction equilibria in the production of manganese ferroalloys
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A laboratory investigation has been carried out to determine slag/metal
    and slag/metal/gas equilibria relevant to production of manganese
    ferroalloys. The metal phase was normally composed of Mn-Si-C-sat
    alloys, but in some experiments, the alloys contained up to 15 wt pet
    Fe. Different slag systems were used: MnO-SiO2, MnO-SiO2-CaO,
    MnO-SiO2-Al2O3, and quaternary MnO-SiO2-CaO-Al2O3 with fixed CaO/Al2O3
    weight ratios of 1.5 and 3. The experiments were normally made in CO
    gas atmosphere at temperatures ranging from 1450 degrees C to 1600
    degrees C. The results give comprehensive information about equilibrium
    relations. Partial and complete equilibria are illustrated in
    equilibrium diagrams. Partial equilibrium is a situation in which
    equilibrium is established with respect to certain variables but not to
    others, in this case, between slag and metal but not with the gas
    phase. The effect of temperature was found to be of minor importance
    for the partial slag/metal equilibrium, whereas the complete
    slag/metal/gas equilibrium is considerably influenced by both
    temperature and CO pressure. As expected, increasing temperature and
    decreasing CO pressure will reduce the equilibrium MnO content of
    slags. The influence of alumina addition to the slag phase and of iron
    to the metal phase is also discussed.
 C1 UNIV TRONDHEIM,NORWEGIAN INST TECHNOL,DEPT MET,N-7034 TRONDHEIM,NORWAY.
 RP Ding, WZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    AHMAD N, 1978, METALL T A, V9, P1857
    ASHIN AK, 1977, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, P232
    BALATIN GI, 1974, UKR KHIM ZH, V40, P542
    CENGIZLER H, 1992, P 6 INT FERR C 1992, P167
    CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    DARKEN RS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P144
    DING W, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    ESIN OA, 1954, RUSS ZH APPL CHEM, V27, P1252
    FUJISAWA T, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P1494
    GEE R, 1976, SCAND J METALL, V5, P57
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    GELDENHUIS JMA, 1992, P 6 INT FERR C 1992, P105
    GLASSER FP, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P242
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    KORBER F, 1936, MITT KAIS WILH I EIS, V18, P109
    LEE YE, 1980, CAN METALL Q, V19, P315
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    MUAN A, 1965, PHASE EQUILIBRIA OXI
    NI RM, 1990, STEEL RES, V61, P113
    PETRUSHEVSKII MS, 1959, J PRIKLADNOI KHEMI, V32, P86
    PETRUSHEVSKII MS, 1973, RUSS J PHYS CHEM, V47, P158
    RANKIN WJ, 1978, 1959 NIM
    RAO BKD, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P469
    RAO BKDP, 1981, METALL TRANS B, V12, P311
    REIN RH, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P1193
    RESER MK, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, P630
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P1586
    SKIREDJ O, 1963, T TMS AIME, V227, P536
    STAPLETON JM, 1961, J MET, V13, P45
    TANAKA A, 1977, J JPN I MET, V41, P601
    TANAKA A, 1980, MURORAN KOGYO DAIGAK, V10, P19
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1956, J IRON STEEL I, V182, P274
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1957, T I MIN METALL, V67, P573
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340420 SINTEF
    VORONOV VA, 1982, RUSS METALL+, P22
    WARREN GF, 1975, P 1 INT FERR C 1974, P175
    YAKOSHEVITCH NF, 1969, IZV VUZ CHERN METALL, P48
    ZAITSEV AI, 1989, RASPLAVY, V3, P9
 NR 42
 TC 10
 SN 1073-5623
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 27
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 17
 PG 13
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA TW621
 UT ISI:A1996TW62100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, RS
    Yang, ZH
 TI Double S-breaking cubic turning points and their computation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In the paper we are concerned with double S-breaking cubic turning
    points of two-parameter nonlinear problems in the presence of
    Z(2)-symmetry. Three extended systems are proposed to determine double
    S-breaking cubic turning points. We show that there exist two kinds of
    singular point path passing through double S-breaking cubic turning
    point, One is the simple quadratic turning point path, the other is the
    pitchfork bifurcation point path.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLGOWER EL, 1984, ISNM70, P15
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V2
    MA YN, 1990, J COMPUT MATH, V8, P261
    SPENCE A, 1982, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V2, P413
    WERNER B, 1984, ISNM70, P562
    WERNER B, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P388
    WU W, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH J CHI, V2, P101
    YANG ZH, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P149
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 8
 EP 22
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TU315
 UT ISI:A1996TU31500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Yao, Y
    Zhu, ZM
 TI Synthesis of dimethyl
    3-perfluoroalkyl-4-(3-oxo-2-triphenylphosphoranylidenbutanylidene)-pent-
    2-enedioate and its cyclization
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphorane; polysubstituted arene; intramolecular cyclization
 ID ACYCLIC PRECURSORS; FACILE SYNTHESIS; METHYL
 AB The title compounds 5a-5c were prepared via the reaction of methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (4) with methyl
    5-oxo-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)hex-2-enoate (3), which was
    obtained from the reaction of methyl propynate (2) with
    acetylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane (1) at -5-0 degrees C.
    Intramolecular elimination of Ph(3)PO took place when compound 5 was
    heated in aqueous methanol at 115-120 degrees C in sealed tube,
    yielding dimethyl 2-trifluoromethyl-4-methylisophthalate (6a) from 5a
    and methyl 5-acetyl-4-hydroxy-2-heptafluoropropanylbenzoate (6b) from
    5b, respectively. The structures of compounds 5, 6a and 6b were
    confirmed by IR, MS, H-1 NMR, F-19 NMR and C-13 NMR spectroscopy and
    elemental analyses. Rection mechanisms for the formation of compounds
    5, 6a and 6b were proposed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JUNG ME, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P3965
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    RAMIREZ F, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P41
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    WOLF V, 1953, CHEM BER, V86, P735
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 468
 EP 474
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA TU139
 UT ISI:A1995TU13900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XF
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, ZM
 TI Thermal non-Newtonian EHL analysis of rib-roller end contact in tapered
    roller bearings
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID LUBRICATION
 AB An EHL approach to the rib-roller end contact in tapered roller
    bearings has been achieved by taking into account the non-Newtonian
    behavior of lubricants and thermal effects and with full consideration
    of the peculiar geometrical and kinematic conditions. Two kinds of
    geometrical configurations of rib and roller end were investigated
    tapered rib/spherical roller end and spherical rib/spherical roller
    end. Optimal ratios of curvature radius of roller end to rib face were
    deduced. The film thickness, friction torque, lubricant temperature,
    and surface temperature at various speeds and loads were calculated.
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT ENGN MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARAMAKI H, 1992, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V114, P311
    BAIR S, 1979, ASME, V101, P258
    CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CHITTENDEN RJ, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V397, P245
    DALMAZ G, 1980, 7TH P LEEDS LY S TRI, V7, P175
    DOWSON D, 1977, ELASTOHYDRODYNAMIC L
    GADALLAH N, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P265
    HAMROCK BJ, 1981, BALL BEARING LUBRICA
    JAMISON WE, 1977, ASLE T, V20, P79
    JIANG XF, 1993, P INT S TRIBOLOGY 93, P147
    JOHNSON KL, 1977, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V356, P215
    KORRENN H, 1970, FORTSCHR BER, V1, P11
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, CORRELATIONAL ASPECT
    WANG SH, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P666
    ZHANG Z, 1988, STLE T, V31, P461
    ZHOU RS, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P590
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 117
 IS 4
 BP 646
 EP 654
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA TT886
 UT ISI:A1995TT88600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, B
    Yang, KZ
    Zhong, SS
 TI Theoretical analysis of a parabolic torus reflector antenna with
    multibeam
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE multibeam antenna; single offset antenna; parabolic torus reflector
    antenna
 AB The parametric equations and the formulas of unit normal vector and
    surface element for a parabolic torus reflector antenna are derived and
    the mechanism of producing multibeam is proposed. Based on physical
    optics, the radiation pattern formulas for the antenna are given, with
    which the effects of geometric parameters on the antenna are studied.
    The good agreement between the calculated patterns and the measured
    ones shows that the theory is helpful for designing parabolic torus
    antennas.
 C1 MINIST ELECTR IND,INST 54,SHIJIAZHUANG 050081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Du, B, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HDB MATH, P307
    1979, HDB MATH, V415, P416
    BOSWELL AGP, 1978, MARCONI REV, V41, P237
    HYDE G, 1974, COMSAT TECH REV, V4, P231
    LUDWING AC, 1973, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V2, P116
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 38
 IS 12
 BP 1520
 EP 1531
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TQ966
 UT ISI:A1995TQ96600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Pan, JS
    Luo, WY
    Li, XN
    Wang, CS
 TI Preferential sputtering from Ni-Pd alloy in the phase transition region
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PARTICLES
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZX, CCAST,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BETZ G, 1983, SPUTTERING PARTICLE, V2, P11
    KELLY R, 1985, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V7, P1
    KIRSCHNER J, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V7, P742
    SHAKIROV R, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V67, P540
    SIGMUND P, 1969, PHYS REV, V184, P383
    SIGMUND P, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P541
    SLUSSER GJ, 1979, SURF SCI, V84, P211
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    YURASOVA VE, 1983, VACUUM, V33, P565
    YURASOVA VE, 1986, VACUUM, V36, P630
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 150
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA TQ664
 UT ISI:A1996TQ66400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, GB
    Tan, WH
 TI Field enhancement due to anomalous skin effect inside a target
 SO PHYSICS OF PLASMAS
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-DENSITY PLASMA; LASER-PULSES; ABSORPTION
 AB A new method based on Fourier transformation to study the skin effects
    is presented. Using this method, the field amplitude in plasma is
    represented in terms of electric conductivity, and the normal and
    anomalous skin effects are described through one formula by omitting
    the plasma dispersion or not. The results are in agreement with other
    publications [e.g., J. P. Matte and K. Aguenaou, Phys. Rev. A 45, 2558
    (1992)] for equivalent parameters. But for deeper positions inside a
    target, which have not been studied by others, it is found that the
    field amplitude is considerably enhanced due to an anomalous skin
    effect, even for constant collision frequency. In addition, the skin
    absorptions and some calculations on an anomalous skin effect for
    different collision frequencies are also presented. (C) 1996 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Ma, GB, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BLEVIN HA, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P1259
    BLEVIN HA, 1973, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P82
    BRUNEL F, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V31, P2714
    BULANOV SV, 1994, PHYS PLASMAS, V1, P745
    DENAVIT J, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3052
    FEDOSEJEVS R, 1990, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V50, P79
    FEDOSEJEVS R, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1250
    FRIED BD, 1961, PLASMA DISPERSION FU
    GAMALIY EG, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P929
    GAUTSCHI W, 1964, APPLIED MATH SERIES, V55, P295
    GIBBON P, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1535
    ICHIMARU S, 1973, BASIC PRINCIPLES PLA, CH3
    JACKSON JD, 1962, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN, P220
    KIEFFER JC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P760
    KIEFFER JC, 1991, PHYS FLUIDS B-PLASMA, V3, P167
    MATTE JP, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2558
    MURNANE MM, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P155
    NG A, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P3351
    ROZMUS W, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7401
    SAUERBREY R, 1994, PHYS PLASMAS, V1, P1635
    WEIBEL ES, 1967, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P741
    WILKS SC, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1383
    ZIGLER A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P534
    ZIMAN JM, 1969, PRINCIPLES THEORY SO, P241
    ZIMAN JM, 1981, PHYS MET, V1, P102
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1070-664X
 J9 PHYS PLASMAS
 JI Phys. Plasmas
 PD JAN
 PY 1996
 VL 3
 IS 1
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas
 GA TP807
 UT ISI:A1996TP80700040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI Models of asynchronous parallel nonlinear multisplitting relaxed
    iterations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID ALGORITHM; CONVERGENCE
 AB In the sense of the nonlinear multisplitting and based on the principle
    of sufficiently using the delayed information, we propose models of
    asynchronous parallel accelerated overrelaxation iteration methods for
    solving large scale system of nonlinear equations. Under proper
    conditions, we set up the local convergence theories of these new
    method models.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,PARALLEL ALGORITHMS RES CTR,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V15, P335
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
    WANG DR, 1995, IN PRESS APPL MATH J
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 369
 EP 386
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TP800
 UT ISI:A1995TP80000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, SZ
    Zheng, QA
    Zhuang, DM
 TI Discontinuous robust mappings are approximatable
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE robust sets; robust mappings; approximatable mappings; integral global
    optimization
 AB The concepts of robustness of sets and and functions were introduced to
    form the foundation of the theory of integral global optimization. A
    set A of a topological space X is said to be robust iff cl A = cl int
    A. A mapping f: X --> Y is said to be robust iff for each open set U-Y
    of Y, f(-1)(U-Y) is robust. We prove that if X is a Baire space and Y
    satisfies the second axiom of countability, then a mapping f: X --> Y
    is robust iff it is approximatable in the sense that the set of points
    of continuity of f is dense in X and that for any other point x is an
    element of X, (x, f(x)) is the limit of {(x(alpha), f(x(alpha)))},
    where for all alpha, x(alpha) is a continuous point of f. This result
    justifies the notion of robustness.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX,NS B3M 2J6,CANADA.
 RP Shi, SZ, NANKAI INST MATH,DIV THEORET PHYS,TIANJIN 300071,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BATUCHTIN LV, 1984, OPTIMIZATION DISCONT
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    CHOQUET G, 1969, LECTURES ANAL, V1
    CHOQUET G, 1969, OUTILS TOPOLOGIQUES
    MAYUROVA IV, 1984, USSR COMP MATH MATH, V24, P121
    OXTOBY JC, 1980, MEASURE CATEGORY
    SEMANDENI Z, 1971, BANACH SPACES CONTIN
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    ZANG I, 1981, MATH OPER RES, V6, P140
    ZHENG Q, IN PRESS GLOBAL MINI
    ZHENG Q, 1978, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P161
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
    ZHENG Q, 1991, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP
    ZHENG Q, 1993, COMPUT MATH APPL, V25, P79
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0002-9947
 J9 TRANS AMER MATH SOC
 JI Trans. Am. Math. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 347
 IS 12
 BP 4943
 EP 4957
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics
 GA TM686
 UT ISI:A1995TM68600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A unified variable-domain variational theory of hybrid problems for
    compressible S-2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID PRINCIPLES; ROTOR
 AB Using the functional variation with variable domain, two families of
    variational principles (VPs) for the hybrid problem types H-A and H-B
    of S-2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery are established. The new
    theory provides both rational ways for best contouring the hub/casing
    walls to meet various practical design requirements and a theoretical
    basis for introducing the finite element method (FEM) into
    computational aerodynamics of turbomachinery
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATHS & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOSMAN C, 1974, ARC RM3746
    CAI RQ, 1983, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V1, P25
    CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    DORMAN TE, 1968, ASME, V90
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1978, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, THERMOPHYSICS
    LIU GL, 1982, AUG P INT C FEM SHAN, P520
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P125
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1987, AIAA871426 PAP
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECHANICA 1, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU RX, 1981, SEISMOL GEOL, V3, P1
    MARSH H, 1968, ARC RM3509
    MCNALLY WD, 1985, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V107, P6
    OATES GC, 1976, ASME, V98, P1
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU CH, 1965, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V13, P43
    YAN S, 1990, 1ST P INT S EXP COMP, P457
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 213
 EP 222
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA TN109
 UT ISI:A1995TN10900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Optimization of axial-flow pump cascade solidity subject to cavitation
    and separation-free constraints
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB The solidity optimization of 2-D axial-flow pump cascades is formulated
    as a nonlinear programming problem that minimizes the profile losses
    subject to separation/cavitation-free constraints. Both constraints are
    expressed in terms of the Lieblen's equivalent diffusion ratio D-eq.
    Analytical solutions are obtained in the form of formulae convenient
    for design. The method is further extended to 3-D pump stages.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATHS & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BEVERIDGE GSG, 1970, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    BRUCE EP, 1974, NASA SP304, P795
    CONRAD A, 1965, MTZ
    LIEBLEIN S, 1959, ASME, V81, P387
    LIEBLEIN S, 1965, NASA SP, V36, CH6
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P127
    OKIISHI TH, 1975, INT J MECH SCI, V17, P633
    REKLAITIS GV, 1983, ENG OPTIMIZATION MET
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 231
 EP 236
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA TN109
 UT ISI:A1995TN10900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
 TI In-process sensor for surface profile measurement applying a
    common-mode rejection technique
 SO OPTICS AND LASER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE interferometers; profilometers; noise suppression; common-mode rejection
 AB An optical non-contact profilometer is presented for super-smooth
    surfaces, which applies a so-called common-mode rejection technique.
    Environmental disturbances and laser amplitude noise, which commonly
    exist in similar instruments, are overcome in this system. The overall
    simplicity of the optics and electronics, the low cost of the
    components and the ease of alignment make this a convenient system to
    implement.
 RP Tu, DW, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MECH AUTOMAT,POB 27,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAUDRIDGE A, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2337
    DOWNS MJ, 1985, PRECIS ENG, V7, P211
    HUANG CC, 1984, OPT ENG, V23, P356
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PANTZER D, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P4168
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0030-3992
 J9 OPT LASER TECHNOL
 JI Opt. Laser Technol.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 27
 IS 6
 BP 351
 EP 353
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA TN089
 UT ISI:A1995TN08900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, JL
    Chadderton, LT
    Fink, D
    Cruz, SA
    Ghosh, S
    Zhu, DZ
 TI Electronic stopping and etched particle tracks in polymers .2. Boron
    and lithium tracks
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 ID DETECTORS; CR-39; IONS
 AB This work is the second one in a series of papers on the correlation of
    etched particle tracks with the projectiles' electronic energy
    transfer. The plastic detector CR39 was bombarded with boron and
    lithium ions at different energies, and subsequently etched. The
    relation between the diameter of etched tracks and the projectile
    energy was studied in detail. Maximum diameters were found after boron
    irradiation at 2.1 MeV, and after lithium irradiation at about 1.1 MeV.
    These values closely coincide with those ion energies at which they
    deposit their maximum electronic energy in the target surface area. The
    observations also point at a linear relationship between the maximum
    electronic stopping power and the atomic number of the projectile ions.
 C1 AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,RES SCH PHYS SCI,CANBERRA,ACT 2601,AUSTRALIA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH,DEPT FD,D-14109 BERLIN,GERMANY.
    UNIV AUTONOMA METROPOLITANA IZTAPALAPA,DEPT FIS,MEXICO CITY 09340,DF,MEXICO.
    NE HILL UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHILLONG 793003,MEGHALAYA,INDIA.
    ACAD SINICA,JOINT OPEN LAB ANALYT NUCL TECH,SHANGHAI BRANCH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, JL, CSIRO,DIV APPL PHYS,GPO 4,CANBERRA,ACT 2601,AUSTRALIA.
 CR ALNAJJAR SAR, 1984, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V8, P45
    BERNARDI L, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V53, P61
    BIERSACK JP, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V174, P257
    CHADDERTON LT, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P168
    CROSS WG, 1986, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V12, P533
    FINK D, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V65, P432
    FLEISCHER RL, 1975, NUCLEAR TRACKS SOLID
    JONSSON G, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V63, P399
    ZIEGLER JF, 1985, STOPPING RANGES IONS, V1
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 105
 IS 1-4
 BP 208
 EP 211
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA TM152
 UT ISI:A1995TM15200043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, QJ
    Deng, XN
 TI Oscillating behaviour on electrodeposited CuInSe2 thin-films during
    H2O2 cathodic reduction
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID IRON-SULFIDE ELECTRODES; SUSTAINED OSCILLATIONS; CATALYTIC REDUCTION;
    HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE
 AB CuInSe2 thin films prepared by electrodeposition method can produce
    periodically electrochemistry oscillation phenomenna during H2O2
    cathodic reduction. The dynamic current-voltage curve from -1.80V to
    0.00V((vsSCE)) appears a pronounced current wave. When the potential is
    set in the oscillating potential region, the cell response may be
    accounted for, in the equivalent circuit representation, by the
    presence of negative resistances and inductances with A.C. methods. The
    negative resistances and inductances may indicate an autocatalytio
    reaction with an adsorbed intermediate.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xu, QJ, SHANGHAI INST ELECT POWER,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    200090,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARMSTRONG RD, 1972, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V39, P81
    CATTARIN S, 1988, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V92, P1345
    CATTARIN S, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P3475
    SCHUMANN D, 1968, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V17, P451
    TRIBUTSCH H, 1975, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V79, P570
    TRIBUTSCH H, 1975, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V79, P580
    WOJTOWICZ J, 1973, MOD ASPECT ELECTROC, P47
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1995
 VL 53
 IS 11
 BP 1076
 EP 1081
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA TL445
 UT ISI:A1995TL44500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CS
    Luo, WY
    Gu, JQ
    Tabata, T
    Ito, R
 TI A comparison of calculated and measured absorbed doses of electron beams
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID DOSIMETERS; ALGORITHM
 AB A semiempirical code to compute the absorbed dose in a single- to
    five-layer slab absorbers irradiated by electron beams has been
    developed. The doses estimated by the code have been compared with the
    experimental results obtained with a pyrolitic-graphite calorimeter for
    the electron beams of 1.5 and 1.75-MeV energy, and these have shown
    agreement within about 3%.
 C1 UNIV OSAKA PREFECTURE,ADV SCI & TECHNOL RES INST,SAKAI,OSAKA 593,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST METROL TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200233,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1992, EDMULT 311 MICRO ELE
    GARTH JC, 1986, T AM NUCL SOC, V52, P377
    HUMPHREYS JC, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P744
    ITO R, 1987, RCOPTR8 RAD CTR OS P
    KOBETICH EJ, 1968, PHYS REV, V170, P391
    KOBETICH EJ, 1969, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V71, P269
    MCLAUGHLIN WL, 1989, DOSIMETRY RAD PROCES
    MILLER A, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V10, P994
    MILLER A, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P774
    TABATA T, 1974, NUCL SCI ENG, V53, P226
    TABATA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P249
    TABATA T, 1989, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V33, P411
    TABATA T, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P821
    TABATA T, 1993, NOV RADT AS 93 C P T, P574
    TANAKA R, 1971, 32ND PREPR AUT M JAP, P231
    ZHANG LM, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P765
 NR 16
 TC 3
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 47
 IS 2
 BP 167
 EP 170
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA TK581
 UT ISI:A1996TK58100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, T
 TI RECOVERY OF DIGITAL SIGNALS FROM CHAOTIC SWITCHING
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CIRCUIT THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Letter
 ID CHUA CIRCUIT
 RP YANG, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT ENGN,CAMPUS BOX
    14,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUA LO, 1992, AEU-ARCH ELEKTRON UB, V46, P250
    CRUZ JM, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P614
    CUOMO KM, 1993, 1993 P IEEE ASSP C M, P137
    CUOMO KM, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P626
    KOCAREV L, 1992, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V2, P709
    PARLITZ U, 1992, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V2, P973
    YANG T, 1994, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V22, P399
 NR 7
 TC 41
 SN 0098-9886
 J9 INT J CIRCUIT THEOR APPL
 JI Int. J. Circuit Theory Appl.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 611
 EP 615
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA TJ622
 UT ISI:A1995TJ62200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    CAO, WM
 TI A SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE FLUID-FLOW WITH LOW MACH NUMBER ON THE
    SPHERICAL SURFACE
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE FLUID FLOW WITH LOW MACH NUMBER; SPHERICAL SURFACE; SPECTRAL METHOD
 AB A spectral scheme is proposed for the fluid flow with low Mach number
    on the spherical surface. The stability and the convergence are proved.
    some skills in this paper can be extended to tackle problems defined on
    manifolds.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1994, J COMPUT MATH, V12, P173
    GUO BY, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1067
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARUND M, 1985, LECTURE NOTES APPLIE, V22, P1
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    WILLIAMSON DL, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V102, P211
    ZEN QC, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 6
 BP 1764
 EP 1777
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA TH076
 UT ISI:A1995TH07600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, Y
 TI GENERATION OF SOLITARY WAVES IN A 3-LAYER FLUID SYSTEM
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY & TECHNOLOGICAL
    SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE SOLITARY WAVES; STRATIFIED FLUID; KDV EQUATION
 ID GRAVITATIONAL COLLAPSE; STRATIFIED FLUID; INTERNAL WAVES
 AB Based on the generalized Boussinesq equations for the three-layer fluid
    system, the KdV equations for the interfaces are obtained by using a
    perturbation method and the effect of fluid depth on the generation of
    solitary waves is discussed. By classifying the waves into fast-,
    medium- and slow-modes, it is found that the results on the slow-mode
    waves is qualitatively consistent with the experimental ones, and there
    may exist concave solitary waves on free surface, which is yet to be
    verified by experiments.
 RP ZHU, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    AMEN R, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V96, P65
    GILREATH HE, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P693
    KAKUTANI T, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V45, P674
    MAXWORTHY T, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V96, P47
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    ZHU Y, IN PRESS J HYDRODYNA
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron. Technol. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 38
 IS 10
 BP 1239
 EP 1245
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TH029
 UT ISI:A1995TH02900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, WP
    ZHENG, LR
    XIN, HP
    LIN, CL
    GU, M
    CAO, ZC
    OKUYAMA, M
 TI BARUO3 THIN-FILMS PREPARED BY PULSED-LASER DEPOSITION
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRIC MEMORIES
 AB High electrical conductive BaRuO3 thin films with (110) perovskite
    orientation have been successfully fabricated on Si(100) substrates by
    pulsed ArF excimer laser deposition and post-annealing. The resistivity
    of the films at room temperature is in the range of 10(-2)-10(-3) Ohm
    cm. Auger electron spectroscopy (AES) measurement shows that the
    compositions uniformly distributed throughout the film. Rutherford
    backscattering spectroscopy (RES) analysis indicates that the chemical
    stoichiometric ratio is well consistent with the ideal one as in BaRuO3.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,FAC MAT,JIADING 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,TOYONAKA,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP XU, WP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENSCH W, 1990, SOLID STATE IONICS, V43, P171
    CHEUNG JT, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P2045
    DONOHUE PC, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P306
    EOM CB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1766
    KIM TW, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P2676
    LARSEN PK, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V128, P265
    SCOTT JF, 1989, SCIENCE, V246, P1400
    TAKIKAWA O, 1986, 36TH IEEE P EL COMP, P214
    VANLOAN PR, 1992, CERAM B, V51, P231
    VIJAY DP, 1993, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V140, P2640
    XU W, 1995, IN PRESS PHYS STAT A
    YOON YS, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P1547
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 25
 IS 3-4
 BP 175
 EP 178
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA TG742
 UT ISI:A1995TG74200021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZH
 TI SPLICE LOSS ANALYSIS OF 2 NONIDENTICAL SINGLE-MODE SLAB WAVE-GUIDES
    WITH SIMULTANEOUS TILT AND OFFSET MISALIGNMENTS
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE PLANAR OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDES; SPLICE LOSS
 AB By using the Gaussian approximation of the fundamental mode of a
    symmetric slab waveguide, the splice losses due to simultaneous tilt,
    offset, and waveguide-parameter mismatch of single-mode slab waveguides
    have been calculated Very simple formulas have been derived, and
    numerical examples have been given. (C) 1995 John Wiiey & Sons, Inc.
 RP WANG, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1995
 VL 10
 IS 5
 BP 291
 EP 294
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA TE780
 UT ISI:A1995TE78000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, HY
    QIAN, JH
    LIU, YC
    YU, TY
    DENG, JQ
 TI NICKELOCENE-MEDIATING SENSOR FOR HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE BASED ON
    BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION OF HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE
 SO ANALYTICAL PROCEEDINGS
 DT Article
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; MODIFIED ELECTRODES; CARBON
 AB An amperometric H2O2 sensor using nickelocene as the electron transfer
    agent between immobilized horseradish peroxide and a glassy carbon
    electrode was fabricated. The sensor was highly sensitive to H2O2 with
    a detection limit of 5.0 X 10(-7) mol l(-1) H2O2 and a response time of
    less than 20 s. The effect of applied potential and temperature on the
    Michaelis-Menten constant was calculated and the influence of various
    experimental parameters such as pH, temperature and applied potential
    were explored for optimum analytical performance.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CHEM CATALOGUE, P771
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BOGDANOVSKAYA VA, 1988, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V19, P581
    CHEN L, 1991, ANAL LETT, V24, P1
    DANNER DJ, 1973, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V156, P759
    DUNFORD HB, 1982, ADV INORG BIOCHEM, V4, P41
    DUNFORD HB, 1987, COORD CHEM, V19, P187
    DURLIAT H, 1989, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V22, P197
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GORTIER G, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1607
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    JONSSONPETTERSS.G, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P741
    LIU H, IN PRESS TALANTA
    LIU Y, IN PRESS J ELECTROAN
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OYYAMA N, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V57, P1526
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P1580
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0144-557X
 J9 ANALYT PROC
 JI Anal. Proc.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 475
 EP 477
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA TE648
 UT ISI:A1995TE64800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, GS
    WANG, Q
 TI LOCAL-FIELDS IN SINGLE-MODE HELICAL FIBERS
 SO OPTICAL AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBERS; BIREFRINGENCE; POLARIZATION
 AB The scalar local-field wave equations in helical fibres are derived
    and, with the aid of a special mathematical treatment, solved
    approximately in a local coordinate system - the Serret-Frenet frame
    from the Maxwell's equations. Two basic results are obtained: (1) The
    local modes in a single-mode helical fibre are circularly polarized.
    (2) The difference of the propagation constants between the two
    fundamental modes is 2 tau, where tau is the torsion. They agree well
    with the known experimental measurements.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, GS, ZHONGSHAN UNIV,DEPT ELECTR,CANTON,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    COLLIN RE, 1991, FIELD THEORY GUIDED, P637
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V33, P150
    FUJII Y, 1986, IEE PROC-J, V133, P249
    LALOV IJ, 1992, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V7, P479
    LEWIN L, 1977, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, P16
    LOVE JD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P1109
    PAPP A, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1315
    PHILLIPS RS, 1950, Q APPL MATH, V8, P229
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P189
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P390
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P608
    QIAN J, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P515
    QIAN JR, 1988, IEE PROC-J, V135, P178
    ROSS JN, 1984, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V16, P455
    SOLLFREY W, 1951, J APPL PHYS, V22, P905
    TANG CH, 1970, I ELECT ELECTRON ENG, V18, P69
    ULRICH R, 1979, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2241
    VARNHAM MP, 1986, P OFC ATLANTA, P68
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0306-8919
 J9 OPT QUANT ELECTRON
 JI Opt. Quantum Electron.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 27
 IS 11
 BP 1069
 EP 1074
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA TD876
 UT ISI:A1995TD87600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, WD
    ZHU, ST
 TI WAVE-FUNCTION OF A FREE-ELECTRON IN A LASER-PLASMA VIA RIEMANNIAN
    GEOMETRY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The wave function of a free electron in a laser plasma described via
    Riemannian geometry is derived by solving the Dirac equation in the
    associated curved spacetime. If the laser field vanishes, the wave
    function naturally reduces to the case in flat space-time.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SHEN, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR SCHIFF LI, 1968, QUANTUM MECHANICS
    SHEN W, 1988, PHYSICAL REV A, V37, P4387
    ZHU ST, 1995, IN PRESS INT J THEOR
 NR 3
 TC 4
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 10
 BP 2085
 EP 2094
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA TA672
 UT ISI:A1995TA67200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, WD
    ZHU, ST
    GUO, QZ
 TI CLASSICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RADIATION OF A CHARGED-PARTICLE IN A
    STRONG-LASER PLASMA
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The behavior of a charged particle in it strong-laser plasma is
    discussed by solving the generally covariant equation of motion for a
    charged particle. The classical description for the radiation of a
    charged particle in a strong-laser plasma is given, and the intensity
    and the radiation power are derived in detail.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SHEN, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR JACKSON JD, 1976, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    SARACHIK ES, 1970, PHYS REV D, V1, P2738
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    ZHU ST, 1995, IN PRESS INT J THEOR
 NR 4
 TC 4
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 10
 BP 2095
 EP 2104
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA TA672
 UT ISI:A1995TA67200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FENG, SS
    QIU, XJ
 TI PATH-INTEGRAL QUANTIZATION AND THE GROUND-STATE FUNCTIONAL FOR
    MAXWELL-CHERN-SIMONS SYSTEM
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE
 AB The Maxwell-Chern-Simons system as a constrained system is quantized in
    the path integral formulation. Using the functional partition function
    and the method proposed by Fradkin, we obtain the correct absolute
    value squared of the ground state.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP FENG, SS, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V362, P667
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM CO
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
 NR 6
 TC 5
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 9
 BP 1827
 EP 1833
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA RX153
 UT ISI:A1995RX15300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    ZHAO, FG
 TI THE THEORY OF SMALES POINT ESTIMATION AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE POINT ESTIMATION; NEWTON METHOD; DURAND-KERNER METHOD
 AB The main result of this paper is that we exact Smale's point estimation
    theory, i.e., without assuming gamma(k) = parallel to P'(z)(-1)
    P-(k)(z)/k! parallel to (k greater than or equal to 2) being bounded by
    gamma, the point estimation convergence theorem of the Newton method is
    set up by making use of the majorizing method. The proof of the theorem
    is simple and precise, while the required point estimation conditions
    are weaker than all those of known point estimation convergence
    theorems.
    Another result of this paper is an application of the above new theory
    to the Durand-Kerner method. We compare the point estimation conditions
    for the Durand-Kerner method with other known point estimation
    conditions. Numerical results show that our results have evident
    advantages.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR KERNER IO, 1966, NUMER MATH, V8, P290
    SMALE S, 1986, INT C MATH BERK CAL, P1
    SMALE S, 1986, INT C MATH BERK CAL, P1
    SMALE S, 1989, P C HONOR G YOUNG LA, P1
    WANG X, 1989, SCI SINICA A, P905
    ZHAO F, 1993, MATH NUMER SINICA, V15, P196
 NR 6
 TC 15
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JUN 20
 PY 1995
 VL 60
 IS 1-2
 BP 253
 EP 269
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RV875
 UT ISI:A1995RV87500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GQ
    YUAN, B
    ZHANG, NG
    GONG, XY
 TI CALCULATION OF THE MAGNETIC-SUSCEPTIBILITY AND THE VERDET CONSTANT IN
    NEODYMIUM TRIFLUORIDE
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL-ABSORPTION
 AB This paper first considers the effects of multielectron interaction,
    L-S interaction and the weak crystal-field on the 4f(3) ground state of
    Nd3+ ion in the paramagnetic medium NdF3; then, further takes account
    of the splitting of the crystal-field ground levels caused by both the
    effective superexchange field H upsilon and the applied field H-e, and
    calculates quantitatively the temperature dependence of the magnetic
    susceptibility chi in NdF3. For the splitting of 4f(2)5d excited state
    of Nd3+ ion in NdF3, the paper investigates the effect of the strong
    crystal-held on the 5d electrons. Using the model of three-level
    transition, the specific Faraday rotation theta(F), the Verdet constant
    V, and their temperature dependence, which originate from the
    electronic transitions between the electron configurations 4f(3) and
    4f(2)5d, are calculated quantitatively, The theoretical calculations
    show that the superexchange interaction between Nd3+ ions has an
    important effect on the magneto-optical properties in NdF3, and both
    V-1 and chi(-1) are linearly dependent on T in the temperature range 70
    K < T < 300 K. The theory is in good agreement with the experimental
    results. (C) 1995 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT APPL PHYS,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GQ, CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING
    100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASANO S, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4081
    BENNETT HS, 1965, PHYS REV, V137, A448
    CARNALL WT, 1977, ENERGY LEVEL STRUCTU
    CARO P, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V74, P2698
    CROSSLEY WA, 1969, PHYS REV, V181, P896
    DAVIS JA, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P633
    FREISER MJ, 1968, IEEE T MAGN, V4, P152
    GOLDSCHMILT ZB, HDB PHYSICS CHEM RAR, V1
    JUDD BR, 1966, PHYS REV, V141, P1
    JUDD BR, 1966, PHYS REV, V141, P91
    LEYCURAS C, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P2161
    LIU GQ, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P749
    LIU GQ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16091
    LIU GQ, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P453
    NIELSON CW, 1963, SPECTROSCOPIC COEFFI
    OFTEDAL I, 1931, Z PHYS CHEM B-CHEM E, V13, P190
    RACAH G, 1942, PHYS REV, V61, P186
    RACAH G, 1942, PHYS REV, V62, P438
    RACAH G, 1943, PHYS REV, V63, P367
    RACAH G, 1949, PHYS REV, V76, P1352
    ROTENBERG M, 1963, 3J 6J SYMBOLS
    SHEN YR, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, A511
    STAROSTIN NV, 1976, CRYSTAL SPECTROSCOPY, P216
    SUITS JC, 1972, IEEE T MAGN, V8, P95
    VANVLECK JH, 1934, PHYS REV, V46, P17
    WYBOURNE BG, 1965, SPECTROSCOPIC PROPER
    YANASE A, 1970, PROG THEOR PHYS S, V46, P338
    YANASE A, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V42, P1680
    YOU Y, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P11636
 NR 29
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1995
 VL 78
 IS 6
 BP 4054
 EP 4059
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA RU953
 UT ISI:A1995RU95300074
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, L
    AO, Q
    VANDERBIEST, O
    WOLLANTS, P
    DELAEY, L
 TI CALCULATION OF THE QUASI-TERNARY SYSTEMS - SI3N4-Y2O3-SIO2,
    Y2O3-SIO2-BEO AND Y2O3-AL2O3-BEO
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Based on the thermodynamic model of Kaufman for the calculation of
    quasibinary and quasiternary system, numerical method for the
    calculation of stable equilibrium is developed and thermodynamic data
    of undefined phases are discussed in this work for several ceramic
    systems. The calculated isothermal sections in Si3N4-Y2O3-SiO2 system
    meet well with other previous calculated phase diagrams and
    experimental results. The diagrams in Y2O3-SiO2-BeO and Y2O3-Al2O3-BeO
    systems are calculated for the approach of prediction.
 C1 SHANDONG POLYTECH UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,JINAN 250014,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MTM,B-3001 LOUVAIN,BELGIUM.
 RP LI, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR COHEN AM, 1973, NUMERICAL ANAL, P270
    DORNER P, 1979, CALPHAD, P241
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, P35
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALCULATION PHASE DI, P46
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALPHAD, P27
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALPHAD, P275
    KAUFMAN L, 1981, CALPHAD, P163
    LEVIN EM, 1964, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V1, P99
    LI L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    ROTH RS, 1983, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V5, P308
    ROTH RS, 1983, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V5, P309
    SINGHAL SC, 1976, CERAMURGIA INT, V2, P123
    TORRE JP, 1977, NITROGEN CERAMICS, P63
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1995
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 276
 EP 280
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA RT533
 UT ISI:A1995RT53300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU REN, JS
    ZHANG, GS
    WANG, ZS
    ZHAO, JW
 TI SPUTTERING RATES OF ALLOYS IN GLOW-DISCHARGE
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB The sputtering rates of alloys were investigated under constant Ar
    pressure and voltage supplied. The alloys studied in this work range
    from binary intermetallic alloys to ternary and quaternary alloys. It
    is revealed that the sputtering rates of alloy targets under steady
    states are
    q = 1/Sigma C-i/q(i)(0)
    where q is the sputtering rates of alloys, C-i the weight percentage of
    i-th component in the alloy, and q(i)(0) the sputtering rate of pure
    metal of i-th component.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP REN, JS, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST MET RES,SHENYANG 110015,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOUMANS PWJ, 1972, ANAL CHEM, V44, P1219
    DUENCHENG F, 1988, JAAS, V3, P873
    GREENE JE, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P417
    PONSCORBEAU J, 1985, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V7, P169
    REN JS, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V11, P586
    REN JS, 1992, ACTA METALL SIN B, V5, P462
    ZHAO JW, 1992, THESIS SHANGHAI IND
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1995
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 295
 EP 298
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA RT533
 UT ISI:A1995RT53300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HU, XL
 TI LANGUAGE AND LEARNING - EDUCATING LINGUISTICALLY DIVERSE STUDENTS -
    MCLEOD,B
 SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
 DT Book Review
 RP HU, XL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR MCLEOD B, 1994, LANGUAGE LEARNING ED
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0007-1005
 J9 BRIT J EDUC STUD
 JI Br. J. Educ. Stud.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 358
 EP 360
 PG 3
 SC Education & Educational Research
 GA RU011
 UT ISI:A1995RU01100023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, Y
 TI RESONANT GENERATION OF NONLINEAR CAPILLARY-GRAVITY WAVES
 SO PHYSICS OF FLUIDS
 DT Note
 ID FLOW; TOPOGRAPHY; SOLITONS
 AB The model considered in this paper consists of an incompressibie,
    inviscid fluid flow over bottom topography with the surface tension
    acting on it. A forced KdV equation with negative dispersion for
    capillary-gravity waves is derived with the inclusion of the effect of
    surface tension (for the case of Bond number being larger than 1/3)
    when the flow is near resonant. The most important result is that a
    typical solution of the present forced KdV equation consists of a train
    of concave solitary-like waves which propagate downward, a convex near
    the topography and a train of upstream dispersive waves. (C) 1995
    American Institute of Physics.
 RP ZHU, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKYLAS TR, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V141, P455
    COLE SL, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P579
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T R SOC LON A, V289, P337
    GRIMSHAW R, 1992, NONLINEAR DISPERSIVE, P1
    GRIMSHAW RHJ, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V169, P429
    MEI CC, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P53
    MELVILLE WK, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V178, P31
    MILES JW, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V62, P489
    WU DM, 1980, 14TH P S NAV HYDR WA, P103
    WU TYT, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V184, P75
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1070-6631
 J9 PHYS FLUIDS
 JI Phys. Fluids
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 7
 IS 9
 BP 2294
 EP 2296
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA RR501
 UT ISI:A1995RR50100025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZOU, GP
 TI THE MIXED-STATE HAMILTONIAN DYNAMIC ELEMENT AND A SEMI-ANALYTICAL
    SOLUTION FOR THE ANALYSIS OF THICK LAMINATED COMPOSITE PLATES
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE HAMILTON CANONICAL EQUATION; LAMINATED COMPOSITE PLATE
 ID TRANSIENT
 AB Through introducing the Laplace transformation in the time direction,
    the mixed state Hamilton canonical equation and a semi-analytical
    solution are presented for analyzing the dynamic response of laminated
    composite plates. This method accounts for the separation of variables,
    the finite element discretization can be employed in the plane of
    laminar, and the exact solution in the thickness direction is derived
    by the state space control method. To apply the transfer matrix method,
    the relational expression at the top and bottom surface is established.
    So the general solution in transformation space is deduced by the spot
    method. By the application of inversion of Laplace transformation, the
    transient displacements and stresses can be derived.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    DALIAN UNIV TECHNOL,ENGN MECH RES INST,DALIAN 116024,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR KANT T, 1988, COMPOS STRUCT, V9, P319
    KHDEIR AA, 1989, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V34, P205
    PAGANO NJ, 1970, J COMPOS MATER, V4, P20
    PAPOULIS A, 1982, APPL MATH MODEL, V6, P238
    REDDY JN, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P237
    ROCK TA, 1976, COMPUT STRUCT, V6, P37
    TANG LM, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT MECH A, V9, P347
    ZOU GP, 1994, ACTA MATERIAL COMPOS, V11, P95
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 154
 EP 162
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA RR435
 UT ISI:A1995RR43500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, YF
    ZHANG, KJ
    HE, XL
    HUA, JD
 TI DETERMINATION OF STABILITY CONSTANT OF POLYVINYLPYRIDINE-CU(II) COMPLEX
    BY VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE POLYMER METAL COMPLEX; STABILITY CONSTANT; VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY
 AB This paper suggests a broadly applicable method for the determination
    of the stability constant and formation function of metal-polymer
    complexes in which only the visible spectrum of metal ion is used. The
    basic principle has been proved through an experiment on the polyvinyl
    pyridine-Cu(II) complex system.
 RP LIU, YF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BJERRUM J, 1941, METAL AMINE FORMATIO
    BRUEHLMAN RC, 1948, J AM CHEM SOC, V70, P1401
    FUOSS RM, 1950, IND ENG CHEM, V42, P1603
    GREGOR HP, 1955, J PHYS CHEM-US, V59, P34
    HISHIKAWA H, 1975, J PHYS CHEM-US, V79, P2072
    ISE N, 1979, KANKYO KAGAKU TOKUBE, V1, P5
    KHANLAROV TG, 1992, ZH ANAL KHIM, V47, P1817
    MAS F, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V273, P297
    SKURLATOV YI, 1982, VYSOKOMOL SOEDIN A+, V24, P1874
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci-Phys.
 PY 1995
 VL B34
 IS 3
 BP 311
 EP 324
 PG 14
 SC Polymer Science
 GA RQ884
 UT ISI:A1995RQ88400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MA, GB
    TAN, WH
 TI CALCULATION OF SOFT-X-RAY LASER IN AN EXPANDING HE-LIKE MG PLASMA
    PUMPED BY A SHORT LASER-PULSE
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Note
 ID AMPLIFICATION
 AB Using the analytical solution of hydrodynamic equations, energy level
    populations of the plasma dominated by He-Like Mg ions are obtained by
    solving the rate equations numerically for a short pulsed pumping
    laser. Variations of gain coefficient for the lasing transition
    1s3d-1s4f of MgXI (lambda = 154 Angstrom) versus time and space are
    calculated. Also, the influence of pumping laser pulse duration on gain
    coefficient is discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MA, GB, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,NATL LAB HIGH POWER
    LASER & PHYS,POB 800211,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BURNETT NH, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P1195
    CARILLON A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2971
    CHARATIS G, 1992, J OPT SOC AM B, V9, P1278
    COWAN RD, 1968, J OPT SOC AM, V58, P808
    COWAN RD, 1968, J OPT SOC AM, V58, P924
    DASILVA LB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P269
    EDER DC, 1992, PHYS REP A, V45, P6741
    FARNSWORTH AV, 1980, PHYS FLUIDS, V23, P1496
    JAEGLE P, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P563
    KOCH JA, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3291
    LANDSHOFF RK, 1976, PHYS REV A, V13, P1619
    LEE TN, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1185
    LIN Z, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P445
    LOCHTEHOLTGREVE.W, 1968, PLASMA DIAGNOSTICS
    LONDON RA, 1989, APPL OPTICS, V28, P3397
    LUTHERDAVIES B, 1992, SOV J QUANTUM ELECTR, V422, P289
    MA GB, 1991, ACTA OPT SINICA, V11, P1057
    MACGOWAN BJ, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS B-PLASMA, V4, P2326
    MATTHEWS DL, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P110
    MCWRITER RWP, 1965, PLASMA DIAGNOSTIC TE
    STEYER M, 1990, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V50, P265
    SUCKEWER S, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1753
    TALLENTS GJ, 1991, XRAY LASERS 1990
    TAN W, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6182
    VALEO EJ, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P1321
    ZHANG J, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P4024
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1995
 VL 119
 IS 1-2
 BP 125
 EP 131
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA RP774
 UT ISI:A1995RP77400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HU, ZM
    ZHANG, WQ
    ZHAO, PS
    QI, DY
 TI STUDY OF CATION TRANSFER ACROSS THE WATER/NITROBENZENE INTERFACE
    FACILITATED BY A SYNTHETIC NEUTRAL DICARBOXAMIDE
 SO ELECTROANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE WATER/NITROBENZENE INTERFACE; IONOPHORE; ION TRANSFER; CYCLIC
    VOLTAMMETRY
 ID WATER-NITROBENZENE INTERFACE; IMMISCIBLE ELECTROLYTE-SOLUTIONS; LIQUID
    MEMBRANE ELECTRODES; ION TRANSFER; METAL-CATIONS; LITHIUM; ALKALI;
    VOLTAMMETRY; IONOPHORES; POTASSIUM
 AB The transfer of proton, alkali, and alkaline earth metal ions across
    the water/nitrobenzene interface, facilitated by a synthetic neutral
    dicarboxamide ionophore in the nitrobenzene phase was investigated
    using cyclic voltammetry. The ionophore-facilitated transfer of Li+
    Ca2+, and Ba2+ ions showed cathodic current peaks, and the transfer of
    H+ ions apparently resulted in peaks of both anodic and cathodic
    currents within the potential window. The transfer process of these
    ions was found to be controlled by the diffusion of the ionophore in
    the nitrobenzene. The formation of a 1:1 complex for H+ and of 1:2
    (cation to ionophore) complexes for Li+, Ca2+, and Ba2+ ions was
    inferred, through peak separation or the dependence of the cathodic
    peak potential on the logarithm of the ionophore concentration, to be
    involved in the transfer process. The equilibrium constants K-Li,K-M
    for the exchange reaction of the ion M(Z+) with the Li-(+)ionophore
    complex at the water/nitrobenzene interface were evaluated and
    correlated with the potentiometric selectivity coefficients K-Li,M(Pot).
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMMANN D, 1986, ION SELECTIVE MICROE, P55
    BARUZZI AM, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V279, P19
    FAN R, 1988, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V256, P207
    FAN RX, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V324, P107
    HOFMANOVA A, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V135, P257
    HOMOLKA D, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V125, P243
    HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KAKUTANI T, 1986, B CHEM SOC JPN, V59, P781
    KETAZAWA S, 1985, ANALYST, V110, P295
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SELECTIVE ELECTR, P39
    MEIER PC, 1980, MED BIOL APPLICATION, P13
    METZGER E, 1984, CHIMIA, V38, P440
    METZGER E, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P132
    METZGER E, 1986, HELV CHIM ACTA, V69, P1821
    MORF WE, 1983, ION SELECTIVE ELECTR, V1, P39
    PARHAM H, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V314, P71
    SAMEC Z, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V135, P265
    SAMEC Z, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P1010
    SHAO Y, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V318, P101
    SUN ZH, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P441
    SUN ZS, 1990, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V228, P241
    TAN SN, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V332, P101
    VANYSEK P, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V148, P117
    WANG E, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V214, P465
    WANG EK, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1965
    WANG EK, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P149
    XIA XH, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V324, P59
    XIE RY, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P1806
 NR 29
 TC 2
 SN 1040-0397
 J9 ELECTROANAL
 JI Electroanalysis
 PD JUL
 PY 1995
 VL 7
 IS 7
 BP 681
 EP 686
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA RN553
 UT ISI:A1995RN55300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, JK
    HUANG, JZ
    YANG, JZ
 TI RESEARCH INTO THE SYNTHETIC CALCULATION OF THE PLACE-AND-POSE ERROR
    (SCPPE) OF THE PARTS IN A MACHINE
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB During machine design and manufacturing, the analyses and calculations
    of the structural or assembling accuracy are very important for
    ensuring the quality of the mechanical product. However, the structural
    or assembling accuracy is the result of synthesizing the place-and-pose
    error of the parts required to be assembled. Due to every part in the
    machine being a Three-Dimensional (3-D) Space Substance, in this paper
    the place-and-pose error of every part is described in a 3-D coordinate
    system. Further, it is shown how the SCPPE of the parts concerned in a
    machine can be researched, analyzed and calculated by vector and matrix
    operations. Finally, the satisfactory results obtained are illustrated.
 RP ZHANG, JK, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ENGN MECH,149 YAN CHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY J, 1975, MECHANISM MACHINE TH, V10, P155
    SHAHEEN A, 1988, IEEE J ROBOTICS AUTO, V14
    SHARFI OMA, 1983, MECH MACH THEORY, V18, P123
    WILLIAM KV, 1988, IEEE J ROBOTICS AUTO, V14
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 151
 EP 173
 PG 23
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA RM653
 UT ISI:A1995RM65300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    LI, J
 TI FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHODS FOR THE 2-DIMENSIONAL
    NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 SO RAIRO-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL
    APPROXIMATION; SUBJECT CLASSIFICATION; AMS(MOS), 65N30; 76D99
 ID SPECTRAL METHOD; APPROXIMATION
 AB Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral approximation for the two-dimensional
    unsteady Naviel-Stokes equations is analyzed. The generalized stability
    and convergence are proved strictly The numerical results are presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1992, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V7, P350
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P55
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1994, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    MADAY Y, 1987, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V21, P93
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 29
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 337
 PG 35
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RJ578
 UT ISI:A1995RJ57800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
 TI A SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE VORTICITY EQUATION ON THE SURFACE
 SO MATHEMATICS OF COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE VORTICITY EQUATION; SPHERICAL SURFACE; SPECTRAL METHOD; APPROXIMATION
    THEORY
 AB A spectral scheme is proposed for the vorticity equation defined on the
    spherical surface. Generalized stability and convergence are proved.
    The approximation results in this paper are also useful for other
    nonlinear problems.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRAMBLE JH, 1985, APPL NUMER MATH, V1, P493
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, REGIONAL C SERIES AP, V26
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1987, CALCOLO, V24, P263
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHOD PA
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    HALTINER GJ, 1971, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARRAUD M, 1985, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V22, P1
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    PASCIAK J, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P142
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
    ZEN QG, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0025-5718
 J9 MATH COMPUT
 JI Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1995
 VL 64
 IS 211
 BP 1067
 EP 1079
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RJ128
 UT ISI:A1995RJ12800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    LI, XN
    WANG, CS
 TI LOCALIZED COMPOSITIONAL DEPTH PROFILES IN NEAR-SURFACE OF CU-50 WT
    PERCENT AG ALLOY
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SEGREGATION
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, CCAST,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1983, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V209, P487
    ANDERSON GS, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P2884
    BETZ G, 1980, SURF SCI, V92, P283
    BRIZZOLARA RA, 1987, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V26, P528
    HOFF HA, 1988, SURF SCI, V204, P233
    KELLY R, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V39, P43
    WANG ZX, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V11, P719
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    WANG ZX, 1994, J MATER SCI LETT, V13, P427
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 14
 IS 12
 BP 892
 EP 894
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA RG754
 UT ISI:A1995RG75400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, XY
    ZHANG, ZL
    XU, SH
 TI MULTI-DIFFUSED REFLECTION SPECTROSCOPY OF RARE-EARTHS DOPED LAOCL
    POWDER SAMPLES AND THE CALCULATION OF QUANTUM EFFICIENCY
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE POWDERED MATERIAL; MULTI-DIFFUSED REFLECTION; DIFFUSED REFLECTION
    ABSORPTION SPECTRUM; QUANTUM EFFICIENCY
 AB The excitation and emission spectra, the relaxation time of principal
    spectral lines and multi-diffused reflection spectra in LaOCl : Er,
    LaOCl : Ho powder samples were measured. The diffused absorption
    spectrum was derived from the multi-diffused reflection spectrum.
    According to Judd-Ofelt theory, the intensity parameters, radiative
    transition probabilities and quantum efficiencies of luminescence
    emission were calculated. Then comparison with erbium and holmium doped
    floride glass and other matrices were made.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAMALL WJ, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V49, P4412
    CAMALL WT, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V49, P4424
    HEBET T, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1727
    JIANG XY, 1990, CHINESE J LUMIN, V11, P79
    JIANG XY, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V2, P333
    JIANG XY, 1993, CHINESE J LUMIN, V14, P307
    QI CH, 1985, LUMINESCENCE DISPLAY, V6, P18
    WU S, 1986, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V7, P252
    ZHANG ZL, 1989, 2ND P INT S RAR EART, P353
    ZHANG ZL, 1991, ACTA OPT SINICA, V11, P312
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 94
 EP 98
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA RG278
 UT ISI:A1995RG27800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, JR
    WEI, GL
 TI KINETICS OF THE TRANSFORMATION PROCESS OF PBSO4 TO PBO2 IN A LEAD
    ANODIC FILM
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE FILM GROWTH; LEAD-ACID BATTERY; POTENTIOSTATIC OXIDATION; PBSO4; PBO2
 ID SULFURIC-ACID; ACTIVE MASS; OXIDATION; SULFATE
 AB The kinetics of the nucleation and growth of PbO2 during the
    potentiostatic oxidation of PbSO4 in a lead anodic film was studied
    using linear sweep voltammetry, potential-step and ac impedance tracing
    methods. The film investigated is the partially reduced anodic PbO2
    film formed by. polarizing a lead electrode in 4.5 M H2SO4 solution
    first at 1.3 V vs. Hg\HgSO4 for 20 min and then at 0.9 V for 5 min. The
    nucleation and growth process begins some time after the potential step
    and is completed within 60 s. The pre- and post-nucleation and growth
    processes correspond to the growth of the anodic film formed by the
    oxidation of the lead substrate. The mathematical equations
    representing the current-time and capacitance-time transients are
    derived laking the background oxidation current into account. The
    experimental results are well fitted by these equations. The process
    obeys the laws of two-dimensional instantaneous nucleation and growth.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARR JP, 1970, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V27, P201
    DAWSON JL, 1975, POWER SOURCES, V5, P70
    FLEISCHMANN M, 1955, T FARADAY SOC, V51, P71
    HAMEENOJA E, 1984, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V14, P449
    HAMPSON NA, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V107, P177
    LAITINEN T, 1989, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V134, P3
    MONAHOV B, 1993, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V23, P1244
    PAVLOV D, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P3189
    PAVLOV D, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P77
    PAVLOV D, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3075
    TAKEHARA Z, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1975, POWER SOURCES, V5, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
    WEI C, 1989, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V47, P569
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 390
 IS 1-2
 BP 29
 EP 33
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA RG024
 UT ISI:A1995RG02400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI THE GENERALIZED UNTWIST PROBLEM OF ROTATING BLADES - A COUPLED
    AEROELASTIC FORMULATION
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID 3-D TRANSONIC FLOW; VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; TURBO-ROTOR; SHOCKS
 AB The untwist of rotating blades in turbomachines treated so far in the
    literature simply as a pure elasticity problem is generalized and
    formulated rigorously as a problem of aeroelasticity by variational
    principles (VPs) and generalized VP (GVP). It takes into account not
    only the centrifugal force, but also the aeroelastic interaction
    between blades and the flow as well as the elastic distortion of the
    cross section shape of blades, assuming the material to be linearly
    elastic but anisotropic. Thus, a new rigorous theoretical basis for the
    finite element analysis of blade untwist in turbomachine design is
    provided.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIEZENO CB, 1953, TECHNISCHE DYNAMIK, V1
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, CALCULUS VARIATIONS
    DOWELL EH, 1978, MODERN COURSE AEROEL
    FUNG YC, 1965, F SOLID MECHANICS
    LIU GL, 1981, ACTA MECH SINICA, V13, P421
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, 1993 P INT C FLUID M, P359
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, MEMORIAL TRIBUTE VOL
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, ASME74GT2 PAP
    TRAUPEL W, 1977, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1
    TRAUPEL W, 1982, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V2
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 117
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA RE849
 UT ISI:A1995RE84900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FINK, D
    HU, HW
    KLETT, R
    MULLER, M
    ZHU, J
    LI, CL
    SUN, YM
    MA, F
    WANG, LH
 TI CONDUCTIVITY OF AGED NONOVERLAPPING AND OVERLAPPING TRACKS IN
    ION-IRRADIATED POLYIMIDE
 SO RADIATION MEASUREMENTS
 DT Article
 DE CONDUCTIVITY; NUCLEAR TRACKS; POLYIMIDE; ELECTRONIC ENERGY TRANSFER;
    TRACK RADIUS
 AB Non-overlapping as well as overlapping tracks of energtic ions have
    been introduced into polyimide foils. After aging their conductivity
    was measured. This - to our knowledge - first systematic study shows
    that conductivity does not only result from multiple track overlapping,
    but can be found already in single ion tracks. This conductivity is
    shown to be primarily a consequence of electronic energy transfer. The
    conductivity of single ion tracks is higher than that of typical
    insulators, but still orders of magnitude lower than that of typical
    semiconductors. The conductivity is independent of the applied electric
    field strength until at excessive voltages the electric current
    increases nonlinearly up to complete breakthrough. The total
    conductivity of an irradiated polyimide foil increases proportionally
    with ion fluence for large ion track spacings, and approaches
    saturation when the electronically active track regimes begin to
    overlap. Above some thousand times track overlapping however, new
    chemical and structural changes in the irradiated material lead to
    another strong increase in conductivity.
 C1 CHINESE INST ATOM ENERGY,BEIJING,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST MODERN PHYS,LANZHOU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    GESELL SCHWERIONENFORSCH MBH,D-64291 DARMSTADT,GERMANY.
 RP FINK, D, HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH,GLIENICKER STR 100,D-14109
    BERLIN,GERMANY.
 CR CARDOSO J, 1994, IN PRESS COMMUNICATI
    FINK D, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V46, P342
    FINK D, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V46, P342
    FINK D, 1994, RAD EFF DEF SOLIDS, V25, P27
    FINK D, 1994, UNPUB RAD EFF DE SOL
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 1350-4487
 J9 RADIAT MEAS
 JI Radiat. Meas.
 PY 1995
 VL 25
 IS 1-4
 BP 51
 EP 54
 PG 4
 SC Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA RE480
 UT ISI:A1995RE48000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, SP
 TI NOVEL METHODOLOGY TO INVESTIGATE SUPERCONDUCTING DIELECTRIC RESONATORS
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE YBA2CU3O7-DELTA (DELTA-APPROXIMATE-TO-0) RESONATOR; NEGATIVE DIELECTRIC
    CONSTANT; CONFORMAL TRANSFORMATION
 AB An analytical method is presented for investigating the resonant
    behavior of a c-axis oriented YBa2Cu2O7-delta (delta approximate to 0)
    thin film on a resonator composed of LaAlO3 (001). The concept of the
    negative dielectric medium for a superconductor is introduced within
    the framework of the two-fluid model, which permits us to treat a
    superconductor as any other penetrable materials so that only its
    electromagnetics are concerned. A conformal transformation is further
    suggested to map the original open boundary-value problem to a closed
    one. This not only makes the original problem readily solvable by using
    the variational technique, but is also a powerful tool for analyzing
    some kinds of problems such as the propagation characteristics of the
    superconducting microstripe and coplanar waveguide structures.
 RP ZHOU, SP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALLENDER D, 1973, PHYS REV B, V7, P1020
    BAO JS, 1992, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V14, P383
    BARDEEN J, 1957, PHYS REV, V108, P1175
    GOULD SH, 1986, VARIATIONAL METHOD E
    KLOPMAN BBG, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P781
    MATTIS DC, 1958, PHYS REV, V111, P412
    RIBBER JC, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P2533
    SCHLUTER M, 1989, PHYSICA C, V162, P583
    TURENEAURE JP, 1967, THESIS STANFORD U
    VANDUZER T, 1990, 2ND WORKSH HIGH TEMP
    ZHOU SP, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V71, P2789
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 211
 EP 219
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA RD121
 UT ISI:A1995RD12100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, SP
    COURT, GR
 TI MAGNETIC-BEHAVIOR AND VORTEX LATTICE TRANSITION IN YBA2CU3O7-DELTA
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE SUSCEPTIBILITY; MIXED STATE; PINNING; STRUCTURE VORTEX LATTICE
    TRANSITION
 ID HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS; MULTILAYERS; MODEL
 AB Magnetic susceptibility measurements on YBa2Cu3O7-delta rod materials
    by an ac balanced bridge technique are made in fields of up to 50 mT
    and over the temperature range from 4.2 K to just below T-c. A large
    H-c2 accompanied by characteristic form of hysteresis has been shown. A
    modified critical state model of Anderson [Phys. Rev. Lett. 9, 309
    (1962)] is adapted to fit the curves in the region where hysteresis is
    dominant because of flux trapping. A conceptual model of structure
    vortex lattice transition due to the intrinsic pinning of the layering
    configuration is suggested, which can provide an explanation of the
    magnetic behaviour of oxide superconductors.
 C1 UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT PHYS,LIVERPOOL L69 3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
 RP ZHOU, SP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V9, P309
    ANDERSON PW, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P39
    ARATS J, 1990, EUROPHYS LETT, V12, P447
    BAK P, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P364
    BEAN CP, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V8, P250
    CHADWICK J, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V69, P19
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1057
    CLEM JR, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P7837
    DOLAN GJ, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P8276
    DREW HD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P586
    HAGEN CW, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2857
    KES PH, 1988, PHYSICA C, V153, P1121
    KES PH, 1989, PHYSICA C, V153, P1121
    KES PH, 1991, PHYSICA C, V185, P2071
    KIM YB, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V9, P306
    KRRAI K, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P355
    KUMAR GR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P4704
    KUWASAWA Y, 1990, PHYSICA C, V165, P173
    LARKIN AI, 1979, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V34, P409
    LARKIN AI, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V70, P291
    MAJ W, 1992, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V5, P483
    ROSSAT J, 1989, SEP P INT FOR PHYS H
    SUN JZ, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P4861
    TACHIKI M, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V70, P361
    TAKAHASHI S, 1986, PHYS REV B, V33, P4620
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 79
 EP 85
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA RD078
 UT ISI:A1995RD07800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, J
    GUO, BY
 TI FOURIER-LEGENDRE SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE UNSTEADY NAVIER-STOKES
    EQUATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT; APPROXIMATION
 AB Fourier-Legendre spectral approximation for the unsteady Navier-Stokes
    equations is analyzed. The generalized stability and convergence are
    proved respectively.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,CTR COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1987, NUMER MATH, V51, P655
    CANTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    GIRAULT V, 1986, FINITE ELEMENT APPRO
    GUO BY, 1985, SCI SINICA, V28, P1138
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    HUANG W, 1992, NE MATH J, V8, P157
    LIONS JL, 1970, 2 SIAM AMS P, V2, P11
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 144
 EP 155
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA RB379
 UT ISI:A1995RB37900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, Q
    SHI, JL
    BAO, JS
 TI THEORY OF NONLINEAR MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVE IN A PERIODICALLY
    CORRUGATED FERROMAGNETIC SLAB
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID YTTRIUM-IRON-GARNET; ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SPIN-WAVES; FILMS; PROPAGATION
 RP WANG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANISIMOV AN, 1976, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V18, P20
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11444
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI, P235
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BRILLOUIN L, 1953, WAVE PROPAGATION PER
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEAGUIAR FM, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P1070
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P3335
    ELACHI C, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P36
    GULYAEV YV, 1980, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V22, P1651
    GULYAEV YV, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1553
    JEFFRIES CD, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P5382
    KALINIKOS BA, 1983, JETP LETT, V38, P413
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    KOGELNIK H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P2327
    MCKINSTRY KD, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P925
    MEDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    PATTON CE, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P2837
    PENG ST, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P123
    POLZIKOVA NI, 1984, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V26, P2113
    QI W, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P160
    SYKES CG, 1976, APPL PHYS LETT, V29, P388
    TSUTSUMI M, 1977, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V25, P224
    VENDIK OG, 1977, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V19, P222
    WANG Q, 1993, ACTA PHYSIC SINICA, V42, P2005
    WEISS MT, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P2014
    ZVEZDIN AK, 1983, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V57, P350
 NR 30
 TC 8
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 1995
 VL 77
 IS 11
 BP 5831
 EP 5837
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA QZ282
 UT ISI:A1995QZ28200047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    CHEN, XL
    ZHOU, WF
 TI OXIDATION PROCESSES OF LEAD SULFATE IN THE ANODIC FILMS ON PURE AND
    ANTIMONIAL LEAD
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SULFURIC-ACID; SULFATE
 AB The oxidation processes of lead sulphate in the anodic films on lead
    and Pb-5wt% Sb alloy, which were formed by the reduction at 0.9 V (vs.
    Hg / Hg2SO4, the same reference electrode below) for 5 min of the
    anodic films grown in a 4.5 mol . dm(-3) H2SO4 solution (30 degrees C)
    at 1.3 V for 20 min, have been studied using potential. step and a.c.
    impedance methods respectively. The experimental results show that the
    lead sulphate, which is formed by reducing lead dioxide, can be
    reoxidized to lead dioxide within 1 min at 1.4 V. This is due to the
    fact that this kind of lead sulphate is at the surface layers of the
    lead sulphate grains in the anodic film, The oxidation process of lead
    sulphate in the inner part of the grain, which is formed directly by
    anodizing lead, is much slower. The antimony in the lead alloy inhibits
    significantly the nucleation and growth of lead dioxide crystals,
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DAWSON JL, 1979, ELECTROCHEMISTRY LEA, P309
    ELLIS SR, 1986, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V16, P159
    FLEISCHMANN M, 1963, ADV ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V3, P123
    HAN J, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V368, P43
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    RAND DAJ, 1988, J POWER SOURCES, V23, P269
    TAKEHARA Z, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1995
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 313
 EP 317
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA QY409
 UT ISI:A1995QY40900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIN, C
    WANG, JG
    CHEN, WJ
 TI IN-SITU OBSERVATION OF FRACTURE PROCESS OF A TIAL ALLOY WITH FULLY
    LAMELLAR MICROSTRUCTURE
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID GAMMA-TITANIUM ALUMINIDE; INTERMETALLICS; TOUGHNESS
 RP JIN, C, SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MET & MAT,YANCHANG RD 149,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAO HC, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P2969
    CHAN KS, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2021
    CHAN KS, 1992, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V44, P30
    CHAN KS, 1992, METALL T A, V23, P1663
    DEVE HE, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P1491
    DEVE HE, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2275
    DEVE HE, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P1259
    JIN C, IN PRESS
    JIN C, UNPUB
    KIM YW, 1989, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V41, P24
    KIM YW, 1991, JOM, V43, P40
    LONDON B, 1991, MICROSTRUCTURE PROPE, P285
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 10
 BP 1579
 EP 1584
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA QX018
 UT ISI:A1995QX01800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUAN, HW
 TI TECHNICAL APPROACHES TO REAL-TIME CONTROL-BASED ON TRANSPUTERS
 SO COMPUTING & CONTROL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 AB An important application of modern microcomputer systems is in the area
    of real-time control. The transputer is a novel RISC microcomputer that
    provides a few of the facilities which may be obtained in a general
    microcomputer. The various kinds of real-time control methods based on
    transputers are investigated in this article. Some practical real-time
    control techniques are proposed according to the properties of the
    transputer and the capability of Occam programming. The outlines of
    Occam code for the various real-time control applications are given.
 RP GUAN, HW, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT COMP SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1987, REFERENCE MANUAL TRA
    1987, TUTORIAL INTRO OCCAM
    1989, TRANSPUTER APPLICATI
    1989, TRANSPUTER DATABOOK
    1991, TRANSPURTER DEV IQ S
    GUAN HW, 1993, CHINESE J COMPUTERS, V16, P488
    GUAN HW, 1993, DEC P INT C MOD SIM
    GUAN HW, 1993, SEP P IEEE INT C NET
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0956-3385
 J9 COMPUTING CONTROL ENGINEER J
 JI Comput. Control Eng. J.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 75
 EP 78
 PG 4
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA QX091
 UT ISI:A1995QX09100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHE, JW
    LI, MY
    HUAN, LJ
    YU, YZ
 TI DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PROSTHETIC HEART-VALVES
 SO MEDICAL ENGINEERING & PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE PROSTHETIC HEART VALVE; PRESSURE DROP; FLOW RATE; DYNAMIC
    CHARACTERISTIC; CIRCULATION; POWER LOSS
 ID BJORK-SHILEY; INVITRO; HYPERTENSION; MODEL
 AB The relation between flow rate (Q) and transvalvular pressure-drop (DP)
    is of fundamental importance for a prosthetic heart value tested in
    steady flow conditions. The Q-DP Plot can thus be called the static
    characteristic of the valve. While in pulsatile flow, with time (t) as
    a parameter, the instantaneous Q(t)-DP(t) relation can also be
    obtained. The Q-DP relation forms a phase graph on an X-Y plane during
    a whole cardiac cycle, and can be regarded as the dynamic
    characteristic, which to our knowledge has never been systematically
    explored before. With in vitro experiment the Q(t)-DP(t) relations are
    presented for five different aortic valves. Properly modelling the
    characteristics of heart valves is a key link in modelling the
    interaction between the ventricle and arterial system. Treatments for
    valves, such as diode analogue and orifice area assumption governed by
    the Gorlin formula, are found unsatisfactory. A simple one-dimensional
    flow equation is used to futher examine the Q-DP graph, and both the
    dynamic resistance characteristic and the dynamic flow characteristic
    can be obtained. It is found that the dynamic characteristic differs
    from the static one not only in the inertance effect but also in the
    transient process, which can be quite energy-consuming and therefore
    important. Geometric relations of these phase graphs with the
    transvalvular power loss are discussed. The method of dynamic
    characteristics provides a new way to evaluate the performance of a
    tested valve.
 C1 SHANGHAI MED UNIV,DEPT ANAT,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI MED UNIV,DEPT BIOMED ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MECH ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1986, REPLACEMENT HEART VA
    AVANZOLINI G, 1989, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V36, P462
    BARBARO V, 1992, J MED ENG TECHNOL, V16, P10
    BURKHOFF D, 1988, AM J PHYSIOL, V255, H742
    COCHRANE T, 1991, J BIOMED ENG, V13, P335
    COHN JN, 1992, J HYPERTENS, V10, S61
    GROSS JM, 1991, ASAIO T, V37, P7357
    HAGGAG YAM, 1989, J BIOMED ENG, V12, P63
    HENZE A, 1974, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V4, P167
    JANSEN J, 1992, J MED ENG TECHNOL, V16, P27
    KNOTT E, 1988, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V96, P952
    LEVENSON J, 1992, EUR HEART J, V13, P48
    LIVNAT A, 1981, AM J PHYSIOL, V240, R370
    MILLMAN J, 1965, PULSE DIGITAL SWITCH
    OLIN C, 1971, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V5, P1
    RUEL H, 1987, ENG MED, V16, P67
    SABBAH HN, 1984, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V106, P66
    SHE JW, 1990, J BIOMED ENG, V12, P375
    SUGA H, 1971, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V18, P47
    SWANSON WM, 1984, MED INSTRUM, V18, P318
    TSITLIK JE, 1992, ANN BIOMED ENG, V20, P595
    WALKER DK, 1984, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V88, P673
    WENDT MO, 1991, J BIOMED ENG, V13, P126
    WILLSHAW P, 1986, J BIOMED ENG, V8, P43
    YAGANATHAN AP, 1979, J BIOMECH, V12, P153
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1350-4533
 J9 MED ENG PHYS
 JI Med. Eng. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 273
 EP 281
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Biomedical
 GA QW624
 UT ISI:A1995QW62400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DEREN, W
    BAI, ZZ
    EVANS, DJ
 TI ASYNCHRONOUS MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS FOR WEAKLY
    NONLINEAR-SYSTEMS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE SYSTEM OF WEAKLY NONLINEAR EQUATIONS; MATRIX MULTISPLITTING;
    ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL ITERATION; RELAXATION; GLOBAL CONVERGENCE
 ID PARALLEL ALGORITHM; CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, we propose a class of asynchronous parallel
    multisplitting accelerated overrelaxation methods for solving the
    system of weakly nonlinear equations A phi(x) + B psi(x) = G(x) with
    A,B is an element of L(R(n)), phi, psi:R(n) --> R(n) being diagonal
    mappings and G:R(n) --> R(n) a general mapping, which is constantly
    resulted from the discretization of many classical differential
    equations. Under suitable conditions of both the coefficient matrices
    and the nonlinear mappings, as well as reasonable constraints of the
    multiple splittings and the relaxation parameters, the global
    convergence theories of these new methods are set up thoroughly.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT COMP STUDIES,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 RP DEREN, W, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, IN PRESS MODELS ASYN
    BAI ZZ, 1994, IN PRESS APPL MATH B
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS
    BRU R, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    MEMON RA, 1994, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG D, 1991, NUMER MATH SINICA, V13, P297
    WANG D, 1993, IN PRESS MONOTONE CO
    WANG D, 1993, IN PRESS MULTISPLITT
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1994
 VL 54
 IS 1-2
 BP 57
 EP 76
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA QV102
 UT ISI:A1994QV10200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BAI, ZZ
    WANG, DR
    EVANS, DJ
 TI MODELS OF ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL MATRIX MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS
 SO PARALLEL COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS; ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL ITERATION; MATRIX
    MULTISPLITTING; RELAXATION; CONVERGENCE
 ID CONVERGENCE
 AB By making use of the principle of sufficiently using the delayed
    information, we propose two models of asynchronous parallel matrix
    multisplitting accelerated overrelaxation iterative methods for solving
    systems of linear equations, which have the merits of convenient
    computations, flexible and free communications, and can cover all the
    known synchronous as well as asynchronous parallel matrix
    multisplitting relaxation methods and their special cases. When the
    coefficient matrix is an H-matrix, we prove the convergence and
    estimate the convergence rates of these models in a detailed manner.
 C1 LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT COMP STUDIES,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
    FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUDET GM, 1978, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V25, P226
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1978, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    BRU R, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    CHAZAN D, 1969, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V2, P199
    DEREN W, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    DEREN W, 1993, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V1
    ELTARAZI MN, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P325
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    YANGFENG S, 1991, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V4, P444
    YOUNG DM, 1971, ITERATIVE SOLUTION L
 NR 13
 TC 15
 SN 0167-8191
 J9 PARALLEL COMPUT
 JI Parallel Comput.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 565
 EP 582
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA QU875
 UT ISI:A1995QU87500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JH
    HUANG, SB
    WAN, XJ
 TI SURFACE-REACTION OF FE3AL WITH WATER-VAPOR AND OXYGEN
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; CRACK-GROWTH; FRACTURE
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAO SJ, 1984, MATER SCI ENG, V62, P65
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P133
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1991, INT J IRON STEEL OCT
    LIU CT, 1992, ORDERED INTERMETALLI, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    SHEA M, 1992, MAT RES SOC P, V213, P609
    SIMMONS GW, 1978, METALL T A, V9, P1147
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WEI RP, 1980, MET T              A, V11, P151
 NR 13
 TC 9
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 9
 BP 1399
 EP 1404
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA QU727
 UT ISI:A1995QU72700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
    HE, YC
 TI POLARIZATION BEHAVIOR OF SPUN FIBER VERSUS CONVENTIONAL FIBER UNDER
    STRONG SLIGHT TWISTING
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE FIBER OPTICS; POLARIZATION OPTICS; OPTOELECTRONICS; PHOTONICS;
    SPECIALIZED FIBER
 AB In this article, the authors attempt to treat both strong twisting and
    slight twisting of fiber via a consistent asymptotic approach to the
    coupled-mode theory. In strong twisting, an admirably simple and useful
    asymptotic equation is derived in the form R(2) tau = const., which
    relates the minimum required twist rate tau with the minimum allowable
    radius of curvature R. In slight twisting, an oscillatory pattern of
    the polarization behavior clearly reveals the advantageous feature of a
    twist-spun fiber, which is made by a prior spinning of the fiber before
    a twisting. (C) 1995 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 41
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA QT782
 UT ISI:A1995QT78200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, S
    KHAN, RD
    ZHANG, JL
    SHEN, WD
 TI QUANTUM HARMONIC-OSCILLATOR WITH TIME-DEPENDENT MASS AND FREQUENCY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FABRY-PEROT CAVITY; FIELD FLUCTUATIONS; COHERENT STATES; VARIABLE MASS;
    2-LEVEL ATOMS; INVARIANTS; HAMILTONIANS; RESONANCE; RESERVOIR
 AB The quantum harmonic oscillator with time-dependent mass and frequency
    is analyzed by using the canonical transformation method. The varying
    mass and frequency of the system are reduced to constant mass and
    frequency, and the corresponding eigenvalues and eigenvectors are
    derived. The exact time-dependent coherent state of the harmonic
    oscillator is constructed and shown to be equivalent to the squeezed
    state. Damped harmonic oscillators with different frictions and forced
    time-dependent harmonic oscillators are also discussed.
 RP DING, S, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ABDALLA MS, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P4598
    BASEIA B, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5308
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1981, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V14, P2269
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1981, OPT ACTA, V28, P495
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1982, J PHYS A, V15, P1549
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P849
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P861
    DANTAS CMA, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P1320
    GUNTHER NJ, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P572
    HARTLEY JG, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2388
    HARTLEY JG, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P382
    JANNUSSIS A, 1988, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V102, P33
    JANNUSSIS AD, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V129, P2631
    LEACH PGL, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P1608
    LEACH PGL, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P1902
    LEACH PGL, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P446
    LEACH PGL, 1983, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V16, P3261
    LEWIS HR, 1969, J MATH PHYS, V10, P1458
    LO CF, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V105, P497
    LO CF, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5262
    PEDROSA IA, 1987, J MATH PHYS, V28, P2662
    PEDROSA IA, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P1279
    YUAN HP, 1976, PHYSICAL REV A, V131, P2226
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 3
 BP 355
 EP 368
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QR832
 UT ISI:A1995QR83200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, ST
    GUO, QZ
    SHEN, WD
    WANG, ST
 TI RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY OF STRONG-LASER PLASMA
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The optical metric for a strong-laser plasma is derived. The affine
    connection and curvature related to the optical metric are given and
    their spatial distributions are studied numerically.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST EDUC,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, ST, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    SHEN W, 1988, PHYSICAL REV A, V37, P4387
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, SATELLITE M IQFC 88
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYSICA SINIA, V38, P560
    ZHU ST, 1991, CNOC 91
    ZHU ST, 1992, INT LASER C BEIJING
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 177
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QR441
 UT ISI:A1995QR44100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, CH
 TI A FORMULA FOR DETERMINING LIMIT NONINTERFERENCE CURVATURE IN PURE
    ROLLING CONJUGATION GEARS BY USING GEOMETRO-KINEMATICAL CONCEPTS
 SO JOURNAL OF MECHANICAL DESIGN
 DT Article
 AB Pure rolling conjugation gears are very useful in the cases where
    lubrication is difficult to implement, such as in cryogenic and/or
    vacuum environments, and at slow operating speeds.  The main problem
    confronted in the design of the pure rolling conjugation gears is to
    determine the limit noninterference curvature of one gear when the
    curvature of the conjugate gear is prescribed.  The way of solving this
    problem becomes very complicated when using the conventional concepts
    from the classical differential geometry.  However, when using the
    geometro-kinematical concepts from the theory of conjugate surfaces,
    this problem can be solved explicitly and simply.  In this paper, these
    concepts are introduced, and a closed-form formula for determining the
    limit noninterference curvature is derived.  A numerical example is
    cited.
 RP CHEN, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,LANE 200,HOUSE 23,ROOM
    401,SHANGHAI 200063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 5
 SN 1050-0472
 J9 J MECH DESIGN
 JI J. Mech. Des.
 PD MAR
 PY 1995
 VL 117
 IS 1
 BP 180
 EP 184
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA QR245
 UT ISI:A1995QR24500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, JL
    JIAN, XY
    XU, SH
    SAITO, S
    NAGAMOTO, T
 TI BRIGHT BLUE EMISSION FROM A NEW SPECIES OF POLYMER DIODE
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES; ELECTROLUMINESCENT
 AB Blue emitting electroluminescent diode using PVCz doped with perylene
    and BBOT as electron transport has been constructed. The emission
    spectrum is a mixture of spectra of BBOT and perylene. A luminance of
    as high as 680 cd/m(2) with lumen efficiency more then 0.028 lm/W ham
    been obtained.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL,MINATO KU,TOKYO 108,JAPAN.
 RP ZHANG, JL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    BURROUGHES JH, 1990, NATURE, V347, P539
    KIGO J, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2627
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    ZHANG ZL, IN PRESS J LUMINESCE
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 54
 EP 57
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QL804
 UT ISI:A1995QL80400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
 TI THE GENERAL PROCESS IN LASERS
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Note
 ID PUMP
 AB Generalizing the results of previous papers, a model of general process
    in lasers is described. It is shown that a three-level laser system can
    generate nonclassical light with sub-Poissonian distribution, where as
    the four-level system generates light essentially Poisson distributed
    at threshold.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,POB
    800-211,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    HAAKE F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    MARTE MAM, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5774
    RITSCH H, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P3361
    SARGENT M, 1974, LASER PHYSICS, P297
    SCULLY MO, 1967, PHYS REV, V159, P208
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    WIESMAN HM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P2853
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P2808
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1995
 VL 115
 IS 3-4
 BP 303
 EP 307
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA QL915
 UT ISI:A1995QL91500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
 TI STUDIES ON OPTIMUM CONDITION-MONITOR CYCLE TIME POLICIES WITH GENERAL
    REPAIR RESULT
 SO RELIABILITY ENGINEERING & SYSTEM SAFETY
 DT Article
 AB In this paper we consider that an equipment life is subjected to a
    general distribution and its condition-monitor cycle time is T. No
    sooner is the failure monitored than the equipment is repaired. After
    being repaired, the equipment does not function as a new, but as one
    which has been used for a period of time. Let Y indicate such a period
    of time, standing as a random variable. Hence, assuming the same repair
    conditions at each repair, we get a Y distribution after each repair.
    Using the following method, E(X) = E(y)(E(x)(X \ Y)), we can obtain a
    mean condition-monitor cycle time and mean repair cost between two
    adjacent maintenance intervals. Finally, considering an objective
    function with bound condition, and using Lagrange's method of
    multipliers, we obtain an optimum condition-monitor cycle time T-*,
    where the minimum total repairing cost is achieved.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,BOX 30,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GERTSBAKH IB, 1977, MODELS PREVENTIVE MA
    GU HY, 1993, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V41, P197
    NAKAFAWA T, 1977, THESIS KYOTO U JAPAN
    NAKAGAWA T, 1976, Z OPNS RES, V20, P171
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0951-8320
 J9 RELIAB ENG SYST SAFETY
 JI Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf.
 PY 1994
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 245
 EP 252
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA QK577
 UT ISI:A1994QK57700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YAN, Q
    HOFFMAN, AS
 TI SYNTHESIS OF MACROPOROUS HYDROGELS WITH RAPID SWELLING AND DESWELLING
    PROPERTIES FOR DELIVERY OF MACROMOLECULES
 SO POLYMER
 DT Note
 DE MACROPOROUS HYDROGEL; SWELLING KINETICS; PORE SIZE
 AB Thermally reversible macroporous poly(N-isopropylacrylamide)
    (polyNIPAAm) hydrogel has been synthesized in aqueous solution at a
    temperature above the lower critical solution temperature (LCST). Rapid
    swelling and deswelling kinetics of this macroporous hydrogel are
    characterized. Pore size measurement by a solute exclusion technique
    reveals that this macroporous hydrogel has a larger pore size
    distribution than the hydrogel synthesized at a temperature below the
    LCST. This kind of thermally reversible macroporous hydrogel will be
    very useful in delivery of macromolecules.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV WASHINGTON,CTR BIOENGN,SEATTLE,WA 98105.
 CR DONG LC, 1990, P INT S CONTROL REL, V17, P325
    PARKER L, 1988, LEARN MOTIV, V19, P1
    SATO S, 1974, INT J PHARM, V22, P229
 NR 3
 TC 49
 SN 0032-3861
 J9 POLYMER
 JI Polymer
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 36
 IS 4
 BP 887
 EP 889
 PG 3
 SC Polymer Science
 GA QK671
 UT ISI:A1995QK67100029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, XW
    ZHU, XH
 TI NUMERICAL-SIMULATION OF DEEP-DRAWING PROCESS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB In this pager, both rigid-plastic FEM simulation and experimental
    methods are used to systematically analyze axisymmetric deep-drawing
    process, summarize material flow law in deep-drawing process. The
    relation between punch force and drawing depth is measured with
    transducer and other equipment. Contrasting to the experimental result,
    it shows that this method is successfully applied to simulate
    deep-drawing process. The method of dealing with boundary conditions
    raised in this paper precisely simulate the material warping in the
    center and the cavity in the flange, and investigate the influence of
    friction and other parameters on the limit depth of deep-drawing.
    Although the program shown in this paper deals merely with the
    axisymmetric deep-drawing deformation, it could be applied to upsetting
    and forging process either.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200335,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, XW, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,1954 HUA SHAN
    RD,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIANCHI JH, 1987, INT J MECH SCI, V29, P61
    CHEN CC, 1979, T ASME, V101, P23
    KANETAKE N, 1987, ADV TECHNOLOGY PLAST, P493
    LEE CH, 1973, J ENG IND-T ASME, V95, P865
    OH SI, 1979, T ASME B, V101, P36
    TEKKAYA AE, 1985, SIMULATION METAL FOR, P50
    ZICNKIWICZ OC, 1984, NUMERICAL ANAL FORMI
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 48
 IS 1-4
 BP 123
 EP 127
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA QJ335
 UT ISI:A1995QJ33500016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
    MA, GB
    ZHUANG, J
    LIU, RH
 TI INFLUENCE OF DETUNING ON THE BUTTERFLY EFFECT OF LASER OSCILLATION
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the butterfly effects of single mode laser oscillation
    are studied.  It is shown that the detuning between laser oscillation
    and atomic transition frequency leads to a decrease in second
    threshold, which makes the demonstration of chaos theory in experiment
    easy.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 3
 IS 12
 BP 884
 EP 890
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QH441
 UT ISI:A1994QH44100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, Q
    WEN, GJ
    CAI, YS
 TI THEORY OF OPTICAL-WAVE COUPLING IN THE PRESENCE OF MAGNETOSTATIC
    SURFACE-WAVES
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 AB The general expression of magneto-optical permittivity tensor including
    the Faraday and Cotton-Mouton effects is derived and the coupled wave
    equations for the optical modes propagating in an arbitrary direction
    with respect to the magnetostatic surface wave are obtained.  The
    optical multimode coupled wave equations will reduce to the bi-mode
    ones in the phase-matching conditions.  The behaviors of four types of
    important optical bi-mode coupling are discussed and some new results
    are obtained.  In the limits of alpha = 0 and pi/2, all results
    obtained reduce to those reported in the literature.
 RP WANG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 3
 IS 11
 BP 849
 EP 860
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QH440
 UT ISI:A1994QH44000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI FORMATION AND PROPERTIES OF A LEAD-BARIUM-ALUMINUM PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Note
 AB A lead-barium-aluminum phosphate glass has been prepared by a wet
    chemical process. The phosphate glass exhibits high transmission in the
    visible region of the spectrum and into the mid-infrared and can
    strongly absorb in the ultraviolet at wavelengths of less than 344 nm.
    In addition, the glass has a relatively high index of refraction and a
    good chemical durability, Therefore, the phosphate glass can be used
    for general-purpose optical applications.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROW RK, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P913
    BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    GUO GY, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V162, P164
    GUO GY, 1993, MATER CHEM PHYS, V35, P409
    HE Y, 1992, GLASS TECHNOL, V33, P214
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
    VOLF MB, 1984, CHEM APPROACH GLASS, P277
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 78
 IS 2
 BP 501
 EP 503
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA QG272
 UT ISI:A1995QG27200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI KINETICS OF THE FORMATION PROCESS OF PBO2 ON LEAD ANTIMONY ELECTRODES
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE ELECTRODES; LEAD; ANTIMONY; FORMATION PROCESS
 ID ACID; OXIDATION
 AB The kinetics of the formation process of PbO2 on Pb-1wt.%Sb and
    Pb-7wt.%Sb electrodes, together with the influence of antimony on this
    process, are studied with potential-step and a.c. impedance methods.
    Relationships between the current density and time, and between the
    capacitance and time, are investigated. The oxidation current of the
    lead substrate is considered. Results show that the formation process
    of PbO2 on lead-antimony electrodes follows a two-dimensional
    instantaneous nucleation/growth process. Antimony enhances the
    formation of PbO2 nuclei, but inhibits their growth.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DAWSON JL, 1979, POWER SOURCES, V7, P1
    HAMEENOJA E, 1984, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V14, P449
    HAMPSON NA, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V107, P177
    LAITINEN T, 1989, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V134, P3
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    PAVLOV D, 1993, J POWER SOURCES, V42, P345
    RITCHIE EJ, 1970, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V117, P299
    THIRSK HR, 1972, GUIDE STUDY ELECTROD, P116
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
    WEI C, 1989, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V47, P569
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 2
 BP 193
 EP 196
 PG 4
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA QD431
 UT ISI:A1994QD43100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, B
    MA, XM
    LIU, L
    QI, ZH
    DONG, YD
 TI INVESTIGATION OF AMORPHIZATION OF NB-SI ALLOYS BY MECHANICAL ALLOYING
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; ZR ALLOYS; POWDERS; NI
 AB Amorphous Nb62.5 Si37.5 and Nb75Si25 alloys were produced from mixtures
    of elemental Nb and Si powders by mechanical alloying (MA).  The
    structural changes of mechanically alloyed powders were monitored by
    x-ray diffraction.  It was found that NbSi2 intermetallic compound was
    formed in the initial stage of MA of Nb62.5 Si37.5 or Nb75Si25 powders.
     With continued milling, the mixtures of intermetallic NbSi2 and
    elemental Nb transformed into amorphous Nb-Si alloys (Nb62.5 Si37.5 or
    Nb75Si25).  The slow interdiffusion of Nb and Si and the slower
    diffusion of silicon atoms to niobium matrix than that of niobium atoms
    to silicon matrix were suggested to be responsible for the formation of
    intermetallic NbSi2.  The amorphization of 3NbSi2 + 7Nb mixtures (or
    NbSi2 + 5Nb mixtures) is believed to be controlled by material
    transfer, which moves composition of line intermetallic NbSi2, off
    stoichiometry, and causes the matrix of elemental Nb deformed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, B, ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    HELLSTERN E, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V48, P124
    HIKATA A, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P478
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    LEE PY, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P1578
    LI B, UNPUB APPL PHYS LETT
    LI B, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P161
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, PHYSICA B, V100, P1
    OMURO K, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1433
    POUNDER NM, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P2069
    SCHWARZ RB, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V76, P281
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    WANG WK, 1988, Z PHYS B, V69, P481
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 11
 BP 681
 EP 684
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QD297
 UT ISI:A1994QD29700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YU, JD
    ITOH, M
    HUANG, T
    INAGUMA, Y
    NAKAMURA, T
 TI ELECTRONIC TRANSPORT PROPERTY OF LA2CUO4+DELTA
    (0-LESS-THAN-DELTA-LESS-THAN-0.35) SINGLE-CRYSTAL BELOW 320-K
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-SEPARATION
 AB The excess oxygen contents of La2CuO4+delta single crystals grown by
    the TSFZ method were changed in the range 0.000 less than or equal to
    delta less than or equal to 0.035 by the heat treatments under high and
    low oxygen pressures. Measurements of the electrical resistivity under
    hydrostatic pressure up to 11 kbar, magnetic susceptibility, and
    thermoelectric power were carried out below 320 K for the samples with
    different excess oxygen contents. The results of all measurements
    indicated that, except for superconducting transition temperature,
    there are three characteristic temperatures below 320 K, i.e., aroud
    295 K, around 265 K, around 195 K.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YU, JD, TOKYO INST TECHNOL,ENGN MAT RES LAB,MIDORI KU,4259
    NAGATSUTA,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 227,JAPAN.
 CR BEDNORZ JG, 1986, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V64, P189
    CHAILLOUT C, 1990, PHYSICA C, V170, P87
    HUNDLEY MF, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4062
    HUNDLEY MF, 1991, PHYSICA C, V172, P455
    ITOH M, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V90, P787
    JORGENSEN JD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11337
    RADAELLI PG, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6239
    VAKNIN D, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9057
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 235
 PN Part 2
 BP 1323
 EP 1324
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA QC694
 UT ISI:A1994QC69400301
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI RESEARCH ON INVERSE, HYBRID AND OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS IN ENGINEERING
    SCIENCES WITH EMPHASIS ON TURBOMACHINE AERODYNAMICS - A REVIEW OF
    CHINESE ADVANCES
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB A brief review of advances in the inverse design and optimization
    theory in the following engineering fields in China is presented:  I)
    turbomachine aerodynamic inverse design:  including mainly:  (i) two
    original approaches - image-space approach and variational approach,
    (ii) improved mean-streamline (stream surface) method, (iii)
    optimization theory based on optimal control; II) other engineering
    fields:  inverse problem of heat conduction, free-surface flow,
    variational cogeneration of optimal grid and flow field, optimal
    meshing theory of gears, etc.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APP MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAI R, 1984, ASME, V106, P300
    CAI R, 1987, ASME87GT147 PAP
    CAI RQ, 1983, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    CHEN KM, NUMERICAL METHOD C 2, P1355
    CHEN NI, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V22, P456
    CHEN NI, 1987, ASME87GT29 PAP
    CHEN XI, 1986, ASME86GT159 PAP
    CHEN Z, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P353
    GE M, 1987, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V8, P243
    GE M, 1987, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V8, P31
    GE M, 1988, ASME88GT PAP
    GU CG, 1986, ASME86FT182 PAP
    GU CG, 1987, 2ND P CHIN JAP JOINT, P416
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    HUA YN, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P487
    JIANG HX, 1983 P TOK INT GAS T
    LING ZU, 1985, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V6, P245
    LIU GL, 1964, UNIVERSAL COMPUTER M
    LIU GL, 1980, ACTA MECHANICA SIN, V12, P337
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1980, J SHANGAI I MECH ENG, V2, P25
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V23, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, J SHANGHAI I MECHANI, V3, P1
    LIU GL, 1982, ACTA MECHANICA SIN, V14, P122
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1984, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V5, P27
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1985, OPTIMAL TYPE FLOW PA
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P39
    LIU GL, 1987, 1987 TOKY INT GAS TU, V2, P259
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1988, 3RD P INT S REF FLOW, P283
    LIU GL, 1989, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V6, P1712
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS C, V6, P1343
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V6, P1289
    LIU GL, 1990, 4TH P INT S REF FLOW, P175
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT3085 PAP
    LIU GL, 1993, 2ND P INT S AER INT, P361
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    LU WC, 1987, 2ND P CHIN JAP JOINT, P481
    QIN R, ASME J TURBOMACHINER, V110, P545
    SHEN MY, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P1
    SUN XY, 1988, ASME88GT113 PAP
    TAO C, 1990, 3RD P JAP CHIN JOINT
    THOMAS KM, 1974, ASME74GT82 PAP
    WANG XJ, 1983, THESIS NE U TECHNOLO
    WANG ZM, 1985, ASME85GT6 PAP
    WANG ZM, 1988, ASME, V110, P181
    WANG ZM, 1989, 9TH INTL S AIR BREAT
    WANG ZM, 1990, 1ST P ISAIF BEIJ, P482
    WANG ZM, 1991, ASME91GT76 PAP
    WILKINSON DH, 1970, ARC RM3704
    WU BR, 1984, ADV MECHANICS, V14, P161
    WU CH, 1952, JAS, V19, P3
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU CH, 1976, 3RD P ISABE MUN, P233
    WU GC, 1987, 87TOKYOIGTC19 PAP
    XU HY, 1990, ACTA AERODYNAMICS SI, V8, P103
    XUE MI, 1975, OPTIMUM AERODYNAMICS
    YAN S, 1ST INT S BEIJ, P457
    YAO FS, 1979, CHINESE J MECH ENG
    YAO Z, 1982, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME
    YAO Z, 1984, COMPUTL TURBOMACHINE, P237
    ZHAO SL, 1989, ASME89GT73 PAP
    ZHAO XL, 1985, ASME, V107, P293
    ZHOU XH, 1985, CHEM J ENGN THERMOPH, V6, P331
    ZOU ZX, 1980, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V1, P341
 NR 73
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 53
 EP 70
 PG 18
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA QC854
 UT ISI:A1994QC85400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YAN, S
    LIU, GL
 TI VARIATIONAL VARIABLE-DOMAIN FINITE-ELEMENT METHOD FOR HYBRID PROBLEMS
    OF 3-DIMENSIONAL INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Based on the variational theory developed by Liu (1986), a new finite
    element method (FEM) with self-adapting nodes is suggested in this
    paper for determining the unknown shape of the boundaries in hybrid
    problems of three-dimensional incompressible rotor flow.  The
    computational results of two different kinds of hybrid problems show
    that the rotor geometry obtained from the calculation coincides with
    the original one quite well.  A new numerical method for cascade design
    and modification is thus provided and recommended for practical use. 
    It can be extended to compressible flow (Liu, 1988).
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YAN, S, SHANGHAI INST MECH & ELECT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORGES JE, 1989, ASME89GT136 PAP
    BORGES JE, 1989, ASME89GT137 PAP
    CHUNG TJ, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GHALY WS, 1990, INT J NUMER METH FL, V10, P179
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1987, P ICIDES 2 DULIKRAVI, P207
    LIU GL, 1986, ASME, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    MARCHUK GI, 1982, METHODS NUMERICAL MA
    MIZUKI S, 1975, ASME75GT14 PAP
    MIZUKI S, 1979, PERFORMANCE PREDICTI, P13
    STANITZ JD, 1988, APPLIED MECHANICS RE, V41, P217
    YAN S, 1989, VARIATIONAL FINITE E
    YAN S, 1990, 1ST P INT S EXP COMP, P457
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 82
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA QC854
 UT ISI:A1994QC85400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    PAN, JS
    ZHANG, JP
    TAO, ZL
    DU, GT
    WANG, CH
    LI, XN
    XIE, YF
    LUO, WY
    ZHOU, SX
 TI TOPOGRAPHY AND ANGULAR-DISTRIBUTION OF SPUTTERED ATOMS OF SILVER TARGET
    BOMBARDED BY SIN- (N=1,2) IONS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS SIMULATION; FILMS
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,POB 800204,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P2416
    JOHAR SS, 1979, SURF SCI, V90, P319
    OASTA DJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1392
    ROOSENDAAL HE, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P579
    SHAPIRO MH, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V48, P557
    SHAPIRO MH, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V62, P35
    SZYMONSKI M, 1978, J PHYS             D, V11, P751
    THOMPSON DA, 1977, RADIAT EFF, V32, P135
    THOMPSON DA, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V34, P342
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1995
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 33
 EP 34
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA QB226
 UT ISI:A1995QB22600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GP
    ZHENG, YM
    HUANG, ZJ
    LI, Y
    FENG, JW
    MO, YW
 TI POROUS SILICON AND ITS APPLICATION TEST FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC DEVICES
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 AB Porous silicon was prepared by anodization of a p/p(+) epitaxial c-Si
    wafer. Its structure was examined by electron microscopy, Raman
    spectroscopy, and infrared spectroscopy. The results of the examination
    show that the porous Si consists of many nano-scale pores and
    crystalline slices, and that there is a thin molecular film containing
    Si-H, Si-O and SI-H-2 bonds at the surface of the slices. Some solar
    cells were fabricated from the porous Si wafers, and about 7%
    efficiency was obtained.
 RP WEI, GP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRANDT MS, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V81, P307
    CANHAM LT, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1046
    KOSHIDA N, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V60, P1
    LEHMANN V, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P856
    NAKAGAWA K, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, L515
    NISHIDA A, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, P1219
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 35
 IS 1-4
 BP 319
 EP 324
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA PX516
 UT ISI:A1994PX51600042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    XIONG, YS
 TI FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR 2-DIMENSIONAL
    VORTICITY EQUATION
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE VORTICITY EQUATION; FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD;
    GENERALIZED STABILITY; CONVERGENCE
 ID BAROCLINIC PRIMITIVE EQUATION; NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; RESTRAIN
    OPERATOR; ERROR ESTIMATION; SPECTRAL METHOD; ELEMENT METHOD; FLOW;
    APPROXIMATION
 AB A Fourier pseudospectral-finite difference scheme is proposed for
    solving two-dimensional vorticity equations.  The generalized stability
    and the convergence are proved.  The numerical results are given.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO B, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V74, P110
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1992, SCI CHINA SER A, V35, P1
    INGHAM DB, 1978, J APPL MATH PHYS, V29, P871
    INGHAM DB, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V53, P90
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1981, COMMUNICATION    MAR
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    KUO PY, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1987, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V7, P47
    MACARAEG MG, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, FAMILY SPECTRAL FILT
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 469
 EP 488
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA PX887
 UT ISI:A1994PX88700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, SZ
    GRABB, ML
    BIRDSALL, TG
 TI DESIGN OF PERIODIC SIGNALS USING FM SWEEPS AND AMPLITUDE-MODULATION FOR
    OCEAN ACOUSTIC TRAVEL-TIME MEASUREMENTS
 SO IEEE JOURNAL OF OCEANIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID TOMOGRAPHY
 AB A design procedure for an amplitude-modulated and nonlinear
    frequency-modulated (AM-NLFM) signal is introduced. The designed signal
    can drive a given transducer to its peak power to produce a sound
    pressure waveform into the water with a desired power spectrum and
    maximum possible energy. The signal can be formed either in the time
    domain or in the frequency domain. The frequency domain approach gives
    an output power spectrum precisely identical to a preferred shape.
    Therefore, the sidelobe levels after matched filtering are not raised
    by unwanted spectral magnitude ripples which exist when a time domain
    method is adopted. The absence of spectral ripples is desirable for
    applications requiring long range transmission and good multipath
    discrimination capability. An acceptable tradeoff between time
    resolution and sidelobe levels is achieved by properly choosing the
    desired power spectral shape. As the time resolution is usually the
    most critical specification for precision travel-time measurements, it
    is shown that by sacrificing some of the transducer's output power
    capability, a waveform with a considerably wider band, width can be
    transmitted, resulting in a significantly enhanced time resolution. A
    quasi-steady-stale (QSS) approximation is used in the signal design,
    leading to a manageable and intuitive design procedure.
 C1 UNIV MICHIGAN,DEPT ELECT ENGN & COMP SCI,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109.
 RP WANG, SZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR & TELECOMMUN
    ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAGGEROER A, 1992, PHYSICS TODAY    SEP, P22
    BATTEN HW, 1952, 3 U MICH DEPT EL ENG
    BEHRINGER D, 1982, NATURE, V299, P121
    BIRDSALL TG, 1976, IEEE T EDUC, V19, P168
    BIRDSALL TG, 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, V79, P91
    BUTLER MBN, 1980, P IEE F, V127, P118
    DUDA TF, 1993, IEEE J OCEANIC ENG, V18, P87
    JOHNSTON A, 1983, RADIO ELECTRON ENG, V53, P138
    JOHNSTON JA, 1986, IEE PROC-F, V133, P163
    JUDD GW, 1973, P IEEE ULTR S MONT, P478
    MUNK W, 1993, SCIENCES, V33, P21
    NATHANSON FE, 1991, RADAR DESIGN PRINCIP, P624
    SPIESBERGER JL, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V96, P4869
    WORCESTER PF, 1991, REV GEOPHYS S, P557
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0364-9059
 J9 IEEE J OCEANIC ENG
 JI IEEE J. Ocean. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 611
 EP 618
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering,
    Ocean; Oceanography
 GA PX325
 UT ISI:A1994PX32500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAK, AFT
    HUANG, LD
    WANG, QQ
 TI A BIPHASIC POROELASTIC ANALYSIS OF THE PLOW DEPENDENT SUBCUTANEOUS
    TISSUE PRESSURE AND COMPACTION DUE TO EPIDERMAL LOADINGS - ISSUES IN
    PRESSURE SORE
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID ARTICULAR-CARTILAGE; FLUID TRANSPORT; INDENTATION; COMPRESSION; MODEL;
    SKIN; FLOW
 AB A layer of skin and subcutaneous tissue on a bony substratum was
    modeled as a homogeneous layer of biphasic poroelastic material with
    uniform thickness. The epidermal surface and the bony interface were
    taken to be impervious. The soft tissue on the bony interface was
    assumed either fully adhered or completely free to slide on the bone.
    The cases for surface pressure loadings and displacement controlled
    indentations were simulated The resultant biomechanical responses of
    the layer, including the transient tissue hydrostatic pressure and the
    tissue compaction, were presented. A new hypothesis is offered to
    interpret the threshold pressure-time curve for pressure sores in term
    of the time required for a particular area in the tissue layer to reach
    tr critical compaction for a given level of applied pressure.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PRECIS MECH ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAK, AFT, HONG KONG POLYTECH,CTR REHABIL ENGN,HONG KONG,HONG KONG.
 CR BADER DL, 1988, CLIN PHYS PHYSL MEAS, V9, P33
    BADER DL, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN
    BENNETT L, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V60, P309
    BIOT MA, 1941, J APPL PHYS, V12, P155
    BOWEN RM, 1976, CONTINUUM PHYSICS, V3
    CHOW WW, 1978, J BIOMECH ENG, V100, P79
    CRENSHAW RP, 1989, J REHABIL RES DEV, V26, P63
    DANIEL RK, 1981, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V62, P492
    DRUMMOND DS, 1982, J BONE JOINT SURG AM, V64, P1034
    FERGUSONPELL MW, 1992, P RESNA INT 92, P219
    HAYES WC, 1972, J BIOMECH, V5, P541
    HIVDBERY E, 1960, ACTA PARMACAL KOBENH, V16, P245
    IRANI KD, 1985, MED REHABILITATION
    KENYON DE, 1979, B MATH BIOL, V41, P79
    KOSIAK M, 1959, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V40, P62
    KROUSKOP TA, 1983, MED HYPOTHESES, V11, P255
    LANIR Y, 1987, HDB BIOENGINEERING
    LANIR Y, 1990, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V112, P63
    LIVESLEY B, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P27
    MAK AF, 1986, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V108, P123
    MAK AF, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P703
    MCNAMEE J, 1960, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V13, P98
    MICHEL CC, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P153
    MONTAGNA W, 1962, STRUCTURE FUNCTION S
    MOW VC, 1977, J BIOMECH, V10, P31
    MOW VC, 1980, J BIOMECH ENG, V102, P73
    MOW VC, 1984, J BIOMECH, V17, P377
    MOW VC, 1986, FRONTIERS BIOMECHANI
    OOMENS CWJ, 1982, J BIOMECH, V20, P877
    OOMENS CWJ, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P923
    PAPIR YS, 1985, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V399, P170
    PETERSON MJ, 1982, PHYS THER, V62, P990
    POULOS HG, 1974, ELASTIC SOLUTIONS SO
    REDDY NP, 1981, J BIOMECH, V14, P879
    REDDY NP, 1982, J BIOMECH, V15, P493
    REDDY NP, 1986, TISSUE NUTRITION VIA, P215
    REDDY NP, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P203
    REGER SI, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P177
    RESWICK JB, 1976, BEDSORE BIOMECHANICS, P301
    SACKS AH, 1985, J REHAB RES DEV, P1
    SACKS AH, 1989, J REHABIL RES DEV, V26, P27
    SALZETEIN RA, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P681
    SANGEORZAN BJ, 1989, J ORTHOPAED RES, V7, P425
    SCALES JT, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P15
    SCHOCK RB, 1982, ADV BIOENG, P88
    SIMON BR, 1985, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V107, P327
    SNASHALL PD, 1971, CLIN SCI, V41, P35
    SPILKER RL, 1990, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V112, P138
    STEEGE JW, 1987, 10TH RESNA ANN C, P814
    TABER LA, 1992, 1991 ADV BIOENGINEER, P623
    TODD BA, 1992, P RESNA INT 92, P222
    TORZILLI PA, 1976, J BIOMECH, V9, P587
 NR 52
 TC 13
 SN 0148-0731
 J9 J BIOMECH ENG
 JI J. Biomech. Eng.-Trans. ASME
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 116
 IS 4
 BP 421
 EP 429
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Biophysics
 GA PW301
 UT ISI:A1994PW30100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SKIDMORE, MJ
 TI ETHICS AND PUBLIC-SERVICE
 SO ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB There is widespread concern for ethics in government, and news reports
    justify that concern.  The public's emphasis, fueled by both accurate
    and inaccurate reporting, appears to center upon the conduct of elected
    officials.  Some of that reporting is significant, and some is trivial.
     Professional literature tends to concentrate upon the bureaucracy. 
    This article traces the history in general of ethical thought regarding
    public service in America and sketches attempts to require adherence to
    ethical standards.  It concludes that-with notable exceptions and
    despite considerable insightful work from ethicists - the strongest
    reactions have often come in response to relatively trivial infractions
    and that prescriptions tend to be entirely negative.  Such negative
    approaches are unlikely to result in significant improvement of ethics
    in public service, whether judged by standards of personal conduct or
    the even more important standard of institutional performance and
    integrity.
 C1 UNIV MISSOURI,COLUMBIA,MO 65201.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOHR JA, 1991, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V51, P283
    BOWMAN JE, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P2
    COOPER TL, 1982, RESPONSIBLE ADM, P8
    DEGEORGE RT, 1982, BUSINESS ETHICS
    DENHARDT K, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTEIRS PU, P100
    DENHARDT KG, 1988, ETHICS PUBLIC SERVIC, P5
    DVORIN EP, 1972, AMORAL HUMANE BUREAU, P1
    FINER H, 1994, PUBLIC ADM REV, V1
    FRIEDRICH CJ, 1940, PUBLIC POLICY
    GABRIS GT, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P217
    GAWTHROP LC, 1984, PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGE, P142
    GOLEMBIEWSKI RT, 1962, PUBLIC ADM REV, V22
    GOLEMBIEWSKI RT, 1965, MEN MANAGEMENT MORAL
    HARMON MM, 1971, NEW PUBLIC MINNOWBRO, P172
    JENNINGS B, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P67
    LEYS WAR, 1944, ETHICS SOCIAL POLICY
    LUKE IS, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P160
    MERGET AE, 1989, GOVERNING, V3, P90
    NORTON DL, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P47
    PUGH DL, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P10
    ROHR JA, 1978, ETHICS BUREAUCRATS
    ROHR JA, 1989, ETHICS BUREAUCRATS
    SCOTT WG, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P29
    THOMPSON DF, 1987, POLITICAL ETHICS PUB
    VENTRISS C, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P114
    WALDO D, 1948, ADM STATE STUDY POLI, P18
    WALL B, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P136
    WILSON W, 1987, POLITICAL SCI Q, V2
    WRIGHT ND, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P15
 NR 29
 TC 1
 SN 0002-7162
 J9 ANN AMER ACAD POLIT SOC SCI
 JI Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 1995
 VL 537
 BP 25
 EP 36
 PG 12
 SC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary; Political Science
 GA PX926
 UT ISI:A1995PX92600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI A UNIFIED VARIATIONAL THEORY OF HYBRID PROBLEMS FOR FULLY 3-D TRANSONIC
    ROTOR-FLOW WITH SHOCKS .1. POTENTIAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID TURBO-ROTOR; PRINCIPLES
 AB Based on [3], the unified variable-domain variational theory of hybrid
    problems for rotor-flow [1], [2], [16], [24] is extended to fully 3-D
    transonic rotor-flows with shocks, unifying and generalizing the direct
    and inverse problems. Three variational principle (VP) families
    together with a general form of generalized VPs have been established,
    taking distributed suction and/or blowing along blade- and annular
    walls into account. All unknown boundaries are successfully handled via
    functional variations with variable domain, converting almost all
    boundary and interface conditions, including the Rankine-Hugoniot shock
    relations, into natural ones. This theory provides a series of novel
    ways for blade design and a theoretical basis for finite element
    applications and also constitutes an important part of the optimal
    design theory of rotor-bladings [6]. Numerical solutions by finite
    elements in [22]-[24] show good agreement with experimental results.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, LECTURE NOTES SHANGH
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1982, 1982 P INT C FEM SHA, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, 2ND INT S EXP COMP A, P355
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    MCNALLY WD, 1985, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V107, P6
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V7
    THOMPKINS WT, 1982, ASME, V104, P282
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    YAN S, 1990, EXP COMP AEROTHERMOD, P449
    YAN S, 1991, 1991 P YOK INT GAS T, P35
    YAO Z, 1984, IMECHE PAPER, V69, P237
 NR 28
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1995
 VL 108
 IS 1-4
 BP 207
 EP 217
 PG 11
 SC Mechanics
 GA PW711
 UT ISI:A1995PW71100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU RODGERS, GJ
    HASSAN, MK
 TI FRAGMENTATION OF PARTICLES WITH MORE THAN ONE DEGREE-OF-FREEDOM
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID KINETICS; DEGRADATION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SYLHET,BANGLADESH.
 RP RODGERS, GJ, BRUNEL UNIV,DEPT PHYS,UXBRIDGE UB8 3PH,MIDDX,ENGLAND.
 CR AMEMIYA A, 1962, J PHYS SOC JPN, V17, P1245
    AMEMIYA A, 1962, J PHYS SOC JPN, V17, P1694
    BAK TA, 1959, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V13, P1997
    BALLAUFF M, 1981, MACROMOLECULES, V14, P654
    BASEDOW AM, 1978, MACROMOLECULES, V11, P774
    CHARLESBY A, 1954, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V224, P120
    DEMJANENKO M, 1980, MACROMOLECULES, V13, P571
    ERNST MH, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6085
    FAMILY F, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P727
    FILIPPOV AF, 1961, THEORY PROBABILITY I, V6, P275
    GILVARRY JJ, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, P391
    MCGRADY ED, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P892
    MEYER R, 1966, BR J APPL PHYS, V17, P409
    SHINNAR R, 1961, J FLUID MECH, V10, P259
    VICSEK T, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1669
    ZIFF RM, 1985, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V18, P3027
    ZIFF RM, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2513
    ZIFF RM, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P2821
 NR 18
 TC 10
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 3458
 EP 3463
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA PV863
 UT ISI:A1994PV86300033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    PAN, JS
    ZHANG, JP
    WANG, CS
    LUO, WY
    LI, XN
    ZHOU, SX
    ZHANG, HM
    ZHAO, L
 TI SURFACE-TOPOGRAPHY EFFECT ON PREFERENTIAL SPUTTERING FROM CU76NI15SN9
    ALLOY
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    HANGZHOU UNIV,CENT LAB,HANGZHOU 310028,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,POB 800-204,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BETZ G, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V170, P347
    BETZ G, 1981, SURF SCI, V104, L185
    MATTIEU HJ, 1979, APPL SURF SCI, V3, P348
    WITTMAACK K, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V170, P331
    ZHENXIA W, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V11, P719
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1994
 VL 13
 IS 23
 BP 1667
 EP 1669
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA PX084
 UT ISI:A1994PX08400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU KLINGENBERG, C
    MAO, DK
 TI THE TOTAL VARIATION DECREASING PROPERTY OF A CONSERVATIVE FRONT
    TRACKING TECHNIQUE
 SO MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE CONSERVATION LAWS; CONSERVATIVE NUMERICAL SCHEME; TOTAL VARIATION
    DECREASING
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; HIGH-RESOLUTION SCHEMES; LAWS;
    DISCONTINUITIES
 AB In [1-4], one of the authors developed a conservative front tracking
    technique. In this paper, we study the effect of the technique on the
    total variation of the numerical solution when the underlying scheme is
    total variation decreasing (TVD). We prove that the first order
    technique will retain the TVD property for the overall scheme.
    Numerical examples are presented to support the conclusion even for
    higher order front tracking techniques.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP KLINGENBERG, C, UNIV HEIDELBERG,DEPT APPL MATH,NEUENHEIMER FELD
    294,D-69120 HEIDELBERG,GERMANY.
 CR CRANDALL MG, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P1
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    MAO D, IN PRESS J COMPUT PH
    MAO D, UNPUB CONSERVATIVE F
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0895-7177
 J9 MATH COMPUT MODELLING
 JI Math. Comput. Model.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 20
 IS 10-11
 BP 89
 EP 99
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science,
    Software Engineering; Mathematics, Applied
 GA PV700
 UT ISI:A1994PV70000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR OF LEAD ELECTRODE IN SULFURIC-ACID-SOLUTION
    CONTAINING CITRIC-ACID
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE LEAD ELECTRODES; SULFURIC ACID; CITRIC ACID
 ID PBO2/PBSO4 ELECTRODE; POSITIVE PLATES; PBO2 ELECTRODE; ANTIMONY; SWEEP;
    H3PO4; TIN
 AB The electrochemical behaviour of a lead electrode as the positive
    electrode (in PbO2 form) and the negative electrode of a lead/acid
    battery in sulfuric acid solution containing different concentrations
    of citric acid has been studied by cyclic voltammetry.  For the
    behaviour of lead as a positive electrode, a new layer of PbO2 is
    formed in the presence of citric acid.  It is difficult for this layer
    to be reduced and, therefore, the conductivity between the positive
    grid and the positive active material will be greater than that in pure
    sulfuric acid solution.  The peak currents attributed to the formation
    and reduction of PbO2, and to the evolution of oxygen, increase with
    the concentration of citric acid.  The limits of the effects are
    reached at about 2 g/l citric acid in 4.5 M H2SO4.  For the behaviour
    of lead as a negative electrode, the peak currents attributed to the
    oxidation of lead to PbSO4 and to the evolution of hydrogen gas also
    increase with the concentration of citric acid.  In 4.5 M H2SO4, the
    limits of these effects are reached at a citric acid concentration of 2
    and 3 g/l, respectively.  The observed behaviour is caused by the
    adsorption of citric acid on the PbO2, lead and PbSO4 surfaces.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BULLOCK KR, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P1478
    CULPIN B, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P63
    DORING H, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P261
    HULLMEINE U, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P99
    LAITINEN HA, 1975, ANAL CHEM, V47, P135
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    MAHATO BK, 1980, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V127, P1679
    MAHATO BK, 1983, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V130, P2139
    MOHAMMADI AT, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V40, P323
    PAVLOV D, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P117
    SATO Y, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V39, P43
    SHARPE TF, 1975, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V122, P845
    STERNBERG S, 1987, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V32, P349
    VOSS E, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P33
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 29
 PG 5
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA PV022
 UT ISI:A1994PV02200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR OF SNSO4 IN SULFURIC-ACID-SOLUTION
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE SULFURIC ACID; TIN SULFATE; LEAD ACID BATTERIES
 ID ANODIC BEHAVIOR; TIN; LEAD; ELECTRODE
 AB The effect of SnSO4 on the deep-discharge capacity of lead/acid
    batteries is investigated when it is added to the sulfuric acid
    electrolyte.  The electrochemical behaviour of Sn2+ ions in sulfuric
    acid is studied by using chemical-analysis and cyclic-voltammetry
    methods.  In the battery system, Sn2+ ions will be reduced to tin on
    the negative plates or will be oxidized to tin(IV) species on the
    positive plates.  Tin metal formed on the negative plates will improve
    the charge/discharge properties.  Tin(IV) species formed on the
    positive plates may be incorporated as SnO2 in the positive active
    material (PAM) as well as in the anodic film that is produced at the
    grid/active-material interface.  The effect of SnO2 on the properties
    of the PAM are explained in terms of the gel-crystal model.  The SnO2
    is stable during the discharge process.  The compound increases the
    electronic conductivity of the gel zones, thereby, enhances the
    capacity of the PAM.  The SnO2 species may also act as nuclei for the
    formation of beta-PbO2 in the crystal zones.  The corrosion of positive
    grids is inhibited by the presence of SnO2.  By virtue of these
    effects, the addition of SnSO4 is beneficial to the operation of
    lead/acid batteries.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BAGSHAW N, 1988, POWER SOURCES 12, P113
    BURBANK J, 1971, ADV ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V8, P109
    CULPIN B, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P63
    DORING H, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P41
    GALUS Z, 1975, ENCY ELECTROCHEMISTR, V4, P229
    GALUS Z, 1975, ENCY ELECTROCHEMISTR, V4, P233
    ISHIKAWA Y, 1987, 8751161, JA
    LAITINEN T, 1992, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V37, P1797
    NELSON RF, 1991, J POWER SOURCES, V33, P165
    PAVLOV D, 1984, POWER SOURCES ELECTR, P237
    PAVLOV D, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3075
    SALMI K, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V40, P217
    SUGIKARA M, 1979, 7960424, JA
    TERADA M, 1988, 202862, JA
    TOKUNAGA A, 1979, 79495386, JA
    VOSS E, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P33
    WILL FG, 1982, 4324848, US
    WILL FG, 1982, 4326017, US
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 85
 PG 5
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA PV022
 UT ISI:A1994PV02200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, XR
    ZHU, YZ
 TI ASYMPTOTIC OPTIMAL HEAPSORT ALGORITHM
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Note
 AB Heapsort algorithm HEAPSORT runs in a higher efficiency way. It has
    been improved to reduce the constant factor of the complexity. An
    asymptotic optimal heapsort algorithm is given in this paper. When the
    efficiency becomes the lowest, the constant factor of its complexity
    will not be more than 4/3.
 RP GU, XR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHO AV, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COMPUTER
    BAASE S, 1978, COMPUTER ALGORITHMS
    GU X, 1990, COMPUT J, V33, P281
    HOROWITZ E, 1978, FUNDAMENTALS COMPUTE
    WEGENER I, 1992, SIMPLE MODIFICATION
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD NOV 21
 PY 1994
 VL 134
 IS 2
 BP 559
 EP 565
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA PR819
 UT ISI:A1994PR81900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    XIONG, YS
 TI FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR INCOMPRESSIBLE-FLOW
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; VORTICITY EQUATIONS; ELEMENT METHOD;
    APPROXIMATION
 AB A Fourier pseudospectral-finite difference scheme is proposed for
    unsteady Navier-Stokes equation.  It is showed that the numerical
    solution keeps semi-discrete conservation.  The strict error estimation
    is established.  The numerical results are presented.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1981, SCI SINICA A, V24, P297
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P6963
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P57
    GUO BY, 1991, MATH NUMER SINICA, V13, P331
    GUO BY, 1991, SCI SINICA A, V35, P1
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1992, P BAIL, V6, P34
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1970, 2 SIAM AMS P, P11
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MULHOLLAND LS, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P369
    MURDOCK JW, AIAA860434
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, CNRS F56 CTR MATH AP
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 312
 EP 329
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA PR581
 UT ISI:A1994PR58100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU PU, DG
    TIAN, WW
 TI A CLASS OF MODIFIED BROYDEN ALGORITHMS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID QUASI-NEWTON METHODS
 AB In this paper we dicuss the convergence of the modified Broyden
    algorithms.  We prove that the algorithms are globally convergent for
    the continuous differentiable function and the rate of convergence of
    the algorithms is one-step superlinear and n-step second-order for the
    uniformly convex objective function.  From the discussion of this
    paper, we may get some convergence properties of the Broyden algorithms.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST RAILWAY TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    BYRD RH, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P727
    CONN NI, 1991, MATH PROG, V52, P177
    FLETCHER R, 1987, PRACTICAL METHODS OP
    HUANG HY, 1970, J OPTIM THEORY APPL, V5, P405
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1972, NUMERICAL METHODS NO, P1
    POWELL MJD, 1976, 6 SIAM AMS P, P53
    PU D, 1987, J SHANGHAI I RAILWAY, V8, P19
    PU D, 1989, J OPER RES CHINA, V8, P53
    PU D, 1989, L ACTA MATHEMATICAE, V13, P118
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1990, J OPER RES CHINA, V9, P49
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1993, J OPER RES CHINA, V22, P2
    TIAN W, 1992, J APPL MATH COMP MAT, V6, P42
    TIAN W, 1993, J APPL MATH COMP MAT, V7, P50
    WU F, 1991 P C APOR SOC BE, P35
    WU F, 1981, J ACTA MATH SINICA C, V24, P921
    YUAN YX, 1991, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V11, P325
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 366
 EP 379
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA PR581
 UT ISI:A1994PR58100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, T
 TI BLIND SIGNAL SEPARATION USING CELLULAR NEURAL NETWORKS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CIRCUIT THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper a two-layer cellular neural network (CNN) is used to
    separate blind signals. The topological structures of the CNN and the
    inner parameters are presented. The first CNN layer functions as an
    adaptive filter which converges asymptotically to an equilibrium point
    in the mean. A stochastic stability model is used to find conditions
    under which cells in the first layer converge. Conditions leading to
    correct equilibrium solutions are also presented using this model. The
    second CNN layer functions as a signal separator. Simulations show that
    the CNN blind signal separator has strong robustness and works even
    better than the theory predicts.
 RP YANG, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT CONTROL ENGN,POB
    14,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARDOSO J, 1989, P IEEE ICASSP, V4, P2109
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1273
    CHUA LO, 1992, P CNNA 92, P1
    COMON P, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P11
    JUTTEN C, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P1
    SOROUCHYARI E, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P21
    TONG L, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P499
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0098-9886
 J9 INT J CIRCUIT THEOR APPL
 JI Int. J. Circuit Theory Appl.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 399
 EP 408
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA PN991
 UT ISI:A1994PN99100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, HP
    LEI, TJ
 TI A RINGLESS HIGH-PRESSURE MOVING SEAL UP TO 1200 MPA
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE HIGH PRESSURE; MOVING SEAL; RINGLESS SEAL
 AB A ringless high pressure moving seal has been developed which can reach
    pressures as high as 1200 MPa.  A unique feature of the seal is the
    elastic action of its plunger.  This action results in full oil film
    operation that enhances volumetric efficiency while reducing leakage. 
    Analysis and results of the pressure examination are presented.  It is
    shown that the seal operates with high volumetric efficiency, very low
    friction and no wear.
 C1 ACAD MACHINE SCI,BEIJING 100044,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP XU, HP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRIDGMAN PW, 1953, PHYSICS HIGH PRESSUR
    XU H, 1991, 911084401, CH
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACADEMY MACHI
    XU H, 1994, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V7, P2
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0569-8197
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 37
 IS 4
 BP 767
 EP 770
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA PN115
 UT ISI:A1994PN11500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, ST
    SHEN, WD
 TI GLOBALLY REGULAR MODEL OF THE ELECTRON IN GENERAL-RELATIVITY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Necessary conditions on a reasonable description of a physical object
    are suggested.  The globally regular solutions of Petrov type D of the
    Einstein - Maxwell field equations and their generation solutions are
    derived for a charged perfect fluid sphere.  A globally regular model
    of a stationary electron is established in the framework of general
    relativity.  The quantitative relations between the inertial and the
    electromagnetic mass of an electron and between the electron mass and
    radius are explained.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, ST, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800-211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FUKUDA H, 1949, PROG THEOR PHYS, V4, P121
    GAUTREAU R, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P1860
    HAWKING SW, 1973, LARGE SCALE STRUCTUR
    HORWITZ G, 1971, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V3, P245
    ISRAEL W, 1970, PHYS REV           D, V2, P641
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    KATZ J, 1971, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V5, P59
    KRAMER D, 1980, EXACT SOLUTIONS EINS, P164
    PAULI W, 1958, THEORY RELATIVITY
    SHEN WD, 1985, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V17, P739
    TIWARI RN, 1985, PHYSICAL REV D, V30, P489
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1994
 VL 33
 IS 8
 BP 1687
 EP 1697
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA PL431
 UT ISI:A1994PL43100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SUN, Z
    ZHENG, Z
    XU, N
    SUN, Y
    JI, R
    ZHAO, W
 TI DIAMOND FILM DEPOSITED ON A SILICA SUBSTRATE WITH A ZNOAL INTERMEDIATE
    LAYER BY HOT-FILAMENT CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Note
 ID THIN-FILMS; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; LOW-PRESSURE
 AB Diamond films were deposited on ZnO:Al thin-film silica substrates by
    hot-filament chemical vapor deposition.  Ultrasonic irradiation in a
    diamond suspension enhanced the diamond nucleation density on a
    ZnO:Al-silica substrate.  The nucleation density and the growth rate of
    diamond film deposited on ZnO:Al thin film is higher than on the
    silica.  The cracks on a ZnO:Al-silica substrate occurred during the
    diamond deposition process.  It is proposed that the cracks were caused
    by the stress in ZnO:Al film and diamond film, and the peak frequency
    shift of the Raman line of diamond indicates the presence of
    compressive stress in the diamond film.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SUN, Z, E CHINA NORMAL UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200062,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P913
    BONNOT AM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6040
    CELII FG, 1992, NAV RES REV, V44, P23
    DEVERIES RC, 1987, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V17, P161
    JIN ZC, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P149
    JIN ZC, 1988, J APPL PHYS 1, V64, P5117
    LEE YH, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1916
    RAVI KV, 1993, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V19, P203
    SHPAK MT, 1985, PHYS CHEM MECH SURF, V3, P1412
    SOOD DK, 1992, SURF COAT TECH, V51, P307
    TANIGUCHI Y, 1989, JPN J APPL PHYS, V28, L1848
    VANDEPOL FCM, 1990, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V69, P1959
    WINDISCHMANN H, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2231
    YARBROUGH WA, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P688
    YOSHIKAWA M, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P2608
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1994
 VL 76
 IS 7
 BP 4446
 EP 4447
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA PK458
 UT ISI:A1994PK45800078
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, CH
    CHEN, HJ
 TI DOF OF EQUIVALENT CONJUGATE MOTION BETWEEN 2 BODIES IN A MECHANICAL
    SYSTEM
 SO MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY
 DT Article
 AB In modern mechanical systems, especially in robotics and bio-mechanics,
    there are needs to investigate higher pairs in more details, and to
    compute the d.o.f. of the relative motion between two bodies, rather
    than the d.o.f. of the whole system.  In this paper, conjugate pairs
    are investigated with the aid of the theory of conjugate surfaces. 
    This investigation provides a geometrical insight of the d.o.f. of a
    joint.  The conjugation chain and the corresponding algorithm are
    introduced.  They provide an instrumental tool for computing the d.o.f.
    of the equivalent conjugate motion between two bodies in a mechanical
    system.  The existence of the redundant and the complementary d.o.f. is
    briefly explained.
 RP CHEN, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,LANE 200,HOUSE 23,ROOM
    401,SHANGHAI 20063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAGCI C, 1971, T ASME, V93, P140
    BAUSCH JJ, 1990, P MANUFACTURING INT, V1, P225
    CHEN CH, 1985, FUNDAMENTALS THEORY, P107
    LIU T, 1992, ASME, V47, P653
    REULEAUX F, 1963, KINEMATICS MACHINERY
    WARNAAR DB, 1992, ASME DE, V47, P143
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 0094-114X
 J9 MECH MACH THEOR
 JI Mech. Mach. Theory
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 29
 IS 8
 BP 1143
 EP 1150
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA PJ582
 UT ISI:A1994PJ58200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHONG, SS
    LIU, G
    QASIM, G
 TI CLOSED-FORM EXPRESSIONS FOR RESONANT-FREQUENCY OF RECTANGULAR PATCH
    ANTENNAS WITH MULTIDIELECTRIC LAYERS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Note
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS; DIELECTRIC LAYER; ACCURATE MODEL; LINES
 AB The conformal mapping approach combined with a generalized transmission
    line model has been developed to predict the resonant frequency of
    rectangular patch antennas with multidielectric layers. A set of closed
    form expressions is derived, which is suitable for direct application
    in CAD programs. Numerical results are presented to validate this
    method.
 C1 NWFP UNIV ENGN & TECHNOL,PESHAWAR,PAKISTAN.
 RP ZHONG, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT RADIO & ELECTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAHL IJ, 1982, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V30, P314
    BENALLA A, 1990, IEE PROC-H, V137, P377
    KIRSCHNING M, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P123
    KIRSCHNING M, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P272
    NELSON RM, 1990, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V38, P978
    PRIBETICH J, 1988, ELECTRON LETT, V24, P1464
    QQASIM G, 1991, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V14, P77
    RAMAHI OM, 1992, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V5, P254
    SVACINA J, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P769
    VERMA AK, 1991, IEICE T COMMUN, V74, P1270
    WHEELER HA, 1964, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V12, P280
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0018-926X
 J9 IEEE TRANS ANTENNAS PROPAGAT
 JI IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 42
 IS 9
 BP 1360
 EP 1363
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA PH084
 UT ISI:A1994PH08400024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    BAI, ZZ
 TI ON MONOTONE CONVERGENCE OF NONLINEAR MULTISPLITTING RELAXATION METHODS
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE NONLINEAR SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR MULTISPLITTING; MONOTONICITY;
    GLOBAL CONVERGENCE
 ID PARALLEL; ALGORITHM
 AB A class of parallel nonlinear multisplitting AOR methods is et up by
    directly multisplitting the nonlinear mapping F : D subset-of R(n) -->
    R(n) for solving the nonlinear system of equations F(x) = 0.  The
    different choices of the relaxation parameters can yield all the known
    and a lot of new relaxation methods as well as a lot of new relaxation
    parallel nonlinear multisplitting methods. The two-sided approximation
    properties and the influences on convergence from the relaxation
    parameters about the new methods are shown, and the sufficient
    conditions guaranteeing the methods to converge globally are discussed.
    Finally, a lot of numerical results show that the methods are feasible
    and efficient.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    EUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    MORE J, 1970, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V9, P357
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V32, P274
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 8
 TC 5
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 335
 EP 348
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA PG700
 UT ISI:A1994PG70000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI WHEELING RATES OF REACTIVE POWER-FLOW UNDER MARGINAL COST PRICING
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE WHEELING; POWER WHEELING; WHEELING RATES; MARGINAL COST PRICING;
    ECONOMIC DISPATCH
 AB Wheeling is the transmission of electrical power and reactive power
    from a seller to a buyer through a transmission network owned by a
    third party.  The wheeling rate is an area of intense research at
    present in view of increased deregulation.  This paper uses a wheeling
    rate based on marginal cost pricing and implemented using a
    modification of the OPF.  A case study based on the IEEE 30-bus system
    illustrates the magnitudes and ranges that wheeling rates might have in
    different circumstances.  Special attention is paid to reactive
    wheeling, which cannot be analyzed with a DC model used by previous
    authors.  The ratio of wheeling rates between real and reactive flow
    shows the importance of the latter.  The paper also discusses the
    significance of this for the trade-off between paying for reactive
    wheel or investing in compensating plant.
 C1 HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP LI, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUGHMAN ML, 1991, IEEE T POWER SYST, V6, P23
    CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    LI YZ, IN PRESS P IEE C
    LI YZ, 1992, WIN IEEE P M
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    MUKERJI R, 1992, IEEE T POWER SYST, V7, P201
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
 NR 8
 TC 16
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD AUG
 PY 1994
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 1263
 EP 1269
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA PF168
 UT ISI:A1994PF16800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, DY
    ZHU, NS
    ZHU, M
 TI THE POTENTIAL CONSTRAINTS OF THE KP SYSTEM AND THE CORRESPONDING
    HAMILTONIAN EQUATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper all the potential constraints (wither without first-order
    partial derivatives) of the KP system, from which the associated linear
    problem can be restricted into a (1+1)-dimensional Hamiltonian
    equation, are obtained by using the sufficient and necessary condition
    for a nonlinear equation to be a Hamiltonian system. Some well-known
    integrable systems, such as (1+1)-dimensional AKNS system, generalized
    NS system, and several new Hamiltonian equations, are deduced as
    particular examples.
 RP CHEN, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADLER M, 1979, INVENT MATH, V50, P219
    CEWEN C, 1987, HENAN SCI, V5, P2
    CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    DENGYUNA C, 1992, SYMMETRIC CONSTRAINT
    FLASCHKA H, 1983, 1981 P RIMS S NONL I, P219
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P17
    YI C, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    YI C, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    YUNBO Z, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1679
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 35
 IS 9
 BP 4725
 EP 4738
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA PF137
 UT ISI:A1994PF13700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, WR
    ZHANG, B
    CHEN, WJ
    WANG, J
    WAN, X
 TI TEMPERATURE-DEPENDENCE OF THE MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES OF A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ELEVATED-TEMPERATURES; DEFORMATION; FRACTURE
 RP CHEN, WR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHEN WR, UNPUB
    CHEN WR, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL, V30, P83
    HUANG SC, 1988, SCRIPTA METALL, V22, P1885
    HUANG SC, 1991, METALL T A, V22, P427
    KIM YW, 1989, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V41, P24
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    KIM YW, 1991, JOM, V43, P40
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1975, METALL T A, V6, P1991
    LIPSITT HA, 1980, METALLURG T A, V11, P1369
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    WUNDERLICH W, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P802
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1994
 VL 31
 IS 10
 BP 1297
 EP 1300
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA PE217
 UT ISI:A1994PE21700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LU, DY
    LIANG, G
    ZHANG, MJ
    XU, B
 TI SERUM CONTENTS OF SIALIC ACIDS IN MICE BEARING DIFFERENT TUMORS
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE SIALIC ACIDS; HPLC; ANTINEOPLASTIC DRUGS; NEOPLASM METASTASES;
    CARCINOGENESIS
 RP LU, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 39
 IS 14
 BP 1220
 EP 1233
 PG 14
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA PD156
 UT ISI:A1994PD15600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DUNHAM, CB
    ZHU, CZ
 TI COMPUTATION OF THE MODIFIED STRONG UNIQUENESS CONSTANTS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE COMPUTATION; MINIMAX APPROXIMATION; MODIFIED STRONG UNIQUENESS
    CONSTANT; NEARNESS OF COEFFICIENTS (PARAMETERS); HAAR CONDITION
 AB Paralleling the classical strong uniqueness, in this paper we consider
    the modified strong uniqueness which measures the distance between the
    best approximation and the achieved approximation in the parameter norm
    instead of uniform (function) norm in which the classical strong
    uniqueness measures the distance.  We introduce a quantity called
    modified strong uniqueness constant which can be used to bound the
    distance mentioned above (if we can bound the difference between the
    minimal approximation error norm and the achieved approximation error
    norm), and deduce a computation formula for it for both linear and
    nonlinear uniform approximations. Cline's arguments for the classical
    strong uniqueness constant are used, but we make some modifications due
    to the turning of our attention from uniform (function) norm to
    parameter norm. Implementation of the computation, and examples for
    computing both classical and modified strong uniqueness constants are
    given. We also introduce a quantity which is analogous to Lipschitz
    constant.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DUNHAM, CB, UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,DEPT COMP SCI,LONDON N6A
    5B7,ONTARIO,CANADA.
 CR CLINE AK, 1973, J APPROXIMATION THEO, V8, P160
    CROMME L, 1978, NUMER MATH, V29, P179
    DUNHAM C, 1980, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V6, P241
    DUNHAM C, 1986, C NUMERANTIUM, V51, P123
    DUNHAM C, 1988, 204 U W ONT DEP COMP
    DUNHAM C, 1989, APPROX THEORY APPL, V5, P43
    DUNHAM C, 1992, 312 U W ONT DEP COMP
    DUNHAM C, 1993, 377 U W ONT DEP COMP
    JITTORNTRUM K, 1980, NUMER MATH, V34, P439
    RICE JR, 1964, APPROXIMATION FUNCTI, V1
    SMITH, 1979, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1-2
 BP 83
 EP 97
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA PA314
 UT ISI:A1994PA31400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, HL
    CHEN, NY
    LU, WC
    ZHU, XW
 TI MULTITARGET CLASSIFICATION PATTERN-RECOGNITION APPLIED TO
    COMPUTER-AIDED MATERIALS DESIGN
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE CLASSIFICATION PATTERN RECOGNITION; PRINCIPAL COMPONENT ANALYSIS;
    INVERSE MAPPING; OPTIMIZATION; MATERIALS DESIGN
 AB A multi-target classification pattern recognition method based on the
    principal component analysis (PCA) has been proposed for computer-aided
    materials design considering the multiple specialties of materials. The
    designed sample with probable optimal specialties is determined in such
    way that its representing point should be at the optimal region in the
    PC sub-space, where most optimal samples can be discriminated from
    nonoptimal samples by means of features. The experimental parameters of
    the sample represented by this point can be obtained using a non-linear
    inverse mapping method from the PC sub-space to the original space.
    Based on the information provided using the method, several samples of
    V-PTC materials with optimal multiple specialties are synthesized.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, HL, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHEN N, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V210, P175
    CHEN NY, 1990, 1990 INT S P MECH PR, P777
    CHEN Y, 1990, ABIT, V4, P29
    HAYMANN PW, 1955, 929350, GE
    KAZUSHIRO H, 1985, 5329234, JA
    KOWALSKI BR, 1982, CLASSIFICATION PATTE, P673
    LIU HL, 1991, CHINESE SCI BULL, V36, P991
    LIU HL, 1993, PATT RECOG ARTI, V6, P399
    SAMMON JW, 1969, IEEE T COMPUT, V18, P401
    VARMUZA K, 1980, PATTERN RECOGNITION
 NR 10
 TC 7
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 1994
 VL 27
 IS 11
 BP 2195
 EP 2203
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA NY067
 UT ISI:A1994NY06700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
 TI THE EXACT SOLUTION TO THE REGULAR PUMP MODEL OF PHOTON NOISE-REDUCTION
    IN LASERS
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID FEEDBACK
 AB An exact solution to the regular pump model of photon reduction in
    lasers is presented.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI TECHNOL,ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE
    MECH,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    HAAK F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P712
    HAUS HA, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P270
    MACHIDA S, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V57, P290
    SARGENT M, 1974, LASER PHYSICS, P297
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 11
 PY 1994
 VL 190
 IS 1
 BP 13
 EP 16
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA NX957
 UT ISI:A1994NX95700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MA, RD
    ZHANG, QL
    DING, WY
    ZHANG, QR
    XU, MJ
 TI STRUCTURE OF PEROXIDE FORMED DURING PREIRRADIATION OF STYRENE AND ITS
    INITIATING REACTIVITY
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB Preirradiation of styrene under total dosage 5 x 10(4) Gy of gamma-ray
    radiation and different dose rate 2.9 Gy/s, 0.7 Gy/s, 0.5Gy/s and 0.3
    Gy/s were investigated. The peroxides formed during Preirradiation were
    separated by silica gel column chromatography in three components, 1,2
    and 3 respectively. The distribution of components was different with
    the different dose rate. The peroxide isolated only the single
    component 2 when dose rate was 0.3 Gy/s. Their structures were studied
    by IR, H-1 NM R and MS. It was found the component 2 possesses strong
    initiating reactivity with the structure of alternating peroxide,
    initiates smoother polymerization than BPO under lower temperature and
    shorter time. It also initiates copolymerization with other monomer.
 RP MA, RD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR MUKUNDAN T, 1989, J POLYM SCI C, V2, P455
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 6
 BP 603
 EP 608
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA NX086
 UT ISI:A1994NX08600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FANG, ZH
    ZHANG, MX
    SHEN, CH
    WANG, Y
 TI THE HAL-3 RADAR TEST SET
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 AB This paper presents the HAL-3 radar test set (called the set in the
    following) used to measure the technical specifications of the HAL-3
    airborne radar and to maintain it based on tested results. Some new
    techniques are employed in the set, including sinusoidal pulsewidth
    modulation (SPWM) in the power supply, digital gyro simulator and
    automatic test module (ATM) with STD industrial control microprocessor
    series. The specially designed software implements man-machine
    interaction with menu in chinese, selects parameters and operation
    mode, and controls testing procedures. These techniques may be
    extensively applied to other automatic test instruments.
 RP FANG, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST ELECTRON
    PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ZHENHE F, 1992, 1992 AMSE MSC 92 C P, P69
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9251
 J9 IEEE TRANS AEROSP ELECTRON SY
 JI IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 919
 EP 924
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic;
    Telecommunications
 GA NV887
 UT ISI:A1994NV88700025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHENG, ZL
    WOLFE, MA
 TI AN INTERVAL ALGORITHM FOR NONDIFFERENTIABLE GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 AB An interval algorithm for constrained nondifferentiable global
    optimization in which an exact penalty function is used is described,
    and the determination of the penalty function parameter is discussed.
    Numerical results are presented.
 C1 UNIV ST ANDREWS,SCH MATH & COMP SCI,ST ANDREWS KY15 9SS,FIFE,SCOTLAND.
 RP SHENG, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1983, INTRO INTERVAL COMPU
    BRACKEN J, 1968, SELECTED APPLICATION
    GOULD FJ, 1972, NONLINEAR TOLERANCE
    HESTENES MR, 1975, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    MOORE RE, 1979, SIAM STUDIES, V2
    NEUMAIER A, 1988, PERSPECTIVES COMPUTI, V9
    NEUMAIER A, 1990, ENCY MATH ITS APPLIC
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, E HORWOOD SERIES MAT
    SHEN ZH, 1990, APPL MATH COMPUT, V39, P89
    WOLFE MA, 1994, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V50, P1
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 63
 IS 2-3
 BP 101
 EP 122
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV827
 UT ISI:A1994NV82700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU RASHID, A
    WEIMING, C
    BENYU, G
 TI 3 LEVEL FOURIER SPECTRAL APPROXIMATIONS FOR FLUID-FLOW WITH LOW MACH
    NUMBER
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 ID TIME
 AB Fourier spectral approximation, combined with a second-order time
    differencing technique for fluid flow with low Mach number is
    considered in this paper. Its generalized stability and convergence are
    strictly proven.
 RP RASHID, A, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENYU G, 1986, CHINESE SCI BULL, V31, P1081
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL FLUID DYNAM
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    PENYU K, 1990, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P64
    RASHID A, 1992, FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTR
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TALEZER H, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1
    ZAKARIA A, 1985, THESIS U NICE
    ZLATEV Z, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V55, P278
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 63
 IS 2-3
 BP 131
 EP 149
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV827
 UT ISI:A1994NV82700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BOARDMAN, AD
    NIKITOV, SA
    WANG, Q
 TI THEORY OF BISTABLE MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVES
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL BISTABILITY; BEHAVIOR
 AB A comprehensive theory of nonlinear magnetostatic wave propagation in a
    corrugated ferromagnetic film is presented. The applied magnetic field
    is in the plane of the film, and is perpendicular to the propagation
    direction. A portion of the film has its upper boundary periodically
    corrugated, and an analysis close to the Bragg condition is carried
    out. Typical bistable loops of output power against input power are
    obtained. Multistability is predicted for input powers, in the range
    50-150 mW/mm. The threshold power is rather sensitive to the modulation
    of the upper surface, i.e., to the amplitude of the geometric
    variations on the periodic surface. Small amplitudes suppress the
    multistability and this critical region is investigated quantitatively.
    It is concluded that the multistable effects should be readily
    observable.
 C1 RUSSIAN ACAD SCI,INST RADIOENGN & ELECTR,MOSCOW,RUSSIA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP BOARDMAN, AD, UNIV SALFORD,DEPT PURE & APPL PHYS,SALFORD M5
    4WT,LANCS,ENGLAND.
 CR ADAM JD, 1977, IEEE T MAG, V13, P1246
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    AN NB, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V136, P71
    BASHAROV AM, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P1741
    BAZHENOV VY, 1990, P SPIE INT SOC OPT E, V1280, P289
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NATO ASI SER B-PHYS, V247, P239
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BRILLOUIN L, 1953, WAVE PROPAGATION PER
    ELACHI C, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P36
    EMPSTEN A, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P1089
    ESIPOV SE, 1988, SOV PHYS JETP, V67, P1363
    FELBER FS, 1976, APPL PHYS LETT, V28, P731
    GIBBS HM, 1985, OPTICAL BISTABILITY
    GULYAEV YV, 1980, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V22, P1651
    GULYAEV YV, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P2138
    GULYAEV YV, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P724
    KAWARSCHIK R, 1982, OPT ACT, V29, P455
    KOGELNIK H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P2327
    KUZNETSOV AV, 1988, SOV PHYS SEMICOND+, V22, P1143
    LEUNG KM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P3590
    OKUDA M, 1977, JPN J APPL PHYS, V16, P769
    PENG ST, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P123
    SUNG CC, 1984, J OPT SOC AM B, V1, P476
    TSUTSUMI M, 1975, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V58, P16
    TSUTSUMI M, 1975, J I ELECTRON COMMU B, V58, P16
    TSUTSUMI M, 1977, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V25, P224
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WINFUL HG, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V35, P379
 NR 28
 TC 20
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 13
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA NC483
 UT ISI:A1994NC48300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BOARDMAN, AD
    WANG, Q
    NIKITOV, SA
    SHEN, J
    CHEN, W
    MILLS, D
    BAO, JS
 TI NONLINEAR MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVES IN FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS
 AB A comprehensive perturbation theory is presented, that enables the
    nonlinear wavenumber shift of magnetostatic surface waves (MSSW) on a
    thin ferromagnetic film to be calculated from first principles. The
    MSSW propagate, in this case, perpendicularly or obliquely to the
    applied magnetic field and their group-velocity dispersion is positive.
    Detailed calculations show that the nonlinear coefficient is also
    positive so that bright envelope solitons are forbidden. Nevertheless,
    nonlinear pulse shaping is possible so the use of the nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation is discussed in detail, together with the role of
    damping.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    RUSSIAN ACAD SCI,INST RADIOENGN & ELECTR,MOSCOW,RUSSIA.
    UNIV CALIF IRVINE,DEPT PHYS,IRVINE,CA 92717.
    ROCKWELL INT CORP,CTR SCI,THOUSAND OAKS,CA 91360.
 RP BOARDMAN, AD, UNIV SALFORD,DEPT PURE & APPL PHYS,SALFORD M5
    4WT,LANCS,ENGLAND.
 CR BLOW KJ, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V52, P367
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1991, NATO ASI SER B-PHYS, V247, P235
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1477
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    SCHILZ W, 1973, PHILIPS RES REP, V28, P50
    SCOTT AC, 1973, P IEEE, V61, P1443
    SODHA MS, 1981, MICROWAVE PROPAGATIO
    ZVEZDIN AK, 1983, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V57, P350
 NR 13
 TC 37
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 14
 EP 22
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA NC483
 UT ISI:A1994NC48300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WAN, XJ
    ZHU, JH
    JING, KL
    LIU, CT
 TI HYDROGEN DIFFUSIVITY IN BORON-DOPED POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; DUCTILITY
 C1 OAK RIDGE NATL LAB,DIV MET & CERAM,OAK RIDGE,TN 37831.
 RP WAN, XJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, NIPPON KINZOKU GAKKA, V43, P1190
    CHOUDHURY A, 1987, ORNLTM10508 OAK RIDG
    DEVANATHAN MAV, 1962, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V270, P90
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEROGE EP, 1993, STRUCTURAL INTERMETA, P431
    HANADA S, 1985, J MATER SCI, V21, P203
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU CT, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V288, P3
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1823
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V213, P403
    TAUB AI, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P399
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    YAO J, 1993, METALL TRANS A, V24, P105
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
 NR 18
 TC 29
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1994
 VL 31
 IS 6
 BP 677
 EP 681
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA NW207
 UT ISI:A1994NW20700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GRIMSHAW, R
    ZHU, Y
 TI OBLIQUE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN INTERNAL SOLITARY WAVES
 SO STUDIES IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID ATMOSPHERE
 AB In this paper, we study the oblique interaction of weakly, nonlinear,
    long internal gravity waves in both shallow and deep fluids. The
    interaction is classified as weak when DELTA1,2 much greater than alpha
    where DELTA1 = \c(m)/c(n) - cos delta\, DELTA2 = \c(n)/c(m) - cos
    delta\, c(m,n) are the linear, long wave speeds for waves with mode
    numbers m, n, delta is the angle between the respective propagation
    directions, and alpha measures the wave amplitude. In this case, each
    wave is governed by its own Kortweg-de Vries (KdV) equation' for a
    shallow fluid, or intermediate long-wave (ILW) equation for a deep
    fluid, and the main effect of the interaction is an 0(alpha) phase
    shift. A strong interaction (I) occurs when DELTA1,2 are 0(alpha), and
    this case is governed by two coupled Kadomtsev-Petviashvili (KP)
    equations for a shallow fluid, or two coupled, two-dimensional ILW
    equations for deep fluids. A strong interaction (II) occurs when DELTA1
    is 0(alpha), and DELTA2 much greater than a (or vice versa), and in
    this case, each wave is governed by its own KdV equation for a shallow
    fluid, or ILW equation for a deep fluid. The main effect of the
    interaction is that the phase shift associated with DELTA1 leads to a
    local distortion of the wave speed of the mode n. When the interacting
    waves belong to the same mode (i.e., m = n) the general results
    simplify and we show that for a weak interaction (\1 - cos delta\ much
    greater than alpha) the phase shift for obliquely interacting waves
    always negative (positive) for (1/2 + cos delta) > 0(< 0), while the
    interaction term always has the same polarity as the interacting waves.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GRIMSHAW, R, MONASH UNIV,DEPT MATH,CLAYTON,VIC 3168,AUSTRALIA.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    APEL JR, 1980, ANN REV EARTH PLANET, V8, P303
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P52
    CHRISTIE DR, 1978, J ATMOS SCI, V35, P805
    DAI SQ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1469
    ECKART C, 1961, PHYS FLUIDS, V4, P791
    FARMER DM, 1978, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V8, P63
    GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GEAR JA, 1985, STUD APPL MATH, V72, P95
    GRIMSHAW R, 1983, 1982 P IUTAM S TALL, P431
    GRIMSHAW RHJ, 1986, ENCY FLUID MECHANICS, P3
    LIU AK, 1980, STUD APPL MATH, V63, P25
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P170
    SMITH RK, 1988, EARTH-SCI REV, V25, P267
 NR 15
 TC 12
 SN 0022-2526
 J9 STUD APPL MATH
 JI Stud. Appl. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 92
 IS 3
 BP 249
 EP 270
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV263
 UT ISI:A1994NV26300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHADDERTON, LT
    ZHU, JL
    CRUZ, SA
    FINK, D
    GHOSH, S
 TI ELECTRONIC STOPPING AND ETCHED PARTICLE TRACKS IN POLYMERS
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 ID IMPLANTATION; DAMAGE
 AB The existence of a maximum in the electronic stopping power when an
    energetic ion reaches some depth in a solid target is well known.
    Experiments are described in which lithium ions - in the energy range
    0.6 to 3 MeV - were used to bombard the common polymer and particle
    dosimeter CR-39, so that the position of the stopping power peak
    relative to the polymer surface could be systematically varied.
    Differences in etched surface track diameters measured by optical
    microscopy and corresponding to differences in energy approximately 0.2
    MeV could be readily distinguished. Maximum etched track diameters
    clearly coincided with the intersection of maximum electronic energy
    losses with the CR-39 surface. Implications of this to more general
    stopping are discussed, including a linear relationship between the
    maximum electronic stopping power at a surface and the atomic number of
    the projectile ion.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, INST APPL RADIAT, SHANGHAI, PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV AUTONOMA METROPOLITANA IZTAPALAPA, DEPT FIS, MEXICO CITY 09340, DF, MEXICO.
    HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH, DEP P-3, D-14109 BERLIN, GERMANY.
    NE HILL UNIV, DEPT CHEM, SHILLONG, INDIA.
    AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV, RES SCH PHYS SCI, INST ADV STUDIES, CANBERRA, ACT 2601, AUSTRALIA.
 RP CHADDERTON, LT, AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV, CSIRO, DIV APPL PHYS, GPO BOX 4,
    CANBERRA, ACT 2601, AUSTRALIA.
 CR BERNARDI L, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V53, P61
    BIERSACK JP, 1982, Z PHYS A, V305, P95
    DAVENAS J, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V39, P796
    FINK D, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V65, P432
    GIBBONS JF, 1972, P IEEE, V60, P1062
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 168
 EP 171
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, ZM
    ZHU, JL
    GUO, YP
    YU, ZW
    QIAN, PP
    MA, ZT
 TI CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF ION-IMPLANTATION IN POLYANILINE
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 AB The chemical changes of polyaniline resulted from implantation of H, B,
    P, F, BF2, or Ar ions have been studied. From ESCA studies it is
    concluded that the number of nitrogen atoms in polyaniline decreases
    with increasing ion dose, while the number of oxygen atoms in the ion
    implanted layer of polyaniline increases. ESR (electron spin resonance)
    spectra show that the radical concentration in polyaniline increases
    with the ion dose. From FTIR analysis, two different kinds of chemical
    changes in the irradiated polyaniline are found, one from implanting H,
    F, or BF2 ions and the other from implanting B, P, or Ar ions.
 RP LIU, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DESURVILLE R, 1968, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V13, P1451
    KITANI A, 1988, J POLYM SCI A, V88, P2385
    SILVERSTEIN RM, 1974, SPECTROMETRIC IDENTI
    WANG LX, 1990, APPL CHEM, V75, P1
    WANG ZM, 1982, APPLIED INFRARED SPE
    ZHU JL, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P469
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 465
 EP 468
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500088
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JL
    LIU, ZM
    YU, ZW
    GUO, YP
    MA, ZT
    BENG, RZ
 TI EFFECTS OF ION-IMPLANTATION ON THE ELECTRICAL-CONDUCTIVITY OF
    POLYANILINE
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 AB Polyaniline with a marked environmental stability was bombarded by
    beams of hydrogen, boron, fluorine, phosphorus and argon ions. All
    irradiated surfaces displayed substantial changes in physical
    properties (e.g. electrical conductivity, colour, etc.). The highest
    measured conductivity was approximately 100 S/cm and the irradiated
    samples have now been shown to be environmentally stable. The
    conductivity of the irradiated zone depended upon the deposited
    electronic energy density and also upon the chemical structure and
    composition. The radicals appeared prior to nitrogen release when the
    electronic energy deposition density was at the lower threshold in the
    irradiated layer. The radical concentration, nitrogen release and
    carbon richness contributed to the conductivity. Shrinkage and colour
    changes accompanied by nitrogen release and remnant nitrogen reduction
    or oxidation and also a higher conductivity value were observed.
 C1 SHANGHAI DEVICES FACTORY 5,SHANGHAI 20041,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, JL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHADDERTON LT, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P71
    FINK D, 1992, COMMUNICATION
    FRIEND R, 1992, PHYS WORLD       NOV, P42
    LIU ZM, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P465
    RUDY FH, 1988, J MATER RES, V3, P1253
    VANKKATESSAN T, 1983, POLYM SCI ENG, V23, P931
 NR 6
 TC 13
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 469
 EP 472
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500089
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    ZHENG, JD
 TI A SPECTRAL APPROXIMATION OF THE BAROTROPIC VORTICITY EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID BAROCLINIC PRIMITIVE EQUATION; DIFFERENCE METHOD; ERROR ESTIMATION
 AB A spectral scheme is considered for solving the barotropic vorticity
    equation. The error estimates are proved strictly. The technique used
    in this paper is also useful for other nonlinear problems defined on a
    spherical surface.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST COMP TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARAKAWA A, 1966, J COMPUT PHYS, V1, P119
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHOD PA
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1992, SCI CHINA SER A, V35, P1
    HALTINER GJ, 1971, NUMERICAL WEATHER PR
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARRAUD M, 1985, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V22, P1
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    ZEN QC, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 173
 EP 184
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA NT096
 UT ISI:A1994NT09600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHI, SZ
    ZHENG, Q
    ZHUANG, DM
 TI SET-VALUED ROBUST MAPPINGS AND APPROXIMATABLE MAPPINGS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID MAPS
 AB The concepts of robustness of sets and mappings were proposed for the
    theory of integral global optimization. This paper discusses the
    robustness of a set-valued mapping, associating with the stability
    problem. We extend the equivalence between the robustness and the
    approximatability to the case of a set-valued mapping. We deal also
    with ''bi-robustness'' and ''in-robustness.''   (C) 1994 Academic
    Press, Inc.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX B3M 2J6,NS,CANADA.
 RP SHI, SZ, NANKAI INST MATH,TIANJIN 300071,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AUBIN JP, 1988, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V5, P519
    AUBIN JP, 1990, SET VALUED ANAL
    BORWEIN JM, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V134, P441
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES ECONOM, V298
    CHOQUET G, 1969, LECTURES ANAL, V1
    CHOQUET G, 1969, OUTILS TOPOLOGIQUES
    FRANKOWSKA H, CONICAL INVERSE MAPP
    FRANKOWSKA H, 1987, J MATH ANAL APPL, V127, P172
    FRANKOWSKA H, 1990, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V7, P183
    OXTOBY JC, 1957, ANN MATH STUD, V39, P159
    PREISS D, 1990, ISRAEL J MATH, V72, P257
    SHI SZ, IN PRESS DISCONTINUO
    SHI SZ, 1981, C R ACAD SCI I, V293, P27
    ZHENG Q, IN PRESS GLOBAL MINI
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
    ZHENG Q, 1991, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP, P298
    ZHENG Q, 1992, 2ND P INT C FIX POIN, P346
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1994
 VL 183
 IS 3
 BP 706
 EP 726
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA NN729
 UT ISI:A1994NN72900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LUO, ZF
    XU, ZZ
    QIU, XJ
 TI ENERGY-DEPENDENT POTENTIAL AND HYPERFINE MASS SPLITTING OF QUARKONIUM
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB For scalar and vector interactions, the relativistic two-body Dirac
    equation is reduced in the nonrelativistic approximation by expanding
    in powers of E-1 to obtain energy-dependent effective potential. The
    spin-spin part of the resulting potential is applied to analyze the
    hyperfine mass splitting of quarkonium. It is found that the formula
    established with such a potential improves the description of hyperfine
    mass splittings for most ground state and excited state mesons of
    isospin nonzero and isospin zero.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LUO, ZF, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800-211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1988, PHYS LETT B, V204, P1
    1990, PHYS LETT B, V239, P1
    BARKER WA, 1955, PHYS REV, V99, P317
    BREIT G, 1958, PHYS REV, V111, P652
    BUCHMULLER W, 1981, PHYS REV D, V24, P3003
    CHAKRABARTY S, 1990, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V16, P185
    FELDMAN G, 1973, PHYS REV A, V8, P1149
    FRANK M, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P174
    FRANK M, 1987, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V34, P39
    GRATER HW, 1981, PHYS LETT B, V100, P166
    GREEN AES, 1967, NUCL PHYS B, V2, P267
    GROMES D, 1977, NUCL PHYS B, V131, P80
    IGI K, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P232
    JACOBS S, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P2448
    LICHTENBERG DB, 1987, PHYS LETT, V193, P95
    SATO S, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V103, P471
    SONG XT, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P3655
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1994
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 222
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA NM498
 UT ISI:A1994NM49800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, ZL
    YOSHIDA, M
    ASANO, M
    MA, ZT
    OMICHI, H
    KATAKAI, R
 TI THERMORESPONSIVE BEHAVIOR OF A METHACRYLOYL-DL-ALANINE METHYL-ESTER
    POLYMER GEL PREPARED BY RADIATION-INDUCED POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID FUNCTIONAL CAPSULE MEMBRANES; PHASE-TRANSITION; THERMOSENSITIVE
    HYDROGEL; PERMEABILITY CONTROL; TEMPERATURE;
    POLY(N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE); PERMEATION; NETWORKS; COLLAPSE; RELEASE
 AB Loosely cross-linked poly(methacryloyl-DL-alanine methyl ester,
    MA-DL-AlaOMe) gels, which were prepared by radiation-induced
    polymerization, exhibited a reversible low-temperature swelling and
    high-temperature deswelling when cycled in water at different
    temperatures at 24-h intervals, in the range of 0 and 40-degrees-C. The
    thermo-response strongly depended upon irradiation condition.
    Increasing the irradiation dose resulted in a formation of lower
    molecular weight polymer owing to the scission of polymer chain, in
    which it gave a high swelling ability at low temperature, in contrast
    to a sluggish shrinkage at high temperature. On the other hand, no
    irradiation temperature affects the thermo-response of the gel. An
    important characteristic of the MA-DL-AlaOMe polymer gel is the
    formation of the membrane barrier at the surface with the rise in
    temperature, but it disappears in reswelling, to be termed
    ''surface-controlling on-off switch system''. Brilliant blue FCF (BB)
    as a model compound was incorporated into the gel to evaluate the
    capability as a thermo-responsive carrier for application in drug
    delivery systems, and it was found that the reversibly
    surface-controlling on-off switch function responsible to temperature
    changes plays an important role in a pulsatile release of BB from the
    gel in vitro.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,JIA DING,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM RES ESTAB,DEPT MAT DEV,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
    GUNMA UNIV,FAC ENGN,DEPT CHEM,KIRYU,GUNMA 376,JAPAN.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P97
    FUJISHIGE S, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P331
    HESKINS M, 1968, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V2, P1441
    HIROSE Y, 1987, MACROMOLECULES, V20, P1342
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J PHYS SOC JPN, V56, P233
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVSKY M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P1514
    ISHIHARA K, 1985, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V23, P2841
    ITO R, 1990, INT J PHARM, V61, P109
    KUNGWATCHAKUN D, 1988, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V9, P243
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P250
    OHMINE I, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P5725
    OKAHATA Y, 1983, J AM CHEM SOC, V105, P4855
    OKAHATA Y, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P493
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    OSADA Y, 1985, CHEM LETT, P1285
    PALASIS M, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P1
    SAEKI S, 1976, POLYMER, V17, P685
    SATOH K, 1989, CHEM PHARM BULL, V37, P1642
    SCHILD HG, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P948
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    WINNIK FM, 1990, MACROMOLECULES, V23, P2414
    YOSHIDA M, 1989, EUR POLYM J, V25, P1197
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, DRUG DESIGN DELIVERY, V7, P159
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, EUR POLYM J, V27, P997
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V38, P7
    YOSHIDA M, 1992, EUR POLYM J, V28, P1141
    YOSHIDA M, 1993, POLYM J, V25, P215
 NR 31
 TC 11
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 263
 EP 272
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA NL474
 UT ISI:A1994NL47400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI OPTIMAL MULTIAREA WHEELING
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE WHEELING; POWER TRANSMISSION ECONOMICS; POWER SYSTEM ECONOMICS;
    OPTIMIZATION METHODS; NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING
 ID MARGINAL-COST; RATES
 AB An important consideration in wheeling is where a transaction involves
    several parties, that is, multi-area wheeling. Power from seller to
    buyer flows through several intermediate utilities. Each utility
    represents an individual control area, engaged in part of a more
    complex wheeling transaction. Individual wheeling rates then have to be
    computed for each area. The question of how much energy should be
    transported through each path and what wheeling price should be payed
    is then an issue of importance. This is formulated as a nonlinear
    optimisation program with linear constraints and solved by a gradient
    projection method. The availability of FACTS capability to implement
    the optimal wheeling strategy once determined, is assumed in this paper.
 C1 HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP LI, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    POWELL MJD, 1987, LECTURES NOTES MATH, V630
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
    TALUKDAR SN, 1982, IEEE T PAS, V101, P415
    WOLFE P, 1967, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, P120
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1994
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 288
 EP 294
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA NL152
 UT ISI:A1994NL15200095
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, XY
    ZHANG, ZL
    ZHAO, WM
    LUI, ZG
    XU, SH
 TI A QUANTITATIVE-EVALUATION OF THE EXCITATION MECHANISM OF TM3+ IN A ZNS
    THIN-FILM
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID IMPACT EXCITATION; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; TRANSPORT
 AB The impact excitation rates, and consequently the emission intensities,
    of various energy states of Tm3+ in ZnS thin-film electroluminescence
    (TFEL) have been quantitatively evaluated by calculating the radiative
    transition rates and the impact cross section, together with a Baraff
    distribution function of hot-electron energy The results show that the
    direct impact excitation rate of the 1G4 state of Tm3+ is very small,
    while that of the F-3(4) state is fairly large, resulting in a weak
    blue light intensity relative to the IR light in TFEL. Different
    theories of the electron distribution function are compared and
    discussed.
 RP JIANG, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLEN JW, 1986, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V19, L369
    BARAFF GA, 1962, PHYS REV, V128, P2507
    BARAFF GA, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, A26
    BHATTACHARYYA K, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P3390
    BRENNAN K, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P4024
    BRINGUIER E, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4505
    BRINGUIER E, 1992, ELECTROLUMINESCENCE, P379
    FITTING HJ, 1990, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V121, P305
    HUANG SH, 1983, LUMIN DISPLAY, V4, P23
    KOBAYASHI H, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V88, P713
    KRUPKA DC, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P476
    MA L, 1985, LUMIN DISPLAY DEVICE, V6, P192
    MACH R, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V81, P609
    MACH R, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V101, P967
    OKAMOTO K, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P1596
    ONO YA, 1993, SID F 1
    PAPPALARDO R, 1976, J LUMIN, V14, P159
    RIDLEY BK, 1983, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V16, P3373
    SHOCKLEY W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V2, P35
    TANAKA S, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V117, P997
    WOLFF PA, 1954, PHYS REV, V95, P1415
    YU JQ, SPRINGER P PHYSICS, V38, P24
 NR 22
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 25
 PY 1994
 VL 6
 IS 17
 BP 3279
 EP 3290
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA NH957
 UT ISI:A1994NH95700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAO, DH
    LU, SP
    LI, ZY
    SHI, YP
 TI THE LUBRICATION EFFECT OF THE GLYCOLIPID-TYPE BIONIC SYNOVIAL-FLUID ON
    A BONE JOINT
 SO LUBRICATION ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE BIONIC SYNOVIAL FLUID; BONE JOINT; LUBRICATION EFFECT; FRICTION
    COEFFICIENT
 AB A new concept is proposed, using a glycolipid bionic lubricant to
    improve the behavior of pathologically-changed bone joints, such that
    an artificial joint might not be required.
    The experiments were made on a simulated bone joint test machine. The
    results showed that the lubrication behavior was excellent when an
    ethyl sophorosolipid aqueous solution of 50% concentration was used.
    The friction coefficient was only 13 to 20 percent, compared with dry
    friction under heavy load.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST ORGAN CHEM,SHANGHAI 200020,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TAO, DH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COOKE A, 1974, THESIS LEEDS U LEEDS
    DAVIES DV, 1967, P I MECH ENG, V181, P25
    DAVIES WH, 1987, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V21, P754
    DUMBIETON JH, 1981, TRIBOLOGY NATURAL AR
    MANSOUR JM, 1977, ASME JUL TECH F, V99, P163
    OGSTON AG, 1950, BIOCHEM J, V46, P364
    OGSTON AG, 1951, BIOCHEM J, V49, P585
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0024-7154
 J9 LUBRIC ENG
 JI Lubric. Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 1994
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 386
 EP 389
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA NJ065
 UT ISI:A1994NJ06500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    HUANG, ZJ
 TI ON THE CONVERGENCE OF THE BRENT METHOD
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID INEXACT NEWTON METHODS
 AB In this paper, we establish the semi-local convergence theorem of the
    rent method with regional estimation. By an in-depth investigation in
    to the algorithm structure of the method, we convert the Brent method
    into an approximate Newton method with a special error term. Bsaed on
    such equivalent variation, under a similar condition of the
    Newton-Kantorovich theorem of the Newton method, we establish a
    semi-local convergence theorem of the Brent method. This theorem
    provides a sufficient theoretical basis for initial choices of the
    Brent method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT STAT & OPERAT RES,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRENT RP, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P327
    BROWN KM, 1969, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V6, P560
    DEMBO RS, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P400
    DENNIS JE, 1971, MATH COMPUT, V25, P559
    DENNIS JE, 1983, NUMERICAL METHODS UN
    GAY DM, 1975, BROWN METHOD SOME GE, P75
    KANTOROVICH LV, 1948, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V59, P1237
    MIEL GJ, 1979, NUMER MATH, V33, P391
    MORE JJ, 1979, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V5, P64
    MORET I, 1986, COMPUTING, V37, P185
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    YPMA TJ, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P583
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 20
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA ND010
 UT ISI:A1994ND01000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DONG, Y
    LIU, L
 TI MECHANICALLY DRIVEN AMORPHIZATION IN THE TA-CU SYSTEM
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR METALLKUNDE
 DT Article
 ID METALS; ALLOYS
 AB Amorphizing transformation by ball milling was studied in a system
    without miscibility of the elements, Ta-Cu, with nominal compositions
    of Ta50Cu50 to Ta90Cu10. X-ray diffractometry, scanning and
    transmission electron microscopy were employed to monitor the
    structural evolution of the samples. The results show that a single
    phase of amorphous product was obtained for all the given samples after
    100 h of milling. Differential thermal analysis shows that both the
    temperature and the activation energy for crystallization increase with
    the Ta content, implying that the Ta-rich alloys exhibit a better
    thermal stability. The atomic structure of the Ta-Cu amorphous alloys
    was studied by radial distribution function analysis. The region of
    short-range ordering (SRO) increases with Cu content, which means that
    SRO became stronger in those alloys with a higher Cu content. The
    nearest-neighbor coordination number was estimated to be 12 to 13 for
    all the alloys, which indicates that the amorphous materials formed by
    mechanical alloying are also of topologically dense packing structure.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DONG, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1970, METALL T, V1, P2943
    DEBOER FR, 1988, COHESION METALS
    FECHT HJ, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2333
    GESSINGER GH, 1984, POWDER METALLURGY SU, P273
    JOHNSON WL, 1988, PROG MATER SCI, V30, P87
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    KOCH CC, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P121
    SCHULTZ L, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P3183
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    SCHWARZ RB, 1988, J LESS-COMMON MET, V140, P171
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0044-3093
 J9 Z METALLK
 JI Z. Metallk.
 PD FEB
 PY 1994
 VL 85
 IS 2
 BP 140
 EP 142
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA NA295
 UT ISI:A1994NA29500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, ZQ
    ZHANG, JL
    GE, JS
    FENG, F
    DAI, ZM
 TI MATHEMATICAL-MODELING OF THE PCT CURVE OF HYDROGEN STORAGE ALLOYS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 AB The PCT curve presents the thermodynamic characteristics of hydrogen
    storage alloys, which consist of hydrogen storage capacity, the
    temperature, and the equilibrium presure in hydriding and dehydriding,
    the mathematical modeling of which is important for the application of
    hydrogen storage alloys in various techniques. Mathematical modeling of
    the PCT curve of hydrogen storage alloys was studied. It has been shown
    that the calculated PCT curves are in good agreement with the
    experimental curves, and a lot of physical parameters, which are very
    useful, can be estimated from the modeling.
 RP ZHOU, ZQ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR JORDY C, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V172, P1236
    SAKAI T, 1990, J LESS-COMMON MET, V159, P127
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39
    ZHOU ZQ, P S HYDROGEN STORAGE, P139
 NR 4
 TC 7
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 1994
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 269
 EP 273
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA MZ473
 UT ISI:A1994MZ47300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, BM
    YIN, ZW
    WANG, H
 TI MICROSTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SINGLE-STEP, LOW-TEMPERATURE SINTERED
    SRTIO3 GBBL CAPACITOR MATERIALS
 SO FERROELECTRICS LETTERS SECTION
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE
 AB The microstructure development of the single-step, low-temperature
    sintered SrTiO3 GBBL capacitor materials is studied according to the
    microstructure analysis, mass transfer and defect chemical reactions
    during sintering process. The sintering mechanism is the reactive
    liquid phase sintering with the participation of solid state diffusion
    caused by the volatilization of oxygen. Insulating grain boundaries are
    formed by the grain boundary segregation of Li2O, which is caused by
    the donor enhanced volatilization of oxygen. Grains are
    semiconductorized during grain growth process which incorporates the
    donor dopant into SrTiO3 lattice.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP XU, BM, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BURN I, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P3510
    GOODMAN G, 1981, ADV CERAM, V1, P215
    SHIRASAKI S, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V73, P4640
    XU BM, 1991, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V19, P354
    XU BM, 1992, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V20, P16
    YAN MF, 1983, ADV CERAM, V7, P226
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0731-5171
 J9 FERROELECTRICS LETT SECT
 JI Ferroelectr. Lett. Sect.
 PY 1993
 VL 16
 IS 5-6
 BP 157
 EP 165
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA MY696
 UT ISI:A1993MY69600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CAO, ZC
    WU, RJ
    SONG, RS
 TI INEFFECTIVE GRAIN-BOUNDARIES AND BREAKDOWN THRESHOLD OF ZINC-OXIDE
    VARISTORS
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ZNO VARISTORS
 AB In order to evaluate the breakdown threshold of ZnO varistor ceramic,
    the geometry-independent average breakdown voltage per grain boundary,
    or V-gb was examined. The discrepancy between the average breakdown
    voltage per grain in ZnO varistor ceramic and the breakdown voltage of
    a single grain boundary in this material is interesting and worth study
    for practical purposes. The contradiction is imputed to the existence
    of ineffective grain boundaries in this material. The ineffective grain
    boundary is demonstrated by elaborately designed experiments.
    Observation also shows that the presence of ineffective grain
    boundaries is related to deficiency of oxygen in the grain boundary
    region. Using computer-aided simulation, the influence of ineffective
    grain boundaries on the breakdown threshold of the component is
    discussed.
 RP CAO, ZC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SIC & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLES AB, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P6883
    CAO ZC, 1990, J EUR CERAM SOC, V6, P85
    EDA K, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2948
    EMTAGE PR, 1979, J APPL PHYS, V50, P6833
    FUJITSU S, 1988, J CERAM SOC JPN, V96, P119
    GUPTA TK, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P1817
    LEVINSON LM, 1988, B AM CERAM SOC, V65, P639
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3666
    SONDER E, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54
    SONDER E, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P4420
    SONG RS, 1992, 1992 P INT C EL COMP, P31
    TRONTELJ M, 1983, ADDITIVES INTERFACES, P107
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 22
 IS 2-3
 BP 261
 EP 266
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA MR122
 UT ISI:A1994MR12200023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU KHAN, RD
    ZHANG, JL
    SHENG, D
    WENDA, S
 TI EVOLUTION OF A VELOCITY-DEPENDENT QUANTUM FORCED ANHARMONIC-OSCILLATOR
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The exact solution to a velocity-dependent quantum forced anharmonic
    oscillator is derived by using integral operators and an iteration
    method. The study is carried out in operational form by use of the
    creation and annihilation operators of the oscillator. The time
    development of the displacement and momentum operators of the
    anharmonic oscillator is given. These operators are presented as a
    Laplace transform and a subsequent inverse Laplace transform of
    suitable functionals.
 RP KHAN, RD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR CARUSOTTO S, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3249
    LOUISELL WH, 1973, QUANTUM STATISTICAL, P137
    SAAVEDRA FA, 1990, PHYSICAL REV A, V42, P5073
    ZHANG JL, 1992, IN PRESS SPIE, V1726
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 1993
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 2023
 EP 2029
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA MQ896
 UT ISI:A1993MQ89600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, B
    WANG, JG
    WAN, XJ
    CHEN, WJ
 TI A STUDY ON THE BETA AND OMEGA PHASES IN A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE EVOLUTION; BASE ALLOYS
 AB The beta phase obtained in the Ti-42Al-3Cr alloy has an ordered B.C.C.
    structure with a0=0.3197nm, which is rich in chromium. The omega phase
    precipitated from the beta phase in this alloy has an ordered hexagonal
    structure with a0=0.452nm and c0=0.577nm. The orientation relationship
    between the omega phase and the parent beta phase yields the usual
    orientation relationship: [111]c\\[0001]h and {110}c\\{1120}h.
 RP ZHANG, B, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENDERSKY LA, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P931
    CHEN WJ, IN PRESS
    CUI YY, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA A, V29, P61
    HUANG SC, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2619
    JONES SA, 1988, SCRIPTA METALL, V22, P1235
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIA, V2, P174
    PEREPEZKO JH, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1080
    SASTRY SML, 1977, METALL T A, V8, P299
    VALENCIA JJ, 1987, SCRIPTA METALL, V21, P1341
    WILLIAMS JC, 1978, PRECIPITATION PROCES, P191
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 399
 EP 404
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA MN519
 UT ISI:A1994MN51900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, WJ
    WANG, JG
    ZHANG, B
    WAN, XJ
 TI MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES OF A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 RP CHEN, WJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COURT SA, 1989, MATER RES SOC S P, V133, P675
    HAYES FH, TERNARY ALLOYS, V4, P430
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    MURALEEDHARAN K, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P1139
    ROWE RG, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P375
    TSUJIMOTO T, 1992, MATER T JIM, V33, P989
    ZHANG B, UNPUB
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 87
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ME906
 UT ISI:A1994ME90600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    LI, J
 TI FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD FOR 2-DIMENSIONAL VORTICITY
    EQUATION
 SO NUMERISCHE MATHEMATIK
 DT Article
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; FINITE-ELEMENT; FLOW
 AB A Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral scheme is proposed for
    two-dimensional unsteady vorticity equation. The generalized stability
    and convergence are proved strictly. The numerical results are
    presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MURDOK JW, 1986, AIAA860434
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, FAMILY SPECTRAL FILT
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0029-599X
 J9 NUMER MATH
 JI Numer. Math.
 PD DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 66
 IS 3
 BP 329
 EP 346
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ML599
 UT ISI:A1993ML59900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, B
    LIU, L
    MA, XM
    DONG, YD
 TI AMORPHIZATION IN THE NB-SI SYSTEM BY MECHANICAL ALLOYING
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 ID NI; POWDERS
 AB Amorphous Nb50Si50 alloy was produced from crystalline elemental
    powders by high-energy ball milling; the amorphization mechanisms of
    Nb50Si50 powders are discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, B, ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,POB 1129,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BRANDES EA, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    KOCH CC, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P121
    LEE PY, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P1578
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, PHYSICA B, V100, P1
    OMURO K, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1433
    SCHWARZ RB, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V76, P281
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 10
 PY 1993
 VL 202
 BP 161
 EP 163
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA MK678
 UT ISI:A1993MK67800036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHAO, J
 TI STRUCTURAL-CHANGE OF SIO2 GLASS UNDER HIGH-PRESSURE - A
    MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS STUDY
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INDUCED COORDINATION CHANGES; X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; QUARTZ
 AB Pressure-induced structural transition in SiO2 glass at 300 K has been
    investigated by molecular dynamics simulation. The compression of SiO2
    glass appears to be accommodated by three processes occuring in our
    calculation. Below 10 GPa, the Si-O, O-O and Si-Si bond distances
    decrease with compression. Also in this pressure region the O-Si-O
    angle is always peaked at about 109-degrees. Above 10 GPa, the Si-O
    bond distance increase quickly with compression and the O-Si-O angle
    deviates from 109-degrees. At about 46 GPa, the structural information
    shows that the coordination number of Si becomes six. Then, the
    structural behavior of SiO2 glass becomes normal with further
    compression.
 RP SHAO, J, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DURBEN DJ, 1990, PHYS REV B, V43, P2355
    GIBBS GV, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P421
    GRIMSDITCH M, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P2379
    HAZEN RM, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V72, P507
    HEMLEY RJ, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P747
    ITIE JP, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P398
    LEVIEN L, 1980, AM MINERAL, V65, P920
    MEADE C, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1387
    TSUJI K, 1989, REV SCI INSTRUM, V60, P2425
    WEIDNER DJ, 1982, J GEOPHYS RES, V87, P4740
    WILLIAMS Q, 1988, SCIENCE, V239, P902
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1993
 VL 10
 IS 11
 BP 669
 EP 672
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA MK170
 UT ISI:A1993MK17000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU REN, XH
    YU, XJ
 TI CHARACTERIZATION OF NUCLEOLAR ORGANIZER REGIONS OF 12 SPECIES OF
    CHINESE CYPRINID FISHES
 SO CARYOLOGIA
 DT Article
 ID CHROMOSOMES; PISCES
 AB Silver staining technique was used to study the chromosomal NORs of 12
    species of Chinese cyprinids. The NOR number varies from 2 to 7. Only a
    single pair of NOR-bearing chromosomes was detected in 5 species
    respectively. The remaining species each possess two or more pairs of
    NOR-bearing homologues. NORs may be located at submetacentric,
    subtelocentric or metacentric chromosomes. NOR heteromorphism was
    common. Finally, it is suggested, in the discussion, that further
    studies should be made on the overall Cyprinidae.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT BIOTECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP REN, XH, WUHAN UNIV,DEPT BIOL,WUSHAN 430072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMEMIYA CT, 1990, HEREDITAS, V112, P231
    FORESTI F, 1981, CYTOGENET CELL GENET, V31, P137
    GALETTI PM, 1984, CARYOLOGIA, V37, P401
    GOODPASTURE C, 1975, CHROMOSOMA, V53, P37
    HOWELL WM, 1980, EXPERIENTIA, V36, P1014
    HOWELL WM, 1982, CELL NUCLEUS, V11, P89
    HSU TC, 1975, CHROMOSOMA, V53, P25
    MAYR B, 1987, GENETICA, V75, P199
    OBERDORFF T, 1990, CARYOLOGIA, V43, P9
    PHILLIPS RB, 1989, COPEIA, P47
    REN X, 1991, CHIN J GENET, V18, P219
    REN X, 1991, CYTOLOGIA, V56, P673
    TAKAI A, 1984, P JPN ACAD B-PHYS, V60, P410
    THODE G, 1985, CYTOBIOS, V43, P73
    WU XW, 1977, CYPRINIDAE FISHES CH, P229
    YU XJ, 1989, CHROMOSOMES FRESHWAT, P1
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0008-7114
 J9 CARYOLOGIA
 JI Caryologia
 PD APR-SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 46
 IS 2-3
 BP 201
 EP 207
 PG 7
 SC Genetics & Heredity
 GA MH884
 UT ISI:A1993MH88400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, Y
    WANG, YG
    FU, SZ
    WU, J
    YU, SY
    WAN, BG
    ZHOU, GL
    WANG, X
    HAN, GJ
    ZENG, YX
    MA, MX
 TI HUGONIOT MEASUREMENTS ON COPPER TO 0.8 TPA BY LASER-DRIVEN SHOCK-WAVES
 SO LASER AND PARTICLE BEAMS
 DT Article
 AB An experiment on Al-Cu impedance-match targets, carried out at the
    Shenguang high-power laser facility, is described. The shock adiabat of
    Cu in the pressure region 0.4-0.8 TPa, measured experimentally, is
    close to the extrapolated results of the data at lower pressure
    obtained with a high-explosive loading facility and also is in with the
    data at high pressure measured in the underground nuclear test
    environment.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,COLL ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GU, Y, CHINA ACAD ENGN PHYS,SHANGHAI LASER LAB,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DE XM, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P377
    ELIEZER S, 1986, INTRO EQUATIONS STAT
    ELIEZER S, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P356
    FORTOV VE, 1991, E FERMI SUMMER SCH 1
    GU Y, 1986, P INT S INTENSE DYNA, P131
    GU Y, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P1690
    MCQUEEN RG, 1970, HIGH VELOCITY IMPACT, P530
    NELLIS WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1414
    XU XS, 1986, INTRO APPLIED THEORY, P521
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0263-0346
 J9 LASER PART BEAM
 JI Laser Part. Beams
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 611
 EP 616
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA MF947
 UT ISI:A1993MF94700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LU, WC
    YAN, LC
    LIU, HL
    HUANG, SP
    CHEN, NY
    LI, JL
    XU, YM
 TI STUDIES ON STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP OF THE ETHOFENPROX ANALOGOUS
    OF PESTICIDE BY PATTERN-RECOGNITION METHOD
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE PATTERN RECOGNITION; ETHOFENPROX ANALOGOUS; HAMMETT CONSTANT; MOLAR
    REFLECTIVITY; HYDROPHOBIC PARAMETER
 RP LU, WC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 38
 IS 18
 BP 1534
 EP 1537
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ME840
 UT ISI:A1993ME84000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CAO, WM
    GUO, BY
 TI FOURIER COLLOCATION METHOD FOR SOLVING NONLINEAR KLEIN-GORDON EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 RP CAO, WM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    GUO B, IN PRESS J APPL MATH
    GUO B, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    KUO P, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    QUARTERONI A, 1984, JAPAN J APPL MATH, V1, P173
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1993
 VL 108
 IS 2
 BP 296
 EP 305
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA MC593
 UT ISI:A1993MC59300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
    HE, YH
 TI THE CLOSENESS FOR (NBU) AND (NWU)
 SO MICROELECTRONICS AND RELIABILITY
 DT Note
 AB In this note an n mutually independent unit coherent system is
    considered. Using the minimal path method, it is proved that if every
    unit lifetime distribution belongs to {NBU} (which is a class of new
    better than used), the system lifetime distribution belongs to {NBU}
    also. Finally, by using an example, it is proposed that {NWU} (which is
    a class of new worse than used) is not closed.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,149 YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1981, STATISTICAL THEORY R, P158
    KLEFSJO B, 1982, NAVAL RES LOGIST Q, V29, P331
    KLEFSJO B, 1985, IEEE T RELIAB, V33
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0026-2714
 J9 MICROELECTRON REL
 JI Microelectron. Reliab.
 PD OCT
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 13
 BP 2053
 EP 2054
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LZ803
 UT ISI:A1993LZ80300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DENG, XN
    FAN, QB
    YIN, JH
    LIANG, PH
    ZHANG, WQ
 TI THE EFFECT OF LONG-CHAIN COUMARIN FILMS ON THE ELECTRON-TRANSFER AT THE
    LIQUID-JUNCTION ON N-SI/NI
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The modification of stearic acid-coumarin LB films on the performance
    of n-Si/Ni electrode has been studied in this paper The deposition of
    the LB film was Z-type. There was a blue shift of absorption peak (from
    343 nm to 325 nm) after the film had been prepared on a glass plate.
    Under the illumination of 60 m W degrees cm-2 bromine-tungstem lamp
    light, the energy conversion efficiency of n-Si/Ni/3LB/Fe(CN)63-/4-/Pt
    cell has been increased by 100% and the stability has been apparently
    enhanced. The AC impedance measurement has shown that the charge
    transfer resistance of n-Si/Ni/3LB electrode decreased greatly under
    the irradiation. The research results indicates that the modification
    of stearic acid-coumarin LB films on the photoelectron transfer process
    on n-Si/Ni electrode is good.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DENG, XN, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHANDRASEKARAN K, 1987, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V32, P1392
    FURUNO T, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V160, P145
    HIGUCHI Y, 1986, CHEM LETT, V12, P1651
    HOLDCROFT S, 1988, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V135, P3106
    HOME AT, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P7
    KAKIMOTO M, 1986, CHEM LETT, V2, P173
    KAKIMOTO M, 1986, CHEM LETT, V6, P823
    KUHN H, 1985, P INT S FUTURE ELECT, P1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1993
 VL 51
 IS 8
 BP 743
 EP 747
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA LX882
 UT ISI:A1993LX88200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
 TI STUDIES ON OPTIMUM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE POLICIES FOR GENERAL REPAIR
    RESULT
 SO RELIABILITY ENGINEERING & SYSTEM SAFETY
 DT Note
 AB In this paper we consider that a unit is repaired preventively after it
    has operated for time T. After repair, the unit is not as good as a new
    one, but is equivalent to one which has been used for a period of time.
    If we let Y indicate such a period of time, then Y is a random variable
    related to the time for which the unit has already operated     .
    Hence, under the same repair condition as above, we obtain the unit's
    renovation degree distribution Of Y after the unit is repaired
    preventively at time kT (k = 2, 3, . . . ). Further, using the method
    of leading variables, we obtain the mean number of times the unit has
    broken down from time (k - 1)T to time kT (k = 1, 2, . . . ). Finally,
    considering an objective function with a bound condition and using the
    Lagrange multipliers method, we obtain an optimal preventive
    maintenance time T, for which the minimum total repair cost is achieved.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ROOM 402 6 LANE 840,TIAN SHAN
    RD,SHANGHAI 200051,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GERTSBAKH IB, 1977, MODELS PREVENTIVE MA
    NAKAGAWA T, 1976, Z OPNS RES, V20, P171
    NAKAGAWA T, 1977, THESIS KYOTO U
 NR 3
 TC 4
 SN 0951-8320
 J9 RELIAB ENG SYST SAFETY
 JI Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf.
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 197
 EP 201
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA LX684
 UT ISI:A1993LX68400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI PREPARATION AND THERMAL-PROPERTIES OF A LEAD INDIUM ALUMINUM
    PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 AB A wet chemical process has been developed for the preparation of a
    lead-indium phosphate compound, and the effect of incorporation of
    aluminum into the compound on the thermal properties of the resulting
    glass is reported. High field Al-27 NMR in combination with a magic
    angle spinning technique was used to investigate the aluminum
    coordination in the lead-indium-aluminum phosphate glass. The
    transition, crystallization and softening temperatures and thermal
    expansion coefficient of the glass were determined by means of DTA, TMA
    and dilatometric measurements.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GUO GY, 1993, J MATER SCI LETT, V12, P265
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
    SCALES BC, 1986, J NONCRYSTALLINE SOL, V79, P83
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 162
 IS 1-2
 BP 164
 EP 168
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA LX484
 UT ISI:A1993LX48400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI PRICING REACTIVE POWER CONVEYANCE
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-C GENERATION TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
 DT Article
 DE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; POWER SYSTEM ECONOMICS; POWER SYSTEM OPERATION
 ID WHEELING RATES; MARGINAL-COST
 AB The transmission of electrical power and reactive power from a seller
    to a buyer through a transmission network obviously has cost
    implications. The costs incurred are of interest to transmission system
    owners in view of the increased interest in deregulation in recent
    years. The paper provides a theory of an ideal conveyance rate based on
    marginal cost pricing theory. An analysis is made of the marginal cost
    of reactive transportation using a modification of the optimal power
    flow algorithm, followed by a case study illustrating the magnitudes
    and ranges that reactive transportation rates may take on under
    different circumstances. The ratio of marginal prices between real and
    reactive power conveyance shows that the costs of reactive power
    transport is of as much interest because of its impact on real power
    transport as in itself.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, YZ, HONG KONG POLYTECH,DEPT ELECT ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BAUGHMAN ML, 1991, IEEE T POWER SYST, V6, P23
    CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    POWELL MJD, 1987, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V630
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
    TALUKDAR SN, 1982, IEEE T PAS, V101, P415
 NR 7
 TC 6
 SN 0143-7046
 J9 IEE PROC-C GEN TRANSM DISTRIB
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 140
 IS 3
 BP 174
 EP 180
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LW324
 UT ISI:A1993LW32400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    MA, HP
 TI COMBINED FINITE-ELEMENT AND PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE 2-DIMENSIONAL
    EVOLUTIONARY NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE NAVIER-STOKES EQUATION; COMBINED FINITE ELEMENT AND PSEUDOSPECTRAL
    APPROXIMATION; INF-SUP CONDITION AND ERROR ESTIMATION
 ID RESTRAIN OPERATOR; APPROXIMATION
 AB A combined finite element and pseudospectral scheme is proposed for
    solving the two-dimensional evolutionary Navier-Stokes equations. The
    artificial compressibility and filtering techniques are used. It is
    also shown that the inf-sup condition holds naturally for this combined
    method.  The generalized stability and optimal convergence rate in
    L2-norm are proved. Some numerical results are presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERINGEN S, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P413
    CANUTO C, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P205
    CANUTO C, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P873
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CAO W, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P278
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V794
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO B, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO B, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V74, P110
    GUO B, 1991, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V7, P257
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P697
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    HALD O, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V40, P305
    INGHAM DB, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V53, P90
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    MA H, 1992, MATH ANN B, V13, P96
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    MILINAZZO FA, 1985, J FLUID MECH, V160, P281
    MULHOLLAND LS, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P369
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    MURDOCK JW, 1986, AIAA J
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 1066
 EP 1083
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA LR663
 UT ISI:A1993LR66300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHENG, WM
    CHEN, MY
 TI TRANSFORMATION AND CONNECTION OF SUBAPERTURES IN THE MULTIAPERTURE
    OVERLAP-SCANNING TECHNIQUE FOR LARGE OPTICS TESTS
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE OVERLAP SCANNING; SUBAPERTURE CONNECTION; LARGE OPTICS TESTING
 AB The multiaperture overlap-scanning technique (MAOST) is a new method
    for large optics testing. We describe the mathematical model and the
    performance procedure of the transformation and connection of
    subapertures for MAOST. Computer simulation results show that the
    theoretical accuracy of a pair of two-subaperture connections tested
    with MAOST could be reached up to lambda/600. The experimental test
    with a magnification ratio of 1.7 in a four-aperture overlap-scanning
    configuration is conducted and its result is analyzed in detail.
 RP CHENG, WM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,APPL OPT & METROL LAB,SOUTH
    GATE,JIADING 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1978, OPTICAL SHOP TESTING, P425
    CHEN MY, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1553, P626
    JENSEN SC, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P740
    KIM CJ, 1982, THESIS U ARIZONA
    THUNEN JG, 1982, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V351, P19
    WILLIAMS RA, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P1855
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 32
 IS 8
 BP 1947
 EP 1950
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA LR112
 UT ISI:A1993LR11200037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI THE RADIAL EQUILIBRIUM PROBLEM OF FLOW IN WAVE MACHINERY
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART A-JOURNAL
    OF POWER AND ENERGY
 DT Article
 AB The present paper deals with the radial equilibrium problem of gas flow
    at the inlet and outlet of a wave rotor theoretically, presenting a
    method of solution. The salient feature of this method is that, in
    contrast to turbomachinery, the outlet flow parameters are related to
    those at inlet by the state characteristic (compatibility) equations of
    unsteady rotor flow. The numerical example has shown that the radial
    equilibrium effect plays a very important role in the design and
    performance of wave machinery and hence it is suggested that a complete
    gas dynamic design procedure of a wave machine should include two
    parts: (a) solution of the one-dimensional unsteady relative flow in
    rotor at the mean radius; (b) solution of the radial equilibrium
    problem of gas flow at the rotor inlet and outlet.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0957-6509
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG A-J POWER
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part A-J. Power Energy
 PY 1993
 VL 207
 IS A1
 BP 23
 EP 30
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA LQ983
 UT ISI:A1993LQ98300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, W
    SHI, DH
 TI RELIABILITY-ANALYSIS OF A 2-UNIT PARALLEL SYSTEM WITH PREEMPTIVE
    PRIORITY RULE
 SO MICROELECTRONICS AND RELIABILITY
 DT Article
 AB This paper deals with a two-dissimilar-unit parallel redundant system
    in which unit 1 has preemptive priority in being repaired. Under the
    assumptions that the life time of unit 1 is an mth Erlang distribution,
    the life time of unit 2 and the repaired time of unit i(i = 1, 2) are
    all general continuous distributions, we obtain almost all of the
    interesting reliability indices of the system. Finally, we give the
    upper and lower limits of a special case which has not been discussed
    elsewhere.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, W, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST APPL MATH,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHENG K, 1978, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P341
    LINTON DG, 1976, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V15, P39
    NAKAGAWA T, 1975, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V14, P457
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P101
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P159
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0026-2714
 J9 MICROELECTRON REL
 JI Microelectron. Reliab.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1447
 EP 1453
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LQ167
 UT ISI:A1993LQ16700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIN, C
    CHEN, WJ
    JING, KL
    WAN, XJ
 TI THE INFLUENCE OF CR ON OXIDATION BEHAVIOR OF TIAL AT 1173K
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 RP JIN, C, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,YANCHANG RD
    149,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HUANG SC, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2619
    JIN C, UNPUB
    PERKINS RA, 1987, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V21, P1505
    PU Z, IN PRESS SCRIPTA MET
    TANIGUCHI S, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P151
    WELSCH G, 1988, OXIDATION HIGH TEMPE, P207
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 6
 BP 747
 EP 751
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA LP598
 UT ISI:A1993LP59800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI OPTICAL-PROPERTIES AND CHEMICAL DURABILITY OF LEAD INDIUM ALUMINUM
    PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID THERMAL-EXPANSION
 AB The optical properties and chemical durability of lead-indium-aluminum
    phosphate glass prepared by a wet-chemical process have been
    investigated. Ultraviolet-visible and infrared spectra were recorded
    for the glass. The refraction index of the glass was measured as a
    function of wavelength in the visible region of the spectrum. The
    long-term chemical durability of the glass in acidic and basic aqueous
    solutions was examined at a high temperature. The results are compared
    with recent data for other phosphate glasses, and indicate that
    lead-indium-aluminum phosphate glass has a promising combination of
    good optical properties and chemical durability.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    BUNKER BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P425
    GUO GY, IN PRESS 1993 AM CER
    MINAMI T, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P232
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    RAY NH, 1979, BRIT POLYM J, V11, P63
    SALES BC, 1986, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V79, P83
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 49
 EP 52
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA LP402
 UT ISI:A1993LP40200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BAI, ZZ
    WANG, DR
 TI ON THE CONVERGENCE OF THE FACTORIZATION UPDATE ALGORITHM
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we make a Kantorovich-type analysis for the sparse
    Johnson and Austria's algorithm given in [2], which is called
    factorization update algorithm. When the mapping is linear, it is shown
    that a modification of that algorithm leads to global and Q-superlinear
    convergence. Finally, we point out the modification is also of local
    and Q-superlinear convergence for nonlinear systems of equations and
    give its corresponding Kantorovich-type convergence result.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DENNIS JE, 1971, MATH COMPUT, V25, P559
    JOHNSON GW, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P315
    LAM B, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P447
    MARWIL E, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P558
    WANG DR, 1989, IN PRESS CLASS FACTO
    WANG DR, 1991, COMMUN APPL MATH COM, V5, P50
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 236
 EP 249
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA LN497
 UT ISI:A1993LN49700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI A VARIABLE-DOMAIN VARIATIONAL THEORY USING CLEBSCH VARIABLES FOR HYBRID
    PROBLEMS OF 2-D TRANSONIC ROTATIONAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Note
 AB By means of functional variations with variable domain the variational
    principles of [7], [8] are extended to inverse and hybrid flow problems.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, J ENG THERMOPHYS, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
    SELIGER RL, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V305, P1
    YAO Z, 1984, IMECHE PUBLICATION, P237
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1993
 VL 99
 IS 1-4
 BP 219
 EP 223
 PG 5
 SC Mechanics
 GA LK575
 UT ISI:A1993LK57500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, ZM
    SHEN, BG
    JIN, JH
    XIONG, CS
 TI MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES AND MAGNETOSTRICTION AT ROOM-TEMPERATURE OF THE
    AMORPHOUS RARE EARTH-FE ALLOYS (RBFECOCU) (R = ND, SM)
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 AB The following three systems of the amorphous alloy specimens have been
    prepared and measured: NdxB20-x (Fe78Co1.7Cu0.3)(x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5),
    SmxB20-x (Fe78CO17Cu0.3)(x = 0, 1, 3), Fe79.7-xCox (Cu0.3B17Sm3)(x = 0,
    1.7, 3.7, 5.7, 7.7). The results show that the specific magnetizing
    moment sigma(s) varies with temperature T, and that the anisotropy
    constant K(u) and saturation magnetostriction constant lambda(s) vary
    with composition x at room temperature. It is shown that small amounts
    of rare earth elements alloyed into Fe-based amorphous alloys can
    increase K(u), lambda(s) and the crystallization temperature T(cr) of
    the amorphous alloys. It stands to reason that the local magnetic
    anisotropy and the exchange interaction are both effected. Although
    sigma(s) and T(c) may decrease as the small amount of R elements is
    alloyed, they can be compensated with an increase in the composition of
    Co.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST PHYS,MAGNETISM LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,DEPT PHYS,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP HE, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,PHYS TEACHING & RES OFF,BOX
    146,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAI DS, 1987, FERROMAGNETISM, P135
    GROSSINGER R, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V86, P219
    HE ZM, 1989, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V25, B329
    KHAN Y, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V86, L143
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 124
 IS 1-2
 BP 47
 EP 50
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA LK585
 UT ISI:A1993LK58500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, J
    YANG, YQ
    QIAN, PB
    MA, ZT
    WU, WB
    SUNG, PZ
    WANG, XG
    LI, JH
 TI DRUG CARRYING HYDROGEL BASE WOUND DRESSING
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE HYDROGEL; WOUND DRESSING; DRUG RELEASE; RADIATION CROSS-LINKING
 AB A special drug carrying hydrogel base wound dressing by radiation
    preparation is developed for hospital uses. The dressing possesses high
    water absorption property. Radiation preparation is carried out using a
    Van de Graaff Accelerator as an electron radiation source. The effect
    of absorbed dose and amount of crosslinking agent on the gel fraction
    and swelling ratio of the hydrogel were determined respectively. As a
    bio-medical material, standard tests were made. Results showed
    properties conforming with requirements for clinical applications.
    Results obtained from clinical tests were good.
 C1 NAVY HOSP 411,SHANGHAI 200081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, J, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR PEPPAS NA, 1986, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, V3, P180
    RUCINSKA A, 1988, 4TH C RAD PROC IND, P218
 NR 2
 TC 4
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 915
 EP 918
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500075
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, ZM
    MA, ZT
 TI RADIATION GRAFTING KINETICS OF HEMA/DGDA ONTO SILASTIC IN DIFFERENT
    ATMOSPHERES
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE RADIATION GRAFTING; GRAFTING KINETICS; GRAFTING ATMOSPHERES; GRAFTING
    DISTRIBUTION
 AB The radiation grafting kinetics of HEMA, as well as that of the mixture
    monomers of HEMA and DGDA have been researched. The effects of
    radiation dose, dose rate, and temperature on grafting are
    systematically researched in different atmospheres. It has been found
    that grafting is different in different atmospheres. The findings show
    that the depth distribution of HEMA/DGDA monomer units in grafting
    layer is nonuniform. At first, HEMA grafting is superior, in the later
    stage of grafting, however, DGDA grafting is increased. The temperature
    effect on grafting is great at the beginning, it is less in the later
    stage of grafting.
 RP LIU, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE
    COHN D, 1984, J APPL POLYM SCI, V29, P2645
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, IND APPL RADIOISOTOP, P279
    MA ZT, 1986, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, P1
    YASUDA H, 1964, J POLYM SCI A2, P5093
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 939
 EP 942
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500081
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, RM
    MA, ZT
    KAETUS, I
    KUMAKURA, M
 TI IMMOBILIZATION OF TRICHORDEMA REESEI BY RADIATION POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE RADIATION POLYMERIZATION; IMMOBILIZATION; FERMENTATION; CELL
 AB Immobilization of trichordema Reesei(QM9414) was prepared by radiation
    polymerization. It was found that the activity of fixed cells increased
    with inseasing surface area of the carrier and was affected by the
    concentration of monomer tetraethylenglycol dimethacrylate (4G) and the
    shape of the substrate composition and structure of cotton textile
    fabics.
 C1 JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM INST,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
 RP ZHOU, RM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARCURI EJ, 1982, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V24, P595
    MA ZT, 1986, IND MICROBIOLOGY, V16, P21
    ZHOU RM, 1987, IND MICROBIOLOGY, V17, P5
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 943
 EP 945
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500082
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WU, WB
    SUNG, PZ
    WANG, XG
    LI, JH
    CHEN, J
    YANG, YQ
    SHEN, YH
    MA, ZT
 TI SLOW-RELEASE OF WOUND-HEALING DRUG FROM HYDROGEL WOUND DRESSING
    PREPARED BY RADIATION CROSS-LINKING METHOD
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE WOUND DRESSING; DRUG RELEASE; HYDROGEL; RADIATION CROSS-LINKING
 AB The hydrogel wound dressing was prepared by radiation crosslinking. It
    was used of on patients in the Navy 411 Hospital and some other
    hospitals.From sixty case studies of the clinical effects, the results
    showed that: 1. drug releasing slowly relieves       the pain
    effectively for prolonged period of application; 2. The dressing can
    reduce the oozing liquid from the wound and make the wound heal faster
    ;3.The number of the dressing change is greatly reduced. All the data
    indicates that the dressing is superior to the conventional kinds.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WU, WB, NAVY HOSP 411,SHANGHAI 200081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR QUEEN D, 1987, BURNS, V13, P218
 NR 1
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 947
 EP 948
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500083
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, ZL
    YOSHIDA
    MA, ZT
    KUMAKURA, M
 TI A STUDY ON THE DESWELLING BEHAVIOR OF A THERMORESPONSIVE HYDROGEL
    PREPARED BY RADIATION POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE THERMORESPONSIVE HYDROGEL; RADIATION POLYMERIZATION; SWELLING
 AB A new kind of thermo-responsive hydrogel, poly(methacryloyl-DL-alanie
    methyl ester), was synthesized by means of radiation polymerization.
    The swelling and deswelling were reversible.The deswelling kinetics
    changes with the variation of temperature. It was found that a rigid
    membrane was formed during deswlling at 40-degrees-C . In the case of
    deswelling at 20-degrees-C , no skin was found. The hydrogel deswelled
    uniformly.
 C1 JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM RES INST,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
 RP DING, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P97
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
 NR 3
 TC 2
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 959
 EP 962
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WU, MH
    SHEN, WP
    MA, ZT
 TI SYNTHESIS OF POLYACRYLATE CORE-SHELL STRUCTURE LATEX BY RADIATION
    TECHNIQUES
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE CORE-SHELL STRUCTURE; POLYACRYLATE; EMULSION POLYMERIZATION
 AB A series of poly(butyl acrylate-co-methyl methacrylate)/poly (ethyl
    acrylate-co-acrylic acid) interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) was
    synthesized in latex form by emulsion polymerization. The multiphase
    morphology of the latex particles was studied after two-stage
    polymerization by using transimission electron microscope (TEM), the
    result indicated that the morphology of the particles comprises
    gradient shell structure, cellular structure and core-shell structure.
    The change of morphology might stem from emulsion polymerization by
    radiation initiation or chemical initiation and the weight composition
    of poly(EA-co-MMA) seed latex which formed the core. By radiation
    techniques, we successfully synthesized poly( BA-co-MMA)/poly(EA-co-AA)
    latex of core-shell structure having (42-8)/(46-4) weight compositions.
    The PA core-shell structure latex applied to textile as a water
    proofing coating showed higher water-pressure and easier handling than
    that with PA homogeneous phase structure latex.
 RP WU, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI RADIAT APPLICAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1983, PROGR ORGANIC COATIN, V11, P205
    MCCARTY WHU, 1984, 44492324, US
    PIRMA I, 1976, ACS SYM SER, V24, P306
    SPERLING LH, 1972, INT J POLYM MATER, V1, P331
    SPERLING LH, 1973, J APPL POLYM SCI, V17, P2443
    WANDERHOFF TW, 1984, J POLYM CHEM, V22
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUL-SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 1-3
 BP 171
 EP 174
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK323
 UT ISI:A1993LK32300038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DENG, XN
    YIN, JH
    FAN, QB
    SHEN, ZD
    LIANG, PH
    ZHANG, WQ
 TI THE MODIFICATION OF NI, PB AND LB FILMS ON THE BEHAVIOR OF N-SI
    PHOTOELECTRODE
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SILICON PHOTOELECTRODES
 AB The effects of metal (Ni or Pb) and Langmuir-Blodgett films on the PEC
    behavior of n-Si have been studied. It is observed that Ni and Pb can
    improve the energy conversion efficiency and the stability of n-Si. The
    modification of LB films prepared with eight different organic
    compounds on n-Si/Ni have been determined and discussed, its efficiency
    has been doubled by the best one (long-chain coumarin LB film). The
    photoelectrochemical properties of Si/LB/Al electrode having the MIS
    structure has also been researched. It is discovered that it exhibits
    good photoelectric effect.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DENG, XN, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAKER S, 1983, THIN SOLID FILMS, V99, P53
    BATEY J, 1983, THIN SOLID FILMS, V99, P283
    BOLTS JM, 1979, J AM CHEM SOC, V101, P1378
    FURUNO T, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V160, P145
    HIGUCHI Y, 1986, CHEM LETT, V12, P1651
    HOME AT, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P72
    LI G, 1990, Z NATURFORSCH, V45, P695
    NAKATO Y, 1987, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V91, P405
    TSUBOMURA H, 1987, NEW J CHEM, V11, P167
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1993
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 432
 EP 437
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA LJ879
 UT ISI:A1993LJ87900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
 TI FIBEROPTICS IN CHINA - INTRODUCTION
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Editorial Material
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 1
 PG 1
 SC Optics
 GA LJ499
 UT ISI:A1993LJ49900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
 TI PASSIVE POLARIZATION-CONTROLLED ALL-FIBER GYROSCOPE AND OTHER
    INTERFEROMETRIC ARCHITECTURES
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Article
 AB A novel all-fiber gyroscope architecture is disclosed making use of the
    author's U. S. -patented Passive Polarization Control (PPC) invention
    to stabilize the polarization state of the counter-propagating beams in
    the rotating Sagnac fiber loop. The PPC is simply a piece of variably
    spun birefringent optical fiber capable of transforming a circularly
    polarized light into a linearly polarized light that automatically
    aligns itself along a principal axis of the fiber. The all-fiber
    gyroscope architecture uses two cascaded directional couplers operating
    on circular SOP, thus providing an ''SOP matching '' with the
    PPC-terminated fiber loop. The predicted PPC performance has been
    confirmed experimentally in a laboratory.
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CULSHAW B, 1991, PROGR ELECTROMAGNETI
    HUNGCHIA H, 1960, SCIENTIA SINICA, V9, P142
    HUNGCHIA H, 1961, ACTA MATH SINICA, V11, P238
    HUNGCHIA H, 1981, RADIO SCI, V16, P494
    HUNGCHIA H, 1984, COUPLED MODE THEORY
    HUNGCHIA H, 1990, 10422442, CH
    HUNGCHIA H, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, 91107430, CH, APPL
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, COUPLED MODES NONIDE, P81
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, PROGR ELECTROMAGNETI
    HUNGCHIA H, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUNGCHIA H, 1992, 92108559, CH, APPL
    KELLER HB, 1962, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V10, P246
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 29
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA LJ499
 UT ISI:A1993LJ49900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JH
    WAN, XJ
    WU, Y
 TI EFFECT OF BORON DOPING ON ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT OF NI3(AL,MN)
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID INTERGRANULAR HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES;
    GRAIN-BOUNDARIES; NI3AL; DUCTILITY; ALLOYS; FEAL; CO3TI; BERYLLIUM;
    COMPOUND
 RP ZHU, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAYDOSH DJ, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1281
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    HORTON JA, 1984, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALL, P309
    HORTON JA, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P133
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1285
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1192
    LIU CT, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1933
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    LYNTH R, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL, V25, P2147
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1823
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P345
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P353
    MCKAMEY CG, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P2119
    NISHIMURA C, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P791
    NISHIMURA C, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P723
    SIKKA VK, 1991, SAMPE QUART, V22, P2
    TAKASUGI T, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P903
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, SCRIPTA METALL, V20, P1317
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2157
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1179
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WHITE CL, 1984, SCRIPTA METALL, V18, P1417
 NR 28
 TC 10
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD AUG 1
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 3
 BP 429
 EP 432
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA LJ115
 UT ISI:A1993LJ11500026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, E
    YU, ZM
    XU, CM
    QI, DY
 TI BARIUM ION TRANSFER ACROSS THE WATER NITROBENZENE INTERFACE FACILITATED
    BY AN IONOPHORE N,N,N',N'-TETRACYCLOHEXYL-3-OXAPENTANEDIAMIDE (ETH129)
 SO ANALYTICAL SCIENCES
 DT Note
 ID MECHANISM; TRANSPORT
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, E, CHINESE ACAD SCI,CHANGCHUN INST APPL CHEM,ELECTROANALYT CHEM
    LAB,CHANGCHUN 130022,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KAKIUCHI T, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V300, P431
    KAKUTANI T, 1986, B CHEM SOC JPN, V59, P781
    KORYTA J, 1979, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V24, P293
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    PRETSCH E, 1980, HELV, V63, P191
    QI DY, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P479
    VANYSEK P, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V163, P1
    WANG E, 1987, J CHEM SOC F1, V83, P2993
    YOSHIDA Z, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V179, P31
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0910-6340
 J9 ANAL SCI
 JI Anal. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 408
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA LG425
 UT ISI:A1993LG42500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, ZJ
    YAO, KY
 TI EFFECTS OF SEVERAL KINDS OF ANISOTROPY ON THE COERCIVITY BEHAVIORS OF
    IRON-OXIDES
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Coercivity behaviors of iron oxides during phase changes between Fe3O4
    and gamma-Fe2O3 for granular powders and continuous thin films, which
    can be interpreted in a unified framework by an intermediate product
    hypothesis, are investigated. There exists a critical value c(cr) of
    Fe3O4 concentration for different samples. The intermediate product
    Fe3-zO4 in oxidation and reduction processes is a mixture of two phases
    when Fe3O4 concentration c is smaller than C(cr); but it may exist in
    the form of a homogeneous solid solution (single-phase)
    (Fe3O4)1-x(gamma-Fe2O3)x when c is larger than c(cr). The difference in
    lattice constants will produce a tensive stress (sigma>0) on
    gamma-Fe2O3 and compressive stress (sigma<0) on Fe3O4 at interfaces.
    Superposition of a positive stress anisotropy on the easy axes [111] of
    magnetocrystalline anisotropy for Fe3O4 and on the easy axes [110] for
    gamma-Fe2O3 will cause an increase in the coercivity H(c) for spherical
    particle and thin film samples. The coercivity behavior of our acicular
    particle sample is contrary to that of thin film and spherical particle
    samples. Also, the switching field distribution curve showed a peak
    near c=0.4. There always exist some two-phase intermediate compounds in
    Fe3-zO4 due to the incomplete reaction of single domain particles. The
    decrease in coercivity of acicular particles is affected by the shape
    anisotropy related to changes in effective particle sizes.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YANG, ZJ, ARIZONA STATE UNIV,DEPT PHYS,TEMPE,AZ 85287.
 CR BATE G, 1980, FERROMAGNETIC MATERI, V2, P381
    BEAN CP, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P1205
    BICKFORD LR, 1956, P I ELECTR ENG S5, V104, P238
    BORRELLI NF, 1972, IEEE MAGNET, V8, P648
    CHIKAZUMI S, 1964, PHYSICS MAGNETISM
    COLOMBO U, 1967, MATER SCI ENG, V2, P125
    EAGLE DF, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P995
    GUSTARD B, 1969, IEEE T MAGN, V5, P326
    HANDERS PJ, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P216
    IMAOKA Y, 1968, J ELECTRON SOC JPN, V36, P15
    IMAOKA Y, 1971, P INT C FERRITES, P467
    KOJIMA H, 1980, IEEE T MAGN, V16, P11
    NEEL L, 1947, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V224, P488
    NEEL L, 1955, ADV PHYS, V4, P191
    SHTRIKMAN S, 1959, J PHYS RADIUM, V20, P286
    STONER EC, 1948, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V240, P599
    TAKEI H, 1966, J PHYS SOC JPN, V21, P1255
    WATT LAK, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, S71
    WOHLFARTH EP, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P783
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1993
 VL 73
 IS 10
 PN Part 2B
 BP 6665
 EP 6667
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA LD865
 UT ISI:A1993LD86500196
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, ZX
    YU, GB
 TI LONG-TIME BEHAVIORS OF THE SPATIALLY UNIFORM DISCRETE NAGUMO MODEL
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN THE APPLIED SCIENCES
 DT Article
 AB In this paper a spatially uniform discrete Nagumo model is considered.
    The relation between the number and positions of period-2 solutions,
    and the parameter and initial values are discovered. The long-time
    behaviours of the solutions are discussed for different parameters and
    initial values.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, ZX, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT APPL MATH,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRITTON NF, 1986, REACTION DIFFUSION E
    BURATTI RJ, 1968, P IEEE, V56, P1392
    CHEN ZX, 1992, IMA J APPL MATH, V48, P107
    DEVANCY RL, 1986, INTRO CHAOTIC DYNAMI
    DEVANEY RL, 1989, CHAOS FRACTALS MATH
    GUO B, 1989, APPL ANAL, V33, P215
    JONES DS, 1983, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    NAGUMO J, 1962, P IRE, V50, P2061
    NAGUMO J, 1965, IREE T CIRCUIT THEOR, V12, P400
    PICKARD WF, 1966, J THEOR BIOL, V11, P30
    SCOTT AC, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P240
    SLEEMAN BD, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P543
    SMIONOV VI, 1952, KUS VYESHEI MATEMATI, V1
    SMOLLER J, 1983, SHOCK WAVES REACTION
    WEINBERGER HF, 1982, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V13, P353
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0170-4214
 J9 MATH METH APPL SCI
 JI Math. Meth. Appl. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 305
 EP 325
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA LD445
 UT ISI:A1993LD44500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUA, JD
    LIU, YF
    ZHANG, KJ
    JIANG, SR
 TI THE COMPATIBILITY OF A POLYMERIC CATALYST SUBSTRATE SOLVENT AND
    REACTION-RATE .3.
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In the presence of solvent, the catalytic rate in a polymeric metal
    complex catalyst (2)-substrate (1)-solvent (0) system is related to the
    solubility parameters (delta(i)) of the three components. According to
    thermodynamic and kinetic theories, an approximate relationship between
    the reaction rate and solubility parameters has been deduced as follows:
    [GRAPHICS] where phi2 is volume fraction of polymeric catalyst and V1
    is mole volume of substrate. For a given polymeric catalyst and a given
    substrate, the effect of different solvents on the rate could be
    simplified as r = A/1 + D . exp(-B (delta0 - delta2)2) where A, B, and
    D are constants. From this formula it can be seen that the rate is a
    function of solubility parameter of solvent in the form of the
    reciprocal of a normal distribution. This result has been supported by
    experiment.
 RP HUA, JD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR HANSEN CM, 1967, J PAINT TECHNOL, V39, P104
    HANSEN CM, 1967, J PAINT TECHNOL, V39, P511
    HANSEN CM, 1969, IND ENG CHEM PROD RD, V2, P8
    HUA J, 1989, J APPL POLYM SCI, V38, P1211
    HUA J, 1989, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V28, P455
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 1993
 VL B32
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 204
 PG 22
 SC Polymer Science
 GA LB533
 UT ISI:A1993LB53300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, X
    WANG, ZH
    HUANG, ZM
 TI PROPAGATION CONSTANT OF A PLANAR DIELECTRIC WAVE-GUIDE WITH ARBITRARY
    REFRACTIVE-INDEX VARIATION
 SO OPTICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDE; MATRIX
 AB The calculation of a propagation constant is an interesting problem in
    the study of planar waveguides. We present a new method for solving the
    problem of a planar dielectric waveguide with arbitrary
    refractive-index variation for either TE or TM modes, and this method
    is simpler than other methods. Taking a parabolic refractive-index
    profile as an example, we show that high accuracy can be attained with
    this new method, provided that the waveguide is divided into layers of
    proper number and thickness.
 RP WANG, X, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHILWELL J, 1984, J OPT SOC AM A, V1, P742
    HUANG HC, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P202
    POLKY JN, 1974, J OPT SOC AM, V64, P274
    TAMIR T, 1979, INTEGRATED OPTICS, CH2
    WALPITA LM, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P595
    WANG ZH, 1989, J OPT SOC AM A, V6, P142
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0146-9592
 J9 OPTICS LETTERS
 JI Opt. Lett.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1993
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 805
 EP 807
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA LA947
 UT ISI:A1993LA94700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, RH
    ZOU, RP
 TI NONLINEAR BENDING OF A CORRUGATED ANNULAR PLATE WITH A PLANE BOUNDARY
    REGION AND A NON-DEFORMABLE RIGID-BODY AT THE CENTER UNDER COMPOUND LOAD
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 ID LARGE DEFLECTION; CIRCULAR PLATE
 AB In this paper, based on the non-linear bending theories of isotropic
    and anisotropic annular plates, the non-linear bending of a corrupted
    annular plate with a plane boundary region and a non-deformable rigid
    body at the center has been investigated under the combined action of
    uniform pressure and a single concentrated load at the center. For two
    kinds of outer edges, namely, rigidly and loosely clamped edges,
    analytical solutions of the plate have been obtained by the modified
    iteration method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, RH, JINAN UNIV,CANTON 510632,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKASAKA T, 1955, J JAP SOC AERONAUT E, V3, P279
    ANDRYEVA LE, 1962, ELASTIC ELEMENTS INS
    ANDRYEWA LE, 1955, ENG COLLECTION SBORN, V21, P128
    BURMISTROV EV, 1960, ENG COLLECTION, V27, P185
    CHEN SL, 1980, APPL MATH MECH, V1, P261
    FEODOSEV VI, 1945, PRIKL MAT MEKH, V9, P389
    FEODOSEV VI, 1949, ELASTIC ELEMENTS PRE
    HARINGX JA, 1956, APPL SCI RES A, V16, P45
    HARINGX JA, 1957, T ASME, V79, P55
    LIU RH, 1965, B SCI, V3, P253
    LIU RH, 1978, ACTA MECH SINICA, V1, P47
    LIU RH, 1979, J CHINA U SCI TECHNO, V9, P75
    LIU RH, 1984, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V19, P409
    LIU RH, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P640
    LIU RH, 1984, SOLID MECH ARCH, V9, P383
    LIU RH, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P959
    LIU RH, 1987, ADV APPL MATH MECH C, V1, P138
    LIU RH, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P711
    LIU RH, 1989, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V24, P165
    PANOV DY, 1941, PRIKL MAT MEKH, V5, P308
    YEH KY, 1965, B SCI, V2, P142
    YEH KY, 1965, B SCI, V2, P145
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 28
 IS 3
 BP 353
 EP 364
 PG 12
 SC Mechanics
 GA KZ772
 UT ISI:A1993KZ77200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DAVID, AK
    LI, YZ
 TI EFFECT OF INTER-TEMPORAL FACTORS ON THE REAL-TIME PRICING OF ELECTRICITY
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE REAL TIME PRICING; POWER ECONOMICS; POWER GENERATION DISPATCH; LOAD
    MANAGEMENT; ENERGY MANAGEMENT
 AB Dynamic tariffs such as spot pricing are meaningful as indirect load
    management tools only if customers are sensitive to inter-temporal
    price variations. However, little attention has been paid so far to
    understanding the mechanisms of cross-time price elasticity of demand,
    inter-temporal definitions of customer utility, and the interaction of
    these two effects with the supply side factors of least cost system
    operation and dispatch. The importance of these interactions is
    enhanced in circumstances where competition between suppliers is
    envisaged or when it is desired to use a common spot price for several
    disparate customers. This paper develops conceptual and theoretical
    models for this purpose, describes computerized solution algorithms and
    provides simulation examples.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DAVID, AK, HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR DAVID AK, IN PRESS INT J ELECT
    DAVID AK, 1988, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V135, P378
    DAVID AK, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P904
    DAVID AK, 1991, NOV P IEE C ADV POW
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 44
 EP 52
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KZ377
 UT ISI:A1993KZ37700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, GQ
    CHEN, YM
 TI AN INVERSE PROBLEM FOR THE BURGERS-EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the Generalized Pulse-Spectrum Technique (GPST) is
    extended to solve an inverse problem for the Burgers equation. We prove
    that the GPST is equivalent in some sense to the Newton-Kautorovich
    iteration method. A feasible numerical implementation is presented in
    the paper and some examples are excuted. The numerical results show
    that this procedure works quite well.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SUNY STONY BROOK,DEPT APPL MATH & STAT,STONY BROOK,NY 11794.
 CR BURGERS JM, 1948, ADV APPL MECH, V1, P171
    BURGERS JM, 1974, NONLINEAR DIFFUSION
    CHEN YM, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V50, P193
    CHEN YM, 1983, SEP US CHIN WORKSH A
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    LIU XY, 1987, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V8, P436
    TEMAM R, 1982, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V43, P73
    TEMAM R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTIONS ILL POSED
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 103
 EP 112
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KZ192
 UT ISI:A1993KZ19200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIN, CS
    YAQOOB, MT
 TI AN EFFICIENT FORMULATION TO FIND THE SCATTERING FIELD OF A CONDUCTING
    CYLINDER COATED WITH LOSSY MAGNETIC MATERIAL
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB A new formulation for the scattered field from a two dimensional
    conducting cylinder coated with a lossy magnetic material is presented
    for transverse electric polarization of the incident field. A
    conduction current on the conducting surface and a magnetic
    polarization current in the coating material is supposed to be induced
    when an electromagnetic field is incident over the cylinder. The
    scattered field is supposed to be originated in these induced currents.
    Two H-field integral equations are developed, which are then solved by
    the Method of Moments to find these currents. Scattering cross section
    for circular configuration is calculated and compared with exact
    solution. Good agreement of results is achieved. The advantage of the
    formulation is that it solves the scattered field without the
    computation of complex argument Hankel functions. Second, by
    considering the polarization of the magnetic coating, the effects of
    surface wave excitation are automatically included in the solution.
 C1 GOVT COLL,DEPT PHYS,BHAKKAR,PAKISTAN.
 RP LIN, CS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANTAR YMM, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P564
    ARVAS E, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P546
    HARRINGTON RF, 1968, FIELD COMPUTATION MO
    HELSTROM CW, 1963, SCATTERING CYLINDER, P133
    JIN JM, 1988, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V36, P50
    LIN CS, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P788
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 1993
 VL 73
 IS 8
 BP 4038
 EP 4041
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA KY567
 UT ISI:A1993KY56700068
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, WY
    CAO, WG
    XU, ZR
    YAO, Y
    SHI, ZJ
    HAN, ZH
 TI SIMPLE SYNTHESIS OF DIMETHYL 4-METHYL-6-PERFLUOROALKYLISOPHTHALATES AND
    DIMETHYL 5-PERFLUOROALKYLBIPHENYL-2,4-DICARBOXYLATES VIA ACYCLIC
    PRECURSORS
 SO JOURNAL OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY-PERKIN TRANSACTIONS 1
 DT Article
 AB Reaction of methyl propynoate 2 with
    acetylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane 1 a or
    benzoylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane 1b at 90-degrees-C gives methyl
    5-oxo-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)hex-3-enoate 4a or methyl
    4-benzoyl-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate 4b as the main
    product, respectively. Phosphoranes 4a or 4b can further react with
    methyl perfluoroalkynoates 5a and 5b to afford dimethyl
    2-(3-oxo-1-perfluoroalkylbut-1-enyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pent-
    2-enedioates 6a and 6b or dimethyl
    2-(2-benzoyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pent-2
    -enedioates 6c and 6d, respectively. Diemethyl
    4-methyl-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 7a and 7b or dimethyl
    5-perfluoroalkylbiphenyl-2,4-dicarboxylates 7c and 7d were prepared in
    high yield via intramolecular Wittig reaction of phosphoranes 6a/6b or
    6c/6d in benzene or methanol. The structures of compounds 4a, 6a and 7a
    were confirmed by IR, MS and H-1, F-19 and C-13 NMR spectroscopy and
    elemental analyses. Reaction mechanisms for the formation of compounds
    4, 6 and 7 are proposed.
 RP DING, WY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, UNPUB CHIN J CHEM, V11, P67
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JUNG ME, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P3965
    RAMIREZ F, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P41
    WOLF V, 1953, CHEM BER, V86, P735
 NR 7
 TC 10
 SN 0300-922X
 J9 J CHEM SOC PERKIN TRANS 1
 JI J. Chem. Soc.-Perkin Trans. 1
 PD APR 7
 PY 1993
 IS 7
 BP 855
 EP 858
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA KX923
 UT ISI:A1993KX92300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, GQ
 TI A KIND OF A POSTERIORI PARAMETER CHOICES FOR THE ITERATED TIKHONOV
    REGULARIZATION METHOD
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE ILL-POSED PROBLEM; REGULARIZATION METHOD; A POSTERIORI PARAMETER CHOICE
 RP HE, GQ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 356
 EP 360
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA KV496
 UT ISI:A1993KV49600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XIE, XY
    EVANS, RJ
 TI FREQUENCY-WAVE-NUMBER TRACKING USING HIDDEN MARKOV-MODELS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Letter
 ID MULTIPLE
 AB This correspondence extends earlier work by the authors on multiple
    frequency line tracking using hidden Markov models (HMM's) to also
    include wavenumber estimation. The main idea is to model the frequency
    and wavenumber of each target using HMM and then to track these signals
    using a Viterbi algorithm. The input measurements to the Viterbi
    algorithm are two-dimensional (2-D) Fourier transforms of the array
    output signals. Several supporting simulations show that the approach
    works well, although it is computationally expensive.
 C1 UNIV MELBOURNE,DEPT ELECT & ELECTR ENGN,PARKVILLE,VIC 3052,AUSTRALIA.
 RP XIE, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BARSHALOM Y, 1988, TRACKING DATA ASS
    DAVENPORT WB, 1987, INTRO THEORY RANDOM
    DEGRAAF SR, 1983, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V33, P1368
    HALPENY OS, 1975, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V22, P552
    HAYKIN S, 1983, NONLINEAR METHODS SP, CH1
    JOHNSON DH, 1982, P IEEE, V70, P1018
    RABINER LR, 1986, IEEE ASSP MAGAZI JAN, P4
    RABINER LR, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P257
    SCHMIDT RO, 1986, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V34, P276
    STARKEY PG, 1987, GEC-J RES, V5, P193
    STREIT RL, 1990, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V38, P586
    SWORD CK, 1990, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V26, P367
    XIE XY, 1991, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V39, P2659
    XIE XY, 1993, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V41, P334
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 1053-587X
 J9 IEEE TRANS SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI IEEE Trans. Signal Process.
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 1391
 EP 1394
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KU545
 UT ISI:A1993KU54500029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TU, RJ
    ZHENG, Q
 TI INTEGRAL GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHOD IN STATISTICAL APPLICATIONS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID MAXIMUM-LIKELIHOOD; EM ALGORITHM
 AB Many statistical computations need a minimization method which can find
    global of a nonconvex, nonsmooth and even discontinuous objective
    function. Conventional optimization methods hardly serve that. The
    integral optimization method has been developed to satisfy such
    requirements. In this paper, we apply this method to several problems
    in statistics, such as nonlinear regression, maximum likelihood
    estimation for three-pararmeter Weibull distribution, mixture densities
    and sampling, and show that the results obtained by a global
    minimization method are better than those by a gradient-based one.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TU, RJ, WICHITA STATE UNIV,DEPT MATH,WICHITA,KS 67208.
 CR ARTHANARI TS, 1981, MATH PROGRAMMING STA
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    DEMPSTER AP, 1977, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V39, P1
    MCCORMICK GP, 1983, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    MCCORMICK GP, 1988, EXAMPLE 2 LOCAL MAXI
    RATKOWSKY DA, 1983, NONLINEAR REGRESSION
    REDNER RA, 1984, SIAM REV, V26, P195
    ROCHETTE H, 1974, J AM STAT ASSOC, V69, P246
    ZANAKIS SH, 1986, J STATISTICAL COMPUT, V25, P53
    ZHENG Q, 1978, ACTAMATH APPLICATAE, V2, P161
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P118
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V1, P67
    ZHENG Q, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V302, P18
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 9
 EP 17
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHENG, Q
 TI DISCONTINUITY AND MEASURABILITY OF ROBUST FUNCTIONS IN THE INTEGRAL
    GLOBAL MINIMIZATION
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB Robustness and measurability of a set and of a function are the
    foundation of the integral approach to global minimization. However, a
    robust function may be discontinuous and nonmeasurable. In this paper,
    we show that the set of points of discontinuity of a robust function
    has empty interior and is of the first category. A robust function on
    the interval [0,1] is constructed such that the Lebesgue measure of its
    set of points of discontinuity approaches 1. We also show that there is
    a robust set on [0,1] which is Lebesgue nonmeasurable, and then a
    Lebesgue nonmeasurable robust function is constructed.
 RP ZHENG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BAIRE R, 1905, LECONS FONCTIONS DIS
    BOREL E, 1905, LECONS FONCTIONS VAR
    GALPERIN E, IN PRESS INTEGRAL GL
    GALPERIN E, 1991, GLOBAL SOLUTIONS OPT
    HEWITT E, 1975, REAL ABSTRACT ANAL
    KULLER RG, 1969, TOPICS MODERN ANAL
    LEBESGUE MH, 1898, B SCI MATH
    OXTOBY JC, 1980, MEASURE CATEGORY
    ROYDEN HL, 1968, REAL ANAL
    ZHENG Q, 1985, NUMERICAL ANAL J CHI, V8, P31
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 79
 EP 88
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GALPERIN, EA
    ZHENG, Q
 TI SOLUTION AND CONTROL OF PDE VIA GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; COMPUTATIONAL FLUID-DYNAMICS; DATA
    APPROXIMATION SCHEME; FINITE-ELEMENT METHOD; PARABOLIC EQUATIONS;
    MULTIQUADRICS; SYSTEMS
 AB Based on the concept of eta-equivalent solutions (not to be confused
    with approximations to the exact solution), a new consideration is
    given to ill-posed [1,2] and overdetermined PDE problems and to
    problems with nonexistent solutions [3]. Then a new method based on
    full global optimization techniques is developed for solution and
    control of processes described by partial differential equations. The
    ideas are illustrated by examples, and a case study is presented in
    comparison with the quasi-reversibility method [4].
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GALPERIN, EA, UNIV QUEBEC,DEPT MATH & INFORMAT,CP 8888,SUCC A,MONTREAL
    H3C 3P8,QUEBEC,CANADA.
 CR BAKER GA, 1980, NONL ANAL THEORY MET, V4, P579
    BENISRAEL A, 1974, GENERALIZED INVERSES
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    COPSON ET, 1975, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    DOUGLAS J, 1970, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V7, P575
    EPSTEIN B, 1975, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    FARAGO I, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P49
    FARAGO I, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P59
    GALPERIN EA, 1990, CUBIC ALGORITHM OPTI
    GALPERIN EA, 1990, NEW THEORY CONTINUOU
    GARABEDIAN PR, 1964, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    GROMOV ML, 1973, MATH USSR IZV, V7, P329
    HADAMARD J, 1952, LECTURES CAUCHYS PRO
    HARDY RL, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P163
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P127
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P147
    LATTES R, 1967, METHODE QUASIREVERSI
    PENROSE R, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V51, P406
    PENROSE R, 1956, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V52, P17
    SPRING D, 1983, ANN I FOURIER, V33, P121
 NR 21
 TC 4
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 103
 EP 118
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GALPERIN, EA
    PAN, ZX
    ZHENG, Q
 TI APPLICATION OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION TO IMPLICIT SOLUTION OF
    PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTATIONAL FLUID-DYNAMICS; DATA APPROXIMATION SCHEME; MULTIQUADRICS
 AB A numerical method of finding implicit eta-solutions of partial
    differential equations is presented.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GALPERIN, EA, UNIV QUEBEC,DEPT MATH & COMP SCI,CP 8888,SUCC A,MONTREAL
    H3C 3P8,QUEBEC,CANADA.
 CR GALPERIN EA, 1991, GLOBAL SOLUTIONS OPT
    HARDY RL, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P163
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P127
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P147
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, P1091
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, YP
    DENG, XN
 TI ELECTRODEPOSITION OF CDTE THIN-FILMS AND THEIR PHOTOELECTROCHEMICAL
    BEHAVIOR
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 ID SOLAR-CELLS; CADMIUM; DEPOSITION; TELLURIDE
 AB CdTe thin films were electrodeposited on Ni substrates from aqueous
    solutions containing CdSO4, TeO2 and H2SO4 with an interchangeable
    rotating disk electrode. The variations in the composition of the CdTe
    films with cathodic potentials and heat treatment temperatures were
    studied by the polarographic method. The deposition and annealing
    parameters had been optimized to yield a good photoelectrochemical
    performance. After surface modification, the conversion efficiencies
    were 0.61% and 5.3% for the cells p-CdTe/SnCl2 (sat.), 0.2M HCl/C and
    n-CdTe/1 M Na2S, 1 M S, 1 M NaOH/C, respectively.
 RP GUO, YP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BHATTACHARYA RN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2033
    DANAHER WJ, 1983, AUST J CHEM, V36, P1011
    DARKOWSKI A, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P2768
    DARKOWSKI A, 1986, TALANTA, V33, P187
    FULOP G, 1982, APPL PHYS LETT, V40, P327
    GORE RB, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P2693
    GORE RB, 1989, SOL ENERG MATER, V18, P159
    GUO YP, IN PRESS SOC ENERGY
    LICHT S, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P1096
    LLABRES J, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P464
    LOAEZA P, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P11
    PANICKER MPR, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P566
    SANYAL GS, 1990, SOL ENERG MATER, V20, P395
    SHEN J, 1986, ACTA PHYSICOCHIMICA, V2, P554
    TAKAHASHI M, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P4292
    UOSAKI K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P279
 NR 16
 TC 10
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 115
 EP 122
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA KU287
 UT ISI:A1993KU28700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, YP
    DENG, XN
 TI EFFECTS OF SURFACE MODIFICATION ON THE PEC PERFORMANCE OF
    ELECTROCHEMICALLY DEPOSITED N-CDTE FILMS
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 ID P-TYPE CDTE; THIN-FILMS; CADMIUM TELLURIDE; PHOTOELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS;
    INSITU PREPARATION; SOLAR-CELLS; ELECTRODEPOSITION; EFFICIENCY;
    ELECTROLYTES; STABILITY
 AB Modification of electrodeposited n-CdTe thin films by PbS showed
    considerably improvement of the performance and stability of n-CdTe
    photoelectrochemical cells. The enhanced parameters of PEC solar cells
    after modification are V(oc) = 0.515 V, I(sc) = 13 mA/cm2, FF = 0.385
    and eta = 5.2% under 50 mW/cm2 illumination, compared to V(oc) = 0.44
    V, I(sc) = 6 mA/cm2, FF = 0.31 and eta = 1.6% observed before
    modification. The enhanced parameters are attributed to the greater
    band bending induced by excess surface charge, as well as the enhanced
    solution kinetics due to a good electrocatalysis of PbS for the
    polysulfide redox system.
 RP GUO, YP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BASOL BM, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P601
    BHATTACHARYA RN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2032
    BHATTACHARYA RN, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P732
    BOSE DN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P850
    CAHEN D, 1979, J AM CHEM SOC, V101, P3969
    DANAHER WJ, 1983, AUST J CHEM, V36, P1011
    DARKOWSKI A, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P2768
    ELLIS AB, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P2839
    FULOP G, 1982, APPL PHYS LETT, V40, P327
    GAUGASH P, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P924
    GROE RB, 1989, SOL ENERG MATER, V18, P159
    GUTIERREZ MT, 1990, SOL ENERG MATER, V20, P387
    HELLER A, 1978, J AM CHEM SOC, V100, P684
    HODES G, 1980, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V127, P544
    HODES G, 1981, SOL ENERG MATER, V4, P373
    LLABRES J, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P464
    LOAEZA P, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P11
    MANDAL KC, 1987, J PHYS CHEM-US, V91, P4011
    MANDAL KC, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V71, P559
    MULLER N, 1981, APPL PHYS LETT, V39, P283
    PANICKER MPR, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P566
    PARKINSON BA, 1979, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V126, P954
    PENG R, 1984, B MATER ENERGY SYSTE, V2, P25
    TAKAHASHI M, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P3879
    TAKAHASHI M, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P266
    TENNE R, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P201
    TENNE R, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V143, P103
    UOSAKI K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P279
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 130
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA KU287
 UT ISI:A1993KU28700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, EK
    YU, ZM
    QI, DY
    XU, CM
 TI ALKALI AND ALKALINE-EARTH METAL-ION TRANSFER ACROSS THE LIQUID-LIQUID
    INTERFACE FACILITATED BY IONOPHORE ETH157
 SO ELECTROANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE LIQUID-LIQUID INTERFACE; ION TRANSFER; IONOPHORE
 ID WATER
 AB The H+, Li+, Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+ and Ba2+ ion transfer across the
    water/nitrobenzene (NB) and water/1,2-dichloroethane (DCE) interfaces,
    facilitated by the ionophore ETH157, has been investigated by cyclic
    voltammetry (CV). The mechanism of the transfer process has been
    discussed, and the diffusion coefficients and the stability constants
    of the complexes formed in the nitrobenzene phase have been determined.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 20072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, EK, CHINESE ACAD SCI,CHANGCHUN INST APPL CHEM,ELECTROANALYT CHEM
    LAB,CHANGCHUN 130022,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMMANN D, 1985, NEUROSCI LETT, V57, P267
    FUJINAGA T, 1982, BUNSEKI KAGAKU, V31, E301
    HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KIHARA S, 1982, BUNSEKI KAGAKU, V31, E293
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    VANYSEK P, 1985, ELECTROCHEMISTRY LIQ
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 1040-0397
 J9 ELECTROANAL
 JI Electroanalysis
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 5
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 154
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA KT389
 UT ISI:A1993KT38900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI OPTICAL-PROPERTIES OF A CHEMICALLY DURABLE PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID THERMAL-EXPANSION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    BUNKER BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P425
    MINAMI T, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P232
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    RAY NH, 1979, BRIT POLYM J, V11, P63
    SALES BC, 1986, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V79, P83
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 265
 EP 267
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA KR345
 UT ISI:A1993KR34500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES AND GENERALIZED VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES FOR FULLY
    3-D TRANSONIC FLOW WITH SHOCKS IN A TURBO-ROTOR .2. ROTATIONAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 AB Two variational principle (VP) families for fully 3-D transonic
    potential, Beltrami rotational flows with shocks in a rotor are put
    forth in terms of stream functions. By making use of functional
    variations with variable domain one succeeded in converting most of the
    boundary conditions and matching conditions across unknown
    discontinuities (such as shocks and free trailing vortex sheets),
    including the generalized Rankine-Hugoniot shock relations, into
    natural ones. This paper is intended to provide a rigorous theoretical
    foundation for constructing a novel computational method which
    incorporating a new finite element with self-adapting embedded
    discontinuities (now under development) and the artificial density
    concept, could capture all unknown discontinuities automatically and
    clearly. The applicability of VPs for rotational flow, in contrast to
    those for Beltrami flow, is not limited to transonic flow with moderate
    Mach numbers.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAREY GF, 1978, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V13, P129
    CHAN SKT, 1975, AIAA7579 PAP
    CHEN KM, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P145
    DECONINCK H, 1981, ASME, V103, P665
    GIESE JH, 1951, J MATH PHYS, V30, P31
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    KRIMERMAN Y, 1978, J MECH ENG SCI, V20, P149
    KUZNETSOV BG, 1959, J NAT TOM U, V144, P117
    LASKARIS TE, 1978, AIAA J, V16, P717
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, ACTA MECH SINICA, V13, P421
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, LECTURE NOTES
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 2ND P AS C FLUID MEC, P698
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P125
    LIU GL, 1987, 1987 P TOK INT GAS T, V2, P256
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P480
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU RX, 1981, SEISMOL GEOL, V3, P1
    NORRIE DH, 1978, FINITE ELEMENTS FLUI, V3, P363
    OATES GC, 1976, ASME, V98, P1
    QIN R, 1988, J TURBOMACH, V110, P545
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V8
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU WQ, 1979, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V15
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECHANICAL, V16, P61
 NR 31
 TC 7
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1993
 VL 97
 IS 3-4
 BP 229
 EP 238
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA KN932
 UT ISI:A1993KN93200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, CH
    XIANG, SH
 TI ELECTRICAL-CONDUCTIVITY OF MOLTEN SLAGS OF CAF2+AL2O3 AND
    CAF2+AL2O3+CAO SYSTEMS FOR ESR
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE ELECTROSLAG REMELTING; MOLTEN SLAGS OF CAF2+AL2O3 AND CAF2+AL2O3+CAO
    SYSTEMS; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY; CONSTANT-CURRENT SINGLE PULSE
    TECHNIQUE WITH 3 LEAD-ELECTRODES
 AB The electrical conductivity of the molten slags of the CaF2 + Al2O3 and
    CaF2 + Al2O3 + CaO systems for the practical ESR was determined, using
    the constant-current single pulse technique with three lead-electrodes.
    All the measurements were carried out under high-purity argon
    atmosphere, employing a high-purity molybdenum metal crucible with pure
    iron wire electrodes. The effects of FeO, MnO, MgO, Cr2O3, TiO2, SiO2
    and other oxide components and temperature on the conductivity of the
    slags were examined. The results indicated that in the common
    concentration ranges for the ESR practice, the specific conductivity
    values of the slags in these two systems are monotonously increasing
    with the FeO and MnO contents in the slags following an essentially
    similar pattern; the additions of MgO, Cr2O3, and TiO2 change also
    evidently the conductivity but in another roughly similar mode and make
    it have a maximum value, whilst the influence due to a small amount of
    SiO2 (less-than-or-equal-to 1.5 mass%) is relatively not large; the
    conduction of CaF2-based multi-component and complicate liquid slags
    may be treated as a rate process.
 C1 XIAN INST MET & CONSTRUCT ENGN,DEPT MET,XIAN,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WEI, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT
    ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1972, HDB PROPERTIES LIQUI, P244
    ELGAMMAL T, 1978, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V49, P235
    EVSEEV PP, 1965, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V8, P74
    EVSEEV PP, 1967, AUTOMAT WELD, V20, P12
    EVSEEV PP, 1967, IZV VYSSH UCHEBN ZAV, V10, P55
    HAJDUK M, 1979, STAHL EISEN, V99, P113
    ISOTOMIN SA, 1975, 220275 REP
    KOLISNYK VN, 1964, AUTOMAT WELD, V17, P9
    KOLISNYK VN, 1965, AUTOMAT WELD, V18, P80
    KOVAL AE, 1970, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V13, P71
    KRAUS S, 1973, THESIS BERGAHAD
    KUO CK, 1964, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V30, P381
    LATASH YL, 1960, AUTOMAT WELD, V13, P14
    LOPAEV BE, 1966, AUTOMAT WELD, V19, P31
    MANAKOV AI, 1975, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V18, P14
    MILLS KC, 1979, NPL103 REP CHEM
    MILLS KS, 1981, INT METALS REV, V1, P21
    MITCHELL A, 1971, METALL T, V3, P3361
    OGINO K, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P2141
    OGINO K, 1978, TETSU TO HAGANE, V64, P225
    OGINO K, 1978, TETSU TO HAGANE, V64, P232
    POVOLOTSKII DY, 1970, IZV VUZ CHERN MET, V13, P8
    WEAST RC, 1979, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    WEI CH, 1984, ACTA METALL SINICA, V20, B261
    WEI CH, 1987, ACTA METALL SINICA, V23, B126
    WEI CH, 1989, CHIN ENG CHEM METAL, V10, P87
    WEI CH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    XIANG SH, 1989, THESIS XIAN I METALL
    ZHMOIDIN G, 1970, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V3, P69
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 244
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KM872
 UT ISI:A1993KM87200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAO, DK
 TI A TREATMENT OF DISCONTINUITIES FOR FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS IN THE
    2-DIMENSIONAL CASE
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRONT TRACKING; CONSERVATION-LAWS; ENTROPY CONDITION; SCHEMES; WAVES;
    INTERFACES; RESOLUTION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAO, DK, UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,DEPT MATH,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024.
 CR CHANG SH, 1989, NASA TM102384
    CHERN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    GLIMM J, 1981, ADV APPL MATH, V2, P91
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P422
    GLIMM J, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P280
    GLIMM J, 1988, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V41, P569
    GLIMM J, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P61
    GROVE J, 1989, ADV APPL MATH, V10, P201
    HARTEN A, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P148
    HENSHAW WD, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P25
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1988, NASA TM100075
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P256
    MAO D, 1990, UCLA CAM9019 REP
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MORETTI G, 1972, PIBAL7237 POLYT I BR
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P217
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
    WAGNER DH, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V14, P3
 NR 23
 TC 14
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 104
 IS 2
 BP 377
 EP 397
 PG 21
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA KM221
 UT ISI:A1993KM22100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    HUANG, W
 TI THE SPECTRAL-DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR COMPRESSIBLE FLOW
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB A spectral-difference scheme is proposed for semi-periodic compressible
    flow with strict estimation.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GUO BY, 1981, SCI SINICA A, V24, P297
    GUO BY, 1987, CALCOLO, V24, P263
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    MACARAEG MG, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    TANI A, 1976, P JAPAN ACAD, V52, P334
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 49
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KM180
 UT ISI:A1993KM18000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, Q
    WANG, ZH
 TI EXACT DISPERSION-RELATIONS FOR TM WAVES GUIDED BY THIN DIELECTRIC FILMS
    BOUNDED BY NONLINEAR MEDIA
 SO OPTICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Exact dispersion relations for TM waves guided by thin dielectric
    films, surrounded on one or both sides by media with
    intensity-dependent refractive indices, have been derived. Numerical
    results for a symmetric structure are in complete agreement with those
    obtained by the finite-element method.
 RP CHEN, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGRANOVICH VM, 1981, JETP LETT+, V32, P512
    BERKHOER AL, 1970, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V31, P486
    BOARDMAN AD, 1985, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V21, P1701
    BOARDMAN AD, 1987, IEE PROC-J, V134, P152
    HAYATA K, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1207
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    OGUSU K, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P941
    SEATON CT, 1985, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V21, P774
    SEATON CT, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P149
    STEGEMAN GI, 1986, NONLINEAR OPTICS MAT
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0146-9592
 J9 OPTICS LETTERS
 JI Opt. Lett.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1993
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 260
 EP 262
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA KK808
 UT ISI:A1993KK80800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, LA
    QIU, WD
 TI DECOMPOSITIONS OF RECOGNIZABLE STRONG MAXIMAL CODES
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we study the decompositions of recognizable strong
    maximal codes and obtain the following results: Every recognizable
    strong maximal code is a composition of a finite number of
    indecomposable (in the sense of strong codes) recognizable strong
    maximal codes. In particular, every solvable strong code is a
    composition of a finite number of indecomposable (in the sense of
    general codes) strong maximal codes and, for the latter, a structure
    formula is given.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHANG, LA, SHANGHAI INST URBAN CONSTRUCT,DEPT BASIC COURSES,SHANGHAI
    200092,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERSTEL J, 1985, THEORY CODES
    LALLEMENT G, 1979, SEMIGROUPS COMBINATO
    SHYR HJ, 1977, SOOCHOW J MATH NAT S, V3, P9
    SHYR HJ, 1979, LECTURE NOTES MATH D
    ZHANG LX, 1987, SEMIGROUP FORUM, V35, P181
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 1993
 VL 108
 IS 1
 BP 173
 EP 183
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA KK389
 UT ISI:A1993KK38900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YE, ZM
 TI AN OPTIMIZATION OF NONLINEAR BENDING AND STABILITY OF REVOLUTIONAL
    PARABOLIC SHELL WITH VARIABLE THICKNESS
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 RP YE, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANERJEE B, 1982, J APPL MECH, V49, P268
    BANERJEE B, 1983, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V19, P202
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    YE ZM, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P634
    YE ZM, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P153
    YE ZM, 1989, ACTA MECH SINICA, V5, P152
    YE ZM, 1990, ASME, V57, P1026
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 88
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA KH577
 UT ISI:A1993KH57700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, YD
    CHENG, DJ
    TONG, F
    SOENEN, R
    TAHON, C
 TI ON THE COMPLETED DATABASE SEMANTICS FOR NEGATION
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE NEGATION AS FAILURE; THE COMPLETED DATABASE; CONSISTENCY
 AB As a semantics for negation. the completed database appears to be a
    little too strong. It makes no sense when it is inconsistent. However,
    as has been shown by Shepherdson, the general problem of determining
    whether the completed database is consistent is recursively
    undecidable. In this paper, we present a necessary and sufficient
    condition for the consistency of the completed database and use it to
    prove the consistency of the completed database for definite, locally
    stratified and R-terminable programs, respectively. We then establish a
    weak version of the completed database semantics for negation.
    Informally, the semantics says that for any function-free logic program
    P the results inferred by applying the SLDNF-refutation procedure via
    the ''Latest-first'' computation rule are logical consequences of the
    relevant completed database comp(REL(P)), where comp(REL(P)) is always
    consistent even if comp(P) is inconsistent.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV VALENCIA,LGIL,CNRS,URIAH 1118,F-59326 VALENCIENNES,FRANCE.
 RP SHEN, YD, CHONGQING UNIV,DEPT COMP SCI,CHONGQING 630044,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR APT KR, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P89
    CLARK KL, 1978, LOGIC DATA BASES, P293
    CLOCKSIN WF, 1984, PROGRAMMING PROLOG
    LLOYD JW, 1984, F LOGIC PROGRAMMING
    LOVELAND DW, 1978, AUTOMATED THEOREM PR
    PRZMUSINSKI TC, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P193
    SHEPHERDSON JC, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P19
    VANEMDEN MH, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P733
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 35
 IS 12
 BP 1516
 EP 1528
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KJ935
 UT ISI:A1992KJ93500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, GC
    XU, KD
    WEI, SK
 TI SOME ADVANCES ON THE THEORETICAL RESEARCH OF SLAG
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Review
 DE SLAG MODEL; BASICITY; CELL STRUCTURE
 ID OPTICAL BASICITY
 AB This pasper is a review and a comment regarding slag models and optical
    basicity. It was thought to be better to establish slag model and
    basicity concept based on the cell structure of slag.
 C1 BEIJING UNIV SCI & ENGN,BEIJING 100083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP JIANG, GC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR APPEN AA, 1974, GLASS CHEM, P268
    BANYA S, 1988, TETSU TO HAGANE, V74, P1701
    BOOM R, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P273
    BOTTINGA Y, 1981, THERMODYNAMICS MINER, P207
    DUFFY JA, 1976, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V21, P373
    GAYE H, 1984, 2ND P INT S MET SLAG, P257
    HASTIE JW, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P254
    HILLERT M, 1990, METALL TRANS B, V21, P303
    HINO M, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P264
    HYUN DB, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P736
    HYUN DB, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P177
    INGRAM MD, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P166
    JIANG GC, 1989, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V10, P257
    JIANG GC, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P240
    JIANG GC, 1992, 4TH P INT C MOLT SLA
    JIANG GC, 1992, ACTA METALL SIN B, V28, P240
    KAPOOR ML, 1971, P INT S MET CHEM APP, P17
    KAY DAR, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P263
    LEHMAN J, 1990, 6TH P INT IR STEEL C, V1, P256
    MASSON CR, 1971, P S CHEM METALLURGY, P3
    MYSEN BO, 1988, STRUCTURE PROPERTIES, P48
    NAGABAYASHI R, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P24
    NAKAMURA T, 1986, J JPN I MET, V50, P456
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    PELTON AD, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P66
    QI GJ, 1984, 5TH P NAT C MET PHYS, P227
    RICHARSAON RD, 1974, PHYSICOCHEMISTRY MEL, P116
    SAINTJOURS C, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P65
    SHARMA RC, 1979, MET T              B, V10, P103
    SOMMERVILLE ID, 1986, SEP P TECHN ADV MET
    SOSINSKY DJ, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P331
    VARSHAL VG, 1972, IZV A N SSSR INORG M, P934
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JAPAN I MET, V10, P3
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JPN I MET, V10, P81
    YOKOKAWA T, 1986, B JIM, V25, P3
    ZHANG J, COMMUNICATION
    ZHANG J, 1986, P NATIONAL ACADEMIC, P1
    ZHANG J, 1990, P WEI SHOUKUN S, P57
 NR 38
 TC 4
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 20
 EP 25
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KH294
 UT ISI:A1993KH29400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, KD
    JIANG, GC
    DING, WZ
    GU, LP
    GUO, SQ
    ZHAO, BX
 TI THE KINETICS OF REDUCTION OF MNO IN MOLTEN SLAG WITH CARBON SATURATED
    LIQUID-IRON
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE KINETICS, REDUCTION OF (MNO), CARBON SATURATED IRON; SLAG METAL REACTION
 ID OXIDE
 AB This investigation devotes to the kinetics of the reduction of (MnO)
    with carbon-saturated liquid iron. The experiment condition involves
    high content realm of both (%MnO) and %Mn. It was found that the
    reduction is limited by the interfacial reaction. By means of a X-TV
    dynamic metallurgical phenomena displaying device, the slag-iron
    interface was proved to be the essential site for evolving the
    reduction product CO. The content variation of surface active agent S
    affects obviously on the reduction rate. If no carbon is added in slag,
    then a hump emerges on the curve of (%FeO) vs. reaction time. In this
    case, the apparent reaction order is 2. If there is a carbon addition
    in slag, the process is of apparent first order. Based on the three
    step model of reactions in series, the aforementioned phenomena and
    regularities were elucidated unitedly.
 RP XU, KD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR CHEN JX, 1984, HDB DATA ATLAS STEEL, P412
    FANG YY, 1986, SHANGHAI METALS, V3, P47
    FUJITA M, 1988, TETSU TO HAGANE, V74, P801
    FUWA T, 1987, B JPN I MET, V26, P365
    HAN QY, 1983, KINETICS METALLURGIC, P24
    PLASHEVSKY AA, 1984, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V10, P16
    POMFRET RJ, 1984, P CENTENARY C CELEBR
    POMFRET RJ, 1987, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P191
    QY Y, 1980, PRINCIPLE STEELMAKIN, P72
    SATO A, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, P812
    SHINOTAKE A, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, S121
    SHINOZAKI N, 1984, TETSU TO HAGANE, V70, P73
    SUITO H, 1984, TETSU TO HAGANE, V70, P672
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1953, J IRON STEEL I, V173, P217
    WAGNER C, 1958, PHYSICAL CHEM STEELM, P237
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 104
 EP 108
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KH294
 UT ISI:A1993KH29400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, DM
    SONG, LP
 TI A NEW TYPE OF OPTOELECTRONIC MILLIMETER-WAVE FINLINE SWITCHES
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES
 DT Article
 AB A new type of millimeter-wave finline switches constructed on teflon
    substrates is proposed, which can be easily fabricated and mounted. The
    experimental results are reported, which show less than 2 dB insertion
    loss in the region of 26-40 GHz and 23.4 dB on/off ratio have been
    reached. Because of its good compatibility with the conventional
    finline structures, it will have a wide application field. A very
    simple method has been given to analyze its behaviors which has
    successfully predicted the experimental results. A nonlinear relation
    between the photoconductivity and the light power is given which has
    been confirmed by experiment.
 RP XU, DM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1975, HP183 APPL NOT
    CHEUNG P, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P586
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, P39
    LEE CH, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P596
    PLATTE W, 1984, ELECTRON LETT, V20, P608
    SCHIEBLICH C, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P1638
    SEEGER K, 1985, SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSIC, P386
    UHDE K, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P679
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9480
 J9 IEEE TRANS MICROWAVE THEORY
 JI IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 2392
 EP 2396
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KH463
 UT ISI:A1992KH46300035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XIE, XY
    EVANS, RJ
 TI MULTIPLE FREQUENCY LINE TRACKING WITH HIDDEN MARKOV-MODELS - FURTHER
    RESULTS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 AB This paper extends our earlier work on the application of hidden Markov
    models (HMM's) to the problem of multiple frequency line tracking using
    the concept of a mixed track. Here we introduce an alternative
    definition of measurement vector which avoids the use of thresholds and
    is shown to yield superior performance to threshold based schemes. We
    also present an improved method for separating the mixed track into its
    component tracks.
 C1 UNIV NEWCASTLE,DEPT ELECT ENGN & COMP SCI,NEWCASTLE,NSW 2308,AUSTRALIA.
    UNIV MELBOURNE,DEPT ELECT & ELECTR ENGN,PARKVILLE,VIC 3052,AUSTRALIA.
 RP XIE, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADAMS G, 1991, EE9125 U NEWC DEP EL
    BARNIV Y, 1985, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V21, P144
    BARNIV Y, 1987, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V23, P776
    BARSHALOM Y, 1988, TRACKING DATA ASS
    BLACKMAN SS, 1986, MULTIPLE TARGET TRAC
    DAVENPORT WB, 1987, INTRO THEORY RANDOM
    FORNEY GD, 1973, P IEEE, V61, P268
    RABINER LR, 1986, IEEE ASSP MAGAZI JAN, P4
    RABINER R, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P257
    SCHMIDT RO, 1986, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V34, P276
    STEELE A, 1989, APR P ASSP 89 SIGN P, P17
    STREIT RL, 1990, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V38, P586
    WHALEN AD, 1971, DETECTION SIGNALS NO
    XIANYA X, 1990, EE9007 U NEWC DEP EL
    XIANYA X, 1990, EE9032 U NEWC DEP EL
    XIE XY, 1991, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V39, P2659
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 1053-587X
 J9 IEEE TRANS SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI IEEE Trans. Signal Process.
 PD JAN
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 334
 EP 343
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KG148
 UT ISI:A1993KG14800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, MM
    GU, F
    XIE, WY
 TI STUDY ON THE PREPARATION OF PZT CERAMIC MATERIAL FOR MEDIUM
    HIGH-FREQUENCY SAW DEVICES BY LOW VACUUM ATMOSPHERE SINTERING
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 AB Ternary PZT-PNM* ceramics is prepared by low vacuum atmosphere(5 x
    10(-2) bar) sintering technique to improve the microstructure, density,
    polished surface smoothness, as well as the piezoelectric properties.
    The grain growth has been restrained by doping small amount of CeO2. At
    the same time. The density up to 7.97 g/cm3 and grain size less than 2
    um have also been obtained. The size of pits on the polished surface is
    less than 0.5 um. It is suitable for manufacturing SAW devices in
    medium high frequency of 10 to 40 MHz.
 RP WEI, MM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT,JIADING SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR LEVIN EM, 1969, PHASE DIAGRAM CERAMI, P39
    SHIGERU J, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P4472
    TAKAHASHI M, 1974, J JPN SOC POWD METAL, V20, P274
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 PY 1992
 VL 133
 IS 1-4
 BP 301
 EP 306
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA KF791
 UT ISI:A1992KF79100052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAO, DK
 TI A TREATMENT OF DISCONTINUITIES FOR FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRONT-TRACKING; CONSERVATION-LAWS; SCHEMES
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAO, DK, UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,DEPT MATH,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024.
 CR CHARRIER P, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P461
    CHEN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    CHORIN A, 1979, MATH INTRO FLUID MEC
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    HARTEN A, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P148
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P256
    MO D, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MORETTI, 1972, PIBAL7237 POL I BROO
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
    SJOGREEN B, 1991, 3RD P INT C HYP PROB, P848
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
 NR 12
 TC 12
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 359
 EP 369
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA KD206
 UT ISI:A1992KD20600012
 ER
 
 EF
 
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Gao, JS
 TI An efficient and highly stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    and beta,gamma-trans-beta-acetyl-gamma-aryl-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE stereoselective synthesis; acetylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide;
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione;
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones;
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-acetyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 AB Acetylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 6 in the presence of potassium
    carbonate and trace water reacted with
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione 2 at room
    temperature to give cyclopropane derivatives
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones 7
    (X=p-CH3, p-Cl, H, p-NO2) or beta,gamma -trans-beta -acetyl-gamma
    -aryl-gamma -butyrolactones 8 (X=p-CH3O, p-N(CH3)(2), 3',4'-OCH2O-)
    with good yield and high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO WG, IN PRESS SYNTH COMMU
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1965, B NAT SCI U CHEM CE, P540
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P51
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    JAIN PT, 1991, DISS ABSTR INT B, P195
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 1998, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V18, P82
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 24
 BP 4523
 EP 4530
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 381YX
 UT ISI:000165792600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Gao, JS
 TI Study on the reaction of
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    with methanol
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadione;
    trans,cis-alpha-carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma-met
    hoxy-gamma-methyl-gamma-butyrolactones;
    cis,cis-alpha-carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma-metho
    xy-gamma-methyl-gamma-butyrolactones
 AB Cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    3a-d (X=p-CH3, p-Cl, H, p-NO2) reacted with anhydrous methanol in a
    sealed tube at 80 degreesC to form trans, cis-alpha
    -carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma -methoxy-gamma
    -methyl-gamma -butyrolactones 4a-d and cis,cis-alpha-alpha
    -carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma -methoxy-gamma
    -methyl-gamma -butyrolactones 5a-d in good yield.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO WG, IN PRESS CHEM J CHIN
    CAO WG, IN PRESS SYNTH COMMU
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    GAO JS, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURL, V5, P491
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 24
 BP 4531
 EP 4541
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 381YX
 UT ISI:000165792600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, JM
    Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Li, CF
 TI Frequency properties of nonlinear transverse electric surface waves
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE frequency region; passband; stopband; antiferromagnet; dielectric;
    nonlinear TE surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB The frequency properties of the nonlinear transverse electric (TE)
    waves on the interface between a dielectric and a nonlinear
    antiferromagnet are studied. The analyzed expressions of the field
    components of TE waves are derived in a large power case. We find that
    the peak magnetic field moves into the nonlinear antiferromagnet from
    the interface when the power of TE waves increases. Using the explicit
    dispersion equation obtained in this article we analyze in detail the
    frequency regions of the TE surface waves. The results show the
    nonlinear TE surface waves have frequency passband and stopband, which
    can be switched into each other by varying the power. Ii is also
    revealed that, under certain conditions, the nonlinear TE waves on the
    interface are backward surface waves with the group and phase
    velocities opposite in direction.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, JM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VUKOVIH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P864
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P310
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 11
 BP 6223
 EP 6229
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 382PL
 UT ISI:000165831400021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Stability and chaotic motion in columns of nonlinear viscoelastic
    material
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE stability; chaos; averaging method; Galerkin method; viscoelastic column
 ID DYNAMIC STABILITY; PLATES
 AB The dynamical stability of a homogeneous, simple supported column,
    subjected to a periodic axial force, is investigated. The viscoelastic
    material is assumed to obey the Leaderman nonlinear constitutive
    relation. The equation of motion was derived as a nonlinear
    integro-partial-differential equation, and was simplified into a
    nonlinear integro-differential equation by the Galerkin method. The
    averaging method was employed to carry out the stability analysis.
    Numerical results are presented to compare with the analytical ones.
    Numerical results also indicate that chaotic motion appears.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHEN LQ, 1999, APPL MATH MECH, V20, P1224
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    GLUCKNER PG, 1987, ENCY CIV ENG PRAC TE, V23, P577
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MATYASH VI, 1964, MECH POLY, V2, P293
    NAYFEF AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    SANDERS JA, 1985, AVERAGING METHODS NO
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    STEVENS KK, 1966, AIAA J, V12, P2111
    SUIRE G, 1994, ARCH APPL MECH-ING, V64, P307
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    SZYSZKOWSKI W, 1985, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V6, P545
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 987
 EP 994
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 381DZ
 UT ISI:000165748200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical behavior of nonlinear viscoelastic beams
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic beam; differential equation of motion; Leaderman relation;
    Galerkin method
 ID CHAOTIC VIBRATIONS
 AB The integro-partial-differential equation that governs the dynamical
    behavior of homogeneous viscoelastic beams was established. The
    material of the beams obeys the Leaderman nonlinear constitutive
    relation. rn the case of two simply supported ends, the mathematical
    model is simplified into an integro-differential equation after a
    2nd-order truncation by the Galerkin method. Then the equation is
    further reduced to an ordinary differential equation which is
    convenient to carry out numerical experiments. Finally, the dynamical
    behavior of Ist-order and 2nd-order truncation are numerically compared.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABHYANKAR NS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P167
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, 1999, NATURAL J, V21, P1
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MOON FC, 1979, J SOUND VIB, V65, P285
    NAYFEF AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    POTAPOV VD, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P1367
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 995
 EP 1001
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 381DZ
 UT ISI:000165748200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, JW
    Zhou, SP
    Li, GH
    Xu, DM
 TI A method for computing Lyapunov exponents spectra without
    reorthogonalization
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE chaos; Lyapunov exponents; compound matrix; eigenvalue
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB We present a method for the computation of Lyapunov exponents without
    reorthogonalization. In the low dimension of system( n<5), the
    equations needed. in present algorithm is less than those in normal
    methods such as QR, SVD etc. This method is applicable to both discrete
    systems and continuous systems, and is still valid when the Lyapunov
    spectra is degenerate. Numerical analysis to Lorenz dynamical system
    indicates that the method converges quickly and steadly for arbitrary
    nonzero initial state.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, JW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1994, EXPLORATION CHAOS, CH5
    CHOQUETBRUHAT Y, 1977, ANAL MANIFOLDS PHYSI, P258
    ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    GEIST K, 1990, PROG THEOR PHYS, V83, P875
    GREENE JM, 1987, PHYSICA D, V24, P213
    HEINXOTTOPEITGE., 1992, CHAOS FRACTALS, CH12
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2374
    RANGARAJAN G, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P3743
    ROSSLER OE, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V71, P155
    VONBREMEN HF, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P1
    WANG DS, 1995, CHAOS FRACTAL APPL, CH2
    WILKINSM JH, 1987, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE, CH1
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    ZHANG XK, 1998, ADV ALGEBRA, P22
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 12
 BP 2328
 EP 2332
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 382WB
 UT ISI:000165849400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, GJ
    Ji, PY
 TI Photon acceleration based on laser-plasma
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electron density perturbation; optical metric; photon acceleration
 AB The one-dimensional electron density perturbation is derived by using
    the cold fluid equation, Poisson's equation and the continuity
    equation, which is generated by a driving laser pulse propagating
    through a tenuous plasma. The upshifting of the frequency of a trailing
    pulse induced by density perturbation is studied by using optical
    metric. The results show that it is possible that the photon will gain
    energy from the wake field when assuming photon number to be conserved,
    i. e., the photon will be accelerated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, GJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    JOSHI C, 1984, NATURE, V311, P525
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    NAKAJIMA K, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4428
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 12
 BP 2399
 EP 2403
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 382WB
 UT ISI:000165849400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI High temperature Raman spectroscopic study of the structure of sodium
    disilicate crystal, glass and its melt
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature; Raman spectroscopy; melts; sodium disilicate
 AB The structure of Na2Si2O5 from room temperature up to 1 773 K are
    studied by high temperature Raman spectroscopy using copper vapor pulse
    laser and integral time-resolved detection technique without any
    black-body radiation effect on spectral record. Backscattering optical
    configuration is coupled with confocal collection of Raman signal of
    macro-sample in the high temperature shaft tube furnace. Results show
    that temperature-dependent Raman spectra can clearly indicate phase
    transition during melting. Relative densities of various kinds of
    SiO4(n-4) (n, bridging-oxygen number binding to one tetrahedron former
    Si) tetrahedrons can be qualitatively and quantitatively resolved by
    Gaussian spectral deconvolution. Obviously high temperature Raman
    spectroscopy provides an useful tool for the micro-structure research
    of materials under high temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    XU KD, 1999, SCI CHINA, V22, P77
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 797
 EP 799
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 379NP
 UT ISI:000165649400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ben-Yu, G
    Cheng-Long, X
 TI On two-dimensional unsteady incompressible fluid flow in an infinite
    strip
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN THE APPLIED SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow; stream function form; infinite strip;
    existence; uniqueness and regularity of solution
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; STREAM FUNCTION FORM
 AB In this paper, we study two-dimensional incompressible fluid flow in an
    infinite strip. The stream function form of Navier-Stokes equation is
    considered, which keeps the physical boundary condition and avoids some
    difficulties in numerical simulations. The existence and uniqueness of
    global solution are proved. Some results on the regularity of solution
    are obtained. Copyright (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ben-Yu, G, Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CHAZARAIN J, 1982, INTRO THEORY LINEAR
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V205, P1
    GUO BY, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P146
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    HE LP, 1999, RAIRO MATH MODEL NUM, V33, P113
    KWEON JR, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V220, P657
    LADYZHENSKAJA OA, 1969, MATH THEORY VISCOUS
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0170-4214
 J9 MATH METH APPL SCI
 JI Math. Meth. Appl. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 23
 IS 18
 BP 1617
 EP 1636
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 380WJ
 UT ISI:000165726200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YJ
    Liu, YX
    Sun, DS
    Bian, XF
    Xiao, LM
    Geng, GL
 TI Atmospheric oxidation of CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE shape memory alloy (CuZnAlMnNi), oxidation of; microstructure;
    transmission electron microscopy
 ID CU-ZN-AL; MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; THERMOELASTICITY; TEMPERATURE;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB The microstructures of CuZnAlMnNi alloy after ion-polishing and
    subsequent exposure for 60 days in the ambient atmosphere were examined
    by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). It was found that a large
    number of fine oxide grains, with various sizes, appear homogeneously
    on the surface of the alloy after being held in atmosphere. The oxides
    form along the planes of stacking fault, at the plate boundaries or
    around the dislocations, resulting in the decrease of the stacking
    faults in the original quenched martensite plates, and even the
    complete disappearance in local zones. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031, Shandong, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Technol, Mat Testing Ctr, Jinan 250061, Shandong, Peoples R China.
 RP Bai, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031,
    Shandong, Peoples R China.
 CR BAI YJ, 1999, J MATER SCI LETT, V18, P1509
    DELAEY L, 1974, J MATER SCI, V9, P1521
    GENG GL, 1999, MATER CHARACT, V42, P45
    GU NJ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P3108
    LOVEY FC, 1990, PHILOS MAG A, V61, P159
    LOVEY FC, 1995, J PHYS IV, V5, C2
    LOVEY FC, 1999, PROG MATER SCI, V44, P189
    PELEGRINA JL, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P3205
    PONS J, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P2733
    PONS J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P2547
    STALMANS R, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P501
    WEI ZG, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3743
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 46
 IS 6
 BP 358
 EP 361
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 380KV
 UT ISI:000165701800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Roetzel, W
    Ludersen, U
 TI The single-blow transient testing technique considering longitudinal
    core conduction and fluid dispersion
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; measurement techniques; transient
 ID NUMERICAL INVERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORMS; COEFFICIENTS
 AB Single-blow transient testing technique has been widely used to measure
    the thermal performance of compact heat exchangers. For compact heat
    exchangers with short length the effect of longitudinal core conduction
    can usually not be neglected. Furthermore, the flow nonuniformity in a
    heat exchanger has also a significant influence on its temperature
    response. A new conduction/dispersion model for the single-blow
    transient testing technique is developed to include the effects of the
    longitudinal core conduction and fluid dispersion. Because the axial
    dispersion coefficient depends on the flow pattern in the heat
    exchanger which is usually unknown, both the heat transfer coefficient
    and the axial dispersion coefficient are determined with the whole
    curve matching simultaneously. The experiments are conducted in an open
    circuit wind tunnel. Comparison is made between the experimental
    results and data available in the literature. The software TAIHE
    (Transient Analysis In Heat Exchangers) developed by the authors is
    applied to the data analysis to evaluate heat transfer coefficients and
    axial dispersion coefficients. The results show that the pulse testing
    technique developed in the present investigation can easily be carried
    out and gives good evaluated results. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn & Air Conditioning, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, X, Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039
    Hamburg, Germany.
 CR 1979, HDB MATH
    ANZELIUS A, 1926, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V6, P291
    CAI ZH, 1984, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V27, P971
    CRUMP KS, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P89
    DANCKWERTS PV, 1953, CHEM ENG SCI, V2, P1
    FURNAS CC, 1932, US BUREAU MINES B, V361
    HAUSEN H, 1929, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V9, P173
    HEGGS PJ, 1988, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V1, P243
    HOWARD CP, 1964, 64GTP11 ASME
    ICHIKAWA S, 1972, KYOTO U MEMORIES 1, V34, P53
    JACQUOT RG, 1983, IEEE CIRCUITS SYSTEM, V5, P4
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1966, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V9, P671
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1968, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V11, P567
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1968, J HEAT TRANSFER, V90, P130
    LIANG CY, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P16
    LOEHRKE RI, 1990, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V3, P574
    LUO X, 1998, FORTSCHRITT BERICHTE, V19
    LUO X, 1999, SCI COMPUTING CHEM E, V2, P167
    MULLISEN RS, 1986, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V108, P370
    NUSSELT W, 1927, Z VER DTSCH ING 1, V71, P85
    PUCCI PF, 1967, J ENG PWR, V89, P29
    ROETZEL W, 1996, NEW DEV HEAT EXCHANG, P547
    ROETZEL W, 1997, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG, P381
    ROETZEL W, 1997, REV GEN THERM, V36, P635
    ROETZEL W, 1998, REV GEN THERM, V37, P277
    ROETZEL W, 1999, DYNAMIC BEHAV HEAT E
    SCHUMANN TEW, 1929, J FRANKL INST, V208, P405
    STEHFEST H, 1970, COMMUN ACM, V13, P47
    ZHOU K, 1998, P INT C HEAT EXCH SU, P645
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 129
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 380ND
 UT ISI:000165707200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
    Jiang, GC
 TI Theoretical and experimental analyses of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould - (II) - EMF calculation and experimental analyses
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic continuous casting (EMC); soft-contacted mould;
    electromagnetic field (EMF)
 AB Coupling the quasi-3D numerical simulation of the electromagnetic field
    and the experiments with some metals, a series of phenomena in the
    processes of continuous casting with soft-contacted mould was analyzed.
    Some theoretical and experimental models were presented, from which
    following results were obtained. 1) The electromagnetic force is
    related with electric conductivity of billet as a power function to
    0.4. 2) The heat transfer between billet and mould is related with the
    contacting pressure, and it is a linear function for tin billet
    approximately. 3) The distance between initial solidification point and
    meniscus in billet is related with the surface magnetic flux density as
    a fourth root function. 4) The temperature gradient in the initial
    solidifying shell is reduced, which can decrease the tendency of hot
    tearing on the surface of billet, and increase the equiaxed crystal
    zone in billet. 5) The stronger the magnetic flux density is, the more
    shallow and the thinner the oscillation mark on the surface of billet
    is. 6) The depth of oscillation mark on the billet cast by the
    soft-contacted mould can be reduced to about 10% in comparison with
    that on the billets cast by traditional mould. 7) In non-dimensional
    condition, the average depth of the oscillation marks on the billets
    cast by the soft-contacted mould decreases with increasing magnetic
    flux density on there as a complementary error function.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AYATA K, 1997, CAMP ISIJ, V10, P828
    CHA PR, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P403
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    FURUHASHI S, 1998, TETSU TO HAGANE, V84, P625
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V33, P524
    MORISHITA M, 1991, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    SIMPSON PG, 1960, INDUCTION HEATING CO
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 726
 EP 731
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 379EE
 UT ISI:000165627300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yoshida, F
    Horiike, K
    Huang, SP
 TI Time-dependent concentration profile of secreted molecules in the
    intercellular signaling
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE diffusion equation; secretion rate; communication distance; cytokine;
    hormone; signal transduction
 ID CELLS; DIFFUSION; VESICLES
 AB The concentration profile of secreted molecules is studied to
    understand characteristic properties of the intercellular signaling.
    Diffusion equations are solved for the concentration by assuming the
    rectangular, triangular and oscillatory lime-dependence of the flux at
    the cell surface. The concentration is examined as a function of time
    and distance from a secreting cell by varying both the strength of an
    enhanced secretion rate and a secretion time. The time-dependence of
    the secretion rate is found to be inevitable for the concept of
    communication distance and characteristic time. Realistic estimations
    of these quantities are given for human cytokines.
 C1 Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Otsu, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Biochem, Otsu, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yoshida, F, Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Seta Tsukinowa Cho, Otsu,
    Shiga 5202192, Japan.
 CR ALBERTS B, 1994, MOL BIOL CELL, CH13
    BROCK TG, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P11660
    CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CIOLKOWSKI EL, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P2815
    CRANK J, 1975, MATH DIFFUSION, CH14
    FRANCIS K, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P12258
    LAUFFENBURGER DA, 1993, RECEPTORS MODELS BIN
    NICHOLSON C, 1995, BIOPHYS J, V68, P1699
    NISHIKI T, 1997, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V239, P57
    PALSSON BO, 1997, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V15, P3
    SAVINELL JM, 1989, BIOPROCESS ENG, V4, P231
    WIGHTMAN RM, 1995, BIOPHYS J, V68, P383
    YOSHIDA F, 1999, P JPN ACAD B-PHYS, V75, P87
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 69
 IS 11
 BP 3736
 EP 3743
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 378DH
 UT ISI:000165569400046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Success guarantee of dual search in integer programming: p-th power
    Lagrangian method
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; dual search; Lagrangian method
 ID GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS; CONSTRAINTS; BRANCH; GAP
 AB Although the Lagrangian method is a powerful dual search approach in
    integer programming, it often fails to identify an optimal solution of
    the primal problem. The p-th power Lagrangian method developed in this
    paper offers a success guarantee for the dual search in generating an
    optimal solution of the primal integer programming problem in an
    equivalent setting via two key transformations. One other prominent
    feature of the p-th power Lagrangian method is that the dual search
    only involves a one-dimensional search within [0,1]. Some potential
    applications of the method as well as the issue of its implementation
    are discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    BELL DE, 1977, OPER RES, V25, P419
    COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    FISHER ML, 1974, SIAM J APPL MATH, V27, P31
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    FLETCHER R, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P327
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    GLOVER F, 1968, OPER RES, V16, P741
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P27
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    KARWAN MH, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P320
    KARWAN MH, 1980, OPER RES, V28, P1251
    KRAAY D, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P82
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1999, OPER RES LETT, V25, P89
    MICHELON P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P303
    OHTAGAKI H, 1995, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V22, P261
    PARKER RG, 1988, DISCRETE OPTIMIZATIO
    SHAPIRO JF, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P113
    SKORINKAPOV J, 1987, OPER RES LETT, V6, P269
    SUNG CS, 1999, IEEE T RELIAB, V48, P108
    TILLMAN FA, 1980, OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
 NR 27
 TC 4
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 235
 EP 254
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 379JB
 UT ISI:000165638000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
 TI Reduction of the thrombogenicity of polyethylene membranes by radiation
    grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ACRYLIC-ACID; BIOMATERIALS
 AB A new anti-thrombosis dialytic membrane with a hydrophilic-hydrophobic
    microphase structure was prepared by pre-irradiation grafting of beta
    -hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and styrene (St) onto polyethylene
    (PE) membranes. The effects of reaction conditions on the degree of
    grafting were determined, and the properties of the grafted films were
    investigated. Compared with PE grafted with hydrophilic monomer, the
    antithrombogenicity and permeability of the PE-g-(HEMA-co-St) were 30
    and 15 times higher than that of the ungrafted films, respectively, if
    the volume ratio (HEMA:St) is about 1:1.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHE JT, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P85
    CHEN J, 1998, NUCL TECH, V21, P498
    EUSTACE DJ, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI, V35, P707
    HOFFMAN AS, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P323
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    LINARES HA, 1972, J INVEST DERMATOL, V59, P323
    MERRILL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P31
    MULLERSCHULTE D, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P891
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    WU MH, 1995, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V13, P145
    ZHOU RM, 1993, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V11, P170
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 246
 IS 2
 BP 457
 EP 461
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 375EZ
 UT ISI:000165387700039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Zhang, Y
    Fang, DY
    Li, CZ
    Gu, HC
 TI The effect of SnO2 on the photocatalytic activity of aerosol-made TiO2
    particles
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE composite particles; photodegradation; titanium dioxide
 ID DEGRADATION; PHENOL; POWDERS; FILMS
 AB Ultrafine titania particles were prepared by gas-phase oxidation of
    titanium tetrachloride in a high-temperature tubular aerosol how
    reactor. Homogeneous precipitation method was used to deposit SnO2 on
    the surface of lab-made TiO2. The composite particles were
    characterized by TEM, ICP, XRD, and BET surface area analysis. The
    composite particles, pure ultrafine TiO2, commercial TiO2, and pure
    SnO2 were employed for photocatalytic degradation of azo dye active red
    X-3B in aerated solutions. The result showed that the photoactivity of
    the composite particles was higher than that of pure ultrafine TiO2 and
    commercial TiO2, and the optimum loading of SnO2 on TiO2 is 15.3%. The
    enhanced degradation rate of X-3B using SnO2-TiO2 composite particles
    was attributed to increased charge separation in these systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Box 59,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEDJA I, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P4133
    CHHABRA V, 1995, LANGMUIR, V11, P3307
    FOTOU GP, 1994, CHEM ENG SCI, V49, P4939
    FOTOU GP, 1996, CHEM ENG COMMUN, V151, P251
    GERISCHER H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5261
    GOPIDAS KR, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3822
    HIROSHI Y, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P4833
    JUDIN VPS, 1993, CHEM BRIT, V29, P503
    KRUIS FE, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, P511
    LEGRINI O, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P671
    LOOK JL, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V153, P461
    SCLAFANI A, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P829
    SHI LY, 1998, J ECUST CH, V24, P291
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J CATAL, V20, P338
    SHI LY, 1999, J ECUST, V25, P151
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    SHI LY, 1999, THESIS
    TSAI SJ, 1997, CATAL TODAY, V33, P227
    VINODGOPAL K, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P841
    VINODGPAL K, 1998, CHEM MATER, V8, P2180
    WEI TY, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1293
 NR 22
 TC 3
 SN 1064-7562
 J9 J MATER SYNTH PROCESS
 JI J. Mater. Synth. Process
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 7
 IS 6
 BP 357
 EP 363
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 376NW
 UT ISI:000165464500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Yu, KW
    Gu, GQ
 TI Dynamic electrorheological effects and interparticle force between a
    pair of rotating spheres
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; SIMULATION; SHEAR; FLUIDS; FIELD
 AB We consider a two-particle system in which a particle is held fixed,
    and the other one rotates around the axis perpendicular to the line
    joining the particles' centers. The rotating particle leads to a
    displacement of its polarization charge on the surface. Our results
    show that the rotational motion of the particles generally reduces the
    force between the particles. The dependence of interparticle force on
    the angular velocity of rotation will be discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    HALSEY TC, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P761
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    JONES TK, 1998, THESIS CHINESE U HON
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1990, LANGMUIR, V6, P15
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LADD AJC, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5051
    LOBRY L, 1999, J ELECTROSTAT, V47, P61
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    RUSSEL WB, 1989, COLLOIDAL DISPERSION
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
    WANG ZW, COMMUNICATION
    WANG ZW, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P1153
    WANG ZW, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P1265
    YU KW, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V129, P177
    YU KW, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P78
 NR 19
 TC 10
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 5
 PN Part B
 BP 6846
 EP 6850
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 374JK
 UT ISI:000165341900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI The s+id(x2-y2) pairing symmetry in high temperature superconductors
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Ginzburg-Landau theory; energy gap; Josephson effect
 ID TIME-REVERSAL SYMMETRY; ORDER-PARAMETER; THIN-FILMS; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    JUNCTIONS; VORTICES; WAVE; PB
 AB The pairing symmetry in high temperature superconductors
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta a is studied. In the framework of Ginzburg-Landau
    model, the coexistence of s- and d-wave states has been discussed from
    the group theory analysis point of view. The s + id(x2-y2) pairing
    symmetry argument can provide us a plausible account of the
    experimental results of the Josephson tunneling along in
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta/YB2Cu3O7-delta junctions and the c-axis tunneling
    between YBCO/Pb junctions as well. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, CH2
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    CHAUDHARI P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    ELLIOTT JP, 1984, SYMMETRY PHYSICS
    GORKOV LP, 1959, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V36, P1918
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    IGUCHI I, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12388
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    LESUEUR J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P3398
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIHN HTS, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3810
    LYONS KB, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2949
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    ROBERTAZZI RP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P8456
    ROHKSAR DS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P493
    SIGRIST M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1727
    SIGRIST M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3249
    SIGRIST M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P2835
    SPIELMAN S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P123
    SUN AG, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2267
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1985, SOV PHYS JETP, V61, P843
    WEBER HJ, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V76, P511
    WEI CD, 1992, GREENS FUNCTION METH, CH8
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    WU S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P13343
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
 NR 30
 TC 3
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2000
 VL 339
 IS 4
 BP 258
 EP 268
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 372YC
 UT ISI:000165260800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Zhang, RF
    Zhang, JC
    Li, Y
 TI Phase evolution, microstructure, and gas-sensing characteristics of the
    Sb2O3-Fe2O3 system prepared by coprecipitation
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID ALPHA-FE2O3 CERAMICS; FILM; SENSITIVITY; SENSORS; FE2O3; AIR
 AB Precursor powders with antimony-to-iron (Sb/Fe) atomic ratios ranging
    from 0 to 2.0 were prepared by chemical coprecipitation. The origin of
    enhanced gas-sensing behavior at a higher calcining temperature was
    investigated, based on phase evolution and microstructure characterized
    by means of thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller
    surface area measurement, and electron microscopy. Only one
    iron-antimony oxide (i.e., FeSbO4) could be obtained under present
    experimental conditions. Pure FeSbO4 exhibited a high gas sensitivity,
    only when calcining temperature was below 600 degreesC. A rapid
    crystallite growth, as well as hard agglomeration, occurred in pure
    FeSbO4 powder calcined at 600-1000 degreesC, and thus led to poor
    gas-sensing behavior. However, there existed an optimal Sb/Fe ratio
    range (i.e., 0.25 to 0.65) in which crystallite growth of both alpha
    -Fe2O3 and FeSbO4 could be efficiently depressed up to 800 degreesC.
    The samples (with Sb/Fe ratio in the range 0.25-0.65) calcined at
    600-800 degreesC displayed a high sensitivity to liquid petroleum gas
    due to their large specific surface area and poor crystallinity.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Struct Res Lab, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Nanyang
    Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR ASO I, 1980, J CATAL, V64, P29
    BABDO Y, 1965, JPN J APPL PHYS, V4, P240
    BADAWY WA, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V158, P277
    BERRY FJ, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V71, P582
    BONDIOLI F, 1998, MATER RES BULL, V33, P723
    CANTALINI C, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P437
    CHUNG WY, 1991, THIN SOLID FILMS, V200, P329
    COLOMBO P, 1991, J EUR CERAM SOC, V8, P383
    DEBOER FE, 1954, J AM CHEM SOC, V76, P3365
    EWISS MAZ, 1998, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V39, P236
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    IPPOMMATSU M, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P2123
    KIM KH, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P915
    KIM TH, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P2739
    KOHL D, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V18, P71
    MATSUOKA M, 1978, NAT TECH REPORT, V24, P461
    NAKATANI Y, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, L758
    NAKATANI Y, 1983, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V22, P233
    NAKATANI Y, 1983, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V22, P912
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    WALCZAK J, 1997, SOLID STATE IONICS 2, V101, P1363
    ZHANG TS, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P509
    ZHANG TS, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P1419
 NR 24
 TC 3
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 11
 BP 2356
 EP 2363
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 373EL
 UT ISI:000165275400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Rocha, A
    Tong, F
    Yan, ZZ
 TI A logic filter for tumor detection on mammograms
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE logic filter; mammogram diagnosis; image processing for mammograms
 AB This paper presents a novel approach for detection of suspicious
    regions in digitized mammograms. The edges of the suspicious region in
    mammogram are enhanced using an improved logic filter. The result of
    further image processing gives a gray-level histogram with
    distinguished characteristics, which facilitates the segmentation of
    the suspicious masses. The experiment results based on 25 digital
    sample mammograms, which are definitely diagnosed, are analyzed and
    evaluated briefly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biomed Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Rocha, A, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BASSMANN H, 1995, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES, P117
    BOVIK AC, 1987, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V9, P181
    HALL EL, 1971, IEEE T COMPUTER, V20
    LAI SM, 1989, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V8, P377
    LAMARQUE JL, 1981, ATLS BREAST CLIN RAD
    ROCHA A, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P293
    TSIRIKOLIAS K, 1991, P INT C DIG SIGN PRO, P285
    TSIRIKOLIAS K, 1993, IMAGE PROCESSING THE, P251
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 6
 BP 629
 EP 632
 PG 4
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 373JC
 UT ISI:000165284800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Wen, HQ
 TI Directional solidification properties of the in-situ composite Cu-Cr
    alloy
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE in-situ composite; primary dendritic spacing; axial length
 AB The in-situ. composite cable ingots of the alloy Cu-Cr have been
    produced by a directional solidification and continuous casting
    process. The directional solidification properties of the alloy Cu-Cr,
    such as microstructure, primary dendritic spacing, and axial length of
    crystal, are studied. The experimental results show that the planar or
    cellular solidification interface is beneficial to forming the in-situ
    composite reinforced by fibers. As G(L) = 210 degreesC/cm, and V = 0.6
    mm/min, the solidification interface of the alloy Cu-0. 8%Cr is planar.
    With the increase of the solidification rate, the primary dendritic
    spacing of the alloy Cu-Cr increases at the beginning, and then
    decreases while the axial length increases all the time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Bao Steel Co, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, LM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HU HQ, 1991, PRINCIPLE METAL SOLI, P109
    PAN Y, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P85
    VERHOEVEN JD, 1990, J MATER ENG, V12, P127
    WAN CK, 1993, MAT REV, V2, P23
    WEN HQ, 1995, J FUNCTIONAL MAT, V26, P553
    WEN HQ, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P23
    WU NP, 1993, ELECT MAT, P24
    ZHAO ZD, 1990, HDB COPPER COPPER AL, P3
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 29
 IS 5
 BP 307
 EP 310
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 370QR
 UT ISI:000165134200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Orientation controlling of PZT thin films derived from sol-gel
    techniques
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI M, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V26, P550
    BROOKS KG, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2540
    CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    CHEN SY, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P4451
    CHEN SY, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P97
    CHENG JR, 1999, ADV SCI TECH, V25, P61
    CLEE M, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P1566
    FOSTER CM, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V361, P307
    KANG YM, 1997, FERROELECTRICS, V196, P5
    KWOK CK, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P339
    LAKEMAN CDE, 1992, CERAMIC T, V25, P413
    WILLEMS GJ, 1995, MICROELECTRON ENG, V29, P217
    WILLEMS GJ, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V15, P19
    WOOD VE, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P4557
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 21
 BP 1945
 EP 1949
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 369WK
 UT ISI:000165090600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
    Lai, JW
 TI An occasional linear feedback approach to control chaos
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE occasional linear feedback; chaos; Henon-like mapping; Lyapunov exponent
 AB This paper proposes an approach to control chaos based on occasional
    linear feedback. This scheme is composed of control and non-control
    phases. The different stable periodic orbits are obtained by adjusting
    the feedback coefficients and the time duration which the control phase
    occupies. We also simulate acousto-optic bistable model and Henon-like
    attactor. The results from the numerical simulation show that the
    method can switch effectively the system to the desired periodic orbits.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERNARDO M, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V214, P139
    GUEMEZ J, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V181, P29
    LIM TK, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P289
    LIU ZH, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V232, P55
    MATIAS MA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1455
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
 NR 6
 TC 9
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 11
 BP 2123
 EP 2128
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371XH
 UT ISI:000165204200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, WL
    Wang, LJ
    Shi, WM
    Huang, ZM
    Li, ZF
    Zheng, GZ
    Tang, DY
 TI Effect of nitrogen on the residual stress and adhesion of diamond-like
    amorphous carbon nitride films
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE diamond-like carbon film; microstructure; adhesion properties
 ID THIN-FILMS; INDENTATION; ADHERENCE
 AB Microstructure and adhesion properties of nitrogen - doped diamond-like
    amorphous carbon (DLC) film deposited by r f plasma-enhanced chemical
    vapor deposition method is studied by atomic force microscope, Auger
    electron spectroscopy (AES) and micro-indentation analysis. Results
    show that, with the increase of nitrogen content, particles of tens of
    nanometer in size appear in the film. The atomic lateral force
    microscope and AES analyses show that these nano particles are
    nitrogen-rich amorphous carbon nitride CNx, where x is larger than
    0.126. Micro-indentation measurement shows that this DLC/CNx
    nano-composite structure reduces the residual stress of the film and
    improves the adhesion between DLC film and Si substrate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, State Key Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  2, V6, P1778
    CHOI W, 1998, J ADHES SCI TECHNOL, V12, P29
    FRANCESCHINI DF, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P3229
    JU JH, IN PRESS J APPL SCI
    MARSHALL DB, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2632
    ROSSINGTON C, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2639
    SILVA SRP, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2626
    ZOU JW, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V6, P3103
    ZOU JW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3914
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 11
 BP 2310
 EP 2314
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371XH
 UT ISI:000165204200038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, JT
    Bao, BR
    Sun, GX
    Yang, Y
    Yang, YH
    Chen, MQ
    Sun, SX
 TI Synthesis and structure of dinitrato Di(N-dodecanoylpyrrolidine)
    uranyl(II)
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE N - dodecanoylpyrrolidine; crystal structures; uranyl complex
 ID EXTRACTION; URANIUM(VI); TOLUENE
 AB The complex UO2(DOPOD)(2)(NO3)(2) has been prepared and characterized
    by elemental analysis and IR spectroscopy. The crystal structure of the
    complex has been determined by four - circle X - ray diffractometer.
    The complex crystal belongs to the orthorhombic system and space group
    Pbca, with cell parameters: a=0.9301(5), b=1.7017(2), c=5.1171(11)nm,
    V=8.099(5)nm(3), Z = 8, D-c = 1.478g/ cm(3),mu>(*) over bar * (MoK
    alpha) = 4.061mm(-1), F(000) = 3632, final R = 0.0655 and R-w = 0.1907
    for 3006 observed reflections [I > 2 sigma>(*) over bar * (I)], The
    results indicate that uranyl ion is coordinated to six oxygen atoms,
    four of them are from two nitrate groups and other two are from
    carbonyl groups of organic ligands. The uranium atom in the structure
    is hexagonal bipyramid cooperated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Ctr Anal & Measurement, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Dept Chem, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Han, JT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P215
    HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P679
    JIANG D, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P1091
    PANATTONI C, 1969, INORG CHEM, V8, P320
    SUN GX, 1998, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V232, P245
    SUN GX, 1998, RADIOCHIM ACTA, V83, P27
    THIOLLET G, 1989, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V7, P813
    XU G, 1984, PRINCIPLES EXTRACTIO, P161
    ZHOU G, 1989, BASIC STRUCTURAL CHE, P246
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 2000
 VL 58
 IS 10
 BP 1286
 EP 1290
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371YX
 UT ISI:000165207800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Preferred orientation and ferroelectric properties of lead zirconate
    titanate thin films
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE PZT thin film; facing target sputtering; ferroelectric properties;
    preferred orientation
 ID AXIS-ORIENTED PB(ZR; DEPOSITION; GROWTH; RF
 AB Highly (111) oriented perovskite PZT thin films have been prepared by
    annealing FTS-deposited samples. The effects of the substrate
    temperature, sputtering power, annealing temperature and heating rate
    for annealing on the crystalline orientation were investigated. The
    sample prepared under the optimum condition showed excellent
    ferroelectric properties with P-r of 45 muC/cm(2) and P-s of 79
    muC/cm(2). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XS, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor
    Project, Ayumino 2-7-1, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR BAI GR, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1572
    CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    FUJII S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P6065
    FUKAMI T, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2155
    LEE KB, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1484
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    RANDALL CA, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P677
    SONG YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2686
    TYUNINA M, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P5489
    UDAYAKUMAR KR, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3981
    YAMAUCHI S, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4118
 NR 11
 TC 7
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 91
 EP 94
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Jin, CY
    Meng, ZY
 TI The effects and mechanism of chemical additives on the pyrolysis
    evolution and microstructure of sol-gel derived Ba1-xSrxTiO3 thin films
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE BST film; deposition process; crystallization; microstructure
 ID BARIUM-TITANATE
 AB The dependence of phase evolution on preparation conditions of
    precursor sols were investigated by DSC and XRD experiments during the
    sol-gel processing for Ba1-xSrxTiO3(BST) thin films. Two kinds of
    crystallization paths of perovskite BST were found during the
    annealing, which are closely dependent on chelating agent and solution
    aging. One path was the decomposition of all oxycarbonate intermediate,
    the other was the solid reaction between Ba/Sr carbonates and titanium
    oxides. For fresh sol, the addition of acetylacetone (HAcAc) as a
    chelating agent reduced the crystallization temperature by similar to
    70 degreesC. Moreover, the back scattered scanning electron microscopy
    (BS-SEM) revealed that the HAcAc-derived films were homogeneous in
    composition in comparison with the heterogeneity of the films prepared
    with no chelating agent addition. The Variations mentioned above were
    considered originating from different molecule structures of the
    precursors. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 20030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    CHANDLER CD, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1025
    DING Y, 1998, P 9 INT C MOD MAT TE, P615
    GRAMMATICO JP, 1997, J MAT SCI LETT ELECT, V3, P82
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    HOFFMAN W, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P305
    KRUPANIDHI SB, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P144
    MOSSET A, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P339
    SCOTT JF, 1992, P 8 IEEE INT S APPL, P356
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
    TSAY JD, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3721
    UEDA T, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V7, P45
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 196
 EP 199
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Characterization of lead zirconate titanate thin films deposited at low
    temperature by reactive facing target sputtering
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE reactive facing target sputtering; lead zirconate titanate thin film;
    orientation; ferroelectric property
 ID PB(ZR,TI)O-3 FILMS; PB(ZR; RF; GROWTH
 AB Lead zirconate titanate thin films have been deposited on platinized
    silicon substrate at low temperature by reactive facing target
    sputtering. The effects of substrate temperature, total gas pressure,
    sputtering ambience, input power and target composition on the phase
    composition of PZT thin film were investigated. By controlling the
    sputtering conditions, highly (111) oriented perovskite PZT thin films
    can be obtained, and the samples show ferroelectric properties. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XS, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor
    Project, Ayumino 2-7-1, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2332
    FUJISAWA A, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4048
    HASE T, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P2159
    HASE T, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5244
    HAYASHI K, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4122
    LEE HS, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P5630
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    MATSUOKA M, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P2098
    NAM HJ, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P3462
    TOMINAGA K, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2574
    TRISCONE JM, 1996, J APPL PHYS 1, V79, P4298
    YAMAUCHI S, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4118
    ZHANG WX, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V34, P5120
    ZHANG WX, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5084
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 267
 EP 270
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, Q
    You, JL
    Huang, SP
    Yu, BK
    Jiang, GC
    Zhou, CD
 TI High temperature Raman spectra and micro-structure study of lithium
    metaborate and its melt
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature Raman spectroscopy; lithium metaborate (LiBO2); melt
 AB Lithium metaborate (LiBO2) is studied by high temperature Raman
    spectroscopy from room temperature up to 1 673 K,and spectra drawing in
    different temperature are got. By analyzing, it focus on the phase
    transition,it is that the endless chains of BO3 triangles transform
    into rings of (B3O6)(3-) at about 1 123 K,and then the different kind
    of phase balance's motion occurs after 1 273 K which implies that both
    endless chain and ring have changed to CRN. In the drawing, the
    variation of peak's area rate implies the microstructure
    information,and shows the process from order to disorder.
 C1 Shanghai City Key Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wen, Q, Shanghai City Key Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRONSWIJK JP, 1977, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V24, P145
    CHRYSSIKOS GD, 1990, J NONCRYSTALL SOLIDS, V42, P126
    JIANG YJ, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P885
    LIU HS, 1996, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V16, P66
    MAREZIO M, 1963, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V16, P390
    MAREZIO M, 1963, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V16, P594
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    SASTRY BSR, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V42, P218
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
    ZACHARIASEN WH, 1964, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V17, P749
    ZHOU XW, 1997, PROGR LIQUID PHYSI 1, V7, P12
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 694
 EP 696
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 369AR
 UT ISI:000090150100036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZY
    Lin, L
    Shi, CC
 TI Nonstationary two-stage multisplitting methods for symmetric positive
    definite matrices
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonstationary two-stage multisplitting; diagonal compensation
    reduction; block diagonal conformable
 ID LINEAR-SYSTEMS; OVERLAPPING BLOCKS; ITERATIVE METHODS; PARALLEL
    SOLUTION; CONVERGENCE; 2-STAGE
 AB Nonstationary synchronous two-stage multisplitting methods for the
    solution of the symmetric positive definite linear system of equations
    are considered. The convergence properties of these methods are
    studied. Relaxed variants are also discussed. The main tool for the
    construction of the two-stage multisplitting and related theoretical
    investigation is the diagonally compensated reduction (cf. [1]). (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    BERMAN A, 1979, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    BRU R, 1990, APPL MATH LETT, V3, P65
    BRU R, 1995, ELECTRONIC T NUMERIC, V3, P24
    BRU R, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1210
    CAO ZH, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V285, P153
    CAO ZH, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V285, P309
    CASTEL MJ, 1998, MATH COMPUT, V67, P209
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    JONES MT, 1996, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V3, P113
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    MIGALLON V, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P79
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1972, NUMERICAL ANAL 2 COU
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 49
 EP 54
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 369ZM
 UT ISI:000165097700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, B
    Yung, EKN
    Yang, KZ
    Zhong, SS
 TI Design of multibeam parabolic torus reflector antennas
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE parabolic torus reflector antenna; multibeam antenna; offset antenna;
    antenna design
 AB Design formulas, principles, and procedures for a multibeam parabolic
    tones reflector antenna (PTRA) are presented. A six-beam PTRA with 15
    degrees geostationary are coverage for satellite communication is
    described. Experimental and theoretical radiation patterns are given.
    Six identical beams are obtained with low sidelobe and low
    cross-polarization lei els. A comparison between the calculated and
    measured patterns of the central beam shows good agreement. (C) 2000
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Commun Telemetry & Telecontrol Res Inst, Shijiazhuang 050081, Hebei, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, B, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOSWELL AGP, 1978, MARCONI REV, V41, P237
    CHU TS, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P865
    CLARRICOATS PJB, 1984, CORRUGATED HORNS MIC, P141
    DU B, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V38, P1520
    DU B, 1997, CHINESE J ELECTRON, V6, P86
    DU B, 1997, P 4 INT S ANT EM THE, P148
    HOFERER RA, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1449
    ZHONG SS, 1998, P IEEE AP S S ATL GA, P848
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 343
 EP 347
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 367FM
 UT ISI:000090051100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Negative phase time for particles passing through a potential well
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE negative phase time; negative lateral shift; potential well;
    quantum-like dependence of phase on potential-well thickness
 ID TOTAL-INTERNAL-REFLECTION; TUNNELING TIMES; DELAY
 AB It is reported that the phase time of particles passing through a
    potential well is negative when the energy of incident particles and
    the thickness of potential well satisfy certain conditions. Similar
    results are also found in a fully-relativistic optical analog. The
    2-dimensional optical case gives rise to a lateral shift of the wave
    packet. It is shown that the phase-time associated lateral shift can
    also be negative. (C) 2000 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO, P121
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    ENDERS A, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P1693
    ENDERS A, 1993, J PHYS I, V3, P1089
    GARRETT CGB, 1970, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V1, P305
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    LEE B, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P777
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MARTIN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2611
    MERZBACHER E, 1970, QUANTUM MECH, P112
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    WANG LJ, 2000, NATURE, V406, P277
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
 NR 18
 TC 12
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 16
 PY 2000
 VL 275
 IS 4
 BP 287
 EP 291
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 365QL
 UT ISI:000089961900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, JM
    Liu, ZR
    Ling, Y
 TI Straight-line stabilization
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID CHAOS; SYSTEMS
 AB For finite-dimensional maps, an unstable orbit in a neighborhood of an
    unstable fixed point can be stabilized by adjusting parameters so that
    the orbit goes to the fixed point along the straight line connecting
    the orbit (at a given time) and the fixed point [Yang Ling, Liu
    Zengrong and Jian-min Mao, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 67 (2000)]. This is
    called straight-line stabilization. In this paper, we derive the
    expression for the region of stabilization, i.e., the region within
    which the straight-line stabilization method is valid. For
    two-dimensional maps, the parameter adjustments needed by the
    stabilization method are explicitly given for nine cases. Stabilization
    of unstable flows, with or without introducing a Poincare map, is also
    investigated.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AYNG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
    GARFINKEL A, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P1230
    HUNT ER, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1953
    MYNENI K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2175
    OSIPOV G, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P307
    OSIPOV GV, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V247, P119
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PETTOV V, 1993, NATURE, V361, P240
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    ROY R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1259
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 4
 PN Part A
 BP 4846
 EP 4849
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 365XY
 UT ISI:000089976800050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, J
    Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI Error analysis for solving the Korteweg-de Vries equation by a Legendre
    pseudo-spectral method
 SO NUMERICAL METHODS FOR PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Korteweg-de Vries equation; Legendre pseudo-spectral method
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; GALERKIN METHOD;
    DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS; 3RD-ORDER; 2ND-ORDER
 AB A Legendre pseudo-spectral method is proposed for the Korteweg-de Vries
    equation with nonperiodic boundary conditions. Appropriate base
    functions are chosen to get an efficient algorithm. Error analysis is
    given for both semi-discrete and fully discrete schemes. The numerical
    results confirm to the theoretical analysis. (C) (2000) John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, LSEC, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNARD C, 1997, SPECIAL METHODS HDB, V5, P209
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE MEHTODS P
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1988, MEAN MODEL MATH AN N, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    MITRINOVIE DS, 1991, INEQUALITIES INVOLVI
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0749-159X
 J9 NUMER METHOD PARTIAL DIFFER E
 JI Numer. Meth. Part Differ. Equ.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 513
 EP 534
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 364UJ
 UT ISI:000089911100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, TC
    Xu, JJ
 TI Quenching boiling in subcooled liquid nitrogen for solidification of
    aqueous materials
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE rapid cooling; quenching boiling; subcooled liquid nitrogen;
    solidification
 ID SPECIMENS
 AB Rapid cooling is of great importance in solidification of aqueous
    materials, such as in vitrification of biological cells and tissues,
    and in quick freezing of food. Quenching of samples into liquid
    nitrogen is a typical technique to obtain high cooling rate. This paper
    investigates the quenching boiling of small spheres and a circular
    plate into saturated and subcooled liquid nitrogen. Effects of the
    diameters of spheres, the inclination angles of the plate, and the
    subcooling of liquid nitrogen on quenching boiling are investigated
    systematically. Boiling characteristics of the small spheres
    (representing small samples) and the circular plate (representing large
    samples) are very different from each other. The scale effect of small
    samples and the inclination effect of large plate on heat transfer
    performance are obvious. The subcooling of liquid nitrogen can enhance
    the heat fluxes in all cases, especially in the cases of small samples.
    (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogen & Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogen & Refrigerat, 516
    Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO Q, 1998, CRYOGENICS REFRIGERA, P117
    COSTELLO MJ, 1978, J MICROSC, V112, P17
    ELKASSABGI Y, 1988, ASME, V110, P479
    HAN RH, 1995, CRYOLETT, V16, P157
    HUA TC, 1998, HEAT TRANSFER 1998, V1, P357
    KUTATELADZE SS, 1961, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V4, P31
    RYAN KP, 1987, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V145, P89
    STEPONKUS PL, 1990, NATURE, V345, P170
    XU JJ, 1998, CRYOGENICS REFRIGERA, P301
    ZUBER N, 1958, T ASME, V83, P351
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD NOV 30
 PY 2000
 VL 292
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 172
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 364HE
 UT ISI:000089886300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SY
    Frank, TJ
 TI Forecasting the efficiency of test generation algorithms for
    combinational circuits
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE testability; genetic algorithm; forecasting; test generation
 AB In this era of VLSI circuits, testability is truly a very crucial
    issue. To generate a test set for a given circuit, choice of an
    algorithm from a number of existing test generation algorithms to apply
    is bound to vary from circuit to circuit. In this paper, the Genetic
    Algorithm is used in order to construct an accurate model for some
    existing test generation algorithms that are being used everywhere in
    the world. Some objective quantitative measures are used as an
    effective tool in making such choice. Such measures are so important to
    the analysis of algorithms that they become one of the subjects of this
    work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *TEX INSTR INC, 1982, BIP DIG INT CIRC D 1
    ABRAMOVICI M, 1986, IEEE DES TEST COMPUT, V3, P43
    ABRAMOVICI M, 1990, DIGITAL SYSTEMS TEST
    BRGLEZ F, 1985, INT TEST S CIRC SYST
    CHA CW, 1978, IEEE T COMPUT, V27, P193
    FOGEL LJ, 1966, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE
    FUJIWARA H, 1983, IEEE T COMPUT, V32, P1137
    GLOVER F, 1977, DECISION SCI, V8, P156
    GOEL P, 1981, IEEE T COMPUT, V30, P215
    HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTATION NATURAL A
    HU Y, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    JOHNSON BW, 1989, DESIGN ANAL FAULT TO
    KIRKLAND T, 1987, P 24 DES AUT C JUN, P502
    KOZA JR, 1991, GENETIC PROGRAMMING
    MAHFOUD S, 1996, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V10, P543
    MICHALEWICZ Z, 1994, GENETIC ALGORITHMS D
    MUTH P, 1976, IEEE T COMPUT, V25, P630
    ROTH JP, 1966, IBM J RES DEV, V10, P278
    ROTH JP, 1967, IEEE T ELECTRON COMP, V16, P567
    RUSSELL SJ, 1995, ARTIF INTELL, P619
    SCHNEIDER PR, 1967, IBM J RES DEV    JAN, V11, P14
    SCHWEFEL HP, 1981, NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATI
    WELSTEAD ST, 1994, NEURAL NETWORK FUZZY, P283
    XI SY, 1995, P IEEE 4 AS TEST S N, P199
    XU SY, 1997, P IEEE 6 AS TEST S N, P126
    XU SY, 1999, P IEEE 8 AS TEST S N, P63
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 326
 EP 337
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 365EZ
 UT ISI:000089936800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, QS
    Feng, XQ
    Man, ZY
    Shi, ZS
    Zhang, QR
 TI Formation of the 350 nm intrinsic color center in PbWO4 crystals
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; ORIGIN; DAMAGE; BAND
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei 230039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, XQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    BACCARO S, 1997, J LUMIN, V72, P748
    BACCARO S, 1998, P SCINT 98 U STUD SE, P129
    BIEDERBICK R, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V69, P55
    HAN BG, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P2831
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3571
    KOBAYASHI M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V434, P412
    LIN QS, UNPUB
    NESSITEDALDI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V408, P266
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    VANLOO W, 1975, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V14, P359
    WILLIAMS RT, 1999, P SCINT 99 MOSC
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 14
 TC 24
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD SEP 16
 PY 2000
 VL 181
 IS 1
 BP R1
 EP R3
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 363GV
 UT ISI:000089827900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Maode, N
    Zhang, YJ
 TI EM-properties measurement of concave-surface coating materials using a
    modified open-ended coaxial probe
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE coating materials testing; open-ended coaxial probe; concave-surface
    materials; complex permittivity and permeability; air gap; FDTD
 AB In this work, a new aspect of the utilization and development of the
    open-ended coaxial probe technique for EM-properties measurement of
    coating materials with a concave surface is studied. it is found from
    the results of an analysis performed using FDTD modeling that the
    reflection coefficient is strongly affected, even for large sample
    radii. In order to satisfy concave-surface materials measurement, rte
    propose a technique to modify the standard open-ended coaxial probe to
    improve measurement accuracy. It is based on adding a ring patch at the
    end of the extended length of the inner conductor throughout the air
    gap between the probe and the material under test. The proposed
    technique is analyzed and verified by experiments. Results of the
    measured epsilon* and mu* of the several microwave-absorbing materials
    coated on prototype boxes with different radii for shielding are in
    relative agreement with the published data. (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons,
    Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Commun & Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    HASSAN AKA, 1999, INT UN RAD SCI C URS
    HASSAN AKA, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P117
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    WANG S, 1998, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V45, P2145
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 278
 EP 281
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 363ZB
 UT ISI:000089866600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, XC
    Wang, W
 TI Antioxidant activity of compounds isolated from Salvia plebeia
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Salvia plebeia; natural antioxidant; antioxidant activity; compound
 AB Six compounds, hispidulin-glucuronide (1), hispidulin-7-O-D-glucoside
    (2), 6-methoxy-luteolin-7-glucoside (3), p-sitosterol (4),
    2'-hydroxy-5'-methoxybiochanin A (5) and coniferyl aldehyde (6), were
    isolated from Salvia plebeia and identified by UV, IR, Mass, H-1 and
    (CNMR)-C-13 spectra. Their antioxidant activities were investigated
    individually and compared with butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT) (8) and
    alpha-tocopherol (7) by the oxidative stability instrument (OSI) at 100
    degrees C. Compounds 3, 4 and 5 had strong antioxidant activities, but
    compounds 1, 2 and 6 had low antioxidant activities at 0.02 and 0.04%
    levels. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AUGUSTIN EN, 1989, J NAT PRODUCTS, V52, P320
    CHIPAULT JR, 1952, FOOD RES, V17, P45
    DUAN S, 1998, FOOD CHEM, V61, P101
    GRICE HC, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1127
    GUPTA HC, 1975, J CHEM, V13, P215
    JIAN Y, 1987, J PHARM IND, V18, P349
    KOSUGE K, 1994, CHEM PHARM BULL, V42, P1669
    MARIA CG, 1986, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V25, P272
    PLATTNER RD, 1978, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V17, P149
    RICHARD GP, 1976, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V15, P1963
    SU JD, 1986, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V50, P199
    WENG XC, 1993, J ZHENGZHOU GRAIN CO, P20
    WENG XC, 1997, J YANTAI U, V104, P304
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V13, P25
    WICHI HP, 1988, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V26, P717
 NR 16
 TC 9
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 71
 IS 4
 BP 489
 EP 493
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 362YT
 UT ISI:000089806400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Semi-inverse method and generalized variational principles with
    multi-variables in elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE variational principle in elasticy; Chien's generalized variational
    principles; Hu-Washizu principle; semi-inverse method;
    trial-functional; variational crisis
 ID MIXED-FLOW TURBOMACHINERY; COMPRESSIBLE S2-FLOW
 AB Semi-inverse method, which is an integration and an extension of Hu's
    try-and-error method, Chien's veighted residual method and Liu's
    systematic method, is proposed to establish generalized variational
    principles with multi-variables without arty variational crisis
    phenomenon. The method is to construct an energy trial-functional with
    an unknown function F, which can be readily identified by making the
    trial-functional stationary and using known constraint equations. As a
    result generalized variational principles with two kinds of independent
    variables (such as well-known Hellinger-Reissner variational principle
    and Hu-Washizu principle) and generalized variational principles with
    three kinds of independent variables (such as Chien's generalized
    variational principles) in elasticity have been deduced without using
    Lagrange multiplier method. By semi-inverse method, the author has also
    proved that Hu-Washizu principle is actually a variational principle
    with only two kinds of independent variables, stress-strain relations
    are still its constraints.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, APPL MATH MECH, V6, P25
    CHIEN WZ, 1989, SELECTED WORKS WEI Z, P419
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P545
    HE JH, 1999, SHANGHAI J MECH, V20, P365
    HU HC, 1954, PHYSICS J, V10, P259
    HU HC, 1955, SCI SINICA, V4, P33
    HU JH, 1992, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HU JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER DYN IN, V11, P128
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 797
 EP 808
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 361NT
 UT ISI:000089729700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, Z
 TI Experimental study of the real time change in surface roughness during
    running-in for PEHL contacts
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE running-in; surface roughness
 ID ASPERITY LEVEL CONFORMITY; PARTIAL-EHL; LUBRICATION
 AB An optical system for the implementation of a new real time roughness
    measuring technique was incorporated to a two-dish machine. The change
    in surface roughness during the running-in stage of partial
    elastohydrodynamic lubricated wear tests was measured in a real time
    mode. The results were compared with the experimental data, which were
    measured, in a conventional manner, at discrete intervals of time by
    stopping the wear test. The apparent discrepancies reveal that the wear
    is enhanced by the stop/start actions. The effects of different initial
    roughness, sliding/rolling ratios and loading on the change in surface
    roughness during lubricated running-in tests were also studied with the
    current set up. (C) 2000 Published by Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat
    Chee Ave, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BECKMANN P, 1987, SCATTERING ELECTROMA
    BOOSER ER, 1983, HDB LUBRICATION
    FOUCHER D, 1977, P 4 LEEDS LYON S TRI, P109
    HAMROCK BJ, 1981, BALL BEARING LUBRICA
    LUO JB, 1996, WEAR, V194, P107
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PAWLUS P, 1991, WEAR, V176, P323
    PERSSON U, 1993, WEAR, V160, P221
    STOUT KJ, 1977, WEAR, V43, P99
    THOMAS TR, 1977, P 4 LEEDS LYN S TRIB, P99
    TYAGI MR, 1996, WEAR, V197, P89
    TYAGI MR, 1996, WEAR, V197, P98
    WANG FX, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P755
    WANG W, 1998, TRIBOL INT, V31, P281
    WU CG, 1991, WEAR, V147, P323
    WU SF, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P134
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 244
 IS 1-2
 BP 140
 EP 146
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360TH
 UT ISI:000089683000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Jin, CY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Investigation on the amorphous-crystalline transition and
    microstructure of sol-gel derived (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 thin films
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE thin films; sol-gel chemistry; phase transitions; microstructure
 ID TITANATE
 AB (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 (BST) ferroelectric thin films were fabricated by
    sol-gel processing, using Ba(Ac)(2), Sr(Ac)(2), and Ti(OC4H9)(4) as
    starting materials. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC),
    backscattering scanning electronic microscopy (BS-SEM), and X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) were employed to investigate the effect of chelating
    agents on the phase formation characteristics and microstructure of the
    BST films. It was found that the chelating agents, acetate acid (HAc)
    and acetylacetone (HAcAc), changed the crystallization path from
    amorphous to crystalline phase during annealing. BS-SEM revealed that
    HAcAc improved the densification and compositional homogeneity in the
    microregion of the films. These phenomena were explained by the
    modified condensation property of the precursors. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    CHANDLER CD, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1025
    DING YP, 1999, CHIN J MAT RES, V13, P21
    FUJII E, 1992, IEDM, P267
    GRAMMATICO JP, 1997, J MAT SCI LETT ELECT, V3, P82
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    HOFFMAN W, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P305
    KRUPANIDHI SB, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P144
    MOSSET A, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P339
    SCHWARTZ RW, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P444
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
    UEDA T, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V7, P45
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0025-5408
 J9 MATER RES BULL
 JI Mater. Res. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 7
 BP 1187
 EP 1193
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360MA
 UT ISI:000089670600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI Bose-Einstein condersation of neutral atoms with attractive interaction
    in a harmonic trap
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Bose-Einstein condensation; bistability
 ID CONDENSATION; GAS
 AB In this paper we present the numerical solutions of neutral atoms with
    attractive interaction in a harmonic trap. The calculated result shows
    the bistability curve of the number of condensate atoms versus the
    energy eigenvalues. The maximum number of atoms in and attractive
    Bose-Einstein condensate deduced hereby is in agreement with the
    experimental on the whole.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BAYM G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P6
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    BRADLEY CC, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P985
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    DODD RJ, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P661
    KAGAN Y, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2670
    NOZIERES P, 1990, THEORY QUANTUM LIQUI, V2
    RUPRECHT PA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4178
    SHURYAK EV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3151
    UEDA M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1576
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 1909
 EP 1911
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
    Qiu, XJ
 TI The influence of the intensity and the frequency on the enhanced
    ionization behavior of multiatomic molecular ions in the intense laser
    fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE intense laser field; molecular ion; enhanced ionization
 ID MULTIPHOTON IONIZATION; ELECTRON; H-2(+); PULSES
 AB The enhanced ionization(EI) behavior of multiatomic molecular ions is
    studied in intense laser fields by the numerical solution of
    time-dependent Schrodinger equation with the symmetrical splitting of
    the short-time exponential propagator and fast fourier
    transformation(FFT). The influence of the intensity and the frequency
    of the laser on EI is given. With the laser frequency increasing, the
    criticla value of bond length for EI decreases and the ionization
    probability decreases too. The ionization probability increases with
    increasing laser intensity. The EI disappeares when the intensity
    reaches a certain value.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAIK MG, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P1570
    BANDRACK AD, 1994, MOL LASER FIELDS, P156
    BANDRAUK AD, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P1185
    EBERLY JH, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P881
    FEIT MD, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P412
    FRASINSKI LJ, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, R6789
    GIBSON GN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2022
    HEATHER RW, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V63, P446
    HU SX, 1998, SCI CHINA SER A, V41, P198
    JAVANAINEN J, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3430
    LEI AL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P264
    MAINE P, 1988, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V24, P398
    SCHMIDT M, 1994, PHYS REV A A, V50, P5037
    SEIDEMAN T, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2819
    ZUO T, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, R2511
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 1965
 EP 1968
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jing, C
    Jin, XF
    Dong, GS
    Gong, XY
    Yu, LM
    Zheng, WM
 TI Exchange biasing in molecular-beam-epitaxy-grown Fe/Fe50Mn50 bilayers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE MBE; Fe/Fe50Mn50; bilayer; exchange biasing
 ID NIFE/COO BILAYERS; DEPENDENCE; ANISOTROPY; LAYER
 AB Exchange biasing and coercive field of molecular-beam-epitaxy-grown
    Fe/Fe50Mn50 bilayers have been investigated by Surface Magneto-optical
    Kerr Effect(SMOKE) and ferromagnetic resonance measurements. The
    results indicate that there is no exchange biasing when the thickness
    of antiferromagnetic layer is less than 5.5 nm. The exchange biasing
    appears when the thickness of antiferromagnetic layer is greater than
    5.5 nm,and the maximum value is reached when the thickness is about 7
    nm. Exchange biasing and coercive field decrease with further increase
    of the thickness of the antiferrmagnetic layer. The ferromagnetic
    resonance measurement results show that there exists unidirectional
    anisotropy. The above results are discussed in the paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, State Key Lab Surface Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, State Key Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Jing, C, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMBROSE T, 1998, J APPL PHYS 2, V83, P6822
    AMBROSE T, 1998, J APPL PHYS 2, V83, P7222
    DIENY B, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P1297
    GOKEMEIJER NJ, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P4270
    JUNGBLUT R, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V148, P300
    MAURI D, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P2929
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1956, PHYS REV, V102, P1413
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P904
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P1328
    TSANG C, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2471
    ZHU WR, 1997, VACUUM SCI TECHNOLOG, V17, P243
    ZHU XG, 1993, CHINESE J SEMICONDUC, V14, P719
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 2022
 EP 2026
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Fan, XJ
 TI A method for calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of a
    periodically excited non-autonomous dynamical system.
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE periodically excited dynamical system; Lyapunov exponent spectrum;
    Lyapunov dimension; Duffing equation; van der Pol equation
 AB The relation between the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of a periodically
    excited non-autonomous dynamical system and the Lyapunov exponent
    spectrum of the corresponding autonomous system is given and the
    validity of the relation is verified theoretically and computationally.
    A direct method for calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of
    non-autonomous dynamical systems is suggested in this paper, which
    makes it more convenient to calculate the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of
    the dynamical system periodically excited. Following the definition of
    the Lyapunov dimension D-L((A)) of the autonomous system, the
    definition of the Lyapunov dimension D-L of the non-autonomous
    dynamical system is also given, and the difference between them is the
    integer 1, namely, D-L((A)) - D-L = 1. For a quasi-periodically excited
    dynamical system, similar conclusions are formed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Civil Engn & Mech, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR KREUZER E, 1989, NUMERISCHE UNTERSUCH
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 254
 EP 261
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 359EQ
 UT ISI:000089598900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Microwave detection using Y-Ba-Cu-O granular film bridge device
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE granular superconductivity; Josephson effect; microwave detection
 ID TRANSPORT; BOLOMETER
 AB High-T-c superconducting microwave video detection is investigated
    based on the Y-Ba-Cu-O granular film bridge device. By optimizing the
    device parameters, a detectivity of about 10(4) V/W is achievable, and
    the noise equivalent power at T = 70 K is about 5.2 x 10(-14)
    W/Hz(1/2). To identify the response time of the device, the response
    voltage is measured with incident radiation chopped at 500 kHz, and a
    rise time of less than 3.9 x 10(-8) s is observed. These results
    compare favorably with that of high-T-c superconducting bolometers for
    millimeter wave bands. On the other hand, the dynamic resistance R-N of
    the device is found to increase as the device is illuminated by
    incident irradiation. This effect cannot be interpreted in terms of the
    Josephson dissipation mechanism, and a discussion about this is
    presented. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, CH11
    BLUZER N, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P7340
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CONSTANTINIAN KY, 1997, I PHYS C SER, V158, P417
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    GRIMES CC, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P3905
    KAILA MM, 1997, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V10, P763
    KAILA MM, 1998, J SUPERCOND, V11, P463
    KANTER H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P3714
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    PIQUE A, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1920
    RICHARDS PL, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P283
    WOLF SA, 1988, 13TH INT C INFR MILL, V1039, P253
    XU KX, UNPUB PHYSICA C
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2000
 VL 339
 IS 1
 BP 42
 EP 48
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 357ZJ
 UT ISI:000089532500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
 TI Study on antithrombosis dialytic membrane prepared by preirradiation
    grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; antithrombosis; ethylene-vinyl acetate;
    beta-hydroxyethyl methacrylate; styrene
 ID ACRYLIC-ACID; RADIATION; BIOMATERIALS
 AB A new antithrombosis dialytic membrane with a hydrophilic-hydrophobic
    microphase structure was prepared by preirradiation grafting of
    beta-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and styrene (St) onto
    ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA). The influence of some effects, such as
    preirradiation dose, dose rate, grafting reaction temperature, reaction
    time, and monomer component, on the degree of grafting was determined,
    and the properties of the grafted films were investigated. Compared
    with the conventional EVA-grafted hydrophilic monomer, the EVA films
    grafted with HEMA and St have superior antithrombogenicity; the
    antithrombogenicity and permeability of EVA-g-(HEMA-co-St) were 30 and
    20 times higher than those of the ungrafted films, respectively, when
    the volume ratio (HEMA versus St) was about 7:3. (C) 2000 John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1980, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V15, P423
    CHE JT, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P85
    CHEN J, 1998, NUCL TECH, V21, P498
    CRANK J, 1956, MATH DIFFUSION, P291
    EUSTACE DJ, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI, V35, P707
    HOFFMAN AS, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P323
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    LINARES HA, 1972, J INVEST DERMATOL, V59, P323
    MERRILL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P31
    MULLERSCHULTE D, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P891
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    URGUHART J, 1980, OPHTHALMIC DRUG DELI, P105
    WU MH, 1995, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V13, P145
    ZHOU RM, 1993, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V11, P170
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD NOV 14
 PY 2000
 VL 78
 IS 7
 BP 1321
 EP 1327
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 357ZH
 UT ISI:000089532400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WH
    Olsen, SE
 TI Manganese and silicon distribution between slag and metal in
    silicomanganese production
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE silicon distribution; manganese distribution; silicomanganese;
    equilibrium relations; equilibrium diagrams
 AB Laboratory measurements have been carried out to investigate the
    equilibrium distribution of manganese and silicon between slag and
    metal in silicomanganese production. Graphite crucibles have been used
    to study equilibrium between Mn-Si-C-sat alloys and
    MnQ-SiO2-CaO-Al2O3-MgO slags in CO gas at 1 600 degrees C, 1 650
    degrees C and 1 700 degrees C.
    The equilibrium content of Si in the metal is mainly controlled by the
    temperature, the silica content of the slag and the mass ratio
    R=(CaO+MgO)/Al2O3. The silicon content increases with the temperature
    and the silica content, and decreases with increasing R-ratio. The
    silicon content remains approximately the same when some MgO replaces
    CaO in the slag.
    The equilibrium content of MnO in silicomanganese slags is primarily
    controlled by the temperature and the silica content of the slag.
    Addition of Al2O3 to acid slags will result in somewhat lower MnO
    contents, and addition to more basic slags has the opposite effect. The
    equilibrium content of MnO in the slag is slightly increased when some
    CaO is replaced by MgO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Technol & Electrochem, N-7491 Trondheim, Norway.
 RP Ding, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yan Shang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    DING W, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    DING WZ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P5
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    OLSEN SE, 1995, P 7 INT FERR C, P591
    OLSEN SE, 1996, STF24 SINTEF
    OLSEN SE, 1997, STF24 SINTEF
    RANKIN WJ, 1979, T I MIN METALL C, V88, C167
    REIN RH, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P1193
    SWINBOURNE DR, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS B, V26, P59
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TUSET JK, 1979, 340420 SINTEF
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JPN I MET, V10, P81
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2000
 VL 40
 IS 9
 BP 850
 EP 856
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356TF
 UT ISI:000089458400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Xu, CL
 TI Hermite pseudospectral method for nonlinear partial differential
    equations
 SO ESAIM-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE hermite pseudospectral approximation; nonlinear partial differential
    equations
 AB Hermite polynomial interpolation is investigated. Some approximation
    results are obtained. As an example, the Burgers equation on the whole
    line is considered. The stability and the convergence of proposed
    Hermite pseudospectral scheme are proved strictly. Numerical results
    are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1997, TECHNIQUES SCI COM 2, P209
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    LEVIN AL, 1992, CONSTR APPROX, V8, P461
    LUBINSKY DS, 1994, J APPROX THEORY, V77, P42
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P353
    RICHITMEYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    SZEGO G, 1967, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
    TIMAN AF, 1963, THEORY APPROXIMATION
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 ESAIM-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI ESAIM-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 859
 EP 872
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 357KL
 UT ISI:000089499000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Qiu, MY
 TI An efficient and highly stereoselective synthesis of
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE benzoylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide;
    2,2-dialkyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione;
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactone
 AB Benzoylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 6 in the presence of potassium
    carbonate reacted with
    2,2-dialkyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione 2 at room
    temperature to give
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones 7 in good
    yield.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1965, B NAT SCI U CHEM CE, P540
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 1998, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V18, P82
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 20
 BP 3793
 EP 3799
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 356PA
 UT ISI:000089450600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Wu, MH
    Xi, Q
    He, SM
    Li, YW
    Nho, YC
 TI Preparation of interpenetrating polymer networks by two times grafting
    of monomers onto preirradiated polypropylene film
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; electron beam (EB); acrylamide (AAm); acrylic acid
    (AAc); polypropylene (PP)
 AB An interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) hydrogel was made by the
    grafting of acrylamide (AAm) and acrylic acid (AAc) onto preirradiated
    polypropylene (PP) film. AAm and AAc were grafted onto preirradiated PP
    film by two times grafting reaction. Thermo-sensitive behaviors were
    determined. The effect of first and second reactions on the degree of
    grafting was studied. Trapped radicals on samples with different
    storage conditions and reaction conditions were determined by electron
    spin resonance (ESR). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Second Med Univ, Shanghai Biomat Res & Test Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P690
    CHEN YG, 1998, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V52, P1
    HOFFMAN AS, 1991, MRS BULL, V16, P42
    KATANO H, 1991, POLYM J, V23, P1179
    NHO YC, 1998, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V54, P317
    PEPPAS NA, 1986, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P1
    PU HT, 1994, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V28, P102
    WU MH, 1999, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P73
 NR 8
 TC 11
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 59
 IS 3
 BP 313
 EP 316
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 353UY
 UT ISI:000089294900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Chen, AP
    Zhu, YH
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphology and structure of nanosized TiO2 particles synthesized by
    gas-phase reaction
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE rutile; titanium dioxide; nanosized particle; gas-phase reaction
 ID TITANIA; DOPANTS; POWDERS
 AB Nanosized titania particles are synthesized by the gas-phase oxidation
    of titanium tetrachloride in a high temperature tubular aerosol flow
    reactor that consists of two preheaters for oxygen and vaporized
    titanium tetrachloride, a reaction zone, and a cooling zone for
    particles. The effect of process parameters on the morphology and
    structure of titania particles is studied. As the preheating
    temperature of oxygen increases, the average particle size of titania
    decreases and the size distribution becomes more uniform. The addition
    of AlCl3 can reduce the particle size, and enhance the rutile weight
    fraction. The effect of reaction temperature (T) on the characteristics
    of nanosized titania particles is also investigated. The results show
    that the particle size increases with increasing temperature, acid a
    maximum rutile fraction is attained at 1200 degrees C and AlCl3 and
    TiCl4 feed ratio (X-inlet) of 0.09. Pure rutile titania particles is
    formed when T=1373 K and X-inlet=0.25. The average grain size of the
    particles is 29.0 nm, and the BET specific surface area is 23.4 m(2)
    g(-1). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKHTAR MK, 1991, AICHE J, V37, P1561
    AKHTAR MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3408
    KOBATA A, 1991, AICHE J, V37, P347
    MACHENZIE K, 1975, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V74, P29
    MOROOKA S, 1989, INT CHEM ENG, V29, P119
    PIERRE AC, 1991, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V70, P1281
    SETO T, 1995, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V23, P183
    SHANNON RD, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P391
    SHI LY, 1998, FUNCT MAT, V29, P136
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    SPURR RA, 1957, ANAL CHEM, V29, P760
    SUYAMA Y, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C154
    VEMURY S, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2984
    XIONG Y, 1991, J AEROSOL SCI, V22, P637
    YU JG, 1991, CHEM B, V10, P25
    ZHOU M, 1996, COAT IND, V4, P36
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 57
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 354ZG
 UT ISI:000089360700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Forchielli, ML
    Gura, K
    Anessi-Pessina, E
    Richardson, D
    Cai, W
    Lo, CW
 TI Success rates and cost-effectiveness of antibiotic combinations for
    initial treatment of central-venous-line infections during total
    parenteral nutrition
 SO JOURNAL OF PARENTERAL AND ENTERAL NUTRITION
 DT Article
 ID INTENSIVE-CARE UNIT; CATHETER INFECTIONS; SEPSIS; MANAGEMENT; RISK;
    SEPTICEMIA; BACTEREMIA; CHILDREN; CANCER; FEVER
 AB Background: Central-venous-line infections can be successfully treated
    with appropriate antibiotics, thus avoiding the need for catheter
    removal. Based on our experience, vancomycin, gentamicin, piperacillin,
    ceftazidime, and amphotericin, alone or in combination, are usually
    administered, pending sensitivity results. This empirical list,
    however, has never been verified against actual sensitivity results nor
    has it been tested for cost or efficacy. Methods: Medical records of
    inpatients on hyperalimentation over 1 year were reviewed. Success
    rate, therapy duration, and drug acquisition cost and charge were
    assessed for central-venous-line infections. Antibiotics then were
    paired and evaluated in terms of charge and efficacy against all
    microorganisms as determined by sensitivity results. Results: In 500
    inpatients receiving hyperalimentation for 9698 patient-days, 8.4
    central-venous-line infections/1000 patient-days occurred.
    Staphylococcus non-aureus, Candida species, Enterococcus faecium, and
    Staphylococcus aureus predominantly were isolated. Of the infections,
    51 (67%) were sensitive to one or more of the initial antibiotics. A
    2-week course of antibiotics successfully treated 50 (66%) catheter
    infections without line removal. Appropriate initial therapy on average
    reduced treatment duration by 8 to 10 days and drug charges by $400 to
    $700. Conclusions: Amikacin-vancomycin appears to be the most
    cost-effective selection for presumed central-venous-line infections,
    pending sensitivity results, followed by valid alternatives. Lower
    failure rates are well worth the extra cost in pharmaceutical charges.
 C1 Univ Bologna, Dept Pediat, I-41038 Bologna, Italy.
    Childrens Hosp, Combined Program Gastroenterol & Nutr, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
    Childrens Hosp, Dept Pharm, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
    Catholic Univ, Dept Business Adm, Milan, Italy.
    Shanghai Univ, Xin Hua Hosp, Dept Pediat Surg, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Forchielli, ML, Univ Bologna, Dept Pediat, 11 V Massarenti, I-41038
    Bologna, Italy.
 CR 1995, FED REG, V60, P49978
    *HOSP INF CONTR PR, 1995, INFECT CONT HOSP EP, V16, P105
    ABRAHM JL, 1982, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V248, P2868
    BALAGTAS RC, 1971, PEDIATRICS, V48, P359
    BATTISTI O, 1981, ARCH DIS CHILD, V56, P775
    BENOIT JL, 1995, CLIN INFECT DIS, V21, P1286
    COLLIGNON PJ, 1984, MED J AUSTRALIA, V141, P345
    DECKER MD, 1988, PEDIATR CLIN N AM, V35, P579
    FLEER A, 1983, PEDIATR INFECT DIS J, V2, P426
    KING DR, 1985, J PEDIATR SURG, V20, P728
    KRAUSS AN, 1972, NY STATE J MED, V72, P1136
    LEIBOVICI L, 1992, J INTERN MED, V231, P371
    MCKINNON PS, 1997, CLIN INFECT DIS, V24, P57
    MULLOY RH, 1991, JPEN-PARENTER ENTER, V15, P460
    NELSON DB, 1986, DRESSING CHANGES SPE, V19, P220
    PALADINO JA, 1994, PHARMACOECONOMICS, V5, P505
    PARTSCH DJ, 1997, ANN PHARMACOTHER, V31, P1137
    PESSION A, 1997, CHEMOTHERAPY, V43, P358
    PINILLA JC, 1983, CRIT CARE MED, V11, P21
    PRESS OW, 1984, MEDICINE, V63, P189
    PRINCE A, 1986, PEDIATR INFECT DIS J, V5, P20
    REINHARDT GF, 1978, AM J SURG, V49, P401
    RICARD P, 1985, CRIT CARE MED, V13, P541
    RIIKONEN P, 1993, SCAND J INFECT DIS, V25, P357
    RYAN JA, 1974, NEW ENGL J MED, V290, P757
    SALZMAN MB, 1995, ADV PEDIAT INFECT DI, V10, P337
    SHAPIRO ED, 1982, AM J DIS CHILD, V136, P679
    VISCOLI C, 1988, RECENT RESULTS CANC, V108, P71
    WEBER TR, 1983, AM J SURG, V145, P202
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0148-6071
 J9 J PARENT ENTER NUTR
 JI J. Parenter. Enter. Nutr.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 119
 EP 125
 PG 7
 SC Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 355MG
 UT ISI:000089389000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, SQ
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, JL
    Xu, KD
 TI Kinetics of reduction of MnO in molten slag with carbon undersaturated
    liquid iron
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE MnO; kinetics; smelting reduction
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL
 AB The reduction of MnO in molten slag with carbon undersaturated iron was
    studied. It was found that the process is affected by the carbon
    content of molten metal and the temperature. The higher the carbon
    content and the temperature, the faster both the reduction and the
    emerging of the hump on curve of omega(FeO), the larger the difference
    between omega(FeO, max) and omega(FeO, e). The phenomena were explained
    with three-step reaction model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BANYA S, 1985, TETSU TO HAGANE, V71, P853
    BANYA S, 1986, TETSU TO HAGANE, V72, S223
    BANYA S, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, P476
    BANYA S, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P2
    MARTIN E, 1974, T B I MIN METALL, V83, C193
    SHINOZAKI N, 1982, TETSU TO HAGANE, V68, P72
    SOMMERVILLE ID, 1982, CAN METALL Q, V21, P145
    XU KD, 1990, P 6 NAT C STEELM C B
    XU KD, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P104
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 5
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XB
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Evaluation of component activity in molten MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO system
    with model SELF-SReM4
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE sub-regular solution model; component activity; molten slag;
    MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO
 AB A sub-regular solution model SELF-SReM4 used to evaluate activity of
    the components in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system has been
    developed in Shanghai Enhanced Laboratory of Ferrometallurgy. The
    application of SELF-SReM4 in C-Mn-Fe-Si system without the SIC
    formation has been introduced in previous paper. It's application for
    molten slag of MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO was introduced in this paper. They
    provide a basis for the prediction of the metal-slag equilibrium
    conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, ISIJ
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    REIN RH, 1965, T AIME, P415
    RISBUD SH, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P418
    SHARMA RA, 1961, J IRON ST I, V198, P386
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T AIME, P1586
    TANG K, 1995, RARE METALS, V14, P137
    WARREN GF, 1975, INT C FERR ALL 1974, P175
    YA SB, 1991, CHEM PROPERTIES MELT
    ZHANG XB, 1998, J IRON STEEL RES INT, V5, P28
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 8
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Chou, KC
 TI Study on electronic conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE smelt slag; electron hole; electronic conductivity
 AB A study on electronic conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system
    with Wagner polarization technique was carried out. The experimental
    data show that electronic conductivity is consisted of free electron
    conductivity and electron hole conductivity and both are related to the
    content of Fe3+ and Fe2+. Free electron conductivity is decreasing and
    electron hole conductivity is increasing while Fe3+ changes to Fe2+.
    There is a maximum electronic conductivity at some ratio of ferric ions
    Fe3+ to total ion content. Under the experimental conditions, the
    electronic conductivity is in the range of 10(-4)-10(-2) S/cm.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 CR BOCKRIS JOM, 1952, T FARADAY SOC, V48, P75
    DANCY EA, 1966, T TMS AIME, V236, P1642
    DICKSON WR, 1962, T METALL SOC AIME, V224, P505
    DUKELOW DA, 1960, T AIME, V218, P136
    ENGELL HJ, 1968, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V72, P5
    FARUP F, 1924, CHEM IND, V12, P11
    FONTANA A, 1984, TMS AIME PAPER SELEC, P53
    GOEL RP, 1980, MET T              B, V11, P107
    GOTO KS, 1977, T ISIJ, V20, P212
    GOTO KS, 1984, P INT S MET SLAG NEW, P839
    HAARBERG GM, 1988, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V92, P139
    HAARBERG GM, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P2777
    HAARBERG GM, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P729
    INOUYE H, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P796
    KATO M, 1969, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V9, P39
    KRISHNA GGM, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P198
    KROGER FA, 1974, CHEM IMPERFECT CRYST, V3, P149
    MARTIN AE, 1942, T AIME, V154, P104
    PAL U, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P104
    PAL U, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P77
    PASTUKHOV EA, 1966, ELEKTROCHEM, V2, P209
    SANERWALD F, 1925, ZISCH ELEKTROCHEM, V31, P643
    SIMNAD MT, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P933
    SIMNAD MT, 1954, T AIME, V200, P1386
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WAGNER C, 1957, P 7 M INT COMM EL TH, P361
    WEJNARTH A, 1934, ELECTROCHEM SOC, V66, P329
    WEJNARTH A, 1934, T AM, V63, P177
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 13
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI A model for macroscopic quantum tunneling of Bose-Einstein condensate
    with attractive interaction
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; NEUTRAL ATOMS; GAS; EXCITATIONS; TRAP
 AB Based on the numerical wave function solutions of neutral atoms with
    attractive interaction in a harmonic trap, we propose an exactly
    solvable model for macroscopic quantum tunneling of a Bose condensate
    with attractive interaction. me calculate the rate of macroscopic
    quantum tunneling from a metastable condensate state to the collapse
    state and analyze the stability of the attractive Bose-Einstein
    condensation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    BRADLEY CC, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P985
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    DUAN YW, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P568
    HONG T, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P550
    HUANG H, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P9
    KAGAN Y, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2670
    KAGAN Y, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P933
    KUANG LM, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P703
    RUPRECHT PA, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4704
    RUPRECHT PA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4178
    SHURYAK EV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3151
    STOOF HTC, 1997, J STAT PHYS, V87, P1353
    UEDA M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1576
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 9
 BP 631
 EP 633
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 356JT
 UT ISI:000089440700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
 TI Wear volume determination during running-in for PEHL contacts
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE running-in; zero-wear; surface roughness
 ID SURFACE
 AB The relation of wear volume and the change of average surface roughness
    under the "zero-wear" condition was derived, with the assumption that
    the original profiles of the surface below the wear plane remain
    exactly the same as before, i.e. no plastic deformation. The flattening
    of asperities on an engineering rough surface was simulated with
    numerical techniques. The variation in wear volume and average surface
    roughness with the depth of wear was studied. The pattern and the
    correlation length of rough surface were checked and found to have no
    effect on the relation of wear volume and change of average roughness.
    The simulated results show that the variation of wear volume and the
    change of average roughness can be described by a second order
    polynomial. The model was also validated with experimental results
    obtained by using a two-disc wear machine. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat
    Chee Ave, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR LI N, 1990, THESIS TSINGHUA U
    PATIR N, 1978, WEAR, V47, P263
    PAWLUS P, 1994, WEAR, V176, P247
    REDFERN D, 1998, MATLAB 5 HDB
    STOUT KJ, 1977, WEAR, V43, P99
    THOMAS TR, 1972, WEAR, V22, P83
    WANG W, 1998, 24 LEEDS LYON S TRIB, P275
    WANG W, 1998, TRIBOL INT, V31, P281
    ZHANG B, 1989, WEAR, V129, P37
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 33
 IS 7
 BP 501
 EP 506
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 352VC
 UT ISI:000089237700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XM
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI Krylov subspace projection method and its application on oil reservoir
    simulation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Krylov subspace methods; block PE method; numerical oil reservoir
    simulation
 ID NONSYMMETRIC LINEAR-SYSTEMS; CONJUGATE-GRADIENT; ITERATIVE METHODS;
    BI-CGSTAB; ALGORITHM; GMRES; EQUATIONS; VARIANT; QMR
 AB Krylov subspace projection methods are known to be highly efficient for
    solving large linear systems. Many different versions arise from
    different choices to the left and right subspaces. These methods were
    classified into two groups in terms of the different forms of matrix
    H-m, the main properties in applications and the new versions of these
    two types of methods were briefly reviewed, then one of the most
    efficient versions, GMRES method was applied to oil reservoir
    simulation. The block Pseudo-Elimination method was used to generate
    the preconditioned matrix. Numerical results show much better
    performance of this preconditioned techniques and the GMRES method than
    that of preconditioned ORTHMIN method, which is now in use in oil
    reservoir simulation. Finally, some limitations of Krylov subspace
    methods and some potential improvements to this type of methods are
    further presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN PN, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P58
    CHAN TF, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P338
    CHEN YM, 1989, FUNDAMENTALS NUMERIC
    DESA C, 1992, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V13, P30
    ERN A, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P681
    FREUND RW, 1991, NUMER MATH, V60, P315
    FREUND RW, 1992, NUMER MATHS, V14, P470
    FROMMER A, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P15
    HU JG, 1991, ITERATIVE METHODS SO
    KASENALLY EM, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P698
    LU ZM, 1993, THESIS FUDAN U SHANG
    PAIGE CC, 1975, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V12, P617
    PARLETT BN, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P105
    RESSEL KJ, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P55
    SAAD Y, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P105
    SAAD Y, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P417
    SAAD Y, 1986, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V7, P859
    SAAD Y, 1993, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V14, P461
    SAUNDERS MA, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P927
    SONNEVELD P, 1989, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V10, P36
    TAN LH, 1991, COMPUT STRUCT, V40, P441
    VANDERVORST HA, 1992, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V13, P631
    ZHOU L, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P297
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 607
 EP 616
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 353GM
 UT ISI:000089266500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI TEM sample preparation of melt-spun Nd-Fe-B powders
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Ni-Fe-B permanent magnet; transmission electron microscopy;
    microstructure
 AB A method of TEM sample preparation for melt-spun Nd-Fe-B powders is
    presented. The TEM samples were prepared by mixing the Nd-Fe-B powders
    (30% in volume) with pure aluminium powders, followed by blending,
    compacting into pellets, rolling into flakes, punching, grinding and
    ion-sputter thinning.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MISHRA RK, 1991, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V7, P297
    MISHRA RK, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2B, V75, P6652
    ZHOU BX, 1996, CNIC01111
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 283
 EP 284
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 351YD
 UT ISI:000089186900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical behavior of nonlinear viscoelastic columns based on 2-order
    Galerkin truncation
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC VIBRATIONS; STABILITY ANALYSIS; PLATES; BEAM
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABHYANKAR NS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P167
    ABOUDI J, 1990, J SOUND VIB, V139, P459
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, SHANGHAI J MECH, V19, P326
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MOON FC, 1979, J SOUND VIB, V65, P285
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    SUIRE G, 1994, ARCH APPL MECH-ING, V64, P307
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
    XU KY, NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
    ZHANG NH, IN PRESS ACTA MECH S
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 413
 EP 419
 PG 7
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational approach to electroelastic analysis of piezoelectric
    ceramics with surface electrodes
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW; PRINCIPLES
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, IN PRESS ASME
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P179
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    SHINDO Y, 1998, INT J ENG SCI, V36, P1001
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 11
 TC 16
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 445
 EP 450
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Exact resonances of nonlinear vibration of rotor-bearings system
    without small parameter
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, P INT C VIBR ENG 98, P288
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    LIU CS, 1998, P INT C VIBR ENG 98, P435
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 451
 EP 456
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DP
    Feng, SS
    Yang, GH
 TI Mass density of Dp-branes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB It is shown that the generally covariant definition of mass equals the
    ADM mass for Dp-branes.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Astron & Appl Phys, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Anhui Post & Telecommun Sch, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Astron & Appl Phys, Hefei
    230026, Peoples R China.
 CR DAURIA R, HEPTH9812160
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1988, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V20, P485
    FENG SS, HEPTH9902082
    FENG SS, HEPTH9902108
    PETERSEN JL, HEPTH9902131
    STELLE KS, HEPTH9803116
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 1637
 EP 1642
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 351XJ
 UT ISI:000089184500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Organic thin film electroluminescent devices using Gaq3 as emitting
    layers
 SO DISPLAYS
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; Gaq3; Alq3; Znq2; organic materials
 ID IMPROVED STABILITY
 AB Organic electroluminescent (EL) devices using
    tris(8-hydroxyquinoline)-gallium complex (Gaq3) as the emitting layer
    were developed. Results indicated that EL devices using Gaq3 as
    emitting layers emitted light at a peak wavelength of 540 nm. The
    maximum luminance of these devices was obviously higher than that of
    devices using Alq3 and Znq2 as emitting layers prepared with the same
    structures and under the same conditions as Gaq3. The greatest maximum
    luminance of Gaq3 devices was attributed to the higher breakdown
    voltage and quantum efficiency than those of the other two devices. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P531
    HAMADA Y, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, P514
    LIU ZG, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P157
    SHI JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1665
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    WAGNER J, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P27
    ZHANG ZQ, 1996, ELECTROPHORESIS, V17, P372
 NR 8
 TC 7
 SN 0141-9382
 J9 DISPLAYS
 JI Displays
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2-3
 BP 47
 EP 49
 PG 3
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Engineering, Electrical &
    Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation; Optics
 GA 351AT
 UT ISI:000089134400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Ju, JH
    Zhang, WG
 TI Electrical properties of chemical vapor deposition diamond films and
    electrical response to X-ray
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition; electrical properties;
    diamond films; optoelectronic properties
 ID CVD DIAMOND; DETECTORS
 AB In this paper, dark current-voltage (I-V) characteristics,
    current-temperature (I-T) characteristics, and photocurrents under
    steady-state X-ray excitation of CVD diamond films were investigated.
    Results indicated that dark currents and photocurrents by X-ray
    irradiation for the [001] textured CVD diamond film were greater than
    those for the non-textured one. The differences in dark currents and
    resistivities were attributed to a large number of grain boundaries
    contained in the non-textured diamond films. From the I-T curves, at
    the temperature higher than 500 K, currents clearly followed an
    exponential behavior because of the activation energy of E-a = 1.68 eV
    which was normally attributed to Si trapped to a vacancy in the diamond
    lattice. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BEHNKE T, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V414, P340
    FERNANDES AJ, 1999, VACUUM, V52, P215
    FOULON F, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P927
    GALLUZZI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V409, P423
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V410, P96
    POCHET T, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V302, P369
    WEILHAMMER P, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V409, P264
 NR 7
 TC 7
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1617
 EP 1620
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Sekiguchi, T
    Zhang, WJ
    Jiang, X
    Ju, JH
    Wang, LJ
    Yao, T
 TI Surfaces of undoped and boron doped polycrystalline diamond films
    influenced by negative DC bias voltage
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond; penetrating effects; thin film; cathodoluminescence
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION
 AB The hydrogen ion bombardment is performed by applying a negative bias
    voltage to the substrate during microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition process, using only hydrogen as reactant gas. The size of
    (001) faces increases after hydrogen ion etching while other grains are
    etched off. The surfaces of [001]-oriented films after doping boron are
    investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and
    cathodoluminescent (CL) spectra. The absence of the band-A emission in
    the CL spectra means a low density of dislocation in the films. It is
    the first time that the peak at 741.5 nm and the broad peak at
    approximately 575 and 625 nm in the CL spectra were reduced efficiently
    after boron doping in (001) polycrystalline diamond films and to
    propose that these phenomena should be explained in simple terms with
    penetration of the lattice nets of the [001]-oriented faces model. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tohoku Univ, Inst Mat Res, Sendai, Miyagi 980, Japan.
    Fraunhofer Inst Thin Films & Surface Engn, D-38108 Braunschweig, Germany.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2507
    DAVIS JW, 1987, J NUCL MATER, V145, P417
    HAYASHI K, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P744
    HAYASHI K, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V183, P338
    ROBINS LH, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P13367
    WON J, 1996, RECENT PROG DIAMOND, V1, P103
    YOKOTA Y, 1990, MAT RES SOC S P PITT, P162
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1636
 EP 1639
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Xia, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, LJ
    Fang, ZJ
 TI Effect of substrate temperature on the selective deposition of diamond
    films
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; deposition; chemical vapor deposition
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; BIAS-ENHANCED NUCLEATION; SILICON; GROWTH
 AB Selective diamond films on roughened Si(100) substrates with
    patternings have been achieved by microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition (MP-CVD). The films have been characterized by scanning
    electron microscopy (SEM) and Raman spectra. The influence of substrate
    temperature on the selective deposition of diamond films has been
    discussed in detail: the diamond nucleation density on the SiO2 mask
    increased with substrate temperature while the effect of the selective
    deposition of diamond films deteriorated; the optimized deposition
    temperature conditions have been concluded. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Inorgan Mat,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIDSON JL, 1989, J ELECTRON MATER, V18, P711
    IRWIN MD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P716
    JIANG X, 1991, PROGR STUDY DIAMOND, P21
    JIANG X, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3438
    JOFFREAN PO, 1988, INT J REFRACT HARD M, V7, P186
    LEE JS, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P486
    MA JS, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P1071
    MO Y, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P35
    RANKIN J, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2164
    STONER BR, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1334
    ZEMANSKY MW, 1981, HEAT THERMODYN, V4, P267
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1687
 EP 1690
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Fang, DY
    Gu, HC
    Zhu, YH
    Chen, AP
 TI Morphology of high temperature vapor-phase synthesized nanophase
    TiO2-Al2O3 composite particles
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nanophase particles; vapor-phase reaction; functional ceramic
 AB Nanophase TiO2-Al2O3 composite particles synthesized by gas-phase
    oxidation of TiCl4 and AlCl3 in an aerosol reactor were characterized
    by EDS, XPS, TG-DTA, TEM, XRD and BET surface area analysis. The
    results showed that the morphological structure of the composite
    particles were influenced by AlCl3 feed ratio and reaction temperature.
    When X-inlet = 2.80 and T = 1400 degrees C; the composite particles
    were mainly composed of rutile TiO2, alpha-Al2O3, and Al2TiO5, the
    average particle size was 25.3 nm and GSD (Geometric tandaed Squace
    Deviation) was 1.51. Other processing parameters affecting the particle
    size was also analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem Phys, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG HM, 1996, CHEM J CHINESE U, V17, P833
    HUNG CH, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1870
    LI HR, 1987, PRACTICAL COMPLEXING, P227
    LIU SH, 1988, XRAY PHOTOELECTRON S, V305, P313
    MO SF, 1991, GUSUANYAN TONGBAO, P4
    OKUMURA H, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C22
    SHI LY, 1999, HUAXUE FANYING GONGC, V15, P213
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    WOIGNIER T, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P325
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 683
 EP 687
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 351PA
 UT ISI:000089166300026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
    Lin, CX
 TI Spy quantitative inspection with a machine vision light sectioning
    method
 SO MEASUREMENT SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE spy inspection; machine vision; light sectioning; non-contact sensor
 AB Machine vision light sectioning sensing is developed and expanded to
    the range of spy quantitative inspection for hole-like work pieces in
    this paper. A light beam from a semiconductor laser diode is converged
    into a line-shape by a cylindrical lens. A special compact
    reflecting-refracting, prism group is designed to ensure that such a
    sectioning light is projected axially onto the inner surface, and to
    make the deformed Line be imaged onto a CCD sensitive area. The image
    is digitized and captured into a computer by a 512 x 512 pixel card,
    and machine vision image processing methods such as thresholding, line
    centre detect and the least-squares method are developed for contour
    feature extraction and description. Two other important problems in
    such an inspection system are how to orientate the deep-going optical
    probe and how to bring the projected line into focus. A focusing
    criterion based on image position deviation and a four-step orientating
    procedure are put forward, and analysed to be feasible respectively.
    The experimental results show that the principle is correct and the
    techniques are realizable, and a good future for application in
    industry is possible.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, DW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, POB 17,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MIYOSHI T, 1992, J JAPAN SOC PRECISIO, P98
    SCHALKOFF RJ, 1989, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES
    VANDERHEIJDEN F, 1996, IMAGE BASED MEASUREM
    ZHANG WW, 1998, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V9, P1380
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0957-0233
 J9 MEAS SCI TECHNOL
 JI Meas. Sci. Technol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 11
 IS 8
 BP 1187
 EP 1192
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 349KU
 UT ISI:000089044900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BX
    Zhao, WM
    Zhu, WQ
    Wang, KS
    Jiang, XY
 TI Transition of Eu3+ ion in SiO2 aerogel thin film
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE SiO2 aerogel; doped-nanocrystals; rare-earth luminescent centers;
    time-resolved emission spectroscopy
 AB The Eu3+ ion doped SiO2 aerogel film was prepared by a sol-gel process,
    and the luminescence and transitions of this aerogel film were
    investigated. The surface structure of the film was observed by AFM.
    Its microstructure was investigated by XRD and IR. Its excitation,
    emission, absorption, and time-resolved spectra were measured. The
    luminescence properties were discussed. The radiative transition
    probabilities of D-5(0) energy levels in Eu3+ ion were calculated by
    Judd-Ofelt theory. According to the time-resolved spectra, the
    nonradiative transition probabilities and decay properties of D-5(1)
    were also studied. The results are not quite different to Eu3+ ion in
    silicate glass, but a fine thin film doped with rare earth ions can be
    obtained by using a facile and low temperature method, and this film,
    having luminescent light glass qualities, can possess potential
    applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR JUDD BR, 1962, PHYS REV, V127, P750
    KAMISKI AA, 1981, LASER CRYSTALS, P166
    OFELT GS, 1962, J CHEM PHYS, V37, P511
    REISFELD R, 1972, J RES NBS          A, V76, P613
    WEBER MJ, 1967, OPTICAL PROPERTIES I, P467
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 727
 EP 732
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 348MW
 UT ISI:000088989400026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, RH
    Guo, CJ
 TI Preparation of nanosized anatase titania
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE titania; nanonmeter; colloid; anatase
 ID POWDER
 AB Nanosized anatase titania colloid and powders were prepared by
    hydrolysis of titanium-tetrabutoxide in basic media and then dehydrated
    at 700C in acid media. The powder and colloid were characterized by
    XRD, BET, TEM, HREM and TG-DTA. methods. The results show that after
    dehydrated in acid media the titania particles in colloid are already
    anatase crystallites with good crystal lattices. The average diameter
    of the nanosized titania powder after calcination at 220 degrees C is
    9nm and surface area is 171m(2)/g.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, RH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN JY, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P3497
    DOUGLAS C, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1957
    HUANG JH, 1996, J INORG MATER, V11, P51
    KEICHI T, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V187, P73
    OREGAN B, 1991, NATURE, V353, P737
    ZHAO WK, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P608
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 761
 EP 764
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 348MW
 UT ISI:000088989400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Hua, TC
    Chen, ET
 TI Experimental measurement and theoretical analyses of the
    freezing-thawing processes around a probe
 SO CRYO-LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE cryosurgery; cryoprobe; phase-changing problem; heat transfer; enthalpy
    method
 ID NONIDEAL BIOLOGICAL TISSUES; INVERSE-STEFAN PROBLEM; CRYOGENIC
    TEMPERATURES; CRYOSURGERY
 AB Both the experimental and the analytical studies of the
    freezing/thawing process around a cryosurgical cylinder probes in a
    simulative biological tissue are presented in this paper. The enthalpy
    method and the finite element scheme are applied to solve the
    multidimensional phase change problems in cryosurgery. A very good
    agreement is found between the computed solutions and the experimental
    results. The influences of different cooling-warming schemes of the
    probe on the ice ball development, the temperature variation, the axial
    and the radial temperature gradients inside the tissues, and the
    requirement of cooling power are analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Freezing, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Freezing,
    516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BUDMAN HM, 1991, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V113, P430
    DILLER KR, 1992, ADV HEAT TRANSFER, V22, P177
    GAGE AA, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V37, P171
    GAO DY, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P270
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN, P325
    HUNT CJ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY, V31, P506
    OZIZIK MN, 1993, HEAT CONDUCTION, P423
    RABIN Y, 1995, J HEAT TRANSFER, V117, P425
    RABIN Y, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P472
    RABIN Y, 1997, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V119, P146
    RABIN Y, 1998, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V120, P259
    RABIN Y, 1998, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V120, P32
    RUBINSKY B, 1980, CRYOBIOLOGY, V17, P66
    SHAMSUNDAR N, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P333
    YOO J, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V23, P1785
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYO-LETT
 JI Cryo-Lett.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 245
 EP 254
 PG 10
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 348PK
 UT ISI:000088993700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Discrete inverse method for viscoelastic medium with complete data
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; scattering and propagation operator; discrete
    inverse method; imbedding equation; reconstruction of the relaxation
    modulus; extent of the reflection data; volterra integral equation
 ID DISSIPATIVE WAVE-EQUATION; TIME DOMAIN; SCATTERING OPERATORS;
    DISPERSIVE MEDIA
 AB The discrete inverse scattering problem for viscoelastic medium is
    studied in this paper. It is assumed that the relaxation modulus varies
    only with time t. The object of this paper is to develop a method to
    reconstruct the relaxation modulus with less measurement data than
    before. The propagation operators of the viscoelastic medium are
    defined first and the imbedding equations governing the behavior of the
    propagation operators are derived with the invariant imbedding
    techniques. Using the finite difference method, these equations can be
    discretized to obtain a system of linear algebraic equations about the
    propagation operators and the material modulus. For the inverse
    scattering problem, it is assumed that the reflection data obtained
    from the scattering experiments are only available on one side of the
    medium and for one round trip through the viscoelastic slab. To
    reconstruct the unknown relaxation modulus, an inversion procedure is
    developed using this set of data that are complete in the sense that
    they can be extended to arbitrary rime t and the other scattering and
    propagation operators can also be determined by the inversion procedure
    described in this paper. The inversion algorithm is implemented
    numerically on several examples at the end of the paper. It can be seen
    that the obtained curves of the material modulus coincide with the
    original relaxation modulus very well. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHENG CJ, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2839
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1983, J ACOUST SOC AM, V74, P1535
    FUKS P, 1994, INVERSE PROBL, V10, P555
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1667
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1683
    KRISTENSSON G, 1987, J MATH PHYS, V28, P360
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 189
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 90
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 349DQ
 UT ISI:000089028800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational iteration method for autonomous ordinary differential
    systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; variational technique; autonomous ordinary differential
    equations
 ID APPROXIMATE
 AB In this paper, a new iteration technique is proposed to solve
    autonomous ordinary differential systems. In this method, general
    Lagrange multipliers are introduced to construct correction functionals
    for the systems. The multipliers in the functionals can be identified
    by the variational theory. The initial approximations can be freely
    chosen with possible unknown constants, which can be determined by
    imposing the boundary/initial conditions. Some examples are given. The
    results reveal that the method is very effective and convenient. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DRIVER RD, 1977, ORDINARY DELAY DIFFE
    HE JH, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1998, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
    SMITH DR, 1985, SINGULAR PERTURBATIO
 NR 13
 TC 17
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD SEP 11
 PY 2000
 VL 114
 IS 2-3
 BP 115
 EP 123
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 349ZG
 UT ISI:000089075100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    He, KY
    Qiu, YQ
    Wang, ZJ
    Feng, W
    Dong, YD
    Xiao, XS
    Wang, Q
 TI Intense milling nanocrystalline Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9: a soft magnetic
    material in powdered form
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE intense milling; nanocrystalline; dust core
 ID GRAIN-STRUCTURE; FERROMAGNETS
 AB The change of structure by intense milling on the nanocrystalline
    Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9 alloy was investigated. The magnetic properties of
    nanocrystalline Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9 dust cores (core of compacted
    powder) were studied. It was found that the nanostructured ribbons
    obtained from the crystallization of amorphous state by a proper
    annealing treatment could be changed into amorphous powder via short
    time milling. By increasing the milling time, the milled powder return
    to crystallization. It was also found that the permeability of the
    nanocrystalline dust cores had nearly not any changes in the frequency
    range from 1 to 100 kHz. The quality factor Q of the nanocrystalline
    dust cores increased gradually with increasing frequency. The quality
    factor Q of nanocrystalline dust cores became higher at the frequency
    over 50 similar to 70 kHz n comparison with that of the permalloy dust
    core. Published by Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Northeastern Univ, Shenyang 110006, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Liaoning Sch Light Ind, Shenyang 110036, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HERZER G, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P3327
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1397
    SCHULZ R, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V179, P516
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6044
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6047
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD JUN 30
 PY 2000
 VL 286
 IS 1
 BP 197
 EP 200
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 347EP
 UT ISI:000088914700036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
 TI Microdisplacement characteristics and microstructures of functionally
    graded piezoelectric ceramic actuator
 SO MATERIALS & DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE composites; sandwich structures; microstructure; bonding diffusion;
    powder metallurgy
 AB In this work, we report a functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramic
    actuator with sandwiched structure prepared by the powder metallurgical
    method. The functional gradients of piezoelectric activity and
    dielectric activity vary inversely across the thickness of the
    actuator. Such functional gradients are obtained by interdiffusion
    reaction between a high piezoelectric composition [Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3/PZT]
    and a high dielectric composition (PbNi1/3Nb2/3O3/PNN). The bending
    displacement at the free end of the PNN/PZT functionally graded
    piezoelectric ceramic actuator was approximately 20 mu m when 1.4-kV/mm
    electric field was applied. The grain morphology and compositional
    distribution across the actuator section and the microstructures of the
    sandwiched layer were investigated by scanned electron microscopy
    equipped with energy-dispersive spectroscopy, transmission electron
    microscopy, and selected area electron diffraction patterns,
    respectively. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BERLINCOURT D, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P1804
    CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    HAERTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V73, P93
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V38, P634
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    YAOMAJI A, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P97
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 10
 TC 17
 SN 0261-3069
 J9 MATER DESIGN
 JI Mater. Des.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 561
 EP 566
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 345ZB
 UT ISI:000088844400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI A white emitting organic diode with a doped blocking layer
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; STABILITY
 AB A novel white emitting organic diode has been simply realized by
    inserting a doped hole-blocking layer between the hole transporting
    layer (RTL) and the electron transporting layer (ETL). The structure of
    this device is ITO/CuPc/NPB/blocking layer:rubrene/Alq/MgAg. Copper
    phthalocyanine(CuPc) was used as a buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine (NPB) as
    the HTL, and trimer of N-arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) as the blocking
    layers, in which rubrene is doped. Tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum
    complex(Alq) as ETL. Indium tin oxide and MgAg were the anode and
    cathode, respectively. The emission spectrum of this device covers a
    wide range of visible region and can be sensitively adjusted by the
    concentration of rubrene. The white emission with the CIE (Commission
    International de I' Eclairage) color coordinates x = 0.31, y = 0.32, a
    maximum luminance of 8635 cd/m(2), and the luminous efficiency 1.39
    lm/W at the luminance of 100 cd/m(2) were obtained in the device with
    1.5% rubrene concentration in TPBi.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    HOSOKAWA C, 1997, SOC INFORMATION DISP, V91, P1037
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MIYAGUCHI S, 1998, 9 INT WORKSH IN ORG, P137
    SATO Y, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P103
    TAN HS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P137
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    YANG Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P3294
    ZHANG ZL, 1998, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V31, P32
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 7
 BP 534
 EP 536
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 346VM
 UT ISI:000088891800026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YY
    Li, HB
    Sun, L
    Shen, YJ
    Qiu, ZC
 TI Synthesis of 1-amino-2-(2 '-methyl-4 '-methyl propionate)
    phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE 2-methyl-4-beta- cyanoethylphenol; 1-amino-2-(2 ' - methyl-4 '-
    methylpropionate) phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone; synthesis
 AB 2- Methyl - 4 - beta - cyanoethylphenol was synthesized via Friedel -
    Crafts reaction between o - cresol and acrylonitrile. It was condensed
    with 1 - amino - 2 - bromo - 4 - hydroxy anthraquinone by the
    nucleophilic reaction. The product was hydrolyzed in alkaline medium
    and esterified with methanol to afford the title compound. Mass, H-1
    NMR, element analyses, Vis spectra and the melting points of the title
    compound and the intermediates were measured.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Analyt Instrument Gen Factory, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, YY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG ZS, 1994, JINGXI HUAXUEPIN HUA, P70
    JOHNSTON HW, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P1264
    RICHTER RH, 1977, 4051166, US
    SATO YSK, 1969, 15316, JP
    SUN SD, 1992, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V12, P96
    ZHANG ZY, 1995, JINGXI YOUJI HECHENG, P270
    ZHOU QK, 1993, SHANGHAI RANLIAO, V105, P5
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 533
 EP 536
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 346VC
 UT ISI:000088890900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A new generation of inverse shape design problem in aerodynamics and
    aerothermoelasticity: concepts, theory and methods
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; inverse problems; finite element method; wings; fluid
    mechanics
 AB So far the literature on inverse shape design in aerodynamics is still
    confined to the single-point (nominal design point) design and to
    steady flow. This situation cannot cope with the modern development of
    internal and external aerodynamics and aerothermoelasticity, especially
    turbomachinery and aircraft flows. Accordingly, in recent years a new
    generation of inverse shape design problem has been suggested and
    investigated theoretically and computationally, consisting mainly of:
    unsteady inverse and hybrid problems; multipoint inverse and hybrid
    problems; and inverse problem in aerothermoelasticity. It opens a new
    area of research in fluid mechanics and aerothermoelasticity. An
    overview of its status and perspective is given herein, emphasizing the
    new concepts, theory and methods of solution involved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DULIKRAVICH GS, 1992, J AIRCRAFT, V29, P1020
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P191
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA
    EPPLER R, 1985, J SHIP RES, V29, P30
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    JAMESON A, 1990, AGARDCP463, P1
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1945, 2112 ARC R D
    LIU GL, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P109
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1997, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V69, P527
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1998, HYDRODYNAMICS THEORY, V2, P901
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P502
    LIU GL, 1999, P 14 INT S AIRBR ENG
    LIU GL, 1999, P 4 INT S AER INT FL
    LOIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
    MANGLER W, 1938, JB DTSCH LUFTFAHRTFO, V1, P46
    NAKAZAKI M, 1986, J KANSAI SOC NAVAL A
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, 74GT2 ASME
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    SHEN YT, 1981, J SHIP RES, V25, P191
    WEINIG F, 1929, Z ANGEANDTE MATH MEC, V9, P507
    YIU KFC, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P3
 NR 31
 TC 1
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2000
 VL 72
 IS 4
 BP 334
 EP 344
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 346TM
 UT ISI:000088887200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Wei, GW
 TI Numerical solutions of incompressible Euler and Navier-Stokes equations
    by efficient discrete singular convolution method
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE incompressible flows; periodic boundary; DSC method; fourth-order
    Runge-Kutta method
 ID SCHEMES
 AB An efficient discrete singular convolution (DSC) method is introduced
    to the numerical solutions of incompressible Euler and Navier-Stokes
    equations with periodic boundary conditions. Two numerical tests of
    two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations with periodic boundary
    conditions and Euler equations for doubly periodic shear layer flows
    are carried out by using the DSC method for spatial derivatives and
    fourth-order Runge-Kutta method for time advancement, respectively. The
    computational results show that the DSC method is efficient and robust
    for solving tho problems of incompressible flows, and has the potential
    of being extended to numerically solve much broader problems in fluid
    dynamics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Computat Sci, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
 RP Wan, DC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELL JB, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V85, P257
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHEUNG YK, 1976, FINITE STRIP METHODS
    CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELETS
    E WN, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V126, P122
    FORNBERG B, 1996, PRACTICAL GUIDE PSEU
    FORSYTHE GE, 1960, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    HARTEN A, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P279
    HIRSH RS, 1975, J COMPUT PHYS, V19, P90
    KOREVAAR J, 1968, MATH METHODS, V1
    LOU JZ, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V125, P225
    MA YW, 1999, INT J NUMER METH FL, V30, P509
    MEAD JL, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V152, P404
    ORSZAG SA, 1972, STUD APPL MATH, V51, P253
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SCHWARTZ L, 1951, THEORE DISTRIBUTIONS
    TOLSTYKH A, 1994, SERIES ADV MATH APPL, V21
    WALKER JS, 1996, FAST FOURIER TRANSFO
    WAN DC, 2000, P 4 INT C HYDR SEPT
    WEI GW, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P775
    WEI GW, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V296, P215
    WEI GW, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V110, P8930
    WEI GW, 2000, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V33, P343
    WEI GW, 2000, PHYSICA D, V137, P247
    WEINAN E, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P39
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1971, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 223
 EP 239
 PG 17
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 346NK
 UT ISI:000088877800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Weng, XC
    Cheng, DL
 TI Antioxidant activities of natural phenolic components from Dalbergia
    odorifera T. Chen
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID LIPID-PEROXIDATION; RED WINE
 AB The antioxidant activities on oil of natural phenolic components
    extracted from Dalbergia odorifera T. Chen were investigated. A new
    benzophenone 2,4-dihydroxy-5-methoxybenzophenone (1), together with
    eight known components, were isolated. The eight components were
    identified by chemical and spectroscopic methods as
    2',3',7-trihydroxy-4'-methoxyisoflavanone (2), 3'-methoxydaidzein (3),
    4',5,7-trihydroxy-3-methoxyflavone (4), vestitol (5), medicarpin (6),
    hexanoic acid, 2-propenylester (7), hexadecanoic acid, ethyl ester (8)
    and 3,8,-nonadien-2-one (9). Their antioxidant activities were
    investigated and compared with butylated hydroxyluene (BHT) and
    alpha-tocopherol. The results showed that components 1, 3, 5 and 6 had
    antioxidant activity and components 2 and 4 had strong antioxidant
    activity at 0.02 and 0.04% levels. When the individual components
    (0.02%) were mixed with 0.02% BHT, or 0.02% cr-tocopherol, their
    protection factor was increased, but there was no synergistic effect.
    When the individual component had 4 ppm added Fe3+, components 1, 2, 3
    and 4 had antioxidant activity. Their antioxidant activities were
    tested by an oxidative stability instrument (OSI) at 100 degrees C. Six
    of the phenolic components showed antioxidant activities. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Natl Lab Appl Organ Chem, Lanzhou 730000, Gansu, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, DL, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Natl Lab Appl Organ Chem, Lanzhou
    730000, Gansu, Peoples R China.
 CR FUHRMAN B, 1995, AM J CLIN NUTR, V61, P549
    GRICE HC, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1127
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V1, P336
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V1, P547
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V3, P2090
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V3, P234
    KANNER J, 1991, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V39, P1017
    KROYER G, 1986, Z ERNAHRUNGSWISS, V25, P63
    PRATT DE, 1990, FOOD ANTIOXIDANTS, P171
    RUSZNYAK S, 1936, NATURE, V138, P27
    SHOJI Y, 1989, CHEM PHARM BULL, V31, P979
    TETSU O, 1990, CHEM PHARM BULL, V38, P2750
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WHITEHEAD TP, 1995, CLIN CHEM, V41, P32
    WICHI HP, 1988, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V26, P717
    YUKIHIRO G, 1992, CHEM PHARM BULL, V40, P2452
    ZLOCH Z, 1969, INT Z VITAMINFORSCH, V39, P269
 NR 17
 TC 7
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 71
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 49
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 344YW
 UT ISI:000088789500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
 TI Simulation and control model for interactions among process parameters
    of directional solidification continuous casting
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE directional solidification; continuous casting; control model
 AB On the basis of analyzing the principles, equipment and control needs
    of directional solidification continuous casting (DSCC) process, the
    building and fulfilling methods of control model of DSCC procedure by
    neural network control (NNC) method were proposed and discussed.
    Combining the experimental researches, firstly the computer is used to
    simulate the effects of those solidification parameters on destination
    control variable (S/L interface) and the reactions among those
    parameters during DSCC procedure; secondly many training samples can be
    obtained. Moreover, after these samples are input into neural network
    software (NNs) and trained, the control model can be built.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG GW, 1999, FOUNDRY, V40, P18
    FAN XH, 1996, CHINESE J MAT RES, V10, P364
    FAN XH, 1997, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V7, P134
    LI SY, 1996, THEORY FUZZY CONTROL, P85
    NI WD, 1996, SEVERAL PROBLEMS MOD, P10
    OHNO A, 1989, LIGHT METAL, V39, P735
    OHNO A, 1990, ADV MATER, V28, P161
    OHNO A, 1991, T JAPAN I METALS, V30, P448
    SU YJ, 1996, J HARBIN U SCI TECHN, V1, P60
    WANG W, 1997, CONTROL DECISION S, V12, P385
    WANG YN, 1996, INTELLIGENT CONTROL, P96
    XU ZM, 1997, P 9 CHIN FOUNDR C C, P345
    XU ZM, 1998, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V8, P277
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 449
 EP 452
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 343GQ
 UT ISI:000088693700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, H
    Zou, XW
    Wang, ZH
    Chen, YX
 TI A comparative investigation of oxygen in-diffusion in the orthorhombic
    phase of REBCO (RE:: Y, Sm, Nd) by in situ electrical resistance
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE REBCO (RE : Y, Sm, Nd) curprate; in situ electrical resistance; oxygen
    in-diffusion
 ID TRACER DIFFUSION; SINGLE-CRYSTAL; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; YBA2CU3O6+X;
    SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB The relaxation behavior of the isothermal electrical resistance has
    been comparatively investigated in the single orthorhombic phase of
    REBCO (RE: Y, Sm, Nd) powder sinters in oxygen uptaking processes. It
    can be well described by an oxygen uptaking process controlled by the
    lattice diffusion. The relaxation activation energy, i.e., the
    diffusion activation energy is 1.2, 1.0 and 0.7 eV for YBa2Cu3Oy,
    SmBa2Cu3Oy and Nd1.1Ba1.9Cu3Oy, respectively. It indicates that the
    diffusion activation energy of oxygen in REBCO decreases with the
    increase of RE ion size. It may be connected with the repulsive energy
    between O(1) and O(5). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, H, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CRANK J, 1956, MATH DIFFUSION
    ERB A, 1997, APPL SUPERCOND, V158, P1109
    HIKUMOTO N, 1997, PHYSICA C, V278, P187
    KLAUSER M, 1998, PHYSICA C, V306, P188
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P3380
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYSICA C, V212, P470
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYSICA C, V212, P487
    MURAKAMI M, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS, V33, P715
    MURAKAMI M, 1997, PHYSICA C 1, V282, P371
    ROTHMAN SJ, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P8852
    ROTHMAN SJ, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2326
    SHAKED H, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4173
    TALLON JL, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P781
    TU KN, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P304
    XIA XM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P4549
    YOO SI, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P633
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 337
 IS 1-4
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 343DL
 UT ISI:000088686400062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
    Liu, RH
 TI The enhancement of spontaneous and induced transition rates by a
    Bose-Einstein condensate
 SO JOURNAL OF MODERN OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID RESONANCE OPTICS; H-DOWN; GAS; ATOMS; LIGHT
 AB In this paper, an exactly solved model for the emission by N atoms is
    presented, the spontaneous and induced transition rates obtained, are
    enhanced by a factor which is proportional to the number of atoms n in
    the volume lambda(3)/(2 pi(2)) (lambda is the transition wavelength of
    the atom) and dependent on the de-Broglie wavelength lambda(B) in a
    more complicated way.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1787
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    GLAUBER RJ, 1959, LECTURES THEORETICAL, V1, P315
    HOPE JJ, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3177
    HUANG H, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2923
    JAVANAINEN JH, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2375
    LEHMBERG RH, 1970, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V2, P883
    LEVI BG, 1998, PHYS TODAY      1017
    POLITZER HD, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P6444
    SCHIFF LI, 1968, QUANTUM MECH, P533
    SVISTUNOV BV, 1990, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V97, P821
    SVISTUNOV BV, 1990, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V98, P129
    TAYLOR JR, 1987, SCATTERING THEORY QU
    WEISSKOPF V, 1930, Z PHYS, V63, P54
    WEISSKOPF VG, 1990, QUANTUM STAT PROPERT, P285
    YOU L, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, R3365
    YOU L, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P329
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0950-0340
 J9 J MOD OPTIC
 JI J. Mod. Opt.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 47
 IS 10
 BP 1729
 EP 1737
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 341DF
 UT ISI:000088575200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, JA
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Upwind local differential quadrature method for solving incompressible
    viscous flow
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE upwind local differential quadrature method; incompressible viscous
    flow; navier-stokes equations
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB The differential quadrature method (DQM) is able to obtain quite
    accurate numerical solutions of differential equations with few grid
    points and less computational effort. The successful applications of
    DQM have been reported to solve various problems of fluid mechanics.
    But, owing to the limitation of its quadrature rules, DQM is convenient
    only For regular regions and lacks upwind mechanism to characterize the
    convection of the fluid flow. In the present paper, a local
    differential quadrature method (LDQM) with upwind mechanism is proposed
    to solve incompressible viscous fluid flow problems in irregular
    regions. As its application, planar contraction flows in irregular
    regions is numerically solved and excellent numerical results are
    obtained for coarse meshes, (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, JA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    BOGER DV, 1987, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V19, P157
    CIVAN F, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P711
    JANG SK, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P561
    KINE ME, 1983, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V13, P341
    SHU C, 1990, 3RD P INT C ADV NUM, V2, P978
    SHU C, 1992, COMPUTING SYSTEMS EN, V3, P271
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    SHU C, 1993, P 1 PAN PAC C COMP E, P131
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
    VIRIYAYUTHAKORN M, 1980, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V6, P245
    VRENTAS JS, 1973, APPL SCI RES, V28, P241
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 188
 IS 1-3
 BP 495
 EP 504
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 342TR
 UT ISI:000088661700030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YF
    Wang, ZH
    Bialkowski, ME
 TI All-optical logic devices with cascaded nonlinear couplers
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID DIRECTIONAL-COUPLERS
 AB The switching behaviors of cascaded nonlinear couplers were
    investigated. They have nearly ideal digital-switching characteristics,
    and their output power levels can he adjusted by means of varying the
    nonlinear coupling coefficient of the final coupler. The two-input
    excitation nonlinear cascaded couplers can perform not only switching
    operations but also a series of logic operations; The logic operations
    depend mainly on the coupling length of the two-input coupler and its
    initial inputs. The power corresponding to the rising and falling ridge
    of the logic operating waveforms can be shifted effectively by means of
    varying the switching power of the reshaper. Allowable ranges of three
    important parameters-coupling length of the two-input coupler L-1, bias
    optical power P-bia, and phase difference Jr between the signal and
    bias beams for six fundamental logic operations-were calculated. Curves
    for design considerations and suggestions for the best choice of
    parameters for stable and reliable logic operations AND, OR, XOR, NAND,
    NOR, and NXOR are also presented individually. (C) 2000 Optical Society
    of America OCIS codes: 060.0060, 130.0130, 190.0190, 220.0220, 230.0230.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore
    639798, Singapore.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P698
    CHEN Y, 1990, ELECTRON LETT, V26, P77
    CHEN YJ, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P239
    FUKUSHIMA T, 1995, P ILLMC 95, P250
    JENSEN SM, 1982, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V18, P1580
    KITAYAMA K, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P17
    PHAM AT, 1990, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V5, P367
    PHAM AT, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1914
    VILLENEUVE A, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P147
    WANG YF, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P72
    WANG YF, 1999, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V17, P292
    YANG CC, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P479
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD AUG 10
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 23
 BP 4143
 EP 4152
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA 342KE
 UT ISI:000088643100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, MY
    Guo, HW
    Wei, CL
 TI Algorithm immune to tilt phase-shifting error for phase-shifting
    interferometers
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID STEPPING ALGORITHM; SURFACES
 AB As a phase shifter usually suffers from both translational and
    tilt-shift errors during shifting, so every pixel in the same
    interferogram will have a different phase-shift value. Thus nonlinear
    phase-measurement errors cannot be avoided, but even
    translational-shift error has been corrected effectively. However,
    based on the fact that the shifted phases of all the pixels in the same
    interferogram remain on the phase-shift plane, by defining this plane
    one can eliminate a significant number of phase errors. A new algorithm
    that is immune to both translational- and tilt-shift errors in a phase
    shifter for phase-stepping interferometers is presented. A first-order
    Taylor series expansion replaces the nonlinear equations for defining
    the phase-shift plane, and iteration of the algorithm guarantees its
    accuracy. Results of a computer simulation show that phase-measurement
    errors caused by both translation- and tilt-shift error can be
    compensated for completely, even when the tilt-shift error is not more
    than +/-1%. (C) 2000 Optical Society of America. OCIS codes: 050.5080,
    120.3180, 120.5050.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, MY, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1974, APPL OPTICS, V13, P2693
    CARRE P, 1966, METROLOGIA, V2, P13
    CREATH K, 1993, INTERFEROGRAM ANAL, P94
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P1400
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P183
    MORGAN CJ, 1982, OPT LETT, V7, P368
    OKADA K, 1991, OPT COMMUN, V84, P118
    WEI CL, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3478, P411
    WEI CL, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1357
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 22
 BP 3894
 EP 3898
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 338MZ
 UT ISI:000088425000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Shun, YA
    Pan, QY
    Qin, JH
 TI Sensing characteristics of double layer film of ZnO
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; gas selectivity; gas sensor; double layer film; catalyst
    coating
 AB Pure ZnO powder was made by chemical precipitation. ZnO-based gas
    sensing materials and Al2O3-based catalysts doped with a noble metal
    were prepared with impregnation. Gas sensitivity of ZnO single layer
    and double layer film gas sensors was measured in static state. It can
    be shown from experimental results that the gas sensitivity and
    selectivity of ZnO gas sensor can be improved by doping noble metal and
    using noble metal catalyst coating, (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 210072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LOU X, 1991, J SENS T TECHNOL, V3, P1
    XU J, 1993, J FUNCT MAT, V24, P30
    XU J, 1997, SENS WORLD, V3, P7
    XU J, 1998, J FUNCT MAT, V29, P281
 NR 4
 TC 16
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 161
 EP 163
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, QY
    Xu, JQ
    Dong, XW
    Zhang, JP
 TI Gas-sensitive properties of nanometer-sized SnO2
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE sol-gel method; nanometer; tin peroxide; doping; reducing gas
 AB Nanometer-sized SnO2 particles were prepared by a sol-gel method using
    inorganic salt as a precursor material. The investigated results
    indicate that well-crystallized nano-sized SnO2 with size around 15 nm
    was obtained at annealing temperature 600 degrees C. The activation
    energy for the growth of nano-SnO2 was calculated to be 26.55 kJ
    mol(-1) when the annealing temperature was higher than 500 degrees C.
    The measurements also show that there is a peculiar resistance change
    as a function of temperature for nano-SnO2. It has relevance to the
    increase of surface adsorbed oxygen. The selective detection for C4H10
    and patrol can be increased when ruthenium ion was doped in nano-SnO2
    as a catalyst. The gas sensitivity to CO, CH4, H-2, etc., can be
    increased when rhodium ion was doped in nano-SnO2 as a catalyst and the
    detection to the several reducing gas can be realized ranging in
    temperature from 260 degrees C to 400 degrees C. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CULLITY BD, 1977, ELEMENTS XRAY DIFFRA
    RAMAMURTHI SD, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2760
    SCOTT MG, AMORPHOUS METALLIC A
    ZHOU QF, 1995, J TRANSDUCTION TECHN, V8, P22
 NR 4
 TC 12
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 237
 EP 239
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500075
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Pan, QY
    Shun, YA
    Tian, ZZ
 TI Grain size control and gas sensing properties of ZnO gas sensor
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; nanometer material; grain size control; gas sensor;
    emulsion synthesis
 AB Nanometer ZnO gas sensing material with different particle size were
    made by chemical precipitation, emulsion and microemulsion,
    respectively. Crystal structure and ceramic microstructure of powders
    were determined by XRD and TEM. The mean grain size and lattice
    distortion of the materials were calculated with the Cauchy-Cauchy and
    Debye-Scherrer methods, respectively. Gas sensitivity of ZnO to H-2,
    SF6, C4H10, gasoline, C2H5OH was measured. It Fan be shown from
    experimental results that grain size of ZnO gas-sensitive materials can
    be controlled by means of different processes or surfactants. The gas
    sensitivity of ZnO gas sensor depends upon its grain size. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 210072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LOU X, 1991, J SENS T TECHNOL, V3, P1
    PAN S, 1993, J SENS TRANS TECHNOL, V3, P18
    SEIYAMA T, 1962, ANAL CHEM, V34, P1502
    XU J, 1993, J FUNCT MAT, V24, P30
    XU J, 1998, J INORG CHEM, V14, P355
 NR 5
 TC 40
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 277
 EP 279
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Adikary, SU
    Meng, ZY
    Jin, DR
 TI A resistivity gradient piezoelectric FGM actuator
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB A resistivity gradient actuator based on lead zirconate titanate
    ceramics was successfully developed and the bending deflections up to
    140 mu m were obtained. The actuator material was a matrix of PZT
    ceramic into which smooth gradient of piezoelectric activity was
    introduced. The application of an electric field then causes the
    actuator to bend due to differential strains induced by the
    piezoelectric effect. The resistivity gradient of the actuator was
    achieved by doping PZT with suitable donor and acceptor dopants. PZT
    powder was modified and synthesized by using two stage powder
    fabrication method. The actuator was fabricated by uniaxial pressing
    followed by isostatic pressing with two layers of different
    resistivities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR HEARTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC B, V73, P93
    HEARTLING GH, 1997, SPIE, V3040, P81
    NINO M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P699
    ONITSUKA K, 1995, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V6, P447
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULSR FERR FRE, V68, P634
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    TOMIKAWA Y, 1986, FERROELECTRICS, V68, P235
    UCHINO K, 1997, PIEZOELECTRIC ACTUAT
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 383
 EP 386
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 337QA
 UT ISI:000088372100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
    Yao, MY
 TI The effect of Al and Fe on the intergranular embrittlement of Co3Ti
    alloys by hydrogen transport from the external surface
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; ORDERED ALLOYS;
    WATER-VAPOR; POLYCRYSTALS; FRACTURE; NI3FE
 AB Some observation relating tp the solubility, diffusivity and
    intergranular cracking by hydrogen transport from the external surface
    in Co3Ti, Co3Ti-Al and Co3Ti-Fe alloys have been carried out. The
    results show that the addition of alloying elements Al or Fe to Co3Ti
    alloy can increase the critical hydrogen concentration for changing
    from transgranular to brittle intergranular fracture, therefore
    suppress the moisture induced environmental embrittlement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHEN YX, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P1627
    CHENG XY, 1997, J IRON STEEL RES S, V9, P270
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    CHU WY, 1981, CORROSION, V37, P514
    CHU WY, 1982, CORROSION, V38, P514
    CHU WY, 1982, CORROSION, V38, P561
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    KIMURA A, 1995, INTERMETALLICS, V3, P115
    KURUVILLA AK, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P83
    LIU CT, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P168
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1583
    LIU Y, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    SHUTT RC, 1985, WELD J, V64, P19
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1997, INTERMETALLICS, V5, P443
    ZHANG DZ, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P901
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 431
 EP 434
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 337QA
 UT ISI:000088372100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Sang, WB
    Shi, WM
    Qian, YB
    Min, JH
    Liu, DH
    Xia, YB
 TI Electrical properties of contacts on P-type Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal
    surfaces
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION
    A-ACCELERATORS SPECTROMETERS DETECTORS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
 DT Article
 DE cadmium zinc telluride; electrical contacts; gamma-ray detectors
 ID RADIATION DETECTORS; TELLURIDE
 AB In this payer effects of surface treatments of p-type Cd0.8Zn0.2Te
    devices were studied by Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), I-V
    measurements, and electrical properties as well as different contact
    technologies using Au, Al: In and electroless Au. It is shown that
    electroless Au film deposited by the chemical method can form a heavily
    doped pf layer on a smooth surface, which is nearly ohmic on p-type
    material. Electroless Au gives better contact than evaporated Au, Al or
    In. A post-annealing treatment of electroless Au film improves the
    ohmic quality of contacts and enhances the adhesion between contact
    layer and the Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal surface. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AZOULAY M, 1993, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V11, P148
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    CHEN KT, 1997, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  1, V15, P850
    GEORGE MA, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3134
    LACHISH U, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V403, P417
    MUSA A, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3260
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1996, J ELECTRON MATER, V25, P1221
    RABINAL MK, 1997, J ELECTRON MATER, V26, P893
    SUZUKI K, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P388
    VERGER L, 1997, J ELECT MAT, V26, P738
    YOON H, 1997, J ELECTRON MATER, V26, P529
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0168-9002
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES A
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. A-Accel. Spectrom. Dect. Assoc.
    Equip.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 2000
 VL 448
 IS 3
 BP 581
 EP 585
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields; Instruments & Instrumentation; Nuclear
    Science & Technology; Spectroscopy
 GA 336CU
 UT ISI:000088285000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, SL
    Zhao, MJ
    Wu, ZY
    Li, ZP
 TI Detection of Lis1 gene frame shift mutation in human hepatocarcinoma
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE PTT; Lis1 gene; frame shift mutation; GST fusion protein
 ID CANCER PATIENTS
 AB GST fusion protein expression system combined with protein truncation
    test(PTT) protocol was used to detect gene frame shift mutation. The
    RT-PCR products of Lis1 genes from hepatocarcinoma samples were
    respectively cloned into a GST fusion protein expression vector pGEX-1,
    then expressed in E. coli. The results showed a truncated 33 kD fusion
    protein in SDS-PAGE, although the full-translated product of Lis1 gene
    should be of 71 kD. Sequencing revealed insertion of an A residue,
    causing the premature termination of translation, between the 163th and
    164th nucleotide of Lis1 gene. This improved PTT assay was proved to be
    a fast and effective way in detecting gene frame shift mutation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Biochem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR DANIELA TP, 1998, HUM MOL GENET, V13, P2029
    DUNNEN JT, 1999, HUM MUTAT, V14, P95
    FARRINGTON SM, 1998, AM J HUM GENET, V63, P749
    ORLY R, 1993, NAT GENET, V364, P717
    OZCELIK H, 1997, NAT GENET, V16, P17
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 32
 IS 4
 BP 401
 EP 405
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 336TQ
 UT ISI:000088319400019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU De-Kang, M
 TI Toward front tracking based on conservation in two space dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE front tracking; cell-average; recovery of discontinuity curve
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; WAVE-PROPAGATION METHODS; DISCONTINUITIES;
    SCHEMES
 AB A two-dimensional front tracking method based on conservation for
    scalar conservation law and for the Euler system of gas dynamics is
    being developed. In the method, discontinuities are tracked by
    enforcing the conservation properties of the PDEs. Unlike the
    traditional front tracking methods, for which the conservation is only
    a property that may or may not be preserved, in this front tracking
    method the conservation is the mechanism by which the tracking is
    performed. The method is also extended to treat the reflection wall
    boundary in the Euler system. As an attempt to treat the interactions
    of discontinuities by enforcing the conservation properties without
    solving two-dimensional Riemann problems, three special cases of
    treatment of discontinuity interactions in scalar conservation law and
    in the Euler system of gas dynamics are studied. Finally, numerical
    experiments are implemented in both scalar and system cases to show the
    efficiency of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP De-Kang, M, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHERN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    CHERN IL, 1987, UCRL97200 L LIV NAT
    CHORIN AJ, 1993, MATH INTRO FLUID MEC
    COLELLA P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P174
    DESCHAMBAULT RL, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V131, P27
    FORRER H, 1996, 9304 EIDG TH
    FORRER H, 1996, 9613 EIDG TH
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    GLIMM J, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P230
    GLIMM J, 1988, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V41, P569
    GLIMM J, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P61
    GLIMM J, 1998, COMPUT MATH APPL, V35, P1
    GLIMM J, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P703
    GROVE J, 1989, ADV APPL MATH, V10, P201
    HARTEN A, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V71, P231
    HARTEN A, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P279
    HENSHAW WD, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P25
    KLINGENBERG C, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P89
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, 9037 2CASE
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, NUMERICAL METHODS CO
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P348
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V123, P354
    MAJDA A, 1984, APPL MATH SCI, V53
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P356
    MAO D, 1991, P 3 INT C HYP PROBL
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    MAO DK, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V104, P377
    MAO DK, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P1677
    MAO DK, 1999, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V36, P529
    MORETTI G, 1972, PIBAL7237 POL I BROO
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    SHU CW, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P439
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
    VANLEER B, 1977, J COMPUT PHYS, V23, P276
    WANGER DH, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V14, P534
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
    ZHU YL, 1980, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 1064-8275
 J9 SIAM J SCI COMPUT
 JI SIAM J. Sci. Comput.
 PD JUN 23
 PY 2000
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 151
 PG 39
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 334BP
 UT ISI:000088165500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, SJ
    Yu, NW
 TI Kinetic model of desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in RH
    refining of molten steel
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 ID IRON
 AB The desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in the RH refining
    of molten steel and its mechanism have been considered and analysed.
    Based on the two-resistance mass transfer theory and the mass balance
    of sulphur in the system, a kinetic model for the process has been
    developed. The related parameters of the model, including the mass
    transfer coefficients and the effective amount of powder in the molten
    steel being treated for desulphurisation, have been reasonably
    determined. Modelling and predictions of the process of injecting and
    blowing the lime based powder flux under assumed operating modes with
    the different initial contents of sulphur and amounts of powder
    injected and blown in a RH degasser of 300 t capacity have been carried
    out using the model, The relevant circulation rate of the liquid steel
    and the powder injection and blowing rate were taken to be 100 t
    min(-1) and 150 kg min(-1), respectively, The initial contents of
    sulphur in the liquid steel to be treated a nd the amounts of powder
    injection and blowing were respectively assumed to be 0.007, 0.006,
    0.005, 0.004, 0.003, 0.002 wt-% and 10, 8, 6, 5, 4, 3 kg/t steel, The
    total treatment time for desulphurisation under each mode was set at 24
    min, equivalent to eight circulation cycles of the liquid steel to be
    treated. The results indicated that the predictions made by this model
    are in good agreement with data from industrial experiments and
    practice. By injecting and blowing the lime based powder flux with the
    composition of 85 wt-% lime (CaO) + 15 wt-% fluorspar (CaF2) of 3-5
    kg/t steel, it is possible to decrease the sulphur content in the
    molten steel to an ultralow level below (5-10) x 10(-4) wt-% from
    (60-80) x 10(-4) wt-%. The total treatment time needed will be 12-20
    min. Intensifying the powder injection and blowing operation and
    increasing the circulation rate of the liquid steel may effectively
    increase the rate of the process in RH refining. The model may be
    expected to offer some useful information and a reliable basis for
    determining the reasonable process parameters and help in optimising
    the technology of desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in
    the RH refining of molten steel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Univ Iowa, Dept Mech Engn, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
 CR *ISIJ, 1971, YOUT YOUK NO MON YAS, P70
    ENDOH K, 1989, SADA TETSU TOGISATA, P20
    ENDOH K, 1990, NIPP STEEL TECH REP, P45
    ENGH TA, 1972, SCAND J METALL, V1, P103
    FARIAS LR, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P211
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P18
    GHOSH DN, 1982, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V9, P136
    HALE RJ, 1990, ISS STEELM C P, V73, P69
    HANDA N, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P163
    HATAKEYAMA T, 1989, IRON STEELMAKER, V15, P23
    IRONS GA, 1986, P INT C INJ MET SC 1
    KAWAI Y, 1975, TETSU TO HAGANE, V61, P29
    KAWAI Y, 1984, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V24, P509
    KIRHARA T, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1239
    KOMAI T, 1982, P 7 INT C VAC MET TO, P1383
    LEHNER T, 1977, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    MCNALLEN M, 1980, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    MCNALLEN M, 1983, P INT INJ MET SCAN 3
    MYRAYAMA N, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V3, P151
    OETERS F, 1973, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V44, P727
    OETERS F, 1983, P INT C INJ MET SC 1
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P262
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P274
    OKADA Y, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1238
    OKADA Y, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, T9
    RANZ WE, 1952, CHEM ENG PROG, V48, P141
    ROBERTSON DGC, 1980, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    SZATKOWSHI M, 1991, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V17, P65
    TSUJINO R, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P589
    UEHARAL H, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1240
    WEI JH, 1997, UNPUB
 NR 31
 TC 2
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 137
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 332JE
 UT ISI:000088069900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, HT
    Xu, HY
 TI In situ permeability measurements to establish the influence of slice
    mining on floor rocks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ROCK MECHANICS AND MINING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Special Mining, Tainan 271019, Taiwan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Civil Engn, Tainan 271019, Taiwan.
 RP Xiao, HT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Special Mining, Tainan
    271019, Taiwan.
 CR CAI DB, 1981, HDB MINE GEOLOGY, P10
    JING ZG, 1984, J CHINA COAL SOC, V9, P81
    PANG YH, 1982, COAL GEOLOGY EXPLORA, V10, P37
    SUN GZ, 1988, STRUCTURE MECH ROCKS, P92
    TANG MX, 1988, THESIS SHANDONG U SC
    XIAO HT, 1989, COAL GEOLOGY EXPLORA, V17, P39
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1365-1609
 J9 INT J ROCK MECH MINING SCI
 JI Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 37
 IS 5
 BP 855
 EP 860
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Geological; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 332XA
 UT ISI:000088098600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, L
    Liu, ZY
 TI Algebraic multilevel iterative preconditioning methods for H-matrices
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE algebraic multilevel; H-compatible splitting; diagonal compensation
    reduction; optimal order preconditioners
 AB A purely algebraic method is presented to construct preconditioners for
    symmetric positive definite H-matrices. The main technique is
    H-compatible splitting and diagonal compensation reduction. Associated
    with some special matrix polynomials, under certain condition, this
    method is optimal with respect to the rate of convergence and
    computational complexity. Numerical results that illustrate these
    properties are provided.
 C1 Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, L, Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V58, P3
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, 9045 CATH U DEP MATH
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    AXELSSON O, 1991, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V38, P31
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P213
    KOLOTILINA LY, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P45
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P18
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 2000
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 97
 EP 111
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 333LK
 UT ISI:000088131600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong-Yi, L
 TI The calculation of global error for initial value problem of ordinary
    differential equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE ordinary differential equation; initial value problem; global error;
    numerical analysis
 AB This paper presents a simple but reliable method to calculate global
    error of ordinary differential equations. The results show that the
    global error can be calculated very simply and satisfactory. Several
    numerical examples are given to verify the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Polytech 2, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Hong-Yi, L, Shanghai Univ, Polytech 2, 80 Shan Xi Rd, Shanghai 200041,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRUSA L, 1980, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V15, P685
    DORMAND JR, 1978, CELESTIAL MECH, V18, P223
    GEAR CW, 1971, NUMERICAL INITIAL VA
    PLISCHKE M, 1994, EQUILIBRIUM STAT PHY
    RICE JR, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS SO
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 2000
 VL 74
 IS 2
 BP 237
 EP 245
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 333LL
 UT ISI:000088131700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI The growth rate and statistical fluctuation of Bose-Einstein condensate
    formation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Bbose-Einstein condensate; atom laser; growth rate
 ID QUANTUM KINETIC-THEORY; EQUATION; TRAP
 AB Using the generating function method to solve the master equation of
    Bose-Einstein condensate and to evaluate the growth rate, statistical
    fluctuation of condensate atoms, we find out that there is a plateau in
    the growth rate curve and a super-Poisson distribution observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GARDINER CW, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1793
    GARDINER CW, 1998, PHYS REV A, V58, P536
    GARDINER CW, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5266
    MIESNER HJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1005
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P203
    WANG ZX, 1956, INTRO STAT PHYSICS, P186
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 7
 BP 485
 EP 489
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 333PY
 UT ISI:000088139500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HY
    Lee, HY
 TI One-parameter equation of state for gases and gas mixtures
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE equation of state; virial equation; gases; fugacity; correlation;
    mixture; polar; nonpolar
 ID CORRESPONDING-STATES
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Lee, HY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUECH PL, 1967, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V6, P442
    KELL GS, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V48, P3805
    KNAPP H, 1982, CHEM DATA SER, V6
    LEE BI, 1975, AICHE J, V21, P510
    LEE HY, 1992, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V81, P152
    LEE HY, 1997, J SHANGHAI 2 POLYTEC, V14, P13
    MARTIN JJ, 1979, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V18, P81
    PLOCKER U, 1978, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V17, P324
    PRAUSNITZ JM, 1968, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    SMITH SM, 1975, INTRO CHEM ENG THERM
    SOAVE G, 1972, CHEM ENG SCI, V27, P1197
    VARGAFTIK NB, 1975, TABLES THERMOPHYSICA
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 166
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 332UJ
 UT ISI:000088091500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, YL
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Analysis of properties of high-electron-mobility-transistor under
    optical illumination
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE high electron mobility transistor; photovoltage; charge-controlling
    model; 2-dimensional electron gas
 ID ANALYTIC MODEL; HEMTS
 AB We studied the dynamical behaviors of the depletion-mode AlGaAs/GaAs
    high-electron-mobility transistor under optical illumination. The
    photovoltage effect and the photogenerated carriers contribution to the
    space charge concentration were taken into account. The pinch-off
    voltage, the sheet concentration of two-dimensional electron gas
    (2-DEG) located at the interface of the: heterojunction, the I-V
    characteristic curve, and the transconductance were investigated by
    using the charge-controlling model. We found that the pinch-off voltage
    was lowered and the sheet concentration of 2-DEG was increased because
    of the optical illumination, which, in turn, resulted in an increase in
    the current gain and the transconductance of the device.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG CS, 1987, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V34, P1456
    CHANG CS, 1987, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V30, P485
    CHATURVEDI GJ, 1983, INFRARED PHYS, V23, P65
    CHEN CY, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V42, P1040
    DELAGEBEAUDEUF D, 1982, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V29, P955
    DESALLES AA, 1990, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V3, P350
    DESALLES AA, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P2010
    GRAFFEUIL J, 1979, ELECTRON LETT, V15, P439
    HUEPPER G, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2372
    MITRA H, 1998, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V45, P68
    SIMONS RN, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1444
    SIMONS RN, 1990, OPTICAL CONTROL MICR, CH4
    SINGHAL A, 1990, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V33, P1214
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, CH13
    YU LS, 1990, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, CH5
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 7
 BP 1394
 EP 1399
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 333HU
 UT ISI:000088125500037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, HH
    Dai, SQ
    Huo, Y
 TI Head-on collision between two solitary waves in a compressible
    Mooney-Rivlin elastic rod
 SO WAVE MOTION
 DT Article
 DE solitary waves; hyperelastic rods
 AB The interaction between two solitary waves in hyperelastic rods had
    been studied in literature by numerical methods, and here we study the
    head-on collision between two solitary waves in a circular cylindrical
    rod composed of a compressible Mooney-Rivlin material by a perturbation
    approach which combines the reductive perturbation method with the
    technique of strained coordinates. The third-order asymptotic solution
    which describes the evolution process of interaction is derived. It is
    found that the head-on collision does have imprints on the colliding
    waves with nonuniform phase shifts at O(epsilon(2)), which cause the
    tilting of the wave profiles. Our analytical results provide a formula
    for the maximum amplitude during the collision and also successfully
    explain the phenomenon that the smaller solitary wave has a larger
    distortion while the larger solitary wave has a smaller distortion. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon Tong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, HH, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Tat Chee Ave, Kowloon Tong,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CLARKSON PA, 1986, STUD APPL MATH, V75, P95
    COHEN H, 1993, ACTA MECH, V100, P223
    COLEMAN BD, 1990, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V109, P39
    DAI HH, 1998, ACTA MECH, V127, P193
    DAI SQ, 1984, SIENTIA SINICA, V27, P507
    DAI SQ, 1992, NONLINEAR PROBLEMS E
    DAI SQ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P113
    HECK H, 1993, INTRO MAPLE
    MEI CC, 1989, APPL DYNAMICS OCEAN
    NARIBOLI GA, 1970, J MATH PHYS SCI, V4, P64
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITONS MATH PHYSIC
    SAMSONOV AM, 1994, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI, P349
    SOERENSEN MP, 1984, J ACOUST SOC AM, V76, P871
    SOERENSEN MP, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P1718
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    WRIGHT T, 1982, P IUTAM S FIN EL
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0165-2125
 J9 WAVE MOTION
 JI Wave Motion
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 32
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 111
 PG 19
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 329VE
 UT ISI:000087928500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, LJ
    Yang, J
    Liu, DH
 TI Equilibrium partial pressures and crystal growth of Cd1-xZnxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE equilibrium partial pressure; CdZnTe crystal growth; gamma detector
 ID CD-TE; SYSTEM
 AB The partial pressures, p(Cd) and p(Zn), over Cd1-xZnxTe (CZT) and
    Cd1-xZnx, melts were estimated based on known thermodynamic data and
    the partial pressures, p(Cd) and p(Zn), over Cd0.86Zn0.14 alloy melt at
    a temperature of about 980 degrees C could be equilibrium with those
    over Cd0.8Zn0.2Te melt at a melting temperature of 1162 degrees C. The
    Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal growth from the melt under controlled constituent
    partial pressures, provided by Cd0.86Zn0.14 alloy instead of only Cd
    source was carried out in this work. The best result for the
    resistivity, which has reached up to about 10(10) Omega cm, has been
    obtained under the equilibrium partial pressures estimated by
    thermodynamic relationships. The axial variation in Zn concentration,
    which has been obviously improved due to the Zn replenishment from the
    reservoir during the whole growth procedure, is within about 4%. EPD on
    the average was about 2 x 10(5) and 4 x 10(4)cm(-2) at the middle of
    the bulk. IR transmissivity in the range of 2 to 42 mu m is larger than
    60%. In addition, the relationship between resistivities and conducting
    types of the crystal and different controlled pressures is also
    discussed. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus,20
    Chengzhong Rd,Jiading, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2597
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1310
    GLASS HL, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1035
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P637
    JORDAN AS, 1970, MET T, V1, P239
    NIEMELA A, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P1054
    PETERS K, 1990, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V25, P1107
    TANAKA A, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V94, P166
    TUNG T, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P117
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1067
 NR 11
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 BP 30
 EP 34
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 328WC
 UT ISI:000087873200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Ju, JH
    Shi, WM
    Qian, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Wu, WH
    Fang, JX
    Li, YJ
    Zhao, J
    Gong, HM
 TI Comparison of physical passivation of Hg1-xCdxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE MCT physical passivation; ZnS/MCT interface; DLC/MCT interface
 ID HGCDTE; WINDOW
 AB The interface properties between well-polished MCT and ZnS layers
    deposited by three different physical techniques, and DLC prepared by
    RFPCVD, have been investigated by AES, IRTS, etc. ZnS and DLC films can
    prevent the outward diffusion of the components in MCT. However, Zn and
    S in the ZnS layer tend to diffuse into the MCT, especially, the S
    diffuses deeper in the case of EBV, and O is detected especially after
    PLD, but C in the DLC layer diffuses only slightly into the MCT. In
    particular, the IR transmission of the MCT with deposited DLC is
    obviously raised, and higher than that of the MCT with deposited ZnS at
    least in the range of 7.1-7.5 mu m. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BUBULAC LO, 1995, J ELECTRON MATER, V24, P1175
    HARRIS DC, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2552, P325
    HOLLAND L, 1979, THIN SOLID FILMS, V58, P107
    KINCH MA, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P215
    MCKINLEY JM, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2554, P213
    MROCZKOWSKI JA, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P2041
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1989, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V7, P450
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 BP 265
 EP 268
 PG 4
 SC Crystallography
 GA 328WC
 UT ISI:000087873200057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Anomalous microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular thin films
    under magnetic fields
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON APPLIED SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    RADIATION; ARRAYS
 AB The microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films has
    been studied at a microwave frequency of 30.5 GHz. In absence of a
    magnetic field, the dependencies of a normal microwave response on the
    bias current was observed at a temperature close to T-c. When a
    magnetic field ranging from 5.0 to 33.0 mT is applied, the responses
    broaden and shift toward a lower temperature. In the superconducting
    state, the responses were found to be highly dependent on the magnetic
    field. For a current of 5.0 mA and a magnetic field above 17.0 mT, the
    responses increased and did not vanish, even at a very low temperature,
    which is believed to be correlative with the anisotropic character of
    the structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASYEV AS, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P2571
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DONIACH S, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1169
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3808
    GAMMEL PL, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P953
    HERBERT ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    JUNG G, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2355
    KOCH RH, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2586
    LI Q, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P3086
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    ROSE K, 1975, APPL SUPERCONDUCTIVI
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    TINHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    VADLAMANNATI S, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7094
    YEH NC, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9708
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YOSOHISATO Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P1080
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1051-8223
 J9 IEEE TRANS APPL SUPERCONDUCT
 JI IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 2
 BP 1606
 EP 1611
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 329UR
 UT ISI:000087927300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XX
    Zhong, SS
 TI Analysis of two dual-polarization square-patch antennas
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE patch antenna; dual polarization; Green's function approach; input
    impedance
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS
 AB New analytical expressions for the input and mutual impedance of two
    kinds of dual-polarization square-patch antenna double fed ar the
    orthogonal edges or corners are obtained using the Green's function
    approach based on the planar circuit principle. The frequency
    characteristics of the input impedance, VSWR, and isolation are
    analyzed and verified by the published data and experiments. The
    calculating formulas are very efficient with little computation, and
    are suitable for engineering design. (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABDALHAMEED RA, 1998, P I ELECTR ENG, V145, P455
    BENALLA A, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P733
    GATSINGER WJ, 1973, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V21, P34
    HAMMERSTAD EO, 1975, 5 EUR MICR C SEPT, P268
    LO YT, 1979, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V27, P137
    MUNSON RE, 1974, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V22, P74
    OKOSHI T, 1972, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V20, P245
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2000
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 153
 EP 156
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 328KW
 UT ISI:000087850900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SH
    Li, YZ
 TI Concise method for evaluating the probability distribution of the
    marginal cost of power generation
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-GENERATION TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
 DT Article
 ID CONTRACTS; SYSTEM
 AB In the developing electricity market, many questions on electricity
    pricing and the risk modelling of forward contracts require the
    evaluation of the expected value and probability distribution of the
    short-run marginal cast of power generation at any given time. A
    concise forecasting method is provided, which is consistent with the
    definitions of marginal costs and the techniques of probabilistic
    production costing. The method embodies clear physical concepts, so
    that it can be easily understood theoretically and computationally
    realised. A numerical example has been used to test the proposed method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BILLINTON R, 1993, RELIABILITY EVALUATI
    BILLINTON R, 1994, IEEE T POWER SYST, V9, P68
    BLOOM JA, 1984, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V103, P1725
    BLOOM JA, 1992, IEEE T POWER SYST, V7, P1370
    DAVID AK, 1994, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V141, P75
    GEDRA TW, 1994, IEEE T POWER SYST, V9, P1766
    KIRSCH LD, 1988, IEEE T PWRS, V3, P1133
    RAU NS, 1985, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V104, P3493
    SHIH FR, 1998, IEEE T POWER SYST, V13, P731
    SUTANTON D, 1989, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V4, P559
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1350-2360
 J9 IEE PROC-GENER TRANSM DISTRIB
 JI IEE Proc.-Gener. Transm. Distrib.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 147
 IS 3
 BP 137
 EP 142
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 324AL
 UT ISI:000087598100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HB
    Hu, YY
    Sun, L
    Shen, YJ
 TI Synthesis of 1-amino-2-(4 '-methoxycarbonyl ethyl-2
    '-methyl)phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone
 SO DYES AND PIGMENTS
 DT Article
 DE 1-amino-2-(4 '-methoxylcarbonyl ethyl-2 '-methyl)phenoxy-4-hydroxy
    anthraquinone; 4-(beta-cyanoethyl)-2-methylphenol; Friedel-Crafts
    reaction; hydrolysis of nitrile
 AB 4-(beta-Cyanoethyl)-2-methylphenol was synthesized via the
    Friedel-Crafts reaction between o-cresol and acrylonitrile and was then
    condensed with 1-amino-2-bromo-4-hydroxy anthraquinone. The resulting
    product was hydrolyzed in alkaline medium and esterified with methanol
    to afford the title compound. Mass spectra, H-1 NMR and visible spectra
    of the title compound and the intermediates were measured. (C) 2000
    Elsevier:Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 15316, JP
    JOHNSON HW, 1975, J ORG CHEM, V22, P1264
    LAI DY, 1981, GONGYE HECHENG RANLI, P82
    RICHTER RH, 1977, 4051166, US
    SUN SD, 1992, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V12, P96
    ZHANG ZY, 1995, JINGXI YOUJI HECHENG, P270
    ZHOU QK, 1993, SHANGHAI RANLIAO, V105, P5
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0143-7208
 J9 DYE PIGMENT
 JI Dyes Pigment.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 185
 EP 188
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Textiles
 GA 328QJ
 UT ISI:000087861300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Guo, P
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution for U-shaped bellows overall-bending problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE flexible shells; shells of revolution; circular ring shells; bellows;
    U-shaped bellows
 AB The formulae for stresses and angular displacements of U-shaped bellows
    overall bending in a meridian plane under pure bending moments are
    presented based on the general solution for slender ring shells
    proposed by Zhu Weiping, et al. and the solution for ring plates. The
    results evaluated in this paper are compared with those on EJMA
    (standards of the expansion joint manufacturers association) and of the
    experiment given by Li Tingxilz, et al.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1993, STANDARDS EXPANSION
    AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS M
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P649
    HAMADA M, 1971, B JSME, V14, P401
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    LI TX, 1994, J S CHINA U TECH, V22, P94
    NARASIMHAM SV, 1997, INT J PRES VES PIP, V71, P35
    QIAN H, 1982, APPL MATH MECH, V3, P99
    SKOCZEN B, 1992, INT J MECH SCI, V34, P901
    ZHU WP, 1998, P 2 ICIWS 1998 SING, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 371
 EP 382
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 328KN
 UT ISI:000087850200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
    Jiang, GC
 TI Theoretical and experimental analysis of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; numerical simulation; soft-contacted mould
 AB Coupling the quasi-3D numerical simulation of electromagnetic field and
    the experiments with some metals such as tin, aluminum, copper and
    steel, the electromagnetic characteristics of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould, especially the influences of power frequency, the
    mould structure, and the inductor position, size and current on the
    electromagnetic force and pressure on the billet, were analyzed. The
    result shows that, in continuous casting with soft-contacted mould, the
    electromagnetic pressure on the surface of billet increases with the
    rising of the power frequency as a logarithmically parabolic function
    and, with that of inductor current as a parabolic function. The design
    principle of the soft-contacted mould is that 1) the mould structure
    should be 'more segments and thin slits'; 2) the topside of inductor
    should be at the same location with the meniscus of molten metal; 3)
    the inductor should cover the initial solidifying shell of billet.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AYATA K, 1997, CAMP ISIJ, V10, P828
    CHA PR, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P403
    DENG K, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECH, V15, P87
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    FURUHASHI S, 1998, TETSU TO HAGANE, V84, P625
    LAVERS JD, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P993
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V33, P524
    MORISHITA M, 1991, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
    ZHU XY, 1991, STUDY ELECTROMAGNETI
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 314
 EP 319
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 327KX
 UT ISI:000087794000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
 TI Domain morphology evolution associated with the relaxer-normal
    ferroelectric transition in the Bi- and Zn-modified
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE domains; electron microscopy; ferroelectric properties; Pb(Ni,Nb)O-3;
    PbTiO3; PbZrO3; perovskites
 ID MODIFIED PB(NI1/3NB2/3)O-3-PBTIO3-PBZRO3 CERAMICS; LEAD-MAGNESIUM
    NIOBATE; PEROVSKITE FERROELECTRICS; DIELECTRIC-PROPERTIES; BISMUTH;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB To understand the dielectric behavior from a viewpoint of domain
    configuration, the domain morphology evolution in
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(0.2)(Zr1-sigmaTisigma)(0.8)O-3
    ceramics (0.30 less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to 0.60)
    has been investigated by transmission electron microscopy and high
    resolution electron microscopy. The results indicated that the domain
    morphology evolved from the normal micron-sized domains to herringbone
    domain patterns, and finally to the polar nanodoamains approximately 3
    similar to 6 nm in size when the PT content was decreased from 60 to 30
    mol%. The normal twin-related 90 degrees macrodomains are closely
    correlated with the normal dielectric response of the composition with
    higher PT content, whereas the relaxer response of the composition with
    lower PT content is directly attributable to nanometer domains that
    contain 1:1 short-range ordering on the B-site sub-lattice. A model is
    proposed to describe the effect of the PbTiO3 content on the
    ferroelectric domain morphology evolution in the system. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR AKBAS MA, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2933
    CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    HARMER MP, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V97, P263
    HILTON AD, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3461
    HU YH, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P594
    POKOV VA, 1961, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V3, P613
    RANDALL C, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P277
    RANDALL CA, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P829
    RANDALL CA, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V29, P327
    SETTER N, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4356
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1970, J PHYS SOC JAPAN   S, V28, P26
    SWARTZ SL, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P311
    YAO X, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3399
    YOON MS, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3991
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
    ZHU XH, 1998, FERROELECTRICS, V215, P265
    ZHU XH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1533
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 1251
 EP 1255
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 324PJ
 UT ISI:000087630300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Hua, JD
    Sang, WB
 TI Dielectric properties in ferroelectric optically active polyamides
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE dielectric constant; dielectric loss; dielectric properties; optically
    active polymers; polyamides
 ID LIQUID-CRYSTALLINE POLYACRYLATES; POLARIZATION; COPOLYMERS
 AB A relationship between dielectric constant epsilon or dielectric loss
    tan delta and structure was studied for optically active polyamides.
    The samples of these polyamides exhibited a chiral smectic phase due to
    their asymmetric structures and strong hydrogen bonds. The dielectric
    parameters were significantly influenced by temperature, but were
    hardly affected by frequency in the high-frequency region. The hindered
    rotations of the mesogens, which affect the polarization, depended on
    the structures and the phase transitions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BALIZER E, 1991, IEEE PUBLICATION, P193
    CHIELLINI E, 1992, ACS SYM SER, V493, P280
    FURUKAWA T, 1992, POLYM PREPR JPN, V41, P4562
    KOZLOVSKY MV, 1992, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V27, P1141
    LEE JW, 1991, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V29, P273
    LIU Y, 1999, SHANGHAI DAXUE XUEBA, V5, P165
    OHTANI M, 1992, POLYM PREPR JPN, V41, P4559
    PORTUGALL M, 1982, MAKROMOL CHEM, V183, P2311
    SHIBAEV VP, 1984, POLYM BULL, V12, P299
    YAMAMOTO M, 1992, 04223440, JP
    ZENTEL R, 1985, MACROMOLECULES, V18, P960
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2000
 VL B39
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 358
 PG 10
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 327AQ
 UT ISI:000087770400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, JD
    Liu, YF
    Yuan, WJ
 TI The compatibility of a polymeric catalyst-substrate-solvent and
    reaction rate. IV
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE catalyst; compatibility; electrostatic interaction; hydrogenation;
    polymer-metal complex
 AB This article focuses on charged polymer catalyst systems. Based on
    chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, and interface chemistry, a
    quantitative relationship between the catalysis rate and the charge
    density on the various components in the catalysis system was obtained.
    It can be formulated as follows:
    r = A alpha phi(2)(1 - phi(2)) exp {lambda sigma(2) exp(gamma root
    alpha(1-phi(2)) + beta root alpha(1 - phi(2))[alpha(1 - phi(2)) +
    sigma(2)phi(2)]}
    This formula indicates that the larger the value of the charge density
    of the polymer backbone, the better the compatibility and, in turn, the
    faster the catalysis rate. This result is compared to our experiments
    and to literature results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DEBYE P, 1923, PHYSIK, V2, P185
    DEBYE P, 1923, PHYSIK, V2, P24
    HUA J, 1989, J APPL POLYM SCI, V38, P1211
    HUA J, 1989, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V28, P455
    HUA J, 1993, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V32, P183
    ISE N, 1968, J AM CHEM SOC, V90, P4242
    YIN Y, 1980, CONCISE TXB PHYSICAL, V2, P214
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2000
 VL B39
 IS 3
 BP 359
 EP 372
 PG 14
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 327AQ
 UT ISI:000087770400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Shao, J
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation of the phase transition of
    alpha-berlinite under high pressure
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; alpha-berlinite; pressure-induced
    amorphization
 ID GLASS; ALPO4
 AB A Molecular dynamics simulation of the behavior of alpha-berlinite
    (AIPO(4)) was performed between -20 GPa to 40 GPa at 300 K, With
    increasing pressure, the PO4 tetrahedron almost keeps unchanged, while
    the AlO4 tetrahedron becomes more and more distorted, but both P and Al
    continue to keep four coordinated with oxygen in the pressure region
    studied. The lattice constant a is more compressible than c and the
    calculated cell edge compressibilities are in good agreement with the
    experimental data available in low pressure region, An amorphous solid
    is formed at about 20 GPa and this glass, when releasing the pressure
    to zero, will transform back to its original crystal structure. The
    crystal structure can remain under tension until -15GPa. Further
    tension will make the crystal structure collapse.
 C1 Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    KIEFFER J, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P4153
    KRUGER MB, 1990, SCIENCE, V249, P647
    MCNEW J, 1992, VA QUART REV, V68, P1
    SCIORTINO F, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P6484
    SHAO J, 1990, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V39, P245
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SHAO J, 1993, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V10, P669
    SOWA H, 1990, Z KRISTALLOGR, V192, P119
    TSE JS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P174
    VANBEEST BWH, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1955
    XU H, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V35, P1065
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 512
 EP 516
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 325GJ
 UT ISI:000087667600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
    Guo, BY
 TI Localization and approximation of attractors for the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations; attractors; approximate inertial
    manifolds
 AB The aim of this paper is to provide explicitly a sequence of
    m-dimensional approximate inertial manifolds M(m,j,)j = 1,2,, for each
    positive integer m, for the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations. A very thin
    neighborhood into which the orbits enter with an exponential speed and
    in a finite time is associated with each manifold. The thickness of
    these neighborhoods decreases with increasing m for a fixed order j.
    Besides, the neighborhoods localize the global attractor and aid in the
    approximate computation of large-time solutions of the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V73, P309
    FOIAS C, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P93
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    PROMISLOW K, 1990, PHYSICA D, P232
    PROMISLOW K, 1991, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V3, P491
    PROMISLOW K, 1991, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V16, P959
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI SER, V8
    TEMAM R, 1989, J FS TOKYO IA, V36, P629
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P145
    WU YJ, 1999, J COMPUT MATH, V17, P243
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 154
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 324JR
 UT ISI:000087619000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Yao, MY
    Wan, XJ
    Xu, WX
 TI Effect of Fe on the environmental embrittlement of Co3Ti alloy
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen embrittlement
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES
 AB The mechanical properties of Co3Ti-based alloys were investigated. The
    tensile results show that the environment embrittlement of the alloy
    was completely suppressed when third element Fe was added to Ll(2)-type
    Co3Ti alloy. The AES result shows that the surface reaction of Co3Ti-Fe
    alloy with water vapor saturates at exposure of 2x10(-3) Pa s, bur it
    does not saturate at 0.1 Pa s exposure for Co3Ti alloy, and that the
    extent of the surface reaction of Co3Ti-Fe with water vapor is much
    smaller than that of Co3Ti at the same exposure. It illustrates that
    the beneficial effect of Fe in Co3Ti on the environmental embrittlement
    is attributed to its obvious reduction of the kinetics of the surface
    reaction with water vapor. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Res Inst, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN TK, UNPUB SCRIPTA MAT
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    LIU CT, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1933
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 5-6
 BP 585
 EP 588
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 320GQ
 UT ISI:000087393800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI Electrostatic potential of strongly nonlinear composites: Homotopy
    continuation approach
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BOUNDARY-VALUE-PROBLEMS; DECOUPLING APPROXIMATION; MEDIA; CONDUCTIVITY;
    2ND-ORDER
 AB The homotopy continuation method is used to solve the electrostatic
    boundary-value problems of strongly nonlinear composite media, which
    obey a current-field relation of J = sigma E + chi\E\E-2. With the mode
    expansion, the approximate analytical solutions of electric potential
    in host and inclusion regions are obtained by solving a set of
    nonlinear ordinary different equations, which are derived from the
    original equations with homotopy method. As an example in dimension
    two, we apply the method to deal with a nonlinear cylindrical inclusion
    embedded in a host. Comparing the approximate analytical solution of
    the potential obtained by homotopy method with that of numerical
    method, we can obverse that the homotopy method is valid for solving
    boundary-value problems of weakly and strongly nonlinear media.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARDHAN KK, 1994, SPRINGER LECT NOTES
    BERGMAN DJ, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P4598
    BERGMAN DJ, 1992, SOLID STATE PHYS, V46, P147
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    CASTANEDA PP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4387
    CHOY TS, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P129
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P523
    LIAO SJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P595
    LIAO SJ, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P970
    LUI SH, 1995, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V10, P363
    NI FS, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P438
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P311
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
    ZHANG W, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V255, P343
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 6
 BP 464
 EP 468
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 321QW
 UT ISI:000087467000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
 TI A Note on bifurcations of u ''+mu(u-u(k)) = 0(4 <= k epsilon Z(+))
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Liapunov-Schmidt reduction; singularity theory; bifurcation
 AB Bifurcations of one kind of reaction-diffusion equations, u" + mu ( u -
    u(k)) = 0(mu is a parameter, 4 less than or equal to k epsilon Z(+)),
    with boundary value condition u(0) = u(rr) = 0 are discussed. By means
    of singularity theory based on the method of Liapunov-Schmidt
    reduction, satisfactory results can be acquired.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FIFE PC, 1979, LECT NOTES BIOMATHEM, V28
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    LU QS, 1995, BIFURCATION SINGULAR
    TANG Y, 1998, FDN SYMMETRY BIFURCA
    YE QX, 1994, INTRO REACTION DIFFU
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 265
 EP 274
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 321QX
 UT ISI:000087467100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI A theoretical research to effective viscosity of colloidal dispersions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multiphase flow; colloidal dispersion; suspension; emulsion
 ID PERIODIC SUSPENSION; PARTICLES
 AB Colloidal dispersions are common in nature with wide industrial
    applications. One of the central theoretical problems in the field is
    to determine the rheological properties of the colloidal dispersion
    from the microstructures of the systems. Because of the difficulties
    associated with the boundary-value problems of the many-particle
    system, existing theories for colloidal suspensions are limited to low
    particle concentrations. In this work, a method of transformation field
    is developed by which one can calculate the effective viscosity of an
    incompressible viscous fluid containing colloidal particles ( either
    solid particles or liquid drops). The predictions of the theory are in
    goad agreement with the Einstein's formula for suspensions and the
    Taylor's formula for emulsions at low particle concentrations. At
    higher particle concentrations, the results of Nunan and Keller are
    produced. The method is also applicable to the viscosity of colloidal
    systems with non-spherical particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BATCHELOR GK, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V56, P401
    BATCHELOR GK, 1976, J FLUID MECH, V74, P1
    BEDEAUX D, 1977, PHYSICA            A, V88, P88
    CHOW TS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P1977
    EINSTEIN A, 1906, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V19, P289
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P1186
    MAZUR P, 1982, PHYSICA A, V115, P21
    MELLEMA J, 1983, PHYSICA A, V122, P286
    NAGATANI T, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P320
    NASSER SN, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    NUNAN KC, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V142, P269
    PETERSON JM, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P2516
    RAYLEIGH, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    TAYLOR GI, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V138, P41
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 282
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 321QX
 UT ISI:000087467100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JK
    Huang, YH
    Huang, GZ
    Chen, CG
 TI The Monte-Carlo method for solving the dimensional chain positive
    problem
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Monte-Carlo simulation; dimensional chain; pseudo-random number
 AB In this paper, the Monte-Carlo method for solving the dimensional chain
    positive problem is presented and discussed. By using an electronic
    computer to calculate the limit size of piston travel of piston parts,
    not only are the calculating results of this method proven to be more
    precise than those of the probability method, but also the calculating
    speed of this method is proven to be faster than that of the
    probability method. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Mechanoelect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Sch Mechanoelect Ind, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Yuchai Machinery Co, Yulin 537005, Guangxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JK, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Mechanoelect Engn, 149 Yan Chang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *DEP MATH MECH ZHO, 1980, THEOR PROB MATH STAT, V1, P148
    *DEP MATH MECH ZHO, 1980, THEOR PROB MATH STAT, V2, P343
    JIANZHONG Z, 1974, MONTE CARLO METHOD P, P28
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2000
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 189
 EP 193
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 319RB
 UT ISI:000087354400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Sekiguchi, T
    Zhang, WJ
    Jiang, X
    Wu, WH
    Yao, T
 TI Effects of hydrogen ion bombardment and boron doping on (001)
    polycrystalline diamond films
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE diamond; penetrating effects; thin film; cathodoluminescence
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; GROWTH; SMOOTH
 AB Hydrogen ion bombardment was carried out by applying a negative bias
    voltage to the substrate during a microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition process, using only hydrogen as reactant gas. The sine of (0
    0 1) faces increases after hydrogen ion etching while other grains are
    etched off. The surfaces of [0 0 1] directionally oriented films after
    boron doping were investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
    and cathodoluminescent (CL) spectra. The absence of the band-A emission
    in the CL spectra indicates a low density of dislocations in the films.
    It is the first indication that the peak at 741.5 Nn and the broad peak
    at around 575 and 625 nm in the CL spectra are reduced efficiently
    after boron doping in (0 0 1) polycrystalline diamond films. We propose
    that these phenomena could be explained in simple terms by penetration
    or adsorption through the lattice nets of the [0 0 1] directionally
    oriented surfaces model. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tohoku Univ, Mat Res Inst, Sendai, Miyagi 980, Japan.
    Fraunhofer Inst Thin Films & Surface Engn, D-38108 Braunschweig, Germany.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2507
    DAVIS JW, 1987, J NUCL MATER, V145, P417
    HAYASHI K, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P744
    HAYASHI K, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V183, P338
    KAWARADA H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P583
    ROBINS LH, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P13367
    WILD C, 1993, DIAM RELAT MATER, V2, P158
    WON J, 1996, RECENT PROG DIAMOND, V1, P103
    YOKOTA Y, 1990, MAT RES SOC S P PITT, V160, P162
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 213
 IS 3-4
 BP 328
 EP 333
 PG 6
 SC Crystallography
 GA 320EX
 UT ISI:000087389800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SR
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Analysis of thermal post-buckling of heated elastic rods
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elastic straight rod; thermal post-buckling; nonlinear mathematical
    model; shooting method; numerical solution
 AB Based on the nonlinear geometric theory of extensible rods, an exact
    mathematical model of thermal post-buckling behavior of uniformly
    heated elastic rods with axially immovable ends is developed, in which
    the are length s(x) of axial line and the longitudinal displacement
    u(x) are taken as the basic unknown functions. This is a two point
    boundary value problem of first order ordinary differential equations
    with strong nonlinearity. By using shooting method and analytical
    continuation, the nonlinear boundary value problems are numerically
    solved. The thermal post-buckled states of the rods with transversely
    simply supported and clamped ends are obtained respectively and the
    corresponding numerical data tables and characteristic curves are also
    given.
 C1 Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SR, Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION, P83
    CHENG JK, 1994, MECH PRACTICE, V16, P23
    LI SR, 1997, J LANZHOU U, V33, P43
    LI SR, 1998, P INT C NONL MECH, P282
    NOWISCKI JL, 1978, THEORY THERMAL ELAST, P547
    TAUCHERT TR, 1987, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V22, P511
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1961, THEORY ELASTIC STABI, P76
    WANG CY, 1997, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V32, P1115
    WILLIAM HP, 1986, NUMERICAL RECIPES AR, P578
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 133
 EP 140
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 320DT
 UT ISI:000087387100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
 TI The vector fields admitting one-parameter spatial symmetry group and
    their reduction
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE vector field; symmtry group; Lie group; reduction; preserving n-form
 AB For a n-dimensional vector fields preserving some n-form, the following
    conclusion is reached by the method of Lie group. That is, if it admits
    an one-parameter, n-form preserving symmetry group, a transformation
    independent of the vector field is constructed explicitly, which can
    reduce not only dimesion of the vector field by one, but also make the
    reduced vector field preserve the corresponding ( n - 1)-form. In
    partic ular, while n = 3, an important result can be directly got which
    is given by Me,ie and Wiggins in 1994.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR GUO ZH, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P301
    LI JB, 1994, THEORY GEN HAMILTONI
    MARSDEN J, 1974, REP MATH PHYS, V5, P121
    MARSDEN JE, 1994, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MEYER KR, 1973, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS, P259
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    OTTINO JM, 1989, KINEMATICS MIXING ST
    SEN T, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P313
    SMALE S, 1970, INVENT MATH, V10, P305
    ZHANG JY, 1983, SCI SINICA A, V13, P426
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 173
 EP 180
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 320DT
 UT ISI:000087387100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HF
    Wang, XW
    Zhang, RG
    Yuan, JH
    Xie, Y
    Xie, H
 TI Discovery of new antimetastatic agents: Review of in vitro and in vivo
    screening methods
 SO METHODS AND FINDINGS IN EXPERIMENTAL AND CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID TUMOR-CELLS; HEPATOCELLULAR-CARCINOMA; METASTATIC CAPACITY;
    BASEMENT-MEMBRANE; LUNG METASTASIS; NUDE-MICE; MODEL; INVASION; CANCER;
    MATRIX
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Cell Biol, Dept Biotherapy, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Life Sci, Dept Biochem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Biol, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Cell Biol, Dept Biotherapy,
    320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBINI A, 1987, CANCER RES, V47, P3239
    BERLIN J, 1997, J CLIN ONCOL, V15, P781
    CORBLEY MJ, 1996, INT J CANCER, V66, P753
    FAN TPD, 1995, TRENDS PHARMACOL SCI, V16, P57
    FOLKMAN J, 1986, CANCER RES, V46, P467
    GREENBERG AH, 1989, INVAS METAST, V9, P360
    GUAITANI A, 1985, CANCER RES, V45, P2206
    HORI K, 1979, GANN, V70, P383
    JAMES SE, 1974, CANCER RES, V34, P839
    KARRER K, 1967, INT J CANCER, V2, P213
    KOPPER L, 1982, J CANCER RES CLIN, V103, P31
    KRAMER RH, 1986, CANCER RES, V46, P1980
    KURAMITSU Y, 1998, ANTI-CANCER DRUG, V9, P88
    LAFRENLERE R, 1996, J NATL CANCER I, V76, P309
    LEONE A, 1991, CELL, V65, P25
    LI HF, 1998, ONCOL RES, V10, P569
    LIU HY, 1998, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V33, P18
    MEHTA RR, 1998, BRIT J CANCER, V77, P595
    NICOSIA RF, 1990, LAB INVEST, V63, P115
    POHL J, 1988, MOL CELL BIOL, V8, P2078
    RABBANI SA, 1998, INT J ONCOL, V12, P911
    SAIKI I, 1989, BRIT J CANCER, V59, P194
    SATO H, 1961, CANC CHEMOTHER REP, V13, P33
    SIDRANSKY D, 1994, J NATL CANCER I, V86, P955
    STROEKEN PJM, 1998, CANCER RES, V58, P1569
    SUN FX, 1996, INT J CANCER, V66, P239
    SUN FX, 1996, J CANCER RES CLIN, V122, P397
    TAKASHI T, 1980, CANCER RES, V40, P4758
    TAKAZAWA H, 1976, GANN, V67, P403
    TERRANOVA VP, 1986, J NATL CANCER I, V77, P311
    TSUKAGOSHI S, 1970, CANC CHEMOTHER REP, V54, P311
    WEXLER H, 1966, J NATL CANCER I, V36, P641
    YAMAMOTO H, 1996, INT J CANCER, V65, P519
    YU AE, 1997, DRUG AGING, V11, P229
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0379-0355
 J9 METH FIND EXP CLIN PHARMACOL
 JI Methods Find. Exp. Clin. Pharmacol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 128
 PG 6
 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 315CJ
 UT ISI:000087094800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Shen, XY
 TI Study on electroslag remelting of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy
 SO METALL
 DT Article
 AB The ESR of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy has been experimentally investigated. The
    remelting experiments have been carried out with different slag fluxes
    in the CaF2 + NaF, CaF2 + ZrO2 and CaF2 + NaF + ZrO2 systems on an ESR
    furnace of 25 kg capacity, using a water-cooled copper mould of 96.5 mm
    diameter, with the forged square bar electrodes of 50 x 50 mm(2). The
    slag amount was taken to be 1.5 kg. The remelting current and voltage
    used were 1600-1800 A and 15-25 V, respectively. The influence of the
    slag composition on the stability of the remelting process and the
    losses of alloying elements (Zr and Cr) has been considered and
    examined. The technologies of hot working and heat treatment of the ES
    ingot have been described and discussed. Some physical properties of
    the slag in a CaF2 + NaF + ZrO2 system and the remelted Cu-Cr-Zr alloy
    have been determined. The results indicated that with the slag flux of
    CaF2 + NaF + 10mass% ZrO2 and the other operation parameters employed,
    a high quality ingot of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy can be obtained at the
    considerably high yields of Zr and Cr by means of ESR. For the remelted
    Cu-Cr-Zr alloy with a specified composition of 0.5 mass% Cr and 0.1
    mass% Zr, the appropriate electrical conductivity, hardness and
    softening temperature are as high as 45-46 S/m, HRB 82-84 and greater
    than or equal to 550 degrees C, respectively. The properties of the
    Cu-Cr-Zr alloy products are in accordance with and superior to the
    requirements and specifications of ISO5182-1991(E).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Elect Apparatus Res Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR 474258, SU
    ANZEL I, 1997, METALL, V5, P189
    ANZEL, 1997, METALL, V4, P181
    HOYLE G, 1983, ELECTROSLAG PROCESSE
    KOROUSIC B, 1983, METALL, V37, P1109
    KOROUSIC B, 1984, METALL, V38, P319
    KOROUSIK B, 1987, METALL, V41, P153
    LODINI A, 1980, REV METALLURGIE, V12, P1061
    MILLER RR, 1981, PHARMACOTHERAPY, V1, P21
    PATON BE, 1981, ELECTROSLAG TECHNOLO
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0026-0746
 J9 METALL
 JI Metall
 PY 2000
 VL 54
 IS 4
 BP 196
 EP 200
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 314BX
 UT ISI:000087035200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SP
    You, JP
    Jiang, GC
    Yoshida, F
    Xu, KD
 TI A molecular dynamics simulation of CaSiO3 melt under an electric field
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB The results of a molecular dynamics (MD) simulation are presented for
    CaSiO3 melt under an electric field. The two-body interaction potential
    is adopted in the simulation, with parameters chosen so that the
    calculated static structure is consistent with results of high
    temperature x-ray experiments. It is found that the MD results for the
    heat capacity at constant volume, the self-diffusion coefficient and
    the electrical conductivity change greatly when the electric field is
    over 500 MV/m. Discussion is given on these results, together with the
    frequency-dependent electrical conductivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
 RP Huang, SP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ENDERLY JE, 1985, AMORPHOUS SOLIDS LIQ
    HANSEN JP, 1986, THEORY SIMPLE LIQUID
    HEMMATI M, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P14841
    HUANG SP, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P5429
    KATO T, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P5506
    KELLER H, 1979, METALL T B, V10, P1356
    KELLER H, 1982, METALL T B, V13, P237
    MAEDA M, 1997, P 5 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P423
    MATSUI M, 1988, PHYS CHEM MINER, V16, P234
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P392
    WANG ZW, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P151
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTH INTERI
    ZHANG YH, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P253
    ZONG XF, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P767
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 279
 EP 281
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 318EP
 UT ISI:000087271200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Bao, BR
    Tan, XF
    Yang, AP
 TI Extraction mechanism of uranium(VI) with N,N,N ',N
    '-tetrabutylmalonamide
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE N,N,N ',N '-tetrabutylmalonamide (TBMA); extraction uranium (VI);
    coordination model
 AB The extraction mechanism of HNO3 and UO22+ with TBMA in toluene from
    the nitric acid medium has been studied. At the experimental condition,
    HNO3 and TBMA can form HNO3. TBMA, and the composition of extracted
    species is UO2(NO3)(2). 3TBMA. it was testified that the in the
    extraction species UO2(NO3)(2). 3TBMA, NO3- did not directly
    participate in coordination of uranyl (VI) ion by IR, and the
    coordination mode of the complex was also discussed.
 C1 Coll Agr, Laiyang 265200, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YS, Coll Agr, Laiyang 265200, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIS W, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1094
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    WANG HZ, 1995, WUJI HUAXUE XUEBAO, V11, P120
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    XU GX, 1984, EXTRACTION CHEM PRIN, P134
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 416
 EP 420
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 317VH
 UT ISI:000087247300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Tong, WQ
    Liu, X
    Qiu, MY
 TI Studies on the reaction of 1,2,3-trisubstituted electron-deficient
    cyclopropane derivatives with methanol
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE 1,2,3-trisubstituted cyclopropane; methanolysis; methyl butyrate
 ID STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS
 AB In this paper, the reaction of 1,2,3-trisubstituted electron-deficient
    cyclopropane derivatives cis-1-benzoyl-2-p-substituted phenyl-6,
    6-dimethyl-5, 7-dioxo-spiro-[2, 5]-4,8-octadiones with methanol was
    studied. The structures of the reaction products were confirmed as
    methyl beta-benzoyl-gamma-methoxy-gamma-p-substituted phenylbutyrates
    by means of IR, MS, microanalysis, H-1, C-13 NMR spectroscopies and APT
    techniques. The reaction mechanism for the formation of the product was
    also proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DING WY, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P64
    MONTI SA, 1974, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P3239
    MURPHY WS, 1983, J CHEM SOC P1, P817
    POKU SK, 1984, CAN J CHEM, V62, P1217
    PU JQ, 2000, IN PRESS SYNTHESIS C
    SMITH AB, 1978, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P1649
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 740
 EP 742
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 316HH
 UT ISI:000087161200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Chen, LQ
    Yang, L
 TI On properties of hyperchaos: Case study
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperchaos; strange attractor; unstable periodic point; pattern
    formation
 ID CHAOS
 AB Some properties of hyperchaos are exploited by studying both uncoupled
    and coupled CML. In addition to usual properties of chaotic strange
    attractors, there are other interesting properties, such as: the number
    of unstable periodic points embedded in the strange attractor increases
    dramatically increasing and a large number of low-dimensional chaotic
    invariant sets are contained in the strange attractor. These properties
    may be useful for regarding the edge of chaos as. the origin of
    complexity of dynamical systems.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BADII R, 1997, COMPLEXITY HIERARCHI
    CHEN LQ, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P67
    CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    KANEKO K, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P1
    LIU ZG, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P702
    LIU ZR, 1997, ACTA MECH SCINICA, V29, P103
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    MAROTTO FR, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V68, P187
    MAROTTO FR, 1979, J MATH ANAL APPL, V72, P716
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    WALDROP MM, 1992, COMPLEXITY EMERGING
    YANG L, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 366
 EP 370
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 317GF
 UT ISI:000087217100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Yamashita, K
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
    Okuyama, M
 TI Structural and electrical properties of highly oriented Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3
    thin films deposited by facing target sputtering
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE PZT thin film; facing target sputtering; crystalline orientation;
    ferroelectric property
 ID ZIRCONATE-TITANATE FILMS; HEAT-TREATMENT; GEL; SUBSTRATE; GROWTH;
    PB(ZR; RF
 AB The Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 thin films with single (111) oriented perovskite phase
    and excellent electrical properties have been prepared by annealing the
    as-deposited samples. The orientation of crystals depends strongly on
    both the deposition temperature and annealing temperature. The sample
    annealed at 606 degrees C has the best (111) orientation. When the
    sample is annealed at lower temperature, the relative content of (111)
    oriented perovskite phase decreases quickly with increase of deposition
    temperature. The deposition temperature has little effects on the
    orientation when the sample is annealed at higher temperature. The
    effects of deposition temperature and annealing temperature on the
    crystallographic structures and electrical properties of PZT thin films
    were investigated in this paper. The sample deposited at 285 degrees C
    and annealed at 606 degrees C has the maximum value of polarization,
    which displays excellent ferroelectric properties. The typical P-r and
    P-s values are 57 and 101 mu C/cm(2), respectively. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Osaka Univ, Osaka, Japan.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 RP Li, XS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    EAKIM B, 1998, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V16, P2876
    FUKUDA Y, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P5793
    HIRATA K, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3021
    KIM CJ, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V312, P130
    MASUDA Y, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5002
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    NAM HJ, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P3462
    RANDALL CA, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P677
    REANEY IM, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1209
    SONG YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2686
    SPIERINGS GACM, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P2290
    TUTTLE BA, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P1537
    UDAYAKUMAR KR, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3981
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2000
 VL 82
 IS 1-3
 BP 265
 EP 269
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 314PD
 UT ISI:000087063700041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
 TI Non-equilibrium radiation response and decoupling of vortex-antivortes
    pairs in two-dimensional high-T-c superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS;
    2-DIMENSIONAL SUPERCONDUCTORS; RENORMALIZATION; PHOTORESPONSE
 AB On the basis of the two-dimensional (2D) characteristics of the
    superconducting transportation as well as Josephson weak link behaviors
    in granular YBCO films,a 2D Josephson junction array is propssed as a
    model system for this film. Using this simplified model, we have
    discussed the decoupling procedure of vortex-antivortex pairs by bias
    current,and analytically developed temperature distribution of free
    vortices n(T,I) below T-KT. As compared with experimental results,we
    find that the temperature dependency of n(T,I) is similar to the
    behaviors of microwave response of granular YBCO films near K-T
    transition temperature. This similarity implies, to a certain
    extent,some intrinsic relationship between vortex-antivortex decoupling
    and non-equilibrium radiation response dissipation in the high-T-c
    superconducting granular films.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHEN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    DONIACH S, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1169
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HABIB YM, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P13833
    HALPERIN BI, 1979, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V36, P599
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADIN AM, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6691
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    VANVECHTEN D, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    ZHANG ZM, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P871
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 5
 BP 989
 EP 996
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 313XV
 UT ISI:000087025700032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, YB
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Separation of inclusions from liquid metal contained in a
    triangle/square pipe by travelling magnetic field
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE travelling magnetic fields; purification; inclusion
 AB By using plug flow and trajectory model, the elimination efficiency of
    the inclusions from liquid metals purified by travelling magnetic field
    (TMF) in either a triangle or a square pipe was analyzed theoretically.
    The ways to improve the elimination efficiency were suggested. The
    results using different kinds of pipes were reciprocally compared. It
    is determined that by means of TMF to eliminate inclusions the
    efficiency is affected by the diameter of the inclusions, in which the
    inclusions can be removed most efficiently, is optimized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Key Lab Ferrous Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FLEMINGS MC, 1981, SOLIDIFYING PROCESS, P202
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEEL SECONDAR, P2
    JOON P, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P31
    LEENOV D, 1954, J CHEM PHYS, V22, P683
    SHANGGUAN D, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P669
    SHOJI T, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P24
    TANLGUCHI S, 1997, PAR P EMP INT C, P199
    YOSHIKO T, 1995, TETSU TO HAGANE, V81, P12
    ZHAO XD, 1985, VISCOUS HYDROMECHANI, P62
    ZHONG YB, 1988, DEV NOWADAYS LEVEL T, P435
    ZHONG YB, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P482
    ZHONG YB, 1999, SHANGHAI NONFERROUS, P5
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 2
 BP 240
 EP 245
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 310PC
 UT ISI:000086835700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Yu, BK
    Haung, SP
 TI Developments of high temperature Raman spectroscopic techniques
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature; Raman spectroscopy; melt
 AB In recent years,researches on electroluminescence (EL) of organic and
    polymer thin film materials have been made with an outstanding
    progress,and have attracted much interest because of its large-area,
    full color, high luminance displays which can be driven with low de
    voltage. In this paper, the history of the development on
    electroluminescence, the devices and the selection of luminescent
    materials and the electroluminescence principle are introduced briefly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GILLET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P263
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    IGUCHI Y, 1984, P 2 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P975
    IGUCHI Y, 1988, P 3 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P169
    KASHIO S, 1980, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPIC, V20, P251
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY
    RICHET P, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P5451
 NR 7
 TC 6
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 206
 EP +
 PG 5
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 312TD
 UT ISI:000086958400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XJ
    Zhang, ZM
    Zhang, GX
 TI Improving the performance of spring-supported thrust bearing by
    controlling its deformations
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE spring supporting form; thermo-elastic deformation; thrust bearing
 ID ELASTIC DISTORTION ANALYSIS
 AB The performance of the spring-supported thrust bearing is studied with
    three-dimensional thermo-elastic hydrodynamic lubrication theory. The
    generalized Reynolds equation, the energy equation, the heat conduction
    equation, and the thermo-elastic deformation equation are solved
    simultaneously using the combination of the finite difference method
    and finite element method. Thermo-elastic deformation plays an
    important role in the performance of the spring-supported thrust
    bearing. Several factors such as spring pattern, pad thickness and
    initial pad geometry are analyzed. The results show that the above
    factors influence the performance of the bearing significantly.
    Suggestions based on the results are put forward to assist design
    considerations. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASHOUR NME, 1991, TRIBOL INT, V24, P299
    ETTLES CM, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P626
    LIAO G, 1994, HUBEI ELECT TECHNOL, V1, P74
    SINHA AN, 1993, TRIBOL INT, V26, P251
    SINHA AN, 1994, STLE TRIBOL T, V37, P802
    WANG X, 1998, P ASIATRIB 98, P30
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 713
 EP 720
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 310GA
 UT ISI:000086817100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, GB
 TI Synthesis and characterization of novel complexes of a dipeptide Schiff
    base ligand containing DL-alanyl-DL-alanine
 SO SYNTHESIS AND REACTIVITY IN INORGANIC AND METAL-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID L-AMINO-ACIDS; COORDINATION MODES; HISTIDINE; OXOVANADIUM(IV);
    STEREOCHEMISTRY; OXYGENATION; COPPER(II); CRYSTAL
 AB A new dipeptide Schiff base obtained by the condensation of
    DL-alanyl-DL-alanine with o-vanillin was synthesized and characterized
    by H-1 NMR spectroscopy. Cu(II), Zn(II), Ni(II) and Co(II) complexes
    were obtained with the dipeptide Schiff base. The COO stretching bands
    in the IR spectra suggest that carboxylate acts as a monodentate group
    when binding with metal. The ligand is coordinated to the central metal
    as tetradentate ligand. The bonding sites are the carboxylate oxygen,
    imino nitrogen, amide nitrogen and phenolic oxygen.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, GB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABDELMAWGOUD AM, 1991, SYN REACT INORG MET, V21, P1061
    ANGOSO A, 1992, INORG CHIM ACTA, V195, P45
    CASELLA L, 1984, J CHEM SOC DA, P1033
    CASELLA L, 1986, INORG CHEM, V25, P1293
    CASELLA L, 1988, INORG CHIM ACTA, V144, P89
    CAVACO I, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P149
    CHAKRAVARTY J, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P557
    DUTTA S, 1995, POLYHEDRON, V14, P1163
    FULWOOD R, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1443
    GEARY WJ, 1971, COORDIN CHEM REV, V7, P81
    GON NK, 1993, POLYHEDRON, V12, P925
    MARTELL AE, 1989, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V22, P115
    MARTELL AE, 1990, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P352
    MATHEWS II, 1991, INORG CHEM, V30, P81
    MONDAL S, 1995, J CHEM SOC DA, P1115
    NAKAMOTO K, 1978, INFRA RED RAMAN SPEC
    NATH M, 1998, SYN REACT INORG MET, V28, P715
    PESSOA JC, 1992, J CHEM SOC DA, P1745
    VOGEL AI, 1978, TXB QUANTITATIVE INO
    WANG GB, 1994, SYN REACT INORG MET, V28, P843
    YUSUFF KKM, 1991, SYN REACT INORG MET, V21, P553
 NR 21
 TC 3
 SN 0094-5714
 J9 SYN REACTIV INORG METAL-ORG C
 JI Synth. React. Inorganic Met.-Org. Chem.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 601
 EP 608
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 310HM
 UT ISI:000086820500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, LX
    Chen, RL
    Qin, P
    Chen, NY
    Lu, WC
 TI Regularities of formation of ternary alloy phases between
    non-transition metals
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE non-transition metals; ternary intermetallic compounds; regularities of
    formation
 AB Using a four-parameter model based on extended Miedema's cellular model
    of alloy phases and pattern recognition methods, the regularities of
    formation of ternary intermetallic compounds between non-transition
    metals have been investigated. The criterion of formation can be
    expressed as some empirical functions of phi (electronegativity),
    n(ws)(1/3)(valence electron density in Wagner-Seitz cell), R (Pauling's
    metallic radius) and Z (number of valence electrons in atom).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, LX, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHEN NY, 1976, BOND PARAMETER FUNCT
    CHEN NY, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P179
    CHEN NY, 1999, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V45, P329
    MIEDEMA AR, 1973, J LESS-COMMON MET, V32, P117
    NESPER R, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V197, P109
    PAULING L, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
    TILLARDCHARBONN.M, 1993, MATER RES BULL, V28, P1285
    VILLERS P, 1987, PERSONS HDB CRYSTALL, V1
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 205
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 309AJ
 UT ISI:000086744800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DQ
    Wang, WH
    Zhuang, YX
    Pan, MX
    Ji, YF
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
 TI Formation and performance of new Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe bulk amorphous alloy
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloy; glass forming ability; Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe alloy;
    hardness; susceptibility
 ID METALLIC-GLASS; MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB The formation of the new Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe bulk amorphous alloy with
    high strength is reported. The effects of the iron atom on the glass
    forming ability, hardness, susceptibility and thermal stability of the
    amorphous alloy are investigated. The role of the iron in the formation
    of the bulk amorphous alloy is discussed.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, DQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, POB 603, Beijing 100080, Peoples
    R China.
 CR DAI DS, 1992, FERROMAGNETICS, P28
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V35, P225
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    WANG R, 1979, NATURE, V278, P700
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 309AP
 UT ISI:000086745300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, YR
    Chen, LS
    Wang, DY
    Jin, L
 TI Flow behavior and evolution of microstructure during hot deformation
    for a high Mo stainless steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID PRECIPITATION
 AB The mechanical behaviors of high Mo austenitic stainless steel
    00Cr20Ni18Mo6Cu[N] have been investigated using the methods of hot
    compression simulation test on the Thermecmaster-Z simulator. The
    dynamic recrystallization kinetic equation was established, Avrami
    coefficient n lies in between 0.9 similar to 2 depending on deformation
    parameters. A perfect flow stress model considering dynamic
    recrystallization was also established. Dynamic recrystallization tends
    to complete at 1050 degrees C and high strain rate, but at temperature
    below 950 degrees C, it is hard to occur. Double-stage interrupt
    compression tests were carried out. Activation energy for static and
    metadynamic recrystallization have been obtained respectively
    (Q(SRX)=483.7, Q(MDRX)=253.5 kJ/mol). Avrami coefficient of MDRX is
    about 0.5, and t(0.5)-kinetics equations of SRX and MDRX have also been
    constructed. The evolution of microstructures during interrupt
    compression deformation was investigated. Static and metadynamic
    recrystallization is essential to improve plasticity, at temperature
    above 1000 degrees C increasing interpass time has advantage for static
    and metadynamic recrystallization.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, YR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DUTTA B, 1987, MATER SCI TECH SER, V3, P197
    FABREGUE P, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P75
    HERTZMEN S, 1996, SCANDINAVIAN J METAL, V24, P140
    HODGSON PD, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P41
    HOLMVIK AA, 1997, THERM 97 INT C THERM, V1, P241
    JARGELIUSPETTER.RF, 1996, SCANDINAVIAN J METAL, V24, P188
    MILITZER M, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V42, P133
    ROBERTS W, 1984, DEFORMATION PROCESSI, P109
    ROUCOULES C, 1993, 1 INT C MOD MET ROLL, P165
    RYAN ND, 1990, MATER FORUM, V14, P283
    RYAN ND, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P445
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 341
 EP 344
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 310FW
 UT ISI:000086816700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BL
    Lu, W
    Wang, ZG
    Yang, H
    Wang, H
 TI Characterization for 64x64 InSb photovoltaic infrared detector array
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE infrared focal plane array; InSb; microprobing; characterization
 AB Statistical characterization and uniformity evaluation for 64 X 64 InSb
    photovoltaic detector arrays prepared for fabrication of staring
    infrared focal plane array by using modified cryomicroprobing technique
    were carried out. Typical values of mean detector impedance 42Mh Omega
    at 90K and zero bias with nonuniformity 20%, mean responsivity 2.8A/W
    for 1000K blackbody with nonuniformity 6.3%, and electrical crosstalk
    rate less than 2% were measured. These performances meet the technical
    requirements to fabrication of hybrid InSb focal plane arrays.
    Localized electrical crosstalk detected on some abnormal chips was
    discussed.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, BL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AMINGUAL D, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2894, P95
    BLUZER N, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P241
    NAVEH O, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3061, P692
    PARRISH WJ, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1512, P68
    TREADO PJ, 1994, APPL SPECTROSC, V48, P607
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 89
 EP 92
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 310JD
 UT ISI:000086822000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Peng, GD
    Chu, PL
 TI Improved Rouard's method for fiber and waveguide gratings
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Rouard's method; fiber gratings
 ID WAVE-GUIDE GRATINGS; COUPLED-MODE THEORY; PERIODIC STRUCTURES
 AB An improvement has been made to Rouard's method for the analysis of
    fiber and waveguide gratings. The real reflectivity of each interface
    is used instead of an approximate value obtained by coupled-mode
    theory. The improved Rouard's method becomes a complete Rouard's method
    and an exact method. It is simple and independent on coupled-mode
    theory for no calculation of coupling coefficient required. Numerical
    examples of uniform and nonuniform gratings have been given. (C) 2000
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ New S Wales, Sch Elect Engn, Opt Commun Grp, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    HILL KO, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1263
    KOGELNIK H, 1976, BELL SYST TECH J, V55, P109
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P863
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P60
    WINICK KA, 1992, APPL OPTICS, V31, P757
    YAMADA M, 1987, APPL OPTICS, V26, P3474
    YARIV A, 1977, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V13, P233
    YARIV A, 1993, OPTICAL WAVES CRYSTA, P177
    YEH P, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P423
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2000
 VL 177
 IS 1-6
 BP 245
 EP 250
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 306BW
 UT ISI:000086577200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, CY
    Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI Studies on the chemical mechanism of BaxSr1-xTiO3 ferroelectric thin
    films by sol-gel method
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE BST thin films; sol-gel method; FTIR; DSC; XRD; AFM
 ID KINETICS
 AB FTIR analysis combined with DSC, XRD and AFM experiments was used to
    study on the chemical mechanism of thermal evolution for BaxSr1-xTiO3
    (BST) thin films derived by sol-gel method. Acetylacetone(HAcAc) was
    introduced as a chelating agent to reduce a rapid hydrolysis rate of
    Ti-alkoxide, to improve its crystallization path, to decrease its
    crystallization temperature. And then the densified and crack-free BST
    thin films with better crystallization were fabricated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING YP, UNPUB MAT RES B
    DING YP, 1999, ADV SCI TECHNOLOGY, V20, P615
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    JANG SI, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P1327
    KAMALASANAN MN, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2741
    OHFUJI S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P5854
    SENGUPTA LC, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V153, P359
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 287
 EP 292
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 307PA
 UT ISI:000086660700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, WB
    Li, KT
 TI The existence and uniqueness of weak solution of the flow between two
    concentric rotating spheres
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equations; stream function; Galerkin method
 ID SIMULATION
 AB The unsteady axisymmetric incompressible flow between two concentric
    spheres was discussed in this paper. It is useful to most
    astrophysical, geophysical and engineering applications. In order to
    get the existence and uniqueness of weak solution of this flow with the
    stream-velocity form, firstly, the relations among the nonlinear terms
    in this equation is found; then, the existence is proved by an
    auxiliary semi-discrete scheme and a compactness argument.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Sci, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, WB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GLOWINSKI R, 1984, NUMERICAL METHODS NO
    KHLEBUTIN GN, 1968, FLUID DYN, V3, P31
    LI KT, 1992, HILBERT SPACE METHOD
    MARCUS PS, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V185, P1
    MARCUS PS, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V185, P31
    TEMAN R, 1984, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
    TUCKERMAN LS, 1983, THESIS MIT MASSACHUS
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 72
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 308DJ
 UT ISI:000086695000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Chen, XY
 TI Inverse scattering for inhomogeneous viscoelastic media
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DISSIPATIVE WAVE-EQUATION; ELECTROMAGNETIC SCATTERING; TIME DOMAIN
 AB In this paper, the inverse scattering problems for the full
    inhomogeneous viscoelastic medium are studied via the invariant
    imbedding technique. Special attention is paid to the propagation
    operators of the viscoelastic medium and the imbedding equations for
    these operators are derived. For the inverse scattering problems, it is
    shown that the reflection data can be extended from one round trip
    through the iscoelastic slab to arbitrary time with the help of the
    propagation operators, hence the reconstruction of the relaxation
    modulus is sufficient to be considered only in one round trip. It is
    also shown that only one-side measurement reflection data are not
    sufficient to reconstruct the relaxation modulus and the density of the
    medium simultaneously. The corresponding numerical examples are
    presented. For the case that the relaxation modulus of the medium is
    modeled by two independent functions, an iterative inversion procedure
    is proposed to recover the relaxation modulus and the density
    simultaneously with the input two-side normally reflection data. (C)
    2000 American Institute of Physics. [S0022-2488(00)06705-0].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    State Ocean Adm, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modelling, Tsingdao 266003, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1988, INVERSE PROBL, V4, P643
    KARLSSON A, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P691
    KREIDER KL, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P427
    KRESS R, 1989, APPL MATH SCI
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1667
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1683
    ZHU WH, 1990, J ACOUST SOC AM, V877, P2371
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 2839
 EP 2850
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 305YD
 UT ISI:000086568600022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Wang, SZ
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis of complex polymeric flocculant and its application in
    purifying water
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE polyacrylamide; complex; flocculant
 AB A novel flocculant was synthesized, a method consisting of a
    poly(acrylamide-co-acrylic acid) complexed with an inorganic coagulant
    through the chemical bond between metal ions and carboxyl acid groups
    or amide ligands within the polymer. This complex polymeric flocculant
    is more readily available for purifying water than any single or
    mechanical mixture. The mechanism of flocculating is discussed and a
    practical use performed for wastewater from paper mill. (C) 2000 John
    Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPANELLA L, 1995, INQUINAMENTO, V37, P66
    CHEN F, 1994, 2110458, CA
    FAN R, 1995, ZIRAN KEXUE BAN, V23, P71
    FUJII N, 1991, MIYAZAKI DAIGAKU NOG, V38, P131
    GOLDBLATT ME, 1995, P 68 ANN C EXP WAT E, V3, P451
    GOOSSENS IR, 1993, CM MAG, V19, P20
    KOETZ J, 1992, 301010, DE
    LAMER VK, 1963, REV PURE APPL CHEM, V13, P112
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD JUN 28
 PY 2000
 VL 76
 IS 14
 BP 2093
 EP 2097
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 306JF
 UT ISI:000086593000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational model for compressible rotational blade-to-blade flow
    using Liu-type potential function
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; PRINCIPLES
 AB The pseudo-potential function proposed by Liu retains almost all
    advantages of the potential function, while removing its restriction to
    flow potentiality. To apply the finite element applications for
    numerical simulation of the compressible rotational blade-to-blade
    flow, it is necessary to establish a generalized variational principle.
    In this paper a family of variational principles is established by the
    trial-and-error method, the Lagrange multiplier method and the
    semi-inverse method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P176
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    LIU GH, 1997, AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSPA, V6, P527
    LIU GL, 1991, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V12, P2026
    LIU GL, 1996, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V13, P263
    SHEN YS, 1998, THESIS SHANGHAI I AP
    WANG HG, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME, P21
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 152
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 305YZ
 UT ISI:000086570500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Fiebig, M
 TI Thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of magnesium chloride in the
    temperature range from 294 to 371 K
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THERMOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE aqueous solution; diffraction; laser-induced thermal grating; magnesium
    chloride; thermal conductivity; thermal diffusivity
 ID GRATING TECHNIQUE; METHANOL
 AB The thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of magnesium chloride was
    determined in the temperature range 294 to 371 K and at atmospheric
    pressure. Using a noninvasive optical technique-laser-induced thermal
    grating ( LTG) the measurements were carried out in aqueous solutions
    of weight fractions of 5, 10, 15, and 20% magnesium chloride. The
    measurement results for the aqueous solutions are presented as a
    Function of temperature and weight fraction.
 C1 Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Fiebig, M, Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum,
    Germany.
 CR 1991, VDI WARMEATLAS
    BLANKE W, 1989, THERMOPHYSIKALISCHE, P112
    NAGASAKA Y, 1988, REV SCI INSTRUM, V59, P1156
    PRESS WH, 1992, NUMERICAL RECIPES FO, P678
    WANG J, 1995, HEAT MASS TRANSFER, V31, P83
    WANG J, 1995, INT J THERMOPHYS, V16, P1353
    WANG J, 1995, MESSUNG TEMPERATURLE, P48
    WANG J, 1996, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V13, P38
    WANG J, 1998, INT J THERMOPHYS, V19, P15
    WU G, 1993, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V88, P239
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0195-928X
 J9 INT J THERMOPHYS
 JI Int. J. Thermophys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 35
 EP 44
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Applied; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 304VZ
 UT ISI:000086506000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI Achieving practically zero discharge for an acrylic acid plant by a
    metalorganic precipitation process
 SO GREEN CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ACETIC-ACID; ION-EXCHANGE; SEPARATION; EXTRACTION; PRECURSOR; PH
 C1 Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR ANWAR MM, 1998, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V16, P931
    CLOETE FLD, 1995, IND ENG CHEM RES, V34, P2464
    DELUCAS A, 1999, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V34, P525
    DOEUFF S, 1987, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V89, P206
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    JOSHI VP, 1998, CHEM ENG SCI, V53, P2271
    MICHELI AL, 1989, CERAM INT, V15, P131
    RAYNAUDLACROZE PO, 1993, IND ENG CHEM RES, V32, P685
    REISINGER H, 1995, IND ENG CHEM RES, V34, P845
    SCHIERBAUM B, 1999, CHEM ENG TECHNOL, V22, P37
    SHENDE RV, 1997, IND ENG CHEM RES, V36, P4809
    SOREK Y, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P670
    TAKATSUJI W, 1997, J CHEM ENG JPN, V30, P396
    WODZKI R, 1997, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V15, P1085
    YANG ST, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1335
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1463-9262
 J9 GREEN CHEM
 JI Green Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP G42
 EP G45
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 305DR
 UT ISI:000086524600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Ju, JH
    Fan, YM
    Mo, YW
    Shi, WM
 TI Efficient luminescence from CVD diamond film-coated porous silicon
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Letter
 AB In this Letter a novel passivation method for porous silicon (PS)
    surfaces, i.e., depositing diamond film on a PS surface by microwave
    plasma assisted chemical vapour deposition (MPCVD) method, is reported.
    The morphologies, structure and PL of CVD diamond film coated PS were
    characterized using scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Raman spectrum
    and PL spectroscope. Results indicate that efficient luminescence can
    be obtained from diamond film-coated porous silicon Also, the CVD
    diamond film may efficiently stabilize the PL wavelength and intensity
    of PS, and therefore is a promising candidate for passivation of porous
    silicon in the future.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CANHAM LT, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1016
    GARDELIS S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P5327
    GILDENBLAT GS, 1991, P IEEE, V79, P647
    KALISH R, 1997, APPL SURF SCI, V117, P558
    MULLER C, 1993, SCI SOC, V57, P111
    PROKES SM, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P2671
    TISCHLER MA, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P639
    ZOUBIR NH, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P82
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 3
 PY 2000
 VL 12
 IS 13
 BP L257
 EP L260
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 303HF
 UT ISI:000086415900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Controlling chaotic oscillations of viscoelastic plates by the
    linearization via output feedback
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE controlling chaos; linearization via output feedback; viscoelastic
    plate; nonlinearity
 ID VIBRATIONS
 AB Controlling chaotic oscillations of viscoelastic plates are
    investigated in this paper. Based an the exact linearization method in
    nonlinear system control theory, a nonlinear feedback control law is
    presented for a class of non-affine control systems. The mathematical
    model describing motion of nonlinear viscoelastic plates is
    established, and it is simplified by the Galerkin method. The phase
    space portrait and the power spectrum are employed to demonstrate chaos
    in the system. The deflection is treated as an output, and is
    controlled to given periodic goals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALVAREZGALLEGOS J, 1994, DYNAM CONTROL, V4, P277
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P67
    CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    DING R, 1996, THESIS LANZHOU U, P56
    HALL EK, 1993, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V16, P470
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    ISIDORI A, 1989, NONLINEAR CONTROL SY, P156
    LINDNER JF, 1995, REV APPL MECH, V45, P795
    SHINBROT T, 1993, NATURE, V363, P411
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    YU XH, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P1659
    ZHANG SQ, 1997, CAN AGR ENG, V39, P99
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 12
 BP 1324
 EP 1330
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 301UH
 UT ISI:000086328300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, J
    Zhu, ZY
 TI A mixture differential quadrature method for solving two-dimensional
    imcompressible Navier-Stokes equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE numerical method; differential quadrature method; Navier-Stokes
    equations
 AB Differential quadrature method (DQM) is able to obtain high;ly accurate
    numerical solutions of differential equations just using a few grid
    points. Bat using purely differential quadrature: method, goad
    numerical solutions of two-dimensional incompressible Navier-Stokes
    equations can be obtained only for lour Reynolds number flow and
    numerical solutions will not be convergent for high Reynolds number
    flow. For this reason, ill this paper a combinative
    predicting-correcting numerical scheme for solving hue-dimensional
    incompressible Navier-Stokes equations is presented by mixing upwind
    difference method into differential quadrature! one, Using this scheme
    and pseudo-time-dependent algorithm, numerical solutions of high
    Reynolds number flow are obtained with only a few grid points. For
    example?, 1:1 and 1:2 driven cavity flows are calculated and good
    numerical solutions ape obtained.
 C1 NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, J, NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    BURGGRAF OR, 1966, J FLUID MECH, V24, P113
    CHIA U, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V48, P387
    CHU C, 1992, COMPUT SYST ENG, V3, P271
    KAWAGUTI M, 1961, J PHYS SOC JPN, V16, P2307
    PROSNAK WJ, 1991, ACTA MECH, V89, P45
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 12
 BP 1358
 EP 1366
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 301UH
 UT ISI:000086328300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Liu, ZR
    Wang, LL
 TI A family of interesting exact solutions of the sine-Gordon equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SOLITON; SYSTEM; CHAOS
 AB By using AKNS [Phys. Rev. Lett. 31 (1973) 125] system and introducing
    the wave function, a family of interesting exact solutions of the
    sine-Gordon equation are constructed. These solutions seem to be some
    soliton, kink, and anti-kink ones respectively for the different choice
    of the spectrum, whereas due to the interaction between two
    traveling-waves they have some properties different from usual soliton,
    kink, and anti-kink solutions.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BISHOP AR, 1986, PHYSICA D, V23, P1
    BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    CAUDREY PJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P237
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HIROTA R, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V33, P1459
    LIU ZR, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P313
    LOMDAHL PS, 1984, PHYS REV A, V29, P350
    OVERMAN EA, 1986, PHYSICA D, V19, P1
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    YAN JR, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P671
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 3
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 297RA
 UT ISI:000086095400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, J
    Wang, JK
 TI Reactive precipitation of procaine benzylpenicillin
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE procaine benzylpenicillin; reactive precipitation; secondary processes;
    mixing
 ID CRYSTALLIZATION
 AB The reactive precipitation process of procaine benzylpenicillin is
    reviewed, while such secondary processes as ageing, agglomeration,
    breakage, and the effects of operation parameters on crystal size are
    emphasized. In the reactive precipitation the ageing of particles has a
    little effect on the process. while the greater effect, comes from the
    agglomeration and breakage of particles, furthermore, the mixing has
    also notable influence on the product; size. All of these provide the
    bases for further study on reactive precipitation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Inst Chem Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVID R, 1991, CHEM ENG SCI, V46, P205
    JONES E, 1992, YOUNG CHILDREN, V47, P12
    LU J, 1997, THESIS TIANJIN U TIA
    MERSMANN A, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V102, P841
    MULLIN JW, 1993, CRYSTALLIZATION
    MYDLARZ J, 1991, POWDER TECHNOL, V65, P187
    NIELSEN AE, 1964, KINETICS PRECIPITATI
    NORE PH, 1993, CHEM ENG SCI, V48, P3083
    RANDOLPH AD, 1988, THEORY PARTICULATE P
    TAVARE NS, 1993, CHEM ENG SCI, V48, P475
    WANG ST, 1986, HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 68
 EP 73
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 299JQ
 UT ISI:000086195700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Harko, T
    Lu, HQ
    Mak, MK
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum birth of the Universe in the varying speed of light cosmologies
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INFLATION
 AB In the framework of the varying speed of light theory the
    Wheeler-DeWitt equation is considered in the minisuperspace
    approximation. The quantum potential is obtained and the tunneling
    probability is studied in bath Vilenkin and Hartle-Hawking approaches.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Harko, T, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALBRECHT A, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    ATKATZ D, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P2065
    AVELINO PP, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V459, P468
    BARROW JD, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V443, P104
    BARROW JD, 1999, ASTROPH9904116
    BARROW JD, 1999, ASTROPH9907354
    BARROW JD, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P1435
    BARROW JD, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V447, P246
    BARROW JD, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P1527
    CLAYTON MA, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V460, P263
    COULE DH, 1999, GRQC9905056
    COULE DH, 1999, MOD PHYS LETT A, V14, P2437
    DEWITT BS, 1967, PHYS REV, V160, P1113
    GASPERINI M, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V163, P84
    HARKO T, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P2741
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P3960
    HAWKING SW, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V239, P257
    LINDE AD, 1984, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V39, P401
    MFFAT JW, 1998, ASTROPH9811390
    MOFFAT JW, 1993, INT J MOD PHYS D, V2, P351
    NORBURY JW, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V433, P263
    RATRA B, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3406
    VILENKIN A, 1983, PHYS REV D, V27, P2848
    VILENKIN A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P1116
    VILENKIN A, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P2581
    WEINBERG S, 1984, PHYS LETT B, V138, P47
 NR 27
 TC 4
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 6
 BP 814
 EP 820
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 296RD
 UT ISI:000086038800019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
    Lu, MG
 TI Chen's theorem in short intervals
 SO ACTA ARITHMETICA
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, REPRESENTATION LARGE, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    JIA CH, 1996, ACTA ARITH, V76, P21
    PAN CD, 1981, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    SALERNO S, 1993, NOTE MAT, V13, P309
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
    WU J, 1994, J LOND MATH SOC, V49, P61
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0065-1036
 J9 ACTA ARITHMET
 JI Acta Arith.
 PY 1999
 VL 91
 IS 4
 BP 311
 EP 323
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics
 GA 297ZH
 UT ISI:000086113800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, XC
    Xiang, GQ
    Jiang, AL
    Liu, YP
    Wu, LL
    Dong, XW
    Duan, S
 TI Antioxidant properties of components extracted from puccoon
    (Lithospermum erythrorhizon Sieb. et Zucc.)
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE puccoon (Lithospermum erythrorhizon Sieb. et Zucc.); antioxidant
    activity; beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin; acetylshikonin; shikonin
 AB The petroleum ether extract of puccoon has been separated with
    thin-layer chromatography (TLC) and three compounds have been isolated.
    The structures of the compounds have been identified by spectroscopic
    methods as beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin, acetylshikonin and
    shikonin. Their antioxidant properties in lard have been tested with
    the oxidative stability instrument (OSI). The raw extracts and pure
    compounds all have obvious antioxidant activity, and all have some
    synergistic effects with D,L-alpha-tocopherol (Ve) and
    butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT). They all show antioxidant properties in
    lard containing Fe3+, and all show synergistic effects with Ve and
    citric acid (CA) with different degrees. In the concentration range of
    0.01-0.06%, antioxidant activity of Ve and BHT, on OSI at 100 degrees
    C, increases with increase of concentration, but much less than
    acetylshikonin, shikonin and beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Lipid Res Lab, Shandong, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Bot, Beijing 100044, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GAO JH, 1986, ZHONGCAOYAO, V17, P28
    GORDON MH, 1992, FOOD CHEM, V44, P119
    HUDSON BJF, 1983, FOOD CHEM, V10, P111
    LIN ZB, 1980, J BEIJING MED COLLEG, V12, P101
    LIU GS, 1981, PHARM B, V16, P270
    LIU YP, 1998, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V13, P34
    LU FS, 1983, ACTA BOT SIN, V25, P454
    WENG XC, 1991, THESIS READING U UK
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    ZHAO I, 1997, MED J CHINA, V8, P115
    ZHOU SB, 1996, J HARBIN MED U, V30, P524
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 69
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 146
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 294FR
 UT ISI:000085901300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, ZB
    Xiao, XS
    Mo, ZS
    Yu, YN
    Wang, XH
    Dong, YD
 TI Melt crystallization of poly(ether ether ketone ketone) under strong
    electric field
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Letter
 DE PEEKK; electric field; crystallization; crystal structure
 ID DRAWING-INDUCED POLYMORPHISM; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE; PEEKK; KINETICS
 AB In this paper, melt crystallization of poly(ether ether ketone ketone)
    (PEEKK) under strong electric field was investigated. In the crystal
    structure of PEEKK, the length of c axis was found to he 1.075 nm,
    increasing by 7% compared to that of PEEKK crystallized without strong
    electric field. The molecule chains might take a more extended
    conformation through the opening of the bridge bond angles by
    increasing from 124 degrees to 144 degrees under strong electric field
    in the crystal structure.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Acad Sinica, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab,
    Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU TX, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P1405
    LIU TX, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P913
    LIU TX, 1997, POLYM ENG SCI, V37, P568
    LIU TX, 1998, S POL SHANGH
    WANG S, 1997, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V18, P83
    WANG SG, 1997, MACROMOL CHEM PHYSIC, V198, P969
    ZIMMERMANN HJ, 1991, POLYMER, V32, P3162
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 491
 EP 492
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 294KM
 UT ISI:000085910500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Wang, Q
    Wan, YB
    Pan, SK
 TI Potassium lithium niobate crystal and the second harmonic generation in
    IT
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB The tetragonal tungsten bronze type potassium lithium niobatc single
    crystals grown by the resistance heating Czochralski technique are
    reported. Frequency doubling of a quasi-continuous tunable Ti:sapphire
    laser is realized in the crystal. Tunable second harmonic generation
    within the range of 445-476 nm by noncritical phase matching at room
    temperature is obtained. The incident power is 144-269 mW and the power
    of the second harmonic generation is 0.58-1.73 mW. The conversion
    efficiency is about 0.65 percent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BONNER WA, 1967, J CRYST GROWTH, V1, P318
    FUKUDA T, 1970, J CRYST GROWTH, V6, P293
    GE YM, 1996, CHINESE J LASERS A, V23, P969
    OUWERKERK M, 1991, ADV MATER, V3, P399
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SMITH AW, 1971, J APPL PHYS, V42, P684
    XIA HR, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P14892
    YOON DH, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V33, P3510
    ZHANG GY, 1984, ACTA OPT SINICA, V4, P515
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 3
 BP 463
 EP 467
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 294WD
 UT ISI:000085932700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Local convexification of the Lagrangian function in nonconvex
    optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex optimization; Lagrangian function; local convexification;
    local duality; p-power formulation
 AB It is well-known that a basic requirement for the development of local
    duality theory in nonconvex optimization is the local convexity of the
    Lagrangian function. This paper shot-vs how to locally convexify the
    Lagrangian function and thus expand the class of optimization problems
    to which dual methods can be applied. Specifically, we prove that,
    under mild assumptions, the Hessian of the Lagrangian in some
    transformed equivalent problem formulations becomes positive definite
    in a neighborhood of a local optimal point of the original problem.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P4339
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    WOLFE P, 1961, Q APPL MATH, V19, P239
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 104
 IS 1
 BP 109
 EP 120
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 291PR
 UT ISI:000085745700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI Energy transfer and white emitting organic thin film electroluminescence
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE energy transfer; white emitting organic thin film electroluminescence;
    full-color display
 AB Energy transfer between in
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB)
    and rubrene was investigated. The device ITO/CuPc/NPB:rubrene/blocking
    layer /Alq/MgAg, in which copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) is used as
    buffer layer, NPB as the hole transporting layer (HTL), trimer of
    N-arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) [or
    2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tertbutylphenyl)-1,2,3-oxadiazole(PBD) or
    1,2,3-triazolederivative(TAZ)] as the blocking layer,
    Tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum complex (Alq) as electron transporting
    layers (ETL), can not give white emitting light. White emitting light
    can be realized in a new device with the structure
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/blocking layer:rubene/Alq/MeAg, in which rubrene is doped
    in blocking layer instead of in NPB. The emission spectrum of this
    device covers a wide range of visible region and can be adjusted by the
    concentration of rubrene. The white emitting devices with CIE
    coordinates x = 0.31, y = 0.32, maximum luminance 8635 cd/m(2) and
    luminous efficiency 1.39 Lm/w, were obtained with the blocking layer
    TPBi doped with 1.5% rubrene. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FOREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MIYAGUCHI S, 1998, 9 INT WORKSH IN ORG, P137
 NR 3
 TC 10
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2000
 VL 363
 IS 1-2
 BP 61
 EP 63
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 290EU
 UT ISI:000085664000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Deng, CF
    Wang, LL
    Xu, MJ
 TI Calculation of the productive dilepton spectrum (M <= 4GeV/c(2)) in
    U-238+U-238 collisions at E-c,E-m approximate to 200GeV/u
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE charm; quark flavour dynamics effect; dilepton spectrum
 AB In this paper, besides including u, d, s quarks and their anti-quarks
    the charm quarks and their anti-quarks (c (c) over bar) were still
    included in the calculation of flavour kinetics of quarks. Using
    relativistic hydrodynamics model with the effect of quark flavor
    kinetics, invariable mass dilepton spectrum of M less than or equal to
    4GeV/c(2) has been calculated. The dileptons are emitted from phase
    transition process of an expansion quark matter which is created in
    collisions of U-238 + U-238 at energy similar to 200GeV/u. The
    numerical results have been compared with experimental data of CERN SPS
    qualitatively. A preliminary conclusion has been given: quark
    fragmentation and effect of flavour kinetics are the causes of
    suppression of the peak of J/psi-->mu(+) + mu(-).
 C1 Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, PL, Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARZ HW, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V484, P661
    KAJANTIE K, 1983, NUCL PHYS B, V222, P152
    KAJANTIE K, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P811
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    LI PL, 1997, HIGH ENERG PHYS, V21, P918
    MASERA M, 1995, NUCL PHYS A, V590, C93
    WU H, 1999, CHINESE GEN COMPUTAT, V16, P94
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 23
 IS 7
 BP 693
 EP 700
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 289PB
 UT ISI:000085630200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Harko, T
    Mak, MK
    Lu, HQ
    Cheng, KS
 TI Bianchi-type I and V cosmologies in Einstein-Cartan theory
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA B-GENERAL PHYSICS
    RELATIVITY ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AND METHODS
 DT Article
 ID GENERAL-RELATIVITY; UNIVERSES; MATTER; FLUIDS; MODEL; SPIN
 AB Within the framework of the Einstein-Cartan theory a
    Weyssenhoff-spinning-fluid-filled homogeneous anisotropic Bianchi-type
    I and V space-time is studied. The effects of a cosmological constant
    upon the dynamics of the early Universe are also considered. In the
    presence of torsion the general solution of the gravitational field
    equations for a cosmological fluid obeying a linear barotropic equation
    of state can be expressed in an exact parametric form. Several classes
    of exact analytical solutions for stiff matter and radiation are also
    obtained. In the large-time limit the Bianchi-type-V Universe ends in
    an isotropic open non-flat inflationary era but due to the effects of
    the spin the isotropization period is shortened. For an appropriate
    choice of the parameters non-singular behavior occurs and the evolution
    of the cosmological fluid near the bounce is considered in detail.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Harko, T, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASSAD MJD, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P74
    BAHCALL NA, 1995, APJ, V447, L81
    BAHCALL NA, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 2, V485, L53
    BAKER WM, 1990, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V7, P717
    BARROW JD, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V233, P169
    BATAKIS NA, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2611
    FENNELLY AJ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V129, P195
    FUKUGITA M, 1993, NATURE, V366, P369
    GRON O, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P2522
    GRONWALD F, GRQC9602013
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HARVEY A, 1997, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V112, P1217
    HAWKING SW, 1973, LARGE SCALE STRUCTUR
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    KOCHANEK CS, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V466, P638
    KRAMER D, 1980, EXACT SOLUTIONS EINS
    LANDAU LD, 1975, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    OBREGON O, 1993, PHYS REV D, V48, P5642
    RATRA B, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3406
    RAY JR, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2615
    RAY JR, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2619
    SARAJEDINI A, 1989, ASTRON J, V98, P1624
    SCIAMA JA, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P463
    SHAPIRO SL, 1983, BLACK HOLES WHITE DW
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3554
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO B-GEN PHYS R
 JI Nouvo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. B-Gen. Phys. Relativ. Astron. Math. Phys.
    Methods
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 114
 IS 12
 BP 1389
 EP 1407
 PG 19
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 285WT
 UT ISI:000085411900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Liu, CQ
    Li, Y
 TI Quasi-tem analysis of a shielded microstrip line of elliptic
    cross-section with finite metallization thickness penetrating into the
    substrate by the finite difference method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MSL; monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs); quasi-static
    characteristics; metallization thickness; FDM
 ID WAVE-GUIDES; TRANSMISSION-LINES; STATIC ANALYSIS; ELEMENT METHOD;
    ELECTRODES
 AB A shielded microstripline(MSL) of elliptic cross-section with finite
    metallization thickness penetrating into the substrate is presented.
    The quasi-static characteristics of this kind of MSL are studied with
    finit difference method(FDM),The effect of metal cross-section shape
    and metal penetrating depth is also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHANG TN, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1130
    FENG NN, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V21, P60
    GENTILI GG, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P249
    HEINRICH W, 1994, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V41, P249
    HOFFMANN RK, 1989, HDB MICROWAVE INTEGR, P142
    HONG IP, 1999, INT J RF MICROW C E, V9, P49
    IVANOV SA, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P450
    JIN H, 1991, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V27, P2306
    JIN H, 1991, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V27, P243
    KE JY, 1995, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V142, P357
    KOLLIPARA RT, 1992, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V2, P100
    KUO JT, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V45, P274
    LERER AM, 1997, INT J MICROWAVE MILL, V7, P483
    MATSUHARA M, 1988, IEICE T C, V71, P1398
    PANTIC Z, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P1096
    SCHMUCKLE FJ, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P107
    SHIH C, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P793
    TAO YM, 1994, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V7, P17
    WADELL BC, 1991, TRANSMISSION LINE DE
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 91
 EP 100
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 284AN
 UT ISI:000085308700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZG
 TI The non-linear chaotic model reconstruction for the experimental data
    obtained from different dynamic system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-linear; chaotic timeseries; Lyapunov exponent; chaotic model;
    parameter identification
 ID TIME-SERIES; ATTRACTORS
 AB The non-linear chaotic model reconstruction is the major important
    quantitative index for describing accurate experimental data obtained
    in dynamic analysis. A lot of work has been done to distinguish chaos
    from,randomness, to calculate fractral dimension and Lyapunov exponent,
    to reconstruct the state space and to fix the rank of model. In this
    paper, a new improved EAR method is presented in modelling and
    predicting chaotic timeseries, and a successful approach to fast
    estimation algorithms is proposed. Some illustrative experimental data
    examples from known chaotic systems are presented, emphasising the
    increase in predicting error with time. The calculating results tell us
    that the parameter identification method in this paper can effectively
    adjust the initial value row ards the global limit value of the single
    peak target Junction nearby. Then the model paremeter can immediately
    be obtained by using the improved optimization method rapidly, and
    non-linens chaotic models can nor provide long period superior
    predictions. Applications of this method are listed to real data from
    widely different areas.
 C1 Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CH, 1989, APPL TIMESERIES ANAL
    DAVIES ME, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P195
    LIANG YC, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P225
    MA JH, 1997, NONLINEAR DYNAMIC SY, P5
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P513
    MESS AI, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P340
    NERENBERG MAH, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7065
    POTAPOV A, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P207
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    YA W, 1989, APPL TIME SERIES ANA
    YANG SZ, 1992, APPL TIMESERIES ANAL
    ZHANG QH, 1992, IEE T NEURAL NETWORK, V6, P889
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 11
 BP 1214
 EP 1221
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 285RP
 UT ISI:000085402100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Inverse problem for the viscoelastic medium with discontinuous wave
    impedance
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; inverse scattering; inversion procedure; Volterra
    integral equation; relaxation modulus; one round trip; numerical
    examples
 ID DISPERSIVE MEDIA; SCATTERING
 AB In this paper, the inverse problem for the viscoelastic medium is
    investigated in the time domain, in which the wave impedance of the
    medium is discontinuous at the rear interface. The differentio-integral
    equations governing the behavior of the scattering and propagation
    operators are utilized to reconstruct the relaxation modulus of the
    viscoelastic medium. A new approach, in which only the one-side
    measurement reflection data for one round trip through the viscoelastic
    layer, is developed. The numerical examples are given at the end of the
    paper. Ir is shown that the curves of the reconstructed moduli coincide
    very well with the original relaxation moduli.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    CHEN XY, 1999, THESIS LANZHOU U LAN
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THOERY VISCOELASTICI
    FUKS P, 1994, INVERSE PROBL, V10, P555
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 11
 BP 1222
 EP 1229
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 285RP
 UT ISI:000085402100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
    Yu, KW
 TI A theory of nonlinear AC response in nonlinear composites
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear composites; effective nonlinear conductivity; harmonic
    generation
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; GENERATION
 AB A perturbative approach, which has previously been applied to study the
    effective nonlinear response in random nonlinear composites consisting
    of Kerr materials. is extended to treat random composites with
    components having nonlinear response at finite frequencies. For a
    sinusoidal applied field, the field in the composite generally includes
    components with frequencies at the higher harmonics. Using the
    potential in the absence of nonlinearity as the unperturbed potential,
    nonlinear response can be studied perturbatively. Expression for the
    effective nonlinear susceptibility at the third harmonic is derived in
    the dilute limit of one of the nonlinear components. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    HUI PM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3451
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P14195
 NR 6
 TC 19
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 279
 IS 1-3
 BP 62
 EP 65
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 284DD
 UT ISI:000085314700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified straightforward expansion
 SO MECCANICA
 DT Article
 DE perturbation technique; nonlinear equation; duffing equation; nonlinear
    dynamics
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd,POB 189, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1964, PERTURBATION TECHNIQ
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    MICKENS RE, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V193, P747
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0025-6455
 J9 MECCANICA
 JI Meccanica
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 287
 EP 289
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 283XD
 UT ISI:000085300600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, F
    Han, J
    Shen, M
    Geng, M
    Zhou, Z
    Northwood, DO
 TI Electrochemical properties of a LaNi4.7Al0.3 alloy used for the
    negative electrode in nickel/metal hydride batteries
 SO JOURNAL OF NEW MATERIALS FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE metal hydride electrodes; electrochemical characteristics; exchange
    current density; symmetry factor
 ID HYDROGEN STORAGE ALLOYS; EVOLUTION REACTION; METAL; PERFORMANCE;
    DISCHARGE; BEHAVIOR
 AB The electrochemical properties of an activated LaNi4.7Al0.3 hydride
    electrode (MH) were studied using charge/discharge and polarization
    tests. The rests were performed at different steady states of
    discharging and temperatures. Both the exchange current density (I-0)
    and the symmetry-factor (beta) of the MH electrode in a 6M KOH aqueous
    solution decrease with increasing hydrogen concentration and increase
    with increasing temperature at a given hydrogen concentration. These
    intrinsic parameters (I-0 and beta) were then used to evaluate the
    characteristics of the nonequilibrium discharge process of the MH
    electrode, including the discharge overpotential and activation. From
    the exchange current density measurements, the apparent activation
    energy (E-a) was found to be in the range 15.5 to 22.5 kJ.(molH)(-1)
    for hydrogen concentrations H/M=0.6 to 0.1 in the temperature range
    273-318K. It is suggested that the apparent activation energy (E-a) is
    a useful intrinsic parameter for evaluating the electrochemical
    characteristics of MH electrodes.
 C1 Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Ryerson Polytech Univ, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4,
    Canada.
 CR BARD AJ, 1980, ELECTROCHEMICAL METH, P106
    BOCKRIS JO, 1993, MOD ASPECT ELECTROC, V25, P261
    FENG F, 1998, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V23, P599
    GENG MM, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P887
    IWAKURA C, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P335
    IWAKURA C, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P152
    KIBRIA MF, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P179
    KRONBERGER H, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P577
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P183
    LIU BH, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P132
    MATSUOKA M, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P149
    NDZEBET E, 1995, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V20, P635
    POPOV BN, 1996, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V26, P603
    SAKAI T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V172, P1175
    WANG XL, 1990, J LESS-COMMON MET, V159, P83
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P1
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P3
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 1480-2422
 J9 J NEW MATER ELECTROCHEM SYST
 JI J. New Mat.Electrochem. Syst.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 2
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 50
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Electrochemistry
 GA 283LB
 UT ISI:000085276100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI On existence and uniqueness of solution of hyperbolic differential
    inclusion with discontinuous nonlinearity
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB In this paper a hyperbolic differential inclusion with a discontinuous
    and nonlinear multi-valued term is studied, and the existence and
    uniqueness of its global weak solutions are obtained. We also study the
    asymptotic behavior of the solutions under suitable assumptions. (C)
    2000 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BREZIS H, 1971, CONTRIBUTIONS NONLIN, P101
    CARL S, 1992, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V18, P471
    CHANG KC, 1981, J MATH ANAL APPL, V80, P102
    CLARK MR, 1996, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V19, P151
    DUVAUT G, 1972, INEQUATIONS MECH PHY
    FERREIRA J, 1996, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V19, P751
    HARAUX A, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V841
    MACIEL AB, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P745
    NAKAO M, 1978, MATH REP, V11, P117
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS PD, 1985, INEQUALITY PROBLEMS
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS PD, 1993, HEMIVARIATIONAL INEQ
    RAUCH J, 1977, P AM MATH SOC, V64, P277
    ZHANG KC, 1987, COURSE FUNCTIONAL AN
    ZHOU MQ, 1985, REAL VARIABLES FUNCT
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2000
 VL 241
 IS 2
 BP 198
 EP 213
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 282NQ
 UT ISI:000085225300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, LC
    Lu, WC
    Ding, YM
    Fang, JH
    Chen, NY
    Cao, GY
    Zhu, JX
 TI Thermodynamic stability of LiFeO2 in molten carbonate fuel cell
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Letter
 AB LiFeO2, as one of candidate cathode materials or additive for molten
    carbonate fuel cell, has been found to be thermodynamically unstable in
    CO2 atmosphere at 650 degrees C (the condition of molten carbonate fuel
    cell) both by computation and experimental confirmation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Fuel Cell Technol, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, LC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DEVAN HSH, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, P2146
    JANZ GJ, 1961, J CHEM ENG DATA, P6321
    OTA KI, 1987, 2 S MOLT CARB FUEL C, P53
    OTA KI, 1992, P 4 JAP CHIN BIL C M, P34
    PLOMP L, 1993, P 3 S MOLT CARB FUEL, P171
    SHORES D, 1993, P 3 2NT S CARB FUEL, P254
    TANIMOTO K, 1998, P FUEL CELL S, P321
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 72
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 282AN
 UT ISI:000085193800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Zhao, XG
 TI Spatial rotation and time-evolution operator of two-level systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID 2-LEVEL SYSTEMS; DYNAMICS
 AB All the six kinds of rotation approach with the same form to the
    evolution problem of arbitrarily time-dependent two-level systems are
    investigated in this paper. A time-dependent two-level system can be
    viewed as a spin-1/2 system in a time-varying magnetic field. It is
    shown that for each kind of rotation approach, we can always find a
    rotating frame in which the direction of the effective magnetic field
    is fixed. This property reduces the problem of finding the
    time-evolution operator to the solution of a second-order differential
    equation. Applications are made to the J C model in quantum optics and
    the Landau-Zener model in resonance physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Theoret Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Qixiang Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEN L, 1975, OPTICAL RESONANCE 2
    ERDELYI A, 1953, HIGH TRANSCENDENTAL, V2, P192
    FERNANDEZ DJ, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V236, P275
    HUANG YH, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4171
    LANDAU L, 1932, PHYS Z SOWJETUNION, V2, P46
    MAJORANA E, 1932, NUOVO CIMENTO, V9, P43
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P171
    VITANOV NV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P4288
    WAGH AG, 1993, PHYS REV A, V48, R1729
    WANG ZX, 1965, INTRO SPECIAL FUNCTI, P359
    ZENER C, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V137, P696
    ZHAO XG, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V181, P425
    ZHAO XG, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P5
    ZHOU JY, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, P1903
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JAN 10
 PY 2000
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 112
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 282JF
 UT ISI:000085214200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Derivation and transformation of variational principles with emphasis
    on inverse and hybrid problems in fluid mechanics: a systematic approach
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID TRANSONIC FLOW; POTENTIAL FLOW; ROTOR; FORMULATION; SHOCKS
 AB A systematic approach to the derivation of variational principles (VPs)
    from the partial differential equations of fluid mechanics is suggested
    herein, consisting essentially of two major lines: (1) establishing a
    first VP via reversed deduction followed by extending it successively
    to a Family of subgeneralized VPs via a series of transformations. and
    (2) vice versa. Full advantage is taken of four powerful means - the
    functional variation with variable domain, the natural boundary/initial
    condition (BC/IC), the Lagrange multiplier, and the artificial
    interface. The occurrence of three kinds of variational crisis is
    demonstrated and methods for their removal are suggested. This approach
    has been used with great success in establishing VP-families in fluid
    mechanics with special attention to inverse and hybrid problems of flow
    in a rotating system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Maths & Mechs, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHIESA P, 1987, MEDIOEVO RINASCIMENT, V1, P1
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    KOMKOV V, 1986, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL, V1
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH, V1, P745
    LIU GL, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P71
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1999, P 14 INT S AIR BREAT
    LIU GL, 1999, P 4 INT S AER INT FL, V1, P29
    REDDY JN, 1986, APPL FUNCTIONAL ANAL
    TONTI E, 1984, INT J ENG SCI, V22, P1343
 NR 18
 TC 7
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2000
 VL 140
 IS 1-2
 BP 73
 EP 89
 PG 17
 SC Mechanics
 GA 284EL
 UT ISI:000085317700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
 TI EPMA and TEM investigations on the interdiffusion layer of the PNN/PZT
    functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The compositional profile, distribution of the phases and the ordering
    behavior in the interdiffusion layer of the PNN/PZT functionally
    gradient piezoelectric ceramics have been investigated by electron
    probe microbeam analyses (EPMA) and transmission electron microscopy
    (TEM) respectively. The results show that the thickness of the
    interdiffusion layers (d) for Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+ ions are
    ordered as d(Ni)(2+) > d(Nb)(5+) > d(Ti)(4+) > d(Zr)(4+). It is
    demonstrated by TEM observation and selected area electron diffraction
    (SAED) patterns that a clear interface between the rhombohedral and
    pseudocubic phases exists in the interdiffusion layer. The SAED studies
    also reveal the presence of F spots along the [111] direction of the
    perovskite cubic unit cell. The origin of this superstructure is
    determined. (C) 2000 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    CHERRADI N, 1994, COMPOS ENG, V4, P883
    HARMER MP, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V97, P263
    HILTON AD, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3461
    RANDALL CA, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V29, P327
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 1031
 EP 1036
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 279HF
 UT ISI:000085037800033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Inverse problems of determining the unknown shape of oscillating
    airfoils in compressible 2D unsteady flow via variational technique
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow; finite element method; inverse problems; aircraft; aerodynamics
 AB A generalized variational principle of 2D unsteady compressible flow
    around oscillating airfoils is established directly from the governing
    equations and boundary/initial conditions via the semi-inverse method
    proposed by He. In this method, an energy integral with an unknown F is
    used as a trial-functional. The identification of the unknown F is
    similar to the identification of the Lagrange multiplier. Based on the
    variational theory with variable domain, a variational principle for
    the inverse problem (given as the time-averaged pressure over the
    airfoil contour, while the corresponding airfoil shape is unknown) is
    constructed, and all the boundary/initial conditions are converted into
    natural ones, leading to well-posedness and the unique solution of the
    inverse problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P176
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P707
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
 NR 10
 TC 9
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2000
 VL 72
 IS 1
 BP 18
 EP 24
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 281PF
 UT ISI:000085169300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZT
    Wu, PF
    Tao, YQ
    Mao, DK
 TI Calculation of magnetic entropy changes of gadolinium from
    magnetization curves
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The magnetization curves of gadolinium were measured with a vibrating
    sample magnetometer, from which the function M(H, T) was obtained using
    two-step least square fitting. Then magnetic entropy changes can be
    calculated. These works can provide the perliminary information needed
    for the design of magnetic refrigerator.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Yuelong NonFerrous Met Co Ltd, Shanghai 200949, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZT, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BROWN GV, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P3673
    CAO LF, 1986, NUMERICAL ANAL, P399
    FOLDEAKI M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3528
    KUHRT C, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V91, P105
    LI ZT, 1995, PROGR CHEM, V7, P140
    TISHIN AM, 1990, CRYOGENICS, V30, P127
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 12
 SU Suppl. S
 BP S126
 EP S131
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 279XN
 UT ISI:000085070500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear TM waves on interface of gyromagnets
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS;
    LIGHT; PROPAGATION; SURFACE
 AB The nonlinear behavior of transverse magnetic (TM) waves on the
    interface between an antiferromagnet and a ferromagnet is studied. The
    theoretical results show that for TM waves there exist frequency
    passband(s) and stopband(s) which can be switched into each other by
    varying the power. It is indicated that this surface waveguide may
    support backward surface waves, which have opposite group velocities to
    their phase velocities. The passbands width of forward and backward
    surface waves are about 10 GHz.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ACEVES AB, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P1809
    ACEVES AB, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P963
    AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOARDMAN AD, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V145, P357
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    HAUS HA, 1993, IEEE SPECTRUM, V30, P48
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MILLS DL, 1974, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V37, P817
    QI W, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    QI W, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS, V36, P22
    TRAN HT, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P488
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 2
 BP 349
 EP 354
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 281BY
 UT ISI:000085139300033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A new perturbation technique which is also valid for large parameters
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1964, PERTURBATION TECHNIQ
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, 1999, CHINESE J COMPUTATIO, V16, P121
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    MICKENS RE, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V193, P747
 NR 7
 TC 15
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD FEB 3
 PY 2000
 VL 229
 IS 5
 BP 1257
 EP 1263
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 279GH
 UT ISI:000085035700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Li, SM
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear behavior of magnetic surface waves on the interface between
    ferromagnet and antiferromagnet
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; LIGHT; PROPAGATION
 AB In this article the nonlinear frequency characteristics of the
    transverse magnetic surface waves at microwave frequencies on the
    interface between a ferromagnet and an antiferromagnet have been
    studied. The results show that the magnetic surface waves have
    passband(s) and stopband(s), which are interchangeable through the
    variation of the wave power. It is shown that the nonlinear surface
    waves excited on the interface can be backward surface waves with group
    velocities opposite to their phase velocities in direction. The
    passband widths of the forward surface waves are about five times
    larger than those of the backward surface waves in the situation. (C)
    2000 American Institute of Physics. [S0021-8979(00)00604-6].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ACEVES AB, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P1809
    ACEVES AB, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P963
    AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    HAUS HA, 1993, IEEE SPECTRUM, V30, P48
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MILLS DL, 1974, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V37, P817
    TRAN HT, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P488
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V36, P22
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2000
 VL 87
 IS 4
 BP 1908
 EP 1913
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 278MA
 UT ISI:000084992500048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Ma, JC
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Yang, SL
    Xiang, SH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Water modelling study of fluid flow and mixing characteristics in bath
    during AOD process
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 ID METAL
 AB The fluid flow and mixing characteristics in the bath during the
    argon-oxygen decarburisation (AOD) process have been investigated on a
    water model of an 18 t AOD vessel blown th rough two annu lar tube type
    lances of constant cross-sectional area. The geometric similarity ratio
    between the model and its prototype (including the lances) was 1 :3.
    Based on theoretical calculations of the parameters of the gas streams
    in the lances, the gas blowing rates used for the model were determined
    fairly precisely. Thus, sufficiently full kinematic similarity between
    the model and its prototype was ensured. The influence of the gas
    flowrate and the angle included between the two lances was examined.
    The results demonstrated that the liquid in the bath underwent vigorous
    circulatory motion du ring blowing, and there was no obvious dead zone
    in the bath, resulting in excellent mixing and a short mixing time. The
    gas flowrates, particularly that of the main lance, had a key influence
    on these characteristics. However, the gas jet of the sublance had a
    physical shielding effect on the gas jet of the main lance, and mixing
    efficiency could be improved by a suitable increase in the gas blowing
    rate of the sublance. The angular separation of the two lances also had
    a marked influence on the flow and mixing in the bath. An excessively
    large or small separation of the two lances would reduce the stability
    of blowing and would also be unfavourable to mixing. The optimum range
    of separation is 60-100 degrees under the conditions of the present
    work. The relationships between the mixing time and the gas blowing
    rate, the stirring energy, the modified Froude numbers for the main
    lance and sublance, the lance arrangement, etc. have been obtained.
    I&S/1413.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHO YW, 1986, SCANINJECT 1, V4
    FIGUEIRA RM, 1985, METALL T B, V16, P67
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P244
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    IGUCHI M, 1992, SCANINJECT 1, V6, P113
    KOMAROV SV, 1996, P INT C MSMM 96 BEIJ, P113
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    NAKANISHI K, 1975, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P193
    SANO M, 1983, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V23, P169
    SCHWARZ MP, 1991, ISIJ INT, V30, P947
    SZEKELY J, 1984, IRON STEEL MAKER, V11, P22
    TOKUNAGA H, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P21
    WEI JH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    WEI JH, 1997, P 7 NAT S COMP HEAT, P264
    ZHANG MH, 1995, P 10 NAT ANN C STAIN, P13
 NR 15
 TC 8
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 1999
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 363
 EP 371
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 279NG
 UT ISI:000085050600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Liu, ZR
 TI On the persistence of lower-dimensional invariant hyperbolic tori for
    smooth Hamiltonian systems
 SO NONLINEARITY
 DT Article
 ID QUASI-PERIODIC PERTURBATIONS
 AB In this paper, sufficiently smooth Hamiltonian systems with
    perturbations are considered. By combining a smooth version of the
    Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser theorem and the theory of normally hyperbolic
    invariant manifolds, we show that under the conditions of nonresonance
    and nondegeneracy, most hyperbolic invariant tori and their stable and
    unstable manifolds survive smoothly under sufficiently smooth
    autonomous perturbation. This result can be generalized directly to the
    case of time-dependent quasi-periodic perturbations. Finally, an
    example from geometrical optics is used to illustrate our method.
 C1 Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1963, RUSS MATH SURV, V18, P9
    CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    DIEZ C, 1991, CELESTIAL MECH, V50, P13
    ELIASSON LH, 1988, ANN SC NORM SUPER S, V15, P115
    FENICHEL N, 1971, INDIANA U MATH J, V21, P193
    GRAFF SM, 1974, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V15, P1
    HOLM DD, 1991, PHYSICA D, V51, P177
    JORBA A, 1996, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V27, P1704
    JORBA A, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P427
    LERMAN L, 1987, SELECTA MATH SOVIETI, V6, P365
    MARSDEN JE, 1994, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MOSER J, 1966, ANN SCUOLA NORM, V20, P499
    POSCHEL J, 1982, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V35, P653
    POSCHEL J, 1989, MATH Z, V202, P559
    RUDNEV M, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P177
    SPIVAK M, 1979, DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETR, V1
    WIGGINS S, 1994, NORMALLY HYPERBOLIC
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0951-7715
 J9 NONLINEARITY
 JI Nonlinearity
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 189
 EP 202
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 276TW
 UT ISI:000084894300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Yang, XX
    Gao, SC
    Ahmed, M
 TI A low-cost dual-polarized microstrip antenna array
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna array; dual polarization; low cost; radiation
    patterns; S-parameters
 AB A new low-cost dual-polarized microsrip antenna array with a single
    layer is proposed. Its element is the parallel corner-fed square patch
    with two ports. The design, analysis, and experimental results of a 12
    GHz 16-element array on a 0.8 mm thick substrate are presented. Its
    measured isolation is 26.5 dB at 12 GHz and higher than 20 dB over 710
    MHz. The 2:1 VSWR bandwidth is wider than 840 MHz (7%). The theoretical
    results agree well with the experimental results. (C) 2000 John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRACHAT P, 1995, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V43, P738
    CRUZ EM, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1410
    CRYAN MJ, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P286
    DERNERYD AG, 1976, P 6 EUR MICR C, P339
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    GAO SC, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI U PR
    LINDMARK B, 1998, IEEE AP-S, P328
    MURAKAMI Y, 1996, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V143, P119
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
    ZHONG SS, 1991, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB 5
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 176
 EP 179
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 275GU
 UT ISI:000084813100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, F
    Xu, YR
    Song, BY
    Xia, KN
 TI Substructural changes during hot deformation of an Fe-26Cr ferritic
    stainless steel
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS A-PHYSICAL METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE DEFORMATION; DYNAMIC RECRYSTALLIZATION; MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB Dynamic softening and substructural changes during hot deformation of a
    ferritic Fe-26Cr stainless steel were studied. The flow stress
    increased to reach a steady state in all the cases and the steady-state
    stress decreased with decreasing Z the Zener-Hollomon parameter. A
    constant subgrain size was observed to correspond to the
    steady-state:flow and the steady-state subgrain size increased with
    decreasing Z. Substructure examinations revealed-that elongated,
    pancake-shaped subgrains formed in the early stage of deformation.
    Straight sub-boundaries: and equiaxed subgrains developed pi-ogres
    sively with strain, leading eventually to a stable substructure at
    strains greater than 0.7. During deformation at 1100 degrees C, dynamic
    recrystallization occurred by the migration and coalescence of
    subboundaries. Dynamic recovery dominated during deformation at 900
    degrees C, resulting in the formation of fine equiaxed subgrains, Based
    on microstructural;observations, the process of substructural changes
    during hot deformation was described by a schematic-diagram.
 C1 Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian 116028, Liaoning, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
 RP Gao, F, Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian 116028, Liaoning, Peoples R China.
 CR BELYAKOV AN, 1993, PHYS MET METALLOGR, V76, P162
    BOURELL DL, 1987, J MAT SHAPING TECH, V5, P53
    CIZEK P, 1989, METALL J, V44, P94
    CIZEK P, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V230, P88
    DOHERTY RD, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V238, P219
    DRURY MR, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P2259
    GAO F, 1988, ACTA METALL SINICA, V24, B195
    GLOVER G, 1973, METALL T, V4, P765
    ION SE, 1982, ACTA METALL, V30, P1909
    JONAS JJ, 1969, MET REV, V14, P1
    KONOPLEVA EV, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V234, P826
    MAKI T, 1982, 6 INT C STRENGTH MET, P529
    MCQUEEN HJ, 1977, METALL TRANS A, V8, P807
    ROBERTS W, 1984, DEFORMATION PROCESSI, P109
    SAKAI T, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P189
    SCHMIDT CG, 1982, MET T A, V13, P447
 NR 16
 TC 9
 SN 1073-5623
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS A
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 27
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 274JQ
 UT ISI:000084763100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI The ordered micro-domain in Ba1-xSrxTiO3 thin films and its effect on
    phase transition
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRICS
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    DING YP, 1998, IN PRESS 9 INT C MOD
    GU BL, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4224
    KING G, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P454
    RANDALL CA, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P829
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1970, J PHYS SOC JAPAN   S, V28, P26
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 165
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 276GR
 UT ISI:000084868500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, JM
    Ye, ZM
 TI Application of CASs to iterative solution of nonlinear analysis of
    shallow conical shell
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTER ALGEBRA SOFTWARE; MATHEMATICA
 AB This paper deals with the application of Computer Algebra Systems
    (CASs) - Maple V to the nonlinear analysis of shallow conical shells.
    It is shown that the nonlinear equations of the shell to the nonlinear
    problem could be solved by using the CASs method. Detailed high-order
    iterative solution expressions and analytical results or the third
    iteration are given in CASs forms. The numerical results show that the
    solutions of this paper contain other cases when the solutions were the
    second order iteration. The effects of various inner radius parameters
    have been investigated in detail. The results of the third iterative
    expressions are obtained first. It has been shown that the adoption of
    the CASs method would be useful in nonlinear problems. (C) 2000
    Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HANSEN P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P227
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1991, ENG FRACT MECH, V38, P95
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V94, P229
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V47, P233
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V49, P75
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P229
    KENNETH R, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P679
    YE Z, 1997, MECH PRACTICE, V19, P1
    YE ZM, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P1026
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
    YE ZM, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V163, P383
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 2000
 VL 181
 IS 1-3
 BP 345
 EP 361
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 276PX
 UT ISI:000084887500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
 TI Collapse and revival in the damped Jaynes-Cummings model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID STATES; CAVITY; FIELD
 AB We present the first results for the analytic solution of the
    dissipative Jaynes-Cummings model and its application to the collapse
    and revival of atomic inversion. We find that the atomic inversion
    oscillates more and more slowly with decreasing Rabi frequency due to
    the cavity losses. At the same time, long drawn-out revivals after
    collapse are observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT SM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P2444
    BUCK B, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V81, P132
    DUAN LM, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P488
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1323
    GERRY CC, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P2857
    HAKEN H, 1970, ENCYCL PHYS, V25, P41
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P3175
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    SHAO B, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P905
    YANG XX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P186
    ZHENG SB, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P273
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 896
 EP 898
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 272KQ
 UT ISI:000084649500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DZ
 TI Universal equation of photovoltage and transverse photovoltage effect
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB We have derived a universal equation of photovoltage using a physics
    model of photovoltage effects, which involves a p(+)-n-n(+) structure.
    Under specified condition, the equation is simplified to expressions of
    junction field photovoltage, Dem ber photovoltage and transverse
    photovoltage.
    According to the function relation between the transverse photovoltage
    and the position of light point derived from the universal equation of
    photovoltage we fabricated the position sensitive detector (PSD) with
    excellent characteristics of position sensitivity on photocurrents. The
    theory is thus proven by the successful fabrication of the PSD.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR 1988, POSITION SENSITIVE D
    LI DZ, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V4, P284
    PANKORE JI, 1971, OPTICAL PROCESS SEMI, P313
    QIAO D, 1980, ELECT MAT, P119
    SMITH RA, 1978, SEMICONDUCTOR CAMBRI
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, P74
    WOLTRING H, 1985, J IEEE T ELECT DEVIC, P581
    ZHANG YY, 1987, PHOTOELECTRONIC, P81
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 1
 BP 137
 EP 141
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 273EC
 UT ISI:000084694100029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Li, Y
    Zhang, JC
 TI Selective detection of ethanol vapor and hydrogen using Cd-doped
    SnO2-based sensors
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE tin dioxide; CdO doping; ethanol sensor; hydrogen sensor
 ID GAS SENSORS; WORK FUNCTION; TIN DIOXIDE; THIN-FILMS; SURFACE; SNO2;
    SENSITIVITY; CONDUCTANCE; H2S
 AB The effect of CdO doping on microstructure, conductance and gas-sensing
    properties of SnO2-based sensors has been presented in this study.
    Precursor powders with Cd/Sn molar ratios ranging from 0 to 0.5 were
    prepared by chemical coprecipitation. X-ray diffraction (XRD) analysis
    indicates that the solid-state reaction in the CdO-SnO2 system occurs
    and alpha-CdSnO3 with pervoskite structure is formed between 600 and
    650 degrees C. CdO doping suppresses SnO2 crystallite growth
    effectively which has been confirmed by means of XRD, transmission
    electron microscopy (TEM) and BET method. The 10 mol% Cd-doped
    SnO2-based sensor shows an excellent ethanol-sensing performance, such
    as high sensitivity (275 for 100 ppm C2H5OH), rapid response rate (12 s
    for 90% response time) and high selectivity over CO, H-2 and i-C4H10.
    On the other hand, this sensor has good H-2-sensing properties in the
    absence of ethanol vapor. The sensor operates at 300 degrees C, the
    sensitivity to 1000 ppm H-2 is up to 98, but only 16 and 7 for 1000 ppm
    CO and i-C4H10, respectively. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Ctr Adv Mat Res, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Univ Aveiro, UIMC, Dept Ceram & Glass Engn, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Ctr Adv
    Mat Res, Nanyang Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR CALDARARU M, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P35
    CANTALINI C, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P437
    COLES GSV, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
    COX DF, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2072
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    GHIOTTI G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P520
    GUTIERREZ FJ, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V8, P231
    HARA K, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V20, P181
    HYKAWAY N, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P105
    JIANMING L, 1989, P INT C EL COMP MAT, P197
    KOHL D, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V18, P71
    LONG LB, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P217
    MAEKAWA T, 1991, CHEM LETT, P575
    MAEKAWA T, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P63
    MARTINELLI G, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V7, P717
    MATSUSHIMA S, 1989, CHEM LETT, P845
    MCALEER JF, 1987, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V83, P1323
    MISHRA VN, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V21, P209
    MIZSEI J, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P163
    NITTA M, 1979, J ELECTRON MATER, V8, P571
    OGAWA H, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P4448
    OYABU T, 1986, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V9, P301
    PROMSONG L, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P504
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P253
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V8, P79
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    TAKATA M, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P4
    TALLAL NM, 1974, ELECT CONDUCTIVITY C, P380
    YAMAMOTO N, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P721
    YAMAZOE N, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
 NR 31
 TC 8
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD NOV 23
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 2-3
 BP 208
 EP 215
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 269UB
 UT ISI:000084495000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Mao, JM
 TI Controlling hyperchaos
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DIRECT TRAJECTORIES; CONTROLLING CHAOS; SYSTEMS; TARGETS; ORBITS; MAP
 AB For a finite-dimensional dynamical system, whose governing equations
    may or may not be analytically available, we show how to stabilize an
    unstable orbit in a neighborhood of a "fully"unstable fixed point
    (i.e., a fixed point at which all eigenvalues of the Jacobian matrix
    have modulus greater than unity). Only one of the unstable directions
    is to be stabilized via time-dependent adjustments of control
    parameters. The parameter adjustments can be optimized.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR AUERBACH D, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3479
    DITTO WL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3211
    KANEKO K, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P1
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PETROV V, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P7506
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    SHINBROT T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3215
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4165
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2863
    SINGER J, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P1123
    SO P, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4705
 NR 12
 TC 22
 SN 0031-9007
 J9 PHYS REV LETT
 JI Phys. Rev. Lett.
 PD JAN 3
 PY 2000
 VL 84
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 70
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 271HJ
 UT ISI:000084587900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, F
    Xu, Y
    Song, B
    Xia, K
 TI Thermodynamic study of the critical nucleus size for metadynamic
    recrystallisation
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE metadynamic recrystallisation; dynamic recrystallisation; nucleation
 ID DYNAMIC RECRYSTALLIZATION; HOT-WORKING; RECOVERY
 AB On the basis of thermodynamics, it is shown that the critical nucleus
    size for metadynamic recrystallisation is smaller than that for dynamic
    recrystallisation. It follows that the nucleation rate of metadynamic
    recrystallisation is not zero. A Cr25Ti steel was hot deformed and its
    recrystallised structures were examined after delayed quench. It was
    observed that after the deformation was terminated, both the grain size
    and the subgrain size decreased at first, although the grains
    eventually coarsened at longer times. This is attributed to the
    conversion of potential embryos formed during dynamic recrystallisation
    into true nuclei in metadynamic recrystallisation. The results from the
    experiment appear to be consistent with the theoretical analysis. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian, Lianoning, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, K, Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052,
    Australia.
 CR DJAIC RAP, 1973, MET T, V4, P621
    GAO F, 1988, ACTA METALL SINICA, V24, B195
    GLOVER G, 1972, METALL T, V3, P2271
    HODGSON PD, 1998, THERMEC 97, P121
    JONAS JJ, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V184, P155
    PETKOVIC RA, 1979, ACTA METALL, V27, P1633
    ROUCOULES C, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P389
    ROUCOULES C, 1995, MATER SCI TECH SER, V11, P548
    SAKAI T, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1781
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD JAN 31
 PY 2000
 VL 277
 IS 1-2
 BP 33
 EP 37
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 271RQ
 UT ISI:000084607600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Gu, HC
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphology and properties of ultrafine SnO2-TiO2 coupled semiconductor
    particles
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE photocatalytic oxidation; ultrafine particle; dyeing wastewater
 ID PHOTOCATALYTIC DEGRADATION; FILMS; TIO2
 AB In this paper, a new method to synthesize ultrafine SnO2-TiO2 coupled
    particles is presented. The coupled particles are synthesized by
    homogeneous precipitation and characterized by EDS, XRD, TEM, HREM and
    BET surface area analysis. The coupled particles, pure ultrafine TiO2,
    commercial TiO2,and pure SnO2 are employed for photocatalytic
    degradation of azo dye active red X-3B in aerated solution. The results
    show that a very rapid and complete decolorization of the azo dye can
    be achieved, and the photoactivity of the coupled particles is higher
    than that of pure ultrafine TiO2 and commercial TiO2 particles, and the
    optimum loading of SnO2 on TiO2 is 18.4%. The enhanced degradation rate
    of X-3B using SnO2-TiO2 coupled photocatalysts is attributed to
    increased charge separation in these systems. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem & Phys, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Dept Environm Sci &
    Engn, Box 59,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEDJA I, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P4133
    CHAO M, 1993, RES ENV SCI, V6, P58
    CRAIG ST, 1990, J CATAL, V122, P178
    FOTOU GP, 1996, CHEM ENG COMMUN, V251, P151
    GERISCHER H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5261
    GOPIDAS KR, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3822
    HIROSHI Y, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P4833
    JUDIN VPS, 1993, CHEM BRIT, V29, P503
    LEGRINI O, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P671
    SHI LY, 1998, J ECUST CH, V24, P291
    SHI LY, 1999, IN PRESS J CATAL, V20
    SPADARO JT, 1994, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V28, P1389
    TSAI SJ, 1997, CATAL TODAY, V33, P227
    VINODGOPAL K, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2180
    WEI TY, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1293
    ZHANG LD, 1994, FUNCTIONAL MAT, P76
 NR 16
 TC 25
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JAN 14
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 1
 BP 62
 EP 67
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 269RV
 UT ISI:000084492100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YJ
    Ho, SL
    Wong, HC
    Xie, GD
 TI Analytical prediction of armature-reaction field in disc-type permanent
    magnet generators
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 DE disc-type machine; permanent magnet; armature reaction field;
    analytical method
 ID MOTORS
 AB A two dimensional (2D) analytical method to predict the
    armature-reaction field in the slotted opening airgap/magnet region of
    a permanent magnet (PM) disc-type generator is presented. The currents
    in the slot is modeled by a uniform distributed current sheet along an
    are at the slot opening. The analysis takes into account the harmonics
    in the armature current waveforms which are calculated from the voltage
    equations. The effects of the stator slot openings are being accounted
    for by the introduction of a 2D relative permeance function which is
    calculated directly from the nonlinear equation described,by conformal
    transformation. A more refined permeance distribution can then be
    obtained easily.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YJ, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong
    Kong.
 CR CAMPBELL P, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P1541
    CHALMERS B, 1990, MACHINES ELECTROMAGN
    FURLANI EP, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P3660
    GU CL, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P3668
    HO SL, 1994, INT C EL MACH PAR FR, P477
    TAKANO H, 1992, IEEE T IND APPL, V28, P350
    ZHU ZQ, 1993, IEEE T MAGN, V29, P144
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 1385
 EP 1390
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA 271HV
 UT ISI:000084588900095
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, YF
    Ji, G
    Xiao, XS
    Dong, YD
    Ma, XM
    Wang, WH
    Zhao, DQ
 TI Fabrication of bulk glassy Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 alloy by water
    quenching
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloy; glass forming ability; supercooled liquid region;
    eletronegativity
 AB A glassy Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 rod with a diameter of 9 mm was
    successfully produced by water quenching. The effects of iron addition
    on thermal stability and hardness of Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 bulk
    amorphous alloy were investigated by XR D, DSC and microhardness test;
    It is found that the full annealing would enhance the strength of the
    alloy significantly. The cause of the increase in hardness was analyzed
    and the formation mechanisms of the bulk amorphous alloy are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 10080, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG HC, 1985, CRYSTALLIZATION CHEM, P116
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 45
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 27
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 270GE
 UT ISI:000084526400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CS
    Zhu, JL
    Luo, WY
    Zhou, SX
 TI Measurement of fluorine pollutant in plant leaves and soil using
    nuclear reaction analysis
 SO BIOLOGICAL TRACE ELEMENT RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE fluorine pollution; nuclear reaction analysis; environment; plant
    leaves; soil
 AB In this article, the soil and the leaves of plants, parasol, cotton,
    and glossy privet around a fluorine-polluted area were taken as the
    samples, and fluorine concentration of the samples were studied using
    the nuclear reaction F-19(P,alpha)O-16, and some results were given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, CS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALFASSI ZB, 1990, ACTIVATION ANAL
    DECONNINCK G, 1983, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V218, P165
    DIEUMEGARD D, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V168, P93
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0163-4984
 J9 BIOL TR ELEM RES
 JI Biol. Trace Elem. Res.
 PD WIN
 PY 1999
 VL 71-2
 BP 325
 EP 329
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Endocrinology & Metabolism
 GA 271TT
 UT ISI:000084610100036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Wang, ZS
    Zhang, GS
    Ren, JS
    Jiang, GC
 TI Study on magnesium ionization in cathodic sputtering glow discharge
    plasma
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE glow discharge; cathodic sputtering atomizer; atomic absorption
    spectrometry; ionic absorption spectrometry; ionization degree
 ID ATOMIC-ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY; ATOMIZATION; METALS; ALLOYS; COPPER
 AB A method, based on the Doppler broadening-dependent absorption width
    and the ionization degree measured by the ratio of relative atomic and
    ionic absorbance in cathodic sputtering glow discharge (CSGD) plasma
    with aluminum-magnesium alloys as cathodes,is proposed. The
    experimental reveals that the plentiful magnesium ions in the plasma
    under the conventional discharge conditions,of the atomizer do
    influence the analytic working curves. Corrected method is derived and
    factors which result in magnesium ionization degree are disscused.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Met Res, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *CRC, HDB CHEM PHYS
    BARSHICK CM, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P730
    BATAL A, 1981, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V36, P993
    BRUHN CG, 1978, ANAL CHEM, V50, P16
    CHAKRABARTI CL, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V44, P385
    GOUGH DS, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, P1926
    GRIMM W, 1968, SPECTROCHIM ACTA   B, V23, P443
    HARVILLE TR, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P3636
    HASEGAWA T, 1985, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V40, P123
    HEADRICK KL, 1994, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V49, P975
    JIANSHI REN, 1984, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V4, P32
    JINGLIN Y, 1993, ANAL LETT, V26, P541
    MEHDI T, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1023
    MEI Y, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P3337
    MITCHELL ACG, 1961, RESONANCE RAD EXCITE
    TONG SL, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1237
    WAGATSUMA K, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1039
    WEISS Z, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1247
    WINCHESTER MR, 1988, APPL SPECTROSC, V42, P941
    WINCHESTER MR, 1990, J ANAL ATOM SPECTROM, V5, P9
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 850
 EP 853
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 268RY
 UT ISI:000084430400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Zhang, YJ
 TI Modeling and analysis of finite-flange open-ended coaxial probe for
    planar and convex surface coating material testing by FDTD method
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE curved surface testing; FDTD; error analysis; EM properties; complex
    permittivity and permeability
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    BAKHTIARI S, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2073
    BRINGHURST S, 1997, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V45
    COLPITTS BG, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V44, P160
    HASSAN AKA, 1999, 26 GEN ASS INT UN RA
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    OKONIEWSKI M, 1994, IEEE ANT PROP SOC IN, V2, P1438
    TOFLOVE A, 1980, IEEE T ELECTROMAGNET, V22, P191
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG Z, 1995, J MICROWAVES CHINA, V11, P171
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 117
 EP 120
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 268YG
 UT ISI:000084447000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qing, AY
    Li, J
    Ren, L
    Lee, CK
    Zhong, SS
 TI Microwave imaging of multiple perfectly conducting cylinders using
    real-coded genetic algorithm
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE microwave imaging; two-dimensional perfectly conducting objects;
    real-coded genetic algorithm; simulated annealing
 ID ELECTROMAGNETICS
 AB A novel approach for microwave imaging of two-dimensional perfectly
    conducting objects in free space using real-coded genetic algorithm is
    put forward in this paper. The shape function of each contour is
    approximated by triangular series. A set of integral equations with
    respect to the coefficients of these series are derived according to
    the boundary conditions. The imaging problem is then reformulated into
    a restrained optimization one where the variables to be optimized are
    the coefficients of the series and the cost function is defined as the
    relative error between the measured scattered electric field and the
    simulated one. Using real-coded genetic algorithm, the imaging is done
    by genetic operating iteratively. The fitness function is obtained by
    transforming and scaling the cost function using simulated annealing
    method. Tournament selection, proportional model, one-point crossover
    and elitist model are used while the mutation is done by adding a
    random purtabation item to the gene to be mutated. Numerical examples
    show the validity of this method. Compared with other inversion
    algorithms, our method is more simple, versatile and robust.
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Inst Electromagnet Theory & Microwave Technol, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Qing, AY, SW Jiaotong Univ, Inst Electromagnet Theory & Microwave
    Technol, POB 63, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG GL, 1996, GENETIC ALGORITHM AP
    CHEW WC, 1990, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG
    CHIU CC, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P933
    DAVIS L, 1987, GENETIC ALGORITHM SI
    HARRINGTON RF, 1968, FIELD COMPUTATION MO
    HAUPT RL, 1995, IEEE ANTENNAS PROPAG, V37, P7
    HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTION NATURAL ART
    KLEINMAN RE, 1994, RADIO SCI, V29, P1157
    MICHIELSSEN E, 1992, IEE PROC-J, V139, P413
    MOGHADDAM M, 1992, IEEE T GEOSCI REMOTE, V30, P147
    PENG ZQ, 1993, J APPL SCI, V11, P297
    QING A, 1997, J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE, V11, P259
    QING AY, 1997, THESIS SW JIAOTONG U
    QING AY, 1998, CHINESE J GEOPHYS, V41, P117
    WEILE DS, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P343
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5733
 J9 CHINESE J GEOPHYS-CHINESE ED
 JI Chinese J. Geophys.-Chinese Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 841
 EP 848
 PG 8
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 268JY
 UT ISI:000084411600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, S
    Zhou, ZQ
    Zhang, JL
    Yao, MY
    Feng, F
    Northwood, DO
 TI The application of mathematical models to the calculation of selected
    hydrogen storage properties (formation enthalpy and hysteresis) of
    AB(2)-type alloys
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 ID LAVES PHASE; ABSORPTION; HYDRIDES
 AB Two mathematical models have been applied to AB(2)-type
    hydrogen-absorbing alloys. The first model is for the calculation of
    hydride formation enthalpy and the second model allows for the
    calculation of P-C-T curves. Certain physical parameters (activity
    coefficient of hydrogen (gamma), partial molar volume of hydrogen ((V)
    over bar(H)), solution heat of hydrogen (Delta H-s), enthalpy (Delta H)
    and entropy (Delta S) of formation of a hydride, slope factor (f(s)) of
    a plateau and the variation rate (k) of slope factor with respect to
    temperature in a plateau region of P-C-T curves) for these
    intermetallic compounds and their hydrides are estimated from these
    models. From the second model, the relationship between the hysteresis
    factor (RT ln P-a/P-d) and temperature, hydrogen concentration and
    slope factor of the plateau region for the P-C-T curves has been
    obtained. (C) 1999 International Association for Hydrogen Energy.
    published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Ryerson Polytech Inst, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Ryerson Polytech Inst, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, 350 Victoria
    St, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 CR BOUTEN PCP, 1980, J LESS-COMMON MET, V71, P147
    ESAYED A, 1993, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN
    FUJII H, 1981, J PHYS CHEM-US, V85, P3112
    FUJITANI S, 1993, Z PHYS CHEM, V179, P27
    HONG G, 1990, 1043409, CN
    LEE HH, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P23
    LUNDIN CE, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V58, P19
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P344
    QIAN S, 1988, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V13, P25
    QIAN S, 1989, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SHITIKOV V, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V102, P29
    VANMAL HH, 1974, J LESS-COMMON MET, V35, P65
    WICKE E, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V101, P17
    XIAO J, 1985, ALLOY ENERGY RELATIO
    YANG HW, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V227, P69
    ZHOU Z, 1991, MAT SCI PROGR, V5, P117
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
    ZHOU ZQ, 1994, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V19, P269
 NR 19
 TC 8
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 149
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 266DT
 UT ISI:000084285900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, Z
    Zhou, ZW
 TI On the instability in gas atomization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas atomization; spray forming; instability of interfacial wave
 ID LIQUID
 AB The instability theory of fluid flow is applied in gas atomization and
    the results show that the instability of interfacial wave is the main
    cause of gas atomization. The size of the droplets and its change with
    parameters are also studied, the results are compatible with the
    experiments.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P1724
    BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P2267
    GRANT NJ, 1983, J MET, V35, P20
    LAWLEY A, 1981, J MET, V33, P13
    LAWLEY A, 1993, ATOMIZATION PRODUCTI
    LUBANSKA H, 1970, J MET, V22, P45
    MA Z, 1998, ICFM, V3, P514
    MA Z, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P825
    REITZ RD, 1982, PHYS FLUIDS, V25, P1730
    SEE JB, 1978, POWDER TECHNOL, V21, P119
    UNAL A, 1987, MATER SCI TECHNOL, V3, P1029
    UNAL A, 1988, MAT SCI TECHNOL, V4, P909
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1061
 EP 1066
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 266DZ
 UT ISI:000084286500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ZY
    Cong, YH
 TI The influence of imperfections upon the critical load of structures
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE imperfections; critical load; pitchfork; universal unfolding
 AB By means of the theory of universal unfolding, the influence of
    multi-imperfections upon the critical load of structure in engineering
    is analysed in this paper. For the pitchfork problem, a lower bound of
    increments of the critical loads caused by imperfections of the
    structures is given. A simple and available numerical method for
    computing the lower bound is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Coll Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1981, LONDON MATH SOC LECT, V51
    CHOW SN, 1975, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V59, P159
    ELISHAKOFF I, 1988, BUCKLING STRUCTURES, P195
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1984, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    HUNT GW, 1977, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V357, P193
    IKEDA K, 1990, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V26, P865
    KIRKPATRICK SW, 1988, J ENG MECH DIV, V115, P1025
    KOITER WT, 1967, NASA TECH T F, V10, P833
    LINDBERG HE, 1988, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V114, P1144
    MUROTA K, 1991, SIAM J APPL MATH, V51, P1222
    NIWA Y, 1981, P JAPAN SOC CIVIL EN, V307, P99
    THOMSON JMT, 1973, GEN THEORY ELASTIC S
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1108
 EP 1115
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 266DZ
 UT ISI:000084286500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
 TI Carbon stable isotopic composition of karst soil CO2 in central
    Guizhon, China
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE karst area; soil CO2; carbon stable isotope
 ID UNSATURATED ZONE; DIOXIDE; RESPIRATION; CLIMATE; PLAINS; C-14
 AB The delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are less than that of atmosphere CO2
    in the karst area. On the soil-air interface, the delta(13)C vlaues of
    soil CO2 decrease with the increase in soil depth; below the soil-air
    interface, the delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are invariable. The type
    of vegetation on the land surface has an influence on the delta(13)C
    values of soil CO2. Due to the activity of soil microbes, the
    delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are variable dth seasonal change in
    grass. Isotopic tracer indicates that atmosphere CO2 has a great deal
    of contribution to soil CO2 at the lower parts of soil profile.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm
    Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
 CR BIRD MI, 1996, NATURE, V381, P143
    BRULSEMA TW, 1996, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V60, P1787
    BUYANOVSKY GA, 1983, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V47, P1139
    CERLING TE, 1984, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V71, P229
    CERLING TE, 1991, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V55, P3403
    CRAIG H, 1953, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V3, P53
    DAVIDSON GR, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P2485
    DORR H, 1980, RADIOCARBON, V22, P909
    FRITZ P, 1985, CHEM GEOL, V58, P89
    HINKLE ME, 1994, APPL GEOCHEM, V9, P53
    LI B, 1996, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V15, P41
    PANKINA RG, 1978, INT GEOL REV, V21, P535
    PINEAU F, 1983, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V62, P239
    RAICH JW, 1992, TELLUS B, V44, P81
    RAICH JW, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V9, P23
    REARDON EJ, 1979, J HYDROL, V43, P355
    TANS PP, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1431
    THORSTENSON DC, 1983, RADIOCARBON, V25, P315
    WAN GJ, 1995, CARBONATE ROCK ENV, V1
    WANG Y, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P393
    WILDUNG RE, 1975, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V7, P373
    WOOD WW, 1984, WATER RESOUR RES, V20, P1193
    XU SY, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V15, P50
    XU SY, 1997, CHINESE SCI BULL, V42, P953
    YUAN D, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, P1
    ZHENG L, 1999, DIZHI DIQIU HUAXUE, P113
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 588
 EP 594
 PG 7
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 266DQ
 UT ISI:000084285700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Zhao, QX
    Gu, HC
    Lu, YS
 TI Application of instrumented impact test for studying dynamic fracture
    property of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel
 SO ENGINEERING FRACTURE MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE heat-resistant steel; dynamic fracture toughness; instrumented impact
    test; SZW
 ID REACTOR PRESSURE-VESSEL; A533 STEEL; TOUGHNESS
 AB Dynamic fracture toughness property of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N heat-resistant
    steel was studied over a broad range of temperatures from -196 to 650
    degrees C, Results show that reasonable dynamic fracture toughness
    values of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel can be obtained from instrumented impact
    test of precracked Charpy specimens, according to the assumption that
    crack initiation occurs at a load equal to (P-m + P-y)/2. Fractographic
    observation shows, close correspondence exists between P-D oscilloscope
    traces and fracture morphology, thus P-D traces can be used to analyse
    the fracture process of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel. (C) 1999 Published by
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Xian 710049, Shaanxi Provinc, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1970, 466 ASTM STP
    1974, ASTM STP
    CHEN BY, 1990, ENG FRACT MECH, V36, P17
    CHINA R, 1992, 1130 ASTM STP
    HOLT JM, 1990, 1072 ASTM STP
    HUANG FH, 1984, TOPICAL C FERRITIC A, P337
    JAMES LA, 1985, J PRESS VESS-T ASME, V107, P271
    KALTHOFF JF, CONCEPT INPACT RESPO, V8
    KALTHOFF JF, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V23, P289
    KESSLER SL, 1986, 936 ASTM STP
    KOBAYASHI T, 1984, ENG FRACT MECH, V19, P49
    KOBAYASHI T, 1984, ENG FRACT MECH, V19, P67
    KOBAYASHI T, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V24, P773
    PUTATUNDA SK, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V25, P429
    SERVER WL, 1978, J TEST EVAL, V6, P29
    SREENIVASAN PR, 1996, INT J PRES VES PIP, V69, P149
    WADA H, 1996, ENG FRACT MECH, V54, P805
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0013-7944
 J9 ENG FRACTURE MECH
 JI Eng. Fract. Mech.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 64
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 336
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 264HL
 UT ISI:000084174700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DZ
 TI Spectral transmission and reflection of the doping semiconductor/metal
    films systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The paper presents that the plasma frequency omega(p) of semiconductor
    films are regulated by the way of changing its doping concentration,
    which lead to high transmission. Zone of the film shift visible
    spectral rang V-omega, the semiconductor film is combined with the
    metal which thinness induced transmission frequency omega(g) locate in
    the edge of ultra violet range to compose the excellent D/M spectral
    transmission and reflection film systems. Besides, it is also necessary
    to select the most suitable combination of the thickness between the
    semiconductor and the metal films for forming the excellent transparent
    heat insulation film.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR KARLSSON B, 1986, SPIT, V653, P148
    THI ES, 1982, THIN SOLID FILMS, V88, P99
    UTSUMI K, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V334, P30
    VALKONEN E, 1984, SOL ENERGY, V32, P211
    ZHAO JQ, 1998, CHINESE J SEMICONDUC, V19, P752
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 12
 BP 2349
 EP 2356
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 262KM
 UT ISI:000084066400031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZD
 TI Experimental observation of spectral transmittance of highly
    birefringent fibre with high spin rate
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE spun high-birefringent fibres; spectral transmittance; microbending loss
 ID SINGLE-MODE FIBERS; OPTICAL FIBERS; FABRICATION; PROPOSALS
 AB Spectral transmittance of spun hi-bi (highly birefringent) fibres with
    different spin rates is studied by an experimental method. It is found
    that, as the spin rate is raised to a certain high value, the
    transmittance of this kind of fibre drops down in a certain long
    wavelength band. This phenomenon of the spun type fibres is attributed
    essentially to microbending produced in the spinning-drawing processes.
    (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Fibre Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZD, Shanghai Univ, Inst Fibre Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P725
    BARLOW AJ, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P200
    BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CASTELLI R, 1989, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P35
    CHEN Y, 1988, J OPT SOC AM, V5, P380
    HUANG HC, MICROWAVE APPROACH H, P172
    HUANG HC, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P4241
    NORMAN SR, 1979, ELECTRON LETT, V15, P309
    SOMEDA CG, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V23, P713
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1999
 VL 171
 IS 1-3
 BP 61
 EP 64
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 260QE
 UT ISI:000083960700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Chou, KC
 TI Electrochemical characteristic of decarburization reaction
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE melt-slag reaction; decarburization; electrochemistry; electronic
    conductor
 ID FE-C DROPLETS; REDUCTION; SLAGS
 AB The electrochemical mechanism of the reaction between Fe-C melts and
    CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag systems has been carried out. The experimental
    results suggest that the final content of carbon in melt increases as
    the partial oxygen pressure of gas decreases no matter whether there is
    electronic conductor or not. However, the final content of carbon in
    the system with electronic conductor:is much lower than that without
    electronic conductor. It can be deduced that the transfer ability of
    oxygen in slag is dominated by electrons. When an electronic conductor
    exists, an easy pathway for the electrons is provided and the oxygen
    transfer rate is accelerated.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Appl Sci Sch, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mat Sci & Engn Sch, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Appl Sci Sch, Beijing 100083,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LU X, 1997, S PHYS CHEM MET BEIJ, P230
    LU XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P179
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    SASABE M, 1974, METALLURG T, V5, P2225
    WEI S, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 6
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 30
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 262BF
 UT ISI:000084045300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Zhou, ZQ
    Zhang, JL
    Yao, MY
    Feng, F
    Northwood, DD
 TI Two mathematical models for the hydrogen storage properties of AB(2)
    type alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE mathematical model; hydrogen storage allay; PCT curve
 ID LAVES PHASE; ABSORPTION; BATTERIES
 AB Two semi-empirical models have been applied to AB(2) hydrogen storage
    alloys. One is concerned with the relation between formation enthalpy
    in hydriding and the atomic parameters of the alloys. The other is an
    expression for the PCT carves, which can be used for estimating some
    physical parameters of these compounds and their hydrides, calculating
    unknown PC isotherms at given temperatures and finding the relationship
    of hysteresis to temperature and hydrogen concentration. (C) 1999
    Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Fang, SS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ESAYED A, 1993, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN, P69
    FUJII H, 1981, J PHYS CHEM-US, V85, P3112
    GAMO T, 1980, 3RD P WORLD HYDR EN, V4, P2127
    HONG G, 1990, 1043409, CN
    HUOT J, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V228, P69
    LEE HH, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P23
    LEE JH, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V221, P174
    QIAN S, 1988, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V13, P25
    QIAN S, 1989, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN, P106
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SHITIKOV V, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V102, P29
    VANMAL HH, 1974, J LESS-COMMON MET, V35, P65
    YANG HW, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V227, P69
    ZHOU Z, 1991, MAT SCI PROGR, V5, P117
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
    ZHOU ZQ, 1994, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V19, P269
 NR 16
 TC 11
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 BP 10
 EP 13
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 262KD
 UT ISI:000084065500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, ZQ
    Lin, GW
    Zhang, JL
    Ge, JS
    Shen, JR
 TI Degradation behavior of foamed nickel positive electrodes of Ni-MH
    batteries
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE foamed nickel electrode; degradation behavior; phase transformation
    stress
 AB The extrusion mechanism has been demonstrated to be the major cause for
    the capacity decay of the positive electrodes during cycling. However,
    based on our SEM and EPMA observations on cycled electrodes we found
    that some active material on the foamed nickel electrodes came off into
    scales especially as the electrodes cycled at IC rate of discharge.
    This phenomena is suggested as another important cause for the capacity
    decay of positive electrodes and may be explained by the internal
    stress induced by the different volume change at the outer layer and
    the core due to phase and structure transformation during cycling. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR COATES DK, 1996, 13 INT SEM PRIM SEC
    WATADA M, 5366831, US
    ZHOU ZQ, 1995, NEW TYPE FUNCTIONAL, P367
 NR 3
 TC 3
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 BP 795
 EP 798
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 262KD
 UT ISI:000084065500150
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Ming, NB
 TI SAED and TEM investigations of domain structure in bismuth- and
    zinc-modified Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics at morphotropic
    phase boundary
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE electron diffraction; transmission electron microscopy; domain
    structure; ferroelectric materials; PNN-PT-PZ; morphotropic phase
    boundary
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES
 AB Transmission electron microscopy and electron diffraction
    investigations of the ferroelectric domain structures in the Bi- and
    Zn-modified Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 (PNN-PT-PZ) ceramics at the
    morphotropic phase boundary (MPB) revealed the triplet splitting of
    electron diffraction spots due to the coexistence of the tetragonal
    (T-1 and T-2) and rhombohedral (R) phases at the microscopic
    Ferroelectric-domain level. The angular values formed between the
    parallel stripes in the herringbone domain pattern can be explained by
    a model of spatial domain configuration previously proposed for BaTiO3
    ceramics. A succession model of ferroelectric domain structures T-1 RT
    2RT(1)...is proposed to explain the coexistence of T and R phases
    in:the same ceramic grain at the MPB. The elastically stored energy in
    the mixed T-R wall was estimated, and its uniform distribution confirms
    this succession model.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Dept Phys,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BULAEVSKII LN, 1964, FIZ TVERD TELA, V5, P2329
    EDINGTON JW, 1974, PRACTICAL ELECT MICR, P80
    GOO EKW, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2940
    HANH L, 1978, JPN J APPL PHYS, V17, P637
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    RANDALL CA, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P925
    TAKAHASHI S, 1986, SENSOR TECHNOLOGY, V6, P56
    UCHINO K, 1990, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG, V18, P42
    UCHNIO K, 1986, PIEZOELECTRIC ELECTR
    ZHIRNOV VA, 1959, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V35, P822
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 1998
 VL 215
 IS 1-4
 BP 265
 EP 276
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 263BC
 UT ISI:000084101900024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Deng, CF
    Wang, LL
    Xu, MJ
 TI J/psi suppression and the effect of quark flavor kinetics
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID GLUON PLASMA; COLLISIONS
 AB The dilepton spectrum emitted in the phase transition process of an
    expanding quark gluon plasma formed in the collisions of U-238-U-238
    and W-184-W-184 at 200 GeV/(cu) is calculated by using the theoretical
    framework of relativistic hydrodynamics, including the effect of quark
    flavor kinetics, and phenomenological SU (3) string model is used in
    the calculation of the quark flavor kinetics. The calculated results
    are compared with the experimental data from the Center of European
    Research of Nucleon SPS and analysis is carried out. The results show
    that the effects of quark fragmentation and flavor kinetics cause a
    peak suppression of J/psi --> mu(+) mu(-), while the dilepton spectrum
    increases for small invariant mass. The calculated results show that
    the phenomena of suppression under the rich-baryon condition is greater
    than those under the poor-baryon conditions. Under the same conditions
    of collision, the J/psi, peak suppression produced in U-238-U-238
    collisions is greater than that in W-184-W-184 collisions.
 C1 Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, PL, Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARZ HW, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V484, P661
    CLEYMANS J, 1984, PHYS LETT B, V147, P186
    KAJANTIE K, 1983, NUCL PHYS B, V222, P152
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    LI PL, 1999, HIGH ENERG PHYS, V23, P693
    MASERA M, 1995, NUCL PHYS A, V590, C93
    WANG LL, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P94
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 11
 BP 800
 EP 802
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 260YA
 UT ISI:000083980000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
    Guo, P
 TI Complex equations of flexible circular ring shells overall-bending in a
    meridian plane and general solution for the slender ring shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE flexible shells; shells of revolution; circular ring shells;
    curved-tubes; bellows
 AB Complex equations of circular ring shells and slender ring shells
    overall-bending in a meridian plane are presented based on E. L.
    Axelrad's equations of flexible shells of revolution render
    asymmetrical lending. It turns out that the equations are analogous to
    Novozhilov's equations of symmetrical ring shells, where general
    sollutions have been given by W. Z. Chien. Therefore, by analogy with
    Chien's solution, a general solution for equations of the slender ring
    shells is put forward, which can be used to salve bellow's
    overall-bending problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    BLAZEJ S, 1992, INT J MECH SCI, V34, P901
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P125
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    ZHU WP, 1998, P 2 ICIWS 1998 SING, P477
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 952
 EP 959
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 261DA
 UT ISI:000083992200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZG
 TI The matric algorithm of Lyapunov exponent for the experimental data
    obtained in dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear chaotic timeseries; Lyapunov exponent; matric algorithm
 ID TIME-SERIES; SYSTEM
 AB The Lyapunov exponent is important quantitative index for describing
    chaotic attractors. Since Wolf put up the trajectory algorithm to
    Lyapunov exponent in 1985, how to calculate the Lyapunov exponent with
    accuracy has become a very important question. Based on the theoretical
    algorithm of Zuo Binwu, the matric algorithm of Lyapunov exponent is
    given, and the results with the results of Wolf's algorithm are
    compared. The calculating results validate that the matric algorithm
    has sufficient accuracy, and the relationship between the character of
    attractor and the value of Lyapunov exponent is studied in this paper.
    The corresponding conclusions are given in this paper.
 C1 Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN R, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P2787
    ELLNER S, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V153, P357
    GENCAY R, 1992, PHYSICA D, V59, P142
    KANTZ H, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P77
    MA JH, 1997, J NONLINEAR DYNAMICS, V4, P25
    NERENBERG MAH, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7065
    SHUN GW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P287
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    YU QH, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P29
    ZUO BW, 1995, PHYS D, V85, P485
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 985
 EP 993
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 261DA
 UT ISI:000083992200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI On the convergence of asynchronous nested matrix multisplitting methods
    for linear systems
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE solution of linear systems; asynchronous parallel iteration; matrix
    multisplitting; relaxation method; convergence
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; PARALLEL SOLUTION; SPLITTINGS; ALGORITHM; 2-STAGE
 AB A class of asynchronous nested matrix multisplitting methods for
    solving large-scale systems of linear equations are proposed, and their
    convergence characterizations are studied in detail when the
    coefficient matrices of the linear systems are monotone matrices and
    H-matrices, respectively.
 C1 Acad Sinica, State Key Lab Sci Engn Comp, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Parallel Algorithms Res Ctr, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 CR BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    ELSNER L, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P283
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTIONS
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 6
 BP 575
 EP 588
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 259FT
 UT ISI:000083884400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DY
    Cao, JY
    Huang, YP
    Gong, L
    Chen, XL
    Chen, EH
    Xu, B
 TI Comparison of some antineoplastic drugs on inhibiting thrombin
    catalizing fibrinogen clotting in vitro
 SO CHINESE MEDICAL JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE fibrin; fibrinogen; antineoplastic drugs; neoplasm metastasis
 ID TUMOR; COAGULATION
 AB Objective To classify the effect of thrombin, the key enzyme which
    enables fibrinogen to form fibrin (fibrinogen clotting) on the
    formation of metastasis by comparing the inhibition of some
    antineoplastic drugs on fibrinogen clotting in vitro.
    Methods Time intervals of different drugs to reach a maximum OD (340
    nm) data in fibrinogen solution added with thrombin were used in this
    work.
    Results It was found that L-4-oxalysine (8-40 mu g/ml) and arabinosyl
    cytosine (10-50 mu g/ml) could inhibit the effect of thrombin by
    extending the fibrinogen clotting time to 100% - 150% (P< 0.001) and
    61% -100% (P < 0.001) while the other antimetastatic drugs razoxane,
    probimane, adriamycin, harringtonine homoharringtonine and
    alpha-anordrin at the treatment concentrations showed no such activity.
    The positive rate of drugs to thrombin activity was approximately 25%.
    Conclusion It suggests that L-4-oxalysine and arabinosyl cytosine may
    even exhibit antimetastatic effect through thrombin-fibrinogen pathway,
    and thrombin might operate in tumor metastasis for only limited step
    but crutial to fibrin formation in tumor nodules.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Dept Pharmacol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Cent Hosp Jing An Dist, Dept Oncol, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COSTANTINI V, 1992, CANCER METAST REV, V11, P283
    DVORAK HF, 1983, CANCER METAST REV, V2, P41
    GUNJI Y, 1988, CANCER RES, V48, P5216
    LU DY, 1994, HENAN MED RES, V3, P4
    LU DY, 1995, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P187
    POGGI A, 1977, CANCER RES, V37, P272
    YUE XF, 1982, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V3, P124
    YUE XF, 1985, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V6, P198
    ZACHARSKI LR, 1981, MALIGNANCY HEMOSTATI, P113
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0366-6999
 J9 CHIN MED J
 JI Chin. Med. J.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 112
 IS 11
 BP 1052
 EP 1053
 PG 2
 SC Medicine, General & Internal
 GA 258WZ
 UT ISI:000083863800033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Harko, T
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum cosmology with a nonlinear Born-Infeld type scalar field
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 DE Born-Infeld type scalar field; quantum cosmology
 ID WAVE-FUNCTION; UNIVERSE; STATE
 AB A quantum model of gravitation interacting with a Born-Infeld type
    nonlinear scalar field phi is considered. The corresponding
    Wheeler-DeWitt equation can be solved analytically for both large and
    small phi-over-dot. In the extreme limits of small and large
    cosmological scale factors the wave function of the Universe can also
    be obtained by applying the methods developed by Vilenkin and Hartle
    and Hawking. An inflationary Universe is predicted with the largest
    possible vacuum energy and the largest interaction between the
    particles of the nonlinear scalar field.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BOILLAT G, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1
    BORN M, 1934, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V144, P425
    DEOLIVEIRA HP, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2988
    DESER S, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, P135
    DEWITT BS, 1967, PHYS REV, V160, P1113
    FANG LZ, 1986, INT J MOD PHYS D, V4, P887
    FEIGENBAUM JA, 1998, PHYS REV D, V5801, P24023
    GRADSHTEYN IS, 1983, TABLE INTEGRALS SERI
    GRISHCHUK LP, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V208, P369
    GRISHCHUK LP, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V234, P9
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2960
    HAWKING SW, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V239, P257
    HAWKING SW, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P2489
    HAWKING SW, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V264, P185
    HEISENBERG W, 1952, Z PHYS, V133, P79
    LUKAS A, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V347, P13
    LYONS GW, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P1546
    PALATNIK D, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P287
    TSEYTLIN AA, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V276, P391
    VILENKIN A, 1983, PHYS REV D, V27, P2848
    VILENKIN A, 1984, PHYS REV D, V30, P509
    VILENKIN A, 1985, NUCL PHYS B, V252, P141
    VILENKIN A, 1986, PHYS REV D, V33, P3560
    VILENKIN A, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P888
    VILENKIN A, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P2581
 NR 25
 TC 8
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 5
 BP 625
 EP 634
 PG 10
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 256NL
 UT ISI:000083731400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Liu, RD
    Huang, TH
 TI Chemistry and applications of phosphonium and arsonium ylides - XXVI.
    Synthesis of arsonium ylides containing perfluoroalkyl group and study
    on their hydrolysis
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; hydrolysis;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranone; methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; METHYL 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES;
    STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS; ARSORANE; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (alpha - furoyl)methyl -
    arsoniumbromide(1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates(2) in methylene
    chloride at 0 similar to 5 degrees C afforded the adduct - methyl 4 -
    (alpha furoyl) - 2 - triphenylarsoranylidene - 3 - perfluoroalkyl - 3 -
    butenoates(3) in high yield. Hydrolysis of 3 in V(CH3OH): V(H2O) = 9:1
    methanolic solution at room temperature, 70 degrees C and 120 degrees C
    in a sealed tube respectively, 4 - perfluoroalkyl - 6 - (alpha - furyl)
    - 2 - pyranones(4) and methyl 4 - (alpha - furoyl) 3 - perfluoroalkyl -
    3 - butenoates(5) were obtained in excellent yield. Compounds 4 and 5
    could be separated by column chromatography. 5 is a mixture of Z - and
    E - isomers which couldn't be separated by column chromatography, but
    the ratio of Z - and E - isomers could be estimated by H-1 NMR. The
    catalytic hydrolysis of compound 3 with silica gel and the mechanisms
    for the formation of products are also discussed in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *GIB FDN, 1972, CARB FLUOR COMP CHEM
    BANKS RE, 1982, PREPARATION PROPERTI
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    STOLL A, 1933, HELV CHIM ACTA, V16, P703
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    XU ML, 1982, YAOXUE XUEBAO, V17, P905
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1999
 VL 57
 IS 11
 BP 1270
 EP 1276
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 257LT
 UT ISI:000083783900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Shi, YM
 TI Antiresonances modulated by magnetic flux in an Aharonov-Bohm ring
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID FANO RESONANCES; QUANTUM-WELL; SEMICONDUCTORS; TRANSMISSION; TRANSPORT;
    PHASE; HETEROSTRUCTURES; OSCILLATIONS; INTERFERENCE; IMPURITIES
 AB With or without an inserted quantum dot or an attached side resonator,
    the transmission behavior of an Aharonov-Bohm (AB) ring Is investigated
    in the framework of quantum waveguide theory in the complex-energy
    plane. The calculated results show that the AB ring possesses
    antiresonances in the conductance and several kinds of transmission
    poles in the complex-energy plane. Piercing the ring, magnetic flux
    causes a series of crossovers among zero-pole pairs. zero-double-pole
    pairs, peak-double-pole pairs, and peak-pole pairs. With the inserted
    quantum dot or attached side resonator in one of its arms, the ring
    produces complicated behaviors in conductance: some of the poles are
    split into more than two parts. A kind of deformed Fano resonance is
    found in the conductance of the AB ring with the attached resonator.
    (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, H, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BELITSKY VI, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P5965
    BELLANI V, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P459
    BOYKIN TB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P12769
    BUTTIKER M, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P1982
    CERDEIRA F, 1973, PHYS REV B, V8, P4734
    CHO SY, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P3569
    CHOI T, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2091
    DEO PS, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V107, P69
    FANO U, 1961, PHYS REV, V124, P1866
    GLUTSCH S, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P17009
    KO DYK, 1988, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V3, P791
    KUNZE C, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P13410
    MASCHKE K, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2646
    MELLITI A, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V105, P747
    RYU CM, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P3572
    SHAO ZA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P7453
    SHI YM, 1999, IN PRESS PHYS REV B
    TEKMAN E, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P9098
    TEKMAN E, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2553
    TING DZY, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P7281
    WEI LF, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P128
    WU CH, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P5012
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 25
 PY 1999
 VL 262
 IS 1
 BP 76
 EP 82
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251ZY
 UT ISI:000083477300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, JM
    Liu, ZR
    Cao, YL
 TI Constructing new periodic exact solutions of evolution equations
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 AB For the nonlinear Schrodinger equation, the Korteweg-de Vries equation,
    and the modified Korteweg-de Vries equation, periodic exact solutions
    are constructed from their stationary periodic solutions, by means of
    the Backlund transformation. These periodic solutions were not written
    down explicitly before to our knowledge. Their asymptotic behavior when
    t-->-infinity is different from that when t-->infinity. Near t=0, the
    spatial-temporal pattern can change abruptly, and rational solitons can
    appear randomly in space and time. They correspond to new types of
    "homoclinic orbits" due to different asymptotic behaviors in time.
    [S1063-651X(99)01310-0].
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Clearwater Bay,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    AKHMEDIEV NN, 1997, SOLITONS NONLINEAR P
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HERMAN W, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P283
    HERMAN W, 1989, J PHYS A, V22, P241
    HERMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P4805
    KHATER AH, 1988, COMPUT MATH APPL, V17, P1379
    KHATER AH, 1989, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V162, P151
    KHATER AH, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1901
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    LI C, 1997, INVARIANT MANIFOLDS
    LI Y, 1996, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V49, P1175
    LI Y, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P211
    MALFLIET W, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P5499
    MCLAUGHLIN DW, 1996, DYN REPORT, V5, P190
    OVLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    ROGERS C, 1982, BUCKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 4
 PN Part A
 BP 3589
 EP 3596
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 250XD
 UT ISI:000083414800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Chen, H
 TI Transport through an Aharonov-Casher ring with a quantum gate
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID BOHM OSCILLATIONS; MESOSCOPIC RINGS; GEOMETRIC PHASE; BERRY PHASE; DOT;
    SYSTEMS; EVOLUTION; CURRENTS
 AB We study the oscillations of the conductance through an Aharonov-Casher
    (AC) ring with a quantum gate by using one-dimensional quantum
    waveguide theory. The compact formula of the transmission probability
    for the ring-stub system in the presence of the spin-orbit interaction
    and magnetic flux is obtained under the condition of weak Zeeman
    coupling. The formula shows that the competition between AC and
    Aharonov-Bohm phases dominates the transport behavior. The stub as a
    phase modulator also controls the oscillations of the conductance in
    the ring. The perfect reflection condition is obtained. The numerical
    results show that the phase shift between g(up arrow)(alpha) and g(down
    arrow)(alpha) increases with the magnetic field and the spin-dependent
    conductances have parity relation g(up arrow)(- phi) = g(down
    arrow)(phi). [S0163-1 829(99)03639-5].
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1593
    ARONOV AG, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P343
    BERRY MV, 1984, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V392, P45
    BRUDER C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P114
    BUKS E, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P4664
    CHEN H, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P1729
    CHOI T, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P4825
    DEO PS, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P787
    GRIFFITH S, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P345
    HACKENBROICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P110
    LOSS D, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1655
    LOSS D, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P13544
    MEAD CA, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P51
    QIAN TZ, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2311
    QIAN TZ, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P4605
    ROTH LM, 1959, PHYS REV, V114, P90
    SHAPERE A, 1989, GEOMETRIC PHASE PHYS
    WU J, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1952
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
    YACOBY A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4047
    YEYATI AL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P14360
    YI YS, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P10631
    ZHU JX, 1997, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V102, P153
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD OCT 15
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 15
 BP 10949
 EP 10952
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 251CT
 UT ISI:000083427600077
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Essa, AA
    Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Non-equilibrium microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular thin
    films under magnetic fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCONDUCTORS; TRANSITION; RADIATION
 AB Microwave responses of YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular film have been
    studied at the microwave frequency of 30.5 GHz. In the absence of a
    magnetic field the dependence of a normal microwave response on the
    bias current is observed at a temperature close to T-c. When a magnetic
    field ranged from 5.0 mT to 33.0 mT is applied, the responses broaden
    and shift toward a lower temperature. In the superconducting state, the
    responses were found to be highly dependent on the magnetic field. For
    the current equal to 5.0 mA and a magnetic field above 17.0 mT the
    response increases and did not vanish even at a very low temperature,
    the fact is believed to be correlated to the anisotropic character of
    the structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Essa, AA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASYEV AS, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P2571
    AMBEGAOKAR V, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P783
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3808
    JUNG G, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2355
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    LI Q, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P3086
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    ROSE K, 1975, APPL SUPERCONDUCTIVI
    SROM U, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P1315
    VADLAMANNATI S, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7094
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YOSHISATO Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V29, P1080
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 11
 BP 860
 EP 868
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251BT
 UT ISI:000083425300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
 TI A general approach to the Bose-Einstein condensation of neutral atoms
    with repellent interaction
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID TRAP; GAS
 AB In this paper a general approach to the Bose-Einstein condensation of
    neutral atoms with repellent interaction is presented. Especially in
    the case of free atoms (V=0) with repellent interaction, an exact
    solution for the atom's wave function, can be derived, and therefore
    the calculation of atom's Bose-Einstein condensation is completed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1965, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS F, P567
    ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BOGOLIUBOV NN, 1947, J PHYS USSR, V11, P23
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    CHOU TT, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P4257
    CHOU TT, 1997, PHYS REV A, V55, P1179
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    EINSTEIN A, 1924, SITZBER PREUSS AKAD, P261
    EINSTEIN A, 1925, SITZBER PREUSS AKAD, P3
    FETTER AL, 1972, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V70, P67
    HUANG K, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P767
    LANDAU LD, 1958, QUANTUM MNECH, P55
    WANG ZX, 1956, INTRO STAT PHYSICS, P279
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 11
 BP 1983
 EP 1991
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251CA
 UT ISI:000083426000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
 TI On a diophantine inequality involving prime numbers (III)
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE prime; inequality; exponential sum
 AB Let 1 < c <,. In the present paper it is proved that there exists a
    number N(c) > 0 such that for each real number N > N(c) the inequality
    \p(1)(c) + p(2)(c) + p(3)(c) - N\ < N-1/C(11/10 - C) log(c1) N is
    solvable in prime numbers p(1),p(2),p(3), where cl is some absolute
    positive constant. 1991MR Subject Classification 11M.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI YC, IN PRESS DIOPHANTINE
    CAI YC, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V39, P733
    GRITSENKO SA, 1987, MAT ZAMETKI, V39, P625
    HEATHBROWN DR, 1982, CAN J MATH, V34, P1365
    JIA CH, 1992, SCI SIN A, V22, P812
    KARATSUBA AA, 1983, PRINCIPLES ANAL NUMB
    PIATETSKISHAPIR.II, 1952, MAT SBORNIK, V30, P105
    TITCHMARSH EC, 1986, THEORY RIEMANN ZETA
    TOLEV DI, 1990, THESIS MOSCOW U
    TOLEV DI, 1992, ACTA ARITH, V61, P289
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9574
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 387
 EP 394
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 252NR
 UT ISI:000083508000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
 TI Simple syntheses of polysubstituted arenes via acyclic precursors
 SO PHOSPHORUS SULFUR AND SILICON AND THE RELATED ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE phosphorane; polysubstituted arene; perfluoroalkynoate; acyclic
    precursor
 ID FACILE SYNTHESIS
 AB Summarizes the syntheses of polysubstituted arenes containing
    perfluoroalkyl group(s) via acyclic precursors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V81, P153
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V83, P21
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1042-6507
 J9 PHOSPHOR SULFUR SILICON
 JI Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon Relat. Elem.
 PY 1999
 VL 146
 BP 705
 EP 708
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 249EW
 UT ISI:000083320800177
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, Z
    Zhou, ZW
 TI The energy criterion of minimum equivalent diameter in gas atomization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas atomization; capillary potential energy; equivalent diameter
 ID LIQUID
 AB Gas atomization has been studied by using energy method in this paper.
    It shows that the capillary potential energy of the atomization
    droplets is supplied by the impingement of the gas on the liquid. The
    energy criterion of the minimum equivalent diameter of the atomization
    droplets is obtained. The result is comparable to the empirical
    formulae.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P1724
    LAWLEY A, 1981, J MET, V33, P13
    LAWLEY A, 1993, ATOMIZATION PRODUCTI
    LUBANSKA H, 1970, J MET, V22, P45
    MATHUR P, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V142, P261
    REITZ RD, 1982, PHYS FLUIDS, V25, P1730
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 825
 EP 829
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248JC
 UT ISI:000083270500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, YM
 TI On the stability of general Navier-Stokes type equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gradue; l-simple; unstable equation
 AB In this paper, by proving that the equations discussed here are
    l-simple (l greater than or equal to 1) by stratification theory, the
    unstability of the equations is proved. And the un-uniqueness of the
    solution of forced dissipative non-linear system equations in
    atmospheric dynamics is used as an illustration for the result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    CHOU J, 1990, NEW DEV ATMOSPHERIC
    CHOU JF, 1990, NEW DEV ATMOSPHERIC
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, C TOPOLOGIE GEOMETRI, P97
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, C TOPOLOGIE GEOMETRI, P97
    HADAMARD J, 1964, THEORIE EQUATIONS DE
    MARCHONK G, 1980, METHODE CALCUL NUMER
    MARCHONK G, 1980, METHODS CALCUL NUMER
    SHI WH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P355
    SHIH WS, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WS, 1995, IHES M
    SHIH WS, 1995, IHES M, V95
    SHIN SA, 1994, SATURATION SATABILIT
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 888
 EP 894
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248JC
 UT ISI:000083270500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, ZJ
    Sun, WY
    Wang, PL
 TI Phase diagram prediction of the Al2O3-SiO2-La2O3 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; GLASSES
 AB Rare earth oxide systems Al2O3-La2O3 and SiO2-La2O3 were
    thermodynamically assessed and optimized with the substitution model.
    The obtained model parameters and Gibbs free energy of line compounds
    and pure components were applied to the prediction of the liquidus
    surface and isothermal sections of Al2O3-SiO2-La2O3 system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR IA, 1964, IAN SSSR KH, V5, P785
    CINIBULK MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2037
    DU Y, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P221
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    FRITSCHE ET, 1967, J AM CERAM SOC, V50, P167
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P193
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P199
    HIROSAKI N, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, C144
    HUANG JG, 1993, B CERAM, V6, P50
    HYATT MJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P283
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KLUG FJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P750
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    LI C, 1987, B CERAM, V10, P34
    LI L, 1995, P 8 NAT S PHAS DIAGR, P125
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    MIZUNO M, 1974, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V82, P631
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    ROLIN M, 1965, REV HAUTES TEMP REFR, V2, P182
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P128
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOROPOV NA, 1961, IAN SSSR KH, V5, P740
    TOROPOV NA, 1962, T INT CER C 8 COP, P87
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
    YAMAGUCHI O, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C44
 NR 28
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 5
 BP 439
 EP 443
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 246WV
 UT ISI:000083188600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Fang, DF
 TI Asymptotic behaviour of population-size-dependent branching processes
    in Markovian random environments
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE Markov chains in random environments; branching models; extinction
    probabilities
 AB A population-size-dependent branching process {Z(n)} is considered
    where the population's evolution is controlled by a Markovian
    environment process {xi(n)}. For this model, let m(k,theta) and
    sigma(k,theta)(2) be the mean and the variance respectively of the
    offspring distribution when the population size is k and a environment
    theta is given. Let B = {omega : Z(n)(omega) = 0 for some n} and q =
    P(B). The asymptotic behaviour of lim(n) Z(n) and lim(n)
    Z(n)/Pi(i=0)(n-1)m(xi n) is studied in the case where sup(theta)
    /m(k,theta) - m(theta)/ --> 0 for some real numbers {m(theta)} such
    that inf(theta) m(theta) > 1. When the environmental sequence {xi(n)}
    is a irreducible positive recurrent Markov chain (particularly, when
    its state space is finite), certain extinction (q = 1) and non-certain
    extinction (q < 1) are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yueyang Normal Coll, Dept Math, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1980, ANN PROBAB, V8, P908
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    FUJIMAGARI T, 1976, KODAI MATH SEM REP, V27, P11
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, J APPL PROBAB, V21, P40
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
    WANG HX, 1999, J APPL PROBAB, V36, P146
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 2
 BP 611
 EP 619
 PG 9
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA 248PD
 UT ISI:000083283200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A general variational theory of multipoint inverse design of 2-D
    transonic cascades based on an artificial flow-oscillation model
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB In order to ensure favorable aerodynamic performance of cascades not
    only at the nominal design point but also at other off-design points, a
    novel variational theory of multipoint inverse design of 2-D transonic
    cascades is developed herein, in which along each of the segments of
    the cascade airfoil contour the pressure (or velocity) distribution is
    specified at a corresponding angle of attack. For this purpose an
    artificial flow-oscillation concept is suggested to simulate the
    multipoint design problem of steady flow. As a result, a family of
    variational principles (VP) for the multipoint inverse problem is
    derived, in which all free boundaries/interfaces such as the unknown
    airfoil shape, the shocks and trailing vortex sheets are handled by
    means of the powerful variable-domain variation of the functional. This
    theory is capable of extending to hybrid problems as well as to fully
    3-D and/or rotational flows.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BRESLIN JP, 1994, HYDRODYNAMICS SHIP P, P103
    DOWELL EH, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P299
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1992, J AIRCRAFT, V29, P1020
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA
    EPPLER R, 1985, J SHIP RES, V29, P30
    EPPLER R, 1990, AIRFOIL DESIGN DATA
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    JAMESON A, 1985, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V51, P467
    LIU GL, 1987, 871426 AIAA
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, P INT C AER OCT BEIJ, P82
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    NAKAZAKI M, 1986, J KANSAI SOC NAVAL A
    NIXON D, 1989, PROGR ASTRONAUTICS A, V120
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    SHEN YT, 1981, J SHIP RES, V25, P191
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 141
 EP 148
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 247CZ
 UT ISI:000083204200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LS
    Zhao, XH
    Fu, MF
 TI The simple shear oscillation and the restrictions to elastic-plastic
    constitutive relations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE objective rates; elastic-plastic constitutive relation; simple shear
    oscillation
 ID FINITE
 AB Based on the definitions of hardening, softening and ideal plastic
    behavior of elastic-plastic materials in the true stress tensor space,
    the phenomena of simple shear oscillation are shown to be relative to
    the oscillatory occurrence of hardening and softening behavior of
    elastic-plastic materials, namely the oscillation of hardening
    behavior, by analyzing a simple model of rigid-plastic materials with
    kinematical hardening under simple shear deformation. To make the
    models of elastic-plastic materials realistic, must be satisfied the
    following conditions: for any constitutive model, its response stresses
    to any continuous plastic deformation must be non-oscillatory, and
    there is no oscillation of hardening behavior during the plastic
    deformation.
 C1 Univ Nanchang, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LS, Univ Nanchang, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGAHTEHRANI A, 1987, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V35, P519
    CASEY J, 1984, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V37, P231
    CASEY J, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P351
    CHEN LS, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P476
    DIENES JK, 1979, ACTA MECH, V32, P217
    MINFU F, 1995, FINTIE DEFORMATION F, P20
    NAGTEGAAL JC, 1982, P WORKSH PLAST MET F, P56
    NEMATNASSER S, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1114
    SZABO L, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P279
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 593
 EP 603
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248FL
 UT ISI:000083264400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, GX
    Liu, ZR
 TI On radii of absorbing sets for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE K-S equation; uniform estimate; absorbing set
 AB In this article sharper estimates on the radii of absorbing sets for
    the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation are given. It is proved that radii of
    absorbing sets will decay to Zero as the coefficient of viscosity tends
    to a certain critical value, which is more reasonable in the physical
    sence compared with classical results.
 C1 Peking Univ, Dept Math, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, GX, Peking Univ, Dept Math, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLET P, 1993, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V152, P203
    GOODMAN J, 1994, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V47, P293
    KEVREKIDIS IG, 1990, SIAM J APPL MATH, V50, P760
    KURAMOTO Y, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P687
    LICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    MICHELSON DM, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1206
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, PROG THEOR PHYS, V63, P2112
    WANG GX, 1996, THESIS SUZHOU U
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 729
 EP 738
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 247WU
 UT ISI:000083244600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Zhang, TJ
    Cui, K
    Dong, YD
 TI Reduction of copper oxide with graphite by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID MECHANOCHEMICAL REDUCTION; SYSTEM; COMBUSTION
 AB The reduction of CuO with different amounts of C (CuO:C = 2:1, 2:1.5,
    and 2:2 molar ratios) driven by mechanical alloying was examined by
    x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy. It was found
    that reduction behaviors are closely related to the carbon content. The
    reduction of CuO for the mixture with 1 mol of carbon follows a
    two-step process; i.e.. CuO --> Cu --> Cu2O. However, the CuO can be
    completely converted to Cu for the mixtures with higher carbon content.
    A tentative model in terms of solid-state reactions at the interfaces
    is proposed to explain the effect of carbon content. Additionally, the
    thermal responses of the premilled mixtures were investigated by
    thermogravity and differential thermal analysis followed by x-ray
    identification. Contrary to mechanical alloying, reduction of CuO
    during thermal treatment follows a transition sequence of CuO -- Cu2O
    --> Cu. The preferential formation of Cu2O at the early annealing stage
    is probably due to the involvement of gaseous reduction.
 C1 Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, State Key Lab
    Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1970, METALL T, V1, P2943
    BRANDES A, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    CHEN Y, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS A, V28, P115
    ECKERT J, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P862
    FECHT HJ, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P1744
    GILMAN PS, 1983, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V13, P279
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    LIU L, 1993, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V2, P463
    LIU L, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P3755
    MAGINI M, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3969
    MCCORMICK PG, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P161
    MORRIS DG, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1481
    POLITIS C, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P1147
    SCHAFFER GB, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P45
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P1014
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2789
    SCHAFFER GB, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1285
    WEAST RC, 1988, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    XU J, 1996, J APPL PHYS 1, V79, P3935
    YANG H, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V107, P258
    YANG H, 1994, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V110, P136
    YANG H, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P681
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 10
 BP 4062
 EP 4069
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 246KV
 UT ISI:000083163700034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, PF
 TI Investigation of separated flow around a curved air intake
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB This paper presents the investigation of two-dimensional separated now
    in and around a submerged curved intake by experiment and computation.
    Elliptic Navier-Stokes equations are employed which are discreted in
    body-fitted coordinate system by the SIMPLE method. The results show
    that a now separation near and behind the inlet exists and the duct now
    is distorted. Comparison between the calculations and experimental data
    is fairly satisfactory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, PF, Campus Box 189,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AUIEHLA F, 1982, ICAS824811
    GUO RW, 1983, AERONAUTICAL Q, V32, P130
    HUANG XJ, 1987, INT AVIATION, V7, P19
    JENKINS RC, 1991, AIAA J, V29, P401
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    THOMPSON JF, 1985, NUMERICAL GRID GENER
    YU SMC, 1993, J I ENG, V33, P15
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 77
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 244YB
 UT ISI:000083077400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Zhang, HS
    Qiu, ZG
 TI Fast analysis of crankshaft bearings with a database including shear
    thinning and viscoelastic effects
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE database; hydrodynamic lubrication; journal bearing; non-Newtonian
    lubricants; internal combustion engine
 ID JOURNAL BEARINGS
 AB Database consists of nondimensional data of load capacity, maximum
    pressure and its position, flow and power loss factors obtained by
    solving the full 2-D Reynolds equation including the effect of oil feed
    features of 360 degrees, 180 degrees grooves and a single oil hole.
    Aided by the database, dynamically loaded journal bearings are analyzed
    without solving the Reynolds equation. The database is interpolated
    linearly. The fluids shear thinning and elasticity are characterized by
    the power law and Maxwell models. The solutions given by the present
    method are almost identical to the expensive FDM solution, and the CPU
    time consumed in the former cases almost can be neglected as compared
    to the latter cases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Appl Mech, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, C, Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOOKER JF, 1965, T ASME             D, V87, P537
    BOOKER JF, 1969, ASME, V91, P534
    BOOKER JF, 1971, ASME, V93, P168
    CONWAYJONES JM, 1990, P 17 LEEDS LYON S TR, P33
    GOENKA PK, 1984, ASME, V106, P429
    GOENKA PK, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P421
    JONES GJ, 1982, P 9 LEEDS LYON S TRI, P83
    JONES GJ, 1983, P 9 LEEDS LYON S TRI
    PARANJPE RS, 1992, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V114, P736
    RASTOGI A, 1990, J RHEOL, V34, P1337
    ZHANG C, 1995, CHINESE INTERNAL COM, V16, P69
    ZHANG C, 1995, P INT TRIB C, P975
    ZHONGGANG F, 1995, LUBR ENG, V5, P12
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 922
 EP 928
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 243MN
 UT ISI:000083002000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Bao, JS
 TI Non-ohmic dissipation in granular YBCO films with microwave radiation
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE granular superconductivity; microwave absorption; K-T transition
 ID YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS; PHOTORESPONSE; SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB The evidence for nonequilibrium response to microwave radiation (37
    GHz) from YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films is presented in this
    paper. The experimental results show that the microwave response always
    occurs within the "tail" region in R-T curves. The measurements of the
    I-V characteristics suggest that the dissipation below the G-L mean
    field transition temperature T-co can be described in terms of the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless (K-T) transition model, Based on the measurements
    with a weak magnetic field. we propose that the origin of the
    nonequilibrium microwave response in granular YBCO films may be related
    with the photon-vortex interaction process. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BATLOGG BJ, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P583
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FLORY AT, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P5075
    FORRESTER MG, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P1327
    GEVSHENZON EM, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P1321
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    KADIN AM, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P2847
    KADIN AM, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P5741
    KADIN AM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3193
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    VECHTEN DV, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    YESHURUN Y, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2202
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD AUG 20
 PY 1999
 VL 321
 IS 3-4
 BP 258
 EP 262
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 243NP
 UT ISI:000083004400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, HP
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, ZM
 TI An EHL analysis of an all-metal viscoelastic high-pressure seal
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB An EHL (elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication) analysis of art all-metal
    viscoelastic high-pressure seal is presented. The fluid flow is assumed
    to be laminar and isothermal, and its inertial effect is neglected.
    Deformation of the cylinder and plunger is governed by Lame's formula
    for a thick-walled cylinder. The pressure-viscosity and
    pressure-density relationships of a working fluid are assumed to
    satisfy the Burus and Dowson-Higginson formulas, respectively. The
    leakage rate of the seal decreases almost exponentially with an
    increase in the working pressure, while its minimum film thickness can
    remain at about seventy percent of its nominal value at high working
    pressures. The radial stiffness increases significantly with an
    increase in the working pressure, i.e., stable operations of the seal
    can be expected.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, HP, Univ Penn, Dept Mech Engn & Appl Mech, Philadelphia, PA 19104
    USA.
 CR BRIDGMAN P, 1953, PHYSICS HIGH PRESSUR
    HARRIS HD, 1972, ASME, V94, P335
    JOHANNESSON HL, 1983, INFLUENCE PLUNGER EC, P13
    KAMAL MM, 1968, ASME, V90, P412
    ROARK JR, 1975, FORMULAS STRESS STRA, P504
    WANG NM, 1970, ASME, V92, P310
    WONG PL, 1997, WEAR, V210, P104
    XU H, 1991, 1084, CN
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACAD MACHINE
    XU H, 1994, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V7, P148
    XU H, 1995, P 22 LEEDS LYON S TR
    XU HP, 1994, TRIBOL T, V37, P767
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 121
 IS 4
 BP 916
 EP 920
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 243WY
 UT ISI:000083021500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, JD
    Liu, YF
    Hu, J
    Wang, QQ
    Gong, ZB
    Guo, XZ
 TI Thermal phase transition of poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) hydrogel
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE poly(N-propionylethyleneimine); lower critical solution temperature;
    hydrogels; interpenetrating polymer network polymer
 ID GELS
 AB This article presents the preparation of the hydrogel of
    poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) and its interpenetrating polymer network
    (IPN) hydrogel containing polyacrylamide by means of gamma-ray
    radiation and a study of the phase transition temperature of these
    hydrogels. As a result, the hydrogel of the crosslinked
    poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) exhibited swelling below and shrinking
    above the phase transition temperature (about 61 degrees C), as well as
    the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the liner
    polymer-water system. The experiment also showed that the LCST of the
    IPN hydrogel could be adjusted by the incorporation of the second
    component polyacrylamide. (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, JD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAE YH, 1989, J CONTROL RELEASE, V9, P271
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    DONG LC, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V13, P21
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    FRELTAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P79
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, AIP C P PHYS CHEM PO, V107, P203
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V81, P6379
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    KISHI R, 1993, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V4, P533
    OSADA Y, 1975, MAKROMOL CHEM, V176, P2761
    PARK TG, 1990, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V35, P152
    PARK TG, 1990, J BIOMED MATER RES, V24, P21
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1999
 VL 74
 IS 10
 BP 2457
 EP 2461
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 242GH
 UT ISI:000082931800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Wu, ZC
 TI Variational formulation of inverse shape design problem of heat
    conductors in an image plane and finite element solutions
 SO INVERSE PROBLEMS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE variational principles; heat conduction; finite element method
 AB Using an image plane introduced previously by Liu [4] the original
    shape design problem of heat conduction is transformed into the one
    with known boundary and a pair of complementary variational principles
    (VP) for it with complicated boundary conditions are established in
    terms of the heat stream function and the temperature function
    respectively. Based upon these VP some finite element solutions to the
    shape design problem of heat conduction are presented. Finally, a very
    interesting invariance rule of inverse problem solutions with respect
    to the temperature-dependent conductivity is identified and numerically
    demonstrated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Met Coll, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CARSLAW HS, 1986, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P270
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    KOZDOBA LA, 1982, METHODS SOLUTION INV
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1989, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V6, P1712
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    RAMM AG, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, L19
    STANITZ JD, 1952, TN2593 NACA
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1068-2767
 J9 INVERSE PROBL ENG
 JI Inverse Probl. Eng.
 PY 1999
 VL 7
 IS 4
 BP 385
 EP 408
 PG 24
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 242VJ
 UT ISI:000082962100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SH
    Li, YZ
 TI Pumped-storage capacity discount and its effect on capacity planning
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE pumped-storage plant; probabilistic operation simulation; capacity
    discount; capacity benefits; planning
 AB Pumped-storage plants can play important roles in several aspects, its
    capacity planning is increasingly of great interest, especially in
    China. The subject of this paper is an investigation of effect of
    pumped-storage capacity discount on its capacity planning. The
    probabilistic formulation and cause analysis of pumped-storage capacity
    discount are presented. Case studies for a real power system in China
    are also discussed. The insight gained from these studies will be
    useful in pumped-storage development planning. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Automat Sch, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SH, Shanghai Univ, Automat Sch, POB 9,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HH, 1991, P INT C HYDR DENV, P1186
    KANDIL MS, 1990, IEE P C, V137, P298
    LEE BY, 1987, IEEE T POWER SYST, V2, P486
    MALIK AS, 1991, P INT C ADV POW SYST, P379
    STASCHUS K, 1990, I ELECT ELECT ENG IE, V5, P531
    YEN MS, 1993, P INT C ADV POW SYST, P578
    YEN MS, 1997, ELECTR POW SYST RES, V42, P63
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1999
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 49
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 243QQ
 UT ISI:000083009100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Guo, JH
 TI A variable-domain variational formulation of inverse problem I-A of 2-D
    unsteady transonic flow around oscillating airfoils
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 AB The present paper carries out, for the first time, a detailed
    theoretical investigation on the inverse problem in unsteady
    aerodynamics. Special attention is paid to finding proper ways of
    problem-posing and mathematical formulation. To demonstrate the basic
    idea, only an inverse problem of type I-A of unsteady transonic flow
    with shocks around oscillating airfoils is studied herein. II has been
    formulated by a family of variational principles (VP) with variable
    domain, in which all unknown boundary (airfoil contour) and
    discontinuities (shocks and free trailing vortex sheets) are handled
    (captured) via the functional variation with variable domain. As a
    result, almost all boundary- and interface-conditions have been
    converted into natural ones. Thus, a rigorous theoretical basis for
    unsteady airfoil design and Finite element (FE) applications is
    provided. On the basis of these variational principles developed in
    this paper, a method using new self-deforming finite element is
    suggested for the numerical realization of the variable-domain
    variation of the functional and a numerical example is given. Its
    suitability and effectiveness are demonstrated by the numerical results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *AGARD FLUID DYN P, 1990, AGARDCP463
    CHYU WJ, 1981, AIAA J, V19, P684
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1991, P INT C INV DES CONC
    FINLAYSON BA, 1970, METHODS WEIGHTED RES, P336
    GUO JH, 1993, P 1 INT C AER BEIJ, P75
    HAFEZ MM, 1979, AIAA J, V17, P838
    HE H, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P359
    LIU G, 1986, ASME, V108, P252
    LIU GL, 1987, AIAA871426
    LIU GL, 1989, P 5 INT S UNST AER A, P76
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P438
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1999
 VL 137
 IS 3-4
 BP 195
 EP 209
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 244DA
 UT ISI:000083035500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Sao, J
    Yan, JK
    Wu, WB
 TI Preparation and spectroscopic properties of C-60-toluene derivative
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60 - toluene derivative; photoluminescence
 AB A C-60 - toluene derivative is prepared by reaction of C-60 with
    toluene in the presence of a proper catalyst. According to the UV and
    H-1 NMR spectra, the structure of the product and the reaction
    mechanism are discussed. Comparison of the PL spectrum of the
    derivative and C-60; shows that the derivative has increased PL
    phenomena at 460nm at room temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR EGUCHI S, 1995, FULLERENES ADDUCTS S
    FOWLER PW, 1990, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V86, P2073
    GANG GU, 1995, PROGR PHYSICS, V15, P319
    GUO ZX, 1998, PROG CHEM, V10, P1
    HARE JP, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V177, P394
    HUANG S, 1993, FUNCTIONAL POLYM, V6, P371
    OLAH GA, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9387
    TAYLOR R, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0501, P667
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1999
 VL 57
 IS 9
 BP 1034
 EP 1037
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 243BY
 UT ISI:000082978300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Zhang, JC
    Kong, LB
 TI Ethanol-sensing characteristics of cadmium ferrite prepared by chemical
    coprecipitation
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE cadmium oxide; alpha-Fe2O3; cadmium ferrite; ethanol sensor;
    coprecipitation
 ID SEMICONDUCTOR GAS SENSORS; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; TIN OXIDE; HUMIDITY
    SENSORS; SNO2; CO; SENSITIVITY; SELECTIVITY; CONDUCTANCE; ADDITIVES
 AB The microstructure, electrical property and gas-sensing characteristics
    of complex compounds in the CdO-Fe2O3 system have been investigated.
    Raw powder with Cd/Fe = 1:2 was prepared by chemical coprecipitation
    method. The results from thermal gravimetric-differential thermal
    analysis and X-ray diffraction measurement indicate that decomposition
    of CdCO3 takes place from 350 to 500 degrees C, and the solid reaction
    in CdO-Fe2O3 system starts at 570 degrees C; the completion of this
    reaction is up to 800 degrees C. Single phase of CdFe2O4 is composed of
    spheroidic grains with narrow size distribution between 50 and 150 nm.
    Sample calcined at 650 degrees C consists of smaller grains with
    different shape and sizes due to the presence of three phases, i.e.,
    CdFe2O4, CdO and alpha-Fe2O3. The sensors based on Cd-Fe complex oxides
    show a high sensitivity and selectivity to C2H5OH gas over CO, H-2 and
    i-C4H10. The sensor made of 650 degrees C sample operates at 380
    degrees C, and its sensitivity to 200 ppm C2H5OH gas is up to 90, but
    its sensitivity to 1000 ppm H-2, CO or i-C4H10 are only 7.5, 4 and 5,
    respectively. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Sci, Ctr Adv Mat Res, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Ctr Microelect, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Sci, Ctr Adv Mat
    Res, Nanyang Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR ALBANESE G, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P6146
    BEHR G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P33
    CALDARARU M, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P35
    CANTALINI C, 1993, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V15, P193
    CAROTTA MC, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V48, P270
    COLES GSV, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P7
    DAWSON DH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P76
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    GIBER J, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P113
    GUSMANO G, 1993, BRIT CERAM T, V92, P104
    GUSMANO G, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P6195
    HYKAWAY N, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P105
    JIANMING L, 1989, P INT C EL COMP MAT, P197
    KUDO S, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V23, P219
    LANTTO V, 1987, SURF SCI, V192, P243
    LEE DD, 1987, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V12, P441
    MAEKAWA T, 1991, CHEM LETT, P575
    MAEKAWA T, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P63
    MATSUSHIMA S, 1989, CHEM LETT, P845
    MCALEER E, 1971, DISCUSS FARADAY SOC, V52, P239
    MCALEER JF, 1987, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V83, P1323
    NITTA M, 1979, J ELECTRON MATER, V8, P571
    PROMSONG L, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P504
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SAYAGO I, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P19
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    TAKATA M, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P4
    TETERYCZ H, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V47, P100
    TOURNIER G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P24
    WOLSKA E, 1992, SOLID STATE IONICS, V51, P231
    YAMAMOTO N, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P721
    YAMAZOE N, 1986, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V10, P379
    YAMAZOE N, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
    YOKOYAMA M, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P1015
 NR 34
 TC 2
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 1999
 VL 61
 IS 3
 BP 192
 EP 198
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 241MQ
 UT ISI:000082887500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Homotopy perturbation technique
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE perturbation techniques; homotopy; nonlinearity
 AB The homotopy perturbation technique does not depend upon a small
    parameter in the equation. By the homotopy technique in topology, a
    homotopy is constructed with an imbedding parameter p epsilon [0, 1],
    which is considered as a "smalI parameter". Some examples are given.
    The approximations obtained by the proposed method are uniformly valid
    not only for small parameters, but also for very large parameters. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIN CC, 1974, MATH APPL DETERMINIS
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    WANG YB, 1986, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 7
 TC 45
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD AUG 3
 PY 1999
 VL 178
 IS 3-4
 BP 257
 EP 262
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 239YN
 UT ISI:000082798300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
    Xu, YJ
    Zhao, SR
    Ma, ZT
 TI Preparation of thermosensitive hydrogel (PP-g-NIPAAm) with one-off
    switching for controlled release of drugs
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID INTERPENETRATING POLYMER NETWORKS
 AB A novel thermosensitive hydrogel with high mechanical strength was
    obtained by grafting N-isopropylacrylamide (NIPAAm) onto polypropylene
    using a preirradiation grafting method. The effect of radiation dose,
    dose rate, grafting temperature and reaction time on the grafting
    degree and properties of swelling-deswelling is discussed. Water
    absorption of the grafted polypropylene film could be switched on and
    off swiftly by control of temperature. The microstructure of grafted
    ultra thin porous PP film was studied with scanning electron
    microscope. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    HESKINS M, 1968, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V2, P1441
    HIROSE Y, 1987, MACROMOLECULES, V20, P1342
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVSKY M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P1514
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P250
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    PALASIS M, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P1
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 56
 IS 3
 BP 341
 EP 346
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 239LL
 UT ISI:000082769600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, Y
    Zhang, Q
    Huang, PY
    Wang, YF
    Zhou, QW
    Gan, RB
    Li, ZP
 TI Functional difference between N domain and C domain of hEGF and
    hTGF-alpha
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hEGF; hTGF-alpha; chimera; structure; function
 ID EPIDERMAL GROWTH-FACTOR
 AB By exchanging the N domain and C domain of hEGF and hTGF-alpha genes by
    PCR, two chimeras E-TGF(EGF(1-32)-TGF-alpha(34-50)) and
    T-EGF(TGF-alpha(1-33)-EGF(33-53)) were constructed. The wild and
    chimeric molecules were expressed in E. coli under phoA system. The
    expressed hEGF, hTGF-alpha and two chimeras were purified. The EGF
    receptor competitive binding affinity of the four molecules was hEGF >
    hTGF-alpha and E-TGF > T-EGF and the cell proliferation stimulating
    activity of them was hTGF-alpha and E-TGF > T-EGF > hEGF. The result
    suggests that the N domain of hEGF and hTGF-alpha may play a major role
    in receptor binding activity and C domain of them may be responsible
    for stimulating cell proliferation.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANZANO MA, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V80, P6264
    BELL GI, 1986, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V14, P8427
    GAN RB, 1992, ACTA BIOCH BIOPH SIN, V24, P587
    MOSMANN T, 1983, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V65, P55
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    WINKLER ME, 1989, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V28, P6373
    YUAN Y, 1998, ACTA BIOCH BIOPH SIN, V30, P96
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 519
 EP U2
 PG 6
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 237UF
 UT ISI:000082673900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Shen, JQ
 TI Stimulated radiation from high-lying state of Li-2 generated with
    multiphoton in a wide wavelength region
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE stimulated radiation; ionization recombination process; two-photon
    resonant excitation
 ID SODIUM VAPOR; DIFFUSE BAND; DIMER
 AB The experimental results of ultraviolet diffuse-band of stimulated
    radiation from the high-lying state of Li-2 generated with any pumping
    wavelength between 620.0-665.0 nm were reported in this paper. In
    Li-2-Li system, the high-lying state of Li-2 was generated by
    two-photon excitation, ionization recombination process and collision
    energy pooling process, and the ultraviolet diffuse-band radiation was
    stimulated. The radiation was due to the transition from one of the
    comparable high-lying treble states to the low-lying repelling state a
    (3)Sigma(u)(+). The excitation mechanisms involved were discussed in
    detail.
 C1 Wenzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Wenzhou 325003, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Studies, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Joint Lab Quantum Opt, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Wenzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Wenzhou 325003, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAHNS JT, 1984, APPL PHYS LETT, V44, P826
    BAHNS JT, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P2841
    RATCLIFF LB, 1987, J MOL SPECTROSC, V122, P293
    SHEN JQ, 1987, APPL PHYS B, V43, P225
    SHEN JQ, 1992, OPTICS SINICA, V12, P331
    WANG ZG, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V58, P315
    WANG ZG, 1986, OPTICS SINICA, V6, P1081
    WU CYR, 1983, OPT COMMUN, V48, P28
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 147
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 237DG
 UT ISI:000082639600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Value-estimation function method for constrained global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE constrained global optimization; nonconvex optimization; smoothing
    technique; generalized Newton method; bisection method
 AB A novel value-estimation function method for global optimization
    problems with inequality constraints is proposed in this paper. The
    value-estimation function formulation is an auxiliary unconstrained
    optimization problem with a univariate parameter that represents an
    estimated optimal value of the objective function of the original
    optimization problem. A solution is optimal to the original problem if
    and only if it is also optimal to the auxiliary unconstrained
    optimization with the parameter set at the optimal objective value of
    the original problem, which turns out to be the unique root of a basic
    value-estimation function. A logarithmic-exponential value-estimation
    function formulation is further developed to acquire computational
    tractability and efficiency. The optimal objective value of the
    original problem as well as the optimal solution are sought iteratively
    by applying either a generalized Newton method or a bisection method to
    the logarithmic-exponential value-estimation function formulation. The
    convergence properties of the solution algorithms guarantee the
    identification of an approximate optimal solution of the original
    problem, up to any predetermined degree of accuracy, within a finite
    number of iterations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AUBIN JP, 1984, APPL NONLINEAR ANAL
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1976, AUTOMATICA, V12, P133
    BRANCH MA, 1996, MATLAB OPTIMIZATION
    CETIN BC, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P97
    CHEN CH, 1995, MATH PROGRAM, V71, P51
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DIXON LCW, 1978, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION, V2
    FIACCO AV, 1990, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    GILL PE, 1981, PRACTICAL OPTIMIZATI
    GOH CJ, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P9
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    HOCK W, 1981, TEST EXAMPLES NONLIN
    HORST R, 1995, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1, P631
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    LEMARECHAL C, 1975, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V3, P95
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI XS, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V8, P85
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, NEW COMPUTER METHODS
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V12, P555
    TANG HW, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P682
 NR 22
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 102
 IS 2
 BP 385
 EP 409
 PG 25
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 235GP
 UT ISI:000082534200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A coupling method of a homotopy technique and a perturbation technique
    for non-linear problems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation technique; homotopy; non-linearity
 AB In this paper, a coupling method of a homotopy technique and a
    perturbation technique is proposed to solve non-linear problems. In
    contrast to the traditional perturbation methods, the proposed method
    does not require a small parameter in the equation. In this method,
    according to the homotopy technique, a homotopy with an imbedding
    parameter p is an element of [0, 1] is constructed, and the imbedding
    parameter is considered as a "small parameter". So the proposed method
    can take full advantage of the traditional perturbation methods. Some
    examples are given. The results reveal that the new method is very
    effective and simple. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 6
 TC 62
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 43
 PG 7
 SC Mechanics
 GA 235WX
 UT ISI:000082567200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, S
    Li, J
 TI FDTD analysis of a sized-reduced, dual-frequency patch antenna -
    Abstract
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new single probe-fed, compact, dual-frequency antenna is studied,
    which is a rectangular microstrip patch with a rectangular slot cut in
    the center. The FDTD method is developed for full-wave analysis of its
    characteristics. A simple and accurate probe feed model is proposed,
    together with a simple method of calculating the radiation patterns. It
    is shown that through loading of the rectangular slot and proper
    location of the feed point, dual-frequency operations can be realized
    with an antenna-size reduction of similar to 33% and further reductions
    are also possible by tuning the length and width of the slot and the
    patch. Electric current distributions on the rectangular patch for both
    the slot loaded case and the case without slot are given, together with
    the radiation patterns. Theoretical analysis is verified by
    experimental results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, S, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 1999
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 1031
 EP 1032
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 232QK
 UT ISI:000082381300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Yuan, SL
    Dong, YD
    Cui, K
 TI Effect of carbon content on mechanoreduction of copper oxide
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MECHANOCHEMICAL REDUCTION; COMBUSTION; GRAPHITE
 AB The reduction of CuO with different amount of carbon (CuO:C = 2:1,
    2:1.5, and 2:2, in molar ratio) induced by ball milling is examined by
    x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy. It is found
    that reduction process is closely related to the carbon content. CuO
    can be completely converted into Cu if an excessive C is used (i.e., C
    = 1.5 or 2.0 mol). However, the reduction of CuO follows a two-step
    process, CuO --> Cu --> Cu2O, if the mixture only contains a nominal C
    content (i.e., C = 1 mol). A tentative model in terms of solid state
    reaction at the interfaces is proposed to explain the effect of carbon
    content on the mechanoreduction of CuO.
 C1 Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming
    Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 CR BRANDES A, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    MATTEAZZI P, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V149, P135
    MCCORMICK PG, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P161
    SCHAFFER GB, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P45
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P1014
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2789
    SCHAFFER GB, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1285
    YANG H, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V107, P258
    YANG H, 1994, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V110, P136
    YANG H, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P681
    YANG H, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P449
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 8
 BP 591
 EP 593
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231CH
 UT ISI:000082288500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
    Xu, KX
    Niu, JH
    Qu, H
 TI Solutions for the wave functions of mixed pairing symmetry
    superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; UPPER CRITICAL-FIELD; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA
 AB We study the pairing symmetry in high-temperature superconductors from
    the point of view of group theory analysis in the framework of
    Ginzburg-Landau model. By considering an orthorhombic distortion from
    C-4v point group because of the correlation of intralayers, the two
    apparent transitions needed in earlier work on mixed s and d state have
    been removed. The structure of a single vortex is presented by solving
    the Ginzburg-Landau wave function equations of the mixed s +/-
    id(x2-y2) state. The analysis of the magnetic field dependence of the
    transport behaviors including the critical current and the R-T curve
    expansion reveals the origin of the so-called "eigen-pinning effect"
    and offers a good interpretation of the experimental observations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAI JH, 1982, THEORY GREENS FUNCTI, P336
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    CHAUDHARI P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9537
    DORIA MM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6335
    ELLIOTT JP, 1984, SYMMETRY PHYSICS, P43
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE ALGORITHM, P43
    IYE Y, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 2, V26, L1057
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    KUPFER H, 1988, CRYOGENICS, V28, P650
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    NIU JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    ROBERTAZZI RP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P8456
    ROHKSAR DS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P493
    ROSENTHAL PA, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1984
    SIGRIST M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1727
    SUN AG, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2267
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TINKHAM M, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1658
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    XU JH, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R2991
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHOU SP, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA PHYSIC, P807
 NR 27
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 342
 EP 351
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VU
 UT ISI:000082332800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qu, H
    Zhou, SP
 TI Vortex lattice in a high-T-c superconductor of mixed pairing symmetry
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB Starting from a tight binding description, the existence of mixed s-d
    wave pairing stare is discussed. Then, within the framework of the
    phenomenological G-L theory, the structure of vortex lattice in a
    high-T-c superconductor is studied. It is shown that there is a strong
    correlation between the structure of a single vortex and the shape of
    the vortex lattice. At low temperatures, with the existence of s-wave
    component and its coupling to d-wave component, the d-wave order
    parameter and the local magnetic field show tetragonal anisotropy, and
    the structure of vortex lattice is oblique; however, when the
    temperature is close to T-c, it may become triangular.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Qu, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI JH, 1982, THEORY GREENS FUNCTI
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DERAEDT H, 1990, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V79, P327
    DORIA MM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6335
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KLEINER WH, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, P1266
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    LEGGETT AJ, 1975, REV MOD PHYS, V47, P331
    NIU JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    PARKALUOTO R, 1990, PHYS SCR T, V33, P227
    SCHNEIDER T, 1990, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V81, P3
    WANG ZD, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P918
    ZHANG FC, 1980, PHYS REV B, V37, P3795
    ZHOU SP, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P807
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 352
 EP 362
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VU
 UT ISI:000082332800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Yu, LM
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonequilibrium microwave response and Kosterlitz-Thouless transition in
    YBCO granular films
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS; HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    PHOTORESPONSE
 AB The characteristic of microwave radiation (lambda = 8 mm) response of
    YBCO granular films was reported. Experimental results show that the
    response behavior can be described with nonequilibrium response effect,
    instead of thermal effect model. Near below the transition temperature
    T-infinity, nonequilibrium microwave response signal decays gradually
    and disappears with the sample resistance becoming zero. It was also
    found that the response signal is very sensitive to a weak magnetic
    field. The sample I-V curve was studied carefully, and the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless transition model can be used to describe the
    two-dimensional transport characteristic of the YBCO granular films.
    Based on the analysis and experimental results, we believe that the
    mechanism of nonequilibrium microwave response may be related with the
    breaking of the votex-antivotex pair in high T-c superconductor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BATLOGG BJ, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P583
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FARDMANESH M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4568
    FLORY AT, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P5075
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    VANVECHTEN D, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XIA RM, 1998, CHINESE J LOW TEMPER, V20, P235
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    ZHANG ZM, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P871
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 6
 BP 1152
 EP 1162
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VY
 UT ISI:000082333200027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI Stationary solutions of the nonlinear Schrodinger equation for neutral
    atoms in a harmonic trap
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID BOSE-EINSTEIN CONDENSATION; GAS
 AB We present a general method to solve the stationary nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation (NLSE) with an external potential. We apply it to
    the stationary states of NLSE for neutral atoms in a harmonic trap. We
    discuss the problems of convergence and normalization of NLSE wave
    function. The accuracy of calculation is analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    EDWARDS M, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1382
    HAO BL, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P223
    RUPRECHT PA, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4704
 NR 6
 TC 8
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 7
 BP 1185
 EP 1191
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VZ
 UT ISI:000082333300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, MH
    Cheng, CJ
    Liu, YJ
    Liu, GN
    Zhang, SS
 TI The method of analysis of crack problem in three-dimensional non-local
    elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-local elasticity; fracture mechanics; boundaryintegral equation
    method
 ID NONLOCAL ELASTICITY; SUBJECT; SHEAR
 AB In this paper, the displacement discontinuity fundamental solution
    (DDFS) corresponding to the unit concentrated displacement
    discontinuity for three dimensional (3D) non-local elasticity under
    symmetrical condition is obtained. Based on the displacement
    discontinuity boundary integralequation (DDBIE) and boundary-element
    method (DDBEM) of local (classical) elasticity, a method of analysis of
    crack in 3D non- local elasticity with wide application is proposed
    with the DDFS. Through the method, several important problems of
    fracture mechanics are analysed.
 C1 Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, MH, Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BREBBIA CA, 1980, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CHENG PS, 1992, ACTA MECH SINICA, V24, P329
    EDELEN DGB, 1976, NONLOCAL FIELD THEOR
    ERINGEN AC, 1976, NONLOCAL POLAR FIELD
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, INT J ENG SCI, V15, P177
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V25, P339
    ERINGEN AC, 1978, INT J FRACTURE, V14, P367
    ERINGEN AC, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P211
    GAO J, 1989, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P289
    GRADSHTEYN IS, 1965, TABLES INTEGRALS SER
    ILCEWICZ L, 1981, ENG FRACT MECH, V14, P801
    RAMABRAHAM B, 1985, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V16, P661
    RUI W, 1989, SCI B, V34, P412
    SNEDDON IN, 1951, FOURIER TRANSFORMS M
    YU JL, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P487
    ZHAO MH, 1994, ENG ANAL, V13, P333
    ZHAO MH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P143
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 469
 EP 475
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LS
    Zhao, XH
 TI A mathematical theory of materials with elastic range and the
    definition of back stress tensor
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of materials with elastic range; elastic-plastic constitutive
    relation; back stress
 ID FINITE
 AB In this pager, the theory of materials with elastic range by Lucchesi
    and Podio-Guidugli(1988) has been generalized. It has also shown that
    there are some difficulties on the definition of back stress as the
    "center" of the yield surface in the Cauchy space. The back stress
    tensor is Lagrangian, and must be defined in the Lagrangian stress
    space.
 C1 Nanchang Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LS, Nanchang Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGAHTEHRANI A, 1987, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V35, P519
    CASEY J, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P351
    CASEY J, 1992, INT J ENG SCI, V30, P1257
    DAFALIAS YF, 1987, ACTA MECH, V69, P119
    DAFALIAS YF, 1988, ACTA MECH, V73, P121
    LUCCHESI M, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P23
    NAGHDI PM, 1990, J APPL MATH PHYS ZAM, V4, P315
    NEMATNASSER S, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1114
    NOLL W, 1958, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V2, P197
    ZHENG QS, 1992, ACTA MECH, V91, P97
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 476
 EP 484
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Further study of the equivalent theorem of Hellinger-Reissner and
    Hu-Washizu variational principles
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE variational principles in elasticity; Hellinger-Reissner principle;
    Hu-Washizu principle; the semi-inverse method; trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW
 AB In this paper, it has been proved that the well-known Hu-Washizu
    variational principle is a pseudo-generalized variational principle (
    pseudo-GVP). The stationary conditions of its functional may satisfy!
    all its field equations and boundary conditions if all the variables in
    the functional are considered as independent variations, but there
    might exist some kinds of constraints. Some new pseudo-GVPs are
    established to distinguish them from genuine ones by the so-called
    inverse Lagrange multiplier method. The constrained Hu-Washizu
    principle, therefore, is proved to be equivalent with the
    Hellinger-Reissner principle under the constraints of stress-strain
    relations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEIN WZ, 1989, SELECTED WORKS CHIEN, P419
    CHEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V4, P313
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, ASME
    HU HC, 1954, ACTA PHYSICA SINICA, V10, P259
    HU HC, 1985, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P426
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    WASHIZU K, 1955, 2518 MIT AER STRUCT
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 545
 EP 556
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Thiele-type and Lagrange-type generalized inverse rational
    interpolation for rectangular complex matrices
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID RECURSIVENESS
 AB A variety of matrix rational interpolation problems include the partial
    realization problem for matrix power series and the minimal rational
    interpolation problem for general matrix functions. Different from the
    previous work, in this paper we consider a new method of matrix
    rational interpolation, with rectangular real or complex interpolated
    matrices and distinct real or complex interpolation points. Based on an
    axiomatic definition for the generalized inverse matrix rational
    interpolants (GMRI), GMRI are constructed in the following two forms:
    (i) Thiele-type continued fraction expression; (ii) an explicit
    determinantal formula for the denominator scalar polynomials and for
    the numerator matrix polynomials, which are of Lagrange-type
    expression. As a direct application of GMRI, a matrix rational
    extrapolation is introduced. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Box 30,149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON BDO, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V137, P479
    ANTOULAS AC, 1986, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V31, P1121
    ANTOULAS AC, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V108, P157
    ANTOULAS AC, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V137, P511
    BECKERMANN B, 1992, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V3, P45
    BECKERMANN B, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V77, P5
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    DIECI L, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V202, P25
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GU CQ, 1993, J HEFEI U TECHNOLOGY, V16, P176
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V16, P301
    GU CQ, 1996, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V18, P135
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V19, P241
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    MESSAOUDI A, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V202, P71
    WUYTACK L, 1970, NUMER MATH, V17, P215
 NR 20
 TC 4
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 IS 1-3
 BP 7
 EP 30
 PG 24
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 228QX
 UT ISI:000082148100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Ma, JC
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Yang, SL
    Xiang, SH
 TI Back-attack phenomena of gas jets with submerged horizontally blowing
    and effects on erasion and wear of refractory lining
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE back-attack phenomenon; refractory lining erosion and wear;
    annular-straight type tuyere; annular-spiral flat type tuyere;
    submerged gas blowing; horizontally side blowing; AOD refining;
    non-rotating gas jet; rotating gas jet; water modeling
 ID INJECTION
 AB Taken the refining process in an 18 t AOD vessel for example, the
    "back-attack" phenomena of the horizontal rotating and non-rotating gas
    jets and their effects on the erosion and wear of the refractory lining
    were investigated in a water model. For this refining process, the
    two-tuyere (lance with constant cross-sectional area) blowing of gas is
    operated using the annular-tube type tuyere. The geometric similarity
    ratio of the model unit (including the tuyere) with its prototype was
    1/3. The relations of the gas blowing rate, blowing pressure, angular
    separation between the two tuyeres, type of tuyere and other operation
    parameters with the back-attack action of the gas jet and the
    refractory lining erosion and wear were examined under the different
    operating modes. The appropriate back-attack frequencies and pressures
    were continuously monitored and measured by means of a dynamic
    resistance strain-meter of YD-21 type with an anti-water pressure
    sensor made specially. A light-beam oscilloscope of SC16A type recorded
    simultaneously the back-attack waves. Also, the modeling experiment on
    the erosion and wear of the refractory lining was carried out. The
    results indicated that the back-attack phenomena of the horizontal
    rotating and non-rotating gas jets have respectively the different
    features from that in a bottom blowing. On the back-attack phenomena of
    these two kinds of jets, the gas streams of the inner tubes
    (main-tuyeres) have all a governing bearing, and the annular slit pipe
    (sub-tuyere) streams show an evident alleviation and suppression
    effect. The circulative motion of the liquid in the bath would be
    another important reason to bring about the back-attack phenomenon of a
    submerged gas jet. The buoyancy force gives a considerable influence;
    it is able not only to increase the back-attack intensity of a
    horizontal gas jet, but also to enlarge the locally eroded and worn
    zone of the refractory lining. The influence of the tuyere position
    (the angle included between the two tuyeres) is not so remarkable in
    the conditions of the present work. The rotating motion of a horizontal
    gas jet may decrease the frequency and intensity of the back-attack
    action and reduce the eroded and worn rate and area of the refractory
    lining under a same blowing pressure. The annular-spiral tube type
    tuyere with a reasonable structure may be expected to have a good
    latent using power and composite effectiveness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI T, 1982, INJECTION PHENOMENA, A1
    AOKI T, 1990, TETSU TO HAGANE, V76, P2004
    BLOSTEIN P, 1992, SCANINJECT 1, V6, P129
    BRIMACOMBE JK, 1984, METALL TRANS B, V15, P243
    CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    CHO YW, 1986, SCANINJECT 1, V4, P4
    FARIAS L, 1982, INJECTION PHENOMENA, V1, E1
    FARMER L, 1989, P STEELM C AIME ISS, P487
    GUSTAFSSON S, 1984, P S INJ MET SEC REF, R15
    LI YZ, 1984, P 2 NAT S KIN MET RE, V2, P335
    OZAWA Y, 1983, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V23, P764
    SAKAGUCHI S, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, S534
    SHIBASHI M, 1975, TETSU TO HAGANE, V61, S111
    SUZUKI K, 1982, T STEEL I JPN, V22, B237
    WEI JH, IN PRESS IRON STEELM
    WEI JH, IN PRESS IRONMAKING
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1999
 VL 39
 IS 8
 BP 779
 EP 786
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 227XU
 UT ISI:000082105900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, JA
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Application of differential quadrature method to solve entry flow of
    viscoelastic second-order fluid
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN FLUIDS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; second-order fluid; entry flow; differential
    quadrature method
 ID EQUATIONS; CAVITY
 AB The entry flow of viscoelastic second-order fluid between two parallel
    plates is discussed. The governing equations of vorticity and the
    streamfunction are expanded with respect to a small parameter that
    characterizes the elasticity of the fluid by means of the standard
    perturbation method. By using the differential quadrature method with
    only a few grid points, high-accurate numerical solutions are obtained.
    The numerical results show a lot of the features of a viscoelastic
    second-order fluid. Copyright (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, JA, NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BEN CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    CHANG PW, 1979, COMP FLUIDS, V7, P267
    DATTA AB, 1976, RHEOL ACTA, V15, P403
    FONG CFC, 1984, NONNEWTONIAN FLUID M
    MINGLE JO, 1973, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V7, P103
    SHU C, 1992, COMPUT SYST ENG, V3, P281
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    SHU C, 1994, INT COMMUN HEAT MASS, V21, P809
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
    TAN KL, 1977, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V3, P25
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0271-2091
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD FLUID
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Fluids
 PD AUG 30
 PY 1999
 VL 30
 IS 8
 BP 1109
 EP 1117
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied;
    Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA 228BC
 UT ISI:000082114800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Xu, ZY
    Debin, H
 TI Homoclinic orbit in ODE on GAIM of the sine-Gordon equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE infinite dimensional dynamical systems; GIAM; homoclinic orbit
 AB In this paper, the existence of the homoclinic orbit is proved under
    certain parametric conditions, by studying qualitative properties of
    ODE on GAIM of the sine-Gordon equation. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Wuxi Light Ind Univ, Math & Phys Inst, Wuxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    HALLER G, 1993, PHYSICA D, V66, P298
    KOVOCIC G, 1992, PHYSICA D, V59, P185
    LIU Z, 1995, J NONL DYN, V2, P12
    LIU ZG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V204, P343
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    XU Z, 1993, KEXUE TONGBAO, V38, P1750
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 26
 PY 1999
 VL 258
 IS 4-6
 BP 249
 EP 252
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 225NW
 UT ISI:000081968500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, ZJ
    Sun, WY
    Wang, PL
 TI Phase diagram estimation of the Al2O3SiO2-Gd2O3 system
 SO PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF GLASSES
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; OXIDE SYSTEMS; PREDICTION; GLASSES
 AB Limiting binaries in the Al2O3-SiO2-Gd2O3 system were assessed The
    binary diagrams from Toropov, Mizuno, Aramaki and Roy were optimised
    with the substitutional model of Kaufman and Nesor; and the approximate
    formula for the free energy effusion of rare earth element oxides of Wu
    and Pelton. The Gibbs free energies derived for pure solid oxides and
    stoichiometric phases were used with solution parameters to estimate
    the corresponding binaries, liquidus surface and isothermal sections of
    the ternary system at 2140, 2073 and 2023 K respectively Samples
    as-fired at known temperatures but with different compositions were
    analysed by x-ray diffraction and the results were used in the
    calculation of isothermal sections.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR IA, 1973, CERAM INT, V13, P99
    BUDNIKOV PP, 1965, VS DOKL AKAD NAUK SS, V165, P1077
    CINIBULK MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2037
    DU Y, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P221
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    FELSCHE J, 1973, STRUCT BOND, V13, P99
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P193
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P199
    HIROSAKI N, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, C144
    HUANG JG, 1993, B CERAM, V6, P50
    HYATT MJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P283
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KLUG FJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P750
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    KOLITSCH U, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V257, P104
    LI C, 1987, B CERAM, V10, P34
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    MIZUNO M, 1977, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V85, P543
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    SHEVTHENKO AV, 1985, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V93, P537
    SHISHIDO T, 1979, J MATER SCI, V14, P823
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P128
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOROPOV NA, 1960, T 7 INT CER C LOND, P441
    WANG XH, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P770
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 0031-9090
 J9 PHYS CHEM GLASSES
 JI Phys. Chem. Glasses
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 40
 IS 3
 BP 126
 EP 129
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 224PY
 UT ISI:000081908500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, CL
    Chen, MY
    Wang, ZL
 TI General phase-stepping algorithm with automatic calibration of phase
    steps
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE phase-stepping algorithm; Lissajous figures; interferometry
 ID SHIFTING INTERFEROMETRY; LEAST-SQUARES; SURFACES
 AB A new general algorithm for phase-stepping interferometry is presented.
    The calculation of the phase distribution is composed of three
    least-squares fitting procedures for an analysis of real
    interferograms. First, we calculate the initial phase distribution
    utilizing Lissajous figures and elliptic least-squares fitting. Second,
    we calculate the phase steps through the spatial least-squares fitting.
    Finally, we calculate the exact phase distribution through the serial
    least-squares fitting. Both insensitivity to phase-step errors and
    automatic calibration of phase steps for the new algorithm are
    confirmed by experiment. (C) 1999 Society of Photo-Optical
    Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, CL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1974, APPL OPTICS, V13, P2693
    FARRELL CT, 1994, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V5, P648
    HAN GS, 1994, APPL OPTICS, V33, P7321
    KIM SW, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P3101
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P1400
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P183
    LASSAHN GD, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2039
    OKADA K, 1991, OPT COMMUN, V84, P118
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 1357
 EP 1360
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 224JZ
 UT ISI:000081895900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Malomed, BA
 TI Multichannel switchable system for spatial solitons
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID PHOTOREFRACTIVE MEDIA; OPTICAL SOLITONS; WAVE-GUIDE; LASER-BEAMS
 AB We consider a model of a nonlinear planar waveguide with a sinusoidal
    modulation of the refractive index in the transverse direction, which
    gives rise to a system of parallel troughs that may serve as channels
    that trap solitary beams (spatial solitons). The model can also be
    considered as an asymptotic one describing a dense planar array of
    parallel nonlinear optical fibers, with the modulation representing the
    corresponding effective Peierls-Nabarro potential. By means of the
    variational approximation and by direct simulations we demonstrate that
    the one-soliton state trapped in a channel has no existence threshold
    and is always stable. In contrast with this a stationary state of two
    beams trapped in two adjacent troughs has an existence border, which is
    found numerically. Depending on the values of the parameters, the
    two-soliton states are found to be dynamically stable over an
    indefinitely long or a finite but large distance. We consider the
    possibility of switching the beam from a channel where it was trapped
    into an adjacent one by a localized spot attracting the beam through
    the cross-phase modulation. The spot can be created between the troughs
    by a focused laser beam shone transversely to the waveguide. By means
    of the perturbation theory and numerical method we demonstrate that the
    switching is possible, provided that the spot's strength exceeds a
    certain threshold value. (C) 1999 Optical Society of America
    [S0740-3224(99)00908-X].
 C1 Tel Aviv Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Interdisciplinary Studies, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
    Univ New S Wales, Sch Elect Engn, Opt Commun Grp, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Malomed, BA, Tel Aviv Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Interdisciplinary Studies,
    IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
 CR AFANASJEV VV, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1388
    AITCHISON JS, 1990, OPT LETT, V15, P471
    AITCHISON JS, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P15
    BARTHELEMY A, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P201
    BURYAK AV, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P407
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1436
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    CLAUSEN CB, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4749
    CROSIGNANI B, 1993, J OPT SOC AM B, V10, P446
    EISENBERG HS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3383
    FAN SH, 1998, OPT EXPRESS, V3, P4
    HASEGAWA A, 1995, SOLITONS OPTICAL COM
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P763
    KIVSHAR YS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P3077
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P3240
    LI QY, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1083
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P193
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V66, P325
    REYNAUD F, 1990, EUROPHYS LETT, V12, P401
    SHALABY M, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1472
    SHIPULIN A, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P3393
    SNYDER AW, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P482
    VAKHITOV MG, 1973, RADIOPHYS QUANTUM EL, V16, P783
 NR 23
 TC 27
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 8
 BP 1197
 EP 1203
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 223VU
 UT ISI:000081862900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SP
    Yoshida, F
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Iom motion in SiO2 melt
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTER-SIMULATION; MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; PRESSURE; SILICA; MODEL; GLASS
 AB Dynamical properties of ions are studied in SiO2 melt by using the
    molecular dynamics method. The diffusion constant, ionic conductivity
    and velocity autocorrelation function are calculated at various
    pressures and temperatures. It is found that the simulated ionic
    conductivities are close to experimental values, and show an increase
    with temperature. Diffusion constants become maximum around 10 GPa, in
    close relation with a marked shift in the coordination number of the Si
    ion. The velocity autocorrelation function and its spectra are
    calculated by using the memory function method. These compare well with
    the molecular dynamics results. Discussion is given on the pressure
    dependence of dynamical quantities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Otsu, Shiga 52021, Japan.
 RP Huang, SP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELL CA, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P885
    BERNE BJ, 1966, J CHEM PHYS, V45, P1086
    DELLAVALLE RG, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P5056
    HANSEN JP, 1986, THEORY SIMPLE LIQUID, CH7
    HEMMATI M, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V217, P236
    KATO T, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P5506
    KELLER H, 1982, METALL T B, V13, P237
    KUBICKI JD, 1988, AM MINERAL, V73, P941
    KUSHIRO I, 1983, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V47, P1415
    PANISH MB, 1959, J PHYS CHEM-US, V63, P1337
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    SJOGREN L, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P3703
    STEBBINS GJ, 1989, AM MINERAL, V74, P960
    TSUNEYUKI S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P869
    TSUNEYUKI S, 1989, NATURE, V339, P209
    VANKAMPEN NG, 1981, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES, CH3
    YOSHIDA F, 1989, PHYS REP, V173, P301
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUL 19
 PY 1999
 VL 11
 IS 28
 BP 5429
 EP 5436
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 222BU
 UT ISI:000081764200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Li, J
 TI FDTD analysis of serial corner-fed square patch antennas for single-
    and dual-polarised applications
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-MICROWAVES ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 ID TIME-DOMAIN METHOD; CIRCUITS
 AB The finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method is developed for the
    analysis of serial corner-fed square patch antennas. A special
    technique to model the slanted metallic boundaries of the patch antenna
    has been used in the general FDTD algorithm to avoid the staircase
    approximations. The method improves the accuracy of the original FDTD
    algorithm without increasing its complexity. Both the one-port and
    two-port cases are studied, which are for single- and dual-polarised
    applications, respectively, Several antenna elements are manufactured.
    An isolation of -25dB is achieved by the two-port antenna, which makes
    it suitable for many dual-polarised applications. The numerical
    analysis is confirmed by the experimental results and by results
    published elsewhere.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fuyang Normal Univ, Dept Comp, Fuyang 236032, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAHL IJ, 1980, MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS
    BERENGER JP, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V114, P185
    CHEW WC, 1995, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG, CH4
    CRUZ EM, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1410
    DANIEL JP, 1985, P ISAP 85, P121
    JAMES JR, 1989, HDB MICROSTRIP ANTEN
    LIANG GC, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P1949
    LIAO ZP, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P1063
    MEI KK, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1001
    MEZZANOTTE P, 1995, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V5, P267
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P1073
    PIKETMAY M, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P1514
    POZAR DM, 1982, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V30, P1191
    REIMEIX A, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P1361
    SHEEN DM, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P849
    TAFLOVE A, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P623
    TAFLOVE A, 1983, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V25, P433
    TIRKAS PA, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P334
    TOLAND B, 1993, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V3, P423
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG X, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P263
    ZHANG XL, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1775
 NR 22
 TC 11
 SN 1350-2417
 J9 IEE PROC-MICROWAVE
 JI IEE Proc.-Microw. Antennas Propag.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 146
 IS 3
 BP 205
 EP 208
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 223GG
 UT ISI:000081832100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Logarithmic-exponential penalty formulation for integer programming
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integer programming; logarithmic-exponential penalty
    function; inequality constraints; integer programming
 AB The purpose of this note is to present a smooth penalty formulation for
    integer programming. By adopting the proposed logarithmic-exponential
    penalty function, we are able to transform an inequality constrained
    integer programming problem into an equivalent unconstrained problem
    with a smooth objective function when choosing an appropriate penalty
    parameter. We show that this penalty formulation preserves the
    convexity for convex integer programming problems. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, NT, Hong Kong.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    KORNER F, 1988, BIT, V28, P701
    SINCLAIR M, 1986, EUR J OPER RES, V27, P50
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 12
 IS 7
 BP 73
 EP 77
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 222VV
 UT ISI:000081806800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DQ
    Dai, SQ
    Zhang, BS
 TI Hamiltonian formulation of nonlinear water waves in a two-fluid system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE two-fluid system; Hamilton's principle; nonlinear water waves; shallow
    water assumption; Hamiltonian cononical equations
 ID SURFACE-WAVES; PRINCIPLE
 AB In this paper, it is dealt with that the Hamilton formulation of
    nonlinear water waves in a two-fluid system, which consists of two
    layers of constant-density incompressible inviscid fluid with a
    horizontal bottom, an interface and a free surface. The velocity
    potentials are expanded in power series of the vertical coordinate. By
    taking the kinetic thickness of lower fluid-layer and the reduced
    kinetic thickness of upper fluid-layer as the generalized
    displacements, choosing the velocity potentials at the interface and
    free surface as the generalized momenta and using Hamilton's principle,
    the Hamiltonian canonical equations for the system are derived with the
    Legendre transformation under the shallow water assumption. Hence the
    results for single-layer fluid are extended to the case of stratified
    fluid.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN TB, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V125, P137
    CRAIG W, 1994, WAVE MOTION, V19, P367
    DIA SQ, 1984, J SCI SINICA A, V27, P507
    LU DQ, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH MMM, V7, P387
    LUKE JC, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V27, P395
    MILDER DM, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P159
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P153
    WHITHAM GB, 1967, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V299, P6
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG BS, 1998, ADV MECH, V28, P521
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 343
 EP 349
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 222VP
 UT ISI:000081806300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gabriel, B
    Jiang, FR
 TI Application of the modified method of multiple scales to the bending
    problems for circular thin plate at very large deflection and the
    asymptotics of solutions(II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE large deflection; modified method of multiple scales; asymptotic
    behaviors
 AB This paper is a continuation of part ( I ), on the asymptotics
    behaviors of the series solutions investigated in ( I ). The remainder
    terms of the series solutions are estimated by the maximum norm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gabriel, B, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BISSANGA G, 1998, APPL MATH MECH, V19, P937
    ECKHAUS W, 1979, STUDIES MATH ITS APP, V9, P190
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 373
 EP 378
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 222VP
 UT ISI:000081806300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, XJ
    Xu, ZY
    Li, L
 TI Critical driving force for martensitic transformation fcc(gamma)->
    hcp(epsilon) in Fe-Mn-Si shape memory alloys
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE critical driving force; martensitic transformation; Fe-Mn-Si alloy
 ID SYSTEM; MODEL
 AB By the application of Chou's new geometry model and the available data
    from binary Fe-Mn, Fe-Si and Mn-Si systems, as well as SGTE DATA for
    lattice stability parameters of three elements from Dinsdale, the Gibbs
    free energy as a function of temperature of the fcc(gamma) and
    hcp(epsilon) phases in the Fe-Mn-Si system is reevaluated. The
    relationship between the Neel temperature of the gamma phase and
    concentration of constituents in mole fraction, T-N(gamma) = 67x(Fe) +
    5402 x(Mn) + x(Fe)x(Mn) [761 + 689(x(Fe) - x(Mn))] - 850x(Si), is
    fitted and verified by the experimental results. The critical driving
    force for the martensitic transformation fcc(gamma) --> hcp(epsilon),
    Delta G(C)(gamma-->epsilon), defined as the free energy difference
    between gamma and epsilon phases at M-S of various alloys can also be
    obtained with a known M-S. It is found that the driving force varies
    with the composition of alloys, e. g. Delta G(C)(gamma-->epsilon) = -
    100.99 J/mol in Fe-27.0Mn-6.0Si and Delta G(C)(epsilon)(gamma-->) = -
    122.11 J/mol in Fe-26.91Mn-3.37Si. The compositional dependence of
    critical driving force accorded with the expression formulated by Hsu
    of the critical driving force for fcc(gamma) --> hcp(epsilon)
    transformation in alloys with low stacking fault energy (SFE), i. e.
    Delta G(C)(gamma-epsilon) = A . gamma + B, where gamma is the stacking
    fault energy (SFE) and A and B are constants related to materials.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHOU KC, 1996, CALPHAD, V20, P395
    CHOU KC, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P439
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    FORSBERG A, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P354
    HILLERT M, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P227
    HSU TY, 1980, ACTA METALL SIN, V16, P430
    HSU TY, 1993, SHANGHAI METALS, V15, P1
    HUANG WM, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P243
    INDEN G, 1981, PHYSICA B, V103, P82
    LACAZE J, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2211
    LI L, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P443
    MURAKAMI M, 1987, P INT C MARTENS TRAN, P985
    SATO A, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P287
 NR 13
 TC 8
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 266
 EP 274
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 221UG
 UT ISI:000081744700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem in arithmetical progressions
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE Chen's Theorem; sieve; mean value theorem
 AB Let N be a sufficiently large even integer and
    q greater than or equal to 1, (l(i), q) = 1 (i = 1, 2),
    l(1) + l(2) = N(mod q).
    It is proved that the equation
    N = p + P-2, p = l(1) (mod q), P-2 = l(2) (mod q)
    has infinitely many solutions for almost all q less than or equal to
    N-1/37, where p is a prime and P-2 is an almost prime with at most two
    prime factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, MG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    LIU JY, 1997, ACTA ARITH, V82, P197
    LIU MC, LECT NOTES MATH, V247, P227
    PAN CD, 1981, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    RICHERT HE, 1953, J FUR MATH, V191, P179
    TAMES RD, 1942, AM J MATH, V64, P539
    VANDERCORPUT JG, 1939, ACTA ARITH, V33, P181
    VINOGRADOV IM, 1937, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V15, P291
    ZULAUF A, 1952, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V190, P169
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 561
 EP 569
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 219WY
 UT ISI:000081632100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, JT
    Sun, GX
    Fang, JH
    Bao, BR
 TI Solvent extraction of uranium (VI) by N-octanoylpyrrolidine in toluene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 AB The extraction of uranium(VI) from nitric acid by N-octanoylpyrrolidine
    (OPOD) in toluene has been investigated at varying concentrations of
    nitric acid, extractant salting-out agent LiNO3 and at different
    temperatures. The mechanism of extraction is discussed in the light of
    the obtained results.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Han, JT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR STANLEY RS, 1968, ORGANIC FUNCTIONAL G, V1, P227
    SUN GX, 1998, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V232, P245
    SUN GX, 1998, NUCL SCI TECHNOL, V9, P115
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P50
    THIOLLET G, 1989, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V7, P813
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 241
 IS 1
 BP 215
 EP 217
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 219LF
 UT ISI:000081608200035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, A
    Fang, YH
    Young, JF
 TI Humidity dependence of apparent dielectric constant for DSP cement
    materials at high frequencies
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 AB The relationship between humidity and dielectric constant for cement
    densified with small particles (DSP) has been studied in the relative
    humidity range 0%-93% and the frequency range 1 MHz to 1 GHz. The
    calculated dielectric constant appears to increase with increasing
    humidity as a linear relation at fixed frequency. According to
    experimental data and basic principles for dielectrics, two
    experimental expressions are suggested for heterogeneous dielectric
    materials to describe the observed behavior of the dielectric constant.
    The expressions fit the experimental data well in the frequency range
    studied. Apparent dielectric constant decreases with increasing
    frequency. Polarization of DSP cement is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Illinois, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
    Univ Illinois, Ctr Cement Composite Mat, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
 RP Hu, A, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BACHE HH, 1981, P 2 INT C SUP CONCR, P5
    BIRCHALL JD, 1981, NATURE, V289, P388
    BRUNAUER S, 1972, 3689294, US
    BUCHANAN RC, 1986, CERAMIC MAT ELECT, P39
    CARTER WJ, 1984, J MATER SCI LETT, V3, P1083
    FRANKLIN AD, 1971, PHYSICS ELECT CERA A, P451
    GOODMAN G, 1986, CERAMIC MAT ELECT, P84
    HAMMOND E, 1955, ENGINEER, V199, P78
    HJORTH L, 1983, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V310, P167
    KINGERY WD, 1976, INTRO CERAMICS, P947
    LEIGH DW, 1989, ADV CERAM, V26, P255
    MOULSON AJ, 1990, ELECTROCERAMIC MAT P, P62
    OTTO GP, 1991, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V40, P742
    PAYNE DA, 1977, CERAMIC MICROSTRUCTU, P584
    PEREZPENA M, 1987, ADV CERAM, V26, P279
    RIXOM MR, 1978, CHEM ADMIXTURE CONCR
    ROY DM, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC, V56, P549
    SWAMY RN, 1979, J MATER SCI, V14, P1521
    TAMAS FD, 1982, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V12, P115
    TAYLOR MA, 1974, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V4, P881
    WILKOSZ DE, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P1673
    WISE S, 1985, MAT RES SOC S P, V42
    YOUNG JF, 1967, J APPL CHEM-USSR, V17, P241
 NR 23
 TC 6
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 82
 IS 7
 BP 1741
 EP 1747
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 215ZY
 UT ISI:000081416900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Huang, DB
 TI A method to generate new exact solutions from a known stationary
    solution
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATION; FORM
 AB By combining the Backlund transformations and the AKNS system[ Study in
    Appl. Math. 53 (1974) 249.] which is a linear eigenvalue problem of the
    corresponding evolution equation, a method to find new exact solutions
    from known stationary solutions for nonlinear integrable equations is
    proposed. As an example, Korteweg de Vries (Kd V) equation is used to
    illustrate this method, and a class of new exact solutions of KdV
    equation is obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    ALBOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUDY APPL PHYS, V53, P249
    CHEN XJ, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P504
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HERMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P4805
    KHATER AH, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1901
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    LU XQ, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P561
    MALFLIET W, 1993, J PHYS A, V26, L723
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    ROGERS C, 1982, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    WU KX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P654
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 313
 EP 315
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 215CA
 UT ISI:000081363300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Zhou, YM
    Ren, ZM
    Gong, T
    Jiang, GC
 TI Electromagnetic characteristics of levitation melting with cold crucible
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE cold crucible; electromagnetic induction; levitation melting; numerical
    simulation
 AB By using the numerical simulation method with quasi-three-dimensions
    and the modified coupled current model presented in the previous work,
    the influences of the structure of cold crucible, the power frequency
    and the electricity property of melting charge on the electromagnetic
    field in the levitation melting processes were analyzed. The
    fundamentals for the technique design of levitation melting with cold
    crucible were presented. It is shown that the levitation melting with
    cold crucible is a self-balanced and self-stable process, and the cold
    crucible can be segmented 16 similar to 20 sectors for high frequency
    electromagnetic field and/or 4 similar to 8 sectors for lower frequency
    one. It is also shown that the change of the power frequency has great
    influence on the magnetic flux density on the surface of metallic
    charge, but for nonmetallic charge, the main influence on the magnetic
    flux density is the segmented number of cold crucible.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL CON, P370
    DENG K, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECH, V15, P87
    DENG K, 1995, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V5, P409
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    GARINIER M, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL CON, P226
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1416
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P350
    TOH T, 1990, P 6 INT IRON STEEL C, P239
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 387
 EP 392
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 212JX
 UT ISI:000081214500036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Some dynamical properties of a viscoelastic cylindrical shell
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; cylindrical shell; stability
 AB In this paper, the dynamic,stability of a viscoelastic circular
    cylindrical shell subject to an axial compressive force and a uniformly
    distributed radial compressive load is discussed. By using the Laplace
    transformation, stability conditions of viscoelastic shell under
    constant loads are yielded. By using synthetically the classical
    dynamic methods, the various dynamical properties for the dynamical
    system de: fined by the viscoelastic shell and the effect of parameters
    on the stability of structure are obtained.
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DROZDOV A, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P481
    LADOPOULOS EG, 1991, MECH RES COMMUN, V18, P111
    TYLIKOWSKI A, 1989, INT J MED SCI, V31, P591
    YANG TQ, 1989, THEORYT VISCOELASTIC
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 233
 EP 240
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 212FB
 UT ISI:000081205600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, RR
    Chen, JM
    Peng, K
 TI Construction of wavelet bases with vanishing movement
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE vanishing movement; scaling function; orthogonal mother wavelet
 AB A kind of mother wavelet with good properties is constructed for any N
    greater than or equal to 2, which is differentiable for N times,
    converges to Zero at the order of O( I t I-N)( t --> infinity) and has
    N - 2 order of vanishing movement and some property of symmetry
    meanwhile. A computation example for N = 4 is also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Changzhou Text Ind Coll, Changzhou 213000, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, RR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUI JT, 1995, INTRO WAVELET
    LI SX, 1994, ELEMENTARY WAVELET I
    PENG RR, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P299
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 247
 EP 253
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 212FB
 UT ISI:000081205600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI A variational principle of perturbed motion on viscoelastic thin plates
    with applications
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic thin plate; perturbed motion; variational principle;
    stability
 AB In this paper, in the light of the Boltzmann superposition principle in
    linear viscoelasticity, a mathematical model of perturbed motion on
    viscoelastic thin plates is established. The corresponding variational
    principle is obtained in a convolution bilinear form. For application
    the problems of free vibration, forced vibration and stability of a
    viscoelastic simply-supported rectangular thin plate are considered.
    The results show that numerical solutions agree well with analytical
    solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, MECH STRUCT MACH, V20, P37
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    DALLASTA A, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P247
    LEITMAN JM, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    ODEN JT, 1983, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    REDDY JN, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V16, P227
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYS D, V16, P545
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 121
 EP 128
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 213TR
 UT ISI:000081289800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Y
 TI On the symmetry group and harmonic potentials of a generalized multipole
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The relation between the M function for a generalized multipole and the
    pure mathematical M function is discussed. The concept of rotation
    sense has been replaced by the clearer and more general concept of
    screw sense. The influence of the infinitesimal orders of harmonic
    potentials on aberrations in connection with the constraints of the
    symmetry group of a GM are discussed. A simple, unified and powerful
    method to determine the constraint relations among the harmonic
    potentials of a generalized multipole or ordinary multipole is given
    and rigorously proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Sect Appl Phys, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Sect Appl Phys, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARFKEN G, 1985, MATH METHODS PHYSICI
    HAMERMESH M, 1962, GROUP THEORY ITS APP
    JOHN F, 1982, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    LANCASTER P, 1985, THEORY MATRICES
    LI Y, 1986, OPTIK, V75, P8
    LI Y, 1987, OPTIK, V76, P48
    LI Y, 1988, ACTA MATH SCI, V8, P131
    LI Y, 1988, OPTIK, V80, P39
    LI Y, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P353
    LI Y, 1993, ADV ELECTRON EL PHYS, V85, P231
    LI Y, 1995, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V28, P2007
    LI Y, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V38, P963
    LI Y, 1996, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V29, P1133
    SCHOUTEN JA, 1954, RICCI CALCULUS
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 1999
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 1336
 EP 1345
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 211GV
 UT ISI:000081153300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Wang, ZX
    Qiu, XJ
 TI SU(2) charges as angular momentum in N=1 self-dual supergravity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITY; VARIABLES
 AB The N = 1 self-dual supergravity has SL(2, C) symmetry. This symmetry
    results in SU(2) charges as the angular momentum. As in
    nonsupersymmetric self-dual gravity, the currents are also of their
    potentials and are therefore identically conserved. The charges are
    generally invariant and gauge covariant under local SU(2) transforms
    and approach being, rigid at spatial infinity. The Poisson brackets
    constitute the su(2) algebra and hence can be interpreted as the
    generally covariant conservative angular momentum.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Teachers Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHTEKAR A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2244
    DAI YB, 1987, GAUGE THEORY INTERAC
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1995, GRAV COS, V1, P319
    FENG SS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P485
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    GOROBEY NN, 1990, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V7, P67
    JACOBSON T, 1988, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V5, P923
    SAMUEL J, 1987, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V28, L429
    WEINBERG S, 1995, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V1
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 1415
 EP 1422
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 210QH
 UT ISI:000081115800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cha, KH
    Guo, BY
    Kwon, YH
 TI Parameter estimation by spectral approximation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE parameter estimation; spectral approximation; convergence and spectral
    accuracy
 AB In this paper, Chebyshev and Legendre approximations are proposed for
    estimating parameters in differential equations, which are easy to be
    performed. The convergence and the spectral accuracy are proved, even
    without some conditions as imposed in other papers. The numerical
    results show the advantages of this new approach. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Inc. All rights reserved. AMS Classification: 34A55; 65L10;
    65L99.
 C1 Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang 790784, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang 790784, South
    Korea.
 CR ACAR R, 1993, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V31, P1221
    BANKS HT, 1989, ESTIMATION TECHNIQUE
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHO CK, 1999, APPL MATH COMPUT, V100, P265
    FRIND EO, 1973, WATER RES R, V9, P1397
    GILBARG D, 1983, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    GOTTLIEB D, 1997, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, UNPUB PARAMETER IDEN
    GUO B, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    NUTBROWN DA, 1975, WATER RESOUR RES, V11, P581
    RABINOWITZ PH, 1970, LECT NOTES MATH, V648, P97
    RICHTER GR, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V36, P375
    RICHTER GR, 1981, SIAM J APPL MATH, V41, P210
    VAINIKKO E, 1992, ACTA COMM U TARTUENS, V937, P90
    VAINIKKO E, 1993, Z ANAL ANGW, V12, P327
    YEH WWG, 1986, WATER RESOUR RES, V22, P95
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 1999
 VL 104
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 14
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 210ME
 UT ISI:000081108600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
 TI Error estimation of Hermite spectral method for nonlinear partial
    differential equations
 SO MATHEMATICS OF COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Hermite approximation; Burgers equation; error estimations
 ID DOMAINS
 AB Hermite approximation is investigated. Some inverse inequalities,
    imbedding inequalities and approximation results are obtained. A
    Hermite spectral scheme is constructed for Burgers equation. The
    stability and convergence of the proposed scheme are proved strictly.
    The techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other
    nonlinear problems in unbounded domains.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Pohang 790784, South Korea.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BLACK K, UNPUB SPECTRAL ELEME
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, 1965, RR SUST
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    IRANZO V, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V98, P105
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MAVRIPLIS C, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V80, P480
    NESSEL RJ, APPROXIMATION THEORY, V2, P479
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    WEIDEMAN JAC, 1992, NUMER MATH, V61, P409
 NR 18
 TC 20
 SN 0025-5718
 J9 MATH COMPUT
 JI Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 68
 IS 227
 BP 1067
 EP 1078
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 209PV
 UT ISI:000081057700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Wang, JX
    Yu, BC
    Cai, RF
    Huang, ZE
    Zhang, JM
 TI Preparation and structural characterization of star-shaped
    C-60-p-methylstyrene copolymers
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE fullerenes; polymers; chemical synthesis; infrared spectroscopy; X-ray
    diffraction
 ID POLYMER-SUBSTITUTED FULLERENES; ELECTROCHEMICAL DETECTION; C-60;
    BUCKMINSTERFULLERENE; <60>FULLERENE; CHEMISTRY; STYRENE; C60;
    PARAMAGNETISM; FLAGELLENES
 AB Highly soluble star-shaped C-60-p-methylstyrene copolymers with
    different C-60 contents were prepared in the toluene-tetrahydrofuran
    mixed solvents. The average number of grafted polymer chains onto the
    [60]fullerene was approximately between 1 and 4. Covalent attachment of
    C-60 to the terminal of active n-butyl-terminated poly(p-methylstyrene)
    (PPMS) backbone modified greatly the physical and chemical properties
    of the parent polymer. Its thermal stability and absorption degree at
    longer wavelengths were apparently enhanced. Interestingly, unlike pure
    PPMS polymer without paramagnetism, there are two kinds of paramagnetic
    species in the copolymer. This paramagnetic phenomenon can be
    interpreted most logically as being associated with a full charge
    transfer from a PMS unit of grafted chains to the C-60 core. First, if
    upon addition of the C-60 core an electron is transferred from the
    nearby PMS unit, then both would be in doublet states, which couple to
    give a close-lying singlet and triplet. The effect of C-60 chemical
    modification on the morphological structure and the X-ray diffraction
    structure of the parent polymer are also discussed. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPS X, 1997, CHEM-EUR J, V3, P561
    CHEN Y, 1995, POLYM BULL, V35, P705
    CHEN Y, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V61, P2185
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V34, P3297
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    CHEN Y, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P239
    CHEN Y, 1996, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V26, P3699
    CHEN Y, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P291
    CHEN Y, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P823
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P137
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P1755
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P421
    CHEN Y, 1998, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V36, P2653
    DUBOIS D, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P4364
    DUBOIS D, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P7773
    EDERLE Y, 1997, MACROMOLECULES, V30, P2546
    FAGAN PJ, 1992, CARBON, V30, P1213
    FAGAN PJ, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P9697
    FISHER JE, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1725
    FUJIMOTO T, 1965, J POLYM SCI A, V3, P2259
    GILMAN H, 1964, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V2, P447
    GUERRA G, 1991, POLYM COMMUN, V32, P430
    HIGASHI H, 1961, MAKROMOL CHEM, V43, P245
    HIRSCH A, 1992, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V31, P766
    HIRSCH A, 1993, CHEM BER, V126, P1061
    ISAACS L, 1993, HELV CHIM ACTA, V76, P1231
    JEHOULET C, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P5456
    JEHOULET C, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P4237
    KAWAMURA T, 1982, MAKROMOL CHEM, V183, P153
    KRATSCHMER W, 1990, NATURE, V347, P354
    MARSHALL GL, 1985, EUR POLYM J, V21, P949
    MILLIKEN J, 1991, CHEM MATER, V3, P386
    OHSAWA Y, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0515, P781
    PRATO M, 1997, J MATER CHEM, V7, P1097
    RASINKANGAS M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P4901
    SAMULSKI ET, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P1153
    STEWART C, 1996, CHEM COMMUN, P1383
    SUBRAMANIAN R, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P16327
    SUN YP, 1996, MACROMOLECULES, V29, P8441
    TADOKORO H, 1959, B CHEM SOC JPN, V32, P313
    WIGNALL GD, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P6000
 NR 41
 TC 2
 SN 0022-3697
 J9 J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS
 JI J. Phys. Chem. Solids
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 7
 BP 949
 EP 956
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 208DZ
 UT ISI:000080976100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Liu, RD
    Huang, TH
    Cao, J
 TI Facile syntheses of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranones and
    methyl 4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranones; methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES; PHOSPHONIUM; CHEMISTRY; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of
    (alpha-furoyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1) with methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2 at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-2-triphenylphospknoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-buteno
    ates (3) in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-6-phyranones (4) and methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates (5) were obtained in
    high yield by hydrolysis of these phosphoranes (3) with hot aqueous
    methanol. The butenoates (5) were isolated chromatographically as
    mixtures of Z and E isomers, the ratios of which were estimated by H-1
    NMR Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 3, 4 and 5. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUN 4
 PY 1999
 VL 95
 IS 1-2
 BP 135
 EP 140
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 207JZ
 UT ISI:000080934900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, J
    Zhu, XH
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effect of the interdiffusion reaction on the compatibility in PZT PNN
    functionally gradient piezoelectric materials
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON COMPONENTS AND PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES
 DT Article
 DE activation energy; diffusivity; distribution profile; FGM;
    interdiffusion couple
 AB The interfacial diffusion reaction Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3 (PNN) and
    Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 (PZT) phases in functionally gradient materials (FGM) has
    been investigated as a function of sintering temperature and time,
    respectively. The compositional distribution profiles of the
    interaction region were examined by electron probe microbeam analysis
    (EPMA). According to the diffusion model, the concentration
    distribution profiles were simulated by way of numerical approaches.
    The diffusivity and activation energy for Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+
    ions have been estimated. The results were discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHAWLA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO, CH4
    JINPIN L, 1989, CHINESE J MAT SCI, V4
    SHEWMON PB, 1963, DIFFUSION SOLIDS, CH1
    TAKAHASHI H, 1990, JSME INT J 1, V33
    XINHUA Z, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 1521-3331
 J9 IEEE TRANS COMPON PACKAGING T
 JI IEEE Trans. Compon. Packaging Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 16
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 209DD
 UT ISI:000081031900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kong, KH
    Cheung, PCH
    Lu, HQ
    Cheng, KS
 TI Inflation in Bianchi type-IX Einstein-Cartan cosmological model
 SO ASTROPHYSICS AND SPACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ANISOTROPIC COSMOLOGIES; PRIMORDIAL SHEAR; UNIVERSE; TORSION; SPIN
 AB Within the framework of Einstein-Cartan theory with Weyssenhoff fluid,
    we investigate an inflation model for an anisotropic Bianchi type-IX
    cosmological model. The system of field equations is solved numerically
    and an inflation epoch is achieved. The general condition for the
    inflation to occur is also discussed. This anisotropic model evolves
    quickly towards to an isotropic one.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Oxford, Dept Astrophys, Nucl & Astrophys Lab, Oxford OX1 3RH, England.
 RP Kong, KH, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARROW JD, 1981, NATURE, V292, P35
    BRANDENBERGER RH, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P1
    CARTAN E, 1985, MANIFOLD AFFINE CONN
    DEMIANSKI M, 1984, NATURE, V307, P140
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    GOENNER H, 1984, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V1, P651
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    HENRIQUES AB, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V256, P359
    JENSEN LG, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P931
    LINDE AD, 1984, REP PROG PHYS, V47, P925
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    ROTHMAN T, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P256
    ROTHMAN T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V180, P19
    STEIGMAN G, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V128, P295
    TSAMPARLIS M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P27
    TSOUBELIS D, 1979, PHYS REV D, V20, P3004
    TURNER MS, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2237
    WALD RM, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2118
    ZARDECKI A, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P718
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0004-640X
 J9 ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI
 JI Astrophys. Space Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 260
 IS 4
 BP 521
 EP 529
 PG 9
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 207RG
 UT ISI:000080922200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI New method for effective viscosity of colloidal dispersions with
    periodic microstructures
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE colloidal dispersion; effective viscosity; suspension; emulsion
 ID EFFECTIVE SHEAR VISCOSITY; CONCENTRATED DISPERSIONS; VOLUME FRACTION;
    SPHERES; SUSPENSION; LATTICE; FLOW
 AB One of the central theoretical problems in the colloid field is to
    determine the rheological relation between the macroscopic properties
    of colloidal suspensions and the microstructures of the systems. In
    this work, the authors develop a method of transformation field by
    which one call calculate the effective viscosity of an incompressible:
    viscous fluid containing colloidal particles (either solid particles:
    or liquid drops) fixed at the points of a periodic lattice. The
    effective viscosity of a colloidal dispersion of spherical particles is
    calculated. The predictions of the theory are in good agreement with
    the Einstein's formula for suspensions and the Taylor's formula for
    emulsions at low particle concentrations. At higher particle
    concentrations, the theory reproduces the results of Nunan and Keller.
    The method is also applicable to the viscosity of colloidal systems
    with non-spherical particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 CR BATCHELOR GK, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V56, P401
    BATCHELOR GK, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P97
    BEDEAUX D, 1977, PHYSICA            A, V88, P88
    BEDEAUX D, 1983, PHYSICA A, V121, P345
    CHOW TS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P1977
    DEKRUIF CG, 1985, J CHEM PHYS, V83, P4717
    EINSTEIN A, 1906, ANN PHYS LEIPAIG, V19, P288
    EINSTEIN A, 1911, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V34, P591
    ESHELBY JD, 1957, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V241, P376
    FREED KF, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V76, P6187
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    KANDYRIN LB, 1992, ADV POLYM SCI, V103, P103
    KRIEGER IM, 1972, ADV COLLOID INTERFAC, V3, P111
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    MELLEMA J, 1983, PHYSICA A, V122, P268
    MUTHUKUMAR M, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V76, P6195
    NAGATANI T, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P320
    NEMATNASSER S, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    NUNAN KC, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V142, P269
    PETERSON JM, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P2516
    RAYLEIGH JW, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    TAYLOR GI, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V138, P41
    VANDERWERFF JC, 1989, J RHEOL, V33, P421
    ZICK AA, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V115, P13
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 148
 EP 157
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 208NK
 UT ISI:000080997800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Hoffman, AS
 TI Grafting copolymerization of polyethylene glycol methacrylate (PEGMA)
    onto preirradiated PP films
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 ID PEO GRADIENT SURFACES; PROTEIN ADSORPTION; PLATELET-ADHESION;
    PREVENTION; COATINGS
 AB Polyethylene glycol methacrylate (PEGMA) with different polyethylene
    oxide units were grafted onto polypropylene (PP) films by a
    preirradiation grafting method. The effect of co-solvent system on the
    degree of grafting and water contact angle were determined,
    respectively. The grafted sample films were verified by Fourier
    Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy in the attenuated total
    reflectance mode (ATR). The biocompatibility and blood compatibility of
    the grafted PP films were evaluated by the determination of protein
    adsorption, platelet adsorption and thrombus.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
    Univ Washington, Ctr Bioengn, Seattle, WA 98159 USA.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiadiang Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIJI M, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P682
    ANDRADE JD, 1987, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V33, P75
    BAIER RE, 1970, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V16, P50
    DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HADDADIASL V, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V45, P191
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, ADV CHEM SER, V199, P3
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IKADA Y, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P1207
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    LEE JH, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES, V23, P351
    LEE JH, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P455
    LEE JH, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V34, P105
    NIIO YC, 1993, POLYMER, V17, P433
    SUN YH, 1986, J BIOACT COMPAT POL, V1, P316
    WILSON JE, 1977, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V11, P2113
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 240
 IS 3
 BP 943
 EP 948
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 207HR
 UT ISI:000080931900039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI A new uniqueness theorem of the linear thermo-elastic dynamics on
    unbounded domains
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE linear thermo-elasticity; initial boundary value problem; unique
 ID ENERGY
 AB In the present paper, the uniqueness of the solution to the initial
    boundary value problem of the linear thermo-elastic dynamics on
    unbounded domains is obtained under less restrictive conditions,
    including abandoning the positive semi-definiteness of the elasticity
    tensor and boundness of the material tensor and restrictions on the
    acoustic tensor and the coupled tensor, and the results in [1] are
    refined. The conclusion here is valid for the case on bounded domains
    and the linear elastic dynamics on unbounded domains, hence the results
    in [2 similar to 4] are refined too. Abandoning the positive
    semi-definiteness of elasticity tensor permits that the uniqueness of
    the kinetic process is still valid for deformation of the wider
    materials, especially for the case that there are phase-transition
    during deformation process provided that the constitutive equations are
    unchanged in forms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1987, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V100, P13
    CARBONARO B, 1984, J ELASTICITY, V14, P163
    CARBONARO B, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V17, P85
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1984, J TECHN PHYS, V25, P345
    ERICKSEN JL, 1975, J ELASTICITY, V5, P191
    SHERIEF HH, 1980, J THERMAL STRESSES, V3, P223
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 62
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 206VX
 UT ISI:000080902000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YS
    Ma, JH
    Liu, ZR
 TI The state space reconstruction technology of different kinds of chaotic
    data obtained from dynamical system
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear chaotic data; embedding space matrix; eigenvalue and
    eigenvector; state space reconstruction
 ID TIME-SERIES; INFORMATION; ATTRACTORS
 AB Certain deterministic nonlinear systems may show chaotic behavior. We
    consider the motion of qualitative information and the practicalities
    of extracting a part from chaotic experimental data. Our approach based
    on a theorem of Takens draws on the ideas from the generalized theory
    of information known as singular system analysis. We illustrate this
    technique by numerical data from the chaotic region of the chaotic
    experimental data. The method of the singular-value decomposition is
    used to calculate the eigenvalues of embedding space matrix. The
    corresponding concrete algorithm to calculate eigenvectors and to
    obtain the basis of embedding vector space is proposed in this paper.
    The projection on the orthogonal basis generated by eigenvectors of
    timeseries data and concrete paradigm are also provided here. Meanwhile
    the state space reconstruction technology of different kinds of chaotic
    data obtained from dynamical system has also been discussed in detail.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YS, Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALDANO AM, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3017
    BROOMHEAD DS, 1986, PHYSICA D, V20, P217
    CASDAGLI M, 1991, PHYSICA D, V51, P52
    FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134
    FRASER AM, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P391
    GIBSON JF, 1992, PHYSICA D, V57, P1
    JUNHAI M, 1997, THESIS TIANJIAN U CH
    LIEBERT W, 1988, PHYS LETT, V142, P101
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH, V19, P481
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1033
    MEES AI, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P340
    PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712
    PALUS M, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P203
    TAKENS F, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V898, P366
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 82
 EP 92
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 206VX
 UT ISI:000080902000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, B
    Li, CZ
 TI Production and characterization of nanocrystalline SnO2 films on Al2O3
    agglomerates by CVD in a fluidized bed
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chemical vapor deposition; fluidization; ultrafine particle
 AB In this paper, nanocrystalline SnO2 films an coated on ultrafine Al2O3
    particles by hydrolyzing SnCl4 vapor using fluidization chemical vapor
    deposition (FCVD) technology. The morphology and distribution of SnO2
    films in Al2O3 agglomerates as well as on ultrafine Al2O3 particles are
    determined by means of X-ray diffraction (XRD), EPMA, high resolution
    electron microscopy (HREM) etc. The results show that nanocrystalline
    SnO2 films are deposited uniformly throughout the whole agglomerate if
    Al2O3 agglomerates are fluidized and the films are made up of both
    amorphous SnO2 and 6-10 nm crystallites on the surfaces of ultrafine
    Al2O3 particles under different coating conditions. FCVD can be
    developed into a competitive method for surface modification of
    ultrafine particles. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, B, Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, POB 233,Yanchang Rd 149,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GU Y, 1992, J E CHINA U CHEM TEC, V18, P506
    HUA B, 1994, J E CHINA U SCI TECH, V20, P290
    HUA B, 1994, J E CHINA U SCI TECH, V20, P294
    ITON H, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P43
    MAUDES JS, 1980, THIN SOLID FILMS, V69, P183
    MOROOKA S, 1988, J CHEM ENG JPN, V21, P41
    NAGANO M, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V67, P639
    YAO J, 1990, J E CHINA U CHEM TEC, V16, P249
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 1999
 VL 59
 IS 2
 BP 130
 EP 135
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 203NV
 UT ISI:000080714500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YH
    Huang, SP
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation study of MgO crystal
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES; MGSIO3 PEROVSKITE
 AB Molecular dynamics simulation of MgO crystal at different temperature
    and pressure was carried out by suing the shell model of ionic
    polarizability. The prediction of thermal expansion is in good
    agreement with the experiment. The heat capacity has been calculated
    with a semi-classical approximate method. The calculated values are
    less than the experimental data because the anharmonic effect and
    quantum correlation were not taken into account. The changes of
    transverse-optic and longitudinal-optic modes with the compression
    ration are also calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLAN NL, 1987, ADV CERAM, V23, P257
    ANDERSON OL, 1990, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V19, P69
    BORN M, 1954, DYNAMICAL THEORY CRY
    BUSH TS, 1994, J MATER CHEM, V4, P831
    FINCHAM D, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P393
    LEWIS GV, 1985, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V18, P1140
    MAO HK, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P4533
    MATSUI M, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P489
    MITCHELL PJ, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P1031
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    WEI Q, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P834
    WINKLER B, 1992, PHYS CHEM MINER, V18, P407
    ZHOU LX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P444
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 235
 EP 237
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 203MT
 UT ISI:000080712000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
 TI A nonlinear Galerkin method with variable modes for
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Kuramoto-Sivaskinsky equation; nonlinear Galerkin method;
    approximation; convergence
 ID GLOBAL DYNAMICAL PROPERTIES
 AB This article proposes a kind of nonlinear Galerkin methods with
    variable modes for the long-term integration of Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    equation. It consists of finding an appropriate or best number of modes
    in the correction of the method. Convergence results and error
    estimates are derived for this method. Numerical examples show also the
    efficiency and advantage of our method over the usual nonlinear
    Galerkin method and the classical Galerkin method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    FOIAS C, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P157
    FOIAS C, 1988, MATH MODELLING NUMER, V22, P93
    MARION M, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1139
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    NICOLAENKO B, 1989, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V14, P245
    TEMAM R, 1989, MATH MODEL NUMER ANA, V3, P541
    TEMAM R, 1989, P 11 INT C NUM METH
    TEMAN R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TEMAN R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V2, P145
    YANG ZH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P20
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 243
 EP 256
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 201MN
 UT ISI:000080599400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, GQ
    Liu, JX
 TI A kind of implicit iterative methods for ill-posed operator equations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE ill-posed equation; implicit iterative method; control parameter;
    discrepamcy principle; optimal convergence rate
 ID TIKHONOV REGULARIZATION; PARAMETER CHOICE; HILBERT SCALES
 AB In this paper we propose a kind of implicit iterative methods for
    solving ill-posed operator equations and discuss the properties of the
    methods in the case that the control parameter is fixed. The
    theoretical results show that the new methods have certain important
    features and can overcome some disadvantages of Tikhonov-type
    regularization and explicit iterative methods. Numerical examples are
    also given in the paper, which coincide well with theoretical results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAUMEISTER J, 1987, STABLE SOLUTION INVE
    BRAKHAGE H, 1987, INVERSE ILL POSED PR, P165
    GROETSCH CW, 1984, THEORY TIKHONOV REGU
    GROETSCH CW, 1989, J APPROX THEORY, V58, P184
    HAGEMAN LA, 1981, APPL ITERATIVE METHO
    HANKE M, 1991, NUMER MATH, V60, P341
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V38, P356
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V38, P356
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V7, P76
    KING JT, 1979, NUMER FUNCT ANAL OPT, V1, P499
    LANDWEBER L, 1951, AM J MATH, V73, P615
    LUAN WG, 1989, INVERSE PROBLEMS GEO
    MOROZOV A, 1966, SOV MATH DOKL, V7, P414
    NATTERER F, 1984, APPL ANAL, V18, P29
    NEMIROVSKIY AS, 1984, ENG CYBERN, V22, P1
    NEUBAUER A, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P1313
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTION ILL POSED P
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 284
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 201MN
 UT ISI:000080599400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
 TI Extinction of population-size-dependent branching processes in random
    environments
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE stochastic population models; Markov chains in random environments;
    extinction probabilities
 AB We generalize a population-size-dependent branching process to a more
    general branching model called the population-size-dependent branching
    process in random environments. For the model where {Zn}(n greater than
    or equal to 0) is associated with the stationary environment <(xi)over
    bar> = {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0), let B = {omega :
    Z(n)(omega) = 0 for some n}, and q(<(xi)over bar>) = P(B \ <(xi)over
    bar>, Z(0) = 1). The result is that P(q(<(xi)over bar>) = 1) is either
    1 or 0, and sufficient conditions for certain extinction (i.e.
    P(q(<(xi)over bar>) = 1) = 1) and for non-certain extinction (i.e.
    P(q(<(xi)over bar>) < 1) = 1) are obtained for the model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    SMITH WL, 1969, ANN MATH STAT, V40, P814
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
 NR 5
 TC 5
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 146
 EP 154
 PG 9
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA 202WX
 UT ISI:000080676100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI The quantum behavior of an electron in a uniform magnetic field
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE probability current density; uniform magnetic field; symmetric gauge;
    classical correspondence
 AB The total probability current of an electron in a uniform magnetic
    field is calculated in the symmetric gauge. Even though the eigen
    motion of the electron in this gauge is similar to the classical orbit
    motion, the total probability current is found to be equal to zero when
    the canonical angular momentum is less than zero. The reason is that in
    this case, the origin of the coordinate system lies outside the
    circular orbit of corresponding classical motion, in addition to the
    absence of radial component of the probability current density because
    of the indeterminacy of the location of the orbit center. (C) 1999
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ARFKEN G, 1985, MATH METHODS PHYSICI, P726
    BALLENTINE LE, 1990, QUANTUM MECH, P216
    CAPRI AZ, 1985, NONRELATIVISTIC QUAN, P457
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECHANICS, P456
    PAGE L, 1930, PHYS REV, V36, P444
    STONE M, 1992, QUANTUM HALL EFFECT
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 269
 IS 1
 BP 22
 EP 27
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 200KG
 UT ISI:000080538400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SR
    Luo, J
    Leonardi, F
    Lipo, TA
 TI A comparison of power density for axial flux machines based on general
    purpose sizing equations
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRICAL MACHINES; DESIGN
 AB Based on the concept of the converter fed machine (CFM), an optimal
    machine design can be considered as the best match of the machine
    topology, the power electronic converter and the performance
    specification. To compare power production potential of axial flux
    machines with various topologies, different waveforms of back emf and
    current, general purpose sizing and power density equations for such
    machines are needed. In this paper, a general approach is presented to
    develop and to interpret these equations. Sample applications of the
    sizing and power density equations are utilized to compare the axial
    flux toroidal permanent magnet (AFTPM) machine and the axial flux
    two-stator permanent magnet (AF2SPM) machine.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    McCleer Power Inc, Jackson, MI 49203 USA.
    Univ Wisconsin, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
 RP Huang, SR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, 147 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPBELL P, 1974, P I ELECTR ENG, V121, P1489
    CARICCHI F, 1994, IEEE IAS ANN M DENV, P254
    CHAN CC, 1987, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V2, P294
    DOTE Y, 1990, BRUSHLESS SERVOMOTOR
    HUANG S, 1996, IEEE IND APPLIC SOC, P836
    JENSEN CC, 1992, IEEE T IND APPL, V28, P646
    LI Y, 1995, THESIS U WISCONSIN M
    LIPO TA, 1984, IEEE T IND APPL, V20, P834
    LIPO TA, 1995, IPEC 95 JAP APR 3 7, P1
    SPOONER E, 1988, P INT C EL MACH, V3, P81
 NR 10
 TC 7
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 191
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA 199CP
 UT ISI:000080462000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, QN
 TI Coupled-local-mode theory and study of optical properties of a Gaussian
    fiber grating
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID BRAGG GRATINGS; PHASE GRATINGS; FILTERS; PERIOD
 AB A coupled-local-mode theory is presented for a nonuniform fiber grating
    with slowly varying background induced-index change. On this basis the
    transmission spectrum of a Gaussian fiber grating is calculated, and
    the underlying physical mechanism is studied in detail. (C) 1999
    Optical Society of America [S0740-3232(99)02306-6].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, QN, Shanghai Univ, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENNION I, 1996, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V28, P93
    BORN M, 1959, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    CAMPBELL RJ, 1994, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V9, P33
    ERDOGAN T, 1996, J OPT SOC AM A, V13, P296
    ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    ERDOGAN T, 1997, J OPT SOC AM A, V14, P1760
    FONJALLAZ PY, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P371
    HILL KO, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P647
    HUANG HC, 1998, MICROWAVE APPROACH H
    KASHYAP R, 1994, OPT FIBRE TECHNOL, V1, P17
    KASHYAP R, 1997, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V11, P87
    LAM DKW, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P440
    LANDAU LD, 1980, QUANTUM MECH
    MARCUSE D, 1991, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    MELTZ G, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P823
    MIZRAHI V, 1993, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V11, P1513
    POLADIAN L, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P4758
    SIPE JE, 1994, J OPT SOC AM A, V11, P1307
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    VENGSARKAR AM, 1996, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V14, P58
    ZHAO YY, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P154
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0740-3232
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 1312
 EP 1325
 PG 14
 SC Optics
 GA 198YQ
 UT ISI:000080452500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI General Bernoulli equation for rotational flow in rotor
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a general Bernoulli equation is formulated in terms of
    three Clebsch-type variables for unsteady compressible rotational flow
    in turbomachine aerodynamics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1991, 3 INT C INV DES OPT, P337
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 18
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 196WU
 UT ISI:000080331500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Treatment shocks in transonic aerodynamics in the meshless method Part
    I: Lagrange multiplier approach
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE meshless method; variational principle; transonic flow
 ID FREE GALERKIN METHODS; FLUID-MECHANICS
 AB The meshless method, which is mainly based on moving least-squares
    approximation, has features which make it highly attractive for
    simulating problems containing discontinuities (such as material
    discontinuities, shocks, and inverse problems). By using the meshless
    method, the trial and test functions for variational functional are
    constructed with moving least-square interpolants. The Rankine-Hogoniot
    shock relations are imposed at the variational level by the Lagrange
    multipliers. Treatment of the shocks is discussed as well as accurate
    treatment of the unknown discontinuities of shocks has been emphasized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1995, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V32, P2547
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    LISZKA TJ, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P263
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V21, P901
    LIU WK, 1996, ARCH COMPUTATIONAL M, V3, P3
    ONATE E, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P315
 NR 10
 TC 10
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 25
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 196WU
 UT ISI:000080331500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
 TI Revisiting the state transition frequency formula
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE supplementary variable technique; VMP method; state transition counting
    process; transition frequency formula; fluid model
 AB In this paper, we give a new proof of the transition frequency formula
    for the state transition counting process in a vector Markov process
    (VMP). The formula was first presented by the author in the early
    eighties. We also derive the absorbing distribution, the renewal
    distribution and the entering probability formulas from the formula. As
    an application, we use derived results to reduce the analysis of a
    fluid model with random disruptions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN H, 1992, OPER RES, V40, S324
    COX DR, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V51, P313
    NEUTS MF, 1957, J APPL PROBAB, V17, P764
    NEUTS MF, 1975, LIBER AMICORUM PROF, P173
    PYKE R, 1961, ANN MATH STAT, V32, P1231
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P101
    SHI DH, 1990, ANN OPERAT RES, V24, P185
    SHI DH, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P1009
    WIDDER DV, 1946, LAPLACE TRANSFORM
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 1999
 VL 87
 BP 305
 EP 317
 PG 13
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 197DK
 UT ISI:000080349200021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Hybrid problems of determining unknown shape of bladings in
    compressible S2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery via variational
    technique
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; blades; inverse problems
 AB Using the semi-inverse method proposed by the present author, a family
    of variational principle for direct problem of S2-flow in mixed-flow
    turbomachinery is obtained; then, applying the functional variation
    with variable domain, two families of variational principles are
    established for the hybrid problems of determining the unknown shape of
    bladings, where pressure or velocity is over-specified. The present
    variational models are well posed for redundant data at boundaries. The
    theory provides both rational ways for best contouring the hub/casing
    walls to meet various practical design requirements and a theoretical
    basis for introducing the finite element method into computational
    aerodynamics of turbomachinery.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15
    LIU GL, 1997, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V69, P527
    LIU X, 1995, MULT SCLER, V1, P2
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 1999
 VL 71
 IS 2
 BP 154
 EP 159
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 195JN
 UT ISI:000080247200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear behavior of electromagnetic waves on surface of
    antiferromagnet
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnet; nonlinear wave; surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB The properties of the nonlinear TM waves on the interface between a
    dielectric and an antiferromagnet are studied. The relationship between
    the field components of TM wave is discussed in detail, and the
    dispersion characteristics as well as the position of the peak field
    are exposed. The theoretical analysis shows that for the nonlinear TM
    waves there exist passband(s) and stopband(s) which can be switched
    into each other by varying the power. II is revealed that, in the case
    of epsilon(1)>epsilon(2), the nonlinear TM waves on the interface are
    backward surface waves with the group and phase velocities opposite.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P120
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG KCP, 1996, INTERFACES, V26, P77
    WANG Q, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P160
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 310
 EP 318
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 193FQ
 UT ISI:000080125600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, MH
    Cheng, CJ
    Liu, GN
    Shen, YP
 TI The analysis of crack problems with non-local elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE crack; boundary integral equation (BIM); boundary element method (BEM);
    non-local elasticity; fundamental solution
 ID NONLOCAL ELASTICITY; DISLOCATION
 AB In this pager, the displacement discontinuity fundamental solutions (
    DDFS) corresponding to the unit concentrated displacement discontinuity
    for plane problems of non-local elasticity are obtained. Based on the
    displacement discontinuity boundary integral equation (DDBIE) and
    boundary element method (BEM), a method of analysis of crack problems
    in non-local elasticity with generalized purpose is proposed. By using
    this method, several important problems in fracture mechanics such as
    edge crack are studied. The study of edge crack shows that the stress
    concentration factor (SCF) near the crack tip is not a constant but
    varies with the crack length. With this result the effect of crack
    length on the fracture roughness K (I c) is studied. The results
    obtained in this paper are in accordance with the published ones.
 C1 Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, MH, Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1986, GB639486
    CHENG PS, 1992, ACTA MECH SINICA, V24, P329
    CROUCH SL, 1976, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V10, P301
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, INT J ENG SCI, V15, P177
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V25, P339
    ERINGEN AC, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P211
    ERINGEN AC, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P6811
    ERINGEN AC, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2675
    ERINGEN AC, 1992, INT J ENG SCI, V10, P223
    GAO J, 1989, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P289
    HU SH, 1991, P 6 NAT C FRACT C HA, P262
    ILCEWICZ L, 1981, ENG FRACT MECH, V14, P801
    LI QF, 1985, ENG FRACT MECH, V22, P9
    RAMABRAHAM B, 1985, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V16, P661
    SHAH RC, 1974, ASTM STP, V560, P29
    SIH GC, 1973, MECH FRACTURE M, V1
    WANG R, 1989, SCI CHINA, V34, P1056
    YU JL, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P485
    ZHAO MH, 1994, ENG ANAL, V13, P333
    ZHAO MH, 1995, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V8, P42
    ZHAO TS, 1985, J HUAZHONG CENTRAL C, V13, P47
    ZHAO YS, 1987, P INT C FRACT FRACT, P206
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 153
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 193CZ
 UT ISI:000080119400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Ming, NB
 TI Configurations of ferroelectric domains in bismuth- and zinc-modified
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; ELECTRON-MICROSCOPY; BATIO3; SYSTEM
 AB Transmission electron microscopy was used to investigate the domain
    structures of the
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(0.2)(ZrsigmaTi1-sigma)(0.8)O-3 (0.30
    less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to 0.70) ceramics, which
    are located in the ferroelectric tetragonal and rhombohedral phase
    regions, and also near the morphotropic phase boundary (MPB). The
    results show that the lamellar twinning domains and the delta-fringe
    contrast are most frequently observed in the compositions located in
    the ferroelectrc tetragonal phase region. In the compositions near the
    MPB, a banded domain structure similar to herringbone pattern is
    observed, which contains many parallel bands forming 90 degrees or 70
    degrees angles whereas they are inconsistent with one another on both
    sides of the herringbone domain patterns. The morphology of the
    herringbone domain structure observed in the bismuth- and zinc-modified
    PNN-PZ-PT ceramics with composition near the MPB can be described by a
    space-stacking succession of two crystallographically equivalent plates
    whereas made from different twin-related domains, with the same habit
    plane parallel to the (0.11)-type plane. In the compositions located in
    the rhombohedral phase region, the stripelike domains are observed, and
    a local random contrast representing short-range-ordered 'island'-typed
    polar clusters or nanodomains is also found, which is attributed to the
    existence of the polar microregions with the dispersed nanometer-sized
    short-range-ordered domains in the rhombohedral matrix, because the
    free energy of the ensemble of the polar microregion is lowered, and
    the relative thermodynamic stability is increased with increasing the
    content ratio of Zr to Ti. In addition, the wavy character in the
    thickness fringe is commonly observed at the fringe of thin foil, which
    is due to continuous bending of the thin foil at various equivalent
    directions. (C) 1999 Klumer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARISTOV VV, 1983, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V78, P229
    ARLT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BRADT RC, 1969, J AM CERAM SOC, V52, P192
    DEDERICHS H, 1986, FERROELECTRICS, V68, P281
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    GOO EKW, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2940
    HU YH, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P594
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KING G, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P1534
    MAFFITT KN, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P3878
    OUCHI H, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P630
    PARK BM, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P3193
    RANDALL CA, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P925
    YOON MS, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3991
    ZHANG QM, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6445
    ZHU HX, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1995, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
    ZHU XH, 1998, FERROELECTRICS, V215, P265
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1533
 EP 1541
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 190DJ
 UT ISI:000079946500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LS
    Gao, F
    Zhu, WX
 TI Nonlinear integer programming and global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; global minimization problem; Branch-Bound algorithm
 AB Various approaches have been developed for solving a variety of
    continuous global optimization problems. But up to now, less work has
    been devoted to solving nonlinear integer programming problems due to
    the inherent difficulty. This paper manages to transform the general
    nonlinear integer programming problem into an "equivalent" special
    continuous global minimization problem. Thus any effective global
    optimization algorithm can be used to solve nonlinear integer
    programming problems. This result will also promote the research on
    global optimization. We present an interval Branch-and-Bound algorithm.
    Numerical experiments show that this approach is efficient.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON HP, 1990, ANN OPER RES, V25, P243
    CHICHINADZE VK, 1991, COMP MATH MATH PHYS+, V30, P170
    CONLEY W, 1980, COMPUTER OPTIMIZATIO
    GAREY MR, 1979, COMPUTER INTRACTABIL
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P39
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    KAN AHG, 1988, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    NUMHAAUSER GL, 1988, INTEGER COMBINATORIA
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, E HORWOOD SERIES MAT
    SCHRIJVER A, 1986, THEORY LINEAR INTEGE
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 179
 EP 190
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 190JB
 UT ISI:000079958400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI Application of Maple V to the nonlinear vibration analysis of circular
    plate with variable thickness
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear vibration; circular plate with variable thickness; computer
    algebra systems method
 ID NON-LINEAR VIBRATION; RECTANGULAR-PLATES; SHALLOW SHELLS
 AB This paper is concerned with the application of Maple V to the
    nonlinear vibration problems of circular plates with variable
    thickness. In this paper, the nonlinear equations of plates of variable
    thickness to the dynamic case can be solved by using the computer
    algebra systems method. Details of solution expressions and numerical
    results are given in computer algebra systems forms, for two kinds of
    boundary conditions, which are the clamped edge and the supported edge.
    The numerical results show that the solutions of the paper contain
    other cases when the plates are of uniform thickness. The effect of
    various thickness parameters has been investigated in detail. In
    addition, a Runge-Kutta method is used to solve the free vibration and
    the maximum deflection response to a uniformly distributed step load of
    plates with variable thickness. It is shown that the adoption of
    variable thickness plate would be useful in engineering design. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AI, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V43, P119
    BHUSHAN B, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V18, P263
    BISWAS P, 1984, J INDIAN I SCI, V65, P29
    CHANG WP, 1986, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V21, P375
    CHIA CY, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V101, P539
    CHU HN, 1956, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V23, P532
    DUMIR PC, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P253
    GANDHI M, 1988, T ASME, V110, P140
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT, V43, P181
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    ISAKHANOV GV, 1985, PROBL PROCHN, V11, P74
    LI D, 1990, APPL MATH MECH, V11, P13
    MEI C, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P1104
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1986, J SOUND VIBR, V110, P261
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P130
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    WAH T, 1963, INT J MECH SCI, V5, P425
    WANG XX, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V86, P73
    YAMAKI N, 1961, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V41, P501
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
    YE ZM, 1998, COMPUT METH APPL MEC, V163, P384
 NR 22
 TC 4
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 71
 IS 5
 BP 481
 EP 488
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA 191WD
 UT ISI:000080043800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Liu, ZR
 TI p dissipative operator
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; ADJOINT HILLS OPERATORS; POTENTIALS
 AB In this paper the authors prove that the generalized positive p
    selfadjoint (GPpS) operators in Banach space satisfy the generalized
    Schwarz inequality, solve the maximal dissipative extension
    representation of p dissipative operators in Banach space by using the
    inequality and introducing the generalized indefinite inner product
    (GIIP) space, and apply the result to a certain type of Schrodinger
    operator.
 C1 Jiangsu Uni Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Uni Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang
    212013, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOINE JP, 1981, ADV MATH, V41, P281
    BERKSON E, 1975, T AM MATH SOC, V116, P376
    BONGAR L, 1974, ERGEB MATH GRENZGEB, V78
    BRANGES LD, 1988, J FUNCT ANAL, V81, P219
    CHANG SS, 1997, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V20, P219
    CRANDALL MG, 1968, J FUNCT ANAL, V2, P147
    FAULKNER GD, 1977, ROCKY MOUNTAIN J MAT, V7, P789
    FLEMING RJ, 1976, T AM MATH SOC, V217, P87
    GILES JR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V129, P436
    GODEFROY G, 1991, J FUNCT ANAL, V98, P229
    HALMOS PR, 1967, HILBERT SPACE PROBLE
    HAYASHI N, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P823
    HELFFER B, 1988, LECT NOTE MATH, V1336
    HERRERO DA, 1991, B LOND MATH SOC, V23, P513
    HERRERO DA, 1992, J OPERAT THEOR, V28, P93
    KUKSIN SB, 1996, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V178, P265
    LANGER H, 1984, LECT NOTES MATH, V948, P1
    LUMER G, 1961, PAC J MATH, V11, P679
    LUMER G, 1961, T AM MATH SOC, V100, P29
    LUMER G, 1962, B AM MATH SOC, V68, P28
    NATH B, 1971, MATH J OKAYANA U, V15, P1
    OLSEN PA, 1995, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V20, P2005
    OLUBUMMO A, 1965, J MATH MECH, V14, P929
    OSTENHOF MH, 1995, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V20, P1241
    PETHE PV, 1976, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V7, P1024
    PETHE PV, 1977, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V8, P898
    PHILLIPS RS, 1959, T AM MATH SOC, V90, P193
    PHILLIPS RS, 1966, J MATH MECH, V15, P235
    PUTTAMADAIAH C, 1986, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V17, P919
    SANSUC JJ, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V125, P366
    SEN DK, 1982, MATH JAPN, V27, P151
    SIMON B, 1996, J FUNCT ANAL, V140, P541
    SOFFER A, 1992, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V98, P376
    STAMPEL JG, 1962, P AM MATH SOC, V13, P796
    STAMPEL JG, 1969, CAN J MATH, V21, P505
    TIAN LX, 1987, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V8, P103
    TIAN LX, 1988, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V9, P96
    TIAN LX, 1991, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V12, P121
    TIAN LX, 1995, ACTA MATH SCI, V15, P455
    TIAN LX, 1995, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V16, P82
    TIAN LX, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P155
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
    TIAN LX, 1998, P AM MATH SOC, V126, P203
    TKACHENKO V, 1996, ANN MATH, V143, P181
    TORRANCE E, 1970, P AM MATH SOC, V76, P108
    UNNI KR, 1981, TSUKUBA J MATH, V5, P15
    WEI GQ, 1987, CHIN ANN MATH B, V88, P70
    YAN SZ, 1990, ADV SCI CHINA MATH, V3, P99
    YAN Y, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P1417
    YANG L, 1994, AUDIT NEUROSCI, V1, P1
    YOSIDA K, 1965, FUNCTIONAL ANAL
 NR 51
 TC 1
 SN 0010-3616
 J9 COMMUN MATH PHYS
 JI Commun. Math. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 201
 IS 3
 BP 519
 EP 548
 PG 30
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 190WC
 UT ISI:000079987400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Hoffman, AS
 TI Grafting copolymerization of acrylamides onto preirradiated PP films
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; acrylamide; polypropylene; blood-compatibility
 AB Acrylamide (AAm), N,N-Dimethylacrylamide (DMAAm) and
    N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl) methacrylamide (DMAPMAAm) were grafted onto
    polypropylene (PP) films by preirradiation grafting respectively. The
    effect of irradiation dose, solvent systems and reaction time on the
    degree of grafting were determined. The grafted sample films were
    verified by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy in the
    attenuated total reflectance mode (ATR) and the determination of water
    contact angle. The blood compatibility of the grafted PP films were
    evaluated by the determination of platelet adsorption and thrombus. The
    blood compatibility of grafted PP films seems better than that of
    original PP films. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
    Univ Washington, Ctr Bioengn, Seattle, WA 98159 USA.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    MATSUDA T, 1990, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V36, M161
    MERRIL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, V3, P1
    NHO YC, 1993, POLYMER, V17, P433
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    SUN YH, 1986, J BIOACT COMPAT POL, V1, P316
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 92
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 187WX
 UT ISI:000079812200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZM
 TI Sci-tech translation and its research in China
 SO META
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR FANG MZ, 1993, SELECTED READINGS TR
    JIANG CF, 1984, TAC NEWSLETT, V12
    JIN D, 1984, TRANSLATION
    LU SY, 1990, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4
    LUO XZ, 1984, SELECTED WRITINGS TR
    MACKAY R, 1978, ENGLISH SPECIFIC PUR
    NEWMARK P, 1988, TEXTBOOK TRANSLATION
    NIDA EA, 1989, FOREIGN LANGUAGES, V4
    ZHANG RS, 1994, FOREIGN LANGUAGES, V6
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0026-0452
 J9 META
 JI Meta
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 185
 EP 197
 PG 13
 SC Language & Linguistics Theory
 GA 190HU
 UT ISI:000079957700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Gu, Y
 TI Cole-Hopf quotient and exact solutions of the generalized
    Fitzhugh-Nagumo equations
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE Cole-Hopf quotient; reaction-diffusion equation; exact solution
 ID LINEAR DIFFUSION EQUATION; SYMMETRY REDUCTIONS
 AB Several classes of solution (wavefronts, coalescence of two wavefronts,
    solutions with Jacobi elliptic function) of the Fitzhugh-Nagumo
    equation and the generalized Fitzhugh-Nagumo equation are constructed
    by the Cole-Hopf quotient and the elementary transformations, Pome of
    which are new solutions. The close relation of the generalized
    Fitzhugh-Nagumo equation and Emden equation are also found.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARRIGO DJ, 1994, IMA J APPL MATH, V52, P1
    BELLMAN R, 1953, STABILITY THEORY DIF
    CARIELLO F, 1989, PHYSICA D, V39, P77
    CHEN ZX, 1992, IMA J APPL MATH, V48, P107
    CONTE R, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P100
    GU Y, 1993, ANAL SOLUTION REACTI
    KAWAHARA T, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V97, P311
    NUCCI MC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V164, P49
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 7
 EP 14
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics
 GA 188NQ
 UT ISI:000079854700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, DK
 TI Entropy satisfaction of a conservative shock-tracking method
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE shocking tracking; conservation; entropy condition
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; HIGH-RESOLUTION SCHEMES; APPROXIMATIONS;
    LAWS; DISCONTINUITIES
 AB In this paper we discuss the entropy satisfaction of the conservative
    shock-tracking technique developed in [D. K. Mao, J. Comput. Phys., 92
    (1991), pp. 422-455], [D. K. Mao, J. Comput. Phys., 103 (1992), pp.
    359-369], and [D. K. Mao, SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 32 (1995), pp.
    1677-1703] when it is applied to the Godunov scheme. We consider the
    scalar case in one-space dimension and assume that both the flux and
    entropy functions are strictly convex. We prove that, when the tracked
    shocks are strong enough in comparison with the variation of the
    numerical solution around them, the numerical solution satisfies the
    entropy condition in a certain sense. We also discuss the entropy
    situation when the convexity of the flux function is very weak and the
    tracked shock neighbors to strong simple waves.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, DK, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dkmao@guomai.sh.cn
 CR ATKINSON K, 1988, INTRO NUMERICAL ANAL
    CRANDALL MG, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P1
    ENGQUIST B, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V36, P321
    HARTEN A, 1976, COMMUN PURE APPL MAT, V29, P297
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    KLINGENBERG C, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P89
    KRUZKOV SN, 1970, MAT SBORNIK, V81, P228
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, NUMERICAL METHODS CO
    MAJDA A, 1979, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V32, P797
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    MAO DK, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P1677
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    TADMOR E, 1984, MATH COMPUT, V43, P369
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD MAR 5
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 2
 BP 529
 EP 550
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179UD
 UT ISI:000079347000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Li, QS
    Zhu, YL
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
 TI Influence of milling conditions on the mechanical alloying of Fe-B
    powders
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Amorphous and nanostructural Fe-B alloys made by mechanical alloying of
    elemental Fe and amorphous B powders have been studied using X-ray
    diffraction, differential scanning calorimetry and Mossbauer
    spectroscopy. It has been shown that the milling conditions have a
    strong effect on the alloying. The single phase amorphous alloy, which
    is limited at nominal composition of Fe60B40, has been produced only by
    milling in Ar atmosphere and in other composition range the mixture of
    nanostructure Fe-like phase and Fe2B compound with a little amorphous
    phase are obtained. While by milling in air atmosphere the introduction
    of oxygen in air may suppress the formation of amorphous phase, thus
    the compounds Fe2B may be synthesized with no trace of amorphous phase.
    The crystallization temperatures of amorphous phase in the resultant
    products are higher than those of a single amorphous alloy Fe60B40, and
    hardly independent of the milling conditions and the composition. In
    addition, it is revealed that detectable B content in the final
    products is lower than the nominal composition of all the initial
    samples, which indicates that some B atoms may be located in the
    disordered interfacial regions of the nanostructural alloyed mixtures.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH J, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4997
    BLUM NA, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P2074
    CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    CHIEN CL, 1979, PHYS REV B, V20, P283
    CHIEN CL, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5790
    CLAVAGUERAMORA MT, 1990, COLL PHYS, V51, P49
    HOVING W, 1984, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V61, P421
    JING J, 1990, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V116, P247
    JING J, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P7413
    NAKAJIMA T, 1986, J MATER SCI LETT, V5, P60
    OKUMURA H, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P153
    YANG YZ, 1995, CHIN J MAT RES, V9, P33
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 142
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 183KD
 UT ISI:000079552000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Rui, HB
 TI On endomorphism algebras arising from Hecke algebras
 SO JOURNAL OF ALGEBRA
 DT Article
 ID REPRESENTATIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Rui, HB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIKI S, 1994, ADV MATH, V106, P216
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1995, P LOND MATH SOC, V70, P505
    DIPPER R, 1998, MATH Z, V229, P385
    DIPPER R, 1998, P LOND MATH SOC 2, V77, P327
    DU J, IN PRESS J ALGEBRA
    DU J, IN PRESS T AM MATH S
    DU J, 1998, T AM MATH SOC, V350, P3207
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    KAZHDAN D, 1979, INVENT MATH, V53, P155
    MURPHY GE, 1995, J ALGEBRA, V173, P97
    PALLIKAROS C, 1994, J ALGEBRA, V169, P20
    RUI HB, 1997, J ALGEBRA, V195, P308
    SHI JY, 1996, J ALGEBRA, V179, P607
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8693
 J9 J ALGEBRA
 JI J. Algebra
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 214
 IS 1
 BP 342
 EP 355
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 183TE
 UT ISI:000079568900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational iteration method - a kind of non-linear analytical
    technique: Some examples
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE variational iteration method; duffing equation; non-linear equations
 AB In this paper, a new kind of analytical technique for a non-linear
    problem called the variational iteration method is described and used
    to give approximate solutions for some well-known non-linear problems.
    In this method, the problems are initially approximated with possible
    unknowns. Then a correction functional is constructed by a general
    Lagrange multiplier, which can be identified optimally via the
    variational theory. Being different from the other non-linear
    analytical methods, such as perturbation methods, this method does not
    depend on small parameters, such that it can find wide application in
    non-linear problems without linearization or small perturbations.
    Comparison with Adomian's decomposition method reveals that the
    approximate solutions obtained by the proposed method converge to its
    exact solution faster than those of Adomian's method. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V135, P501
    CHERRUAULT Y, 1989, KYBERNETES, V18, P31
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1988, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 13
 TC 50
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 699
 EP 708
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 182CV
 UT ISI:000079481700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Fan, W
 TI Stability of multi-atom micromasers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID PHOTON NOISE-REDUCTION; PUMPING STATISTICS; LASERS; MASERS; QUANTUM;
    MODEL
 AB In view of the one-atom micromasers output sensitive to the interaction
    parameters, we propose a new multi-atom micromasers defined by passing
    multi-atom each time through the cavity regularly. Through analysis and
    numerical simulation, great progress has been made in the improvement
    of stability of mean photon number and variance of micromasers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENKERT C, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P1564
    BERGOU J, 1989, OPT COMMUN, V72, P82
    DAVIDOVICH L, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1630
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P906
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P3077
    GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    GUERRA ES, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7785
    HAAKE F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    KYUNGWON A, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P3375
    LIU RH, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P425
    REMPE G, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1650
    REMPE G, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2783
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P303
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P4025
    ZHU SY, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P499
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 4
 BP 275
 EP 283
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 184CX
 UT ISI:000079592800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li-Ping, H
    De-Kang, M
    Ben-Yu, G
 TI Prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme for incompressible fluid
    flow
 SO ESAIM-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow in stream function form;
    prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme with high accuracy;
    convergence and numerical experiments
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; POLYNOMIALS
 AB The initial-boundary value problem of two-dimensional incompressible
    fluid flow in stream function form is considered. A
    prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme is proposed, which is
    easy to be performed. The numerical solution possesses the accuracy of
    second-order in time and higher order in space. The numerical
    experiments show the high accuracy of this approach.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li-Ping, H, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACE
    BERNSTEIN JM, 1992, RESPIRATION, V59, P3
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTE MATH, V794
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS NSF REGINAL C S, V26
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V205, P1
    GUO BY, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P146
    HI LP, 19963 RR SHANGH U DE
    KUO PY, 1977, SCI SINICA, V20, P287
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES LIMITES HO, V1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1970, SIAM AMS P, V2, P11
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SHEN J, 1992, ADV COMPUTER METHODS, V7, P658
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 120
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179LZ
 UT ISI:000079330100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Feng, SS
 TI Several aspects of the A-B scattering
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE A-B scattering; single-valuedness of incident wave function; divergence
    of total cross section
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM SCATTERING; WAVE
 AB After a brief review of previous works on the A-B scattering, the
    authors show that the multi-valued incident wave function used
    originally by Aharonov and Bohm is of no physical significance. The
    closed expression for the scattering amplitude that is continuous in
    the forward direction apart from a delta-function contribution is also
    calculated by the method of partial waves. In contrast with Aharonov
    and Bohm's result that no scattering occurs when alpha is an integer,
    the differential and total scattering cross sections do not vanish when
    a equals an odd number (where alpha = Phi/Phi(0) represents the
    magnetic Aux in the infinitely long thin solenoid, and Phi(0) = h/e).
    This coincides with the result by Sakoda and Omote [J. Math. Phys. 38
    (1997) 716]. It is shown that the divergence of the total cross section
    is due to the fact that the A-B solenoid exhibits a
    partial-wave-dependent effective scattering potential. (C) 1999
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2396
    ALVAREZ M, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P1128
    BOZ M, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V246, P347
    HAGEN CR, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P2015
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1980, PHYS REV A, V22, P1383
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1981, J MATH PHYS, V22, P116
    JACKIW R, 1990, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V201, P83
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LI CF, 1996, PHYSICA B, V226, P406
    RUIJSENAARS SNM, 1983, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V146, P1
    SAKODA S, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P716
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P424
    WEINBERG S, 1995, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, P112
    YANG CN, 1983, P INT S FDN QUANT ME, P5
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 262
 IS 3-4
 BP 210
 EP 217
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 178DR
 UT ISI:000079251500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JY
    Guo, BY
 TI Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite element method for the
    three-dimensional unsteady Navier-Stokes equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional Navier-Stokes equation; Chebyshev
    pseudospectral-finite element approximation
 ID VORTICITY EQUATIONS
 AB A mixed Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite element method is developed for
    solving the three-dimensional evolutionary Navier-Stokes equation. The
    generalized stability and the convergence of the scheme are proved
    strictly. The numerical results presented show the advantages of this
    mixed method. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Univ, President Off, Jiading Campus, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTES MATH, V794
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, IN PRESS ACTA MATH A
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P697
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERNCE METHODS PA
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, BMN M PHI, V32, P530
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    GUO BY, 1995, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V29, P303
    GUO BY, 1996, NUMERICAL MATH, V5, P161
    GUO BY, 1996, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V30, P873
    GUO BY, 1997, JPN J APPL MATH, V14, P329
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MA HP, 1990, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V3, P75
    MA HP, 1992, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V13, P350
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    RAVIART PA, 1979, COURS ECOLE ETE ANAL
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TEMANN R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1999
 VL 101
 IS 2-3
 BP 209
 EP 244
 PG 36
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179EP
 UT ISI:000079312900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, J
    Rui, HB
 TI Borel type subalgebras of the q-Schur(m) algebra
 SO JOURNAL OF ALGEBRA
 DT Article
 ID SCHUR ALGEBRA; WEYL MODULES; REPRESENTATIONS
 C1 Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, J, Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 EM jied@maths.unsw.edu.au
    hbruik@online.sh.cn
 CR ARIKI S, 1994, ADV MATH, V106, P216
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    CLINE E, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P126
    CURTIS C, 1981, METHODS REPRESENTATI, V1
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P251
    DIPPER R, 1998, MATH Z, V229, P385
    DIPPER R, 1998, P LOND MATH SOC 2, V77, P327
    DU J, IN PRESS T AM MATH S
    DU J, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P420
    DU J, 1994, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V455, P141
    DU J, 1998, T AM MATH SOC, V350, P3207
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    GREEN JA, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P265
    GREEN JA, 1993, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V88, P89
    PARSHALL B, 1991, MEM AM MATH SOC, V89
    RINGEL CM, 1991, MATH Z, V208, P209
    SANTANA AP, 1993, J ALGEBRA, V161, P480
    SCOTT L, 1995, MATH Z, V220, P421
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8693
 J9 J ALGEBRA
 JI J. Algebra
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1999
 VL 213
 IS 2
 BP 567
 EP 595
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics
 GA 176ZA
 UT ISI:000079181300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
 TI Resonance fluorescence spectrum by two-level system without the
    rotating wave approximation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the theory of resonance fluorescence spectrum by
    two-level system is presented without the assumption of rotating wave
    approximation. However, in this case, the application of quantum
    fluctuation-regression theorem to evaluate the resonance fluorescence
    spectrum tak-es a more complicated form. The prominent features of the
    spectrum calculated are the double splitting on the central and side
    bands and the emergence of harmonics in the asymmetric spectra.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BOYD RW, 1992, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P224
    DOMHELM MA, 1996, AVIATION WEEK SPACE, V145, P22
    MOLLOW BR, 1969, PHYS REV, V188, P1969
    TAN WH, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P61
 NR 4
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 25
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 175YX
 UT ISI:000079124600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Tong, WQ
    Zhai, YA
    Cai, ZR
 TI Studies on stereoselective synthetic methods of
    2,3,4,5-tetrasubstituted-cis-2,3-dihydrofurans
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylid; 2,3-dihydrofuran; stereoselective synthesis
 AB Three methods for the stereoselective synthesis of
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-acethyl-5-methyl-cis-dihydrofurans (7a-7g) were
    studied. The Ist method is proceeded through the reaction of
    carbomethoxy methylene triphenylarsorane (5) with 3-substituted
    benzal-2, 4-pentadione (6) in benzene at room temperature for 4 h and
    high yield of the products 7a-7g can be obtained. The 2nd method is
    started from the reaction of carbomethoxy methyl triphenylarsonium
    bromide(4) with K2CO3 in dimethyl ethyleneglycol at room temperature,
    the Ylid 5 formed reacted with 6 in situ, excellent yield of 7 can be
    obtained and triphenylarsine recovered quantitatively. The 3rd method
    is a stepwise one pot reaction, triphenylarsine(2) and methyl
    bromoacetate(3) is refluxed in dimethyl ethyleneglycol for 2. 5 h,
    after cooling, potassium carbonate and 6 are added in and the reaction
    continued at room temperature for 2 d, the overall yield from starting
    material triphenylarsine is about 65%. Although the Ist method is a
    very simple process for preparing 2,3-dihydrofuran derivatives, its
    application is limited due to the unstability of Ylid 5 during its
    preparation and storage, so the last two methods seem preferable. The
    structures of the products 7a-7g were confirmed by means of IR, H-1
    NMR, MS and elementary analysis and their configurations were
    established through the coupling constants of the two protons on 2-C
    and 3-C atoms in the dihydrofuran ring. These reactions were all highly
    stereoselective and only one kind of stereoisomer with cis
    configuration was formed. It is noteworthy that these reactions no
    similar normal Wittig reaction products were detected.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, WY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING YY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P354
    DULERE JP, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P303
    HUANG YZ, 1978, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V36, P215
    PALLAUD R, 1963, CHIM IND, V89, P283
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P7653
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 64
 EP 67
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 174PQ
 UT ISI:000079043900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, J
    Zhou, L
    Li, T
 TI Effects of surface-applied ceria on the stability of thermally growing
    chromia scale of FeCr alloys and 310 steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID OXIDATION
 AB The influence of surface-applied ceria on the oxidation behavior of
    FeCr alloys and 310 stainless steel at 1000 degrees C and 1100 degrees
    C has been studied. The surface-applied ceria were beneficial in
    reducing the growth rate of chromia scale, and were particularly
    effective in inhibiting the accelerated breakaway oxidation of Fe20Cr
    alloy in wet oxygen and spalling and cracking of the scale under cyclic
    oxidation. The beneficial effects of the ceria have been attributed to
    the improvement in the stability of the thermally growing chromia
    scale. (C) 1998 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    State Key Lab Corros & Protect, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, J, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HOU PY, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P1836
    HUSSEY RJ, 1989, MAT SCI ENG A-STRU 1, V120, P147
    JING H, IN PRESS CHIN J CORR
    LANG E, 1989, ROLE REACTIVE ELEMEN
    LI M, 1991, ACTA U BEIJING SCI T, V13, P619
    NICHOLLS JR, 1989, ROLE ACTIVE ELEMENTS, P195
    SHEN J, 1997, OXID MET, V48, P355
    SHEN JN, 1992, CORROS SCI PROT TECH, V4, P289
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1998
 VL 33
 IS 24
 BP 5815
 EP 5819
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 170YG
 UT ISI:000078834300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Shi, ZW
 TI A divided region variational principle of A,rho Omega method for 3-D
    eddy current problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE 3-D eddy current field; divided region variational principle;
    A,phi-Omega method; interface continuity conditions
 AB In this paper, a divided region variational principle to solve 3-D eddy
    current problems was given. It adopts the magnetic vector potential A
    and the electric scalar potential phi in the eddy current regions and
    the source regions, and the magnetic scalar potential Omega in the
    non-conducting regions (air gap). Using variation of the functional,
    all governing equations in various regions, the natural boundary
    conditions and the interface continuity conditions which satisfy
    electromagnetic continuity are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN ML, 1982, IEE P A, V129, P46
    CHARI MVK, 1982, IEEE T MAG, V18, P435
    CHEN WH, 1984, J I HA ER BIN ELECTR, V7, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    EMSON CRI, 1983, IEEE T MAGN, V19, P2450
    SHI ZW, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1017
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 12
 BP 1135
 EP 1140
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 173MB
 UT ISI:000078983400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, XC
    Ma, ZT
 TI Study on the photochemical properties of benzoyl derivatives
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the photochemical properties of benzoyl derivatives,
    e.g. KIP-100F and ESACURE TZT were studied using the N121 UV Curing
    Tester. It was shown that their photochemical reactivity is higher; the
    photoactivation of triethanol amine(TEA) upon ESACURE TZT is greater,
    upon KIP-100F is unexpected; the sensitization of fluorescein upon
    KIP-100F is larger than upon ESACURE TZT/TEA systems; the synergistic
    action of them is very effective; (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Beijing Univ, Dept Tech Phys, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, XC, Beijing Univ, Dept Tech Phys, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 CR LAWSON K, 1997, 9M C P NOV 4 7, P7
    XUECHENG J, 1995, PAINT COATINGS IND, V2, P36
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 54
 IS 3
 BP 241
 EP 243
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 170GC
 UT ISI:000078797100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
    Xu, WX
 TI Surface reactions of Co3Ti alloys with water vapor
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Res Inst, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, UNPUB SCRIPTA MAT
    CHEN YX, 1997, ACTA METALL SINICA E, V10, P363
    CHENG XY, 1997, J IRON STEEL RES S, V9, P270
    CHIA WJ, 1995, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V13, P1687
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    LEE KH, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1153
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 19
 BP 1627
 EP 1629
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 170ZQ
 UT ISI:000078837700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XT
    Li, B
    Yu, R
    Liu, XH
    Lu, HX
    Tang, DY
    Yu, BK
 TI Protective films of diamond for high T-c superconducting detectors
 SO INFRARED PHYSICS & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID LASER
 AB Deposition of diamond like carbon (DLC) films on YBCO superconducting
    detectors is reported. The method is to make a DLC film by C+
    implantation and XeCl excimer laser irradiation. The implantation
    energy is 20-35 keV and C+ implantation dosages D = 1 x 10(14)-5 x
    10(18) ions/cm(2). The parameters of XeCl excimer laser ablation are:
    wavelength 308 nm; energy density, 20-50 mJ/cm(2); and width of pulse,
    45 ns. The superconductivity of C+-implanted YBCO is also investigated,
    while the damage behavior of C+ implantation and the mechanism of
    coating DLC are analyzed. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR BRASUNAS JC, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P777
    CHEN CF, 1994, P 1 WORLD S CHIN SCI, P53
    FABAO W, 1994, CHINESE J LOW TEMPER, V16, P185
    NARAYAN J, 1991, SCIENCE, V252, P416
    SINGH RK, 1989, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V3, P217
    ZAIFU W, 1994, ACTA OPTICAL SINICA, V14, P355
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1350-4495
 J9 INFRARED PHYS TECHNOL
 JI Infrared Phys. Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 40
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 91
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Instruments & Instrumentation; Optics
 GA 170FK
 UT ISI:000078795500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, Q
    Zhang, LS
 TI Global minimization of constrained problems with discontinuous penalty
    functions
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE integral global minimization; robust sets and functions; discontinuous
    penalty functions
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB With the integral approach to global optimization, a class of
    discontinuous penalty functions is proposed to solve constrained
    minimization problems. Optimality conditions of a penalized
    minimization problem are generalized to a discontinuous case; necessary
    and sufficient conditions for an exact penalty function are examined; a
    nonsequential algorithm is proposed. Numerical examples are given to
    illustrate the effectiveness of the algorithm. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, Q, Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1975, MATH PROG, V9, P87
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V298
    CONN AR, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P760
    COURANT R, 1962, CALCULUS VARIATIONS
    DICKMAN BH, 1989, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V60, P149
    DIPILLO G, 1988, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V57, P399
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P1333
    EVANS JP, 1973, MATH PROGRAM, V4, P72
    FIACCO AV, 1968, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    FLETCHER R, 1973, MATH PROGRAM, V5, P129
    HAN SP, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P140
    HIMMELBLAU DM, 1972, APPL NONLINEAR PROGR
    LAWLER EL, 1966, OPER RES, V14, P1098
    LEE LF, 1977, 77DET163
    PIETRYKOWSKI T, 1969, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V6, P294
    ZANGWILL WI, 1967, MANAGE SCI, V13, P344
    ZHENG Q, 1980, COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V3, P146
    ZHENG Q, 1981, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO, V2, P257
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P118
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P66
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD FEB-MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 37
 IS 4-5
 BP 41
 EP 58
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 170FA
 UT ISI:000078794600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, XC
    Zheng, QA
 TI Global optimum shape design
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE mathematical programming; random number generation; testing; choice of
    initial values
 ID ROBUST MAPPINGS
 AB An optimum shape design problem can be formulated as a minimization
    problem of a functional subject to certain constraints. Usually, it is
    nonlinear and nonconvex. Conventional optimization techniques are
    gradient-based, they highly depend on the initial design, and are
    difficult to be applied to find a global solution. Integral global
    optimization algorithm is proposed to solve optimum shape design
    problems. Three design examples are given to illustrate the
    effectiveness of the algorithm. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 China Text Univ, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, XC, China Text Univ, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBBIA CA, 1980, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CHEN D, 1989, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V6, P67
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V298
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P1333
    FIACCO AV, 1968, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    FLUGGE W, 1952, 2612 NASA TN
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    SHI SZ, 1995, T AM MATH SOC, V347, P4943
    YING K, 1987, ENG MECH, V2, P125
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1992, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP, P298
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD FEB-MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 37
 IS 4-5
 BP 151
 EP 162
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 170FA
 UT ISI:000078794600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, QY
    Xu, JQ
    Liu, HM
    An, CX
    Jia, N
 TI Preparation, microstructure and gas sensing properties of nanosized
    SnO2 materials made by microemulsions
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE tin oxides; microemulsion; nanosized materials; gas; sensor; surfactant
 AB The application of microemulsion made of anion surfactants in preparing
    SnO2 naosized materials was studied, and the influence of different
    anion surfactants and assistant surfactants on the mean grain size of
    nanosized SnO2 was also researched by XRD and TEM. It can be known from
    the experimental results, monodispersed SnO2 nanosized materials with
    the mean grain size of about 6nm and average partical size smaller than
    20nm can be obtained from the microemulsion composed of AES or K-12
    anion surfactant and butanol assistant surfactant and it has high
    sensitivity without catalysts and additives.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BUTTA N, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V6, P253
    NITTA M, 1979, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V26, P219
    TAMAKI J, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P197
    XU C, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P147
 NR 4
 TC 6
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 89
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 167PG
 UT ISI:000078642000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
    Jiang, GC
    Huang, SP
    You, JL
 TI A study on the bonding structure of CaO-SiO2 slag by means of molecular
    dynamics simulation
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE CaO-SiO2 slag; molecular dynamics simulation; vibrational density of
    states
 ID SILICA; GLASS
 AB The investigation results of the bonding structure of CaO-SiO2 slag by
    means of molecular dynamics simulation are presented. The
    characteristics of partial radial distribution function g(ij)(r) are in
    goad agreement with the measurement of X-ray diffraction, and the
    variation of Q(n) with different SiO4 tetrahedra following the change
    of X-CaO is consistent with the results of Raman spectroscopy. The
    partial vibrational density of states Gamma(Si)(omega) shows that two
    bands appear in the range of 636-737 cm(-1) and 800-1 200 cm(-1)
    respectively which are also consistent with Raman spectroscopy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMO MC, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P9083
    ALLEN MP, 1987, COMPUTER SIMULATION
    CHIPMAN J, 1961, PHYSICAL CHEM PROCES
    DELLAVALLE RG, 1994, CHEM PHYS, V179, P411
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MATSUMIYA T, 1992, 4 INT C MOLT SLAGS F, P115
    OKAZAKI S, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V98, P607
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTHS INTER, CH1
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 82
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 165LY
 UT ISI:000078523700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, M
    Su, Y
    Yan, JK
    Fu, CP
    Xu, DM
 TI An improved open-ended waveguide measurement technique on parameters
    epsilon(r) and mu(r) of high-loss materials
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INSTRUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic parameters; high-loss material; open-ended waveguide;
    simultaneous measurement
 AB An improved technique of using rectangular waveguide aperture for
    simultaneous measurement of the electromagnetic parameters epsilon(r),
    mu(r) of materials is developed in this paper, Both multilayer and
    single-layer medium sheet samples can be tested, Samples are sandwiched
    between a flange of an open-ended waveguide and a shorting plate, The
    parameters are obtain by using an optimization technique by fitting the
    theoretical values of the reflection coefficients Gamma(epsilon(r),
    mu(r)) to the measured values with epsilon(r), mu(r) as the argument.
    The related details, such as test theories, waveguide design, sample
    preparation, and error analysis are also discussed in this paper. The
    experimental results are validated by the measurements performed using
    the reflection-transmission method using an automatic network analyzer
    and the published data from manufactures. By virtue of its open-ended
    waveguide configuration, this technique is well suited for sheet or
    coating materials, and it might be applied for industrial
    on-the-worksite testing or biomedical analysis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR 1975, IEE C PUB
    ARJALINGAM, 1990, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V38
    BAKHTIARI S, 1994, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V24
    CULLEN AL, 1971, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V325, P493
    DEMING X, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    GARDIOL FE, 1985, ADV ELECTRON EL PHYS, V63, P139
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    KHAN SA, 1992, P INT C MICR COMM NA, P702
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MISRA D, 1990, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V38
    STUCHLY MA, 1980, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V29, P176
    TANABE E, 1976, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V25, P222
    WEI YZ, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P526
    WEIR WB, 1974, P IEEE, V62
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9456
 J9 IEEE TRANS INSTRUM MEAS
 JI IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 47
 IS 2
 BP 476
 EP 481
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 166CC
 UT ISI:000078557800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principles for 1-D unsteady viscous flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID FLUID
 AB In order to solve the I-D unsteady viscous now via the finite element
    method, it is necessary to establish a generalized variational
    principle. In the present paper, based on the semi-inverse method
    proposed by He, two families of variational principles are established
    for I-D unsteady compressible, homentropic, viscous now in a flexible
    tube of varying cross-sectional area.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P584
    HE JH, 1997, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P299
    HE JH, 1998, ACTA AERODYNAMIC SIN, V16, P352
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    LIU GL, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P1
    OLSON LG, 1997, J FLUID STRUCT, V11, P207
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, CH23
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 253
 EP 258
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 162YR
 UT ISI:000078375500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, JH
 TI Numerical simulation of the form of the free trailing vortex sheet in
    3-D compressible rotor flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE 3-D flow in turbine; trailing vortex sheet; FEM; nonlinear programming
 AB This article is based on a unified variable-domain variational theory
    and uses the finite element method to solve the unknown boundary
    problem of the free trailing vortex sheet which is the natural boundary
    condition result in the variational theory. A new nonlinear programming
    method is adopted to study the form of the free trailing vortex sheet
    and this article proves the method is feasible by numerical simulation
    of an example.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HIMMELBLAU DM, 1972, APPL NONLINEAR PROGR
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    RAO SS, 1984, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    SIEVERDING CH, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V2, P437
    YAN S, 1987, 1 INT C IND APPL MAT
    YAN S, 1991, P INT GAS TURB C YOK, V2, P35
    ZIENKLEWICZ OC, 1977, FEM
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 271
 EP 274
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 162YR
 UT ISI:000078375500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
 TI A simple approach to highly stereoselective synthesis of
    beta,gamma-trans-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylide; stereoselective synthesis; gamma-butyrolactone
 AB A simple approach to highly stereoselective synthesis Of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones (5a-5c) is
    reported. Methoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide (1) in
    dimethyl ethylene glycol was reacted with
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-p-methoxybenzal-4, 6-dione(2a) in the presence
    of K2CO3 and trace of water at room temperature, to give
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-p-methoxyphenyl- gamma-butyrolactone
    (5a) with 64 % yield, whereas 1,2-cis cyclopropane derivatives(3b and
    3c) were isolated when started from 2b or 2c, under same conditions.
    The gamma-butyrolactones 5b or 5c were obtained with 62% and 57% yields
    when compounds 3b or 3c was further heated in acetone-water. The
    structures of 5a-5c were established on the basis of IR, H-1 and C-13
    NMR, MS and elemental analyses, and their configurations were assigned
    via 2D proton NOESY spectrum of compound 5c.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
 NR 1
 TC 9
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1614
 EP 1616
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 160YT
 UT ISI:000078261500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LM
    Shi, DH
 TI An (s,S) model for inventory with exponential lifetimes and renewal
    demands
 SO NAVAL RESEARCH LOGISTICS
 DT Article
 AB Inventory control of products with finite lifetimes is important in
    many modem business organizations. It has been an important and
    difficult research subject. Here, we study the (s, S) continuous review
    model for items with an exponential random lifetime and a general
    renewal demand process through a Markov process. We derive a
    fundamental rate conservation theorem and show that all the other
    system performance measures can be obtained easily through the expected
    reorder cycle length. This leads to a simple expression for the total
    expected long run cost rate function in terms of the expected reorder
    cycle length. Subsequently, we derive formulas for computing the
    expected cycle lengths for the general renewal demand as well as for a
    large class of demands characterized by the phase type interdemand time
    distribution. We show analytically when the cost as a function of the
    reorder level is monotone, concave, or convex. We also show
    analytically that, depending on the behavior of the expected reorder
    cycle, the cost as a function of the order-up level is either monotone
    increasing or unimodal. These analytical properties enable us to
    understand the problem and make the subsequent numerical optimization
    much easier. Numerical studies confirm and illustrate some of the
    analytical properties. The results also demonstrate the impact of
    various parameters on the optimal policy and the cost. (C) 1999 John
    Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1975, STAT THEORY RELIABIL
    BUZACOTT JA, 1993, STOCHASTIC MODELS MA
    FRIES B, 1975, OPER RES, V23, P46
    GHARE PM, 1963, J IND ENG, V14, P238
    GOLDBERG H, 1981, EXTENDING LIMITS REL
    KALPAKAM S, 1988, STATISTICS, V19, P389
    KALPAKAM S, 1994, OPER RES LETT, V16, P115
    KASPI H, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P402
    LIU L, 1995, IN PRESS EUR J OPERA
    LIU L, 1995, IN PRESS OPERATIONS
    LIU LM, 1990, OPER RES LETT, V9, P161
    MOORTHY KA, 1992, INT J INF MANAGE SCI, V3, P29
    NAHMIAS S, 1975, OPER RES, V23, P735
    NAHMIAS S, 1982, OPERATIONS RES SOC A, V30, P680
    NANDAKUMAR P, 1993, MANAGE SCI, V39, P1490
    NEUTS MF, 1981, MATRIX GEOMETRIC SOL
    PIERSKALLA WP, 1972, MANAGE SCI, V18, P603
    RAAFAT F, 1991, J OPER RES SOC, V42, P27
    ROSS SM, 1983, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    WEISS HJ, 1980, OPER RES, V28, P365
 NR 20
 TC 4
 SN 0894-069X
 J9 NAV RES LOG
 JI Nav. Res. Logist.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 46
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 56
 PG 18
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 158VX
 UT ISI:000078139100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gabriel, B
    Jiang, FR
 TI Application of the modified method of multiple scales to the bending
    problems for circular thin plate at very large deflection and the
    asymptotics of solutions (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE circular plate; large deflection; boundary layer effect; asymptotics;
    modified method of multiple scales
 AB In this paper, the,modified method of multiple scales is applied to
    study the bending problems for circular thin plate with large
    deflection under the hinged and simply supported edge conditio,ls. The
    series solutions are constructed, the boundary layer effects are
    analysed and their asymptotics are proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gabriel, B, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1947, CHINESE J PHYS, V7, P102
    CHIEN WZ, 1948, NATIONAL TSING HUA U, V5, P71
    CHIEN WZ, 1954, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V10, P209
    CHUEN YC, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    QIAO ZC, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P953
    VOLMIL AC, 1956, FLEXIBLE THIN PLATE
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 937
 EP 950
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 158UP
 UT ISI:000078135800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, M
 TI Variational principles in hydrodynamics of a non-Newtonian fluid
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-Newtonian fluid; variational principle; Lagrangian multiplier
 AB In this paper, the principle of maximum power losses for the
    incompressible viscous fluid proposed by professor Chien Weizang in
    reference [1] is further extended to the hydrodynamic problem of the
    non-Newtonian fluid with constitutive law expressed as epsilon(y) =
    partial derivative tau/partial derivative sigma'(y). The constraint
    conditions of variation are eliminated by the method of identified
    Lagrangian multiplier and a generalized variational principle is
    established.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1281
    GROCHET MJ, 1984, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
    GUDERLY KG, 1972, SIAN J APPL MATH, V23, P259
    HAFEZ M, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P3
    LIN CC, 1945, J MATH PHYS, V27, P105
    MANWELL AR, 1980, WAVE MOTION, V2, P83
    SHEN M, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P369
    SKOBELKIN VI, 1957, SOV PHYS JETP, V4, P68
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 963
 EP 969
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 158UP
 UT ISI:000078135800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SJ
    Niu, MD
    Xu, DM
 TI A frequency-varying method for simultaneous measurement of complex
    permittivity and permeability with an open-ended coaxial probe
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES
 DT Article
 DE frequency-varying method; open-ended coaxial probe; permeability;
    permittivity
 ID DIELECTRIC-PROPERTIES; MICROWAVE-FREQUENCIES; BIOLOGICAL SUBSTANCES;
    LINE SENSOR; CALIBRATION; REFLECTION
 AB To measure the complex permittivity and permeability of materials
    simultaneously with an open-ended coaxial probe, one needs at least two
    independent reflections. Based on the fact that frequency is an
    independent variable for the probe's reflection coefficient, a new
    concept, namely the frequency-varying method (FVM), which achieves the
    independent reflections via changing frequency, has been proposed.
    Since the electromagnetic (EM) properties of materials themselves are
    functions of frequency, the FVM introduces interpolation techniques
    into the process of extracting EM parameters from multiple reflection
    coefficients. The successful experimental results on radar-absorbing
    coatings show the feasibility and good prospects of the FVM for
    characterizing EM properties of materials ill situ, Compared with the
    thickness-varying method (TVM), which makes two measurements with two
    samples of different thicknesses, the FVM needs only one
    frequency-swept reflection measurement, thus simplifying and speeding
    up the measurement process, and improving accuracy and repeatability.
    Furthermore, the FVM has the ready capability to be extended to
    multiple-parameter measurements, and we may also find potential
    applications in other fields.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN GW, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P966
    DELANGHE P, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P810
    GRANT JP, 1989, J PHYS E SCI INSTRUM, V22, P757
    JARVIS JB, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    JENKINS S, 1992, IEE PROC-H, V139, P179
    KRASZEWSKI A, 1983, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V32, P385
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MISRA D, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P8
    MOSIG JR, 1981, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V30, P46
    NIU MD, 1997, IEEE IMTC P, P482
    NYSHADHAM A, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P305
    STUCHLY MA, 1980, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V29, P176
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0018-9480
 J9 IEEE TRANS MICROWAVE THEORY
 JI IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 46
 IS 12
 PN Part 1
 BP 2145
 EP 2147
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 158CP
 UT ISI:000078098700023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZW
    Zhao, XH
 TI A,phi-Omega method for 3-D eddy current analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE 3-D eddy current field; A, phi-Omega method; interface continuous
    conditions
 AB After the field equations and the continuous conditions between the
    interfaces for 3-D eddy current problems under various gauges were
    discussed, it was pointed out in this paper that using the magnetic
    vector potential A, the electric scalar potential phi and Coulomb gauge
    del . A = 0 in eddy current regions and using the magnetic scalar
    potential Omega in the non-conducting regions are more suitable. All
    field equations, the boundary conditions, the interface continuity
    conditions and the corresponding variational principle of this method
    are also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1987, P C COMP EL FIELDS G
    1988, IEEE T MAG, V24, P13
    BROWN ML, 1982, PIEE, V129, P46
    CHARI MVK, 1982, IEEE T MAG, V18, P435
    EMSON CRI, 1983, IEEE T MAGN, V19, P2450
    EMSON RI, 1988, IEEE T MAG, V24, P86
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1017
 EP 1023
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZR
 TI The influence of the different distributed phase-randomized on the
    experimental data obtained in dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE experimental data; surrogate data; critical value; phase-randomized;
    random timeseries; chaotic timeseries
 ID CORRELATION DIMENSION; NOISE; CHAOS
 AB In this paper the influence of the differently distributed
    phase-randomized to the data obtained in dynamic analysis for critical
    value is studied. The calculation results validate that the sufficient
    phase-randomized of the different distributed random numbers are less
    influential on the critical value. This offers the theoretical
    foundation of the feasibility and practicality of the phase-randomized
    method.
 C1 Southeast Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Southeast Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS B, V5, P1347
    CABRERA JL, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P19
    CASDAGLI M, 1992, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V54, P303
    GRASSBERGER P, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P369
    KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3111
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P513
    PRICHARD D, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P2817
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V191, P245
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    RAPP PE, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P2289
    RAPP PE, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V192, P27
    ROMBOUTS SAR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P352
    SCHIFF SJ, 1992, PHYS REV LETT A, P378
    TAKALO J, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P1527
    THEILER J, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2427
    THEILER J, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V155, P480
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1033
 EP 1042
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DC
    Tian, LX
    Liu, ZR
 TI Wavelet basis analysis in perturbed periodic KdV equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE wavelet basis; approximate inertial manifold; perturbed periodic KdV
    equation
 AB In the paper by using the spline wavelet basis to construct the
    approximate inertial manifold, we study the longtime behavior of
    perturbed perodic KdV equation.
 C1 Jiangus Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DC, Jiangus Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELET
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1992, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V100, P173
    ERCOLANI NM, 1993, J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P477
    GOUBET O, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V9, P1455
    SUN SM, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V23, P545
    TEMAN R, 1988, APPL MATH SOC, V68
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
    TIAN LX, 1997, WAVELET GALERKIN MET
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1053
 EP 1058
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yong, Z
 TI Numerical study of a nonlinear integrodifferential equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE integrodifferential equation; spectral method; solitary waves
 AB In this paper, by using the pseudo-spectral method of Fornberg and
    Whitham, a nonlinear intergrodifferential equations
    A(t) + 6AA(x) + 1/2\In epsilon\ integral (+infinity)(-infinity) A(x',
    t(.))/{(x' - x)(2) + epsilon(2)}(-1/2) dx' = 0
    is investigated numerically. It is found that for small epsilon, the
    result is close to that of the KdV equation, whereas the effects of
    larger epsilon and the initial condition are significant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yong, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, CAN APPL MATH Q, V2, P189
    LEIBOVICH S, 1970, J FLUID MECH, V42, P803
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1059
 EP 1063
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BS
 TI A comment on the proof of Fermat's last theorem
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE factorization; cofactor; relative prime; Fermat's last theorem
 AB In this paper, some comments on the proof of Fermat's last theorem are
    proposed. The main result is that the proof proposed by Wong Chiahe is
    only part of proof for Fermat's last theorem. That is to say, the proof
    is not all-full proof to Fermat's last theorem.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SS, 1996, MATH DEV, V25, P1
    HUA LG, 1959, NUMBER THEORY INTRO, P14
    WONG CH, 1996, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V17, P1031
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1115
 EP 1118
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
    Wang, BH
    Dai, SQ
 TI Two-dimensional cellular automaton traffic model with randomly
    switching traffic lights
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cellular automata; traffic model; traffic light; phase transition
 ID JAMMING TRANSITION; FLOW PROBLEMS
 AB Cellular automation traffic models can include various factors in
    traffic systems and the corresponding computational simulations are
    rather simple and effective. The Biham-Middleton-Levine model (BML
    model) facilitates the simulation of two-dimensional traffic flow
    problems via the cellular automaton models. In this paper, the BML
    model is improved by removing its limitation of synchronized change of
    traffic lights. In the new model, the traffic light at each crossing
    could arbitrarily change its starting time and tempo of variation, and
    hence the model could more realistically describe the influence of
    traffic lights on the performance of traffic systems. Some new effects
    appearing in the new model are also elucidated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, S&T, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Phys, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, NT, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, S&T, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    CHUNG KH, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P772
    CUESTA JA, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, R4175
    GU GQ, 1995, PHYSICA A, V217, P339
    GU GQ, 1995, SYST ENG THEOR METH, V14, P12
    NAGATANI T, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P3290
    NAGATANI T, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P1228
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 807
 EP 813
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157AK
 UT ISI:000078036400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, KR
    Jiang, WY
    Li, XX
    Liu, ZR
 TI On analysis of the steady flow in an irrectangular parallel-plate flow
    chamber
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE irrectangular parallel-plate flow chamber; shear stress; steady flow;
    cell's mechanical behaviors
 AB The parallel-plate flow chamber (PPFC), of which the height is far
    smaller than its own length and width, is one of the main apparatus for
    the in vitro study of the mechanical behaviors of cultured cells at the
    bottom of PPFC undergoing shear stress. The PPFC of which the upper and
    lower plates are rectangular is usually used by research workers, and
    the flow field in this kind of PPFC (except for the regions near the
    entrance and exit) is uniform([1]), so only the effect the shear stress
    with one value has on cultured cells can be observed during each
    experiment. A kind of PPFC of which the upper and lower plates are not
    rectangular is proposed in this paper. The distributions of the
    velocities inside and the shear stresses at the bottom of the chamber
    are given by analyzing the flow field of the steady flow in the PPFC.
    The results show that the mechanical behaviors of cultured cells
    undergoing the shear stresses with various values may be simultaneously
    observed by the use of this kind of irrectangular PPFC. The theoretical
    and experimental results obtained by Ultrasonic Doppler Technique show
    good agreement.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Biomech Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qin, KR, Fudan Univ, Biomech Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIS RT, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    FRANGOS JA, 1988, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V32, P1053
    HAMMER DA, 1995, P 4 CHIN JAP SING C, P425
    JIANG WY, 1996, J APPL BIOMECH, V11, P97
    YUNG YC, 1993, BIOMECHANICS KINETIC
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 851
 EP 859
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157AK
 UT ISI:000078036400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Nafziger, JAR
    Wei, L
 TI China's sports law
 SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF COMPARATIVE LAW
 DT Article
 C1 Willamette Univ, Coll Law, Salem, OR 97301 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Nafziger, JAR, Willamette Univ, Coll Law, Salem, OR 97301 USA.
 CR 1986, BEIJING REV     0203, P32
    1994, ASIA WK         1207, P38
    1994, CHRIST SCI MONI 0301, P20
    1994, MAINICHI DAILY  1205, P1
    1994, SPURT Z SPORT RECHT, V1, P6
    1994, SPURT Z SPORT RECHT, V1, P73
    1994, XINHUA NEWS AGE 1205
    1994, XINHUA NEWS AGE 1229
    1995, BUS WK          0619, P140
    1995, NY TIMES        0728, B8
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   0427, P1
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1222, P10
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1227, P5
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1227, P6
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1229, P10
    1995, SHANGHAI STAR   0901, P1
    1995, UPI             0301
    1995, ZHONGHUA RENMIN GONG
    1996, JAPAN EC NEWSWI 0805
    1996, LA TIMES        0212, S1
    1997, PEOPLES DAILY   0905, P10
    1997, PEOPLES DAILY   1025, P1
    1998, PEOPLES DAILY   0115, P2
    1998, XINHUA NEWS AGE 0406
    *LAW RUL SECT LAW, 1995, YU TIYUF YOUG JIG ZH, P4
    BADDELEY, 1997, REV JURIDIQUE EC SPO, P5
    BO T, 1993, BEIJING REV     0906, P31
    BROWNELL S, 1995, TRAINING BODY CHINA, P39
    BUCHBERGER M, 1997, THESIS RUHR U BOCHUM
    CHEN XT, 1998, WASH POST       0801, A17
    DEMERODE A, 1994, JAPANESE EC NEW 1214
    EVANS R, 1993, DENG XIAOPING MAKING, P204
    FACHET, 1994, WASH POST       1201, B2
    FUMAGALLI, 1995, RIV DIRITTO SPORTIVO, V47, P715
    FUNG YL, 1948, SHORT HIST CHINESE P
    GABRIEL, 1988, NY TIMS         0424, P30
    GABRIEL, 1988, NY TIMS         0424, P33
    GOODBODY, 1995, TIMES LONDON    0302
    HE ZL, 1995, NEW STRAITS TIM 0107, P48
    HERSH, 1996, CHICAGO TRIB    0104, P1
    HESS B, 1996, ZZPINT, V1, P371
    HLADCZUK J, 1991, SPORTS LAW LEGISLATI, P115
    HOBERMAN JM, 1984, SPORTS POLITICAL IDE, P219
    HUGHES NC, 1998, FOREIGN AFF      JUL, P67
    HUGHES NC, 1998, FOREIGN AFF      JUL, P68
    JACQ P, 1993, P 1 INT C SPORTS LAW, P403
    JIANG RP, 1994, TIYU FAXUE, P33
    KRISTOF ND, 1994, CHINA WAKES, P440
    KRISTOF, 1993, INT HERALD TRIB 0729, P17
    LAM, 1994, CHINESE BUS REV  NOV, P41
    LI P, 1998, PEOPLES DAILY   0321, P1
    LI ZH, 1997, PEOPLES DAILY   1128
    LIN, 1993, FREE CHINA J    0302, P4
    LINDORFF D, 1995, BUS WK          0619, P140
    LOU LW, 1993, BEIJING REV     1228, P36
    MASTROCOLA, 1995, BC 3 WORLD LJ, V15, P141
    MONTVILLE, 1994, SPORTS ILLUS    0919, P40
    MUFSON S, 1994, WASH POST       1206, B2
    NAFZIGER JAR, 1988, INT SPORTS LAW, P58
    NAFZIGER JAR, 1992, AM J INT LAW, V86, P489
    NAFZIGER, 1992, AM J INT L, V86, P496
    NAFZIGER, 1996, INT COMP LQ, V45, P130
    NAFZIGER, 1996, INT COMP LQ, V45, P143
    NAN L, 1988, AM J SOCIOL, V93, P793
    NAN L, 1988, AM J SOCIOL, V93, P805
    PESCANTE, 1997, INT ATHLETIC FDN SUP, P127
    QUN W, 1996, PEOPLES DAILY   0105, P10
    RIDING, 1993, NY TIMES        0920, B9
    RIORDAN J, 1991, SPORTS POLITICS COMM, P5
    TYLER, 1993, NY TIMES        0919, A4
    WANG JP, 1995, PEOPLES DAILY   0927, P5
    WANG SW, 1995, ZHONGHUA RENMIN GONG, P18
    WHITTEN, 1994, SWIMMING WORLD J JAN, P34
    WILCOX RC, 1994, SPORT GLOBAL VILLAGE, P407
    WILL MR, 1988, AUF WEGE EINEM EUROP
    YU XG, PEOPLES DAILY   0905, P10
    ZOU SC, 1993, BEIJING REV     0920, P22
    ZOU SC, 1995, BEIJING REV     0715, P8
 NR 78
 TC 0
 SN 0002-919X
 J9 AMER J COMP LAW
 JI Am. J. Comp. Law
 PD SUM
 PY 1998
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 453
 EP 483
 PG 31
 SC Law
 GA 156UB
 UT ISI:000078019500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Wu, GX
 TI Numerical simulation of a solitary wave interaction with submerged
    multi-bodies
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE multi-bodies; solitary wave; viscous flows; VOF method
 AB The problems of a solitary wave passing over rectangular cylinders have
    been analysed. The numerical simulation is based on the full nonlinear
    two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations which are solved by the finite
    difference method. The free surface is dealt with by the Volume of
    Fluid method (VOF). Results for a solitary wave passing over a single
    cylinder are compared with the experimental data of Seabra-Santos,
    Penouard and Temperville([2]) and better agreement is obtained than
    those obtained from the long wave equation based on the potential flow
    theory. Results are also given for two cylinders with different gaps.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ London Univ Coll, Dept Mech Engn, London WC1E 7JE, England.
 RP Wan, DC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COOKER MJ, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V215, P1
    DJORDJEVIC VD, 1978, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V8, P1016
    HIRT CW, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V39, P201
    MADSEN OS, 1969, J FLUID MECH, V39, P781
    NICHOLS BD, 1980, LA8355 LOS AL SCI LA
    OHYAMA T, 1992, J CIVIL ENG SOC JAPA, P31
    SEABRASANTOS FJ, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V176, P117
    WAN DC, 1997, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V9, P88
    WAN DC, 1998, J HYDRODYNAMICS A, V13, P95
    WANG YX, 1993, COMMUNICATION CHINES, V3, P553
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 297
 EP 305
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 156BQ
 UT ISI:000077981900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Approximate analytical solution for seepage flow with fractional
    derivatives in porous media
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a new and more exact model for seepage Row in porous
    media with fractional derivatives has been proposed, which has modified
    the well-known Darcy law and overcome the continuity assumption of
    seepage flow. A new kind of analytical method of nonlinear problem
    called the variational iteration method is described and used to give
    approximate solutions of the problem. The results show that the
    proposed iteration method, requiring no linearization or small
    perturbation, is very effective and convenient. (C) 1998 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V135, P510
    CAMPOS LMB, 1990, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V13, P481
    DELBOSCO D, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V204, P609
    DUARTE RT, 1983, P 7 EUR C EARTH ENG
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    HUANG AX, 1996, 3 INT S AER INT FLOW, P417
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
 NR 11
 TC 20
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 167
 IS 1-2
 BP 57
 EP 68
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 154KP
 UT ISI:000077888300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Approximate solution of nonlinear differential equations with
    convolution product nonlinearities
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a new iteration method is proposed to solve nonlinear
    problems. Special attention is paid to nonlinear differential equations
    with convolution product nonlinearities, The results reveal the
    approximations obtained by the proposed method are uniformly valid for
    both small and large parameters in nonlinear problems. Furthermore, the
    first order of approximations are more accurate than perturbation
    solutions at high order of approximation. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1986, J MATH ANAL APPL, V114, P171
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, IN PRESS J SHANGHAI
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
 NR 6
 TC 20
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 167
 IS 1-2
 BP 69
 EP 73
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 154KP
 UT ISI:000077888300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, C
    Zhao, XH
    Ma, XG
    Huang, WH
 TI Dynamic stress concentrations in Ambartsumian's plate with a cutout
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Ambartsumian's plate; cutout; dynamic stress concentration;
    perturbation method
 AB Based on the motion equations of flexural wave in Ambartsumian' s
    plates including the effects of transverse shear deformations, by using
    perturbation method of small parameter, the scattering of flexural
    waves and dynamic stress concentrations in the plate with a cutout have
    been studied. The asypmtotic solution of the dynamic stress problem is
    obtained Numerical results for the dynamic stress concentration factor
    in Ambartsumian' s plates with a circular cutout are graphically
    presented and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Harbin Inst Technol, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
 CR AMBARTSUMIAN SA, 1970, THEORY ANISOTROPIC P
    HU HC, 1981, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    KLYUKIN II, 1964, SOV PHYS ACOUST, V10, P49
    LEKHNITSKII SG, 1963, THEORY ANISOTROPIC P
    MA XR, 1997, ACTA MECH SINICA, V29, P269
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1958, BASIC PROBLEMS MATH
    PANC V, 1975, THEORIES ELASTIC PLA
    PAO YH, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P299
    PAO YH, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1152
    PAO YH, 1993, DIFFRACTION ELASTIC
    QIAN EC, 1981, THEORY SINGULAR PERT
    SAVIN GN, 1958, STRESS CONCENTRATION
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 341
 EP 350
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 152ZG
 UT ISI:000077807700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Zhong, SS
 TI Analysis and design of dual-polarized microstrip antenna array
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF RF AND MICROWAVE COMPUTER-AIDED ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; array; dual polarization; isolation
 ID MOBILE SATELLITE-COMMUNICATIONS
 AB A new dual-polarized microstrip antenna array is presented. Diagonal
    feeding of the square patch with two ports is proposed to obtain dual
    linear polarization. A novel coplanar feedline network is also
    presented for the dual-polarized array. For engineering purposes, a
    CAD-oriented method of analysis is developed. The measured results
    demonstrate high isolation between the two input ports. The array has
    simple structure and is easy to further combine to form larger coplanar
    arrays. (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRACHAT P, 1995, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V43, P738
    CRYAN MJ, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P286
    DUTOLT LJ, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S LOS, P810
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG, CH11
    GUPTA KC, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S, P786
    GUPTA KC, 1988, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA D, CH3
    HALL PS, 1988, IEE P H, V135, P180
    JAMES JR, 1981, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T, P166
    JAMES JR, 1989, HDB MICROSTRIP ANTEN, CH3
    LO YT, 1988, ANTENNA HDB THEORY A, CH10
    MURAKAMI Y, 1996, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V143, P119
    NAKANO M, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1269
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 1096-4290
 J9 INT J RF MICROW COMPUT-AID EN
 JI Int. J. RF Microw. Comput-Aid. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 42
 EP 48
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Electrical & Electronic
 GA 150NB
 UT ISI:000077670100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, X
    He, FB
 TI Three dimensional elasticity solution for vibration problem of thick
    plate
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE thick plate; free vibration; forced vibration
 AB In this paper, based upon the basic equations of three dimensional
    theory of elastodynamics, the governing differential equations of thick
    plate have been formulated The dynamic response of stress and
    displacement of thick plate subjected to the transversed forced are
    obtained. It is shown that the vibrational characters of thick plate
    consist of three modes: thickness shear mode, symmetric mode and
    anti-symmetric mode. The characteristic equations;of simply supported
    thick plate are derived and rile comparison of the free vibration
    frequencies based on the classic. theory, middle thickness plate theory
    and three dimensional elasticity theory are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT S, 1979, MATRIX METHODS ENG S
    CAO GX, 1983, VIBRATION THIN ELAST
    CAO ZY, 1983, THEORY THICK PLATE D
    CHIEN WZ, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P1
    MINDLIN RD, 1951, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V18, P31
    WANG FY, 1985, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V6, P429
    ZE DS, 1994, J TONGJI U, V22, P274
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 615
 EP 624
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149EC
 UT ISI:000077591300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Fan, XL
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Inertial manifolds for nonautonomous infinite dimensional dynamical
    systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous equations; the spectral gap condition; inertial manifold
 AB In this paper, the long time behavior of nonautonomous infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems is discussed Under the spectral gap
    condition, It is proved that there exist inertial manifolds for a class
    of nonautonomous evolution equations.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZX, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNAL AR, 1990, APPL ANAL, V37, P95
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P297
    DAFERMOS CM, 1974, MATH SYST THEORY, V8, P142
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P489
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    HALE J, 1988, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    SELL GR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V127, P241
    SMILEY MW, 1993, APPL ANAL, V50, P217
    SMILEY MW, 1995, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V7, P237
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 695
 EP 704
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149EC
 UT ISI:000077591300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI On the mechanism of turbulent coherent structure (III) - A statistical
    and dynamical model of coherent structure and its heat transfer
    mechanism
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE coherent structure; statistical and dynamical model; heat transfer
 AB Following Tsai & Ma([1]) and Tsai & Liu([2]), a statistical and
    dynamical near-wall turbulent coherent structural model with separate
    consideration of two different portions: locally generated and
    upstream-transported large eddies has been established. With this
    model, heat transfer in a fully developed open channel in the absence
    of pressure gradient is numerically simulated. Database of fluctuations
    of velocity and temperature has also been set. Numerical analysis shows
    the existence of high-low temperature streak caused by near-wall
    coherent structure and its swing in the lateral direction. Numerical
    results are in accordance with the computations and experimental
    results of other researchers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELL DM, 1993, NEAR WALL TURBULENT, P327
    BRADSHAW P, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V30, P241
    KASAGI N, 1990, NEAR WALL TURBULENCE, P596
    LIU YL, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P197
    LOU JS, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P993
    MA Z, 1996, THESIS TIANJIN U
    ROBINSON SK, 1991, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V23, P601
    TSAI ST, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V8, P901
    TSAI ST, 1993, THEORY TURBULENCE
    TSAI ST, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P319
    XIONG ZM, 1994, THESIS TIANJIN U
    ZHOU H, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P941
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 705
 EP 711
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, LJ
    Pan, LZ
    He, FB
 TI Study on the generalized Prandtl-Reuss constitutive equation and the
    corotational rates of stress tensor
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE finite elastic-plastic deformations; generalized Prandtl-Reuss
    constitutive equations; the corotational rates of stress tensor; simple
    shear stress oscillation
 ID PLASTICITY
 AB In this paper, the generalized Prandtl-Reuss (P-R) constitutive
    equations of elastic-plastic material in the presence of finite
    deformations through a new approach are studied. It analyzes the
    generalized P-R equation based on the material corotational rate and
    clarifies the puzzling problem of the simple shear stress oscillation
    mentioned in some literature. The paper proposes a modified relative
    rotational rate with which to constitute the objective rates of stress
    in the generalized P-R equation and concludes that the decomposition of
    total deformation rate into elastic and plastic parts is not necessary
    in developing the generalized P-R equations. Finally, the stresses of
    simple shear deformation are worked out.
 C1 Ningbo Univ, Mat Sci & Mech Res Ctr, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, LJ, Ningbo Univ, Mat Sci & Mech Res Ctr, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DAFALIAS YF, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P561
    DIENES JK, 1979, ACTA MECH, V32, P217
    DIENES JK, 1986, ACTA MECH, V65, P1
    HUTCHINSON JW, 1973, NUMERICAL SOLUTION N, P17
    LEE EH, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P1
    LEE EH, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P554
    METZGER DR, 1987, INT J PLASTICITY, V4, P341
    NAGETAAL JC, 1982, P WORKSH PLAST MET F, P65
    NAGHDI PM, 1990, Z ANGEW MATH PHYS, V41, P315
    SOWERBY R, 1984, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V20, P1037
    TRUESDELL C, 1966, ELEMENTS CONTINUUM M, P39
    TVERGAARD V, 1978, INT J MECH SCI, V20, P651
    VOYIADJIS GZ, 1992, INT J PLASTICITY, V8, P271
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 735
 EP 743
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Fan, XL
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Convergent families of approximate inertial manifolds for nonautonomous
    evolution equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous equation; approximate inertial manifold; spectral gap
    condition
 AB In this paper, the long time behavior of nonautonomous infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems is studied. A family of convergent
    approximate inertial manifolds for a class of evolution equations has
    been constructed when the spectral gap condition is satisfied.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZX, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNAL AR, 1990, APPL ANAL, V37, P95
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P297
    DAFERMOS CM, 1974, MATH SYST THEORY, V8, P142
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P489
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    HALE J, 1988, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    SELL GR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V127, P241
    SMILEY MW, 1993, APPL ANAL, V50, P217
    SMILEY MW, 1995, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V7, P237
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    WANG ZX, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P695
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 765
 EP 775
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400008
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Qiao, H
    Kang, LY
    Cardei, M
    Du, DZ
 TI Paired-domination of trees
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Let G 5 (V, E) be a graph without isolated vertices. A set S subset of
    or equal to V is a paired-dominating set if it dominates V and the
    subgraph induced by S, [S], contains a perfect matching. The
    paired-domination number gamma(p)(G) is defined to be the minimum
    cardinality of a paired-dominating set S in G. In this paper, we
    present a linear-time algorithm computing the paired-domination number
    for trees and characterize trees with equal domination and
    paired-domination numbers.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Minnesota, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
 RP Qiao, H, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR COCKAYNE EJ, 2000, J GRAPH THEOR, V34, P277
    HATTINGH JH, 2000, J GRAPH THEOR, V34, P142
    HAYNES TW, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS AD
    HAYNES TW, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS DOMINAT
    HAYNES TW, 1998, NETWORKS, V32, P199
    MYNHARDT CM, 1999, J GRAPH THEOR, V31, P163
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 54
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 620YE
 UT ISI:000179561100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Guo, JK
 TI Evaluation of thermodynamic properties from alloy phase diagram with
    miscibility gap using non-random two-liquid equation
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB The non-random two-liquid equation has been applied to evaluate the
    thermodynamic properties of the liquid solution at elevated
    temperatures in a binary alloy system with a liquid phase miscibility
    gap. Only upon making use of the phase equilibrium data at the critical
    and monotectic points of the miscibility gap from a T-X phase diagram
    and thermochemical data, the parameters needed for the evaluation,
    i.e., (g(12) - g(22)), (g(21) - g(11)) and a of the non-random
    two-liquid solution approach, can be determined. The evaluation of
    thermodynamic properties was carried out numerically for three binary
    alloy systems, i.e., Al-Pb, Zn-Pb and Ga-Hg systems. The application of
    the non-random two-liquid equation to these three binary alloy systems
    shows that the evaluated results are close to the available
    experimental measurements. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHOU KC, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P301
    DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS
    GANNEESCARD M, 1979, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V31, P323
    GUMINSKI C, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P719
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER
    LIANG YJ, 1993, HDB THERMODYNAMIC DA
    PRIGOGINE I, 1957, MOL THEORY SOLUTIONS
    RENON H, 1968, AICHE J, V14, P135
    WAGNER C, 1962, THERMODYNAMICS ALLOY
    ZHANG ZC, 1998, CALPHAD, V22, P313
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 340
 PG 14
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA 620PF
 UT ISI:000179541200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, B
    Wang, XD
    Ji, WS
    Yang, WR
    Li, Y
 TI Resonant frequency and quality factors of a silver-coated dual-mode
    dielectric resonator
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE dual-mode dielectric resonator; FDTD method; resonant frequency; Q
    factor; high permittivity dielectric ceramics
 ID FILTERS
 AB In this paper, resonant frequency and quality factors of a
    square-corner-cut dielectric resonator are obtained by using the
    finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method, and the resonant
    frequencies of some modes in the resonator are analyzed. Some useful
    results are obtained. (C) 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shc Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Microelect Res & Dev Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, B, Shanghai Univ, Shc Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LIANG XP, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P2294
    NAVARRO A, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P2159
    SANO K, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V48, P2491
    WANG C, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P1524
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 6
 BP 475
 EP 477
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 618GE
 UT ISI:000179409700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI Conservation laws of the two-dimensional Toda lattice hierarchy
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE conservation law; two-dimensional Toda lattice hierarchy; generalized
    Riccati equation
 ID KP HIERARCHY; EQUATIONS; QUANTITIES; SYMMETRIES; REDUCTIONS
 AB A novel method of constructing the conservation laws of (1 +
    2)-dimensional differential-difference systems is proposed. By
    introducing the generalized Riccati equation related to the
    pseudo-difference operator, we obtain the infinitely many conserved
    densities and the associated fluxes of the two-dimensional Toda lattice
    hierarchy. Moreover, this method presents more forms of the
    conservation laws than the previous approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    KAJIWARA K, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P115
    KAJIWARA K, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P506
    KONNO K, 1974, PROG THEO PHYS, V52, P886
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3676
    MATSUKIDAIRA J, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1426
    MATSUNO Y, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P3093
    OHTA Y, 1988, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V94, P210
    SATO M, 1981, RIMS KOKYUROKU, V439, P30
    SATO M, 1983, NONLINEAR PARTIAL DI, P259
    SIDORENKO J, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1429
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P4785
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P2239
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WADATI M, 1977, PROG THEOR PHYS, V57, P808
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 11
 BP 2583
 EP 2586
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618JB
 UT ISI:000179414000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI The N-soliton solutions for the modified KdV equation with
    self-consistent sources
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE modified KdV equation with self consistent sources; Hirota's method;
    Wronskian technique; uniformity
 ID NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; VRIES EQUATION; HIERARCHY; KORTEWEG;
    SCATTERING
 AB The N-soliton solutions for the modified KdV equation with
    self-consistent sources are obtained through Hirota's method and
    Wronskian technique respectively. Some novel determinantal identities
    are presented to treat the nonlinear term in the time evolution and
    finish the Wronskian verifications. The uniformity of these two kinds
    of N-soliton solutions is proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2001, 3 C SOL INT SYST CHI
    CLAUDE C, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P3321
    DOKTOROV EV, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P223
    DOKTOROV EV, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V207, P153
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, LECT NOTES MATH, V515
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KAUP DJ, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P2063
    LEON J, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P1385
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    MELNIKOV VK, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V133, P493
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V120, P451
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V126, P201
    MELNIKOV VK, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1106
    MELNIKOV VK, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P133
    NAKAZAWA M, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2625
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
    SHCHESNOVICH VS, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P23
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    VLASOV RA, 1991, DOKL AKAD NAUK BSSR, V26, P17
    ZENG YB, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V12, P217
    ZENG YB, 1998, PHYSICA A, V259, P278
    ZENG YB, 1999, PHYSICA A, V262, P405
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
    ZENG YB, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2113
 NR 28
 TC 7
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 11
 BP 2649
 EP 2656
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618JB
 UT ISI:000179414000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
    Ma, ZG
    Zhang, ML
 TI Effective stress reduction in diamond films on alumina by carbon ion
    implantation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DEPOSITION
 AB We show the effective stress reduction in diamond films by implanting
    carbon ions into alumina substrates prior to the diamond deposition.
    Residual stresses in the films are evaluated by Raman spectroscopy and
    a more reliable method for stress determination is presented for the
    quantitative measurement of stress evolution. It is found that
    compressive stresses in the diamond films can be partly offset by the
    compressive stresses in the alumina substrates, which are caused by the
    ion pre-implantation. At the same time, the difference between the
    offset by the pre-stressed substrates and the total stress reduction
    indicates that some other mechanisms are also active.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    FAN QH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1353
    FAN WD, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V72, P78
    LIU JF, 2001, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V16, P273
    VONKAENEL Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P1726
    XIA Y, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P459
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1663
 EP 1665
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618TK
 UT ISI:000179433200028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
 TI Analysis of the stability and density waves for traffic flow
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE car-following model; traffic flow; density wave; relative velocity
 ID CONGESTION; SOLITON; STATES
 AB In this paper, the optimal velocity model of traffic is extended to
    take into account the relative velocity. The stability and density
    waves for traffic flow are investigated analytically with the
    perturbation method. The stability criterion is derived by the linear
    stability analysis. It is shown that the triangular shock wave, soliton
    wave and kink wave appear respectively in our model for density waves
    in the three regions: stable, metastable and unstable regions. These
    correspond to the solutions of the Burgers equation, Korteweg-de Vries
    equation and modified Korteweg-de Vries equation. The analytical
    results are confirmed to be in good agreement with those of numerical
    simulation. All the results indicate that the interaction of a car with
    relative velocity can affect the stability of the traffic flow and
    raise critical density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZ DA, 1993, PHYS REV E, V52, P218
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    XUE Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P492
    XUE Y, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P230
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 11
 BP 1128
 EP 1134
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618KT
 UT ISI:000179417800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Zhang, JC
    Chen, H
    Chen, L
 TI A simple volumetric method for oxygen content determination in high-T-c
    doped YBCO compositions
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE high-T-c superconductors; oxygen content determination
 ID IODOMETRIC TITRATION; SUPERCONDUCTOR; NONSTOICHIOMETRY; FE
 AB We have developed a simple volumetric method for oxygen content
    determination in high-T-c materials. Application of this method in Fe
    and Co doped YBa2Cu3Oy systems is presented in this paper. This method
    shows several advantages. First, the apparatus is simple and
    inexpensive, so it can be widely used. Second, the operational
    procedure is simple and time saving. Moreover, the oxygen contents
    determined using this method are quite accurate. According to the error
    analysis, we found that the experimental accuracy can be improved
    further by reducing the original gas volume in the apparatus and
    increasing the sample mass. Besides the high-T-c copper oxides, this
    method can also be used to determine the oxygen content of other
    materials such as the colossal magnetoresistance materials. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Univ Houston, Dept Chem, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LH, Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Superconduct, POB 603, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BARBOUR JC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P7005
    CHEN WM, 1996, PHYSICA C, V270, P349
    CHEN WM, 1997, PHYSICA C, V276, P132
    CONDER K, 1989, MATER RES BULL, V24, P581
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    FUEKI K, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P261
    HARRIS DC, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V69, P182
    HUONG PV, 1990, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V5, P255
    JAMES AM, 1992, MACMILLANS CHEM PHYS, P108
    KARPPINEN M, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V104, P276
    KISHIO K, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, P1228
    MIN JR, 1995, PHYSICA C, V249, P196
    NAZZAL AI, 1988, PHYSICA C, V153, P1367
    OBARA H, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L603
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2002
 VL 383
 IS 1-2
 BP 17
 EP 22
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 617HF
 UT ISI:000179355700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Cao, SX
    Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Dependence of positron lifetime parameters on the preparation
    techniques and structural defects for YBCO cuprates
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE yttrium barium copper oxide (YBa2CU3O7-delta); orthorhombic
 ID OXYGEN-DEFICIENT YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; ELECTRON-STRUCTURE; ANNIHILATION
 AB Based on possible existence of technique effect and scattered
    distribution in positron results, a special investigation was made for
    YBa2Cu3O7 (- delta) systems in this paper. The dependence of
    preparation techniques and the structural characteristics on the
    sintering temperature and time are also given by positron lifetime, XRD
    and SEM experiments. The results show that the positron lifetime
    parameters and the microstructure show a significant dependence on
    sintering temperature and time. It is proved that, in the range of
    920-950 degreesC/12-72 h, the positron results have good stability and
    reliability in the sintering times and temperature. The distribution
    characteristic of defect was evaluated and bad a good stability in the
    preparation technique. The present studies provide an important
    experimental evidence for the study of Y-123 systems by positron
    experiment. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1203
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    DU YK, 1994, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V16, P7
    HAUTOJARI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    JEAN YC, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3994
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JINCANG Z, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    KWOK WK, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P106
    LU X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P7989
    RAO CNR, 1987, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V20, P228
    SALAMA K, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2352
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 57
 IS 2
 BP 374
 EP 379
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 616YY
 UT ISI:000179332500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI A general algorithm for the numerical evaluation of nearly singular
    boundary integrals of various orders for two- and three-dimensional
    elasticity
 SO COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE boundary element method; nearly singular integrals; elasticity;
    distance transformation; numerical integration
 ID PRINCIPAL VALUE INTEGRALS; ELEMENT METHOD; HYPERSINGULAR INTEGRALS;
    EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATIONS; REGULARIZATION; FORMULATION
 AB A general algorithm of the distance transformation type is presented in
    this paper for the accurate numerical evaluation of nearly singular
    boundary integrals encountered in elasticity, which, next to the
    singular ones, has long been an issue of major concern in computational
    mechanics with boundary element methods. The distance transformation is
    realized by making use of the distance functions, defined in the local
    intrinsic coordinate systems, which plays the role of damping-out the
    near singularity of integrands resulting from the very small distance
    between the source and the integration points. By taking advantage of
    the divergence-free property of the integrals with the nearly
    hypersingular kernels in the 3D case, a technique of geometric
    conversion over the auxiliary cone surfaces of the boundary element is
    designed, which is suitable also for the numerical evaluation of the
    hypersingular boundary integrals. The effects of the distance
    transformations are studied and compared numerically for different
    orders in the 2D case and in the different local systems in the 3D case
    using quadratic boundary elements. It is shown that the proposed
    algorithm works very well, by using standard Gaussian quadrature
    formulae, for both the 2D and 3D elastic problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CERROLAZA M, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P987
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    DIRGANTARA T, 2000, INT J FRACTURE, V105, P27
    DOBLARE M, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P3325
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1711
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    JOHNSTON PR, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1333
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P107
    LIU YJ, 1998, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V41, P541
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    LIU YJ, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P789
    MA H, 1998, JSCE J APPL MECH, V1, P355
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MARTIN PA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P687
    MUKHERJEE S, 1982, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P767
    SLADEK V, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P1609
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    TELLES JCF, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P959
    ZHANG D, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V23, P389
 NR 28
 TC 5
 SN 0178-7675
 J9 COMPUTATION MECH
 JI Comput. Mech.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 29
 IS 4-5
 BP 277
 EP 288
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 616YA
 UT ISI:000179330100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, TQ
    Gu, P
    Minning, TA
    Wu, Q
    Liu, M
    Chen, FX
    Liu, H
    Huangi, HH
 TI Microarray analysis of neural stem cell differentiation in the striatum
    of the fetal rat
 SO CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE microarray; neural stem cells; differentiation; striatum; rats
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; PROGENITOR CELLS; RECEPTOR; MATURATION;
    ACTIVATION; FOREBRAIN; PROMOTES; NEURONS; LINE
 AB 1. Gene expression profiles in neural stem cell differentiation in
    vitro were determined by cDNA microarray analysis.
    2. Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcripted into cDNA from
    differentiated and undifferentiated neural stem cells. The P-33 labeled
    cDNA was hybridized with a cDNA microarray consisting of 14,000 human
    genes.
    3. The results showed that a total of 1406 genes were differentially
    expressed, of which 148 genes exhibited more than twofold differences.
    Some genes were obviously activated while others were strongly
    repressed. These changes in gene expression suggest that
    differentiation is regulated by different genes at different
    expressional levels. By biological classification, the differentially
    expressed genes were divided into four functional categories: molecular
    function, biological process, cellular component, and new functional
    genes or ESTs.
    4. These findings will be a valuable contribution for gene expression
    profiling and elucidation of neural stem cell differentiation
    mechanisms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Georgia, Dept Cellular Biol, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
 RP Wen, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMOUREUX MC, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P3631
    ARONOW BJ, 2001, PHYSIOL GENOMICS, V6, P105
    BENRAISS A, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P6718
    BONNI A, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P477
    DIETZ AB, 2000, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V275, P731
    EISEN MB, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P14863
    ELBITAR F, 2001, CELL TISSUE RES, V304, P361
    FERNANDEZLLEBREZ P, 2001, CELL TISSUE RES, V305, P115
    FRANCESCANGELI E, 1997, NEUROCHEM RES, V10, P1299
    GADIENT RA, 1998, BRAIN RES, V798, P140
    GAGE FH, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1433
    GESCHWIND DH, 2001, NEURON, V29, P325
    HUGHES SM, 1988, NATURE, V335, P70
    KAPLANSKI C, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P580
    KELLY DL, 2000, MOL REPROD DEV, V56, P113
    KOBLAR SA, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3178
    LIU SY, 2000, J 3 MIL MED U, V22, P26
    MARMUR R, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P9800
    MU XQ, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P4983
    PINCUS DW, 1998, ANN NEUROL, V43, P576
    SALLY T, 2001, NATURE, V414, P112
    SATOH M, 2000, NEUROSCI LETT, V284, P143
    SHIMAZAKI T, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P7642
    STIER H, 1998, DIFFERENTIATION, V64, P55
    SUELVES M, 2002, BLOOD, V99, P2835
    TAYLOR MV, 2002, CURR BIOL, V12, R224
    TROPEPE V, 1999, DEV BIOL, V208, P166
    TSOUKATOS DC, 2001, BIOCHEM J 2, V357, P457
    VANDERKOOY D, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1439
 NR 29
 TC 5
 SN 0272-4340
 J9 CELL MOL NEUROBIOL
 JI Cell. Mol. Neurobiol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 407
 EP 416
 PG 10
 SC Cell Biology; Neurosciences
 GA 614GF
 UT ISI:000179179400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, ZM
 TI Application of FTIR micro-spectroscopy in the tribology
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE FTIR micro-spectroscopy; tribology; hydroxyl vegetable oil fatty acid;
    polyester; characteristic absorption peak
 AB The wave number of characteristic absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) of the
    polyester formed on the frictional process were determined by Fourier
    Transform Infrared (FTIR) Micro-spectroscopy, and the wave number
    displacement of characteristic absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) was
    analyzed based on the conversion mass of polyester formed. The internal
    relations between anti-wear order rule of hydroxyl fatty acids and
    vibration absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) of polyester formed by hydroxyl
    fatty acids was deduced according to these results, and the anti-wear
    order of hydroxyl fatty acids was reasonably explained, that is 13,
    14-di-hydroxydooosanoic acid > 13 (14)-monohydroxydooosanoic acid = 9,
    10-dihydroxyoctadecanoic acid > 9,10, 12-trihydroxyoctadecanoic acid >
    9(10)-monohydroxyoctadecanoic acid. A net polyester film is formed by
    13, 14-dihydroxydocosanoic acid and a linear polyester film is formed
    by 9, (10)-monohydroxyoctadecanoic acid and
    13(14)-monohydroxydooosanoic acid.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, State Key Lab Tribol, Dept Precis Instruments & Mechanol, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, ZM, Tsing Hua Univ, State Key Lab Tribol, Dept Precis Instruments &
    Mechanol, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 CR HU ZM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P364
    HU ZM, 1995, LUBRICATION SCI, V7, P285
    HU ZM, 2000, LUBRICATING OIL, V15, P38
    HU ZM, 2001, LUBRICATION ENG PERI, V4, P36
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 761
 EP 763
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 612WX
 UT ISI:000179099400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Wen, Q
    Xu, KD
 TI Raman spectroscopic study of silicon-oxygen tetrahedrons microstructure
    in x CaSiO3 center dot LiBO2 solid solutions
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE silicates; LiBO2; Raman spectroscopy
 ID SPECTRA
 AB Raman spectra of xCaSiO(3) . LiBO2 (by weight ratio, x = 0, 0.25, 0.33,
    0.50)crystals were measured. The microstructure of different
    silicon-oxygen tetrahedrons and their abundant variations with silica
    contents were studied. It shows that all the silicon-oxygen
    tetrahedrons are isolated by Si-O-b-B bondings. or free SiO44- No
    evidence suggests that there exist considerable Si-O-b-Si bondings. The
    abundance of Q(2), Q(4) species increases with the increasing silica
    content, there exists barely Q(3) species even at high silica content.
    And the sum of integrated Raman peaks for all Q(i) species are linearly
    correlated with silica concentration in crystal, which offers the
    possibility to analysis silica in minerals, slags, glasses and soil
    samples directly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOCK R, 1979, HDB DECOMPOSITION ME
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    WEN Q, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P694
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 787
 EP 789
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 612WX
 UT ISI:000179099400024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
    Van der Biest, O
 TI Thermodynamic prediction of the nonstoichiometric phase Zr1-zCezO2-x in
    the ZrO2-CeO1.5-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE CeO2; ZrO2; defects; mechanical properties; phase equilibria; sintering
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION; OPTIMIZATION; TEMPERATURE
 AB A thermodynamic estimation of the ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems, as
    well as the cubic phase in the CeO1.5-CeO2 system has been developed
    and the complex relation between the nonstoichiometry, y, in CezO2-y
    and the oxygen partial pressure at different temperatures is evaluated.
    The behavior of the nonstoichiometry phase Zr1-zCezO2-x is described
    based on the thermodynamic estimation in the ZrO2-CeO2, CeO1.5-CeO2 and
    ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems. Additionally, the interdependence among
    miscellaneous factors, which can be used to describe the change in
    oxidation states of cerium such as the oxygen partial pressure, the
    CeO1.5 fraction in CeO1.5-CeO2 in the quasi-ternary system, the
    nonstoichiometry y and the difference between the activity of CeO2 and
    CeO1.5 are predicted. The calculated results are found to be very
    useful to explain the influence of pressureless sintering at different
    O-2 partial pressures on the mechanical properties of CeO2-stabilised
    ZrO2 ceramics (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Van der Biest, O, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001
    Heverlee, Belgium.
 CR ANSTIS GR, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P533
    CAMPSERVEUX J, 1978, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V23, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1996, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR I, V2, P1047
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    LI L, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LIDE DR, 1998, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, US DEPT INTERIOR BUR, V672
    RICKEN M, 1986, SOLID STATE IONICS, V18, P725
    ROEBBEN G, 1997, REV SCI INSTRUM, V68, P4511
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    TULLER HL, 1979, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V126, P209
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YOSHIMURA M, 1972, B TOKYO I TECHNOL, V108, P25
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 106
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 613GV
 UT ISI:000179125300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Bifurcation of cavitation solutions for incompressible transversely
    isotropic hyper-elastic materials
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation; comparison of energy; incompressible hyper-elastic
    material; jumping and concentration of stress; transversely isotropic
    cylinder
 ID VOID NUCLEATION; HYPERELASTIC MATERIALS; GROWTH; INHOMOGENEITY;
    EXAMPLE; SPHERES
 AB In this paper, the bifurcation problem of void formation and growth in
    a solid circular cylinder, composed of an incompressible, transversely
    isotropic hyper-elastic material, under a uniform radial tensile
    boundary dead load and an axial stretch is examined. At first, the
    deformation of the cylinder, containing an undetermined parameter-the
    void radius, is given by using the condition of incompressibility of
    the material. Then the exact analytic formulas to determine the
    critical load and the bifurcation values for the parameter are obtained
    by solving the differential equation for the deformation function.
    Thus, an analytic solution for bifurcation problems in incompressible
    anisotropic hyper-elastic materials is obtained. The solution depends
    on the degree of anisotropy of the material. It shows that the
    bifurcation may occur locally to the right or to the left, depending on
    the degree of anisotropy, and the condition for the bifurcation to the
    right or to the left is discussed. The stress distributions subsequent
    to the cavitation are given and the jumping and concentration of
    stresses are discussed. The stability of solutions is discussed through
    comparison of the associated potential energies. The bifurcation to the
    left is a 'snap cavitation'. The growth of a pre-existing void in the
    cylinder is also observed. The results for a similar problem in three
    dimensions were obtained by Polignone and Horgan.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTMAN SS, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V18, P131
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAO TH, 1990, INT J FRACTURE, V43, R51
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P302
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    MEYNARD F, 1992, Q APPL MATH, V50, P210
    OGDEN RW, 1972, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V326, P565
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P3381
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    SIVALOGANANTHAN J, 1991, Q APPL MATH, V49, P521
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V96, P96
    STUART CA, 1985, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V2, P33
    YEOH OH, 1997, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V70, P175
 NR 21
 TC 9
 SN 0022-0833
 J9 J ENG MATH
 JI J. Eng. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 245
 EP 257
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 611BK
 UT ISI:000178996400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WH
    Wu, HQ
    Lei, YQ
    Wang, QD
 TI Reaction kinetics of amorphous Mg50Ni50 hydride electrode
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE amorphous materials; hydride electrode; Mg-based alloy; electrochemical
    impedance spectroscopy
 ID ALLOYED MG-NI; ELECTROCHEMICAL IMPEDANCE; AC-IMPEDANCE; BEHAVIOR
 AB Mg-based alloy is a promising hydride electrode material. In this
    study, the kinetics of the electrode reaction of an amorphous Mg50Ni50
    hydride electrode is studied by using electrochemical impedance
    spectroscopy (EIS) technique. An equivalent circuit for the hydride
    electrode reaction is proposed. Results show that the reaction rate of
    the hydride electrode is determined by a charge-transfer reaction at
    the alloy surface, which is represented by the EIS responses in the
    medium frequency region. The serious corrosion of the active material
    on the alloy surface is the main reason for the high charge-transfer
    resistance of the electrode reaction. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN J, 1998, AL 20 P
    CHENG SA, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P814
    KOHNO T, 1998, INT S MET HYDR SYST
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P161
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P183
    LEI YQ, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P379
    LIU WH, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V58, P243
    LIU WH, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V252, P234
    VALOEN LO, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V253, P656
    WAN X, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P788
    WANG CS, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1801
    ZHANG WL, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P2935
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD NOV 18
 PY 2002
 VL 346
 IS 1-2
 BP 244
 EP 249
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 614DF
 UT ISI:000179172500042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
 TI The Knoevenagel condensation reaction of aromatic aldehydes with
    malononitrile by grinding in the absence of solvents and catalysts
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID SOLID-STATE; MICROWAVE IRRADIATION; ACID
 AB An improved Knoevenagel condensation reaction of aldehydes and
    malononitrile can be achieved by grinding at room temperature in the
    absence of solvents and catalysts. This process is simple, efficient,
    economical, and environmentally benign. Compared to reactions carried
    out by microwave irradiation, this procedure is completely free from
    organic solvents during both the reaction and separation of the product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDALLAHELAYOUB.S, 1994, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P258
    CABELLO JA, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P5195
    CORSON BB, 1928, J AM CHEM SOC 3, V50, P2825
    HAGIWARA H, 1996, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V279, P291
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    JONES G, 1967, ORG REACTIONS, V15, P204
    KIM SY, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P533
    KNOEVENAGEL E, 1894, CHEM BER, V27, P2345
    KWON PS, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P4091
    LEHNERT W, 1974, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P667
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    PRAJAPATI D, 1992, CHEM LETT        OCT, P1945
    PRAJAPATI D, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P739
    RAO PS, 1991, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V32, P5821
    SCHIEMENZ GP, 1962, CHEM BER, V95, P485
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    STURZ HG, 1949, J AM CHEM SOC, V71, P2949
    TANAKA K, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P1025
    TANAKA M, 1998, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1965
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P320
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P3007
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P341
    VILLEMIN D, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P3207
    VILLEMIN D, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P1113
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
 NR 28
 TC 16
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 22
 BP 3475
 EP 3479
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 610VA
 UT ISI:000178981000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Watermarking scheme capable of resisting attacks based on availability
    of inserter
 SO SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE digital watermarking; attack; inserter
 AB Attacks based on the presence of watermark inserter are easy to perform
    since they make use of similarity between an original watermark and
    additionally added ones by using the same inserter and key. In this
    paper, a novel watermarking scheme capable of resisting inserter
    attacks is proposed. Watermark signals corresponding to the same key
    are mutually independent if they are randomly selected using the
    described technique. Thus the inserter attack is invalidated.
    Performance of the proposed method is studied, and simulation
    experiments presented.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COX IJ, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P587
    HARTUNG F, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1079
    KALKER T, 1998, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V1, P425
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE MULT SYST 99, V1, P574
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0165-1684
 J9 SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Signal Process.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 82
 IS 11
 BP 1801
 EP 1804
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 605ZV
 UT ISI:000178707700020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
 TI Effect of the deformation and heat treatment on the decomposition of
    beta Zr in Zr-Sn-Nb alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE zirconium alloy; secondary phase; heat treatment; microstructure
 AB The influence of the deformation and heat treatment on the
    decomposition of beta-Zr in Zr-Sn-Nb alloys has been studied by means
    of transmission electron microscopy (TEM). After fast cooling by
    heating the specimens at 750degreesC - 0.5 h, some lumps of beta-Zr are
    formed on grain boundaries and bar - like particles of beta-Zr are
    formed within grains. After faster cooling by heating the specimens at
    1000degreesC - 0.5 h, a sandwich structure between thin layer G-Zr and
    lathy grains of alpha-Zr is formed. By aging the specimens at
    560degreesC, the decomposition of beta-Zr existing on the grain
    boundaries occurs to form particlelike beta-Nb (100 nm - 200 nm) This
    does not occur for bar - like beta-Zr existing within the grains.
    Deformation can make the beta-Zr more unstable and promotes the
    nucleation of fine particles of beta-Nb (10 nm - 60 nm). The bar-like
    particles of beta-Zr, which did not decompose only by aging at
    560degreesC, can be decomposed by a deformation - plus - aging heat
    treatment. In order to obtain a uniform dispersion and finer second
    phase particles of beta-Nb in zirconium alloys containing niobium, the
    material should not be heated over 610degreesC to avoid reforming lumps
    of beta-Zr on grain boundaries during subsequent processing.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVID R, 1986, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D, P1711
    FOSTER JP, 1990, J NUCL MATER, V173, P146
    LIU WQ, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P81
    ROGERS BA, 1955, J MET, V7, P1034
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 389
 EP 392
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 611ZZ
 UT ISI:000179049700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, JX
    Kang, YL
    Qu, FQ
 TI Prediction and determination of both friction coefficient and forming
    force on sheet metal deep-drawing
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE deep-drawing; friction coefficient; forming force; prediction and
    determination
 ID FRACTURE LIMIT; WRINKLE LIMIT
 AB On the basis of the criterion of no-wrinkle, the principle and method
    of prediction and determination of both friction coefficient and
    forming force on sheet metal deep-drawing are put forward, and proved
    it's expedience and practicability. They are suitable for assessment of
    lubricant properties. Friction coefficient and forming force are a
    function of material parameter, design parameter and process parameter,
    especially relative prevent wrinkle blank-holder force. Product of both
    friction coefficient and prevent wrinkle blankholder force is only
    function of process parameter eta after determining material parameter
    and design parameter.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Yantai 263005, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, JX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR KANG YL, 1999, QUALITY CONTROL FORM
    LEI JX, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P237
    LEI JX, 1999, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V12, P288
    LEI JX, 1999, J IRON STEEL RES, V11, P194
    LEI JX, 1999, J PLASTICITY ENG, V6, P638
    LEI JX, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P201
    RU Z, 1992, PLASTICITY WORKING T
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 9
 IS 5
 BP 360
 EP 362
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 611KA
 UT ISI:000179015000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SQ
    Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI General explicit solutions of a classical Boussinesq system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE explicit solution; soliton; nonlinear equation
 ID NONLINEAR-WAVE EQUATIONS; JACOBI ELLIPTIC FUNCTION; EXPANSION METHOD
 AB Seeking a travelling wave solution of the classical Boussinesq system
    and making an ansatz for the solution, we obtain a nonlinear system of
    algebraic equations. We solve the system using an effective algorithm
    and then two general explicit solutions are obtained which are of
    physical interest.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BAI CL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P1091
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1409
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN S, V8, P280
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WU TY, 1996, MATH SOLVING PROBLEM, P233
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG YF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P319
    ZHOU ZJ, 2002, UNPUB J MATH PHYS
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 10
 BP 993
 EP 995
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609RU
 UT ISI:000178919000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WW
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Yu, F
    Zhang, B
    Wang, KS
 TI Cd1-xZnxTe crystal growth controlled by Cd/Zn partial pressures
 SO SEMICONDUCTOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID CD-TE; SYSTEM
 AB We have estimated the partial pressures, P-Cd and P-Zn over Cd1-xZnxTe
    (CZT) and Cd1-xZnx melts based on known thermodynamic data. The partial
    pressures, P-Cd and P-Zn over the Cd0.81Zn0.19 alloy melt at a
    temperature of about 1003 degreesC could be in equilibrium with those
    over the Cd0.9Zn0.1Te melt at a melting temperature of 1120 degreesC.
    In this work, we have carried out Cd0.9Zn0.1Te crystal growth from the
    melt under controlled constituent partial pressures, provided by the
    Cd0.81Zn0.19 alloy instead of only the Cd source. The best result for
    the resistivity, which has reached up to about 10(10) Omega cm, has
    been obtained under the equilibrium partial pressures estimated by
    thermodynamic relationships. The axial variation in Zn concentration,
    which has been obviously improved due to Zn being replenished from the
    reservoir during the whole growth procedure, is within about 4%. The
    etch pit densities were, on average, about 2 x 10(5) and 4 x 10(4)
    cm(-2) at the middle of the bulk. Infrared transmissivity in the range
    of 2-42 mum is larger than 60%. In addition, we also discuss the
    relationship between the resistivities and conducting types of the
    crystal and the different controlled pressures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, WW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus,20 Chengzhong
    Rd, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2597
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1310
    GLASS HL, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1035
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P637
    JORDAN AS, 1970, MET T, V1, P239
    NIEMELA A, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P1054
    PETERS K, 1990, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V25, P1107
    TANAKA A, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V94, P166
    TUNG T, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P117
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1067
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0268-1242
 J9 SEMICOND SCI TECHNOL
 JI Semicond. Sci. Technol.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 10
 BP L55
 EP L58
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 609AJ
 UT ISI:000178880200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, YW
    Zhang, GX
 TI A new integrated design method based on fuzzy matter-element
    optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE multi-objective optimization; fuzzy matter-element; genetic algorithms;
    scheme design
 ID GENETIC ALGORITHMS
 AB This paper puts forward a new integrated design method based on fuzzy
    matter-element optimization. On the based of analyzing the model of
    multi-objective fuzzy matter-element (R) over tilde, the paper defines
    the matter-element weighting and changes solving a multi-objective
    fuzzy optimization into solving a dependent function K(x) of the
    single-objective optimization according to the optimization criterion.
    The paper particularly describes the realization approach of the GA
    process of multi-objective fuzzy matter-element optimization: encode,
    produce initial population, confirm fitness function, select operator,
    etc. In the process, the adaptive macro genetic algorithms (AMGA) are
    applied to enhance the evolution speed. The paper improves the two
    genetic operators: cross-over and mutation operator. The modified
    adaptive macro genetic algorithms (MAMGA) are put forward
    simultaneously, and adopted to solve the optimization problem.
    Three optimization methods, namely the fuzzy matter-element
    optimization method, the linearity weighted method and the fuzzy
    optimization method, are compared using tables and figures, showing
    that not only is MAMMA a little better than AMGA, but also it reaches
    the extent to which the effective iteration generation is 62.2% of
    simple genetic algorithms (SGA). By the calculation of an optimum
    example, the improved genetics method of reported in the paper is much
    better than the methods in the references of the paper. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Hangzhou 310014, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, YW, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Hangzhou 310014,
    Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 CR BING Z, 1997, FUZZY MATTER ELEMENT
    GAO Y, 2000, P 3 WORLD C INT CONT, P646
    HUANG YP, 2000, FUZZY SET SYST, V113, P367
    SRINIVAS M, 1994, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V24, P656
    WEN C, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P673
    WU QH, 1998, INT J ELEC POWER, V20, P563
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD OCT 11
 PY 2002
 VL 129
 IS 1-3
 BP 612
 EP 618
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 607MJ
 UT ISI:000178795100128
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Chau, KT
    Gan, JY
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Design and analysis of a new multiphase polygonal-winding
    permanent-magnet brushless DC machine
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc machine; permanent-magnet machine; time-stepping
    finite-element method
 ID INSET
 AB In this paper, a new multiphase polygonal-winding permanent-magnet
    brushless dc (PMBDC) machine is proposed and analyzed. The originality
    of the proposed machine lies on the multiphase polygonal-winding stator
    and the surface-inset permanent-magnet rotor. Because of its unique
    structure and operating principle, a circuit-field-torque coupled time
    stepping finite-element method is also employed for analysis. The
    designed machine prototyped and the analysis. The designed machine is
    prototyped and the analysis is verufied by experimentation.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 2, V36, P3810
    XU LY, 1995, IEEE T IND APPL, V31, P373
    ZHU ZQ, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P98
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3258
 EP 3260
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 608VE
 UT ISI:000178867200444
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Xin, HW
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Lie algebraic structures of some (1+2)-dimensional Lax integrable
    systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURES; RECURSION OPERATORS; SYMMETRIES;
    HIERARCHIES; MULTIDIMENSIONS
 AB The paper proposes an approach to constructing the symmetries and their
    algebraic structures for isospectral and nonisospectral evolution
    equations of (1 + 2)-dimensional systems associated with the linear
    problem of Sato theory. To do that, we introduce the implicit
    representations of the isospectral flows {K-m} and nonisospectral flows
    {sigma(n)} in the high dimensional cases. Three examples, the
    Kodomstev-Petviashvili system, BKP system and new CKP system, are
    considered to demonstrate our method. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CAUDREY PJ, 1990, SOLITON THEORY SURVE, P55
    CHEN DY, 1990, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V13, P324
    CHEN DY, 1991, CHIN ANN MATH A, V12, P33
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    CHEN HH, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V91, P381
    CHEN HH, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P439
    CHEN HH, 1987, PHYSICA D, V26, P171
    CHENG Y, 1988, J PHYS A, V21, L443
    CHENG Y, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V127, P205
    CHENG Y, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P277
    CHENG Y, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYSICS, P12
    CHENG Y, 1990, PHYS D, V46, P286
    CHENG Y, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P157
    FOKAS AS, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V86, P341
    FOKAS AS, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V116, P449
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1983, PROG THEOR PHYS, V70, P1508
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1984, PHYS LETT A, V102, P15
    LI YS, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P3713
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
    OEVEL W, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V88, P323
    SANTINI PM, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V115, P375
 NR 21
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 761
 EP 770
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609FT
 UT ISI:000178893500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, FQ
    Liu, CQ
 TI The transient elliptic flow of power-law fluid in fractal porous media
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fractal media; vertically fractured well; transient flow; power-law
    fluid
 AB The steady oil production and pressure distribution formulae of
    vertically fractured well for power-law non-Newtonian fluid were
    derived on the basis of the elliptic flow model in fractal reservoirs.
    The corresponding transient flow in fractal reservoirs was studied by
    numerical differentiation method: the influence of fractal index to
    transient pressure of vertically fractured well was analyzed. Finally
    the approximate analytical solution of transient flow was given by
    average mass conservation law. The study shows that using elliptic flow
    method to analyze the flow of vertically fractured well is a simple
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Porous Flow & Fluid Mech, Langfang 065007, Hebei, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, FQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LIU CQ, 1989, WELL TESTING PRODUCT, V10, P22
    LIU CQ, 1996, 10 S HYDR CHIN, P439
    LIU J, 1996, BIOMED ENVIRON SCI, V9, P12
    SONG FQ, 2000, WELL TESTING PRODUCT, V21, P1
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 875
 EP 880
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitated bifurcation for incompressible hyperelastic material
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE incompressible hyperelastic material; void nucleation and growth;
    catastrophe and concentration of stress
 ID NONLINEARLY ELASTIC-MATERIALS; VOID NUCLEATION; GROWTH
 AB The spherical cavitated bifurcation for a hyperelastic solid sphere
    made of the incompressible Valanis-Landel material under boundary
    dead-loading is examined. The analytic solution for the bifurcation
    problem is obtained. The catastrophe and concentration of stresses are
    discussed. The stability of solutions is discussed through the energy
    comparison. And the growth of a pre-existing micro-void is also
    observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V96, P97
    VALANIS KC, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P2997
 NR 9
 TC 11
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 881
 EP 888
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (I) - Governing equation and general solution
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; bellows; lateral bending
    load; moderately slender ratio; general solution
 AB The overall bending of circular ring shells subjected to bending
    moments and lateral forces is discussed. The derivation of the
    equations was based upon the theory of flexible shells generalized by
    E. L. Axelrad and the assumption of the moderately slender ratio less
    than 1/3 (i.e., ratio between curvature radius of the meridian and
    distance from the meridional curvature center to the axis of
    revolution). The present general solution is an analytical one
    convergent in the whole domain of the shell and with the necessary
    integral constants for the boundary value problems. It can be used to
    calculate the stresses and displacements of the related bellows. The
    whole work is arranged into four parts: (I) Governing equation and
    general solution; (II) Calculation for Omega-shaped bellows; (III)
    Calculation for C-shaped bellows; (IV) Calculation for U-shaped
    bellows. This paper is the first part.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    CHEN SL, 1987, PROGR APPL MECH, P181
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J LANZHOU U SPECIAL, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P84
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    ZHU WP, 1998, THIN WALL STRUCT, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P371
    ZHU WP, 2000, CHINESE Q MECH, V21, P311
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 889
 EP 897
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (II) - Calculation for Omega-shaped bellows
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; Omega-shaped bellows;
    general solution
 AB (II) is one of the applications of (I), in which the angular stiffness,
    the lateral stiffness and the corresponding stress distributions of
    Omega-shaped bellows were calculated, and the present results were
    compared with those of the other theories and experiments. It is shown
    that the non-homogeneous solution of ( I) can solve the pure bending
    problem of the bellows by itself, and be more effective than by the
    theory of slender ring shells; but if a lateral slide of the bellows
    support exists the non-homogeneous solution will no longer entirely
    satisfy the boundary conditions of the problem, in this case the
    homogeneous solution of ( I) should be included, that is to say, the
    full solution of can meet all the requirements.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *EJMA INC, 1998, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, COLLECTED WORKS APPL, P110
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, J INSTRUMENTS METERS, V1, P89
    DAHL NC, 1953, J APPL MECH, V20, P497
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P121
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 898
 EP 905
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Homotopy perturbation method: a new nonlinear analytical technique
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation methods; homotopy; duffing equation; nonlinearity
 ID APPROXIMATE SOLUTION
 AB In this paper, a new perturbation method is proposed. In contrast to
    the traditional perturbation methods, this technique does not require a
    small parameter in an equation. In this method, according to the
    homotopy technique, a homotopy with an imbedding parameter p is an
    element of [0, 1] is constructed, and the imbedding parameter is
    considered as a "small parameter", so the method is called the homotopy
    perturbation method, which can take the full advantages of the
    traditional perturbation methods and homotopy techniques. To illustrate
    its effectiveness and its convenience, a Duffing equation with high
    order of nonlinearity is used; the result reveals that its first order
    of approximation obtained by the proposed method is valid uniformly
    even for very large parameter, and is more accurate than the
    perturbation solutions. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH
    NAYFEH AF, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 10
 TC 16
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2002
 VL 135
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 79
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 609DQ
 UT ISI:000178888700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A new iteration method for solving algebraic equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; iteration method
 ID PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE
 AB In this paper, a nonlinear algebraic equation f (x) = 0, by applying
    Taylor's theorem, is converted into a coupled iteration system
    L(x(n+1)) + g(x(n)) = 0 and g(x(n)) = f (x(n)) - L(x(n)), where L(x) =
    Ax(2) + Bx + C.
    The formula is of high convergence. Some examples are given. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, POB 189,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P239
    PETKOVIC L, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P669
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2002
 VL 135
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 84
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 609DQ
 UT ISI:000178888700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
    Qu, H
    Liao, HY
 TI Pairing symmetry and vortex lattice of high temperature superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hight T-c; superconduciivity; vortex structure; Ginzburg-Landau theory
 ID S-WAVE; THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY; II SUPERCONDUCTORS; MODEL;
    YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; BI2SR2CACU2O8; STATE; ORDER; PB
 AB We studied pairing symmetry of YBa2Cu3O7-delta high-temperature.
    superconductor using a generic Ginzburg-Landau model. The phase
    transition between the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state and d(x2-y2) wave was
    shown. The vortex lattice of a YBa2Cu3O7 superconductor is oblique at
    the temperature well below the transition temperature T-c, where the
    mixed s-d(x2-y2) state is expected to have the lowest energy. Whereas,
    very close to T-c, the d(x2-y2) wave is slightly lower in energy, and a
    triangular vortex lattice recovers. The coexistence and the coupling
    between the s-and d-waves would account for the unusual behaviours such
    as the upward curvature of the upper critical field curve H-c2 (T).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    AUBIN H, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P624
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    HEEB R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9385
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRISHANA K, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P83
    LAUGHLIN RB, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5188
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1874
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P342
    ZHOU SP, 2000, PHYSICA C, V339, P258
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 10
 BP 2355
 EP 2361
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609JF
 UT ISI:000178899300036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
 TI General solution and fractal localized structures for the
    (2+1)-dimensional generalized Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; SIMILARITY
    REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; DROMION;
    SOLITONS; INTEGRABILITY; SCATTERING; PLASMA
 AB Using the standard truncated Painleve expansions, we derive a quite
    general solution of the (2+1)-dimensional generalized
    Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system. Except for the usual localized
    solutions, such as dromions, lumps, ring soliton solutions, etc, some
    special localized excitations with fractal behaviour, i.e. the fractal
    dromion and fractal lump excitations, are obtained by some types of
    lower-dimensional fractal patterns.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P116
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    BOITI M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2377
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P17
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL L, V19, P10
    GAO YT, 1997, COMPUT MATH APPL, V33, P115
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HEREMAN W, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V65, P143
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KISELEV OM, 2000, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V7, P411
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V158, P391
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P214
    LI YS, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P7487
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P28
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NISHINARI K, 1993, J PHYS SOC JPN, V62, P2021
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OIKAWA M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P4416
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P5738
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, IN PRESS J PHYS A, V35
    TIAN B, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P2937
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    YOSHIDA N, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, P3325
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37
 NR 40
 TC 58
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1399
 EP 1402
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 606VR
 UT ISI:000178755700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, FS
    Gu, GQ
    Chen, KM
 TI Low-frequency dielectric dispersion of highly concentrated spherical
    particles in an electrolyte solution
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL DOUBLE-LAYER; APPROXIMATION; CONDUCTIVITY; ENHANCEMENT;
    SUSPENSION
 AB We deal with the problem of calculating the effective dielectric
    dispersion and electrical conductivity of colloidal dispersions. A
    comparison of the theoretical calculation of first principles with the
    experimental data of Schwan shows that our technique proposed here is
    no longer restricted to dilute solutions and is very effective for
    studying the dielectric properties of colloids with highly concentrated
    charged spherical particles in an electrolyte solution.
 C1 Hohai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Nanjing 210024, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Coll Informat Technol, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, FS, Hohai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Nanjing 210024, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CARRIQUE F, 1993, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V156, P117
    CHEW WC, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P4683
    CHEW WC, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4541
    DUNSTAN DE, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V152, P308
    FIXMAN M, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V72, P5177
    GU GQ, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4476
    GU GQ, 1993, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V26, P1371
    KAN R, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V86, P5748
    LARSON RE, 1989, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V1, P38
    NI FS, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P438
    OBRIEN RW, 1981, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V81, P234
    OKONSKI CT, 1960, J PHYS CHEM-US, V64, P605
    PETSEV DN, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V149, P329
    SCHURR JM, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P2407
    SCHWAN HP, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2626
    SCHWARZ G, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2636
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1550
 EP 1552
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 606VR
 UT ISI:000178755700046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZJ
    Chen, YP
    Pan, JM
    Tang, J
 TI The determination of lead in industrial samples by spectrophotometry
    with
    2-(2-sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynaphth
    alene-3,6-disulfonic acid
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE spectrophotometry; determination of lead; industrial samples;
    2-(2-Sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6-dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynapht
    halene-3,6-disulfonic acid
 ID SOIL
 AB An excellent method for spectrophotometric determination of trace lead
    in industrial samples has been developed. The method is based on the
    reaction of lead(II) with new reagent
    2-(2-sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6-dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynapht
    halene-3,6-disulfonic acid(SDBM). Under optimal conditions, SDBM reacts
    with lead(II) to give a 1: 2 blue complex in a phosphoric acid media,
    which has an maximum peak at 630 nm; 0-20 mug of lead(II) obeyed Beer's
    law in 25 mL solution. The color reaction is instantaneous and the
    absorbance stable for 24 h; its the apparent molar absorption
    coefficient, Sandell's sensitivity, the limit of detection and the
    limit of quantification were found to be 1.07 x 10(5) L mol(-1)cm(-1),
    1.94ng cm(-2), 3.12 ng mL(-1) and 10.0 ng mL(-1) respectively. Effect
    of foreign ions have been examined in detail. The experiment indicated
    that most of metal ions studied can be tolerated in considerable
    amounts, especially transition metal ions such as Ag(I), Fe(III),
    Co(II), Ni(II), Cu(II), Zn(II), Al(III), Cr(III) and Hg(II). Therefore,
    the proposed method is simple, high sensitive and selective, it has
    been applied to determine trace lead in real samples with satisfactory
    results.
 C1 So Yangtze Univ, Coll Chem & Mat Engn, Wuxi 214036, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZJ, So Yangtze Univ, Coll Chem & Mat Engn, Wuxi 214036, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AHMED MJ, 2001, TALANTA, V55, P43
    BALE MN, 1995, TALANTA, V42, P1291
    HONGO T, 1988, FRESEN Z ANAL CHEM, V331, P647
    KISCH PP, 1984, ZH ANAL KHIM, V39, P1052
    KISCH PP, 1984, ZH ANAL KHIM, V39, P820
    LONG GL, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P2242
    LONG GL, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V55, P712
    MEDINILLA J, 1986, TALANTA, V33, P329
    PAN J, 1981, CHROMOGENIC REAGENTS, P283
    PAN JM, 1996, METALLURGICAL ANAL, V16, P1
    RALKAIAH GV, 1985, INDIAN J TECHNOL, V23, P157
    RAMESH M, 2000, INDIAN J CHEM A, V39, P1337
    THAKUR M, 1999, ANALYST, V124, P1331
    TRINDER N, 1966, ANALYST, V91, P587
    XIAO M, 1988, LIHUA JIANYAN HUAXUE, V24, P130
    ZHAO SL, 1996, ENV SCI, V17, P59
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 13
 BP 2157
 EP 2171
 PG 15
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 607FA
 UT ISI:000178780000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitated bifurcation for composed compressible hyper-elastic materials
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE composed compressible hyper-elastic material; void bifurcation;
    catastrophe and concentration of stress; energy comparion
 ID VOID NUCLEATION
 AB The cavitated bifurcation problem in a solid sphere composed of two
    compressible hyper-elastic materials is examined. The bifurcation
    solution for the composed sphere under a uniform radial tensile
    boundary dead-load is obtained. The bifurcation curves and the stress
    contributions subsequent to the cavitation are given. The right and
    left bifurcation as well as the catastrophe and concentration of
    stresses are analyzed. The stability of solutions is discussed through
    an energy comparison.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 208
 EP 213
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 606XE
 UT ISI:000178759800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, Y
    Nakai, T
    Tajima, M
    Natukawa, K
 TI Preparation of SnO2 films with high sensitivity and selectivity to
    C2H5OH by oxygen radical assisted electron beam evaporation for
    micro-machined gas sensors
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE tin oxide; evaporation; sensors; electrical properties and measurements
 AB The oxygen radical assisted electron beam (EB) evaporation was employed
    to prepare SnO2 films with high sensitivity and selectivity to C2H5OH
    for micro-machined gas sensors. The films deposited by this technique
    allow a low-temperature and fast annealing process, and therefore has
    high compatibility to the standard integrated circuit process. The
    maximum sensitivity is higher than 160, more than 20 times larger than
    that of films prepared by the conventional EB evaporation, and
    comparable to that of radio frequency reactive sputtered films.
    Furthermore, the temperature of maximum sensitivity has also decreased
    approximately 100 degreesC compared to a conventional EB evaporated
    SnO2 film. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Hochiki Co Ltd, Machida, Tokyo 1948577, Japan.
    Kubota Co Ltd, Amagasaki, Hyogo 6618567, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    HEILAND G, 1982, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V2, P343
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD SEP 2
 PY 2002
 VL 416
 IS 1-2
 BP 248
 EP 253
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 603VY
 UT ISI:000178582700037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Wang, SH
    Huang, ZJ
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID DERIVATIVES
 AB The route of preparing of
    1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes through the reaction of
    arylidenemalononitrile with methoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylarsonium
    bromide in the presence of K2CO3 under mild conditions with high yield
    and stereo selectivity is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ATTAHPOKN SK, 1984, CAN J CHEM, V62, P1217
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DING WY, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P64
    DING YY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P354
    FREY HM, 1966, ADV PHYS ORG CHEM, V4, P147
    GRIECO PA, 1972, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P3781
    JINHWA L, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P9919
    MURPHY WS, 1983, J CHEM SOC P1, P817
    TRISTM BM, 1967, J AM CHEM SOC, V89, P138
    VINOD KS, 1997, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P137
    WILLIAM B, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P1491
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
    YAMAMOTE Y, 1975, CHEM COMMUN, P668
    ZWANENBURG B, 1997, HOUBENWEYL METHODS A, V17
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 20
 BP 3143
 EP 3148
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 602UB
 UT ISI:000178521900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Miao, LY
    Wu, JL
 TI Edge-coloring critical graphs with high degree
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE edge coloring; edge chromatic number; critical graph
 AB It is proved here that any edge-coloring critical graph of order n and
    maximum degree Delta greater than or equal to 8 has the size at least
    3(n + Delta - 8). It generalizes a result of Hugh Hind and Yue Zhao.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanxi Univ, Sch Sci, Shandong 271018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Miao, LY, Shanxi Univ, Sch Sci, Shandong 271018, Peoples R China.
 CR FIORINI S, 1977, RES NOTES MATHS, V16
    HIND H, 1998, DISCRETE MATH, V190, P107
    MELNIKOV LS, 1970, MATH NOTES, V7, P405
    VIZING VG, 1968, RUSS MATH SURV, V23, P125
    YAN ZD, 2000, GRAPH COMBINATOR, V16, P245
    YAP HP, 1981, DISCRETE MATH, V37, P289
    YAP HP, 1986, SOME TOPICS GRAPH TH
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD NOV 6
 PY 2002
 VL 257
 IS 1
 BP 169
 EP 172
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics
 GA 605KV
 UT ISI:000178677800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI An open plus nonlinear closed loop control of chaotic oscillators
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chaos control; entrainment basin; oscillator
 ID MULTIPLE-ATTRACTOR SYSTEMS; COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION
    CONTROLS; ADAPTIVE-CONTROL; OPCL CONTROL; ENTRAINMENT
 AB An open plus nonlinear closed loop control law is presented for chaotic
    oscillations described by a set of non-autonomous second-order ordinary
    differential equations. It is proven that the basins of entrainment are
    global when the right-hand sides of the equations are given by
    arbitrary polynomial functions. The forced Duffing oscillator and the
    forced van der Pol oscillator are treated as numerical examples to
    demonstrate the applications of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER, P2
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P87
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V262, P350
    CHEN LQ, 1999, CHIN J COMP MATH, V16, P127
    CHEN LQ, 1999, J APPL SCI, V17, P443
    CHEN LQ, 1999, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V20, P309
    CHENG LQ, 1997, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V31, P32
    GUAN XP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2108
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P4839
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    JACKSON EA, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P550
    LI GH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P2133
    LI LX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P708
    LI Z, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P847
    LU JH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P12
    LUO XS, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P402
    OGATA K, 1998, MODERN CONTROL ENG, P739
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARLITZ U, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P1428
    REN HP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P982
    TANG GN, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P30
    WANG GY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2307
    WANG J, 2000, INT J CON, V72, P911
    WANG ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P206
    YAN SL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P428
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 900
 EP 904
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 602DR
 UT ISI:000178490900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
 TI Hyperfine structure of singly ionized lanthanum and praseodymium
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy; magnetic dipole
    and electric quadruple coupling constants
 ID FINE
 AB Hyperfine structure spectra of singly ionized lanthanum and
    praseodymium have been measured by collinear fast-ion-beam laser
    spectroscopy. All the spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic
    dipole and electric quadruple coupling constants of the metastable
    levels and excited levels were determined. Our results are in agreement
    with the published data within the experimental uncertainty. For
    praseodymium ions, the accuracy of the magnetic dipole coupling
    constants are improved by one order of magnitude compared with other
    published data, and the electric quadruple coupling constants are
    reported for the first time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRA HJ, 1975, P 4 INT C AT PHYS AT, V4, P365
    ANDRA HJ, 1979, PROGR ATOMIC SPECT B, P6
    BELLAHMANSOUR N, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P5762
    BENGTSON A, 1980, PHYS LETT A, V76, P45
    DUFAY M, 1977, P 3 INT C JACKS LAK, P231
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    HOLT RA, 1977, PHYS REV A, V15, P2293
    JOHANSSON S, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V462, P943
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    MA HL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P512
    MEIER T, 1977, OPT COMMUN, V20, P397
    WING WH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P1488
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 905
 EP 909
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 602DR
 UT ISI:000178490900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Biest, OVD
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
 TI Study of thermodynamic properties of nonstoichiometric phase <
    Zr1-zCezO2-x > with compound energy model
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE zirconia; ceria; nonstoichiometry; thermodynamic
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION
 AB Using compound energy model (CEM), the thermodynamic properties of
    <CeO2-y> and <Zr1-zCezO2-x> were evaluated. The evaluation was based on
    the optimization of ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems, as well as the
    miscibility gap in CeO1.5-CeO2 system. Except the cubic fluorite
    structure phase assessed with compound energy model, all the other
    solution phases were assessed with subsitutional solution model. The
    model parameters were evaluated through fitting the selected
    experimental data by means of thermodynamic optimization. A set of
    parameters with thermodynamics self-consistency was obtained and
    satisfactorily described the complex relation between y in <CeO2-y> and
    the partial pressure of oxygen at different temperatures, also the
    interdependence among miscellaneous factors such as temperature, oxygen
    partial pressure, the reduction amount of CeO2 as well as the
    nonstoichiometry in cubic phase <Zr1-zCezO2-x>. The calculated results
    seem to be reasonable when put into the explanation of pressureless
    sintering of CeO2-stabilized ZrO2 powder compacts at a controlled
    oxygen partial pressure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARRY TI, 1992, J PHASE EQUILIB, V13, P459
    CAMPSERVEUX J, 1978, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V23, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    GRUNDY AN, 2001, J PHASE EQUILIB, V22, P105
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    HILLERT M, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P161
    HUANG WM, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2293
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1966, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V2, P1047
    LIN LI, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LIN LI, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, BUREAU MINES B, V672
    SUNDMAN B, 1991, J PHASE EQUILIB, V12, P127
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 422
 EP 426
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 601JZ
 UT ISI:000178443700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Yang, L
 TI Chaotifying a continuous-time system near a stable limit cycle
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CONTROLLING CHAOS; FEEDBACK
 AB This paper studies the chaotification problem of driving a
    continuous-time system chaotic near its stable limit cycle. The
    controller is designed to ensure the controlled orbit be bounded and,
    meanwhile, have positive Lyapunov exponents. A numerical example is
    given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed chaotification
    algorithm. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Tat Chee Ave, Kowloon,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    FRADKOV AL, 1999, INTRO CONTROL OSCILL
    JUDD K, 1997, CONTROL CHAOS MATH M
    KAPITANIAK T, 1998, CHAOS ENGINEERS THEO
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1996, CHAOS NONLINEAR OSCI
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    SCHIFF SJ, 1994, NATURE, V370, P615
    TRIANDAF I, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P3529
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    YANG L, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1121
    YANG WM, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P102
 NR 16
 TC 8
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 245
 EP 253
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 601WX
 UT ISI:000178472700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Tanaka, T
    Arita, S
    Tsuchitani, A
    Inoue, K
    Yamashita, K
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Integrated analog beam former based on bucket brigade device for
    micromachined ultrasonic sensor array
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE ultrasonic sensors; phased array; microelectromechanical devices;
    system analysis and design
 AB Micromachined ultrasonic sensors are promising in the applications
    including medical imaging, non-destructive evaluation (NDE), ranging,
    and object detections. Bucket brigade device (BBD) was used as the
    analog beam former for piezoelectric micromachined ultrasonic sensor
    phased array. The works on the optimization of BBD, including
    improvement of the transfer efficiency and dynamic range, and
    simplification of system design were discussed in details. The
    parasitic insensitive approach was proposed to optimize the properties
    of BBD delay line, and measured results indicated that this approach
    achieved larger charge transfer efficiency, larger dynamic range, and
    higher frequency than the conventional BBD. Furthermore, the BBD
    distributed delay-sum architecture was proposed to reduce chip area,
    simplify system design, and achieve monolithic integration. The
    measured results indicated that BBD distributed delay-sum architecture
    showed the beam forming property that is consistent to the theoretical
    calculation very well. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Osaka Ind Promot Org, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Osaka Univ, Toyonaka, Osaka 5608531, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR INOUE K, 1995, P 8 INT C SOL STAT S
    KUTTRUFF H, 1991, ULTRASONICS FUNDAMEN
    MACOVSKI A, 1975, 3918024, US
    MASLAK SH, 1979, 4140022, US
    MELEN R, 1977, CHAGE COUPLED DEVICE
    ODONNEL MO, 1990, P 1990 IEEE ULTR S, P1499
    PELLAM JR, 1946, J CHEM PHYS, V14, P608
    VONRAMM OT, 1983, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V30, P438
    YAMASHITA K, 2002, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V97, P302
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD SEP 30
 PY 2002
 VL 101
 IS 1-2
 BP 203
 EP 211
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 599QC
 UT ISI:000178345800028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Zheng, Y
 TI "Middle" periodic orbit and its application to chaos control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; chaos control; symbolic dynamics
 ID SYSTEMS; HYPERCHAOS; TARGETS
 AB In this paper, a new method, by which any point in a chaotic attractor
    can be guided to any target periodic orbit, is proposed. The "middle"
    periodic orbit is used to lead an initial point in a chaotic attractor
    to a neighborhood of the target orbit, and then controlling chaos can
    be achieved by the improved OGY method. The time needed in the method
    using "middle" periodic orbit is less than that of the OGY method, and
    is inversely proportional to the square of the topological entropy of
    the given map. An example is used to illustrate the results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Jiangsu 225002, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AUERBACH D, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3479
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    DITTO WL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3211
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    SHINBROT T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3215
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V169, P349
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4165
    SINGER J, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P1123
    XIE H, 1996, GRAMMATICAL COMPLEXI
    XIE HM, 1995, COMPLEX SYST, V9, P73
    YANG L, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 8
 BP 1869
 EP 1876
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 599XX
 UT ISI:000178361400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WX
    Tu, JP
    Ma, XC
    Xu, ZD
    Chen, WL
    Wang, JG
    Cheng, DH
    Xia, JB
    Gan, HY
    Jin, YX
    Tenne, R
    Rosenstveig, R
 TI Preparation and tribological properties of Ni-P electroless composite
    coating containing inorganic fullerene-like WS2 nanomaterials
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE inorganic fullerene-like (IF); nanomaterials; composite coating;
    tribological properties
 ID TUNGSTEN DISULFIDE; NANOPARTICLES; MECHANISM; FRICTION; WEAR
 AB Ni-P composite coating containing inorganic fullerene-like WS2 nanosize
    particles was prepared by electroless codeposition. Its tribological
    performances were evaluated by a ring-on-block wear tester. It was
    found that the Ni-P-(IF-WS2) composite coating exhibited both higher
    wear resistance and lower friction coefficient than Ni-P, Ni-P-(layer
    2H-WS2) and Ni-P-graphite electroless coating. The favorable effects of
    inorganic fullerene-like nanomaterials on the tribological properties
    of the composite coating were discussed.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech & Electr Engn, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environ & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Weizmann Inst Sci, Dept Mat & Interfaces, IL-76100 Rehovot, Israel.
 RP Chen, WX, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 CR CHHOWALLA M, 2000, NATURE, V407, P164
    FELDMAN Y, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P5362
    FELDMAN Y, 2000, SOLID STATE SCI, V2, P663
    MARGULIS L, 1993, NATURE, V365, P113
    RAPOPORT L, 1997, NATURE, V387, P791
    RAPOPORT L, 1999, WEAR, V225, P975
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, ADV ENG MATER, V3, P71
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, NANO LETTERS, V1, P137
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, WEAR, V249, P150
    TENNE R, 1992, NATURE, V360, P444
    ZAK A, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P11108
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 9
 BP 1722
 EP 1726
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 598TK
 UT ISI:000178292400033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Zhang, JC
    Li, JQ
 TI The microstructure study of Co-doped YBCO system
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Co; Fe-doped YBCO; superconductor; structure phase transition; twin;
    tweed; oxygen content
 ID HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS; POSITRON-ANNIHILATION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    PARAMETERS; DENSITY; NI; FE
 AB A series of YBa2CU3-xCoxOx (x = 0-0.50) samples have been studied by
    means of SEM, TEM, XRD and positron annihilation technology. Oxygen
    contents of the samples have been measured using a new volumetric
    method The microstructure evolution of the Co-doped YBCO is very
    similar to that in the Fe-doped YBCO. YBa2Cu3-xCoxOx undergoes a
    structure phase transition from orthorhombic to tetragonal between x =
    0.12 and 0.15. Twin structure predominates when x is low (x < 0.05).
    With the increasing of x, tweed structure appears and its proportion
    increases till it becomes dominant. When x > 0 12, the tweed structure
    disappears completely. The grain boundary density increases with x and
    shows a sudden drop when x > 0.12. Similarly, the positron short
    lifetime component tau(1) shows a sudden drop between x = 0.12 and 0.15
    Therefore, positron can be used as a sensitive probe for the O-T phase
    transition in this system. A possible model is proposed to describe the
    relationship between positron short lifetime component tau(1), and the
    concentrations of oxygen vacancy and twin (tweed) boundary. The
    experimental results can be satisfactorily explained by this model. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Henan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, POB 603,
    Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1208
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CONNORS DC, 1969, PHYS LETT A, V30, P24
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    GASUMYANTS VE, 1992, SFKHT, V5, P674
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1983, POSITRONS SOLID, P255
    HIROI Z, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L580
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    RENEVIER H, 1994, PHYSICA C, V220, P143
    RISTO Z, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1577
    SEEGER A, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P248
    SMEDSKJAER LC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2330
    SYDOW JP, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3512
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    USMAR SG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P5126
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WESTERHOLT K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11680
    XU YW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P6667
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V236, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 377
 IS 3
 BP 348
 EP 356
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 596NV
 UT ISI:000178171700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Darrouzet, V
    Hilton, M
    Pinder, D
    Wang, JL
    Guerin, J
    Bebear, JP
 TI Prognostic value of the blink reflex in acoustic neuroma surgery
 SO OTOLARYNGOLOGY-HEAD AND NECK SURGERY
 DT Article
 ID NERVE; TUMORS
 AB OBJECTIVE: The study goal was to demonstrate that blink reflex analysis
    can predict postoperative facial nerve outcome in cerebellopontine
    angle tumor surgery.
    STUDY DESIGN, SETTING, AND PATIENTS: In an open and prospective study
    conducted at a single tertiary care center over 3 years, 91 subjects
    with a vestibular schwannoma filling the internal auditory meatus were
    enrolled and operated on via a translabyrinthine approach. The
    difference in latency of the early response (DeltaR1) of the blink
    reflex between the pathologic side and the healthy side was calculated
    in every patient during a complete electrophysiologic examination of
    the facial nerve performed on the day before surgery.
    MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES. DeltaR1 was compared with the other preoperative
    data (tumor volume, facial function), with the perioperative
    observations (difficulties with the dissection of the facial nerve),
    and especially with the postoperative status after I year. The
    statistical, study was conducted using polynomial, regression.
    RESULTS: Patients with a negative or zero DeltaR1 have normal facial
    function at I year. For those with a positive DeltaR1 the outcome is
    not favorable unless the tumor is small. For patients presenting with
    an immediate complete facial paralysis, the value of DeltaR1 is also
    indicative of facial function outcome.
    CONCLUSION. Statistical analysis shows that the blink reflex, through
    DeltaR1, has an excellent prognostic value in anticipating the
    difficulties with facial nerve dissection and postoperative facial
    function after 1 year.
 C1 Univ Hosp, Dept Skull Base Surg, Bordeaux, France.
    Univ Bristol, Southmead Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Bristol, Avon, England.
    Univ Bristol, St Michaels Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Bristol, Avon, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Rui Jin Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Darrouzet, V, Hop Pellegrin, Serv ORL, Pl Amelie Raba Leon, F-33076
    Bordeaux, France.
 CR BEBEAR J, 1990, LONG TERM RESULTS IN, P497
    BENDER LF, 1969, ARCHIVES PHYSICAL ME, V50, P27
    DAVERAT F, 1989, VALEUR PRONOSTIQUE E
    GIL R, 1980, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V80, P201
    HOUSE JW, 1985, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V93, P146
    JESEL M, 1978, REV ELECTROENCEPHALO, V8, P302
    KARTUSH JM, 1987, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V97, P257
    KIMURA J, 1983, ELECTRODIAGNOSIS DIS
    LYON LW, 1972, ARCH OTOLARYNGOL, V95, P100
    NAGAHIRO S, 1983, NO TO SHINKEI, V35, P1117
    NORMAND MM, 1994, MUSCLE NERVE, V17, P1401
    NURLU G, 1994, NEUROSURG REV, V17, P253
    PAVESI G, 1992, ELECTROMYOGR CLIN NE, V32, P119
    PORTMANN M, 1982, PRECIS OTORHINOLARYN, P139
    PORTMANN M, 1988, REV LARYNGOL OTOL RH, V109, P437
    ROSLER KM, 1994, MUSCLE NERVE, V17, P183
    STERKERS J, 1991, CHIRURGIE NEURINOME, P45
    STERKERS JM, 1986, ANN OTOLARYNGOL CHIR, V103, P487
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0194-5998
 J9 OTOLARYNGOL HEAD NECK SURG
 JI Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 127
 IS 3
 BP 153
 EP 157
 PG 5
 SC Otorhinolaryngology; Surgery
 GA 596MQ
 UT ISI:000178169000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhang, NH
    Zu, JW
 TI Bifurcation and chaos of an axially moving viscoelastic string
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; DYNAMICAL BEHAVIOR; STABILITY ANALYSIS; BELTS
 AB In this paper, bifurcation and chaos of an axially moving viscoelastic
    string are investigated. The 1-term and the 2-term Galerkin truncations
    are respectively employed to simplify the partial-differential equation
    that governs the transverse motions of the string into a set of
    ordinary differential equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented
    in the case that the transport speed, the amplitude of the periodic
    perturbation, or the dynamic viscosity is respectively varied while
    other parameters are fixed. The dynamical behaviors are numerically
    identified based on the Poincare maps. Numerical simulations indicate
    that periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic motions occur in the
    transverse vibrations of the axially moving viscoelastic string. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    CHEN LQ, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P413
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    LUO ACJ, 1995, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V7, P92
    LUO ACJ, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P523
    MAHALINGAM S, 1957, BRIT J APPL PHYS, V8, P145
    MOCHENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P346
    MOTE CD, 1972, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V4, P2
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    TAGATA G, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V185, P51
    THOMPSON JMT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P1019
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD APR-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 29
 IS 2-3
 BP 81
 EP 90
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 595VN
 UT ISI:000178129400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Hamiltonian structure of discrete soliton systems
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS;
    EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; HEREDITARY SYMMETRIES; ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURE; TRACE
    IDENTITY; AKNS SYSTEM
 AB We describe an approach for investigating the Hamiltonian structures of
    the lattice isospectral evolution equations associated with a general
    discrete spectral problem. By using the so-called implicit
    representations of the isospectral flows, we demonstrate the existence
    of the recursion operator L, which is a strong and hereditary symmetry
    of the flows. It is then proven that every equation in the isospectral
    hierarchy possesses the Hamiltonian structure if L has a skew-symmetric
    factorization and the first equation (u(1) = K-(0)) in the hierarchy
    satisfies some simple condition. We obtain related properties, such as
    the implectic-symplectic factorization of L, the Liouville complete
    integrability and the multi-Hamiltonian structures of the isospectral
    hierarchy. Four examples are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, STUD APPL MATH, V55, P213
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1977, STUD APPL MATH, V57, P1
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    CHEN DG, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P377
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FOKAS AS, 1982, J MATH PHYS, V23, P1066
    FOKAS AS, 1987, STUD APPL MATH, V77, P253
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1979, NONLINEAR ANAL, V3, P849
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    LI YS, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P3713
    LI YS, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P721
    MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    TODA M, 1989, THEORY NONLINEAR LAT
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WU YT, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P2338
    YAN Z, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P330
 NR 23
 TC 15
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD AUG 23
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 33
 BP 7225
 EP 7241
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 594LP
 UT ISI:000178051900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Shi, ZJ
    Fan, C
    Ding, WY
 TI Convenient synthesis of methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxyhexa-2,4-dienoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE hexadienoates; fluorinated ylides; methyl 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propiolates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of ethyl 3-methoxy-4-(triphenyl
    phosphoranylidene)but-2-enoate (2), which was derived from the bromide
    1, with methyl 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propiolates (3) in CH2Cl2 at room
    temperature, gave methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxy-6-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)h
    exa-2,4-dienoate (4) as major products in excellent yields. Methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxyhexa-2,4-dienoates (5) were
    obtained in high yield by hydrolysis of (4) in hot aqueous methanol in
    a sealed tube. The structure identities of compounds 4 and 5 were
    confirmed by IR, MS,H-1, (CNMR)-C-13, 2D C-H COSY and microanalyses.
    Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 4 and 5. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    FILLER R, 1993, ORGANOFLUORINE COMPO, P386
    HUANG YZ, 1979, HUA XUE XUE BAO, V31, P47
    KOCHHAR KS, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P3222
    LIEBMAN JF, 1988, FLUORINE CONTAINING
    SMISSMAN EE, 1964, J ORG CHEM, V29, P3161
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD AUG 28
 PY 2002
 VL 116
 IS 2
 BP 117
 EP 120
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 594RH
 UT ISI:000178064200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YA
    Nian, YB
    Liu, ZR
 TI Impulsive control for the stabilization of discrete chaotic system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID VARIABLES; SUPPRESSION
 AB We first give the theoretical result of the stabilization of general
    discrete chaotic systems by using impulsive control. As an example and
    an application of the theoretical result, we derive some sufficient
    conditions for the stabilization of the double rotor map via impulsive
    control. The computer simulation result is given to demonstrate the
    method.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    Jiangsu Univ, Sch Elect & Infromat Engn, Jiangsu 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YA, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, V40, P1748
    FRODKOV A, 1996, IEEE T CAS I, V43, P907
    GREBOGI C, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P347
    GUTIERREZ JM, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1351
    MATIAS MA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1455
    MATIAS MA, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P198
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    TAO Y, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V232, P356
    TIAN YC, 1998, PHYSICA D, V117, P1
    WU SG, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P341
    XIE WX, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P67
    XU HB, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    YANG T, 1997, PHYSICA D, V110, P18
    ZASLAVSKY GM, 1978, PHYS LETT A, V69, P145
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 1251
 EP 1253
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595CD
 UT ISI:000178088500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
 TI Some dynamical behavior of discrete Nagumo equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED MAP LATTICE; BREATHERS; ANTIINTEGRABILITY; OSCILLATORS;
    EXISTENCE; NETWORKS; CHAOS
 AB The spatiotemporal dynamics can be effectively studied by continuation
    from an anti-integrable limit. By using the anti-integrability method
    we consider the dynamical behavior of discrete Nagumo equation, prove
    the existence of breather and discuss the spatial disorder of the
    stationary solutions in the system. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YR, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUD APPL MATH, V53, P249
    AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1995, PHYSICA D, V86, P284
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    CHOW SN, 1995, SIAM J APPL MATH, V55, P1764
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P3
    DEIMLING K, 1985, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    GINZBURG SL, 1999, PHYSICA D, V132, P87
    KANEKO K, 1993, PHYSICA D, V68, P299
    KANEKO K, 1993, THEORY APPL COUPLED
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MARIN JL, 1996, NONLINEARITY, V9, P1501
    SEPULCHRE JA, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P679
    SEPULCHRE JA, 1998, PHYSICA D, V113, P342
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 9
 BP 1457
 EP 1464
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595WA
 UT ISI:000178130500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Cao, SX
 TI Effect of the lanthanide contraction on the superconduction and local
    electronic structure of RBa2Cu3O7-delta systemes
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE ionic radius of rare earth; high-T-c superconductivity; positron
    annihilation; local electronic structure
 ID EARTH IONIC RADIUS; POSITRON LIFETIME; DEFECTS
 AB A series of RBa2 Cu-3 O-7.8 (R = Tm, Dy, Gd, Eu, Nd and Y) samples were
    prepared by the standard solid-state-reaction method. The effect of the
    ionic radius of rare earth on the local electronic structure, crystal
    structures and superconductivity have been studied by means of positron
    annihilation technique(PAT) and x-ray diffraction ( XRD) The results
    show that the positron lifetime parameters tau(1) and tau(2) increase
    with the increase of the ionic radius of rare earth. But the local
    electronic density based on the positron lifetime parameters appears to
    decrease with the increase of the ionic radius of rare earth. It is
    concluded that the local electronic density and crystal structures are
    factors affecting the superconductivity.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Zhengzhou
    450002, Peoples R China.
 CR BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHALATIO
    BRANDT W, 1974, APPL PHYS, V5, P1
    BUCHNER B, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V73, P357
    CHEN ZP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P550
    GOU ZH, 1995, CHINESE J LOW TEMP P, V17, P48
    LAVROV AN, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5636
    LI LJ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P844
    LIU LH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P768
    LU X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P7989
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    THOMAS J, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P981
    UDAYAN D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    WANG JC, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P216
    XIONG H, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1783
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
    ZHANG LW, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1906
 NR 18
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 9
 BP 2150
 EP 2154
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595LL
 UT ISI:000178110800044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pike, R
    Jiang, SH
 TI Ultrahigh-resolution optical imaging of colloidal particles
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID SCANNING MICROSCOPY; SUPERRESOLVING MASKS
 AB We continue the theme exploited very effectively by Professor Pusey
    over the years of using laser light to measure the size of colloidal
    particles. A description of a new measurement technique using a
    confocal scanning laser microscope (CSLM) is given in which the
    Rayleigh resolution limit of a numerical aperture 1.3 oil-immersion
    objective is effectively doubled. The method exploits the 'natural'
    bandwidth of an imaging system with a very low number of 'degrees of
    freedom' (generalized Shannon number) which is realized in the CSLM by
    using the high-aperture objective lens both to illuminate the particles
    and to collect the scattered light from them. The available extra
    resolution is not visible in the conventional recorded image of the
    instrument and the full double-bandwidth 'information' content in the
    image plane is extracted in our method by using a specially calculated
    optical mask as an instantaneous analogue computer. We have modified a
    commercial Bio-Rad 600 confocal microscope to work in this way and
    present here the first measurements obtained with it. We compare images
    of 100 nm diameter standard PVC fluorescent calibration spheres with
    the new and the older modalities. The results confirm the expected
    increase in optical resolution.
 C1 Univ London Kings Coll, Dept Phys, London WC2R 2LS, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Fine Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Pike, R, Univ London Kings Coll, Dept Phys, Strand, London WC2R 2LS,
    England.
 CR AKDUMAN I, 1998, J OPT SOC AM A, V15, P2275
    BERTERO M, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P1
    BERTERO M, 1993, HANDB STAT, V10, P1
    BRAND U, 2000, THESIS KINGS COLL LO
    CREFFIELD CE, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P517
    DEVILLIERS GD, 1999, INVERSE PROBL, V15, P615
    DEVILLIERS GD, 2001, INVERSE PROBL, V17, P1163
    GROCHMALICKI J, 1993, J OPT SOC AM A, V10, P1074
    IGNATOWSKY VS, 1921, T OPT I PETROGRAD, V1, P1
    WILSON T, 1984, THEORY PRACTICE SCAN
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD AUG 26
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 33
 BP 7749
 EP 7756
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 594PW
 UT ISI:000178060400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI A stable discretization on attractors of the damped and driven
    periodically sine-Gordon equation
 SO DYNAMIC SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the rationality of numerical schemes for continuous
    systems is studied from viewpoint of dynamics by investigating the
    damped and driven periodically sine-Gordon equation. The existence and
    convergence of attractors under its spectral discretization are showed,
    and such results throw light on the modal truncation of the sine-Gordon
    equation which was used in the previous literature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BIRNIR B, 1994, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V162, P539
    BISHOP AR, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P117
    BROOMHEAD DS, 1992, DYNAMICS NUMERICS DY
    CALINI A, 1996, PHYSICA D, V89, P227
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P291
    DETTORI L, 1995, SPECTRAL APPROXIMATI
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1987, J MATH PURE APPL, V66, P273
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    GRAUER R, 1992, PHYSICA D, V56, P165
    HALE JK, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V50, P89
    HALE JK, 1994, CONT MATH, V172, P1
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    RAUGEL G, 1990, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V310, P85
    STUART AM, 1996, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS NU
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1056-2176
 J9 DYN SYST APPL
 JI Dyn. Syst. Appl.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 127
 EP 141
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 592GK
 UT ISI:000177928400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Su, QD
    Wu, QS
 TI Ant Colony Algorithm in Chemistry and its application in first
    derivative fluorescent spectra analyzing
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE Ant Colony Algorithm; derivative fluorescent spectra; phenylalanine;
    tyrosine; tryptophan
 AB A new method of chemometrics - Ant Colony Algorithm in Chemistry has
    been developed. In this paper, the evaluation, function, the parameter
    choice and the basic principle have been discussed. The proposed method
    has been applied to the analysis for first-derivative fluorescent mixed
    spectra of tryptophan, tyrosine and phenylalanine, and the relative
    errors are within +/-5%. The new method, has obvious superiority on the
    sides of the convergence speed and,calculation precision as compared
    with Partial Last Squares(PLS) and Genetic Algorithms(GA).
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BONABEAU E, 2000, NATURE, V406, P39
    COLORNI A, 1991, P 1 EUR C ART LIF, P134
    DING YP, 2001, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V21, P212
    DING YP, 2002, CHEMISTRY, V65, P257
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, NEW IDEAS OPTIMIZATI, P63
    HEUSSE M, 1998, ADV COMPLEX SYST, V1, P237
    KRIEGER MJB, 2000, NATURE, V406, P992
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 9
 BP 1695
 EP 1697
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 594NL
 UT ISI:000178056800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
    Zhang, BW
    Deng, K
 TI Model experiment of meniscus temperature fluctuation during continuous
    casting mold oscillation
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; meniscus; temperature fluctuation; mold oscillation
 ID STEEL SLABS
 AB The temperature at the meniscus during continuous casting was measured
    under mold oscillation by model experiments. It is found that the
    temperature of meniscus varied periodically along with mold
    oscillation. According to the experiments, the temperature fluctuation
    of meniscus decreases with increasing the mold oscillation frequency,
    decreasing the mold oscillation amplitude, cooling density, and contact
    pressure between mold and solidification shell. It is considered that
    the temperature fluctuation of meniscus is a key factor for the surface
    defect formation of continuous casting billets. Based on the
    phenomenon, the mechanisms of improving surface quality of continuous
    casting billets including high frequency and low amplitude mold
    oscillation, soft-contact mold electromagnetic continuous casting, hot
    top mold and so on were analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, ZS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    CAI KK, 1990, CONTINUOUS CASTING S, P284
    CHENG CG, 2000, STEELMAKING, V16, P55
    DENG K, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P1112
    LI XK, 1992, IRON STEEL, V27, P20
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    REN ZM, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P981
    SAUCEDO IG, 1987, 1987 STEELM C P CHIC, P449
    SAUCEDO IG, 1991, 1991 STEELM C P WASH, P79
    SUZUKI M, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P254
    SZEKERES ES, 1996, IRON STEEL ENG, V6, P29
    TAKEUCHI E, 1984, METALL TRANS B, V15, P493
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 877
 EP 880
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 593DY
 UT ISI:000177977000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, YZ
    Inoue, KJ
    Natukawa, K
 TI Low-voltage and low-power optimization of micro-heater and its on-chip
    drive circuitry for gas sensor array
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE arrays; sensors; microelectromechanical devices; low-voltage and
    low-power; CMOS
 AB Low-voltage and low-power design is the key issue for the portable
    electronics applications and has become the major concern for the
    system design. Integrated gas sensor array allows the monolithic
    realization of multi-species gas sensing systems. This paper reports
    the developments of Si-based micro-machined micro-heater array with
    extremely low-power consumption, low-voltage operation, and CMOS
    compatibility, and low-voltage and low-power CMOS drive circuitry for
    the micro-heaters that can provide large drive current and voltage
    swing, and heater temperature is continuously adjustable in the full
    temperature range. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi Shi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, YW, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, 2-7-1 Ayumi No, Izumi Shi,
    Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    CAVICCHI RE, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P478
    CHUNG W, 1998, T IEE JPN E, V118, P147
    FUNG SKH, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V54, P482
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    NATALE CD, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P808
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHENG LY, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P81
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    SUEHLE JS, 1993, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V14, P118
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 14
 TC 7
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2002
 VL 100
 IS 1
 BP 94
 EP 101
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 590GH
 UT ISI:000177809900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, JM
 TI Identification of 2-acetylpyridine in Xiangjing-8618 rice and in
    Yahonkaoluo leaves
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE 2-acetylpyridine; scented rice; spice; aroma
 ID 2-ACETYL-1-PYRROLINE; ODORANTS
 AB 2-Acetylpyridine was established, for the first time, as the
    characteristic aroma compound of two plants, Yahonkaoluo leaves (a
    spice, Acanthaceae strobilanthus sp.), wild in Mengla county of Yunnan
    province of China and Xiangjing-8618 rice (a scented rice, Oryza sativa
    L.), cultivated in the south of Jiangsu province of China, by means of
    ethylene glycol pre-extraction, porapak Q trapping, GC-MS
    identification, sniffing technique after capillary column and
    verification by authentic compound. Ethylene glycol, as a
    pre-extracting solvent, efficently extracted a micro-basic fraction
    containing the "scented rice"-like aroma compound in Yahonkaoluo
    leaves. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Food Sci & Engn, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BUTLER LD, 1976, J CHROMATOGR SCI, V14, P117
    BUTTERY RG, 1982, CHEM IND-LONDON, P958
    BUTTERY RG, 1983, CHEM IND-LONDON, P478
    CERNY C, 1992, Z LEBENSM UNTERS FOR, V194, P322
    GU J, 1996, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V11, P34
    GU J, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V5, P154
    GUIOCHON G, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P661
    HOFMANN T, 1995, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V43, P2195
    HOFMANN T, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P2721
    JOHNSON BR, 1971, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V19, P1020
    JUNK GA, 1974, J CHROMATOGR, V99, P745
    KLINGSBERG E, 1960, CHEM HETEROCYCLIC CO
    KOVATS E, 1958, HELV CHIM ACTA, V41, P1915
    SAKODYNSKII K, 1974, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V7, P339
    YAJIMA I, 1979, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V43, P2425
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 78
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 166
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 590EC
 UT ISI:000177804500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
    Kettle, RJ
    Li, LY
    Schafer, BW
 TI Buckling behavior of cold-formed zed-purlins partially restrained by
    steel sheeting
 SO THIN-WALLED STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE cold-formed; purlin; steel; thin-walled; restrained; sheeting;
    buckling; instability
 ID GENERALIZED BEAM THEORY
 AB This paper presents a study on the buckling behaviour of
    purlin-sheeting systems under wind uplift loading. The restraint
    provided by the sheeting to the purlin is modeled by using two springs
    representing the translational and rotational restraints. The analysis
    is performed using finite strip methods in which the pre-buckling
    stress is calculated based on the same model used for the buckling
    analysis rather than taken as the 'pure bending' stress. The results
    obtained from this study show that, for both local and distortional
    buckling, the restraints have significant influence on the critical
    loads through their influence on the pre-buckling stress rather than
    directly on the buckling modes. While for lateral-torsional buckling,
    the influence of the restraints on the critical loads is mainly due to
    their influence on the buckling modes rather than the pre-buckling
    stress. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
 RP Li, LY, Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands,
    England.
 CR CHEUNG YK, 1976, FINITE STRIP METHOD
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P187
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P221
    DAVIES JM, 2000, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V55, P267
    GOTLURU BP, 2000, THIN WALL STRUCT, V37, P127
    HANCOCK G, 1997, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, V15, P2
    HANCOCK GJ, 1994, DESIGN COLD FORMED S
    LEACH P, 1993, STRUCTURAL ENG, V71, P250
    MOORE DB, 1988, LOAD TESTS FULL SCAL
    RHODES J, 1993, 089 SCI
    SCHAFER BW, 1997, THESIS CORNELL U ITH
    SCHAFER BW, 2001, ELASTIC BUCKLING ANA
    TOMA T, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P149
    TRAHAIR NS, 1993, FLEXURAL TORSIONAL B
    WALKER AC, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COLD FOR
    YE ZM, IN PRESS COMPUTERS S
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0263-8231
 J9 THIN WALL STRUCT
 JI Thin-Walled Struct.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 40
 IS 10
 BP 853
 EP 864
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Civil
 GA 588QV
 UT ISI:000177712900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, BL
    Liu, XR
    Wang, XJ
    Zhang, JH
    Jiang, XY
 TI Luminescence properties of Pr3+ and energy transfer characteristics of
    Pr3+-> Gd3+ in CaSiO3
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Pr3+; Gd3+; CaSiO3; luminescence spectrum; concentration quenching;
    energy transfer
 ID PR-3+
 AB The excitation spectrum and the emission spectrum of Pr3+ in CaSiO3
    under the room temperature were studied. The emission spectrum was
    constituted of three emission bands, corresponding to the emissions of
    the lowest 4f5d states to the H-3(4), H-3(6), (1)G(4) of the 4f(2)
    states. The emission of the P-3(0) and D-1(2) were not observed.,The
    concentration quenching of Pr3+ was due to the radiative and
    nonradiative energy transfer. There was energy transfer from Pr3+ to
    Gd3+ with the transfer rate of 10% of the Pr3+ emission rate.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Opt Fine Mech & Phys, Lab Excited State Proc, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Malerial Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chu, BL, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Opt Fine Mech & Phys, Lab
    Excited State Proc, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
 CR BLASSE G, 1989, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V50, P583
    CARNALL WT, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V54, P1476
    DEVRIES AJ, 1986, MATER RES BULL, V21, P683
    LIU XR, 1989, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V10, P177
    LIU XR, 1989, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V10, P6
    VANDERVOORT D, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1149
    VANEIJK CWE, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2706, P158
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 542
 EP 544
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 590EE
 UT ISI:000177804700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Voron'ko, YK
    Sobol', AA
    Ushakov, SN
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
 TI Phase transformations and melt structure of calcium metasilicate
 SO INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 AB The beta --> alpha phase transition, melting, crystallization, and
    vitrification of calcium metasilicate were studied by high-temperature
    Raman scattering spectroscopy. The results demonstrate that, in the
    course of melting, the [Si3O9] metasilicate rings, which form the
    structural basis of the a phase, transform mainly into [SiO3](infinity)
    anions. The structural similarity or dissimilarity of the CaO . SiO2
    melt to crystalline phases is shown to have a crucial effect on its
    crystallization/vitrification behavior.
 C1 Russian Acad Sci, Inst Gen Phys, Res Ctr Laser Mat & Technol, Moscow 119991, Russia.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Voron'ko, YK, Russian Acad Sci, Inst Gen Phys, Res Ctr Laser Mat &
    Technol, Ul Vavilova 38, Moscow 119991, Russia.
 CR IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    LAZAREV AN, 1975, KOLEBATELNYE SPEKTRY, P296
    MYSEN BO, 1980, AM MINERAL, V65, P690
    SWAMY V, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2237
    TOROPOV NA, 1969, DIAGRAMMY SOSTOYANIY, P38
    VANWAZER JR, 1962, PHOSPHORUS ITS COMPO
    VORONKO YK, 1988, ROST KRIST, V16, P178
    VORONKO YK, 1992, IZV AKAD NAUK NEORG, V28, P576
    WEN SL, 1981, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P662
    YANAMAKA T, 1981, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V37, P1010
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0020-1685
 J9 INORG MATER-ENGL TR
 JI Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 825
 EP 830
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 591DQ
 UT ISI:000177864800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, QS
    Zheng, NW
    Ding, YP
    Li, YD
 TI Micelle-template inducing synthesis of winding ZnS nanowires
 SO INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE zinc sulfide; nanowires; template synthesis; reverse micelle
 ID BUILDING-BLOCKS; BACO3 NANOWIRES; MICROEMULSIONS; CDS
 AB Semiconductor single-crystal ZnS nanowires with diameters 40-80 nm and
    lengths up to tens of micron, which can bend and wind, have been
    synthesis by the reaction of Zn2+ with S2- in reverse micelle for the
    inducing template. The formation mechanism of ZnS nanowires has been
    studied. The results indicated that the formation of ZnS nanowires
    probably was via the process of the directional aggregation and
    orientated growth of the ZnS nanoparticles. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAE WS, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V341, P279
    CUI Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P851
    CUI Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P1289
    DUAN XF, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P298
    GE SH, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P509
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    HUANG Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1313
    JIANG X, CHEM MAT, V13, P1213
    LI Y, 1999, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYS A, V337, P193
    LI YD, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9904
    QI LM, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P3460
    WALSH D, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P1576
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1471
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P898
    WU YY, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P1487
    ZHENG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT       0605, P638
 NR 17
 TC 37
 SN 1387-7003
 J9 INORG CHEM COMMUN
 JI Inorg. Chem. Commun.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 5
 IS 9
 BP 671
 EP 673
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 591CZ
 UT ISI:000177863300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Yuan, YW
    Dai, SQ
 TI The effect of the relative velocity on traffic flow
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE optimal velocity model; relative velocity; jamming transition; traffic
    flow
 ID SOLITON; CONGESTION; JAMS
 AB The optimal velocity model of traffic is extended to take the relative
    velocity into account, The traffic behavior is investigated numerically
    and analytically with this model. It is shown that the car interaction
    with the relative velocity can effect the stability of the traffic flow
    and raise critical density. The jamming transition between the freely
    moving and jamming phases is investigated with the linear stability
    analysis and nonlinear perturbation methods. The traffic jam is
    described by the kink solution of the modified Korteweg-de Vries
    equation, The theoretical result is in good agreement with the
    simulation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    GAZIS DC, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P545
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 BP 230
 EP 234
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 590RN
 UT ISI:000177836000023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Huang, DB
 TI Discrete soliton-like for KdV prototypes
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NETWORKS; BREATHERS; EXISTENCE
 AB In this paper we consider space and time discretization of KdV
    equation, that is, KdV prototypes by using finite difference
    discretization. The existence of discrete soliton-likes for the KdV
    prototypes is proved by anti-integrable limit method [S. Aubry, G.
    Abramovici, Physica D (1990) 199]. Some of their properties are
    discussed. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 CR AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    BAESENS C, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P931
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MACKAY RS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V82, P243
    STERLING D, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V241, P46
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 7
 BP 989
 EP 994
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 589QW
 UT ISI:000177772700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, Y
    Wang, G
    Liu, H
    Zhao, H
    Zhang, J
    Sun, C
    Wu, M
 TI Treatment of H-acid wastewater by photo-Fenton reagent combined with a
    biotreatment process: A study on optimum conditions of pretreatment by
    a photo-Fenton process
 SO BULLETIN OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID DEGRADATION
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Dalian Inst Chem Phys, Dalian 116023, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200073, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Dalian Inst Chem Phys, Dalian 116023,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOX GE, 1978, STAT EXPT INTRO DESI
    CHEN RZ, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P2399
    LI J, 1987, DESIGN PROCESS EXPT
    LIPCZYNSKAKOCHA.E, 1991, CHEMOSPHERE, V22, P529
    OLIVEROS E, 1997, CHEM ENG PROCESS, V36, P397
    PIGNATELLO JJ, 1992, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V26, P944
    PIGNATELLO JJ, 1995, WATER RES, V29, P1837
    WEI FX, 1989, MONITOR ANAL PROCESS
    ZHU WP, 1996, ENV SCI, V4, P7
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0007-4861
 J9 BULL ENVIRON CONTAM TOXICOL
 JI Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 69
 IS 3
 BP 430
 EP 435
 PG 6
 SC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology
 GA 588LC
 UT ISI:000177702100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principles for thermopiezoelectricity
 SO ARCHIVE OF APPLIED MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; elasticity; variational technique; semi-inverse
    method; FEM
 ID UNKNOWN SHAPE; FLOW; TURBOMACHINERY; AERODYNAMICS
 AB Based on the semi-inverse method of establishing variational principles
    proposed in [10], a family of variational principles (non Gurtin-type
    and not involving convolutions) for thermopiezoelectricity is deduced
    directly from the field equations and boundary/initial conditions.
    Present theory provides a more complete theoretical basis for the
    finite element applications and other direct variational methods such
    as Ritz's, Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHIDA F, 1998, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V65, P367
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    CHEN TY, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P873
    FARES ME, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P685
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P215
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P545
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, SHANGHAI LIGONG DAXU, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1988, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARATIONAL METHODS E
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0939-1533
 J9 ARCH APPL MECH
 JI Arch. Appl. Mech.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 72
 IS 4-5
 BP 248
 EP 256
 PG 9
 SC Mechanics
 GA 589AC
 UT ISI:000177734400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, TQ
    Gu, P
    Che, FX
 TI Discovery of two novel functional genes from differentiation of neural
    stem cells in the striatum of the fetal rat
 SO NEUROSCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE neural stem cells; striatum; differentiation; differential expression;
    differential display polymerase chain reaction; expressed sequence tag
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; MATURATION; FOREBRAIN; RECEPTOR; NEURONS
 AB Neural stem cells (NSC) are capable of differentiating into neurons and
    glia. However, the molecular mechanisms regulating NSC differentiation
    are not well understood. We have used the differential display
    polymerase chain reaction to analyze the differentially expressed genes
    of NSC from Sprague-Dawley rat striatum. Twelve differentially
    expressed sequence tags (ESTs) have been discovered and two of them,
    SHD10 and SHD11, were confirmed to be positive by reverse Northern blot
    techniques. Sequencing analyses showed that SHD10 shared a 94%
    (547/581) homology with mouse EST B1687817, but its biological function
    has not been reported. SHD11 shared a 91% (512/562) homology with mouse
    EST BG172336. It encodes an open reading frame containing 117 amino
    acids. Analysis of protein sequence indicated that it has a 98%
    homology with dendritic cell factor (gi18203393). Our research
    primarily discovered that these two genes are associated with
    differentiation of NSC. How they function in the process of
    differentiation needs further study. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ireland
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAIN G, 2000, GENOMICS, V1, P127
    BENRAISS A, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P6718
    BONNI A, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P477
    DELCERRO M, 2000, INVEST OPHTH VIS SCI, V41, P3142
    DIETZ AB, 2000, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V275, P731
    GADIENT RA, 1998, BRAIN RES, V798, P140
    GESCHWIND DH, 2001, NEURON, V29, P325
    HUGHES SM, 1988, NATURE, V335, P70
    KOBLAR SA, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3178
    LIU SY, 2000, J 3 MIL MED U, V22, P26
    MARMUR R, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P9800
    MENG JH, 2000, J 4 MIL MED U, V21, P1026
    PINCUS DW, 1998, ANN NEUROL, V43, P576
    SATOH M, 2000, NEUROSCI LETT, V284, P143
    SEILER MJ, 1998, INVEST OPHTH VIS SCI, V39, P2121
    SHIMAZAKI T, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P7642
    TEMPLE S, 2001, NATURE, V414, P112
    TROPEPE V, 1999, DEV BIOL, V208, P166
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3940
 J9 NEUROSCI LETT
 JI Neurosci. Lett.
 PD AUG 23
 PY 2002
 VL 329
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 105
 PG 5
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 586ZT
 UT ISI:000177616600025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI Oblique vortex lattice implies unconventional pairing symmetry in high
    temperature superconductors
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE pairing symmetries; Ginzburg-Landau model; vortex lattice
 ID TIME-REVERSAL SYMMETRY; GINZBURG-LANDAU THEORY; D-WAVE SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY; II SUPERCONDUCTORS; YBA2CU3O7; VORTICES; STATE;
    MODEL; BI2SR2CACU2O8
 AB The symmetry of order parameters of YBa2Cu3O7-delta high temperature
    superconductor was studied with the Ginzburg-Landau theory. The vortex
    lattice of a YBa2Cu3O7 superconductor is oblique at a temperature well
    below the transition temperature T-c, where the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state
    is expected to have the lowest energy, whereas very close to T-c, the
    d(x2-y2)-wave is slightly lower in energy, and a triangular vortex
    lattice recovers. The coexistence and the coupling between the s- and
    d-waves would account for the unusual behaviors such as the upward
    curvature of the upper critical field curve H-C2(T).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    AUBIN H, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P624
    BERLINSKY AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2200
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    HEEB R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9385
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KIRTLEY JR, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1336
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRISHANA K, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P83
    LAUGHLIN RB, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5188
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LEI B, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P8687
    LI OP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    LYONS KB, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2949
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1874
    PALSTRA TTM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1662
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    SPIELMAN S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P123
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VARMA CM, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, R3804
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WEBER HJ, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V76, P511
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 2000, PHYSICA C, V339, P258
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 41
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 307
 EP 313
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 588AL
 UT ISI:000177677200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, ZX
    Tang, LM
    Liu, ZX
 TI Element functions of discrete operator difference method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE discrete operator difference method; element function; reproduce exactly
 AB The discrete scheme called discrete operator difference for
    differential equations was given. Several difference elements for plate
    bending problems and plane problems were given. By investigating these
    elements, the ability of the discrete forms expressing to the element
    functions was talked about. In discrete operator difference method, the
    displacements of the elements can be reproduced exactly in the discrete
    forms whether the displacements are conforming or not. According to
    this point, discrete operator difference method is a method with good
    performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr CIMS & Robot, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Ctr CIMS & Robot, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN ZY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH J CHI, V15, P182
    LI RH, 1994, GEN DIFFERENCE METHO
    TANG LM, 1973, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V13, P27
    TANG LM, 1973, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V13, P7
    TANG LM, 2001, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V41, P1
    TIAN ZX, 2000, CHINESE J COMPUTATIO, V17, P163
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 619
 EP 626
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 586FT
 UT ISI:000177574500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A note on delta-perturbation expansion method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; artificial parameter; nonlinear equation; homotropy
 ID STRONGLY NONLINEAR OSCILLATIONS; LINDSTEDT-POINCARE METHODS
 AB The Delta-perturbation expansion method, a kind of new perturbation
    technique depending upon an artificial parameter Delta was studied. The
    study reveals that the method exits some advantages, but also exits
    some limitations. To overcome the limitations, the so-called linearized
    perturbation method proposed by HE Ji-huan can be powerfully applied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, LNM, Inst Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    AWREJCEWICZ J, 1998, ASYMPTOTIC APPROACHE
    BENDER CM, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1447
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P257
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P317
    HE JH, 2001, J VIB CONTROL, V7, P631
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 634
 EP 638
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 586FT
 UT ISI:000177574500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
    Deng, SF
 TI Remarks on some solutions of soliton equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE soliton equation; solutions; Hirota method
 ID DE VRIES EQUATION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    CHEN DY, 2002, PREPRINT
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    DENG SF, 2002, PREPRINT
    KONNO K, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2071
    KOVALYOV M, 1996, APPL MATH LETT, V9, P89
    OLEMEDILLA E, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P330
    TAKAHASHI M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P3505
    TSURU H, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P2908
    WADATI M, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2029
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, PREPRINT
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 8
 BP 2072
 EP 2073
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 584NN
 UT ISI:000177473900046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZM
    Xia, YB
    Yang, Y
    Fang, ZJ
    Wang, LJ
    Ju, JH
    Fan, YM
    Zhang, WL
 TI Lower gas pressure enhanced diamond nucleation on alumina by microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond film; MPCVD; alumina substrates; gas pressure; nucleation
 ID FILMS
 AB Under lower gas pressure, the high-density nucleation of diamond films
    on alumina was successfully achieved by microwave plasma-enhanced
    chemical vapor deposition (MPCVD). It was found that the nucleation
    density increased with the decreases of gas pressure. Based on these
    results, a kinetic model for diamond nucleation in MPCVD system was
    proposed. The critical gas pressure corresponding to the highest
    nucleation density was also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BACHMANN PK, 1988, DIAMOND DIAMOND LIKE, P99
    IIJIMA S, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P2646
    JIANG X, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1640
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    WANG JJ, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P473
    YUGO S, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1036
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 765
 EP 770
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 581TR
 UT ISI:000177309800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Ni, JS
    Zhu, MY
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
    Xiao, XS
 TI Crystallization behavior of melt-spun NdFeB permanent magnets
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite magnet; crystallization behavior; activation energy
 ID ND2FE14B/FE3B MAGNET; FIELD TREATMENT
 AB The crystallization behavior of melt-spun Nd8.5Fe78Co5Cu1Nb1B6.5
    ribbons was investigated using dynamic differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC) and X-ray diffractometry (XRD). It was found that the
    as-spun ribbons crystallize in two steps: at first the Nd3Fe62B14 +
    alpha-Fe phases are formed and subsequently Nd3Fe62B14 transformed to
    Nd2Fe14B and a-Fe upon heating above 680 US. The effective activation
    energy of two crystallization peaks are 332.0 kJ/mol and 470.5 kJ/mol,
    respectively. As the wheel speed increases, the magnetic properties of
    the magnet change obviously. When the wheel speed is 18 m/s, the best
    magnetic properties of the magnet was obtained after the sample was
    annealed at 690 degreesC for 8 min: B-x = 0.74T, H-i(c) = 421.7 kA/m,
    (BH)(max) = 64.5 kJ/m(3).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG WC, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P2147
    COEHOORN R, 1988, J PHYS-PARIS, V49, P669
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    GAO YH, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V186, P97
    SCHREFL T, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6100
    SKOMSKI R, 1993, IEEE T MAGN, V29, P2860
    YANG CJ, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4428
    YANG CJ, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V166, P243
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 720
 EP 722
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhu, MY
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
 TI Nanocrystalline Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe permanent magnet
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Nd-Fe-B; permanent magnet; nanocrystalline; grain size
 ID NANOCOMPOSITE
 AB N8.5Fe75Co5Cu1Zr3Nb1B6.5 bonded magnet was prepared by melt-spinning
    (v(s) = 18 m/s) and subsequent heat treatment (670 degreesC, 4 min).
    Excellent magnetic properties of the bonded magnet were achieved: B-r =
    0.68T, H-i(c) = 620.3 kA/m, (BH)(max) = 74 kJ/m(3). The addition of Cu
    and Zr elements shows to be advantageous in improving an intrinsic
    coercivity and squareness of hysteresis loop, as well as energy
    product. It has a remarkable remanence enhancement and the isctropic
    saturation remanence ratio M-r/M-s is 0.83.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG WC, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4425
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    ECKART F, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS I, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P4827
    XU H, 2001, NEW MAT SCI ENG 2000, P319
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
    ZHANG MG, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P777
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 723
 EP 725
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Effect of atomic ordering on environmental embrittlement of (Co,
    Fe)(3)V alloy in gaseous hydrogen
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE (Co,Fe)(3)V alloy; atomic ordering; environmental embrittlement;
    hydrogen gas
 ID (CO,FE)(3)V
 AB The diffusible hydrogen contents in precharged (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy were
    measured. It is found that atomic ordering can not promote hydrogen
    penetration in the (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy. The ultimate tensile strength
    (UTS) and ductilities in various condition were also investigated. The
    results show that the UTS and elongation of disordered alloy are higher
    than that of ordered one with fixed diffusible hydrogen content and
    (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy with ordered structure is highly susceptible to the
    embrittlement in hydrogen gas. The factor which may affect the
    susceptibility to the embrittlement of (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy in hydrogen
    gas is mainly due to that the atomic ordering may accelerate the
    kinetics of the catalytic reaction for the dissociation of molecular
    hydrogen into atomic hydrogen. However, it can not be roled out that
    atomic ordering intensifies planar slip and restricts cross-slip at the
    grain boundaries and enhances the susceptibility of the alloy to
    hydrogen embrittlement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    CHENG XY, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P465
    DUS R, 1967, ACTA METALL, V15, P1611
    GRIFFITHS M, 1957, CONTACT CATALYSIS
    HAMMER B, 1995, SURF SCI, V343, P211
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    MAIER HJ, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P875
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    NORBERG RE, 1952, PHYS REV, V86, P745
    SHUTT RC, 1985, WELD J, V64, P19
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3032
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P2225
    ULMER DG, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1237
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 785
 EP 791
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Biest, OVD
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
 TI Thermodynamic assessment of the ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 binary system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE ZrO2-CeO1.5; thermodynamic; phase diagram
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION; OPTIMIZATION
 AB An optimal set of thermodynamic parameters of the ZrO2-CeO1.5 system
    has been obtained using phase diagram data by modern CALPHAD
    (CALculation of PHAse Diagrams) technique. The liquid and other solid
    solution phases were regarded as substitutional solution. The ordered
    Zr2Ce2O7 phase was treated as a stoichiometric compound. The ZrO2-CeO2
    system has been re-optimized with new reference state. A comparison
    between the ZrO2-CeO2 system and ZrO2-CeO1.5 system has been made
    through calculation. With the calculation, the experimental information
    is well reproduced and a good agreement is obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Mat & Met, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1966, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V2, P1047
    LI L, IN PRESS J EUROPEAN
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, BUREAU MINES B, V672
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YOSHIMURA M, 1972, B TOKYO I TECHNOL, V108, P25
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 325
 EP 327
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 582LD
 UT ISI:000177351700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, WC
 TI Two-dimensional Riemann problem for scalar conservation laws
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 AB Using the generalized characteristic analysis method, we study the
    two-dimensional Riemann problem for scalar conservation laws, which is
    nonconvex along the y direction, and interactions of its elementary
    waves, give the classification of initial discontinuities and construct
    all Riemann solutions, which Riemann data are two or three pieces of
    constants. All kinds of Guckenheimer structure appear in the solutions
    and the necessary and sufficient condition of appearance of it is
    given. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science (USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, WC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG T, 1989, PITMAN MONOGRA SURVE, V41
    CHEN GQ, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V127, P124
    CONWAY E, 1966, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V19, P95
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1975, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V59, P281
    HSIAO L, 1986, STRUCTURE SOLUTION 2
    KRUZKOV SN, 1970, MATH USSR SB, V10, P271
    LI J, 1999, PITMAN MONOGR SURVEY, V98
    LINDQUIST WB, 1986, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V17, P1178
    WAGNER D, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V38, P534
    ZHANG P, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V152, P409
    ZHANG T, 1989, T AM MATH SOC, V312, P589
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD JUL 20
 PY 2002
 VL 183
 IS 1
 BP 239
 EP 261
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics
 GA 582HH
 UT ISI:000177344100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
    Xia, ZQ
    Zhang, LW
 TI Kernelled quasidifferential for a quasidifferentiable function in
    two-dimensional space
 SO JOURNAL OF CONVEX ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE quasidifferential calculus; kernelled quasidifferential; minimal
    quasidifferential; nonsmooth analysis
 AB For a quasidifferentiable function f defined on R-2, it is proved, in
    the sense of Demyanov and Rubinov, that the following assertion
    [GRAPHICS]
    in this paper, where D f (x) denotes the set of all quasidifferentials
    of fat x. It is shown that this way can be viewed as an approach to
    determining or choosing a representative of the equivalent class of
    quasidifferentials of fat x, in the two-dimensional case.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CRZYBOWSKI J, 1994, ARCH MATH, V63, P173
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTURE NONSMOO
    DENG MR, 1991, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V10, P65
    GAO Y, 1988, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V8, P152
    PALLASCHKE D, 1991, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V39, P1
    PALLASCHKE D, 1993, Z OPER RES, V37, P129
    PALLASCHKE D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P161
    SCHOLTES S, 1992, MATHEMATIKA, V39, P267
    XIA ZQ, 1987, WP8789 IIASA
    XIA ZQ, 1993, DEMONSTRATIO MATH, V26, P159
    XIA ZQ, 1993, PUMA, V4, P211
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0944-6532
 J9 J CONVEX ANAL
 JI J. Convex Anal.
 PY 2001
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 401
 EP 408
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics
 GA 582HX
 UT ISI:000177345700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LW
    Xia, ZQ
    Gao, Y
    Wang, MZ
 TI Star-kernels and star-differentials in quasidifferential analysis
 SO JOURNAL OF CONVEX ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE quasidifferentiable function; directional derivative;
    quasidifferential; kernelled quasidifferential; star-kernel;
    star-differential; star-shaped set
 AB This paper is devoted to the study of quasidifferential structure.
    Three concepts, kernelled quasidifferential, star-kernel and
    star-differential, are proposed. Kernelled quasidifferential is used to
    describe a special class of quasidifferentiable functions, which covers
    convex and concave functions. A sufficiency theorem and a sufficiency
    and necessity theorem for a quasi-kernel being a kernelled
    quasidifferential are proven. The notion of star-kernel is employed if
    the quasi-kernel is not a kernelled quasidifferential. The existence
    theorem for a star-kernel of a quasidifferentiable function is
    established, which shows that the star-kernel is a pair of star-shaped
    sets and the sub-/super-derivative is expressed by the gauge of a
    star-shaped set. The notion of star-differential is used to describe
    the differential of the class of directionally differentiable functions
    which contains the class of quasidifferentiable functions. A
    star-differential is also a pair of star-shaped sets and its
    operational properties are favourable. A representative of the
    star-differential can be easily obtained by decomposing the directional
    derivative into the difference of its positive and negative part.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, CORA, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, LW, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, POB
    2719, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR CRZYBOWSKI J, 1994, ARCH MATH, V63, P173
    DEMYANOV VF, 1980, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V250, P21
    DEMYANOV VF, 1986, QUASIDIFFERENTIAL CA
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTIVE NONSMOO, V7
    DENG MY, 1991, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V1, P65
    GAO Y, 1988, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V8, P152
    GAO Y, 1997, KERNELLED QUASIDIFFE
    GAO Y, 1998, SOOCHOW J MATH, V24, P211
    PALLASCHKE D, 1991, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V39, P1
    PALLASCHKE D, 1993, Z OPER RES, V37, P129
    PALLASCHKE D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P161
    PALLASCHKE D, 1996, J CONVEX ANAL, V3, P83
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1988, T AM MATH SOC, V307, P75
    RUBINOV AM, 1986, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V29, P176
    SCHOLTES S, 1992, MATHEMATIKA, V39, P267
    XIA ZQ, 1987, WP8766 IIASA
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0944-6532
 J9 J CONVEX ANAL
 JI J. Convex Anal.
 PY 2002
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 139
 EP 158
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA 583NH
 UT ISI:000177413600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
 TI Anticontrol of chaos for continuous-time systems
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATIONS AND
    COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE anticontrol; chaos; impulsive control
 ID FEEDBACK
 AB This paper studies the anticontrol problem of making a continuous-time
    system chaotic by using impulsive control. The controller is designed
    to ensure the controlled orbit be bounded and, meanwhile, the
    controlled system have positive Lyapunov exponents, which are achieved
    near a stable limit cycle of the system, One illustrative example is
    given.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Suzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    YANG L, 2002, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR, V12
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0916-8508
 J9 IEICE TRANS FUND ELEC COM COM
 JI IEICE Trans. Fundam. Electron. Commun. Comput. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL E85A
 IS 6
 BP 1333
 EP 1335
 PG 3
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science,
    Information Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 581YJ
 UT ISI:000177322400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, TS
    Yi, YH
    Zhang, ZG
    Zhang, ZQ
    Hua, N
 TI A new 10-hydroxyl anthrone glycoside from Cassia siamea Lam.
 SO CHINESE CHEMICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE Cassia siamea; anthrone;
    1,8,10-trihydroxyl-1-O-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-3-methyl-10-C (S) -beta-D;
    glucopyranosyl-anthrone-9 1
 ID PRODUCTS
 AB A new 10-hydroxyl anthrone glycoside, 1, 8, 10 -
    trihydroxyl-1-O-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-3-i-nethyl- 10- C (S) - beta - D-
    glucopyranosyl-anthrone-9 1 was isolated from the stein of Cassia
    siamea Lam. The structure was elucidated by spectral evidences,
    especially by 2 D techniques.
 C1 Pharm Dept 88th Hosp PLA, Shandong 271000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mil Med 2, Sch Pharm, Ctr Marine Drug Res, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, TS, Pharm Dept 88th Hosp PLA, Shandong 271000, Peoples R China.
 CR ERMIAS D, 1996, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V42, P1683
    LU TS, 2001, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V12, P703
    MANITTO P, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P1577
    MANITTO P, 1995, J NAT PRODUCTS, V58, P419
    RAUWALD HW, 1992, PLANTA MED, V58, P259
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-8417
 J9 CHIN CHEM LETT
 JI Chin. Chem. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 731
 EP 733
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 583CE
 UT ISI:000177387300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI A class of DFP algorithms with revised search direction
 SO NUMERICAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE DFP algorithm; line search; convergence; convergence rate
 ID QUASI-NEWTON METHODS; UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION; BROYDEN FAMILY; BFGS;
    CONVERGENCE
 AB in this paper, we discuss the convergence of the DFP algorithm with
    revised search direction. We prove that the algorithm is globally
    convergent for continuously differentiable functions and the rate of
    convergence of the algorithm is one-step superlinear and n-step
    second-order for uniformly convex objective functions.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBAALI M, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P127
    ARMAND P, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P199
    BROYDEN CG, 1965, MATH COMPUT, V19, P577
    BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    DAVIDON WC, 1959, VARIABLE METRIC ALGO
    DAVIDON WC, 1975, MATH PROGRAM, V9, P1
    DENNIS JE, 1977, SIAM REV, V19, P46
    DIXON LCW, 1972, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V10, P34
    FLETCHER R, 1963, COMPUT J, V6, P163
    FLETCHER R, 1987, UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMI
    HU YF, 1994, J OPTIM THEORY APPL, V83, P421
    LALEE M, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P637
    MIFFLIN RB, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V65, P247
    OREN SS, 1972, THESIS STANFORD U
    OREN SS, 1974, J OPT THEORY APPL, V37, P137
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1976, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, V6
    POWELL MJD, 1983, MATH PROGRAMMING STA
    POWELL MJD, 1984, LECT NOTES MATH, V1066, P122
    POWELL MJD, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V34, P34
    POWELL MJD, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V38, P29
    PU D, 1990, J ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V13, P118
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1994, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V8, P366
    PU D, 1995, J CHINESE U, V10, P313
    PU D, 2000, J ACTA MATH APPLICAT, V16, P313
    PU D, 2002, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V112, P187
    PU DG, 1997, ASIA PAC J OPER RES, V14, P93
    QI HD, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P113
    SIEGEL D, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P167
    SIEGEL D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P45
    SPEDICATO E, 1976, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V20, P315
    SPEDICATO E, 1978, MATH PROG, V15, P123
    WOLFE P, 1971, SIAM REV, V13, P185
    ZHANG Y, 1988, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V8, P487
    ZOUTENDIJK G, 1970, INTEGER NONLINEAR PR, P37
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 0163-0563
 J9 NUMER FUNC ANAL OPTIMIZ
 JI Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 3-4
 BP 383
 EP 400
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 580PT
 UT ISI:000177243500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YJ
    Xu, XG
    Liu, YX
    Xiao, LM
    Geng, GL
 TI Structural change due to martensite aging of CuZnAlMnNi shape memory
    alloy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE martensite aging; CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy; alpha-phase;
    transmission electron microscopy
 ID 18R MARTENSITE; AL; TRANSFORMATION; STABILIZATION
 AB The microstructures of a CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy after one year
    aging in martensite phase were investigated by transmission electron
    microscopy. It was found that the substructure of stacking faults in
    the original martensite plates becomes indistinct, and the amount
    decreases. However, the equilibrium face centered cubic (fcc)
    alpha-phase can be observed forming at martensite plate boundaries or
    inside the plates. The structural variation during aging is responsible
    for the degradation of shape memory property and transformation
    temperatures when Cu-based SMA actuators are in use. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Shandong 250031, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong 250061, Peoples R China.
 RP Bai, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Shandong 250031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABUARAB A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P2627
    ANDRADE M, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P1809
    BAI YJ, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V284, P25
    GOTTHARDT R, 1982, J PHYS S12, V43, P667
    KENNON NF, 1982, METALL T A, V13, P551
    LOVEY FC, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V86, P553
    SAULE F, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P2373
    VANHUMBEECK J, 1984, SCRIPTA METALL, V18, P893
    WEI ZG, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS A, V28, P955
    WU MH, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1821
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 334
 IS 1-2
 BP 49
 EP 52
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 580LL
 UT ISI:000177236000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, BC
    Wang, WH
    Xia, L
    Zhang, Z
    Zhao, DQ
    Pan, MX
 TI Glass transition and thermal stability of hard magnetic bulk NdAlFeCo
    metallic glass
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE metallic glasses; phase transformations; hard magnetic; glass transition
 ID DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY; FE-AL ALLOYS; SUPERCOOLED LIQUID;
    AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CASTING METHOD; ND; PHASES
 AB Glass transition and thermal stability of bulk Nd60Al10Fe20Co10
    metallic glass were investigated by means of dynamic mechanical thermal
    analysis (DMTA), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) and scanning electronic microscopy (SEM). The glass
    transition temperature, not revealed by DSC, is alternatively
    determined by DMTA via storage modulus E' and loss modulus E"
    measurement to be 498 K at a heating rate of 0.167 K s (-1). The
    calculated reduced glass transition temperature (T-g/T-m) is 0.63. The
    large value of T-g/T-m of this alloy is consistent with its good
    glass-forming ability. The crystallization process of the metallic
    glass is concluded as follows: amorphous --> amorphous + metastable
    FeNdAl phase --> amorphous + primary delta-FeNdAl phase --> primary
    delta-phase + eutectic delta-phase + Nd3Al + Nd3Co. The appearance of
    hard magnetism in this alloy is ascribed to the presence of amorphous
    phase with highly relaxed structure. The hard magnetism disappeared
    after the eutectic crystallization of the amorphous phase. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PM, 1980, MATER SCI ENG, V43, P267
    CHEN HS, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V72, P287
    DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    GRIEB B, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1367
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1992, MATER T JIM, V33, P937
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P58
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    LI Y, 1998, PHIL MAG LETT, V78, P213
    NAGAYAMA K, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P2483
    NIEH TG, 1999, SCRIPTA MATER, V40, P1021
    ORTEGAHERTOGS RJ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1333
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PIERRE V, 1994, HDB TERNARY ALLOY PH, P3525
    RAMBOUSKY R, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V179, P761
    STADELMAIER HH, 1991, MATER LETT, V10, P303
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
 NR 23
 TC 3
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 334
 IS 1-2
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 580LL
 UT ISI:000177236000044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
    Chan, HLW
    Choy, CL
 TI Actuators, piezoelectric ceramics and functionally gradient materials
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE actuators; piezoelectric ceramics; functional gradient materials
 ID FILMS
 AB Piezoelectric ceramic actuators and materials play a key role in the
    development of advanced precision engineering. The breakthroughs in
    this field are closely related to the development of various types of
    piezoelectric ceramic actuators and related materials. The likelihood
    that the range of applications and demand for actuators will grow
    quickly has stimulated intensive researches on piezoelectric ceramics.
    Functionally gradient materials (FGMs) are new classes of composites
    characterized by compositional and/or microstructural gradation over
    macroscopic/microscopic distances. This constitutional gradation can be
    tailored to meet specific needs while providing the best utilization of
    composite components. Furthermore, FGMs technology is also a novel
    interfacial technology to solve the problems associated with the sharp
    interface between two dissimilar materials. In recent years significant
    advances in the development of FGMs have been achieved. In this paper,
    we first briefly review the recent progress of ceramic actuators and
    developments of piezoelectric materials, and then focus on summarizing
    typical applications of functional gradients in piezoelectric and
    ferroelectric materials.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Mat Res Ctr, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDYOPADHYAY A, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1366
    DOGAN A, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V156, P1
    FERNANDEZ JF, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V51, P183
    HAERTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V73, P93
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    MOHAMMED MS, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3322
    SCHUBRING NW, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1778
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    WEI ZG, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3763
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 2001, 13 INT S INT FERR MA
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 263
 IS 1-4
 BP 1367
 EP 1376
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BZ
 UT ISI:000177215600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Jing, XP
 TI Knoevenagel condensation of aldehydes with cyclic active methylene
    compounds in water
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new route of Knoevenagel condensation of aromatic aldehydes with
    Meldrum's acid, barbituric acid and dimedone in the presence of
    cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide at room temperature in water is
    described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CONRAD M, 1900, BER DTSCH CHEM GES, V33, P1339
    LI CJ, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P2023
    NAGARAJAN K, 1992, INDIAN J CHEM B, V31, P73
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P713
    TROST RM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P369
    VVEDENSKII VM, 1969, CHEM HETEROCYCL CMPD, V5, P827
    VVEDENSKII VM, 1969, KHIM GETEROTSIKL, P1092
    WANG SH, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P29
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 13
 BP 1947
 EP 1952
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 579TZ
 UT ISI:000177195100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylide; stepwise synthesis; one-pot synthesis;
    gamma-butyrolactone; stereoselective synthesis
 AB Stereoselective synthesis of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones (5) by the
    reaction of methoxycarbonylmethyl triphenyl arsonium bromide (1) and
    2,2-dimethyl-5-substituted-benzal-1,3-dioxa-4,6-dioxa-4,6-dione (2) is
    carried out in the presence of potassium carbonate and trace water in
    dimethoxyethane. 1,2-Cis-cyclopropane 3 is formed as an intermediate.
    The stability of compound 3 in water is related to the property of the
    aryl substituent. With strong electron-donating groups [2a-c,
    Ar=4-CH3O-C6H4; 3,4-OCH2O-C6H3 or 4-(CH3)(2)N-C6H4] at room temperature
    3 is formed in situ and transformed to gamma-butyrolactones 5a-c
    immediately, whereas when the aryl substituent is H or a weak
    electron-donating or electron-withdrawing group (2d-g, Ar=4-CH3-C6H4;
    C6H5; 4-Cl-C6H4 or 4-NO2-C6H4), 3 is stable to water at room
    temperature. On further heating in acetone, 3 is transformed to
    gamma-butyrolactones 5d-g (stepwise synthesis). One-pot synthesis of
    5d-g from the reaction of 1 with 2d-g is also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTOLO G, 1997, J CHEM SOC P1, V2, P147
    CHEM YL, 1998, J CHIN U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    UENISHI J, 1997, HETEROCYCLES, V44, P277
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 13
 BP 1953
 EP 1960
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 579TZ
 UT ISI:000177195100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for lattice systems corresponding to evolution equations
 SO NONLINEARITY
 DT Article
 ID REACTION-DIFFUSION SYSTEMS; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS;
    GLOBAL ATTRACTOR; WAVE-EQUATIONS; SPATIAL CHAOS; PROPAGATION;
    EXISTENCE; FAILURE
 AB We consider the existence of the global attractor and its
    finite-dimensional approximation for the lattice dynamical systems
    corresponding to the wave equations and reaction diffusion equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    BELLERI V, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P719
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P746
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4287
    FEIREISL E, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V129, P239
    FEIREISL E, 1997, J DYNAM DIFFERENTIAL, V9, P133
    FIRTH WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P329
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    HILLERT M, 1961, ACTA METALL, V9, P525
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    KAPRAL R, 1991, J MATH CHEM, V6, P113
    KARACHALIOS NI, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P183
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    KEENER JP, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V148, P49
    LAPLANTE JP, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P4931
    MERINO S, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V132, P87
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PEREZMUNUZURI A, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V40, P872
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    VONNEUMANN J, 1951, CEREBRAL MECH BEHAV, P9
    WANG BX, 1999, PHYSICA D, V128, P41
    WEINBERGER HE, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P1057
    WINALOW RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V64, P281
    YU J, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P60
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0951-7715
 J9 NONLINEARITY
 JI Nonlinearity
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 1079
 EP 1095
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 578NE
 UT ISI:000177123700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Wang, ZM
    Zhang, WL
    Fan, YM
 TI Effect of carbon ion pre-implantation on the stress level of diamond
    films formed on alumina substrates
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DEPOSITION; NUCLEATION
 AB The compressive stress in diamond films formed by hot filament chemical
    vapour deposition is reduced by implantation of carbon ions into
    alumina substrates before the deposition of diamond films. It is found
    that the stress in the diamond films decreases linearly with the
    increment of the C+ implantation dose. The reason for the decrease in
    the compressive stress is explained in terms of the offset by the
    residual compressive stress in the alumina substrates, which is caused
    by the ion pre-implantation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR *INT CTR DIFFR DAT, 1988, 10174 JCPDS INT CTR
    AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    FAN QH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1353
    FAN WD, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V72, P78
    ITO T, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5681
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    RALLS KM, 1982, INTRO MAT SCI ENG
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 7
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 13
 BP L57
 EP L60
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 577WL
 UT ISI:000177085500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Chen, GR
 TI On the relationship between parametric variation and state feedback in
    chaos control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos control; feedback control; parametric variation
 AB In this Letter, we study the popular parametric variation chaos control
    and state-feedback methodologies in chaos control, and point out for
    the first time that they are actually equivalent in the sense that
    there exist diffeomorphisms that can convert one to the other for most
    smooth chaotic systems. Detailed conversions are worked out for typical
    discrete chaotic maps (logistic, Henon) and continuous flows (Rosller,
    Lorenz) for illustration. This unifies the two seemingly different
    approaches from the physics and the engineering communities on chaos
    control. This new perspective reveals some new potential applications
    such as chaos synchronization and normal form analysis from a unified
    mathematical point of view.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN GR, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P511
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PEITGEN HO, 1992, CHAOS FRACTALS NEW F
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1411
 EP 1415
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 579KB
 UT ISI:000177176200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WM
    Li, CE
    Guo, CJ
    Yan, HX
    He, LX
 TI Study of phase conversion in PMN-PT ceramics near the morphotropic
    phase boundary
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE phase composition; compressive stress; phase conversion
 ID TITANATE
 AB Phase compositions, grain sizes and domain widths of 0.65PMN-0.35PT
    ceramics sintered at various conditions have been investigated. It has
    been shown that a phase conversion from rhombohedral to tetragonal took
    place when the sintering temperatures were increased. This result is
    considered to be attributed to the increase of compressive stress in
    the grain, which makes the phase transition from tetragonal to
    rhombohedral difficult to occur, due to an expansion of cell volume. As
    a result, more tetragonal phases were left unchanged.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIGUR P, 1975, J PHYS D, V8, P1856
    ARLT G, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P1619
    CHOI SW, 1989, MATER LETT, V8, P253
    FERNANDEZ JF, 1998, J EUR CERAM SOC, V18, P1695
    FORSBERGH PW, 1954, PHYS REV, V93, P686
    HIREMATH BV, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P790
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    SWARTZ SL, 1982, MATER RES BULL, V17, P1245
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 251
 IS 1-4
 BP 45
 EP 52
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BC
 UT ISI:000177213400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
 TI Study on the characterization and formation mechanism of microdomains
    in Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films by Hrem
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE microdomain structure; ferroelectricity; Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films
 ID BARIUM-TITANATE; PHASE; FERROELECTRICITY; MICROSTRUCTURE; CAPACITORS
 AB Microdomain clusters in scope of about 60 nm were observed in
    Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films by transmission electron microscopy (TEM).
    Combined with investigated results by high-resolution electron
    microscopy (HREM) and selected area electron diffraction (SAED)
    techniques, a reasonable spatial configuration of the microdomains is
    proposed, where twin-related microdomain with thickness of several unit
    cells are prevailing. The larger c/a value deduced from the doublet
    splitting of diffraction spot in SHED pattern confirms that the
    microdomains are under highly compressing. This locally compressive
    condition is pointed out to be responsible for the formation of small
    microdomain uncommitted by critical size and the ferroelectricity of
    the thin films.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BAUMERT BA, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P197
    BURNS G, 1986, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V58, P567
    BURNS G, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V104, P25
    DING YP, 1998, P 1 CHIN INT C HIGH, P489
    DING YP, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V19, P163
    FREY MH, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2753
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    ISUPOV VA, 1990, IZV AN SSSR FIZ+, V54, P1131
    MARUYAMA T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3524
    QU BD, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1394
    SCOTT JF, 1998, FERROELECTRICS REV, V1, P1
    TSAI F, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1906
    TYBELL T, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P856
    WASER R, 1998, J KOREAN PHYS SO S 4, V32, S1340
    YIN ZW, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P85
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 252
 IS 1-4
 BP 453
 EP 460
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BD
 UT ISI:000177213500028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, WD
    Mo, YL
 TI Increasing image resolution in electrical impedance tomography
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB An effective approach to increase the image resolution in static
    electrical impedance tomography is proposed, in which the image with
    local high resolution is reconstructed by fine meshing only the
    impedance abnormal element in the finite element model based on a
    genetic algorithm. Experimental results from a laboratory phantom are
    presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, WD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HOU WD, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P343
    ISAACSON D, 2001, P 11 INT C EL BIOIMP, P387
    METHERALL P, 1998, THESIS U SHEFFIELD U
    OLMI R, 2000, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V4, P83
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD JUL 4
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 14
 BP 701
 EP 702
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 578CZ
 UT ISI:000177101000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI Second order approximation solution of nonlinear large deflection
    problems of Yongjiang Railway Bridge in Ningbo
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE large deflection; elastic modulus; cantilever beam
 AB The solution and computational aspects on nonlinear deflection of
    Yongjiang Railway Bridge in Ningbo were investigated. An approximate
    iteration algorithm on nonlinear governing equation was presented, and
    the obtained results show that, if altitude difference and span of the
    riverbanks are taken as 5 meters and 100 meters, respectively, the
    maximum gradient in the middle of the bridge exceeds 5%, much larger
    than maximum allowance gradient in railway design code. Therefore, a
    new solution scheme for decreasing gradient of the bridge is put
    forward, that is, the altitude difference between two riverbanks can be
    decreased to about 1/10 of the initial magnitude by building roadbeds
    with 0.5% gradient and 1 kilometer length at two riverbanks. As a
    direct result, the deflection gradient of the railway bridge is much
    reduced and the value is between 0.5% similar to 0.6%.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 493
 EP 506
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Liu, YL
 TI Localized coherent structures of the (2+1)-dimensional higher order
    Broer-Kaup equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE higher order Broer-Kaup equation; (2+1)-dimension; coherent structure;
    homogeneous balance method
 ID DROMION-LIKE STRUCTURES; KDV-TYPE EQUATION; WAVE-EQUATIONS;
    TRANSFORMATION; SOLITONS
 AB By using the extended homogeneous balance method, the localized
    coherent structures are studied. A nonlinear transformation was first
    established, and then the linearization form was obtained based on the
    extended homogeneous balance method for the higher order (2 +
    1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup equations. Starting from this linearization
    form equation, a variable separation solution with the entrance of some
    arbitrary functions and some arbitrary parameters was constructed. The
    quite rich localized coherent structures were revealed. This method,
    which can be generalized to other (2 + I) -dimensional nonlinear
    evolution equation, is simple and powerful.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    FANG EG, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P1254
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P237
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V149, P113
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    RADHA R, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3229
    RADHA R, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1821
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P326
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
    ZHANG JF, 2001, COMMUNICATION NONLIN, V6, P50
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 549
 EP 556
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Xu, G
    Liu, ZR
 TI The concave or convex peaked and smooth soliton solutions of
    Camassa-Holm equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE soliton; peakson; integrable system; traveling wave solution
 ID SHALLOW-WATER EQUATION
 AB The traveling wave soliton solutions and pair soliton solution to a
    class of new completely integrable, shallow water equation,
    Camassa-Holm equation are studied. The concept of concave or convex
    peaked soliton and smooth soliton were introduced. And the research
    shows that the traveling wave solution of that equation possesses
    concave and convex peaked soliton and smooth soliton solutions with the
    peakson. Simultaneously by applying Backlund transformation the new
    pair soliton solutions to this class of equation are given.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200018, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Zhenjiang 212013,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALBER MS, 1994, LETT MATH PHYS, V32, P137
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CLARKSON PA, 1997, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V25, P195
    CONSTANTIN A, 1998, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V51, P475
    CONSTANTIN A, 2000, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V53, P603
    FISHER M, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V259, P371
    TIAN LX, 1998, P AM MATH SOC, V126, P201
    TIAN LX, 1999, COMM MATH PHY, V201, P509
    TIAN LX, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5773
    XIN ZP, 2000, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V53, P1411
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 557
 EP 567
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem with small primes
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE Chen's theorem; sieve; mean value theorem
 AB Let N be a sufficiently large even integer. In this paper it is proved
    that the equation
    N = p + P-2, p less than or equal to N-0.95,
    is solvable, where p denotes a prime and P-2 denotes an almost prime
    with at most two prime factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    HALBERSTAM H, 1975, ASTERISQUE, V24, P281
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    LU MG, IN PRESS CHENS THEOR
    PAN CD, 1992, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE, P175
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1439-8516
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 597
 EP 604
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 579MC
 UT ISI:000177180900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZB
    Jiao, YH
    Xia , SB
    Huang, WH
    Zhang, ZM
 TI An efficient calculation method of nonlinear fluid film forces in
    journal bearing
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE journal bearing; database; rotor
 ID ROTOR; STABILITY
 AB An efficient method of fluid film force database is proposed for a
    single pad of the journal bearing. By some manipulations on Reynolds
    equation, a speed parameter varying within (-1, +1) is introduced to
    reflect the relative weights of the bearing journal's rotation and
    squeezing effects. Given the bearing aspect ratio and pad angle, the
    fluid film force database can be easily established. For a multi-pad
    journal bearing, an algorithm is needed to sum the separate fluid
    forces generated in every pad. An elliptic beating supporting a rigid
    rotor is employed to examine the effectiveness of the suggested method.
    The results based on the numerical solution of Reynolds equation is
    taken as a yardstick for comparison. It is shown that the database
    method provides a way to obtain the bearing fluid forces quickly
    without losing accuracy.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZB, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Harbin 150001, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAPONE G, 1990, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V112, P643
    CASTELLI V, 1967, J LUBR TECH, V89, P211
    DEEPAK JC, 1998, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V120, P605
    EHRICH FF, 1991, J VIB ACOUST, V113, P50
    KIRK RG, 1976, ASME, V98, P47
    LUND JW, 1978, TOPICS FLUID FILM BE, P1
    LUND JW, 1987, ASME, V109, P38
    PINKUS O, 1961, THEORY HYDRODYNAMIC, P1
    QIU ZL, 1996, TRIBOL T, V39, P469
    REZVANI MA, 1993, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V115, P544
    SUNDARARAJAN P, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V214, P695
    TIEU AK, 1995, TRIBOL T, V38, P627
    ZHAO JY, 1994, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P357
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 324
 EP 329
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 575JE
 UT ISI:000176942500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Chen, H
 TI Spin-dependent transmission through a mesoscopic ring with a quantum
    gate
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE spin-dependent transmission; mesoscopic ring; quantum gate
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM OSCILLATIONS; WAVE-GUIDE THEORY; DOT; PHASE
 AB We investigate the spin-dependent transmission through an Aharonov-Bohm
    ring with a quantum gate that is tuned by an uniform external magnetic
    field. The formula of spin-dependent transmission coefficient at zero
    temperature is obtained as a function of the flux, the magnetic field
    and Fermi energy in term of quantum waveguide theory. We found that for
    some special Fermi energies, spin-state electrons are driven into a
    perfect transmissive state or reflective state, which is not affected
    by the flux, when Zeeman energy of electron moving in the stub
    coincides with a level of the isolated stub. As Zeeman energy crosses
    the level of the stub, Aharonov-Bohm oscillations of spin-state
    conductance have no abrupt change of phase by pi and are in phase. The
    effect of the magnetic field on transmission behavior of spin-state
    electrons are examined. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUDER C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P114
    CHEN H, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P1729
    DEO PS, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P787
    HACKENBROICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P110
    RYU CM, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P401
    SCHUSTER R, 1997, NATURE, V385, P417
    SHI YM, 1999, J SHANGHAI UNIV, V3, P339
    SHI YM, 1999, PHYS RVE B, V60, P1949
    TANIGUCHI T, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13841
    WU J, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1952
    WU J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P245
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
    YACOBY A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4047
    YACOBY A, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P9583
    YEYATI L, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52
    YI YS, 1999, PHYS REV B, V55, P10637
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 8
 PY 2002
 VL 299
 IS 4
 BP 401
 EP 406
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 576WR
 UT ISI:000177030600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZT
    Liang, PH
    Zhang, WQ
 TI Measurement of glass surface layers and their influence on thin-film
    optical properties
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE glass surface layer; optical parameter; p-polarized light reflectance;
    cleaning treatment
 ID ELLIPSOMETRY
 AB A new and simple method is proposed to analyze the profiles of glass
    surface layers based on their reflectance for p-polarized light. By
    measuring the angle spectrum gamma(theta(i)) (gamma equivalent to
    I-a/I-b), where I-a and I-b are the intensities of reflection from the
    front and the back surface of the glass, and fitting the results with
    theoretical relations, the refractive index n(s) and extinction
    coefficient k(s) of plane glass surfaces can easily be obtained.
    Experimentally, glass samples subjected to different cleaning
    treatments have been analyzed. The results show that n(s) and k(s) of
    the glass surface increase exponentially with the depth into the
    surface layers, and an etched glass sample has a smaller extinction
    coefficient on its surface. This is confirmed by
    atomic-force-microscope observation and by laser-damage testing. In
    addition, the influence of the glass surface layers on the properties
    of films coated on one side or both sides of the glass substrate is
    analyzed. Dip-coated polymethyltriethoxysilane. (PMTES) films and
    spin-coated PMMA films have been measured. It is found that the optical
    parameters of PMTES films and azo-doped PMMA films are in agreement
    with the experimental results only if the glass surface layers are
    considered. (C) 2002 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, POB 249,516 Jun
    Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASEVA AG, 1990, OPT SPECTROSC, V69, P679
    ALVAREZHERRERO A, 2001, APPL OPTICS, V40, P527
    BORN M, 1964, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    COUILLARD JG, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V222, P429
    GUENTHER KH, 1981, THIN SOLID FILMS, V77, P239
    JELLISON GE, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P4310
    LIU XL, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P3788
    PENZKOFER A, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V158, P221
    RADLEIN E, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V222, P69
    ROCHE P, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P5059
    SCHICHT H, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V218, P210
    YOKOTA H, 1969, SURF SCI, V16, P265
    ZHANG ZM, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P205
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 7
 BP 1738
 EP 1746
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 576TR
 UT ISI:000177021900040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Smoothed particle technique for treatment shocks in transonic
    aerodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE meshfree particle method; SPH technique; transonic flow
 ID MESHLESS
 AB The smoothed particle computing technique has features which make the
    technique highly attractive for simulating aerodynamics involving
    unknown discontinuities (such as shock and free trailing vortex
    sheets). However, full exploitation of the method's potential has been
    hampered by the inherent deficiency on the boundaries and the unknown
    discontinuities. To remedy the shortcoming, this paper proposes some
    heuristic approaches to capturing automatically the unknown
    discontinuities. To impose the boundary conditions, a variational-like
    approach is suggested so that boundary conditions can be satisfied
    optimally.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CHEN JK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P231
    CORDES LW, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P75
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    LIU WK, 1996, ARCH COMPUTATIONAL M, V3, P3
    LUCKY LB, 1977, ASTRON J, V82, P1013
    ONATE E, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P315
    RANDLES PW, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P375
    WAGNER GJ, IN PRESS INT J NUMER
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 243
 EP 249
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 576LC
 UT ISI:000177005400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational principle for magnetohydrodynamics with high Hartmann
    number flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE MHD; variational principle; semi-inverse method; Lagrange multiplier
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; AERODYNAMICS; ELASTICITY
 AB By the semi-inverse method proposed by He, a variational principle is
    established for three-dimensional MHD equations with high Hartmann
    number. In order to incorporate the no-slip condition and far distance
    boundary condition as natural boundary conditions, a special technique
    is proposed in this paper. Lagrange crisis are also illustrated. (C)
    2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Basic Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, POB 189,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARRETT KE, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1577
    CHANG ID, 1963, ZAMP, V14, P134
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P161
    HUNT JCR, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V28, P241
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    NOOR AK, 1984, UNIFICATION FINITE E, P275
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 1403
 EP 1410
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 575RD
 UT ISI:000176960900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
 TI Backlund transformation and variable separation solutions for the
    generalized Nozhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended homogeneous balance method; (2+1) dimensions; GNNV equation;
    localized coherent structures
 ID COHERENT STRUCTURES; KDV EQUATION
 AB Using the extended homogeneous balance method, the Backlund
    transformation for a (2+1)-dimensional integrable model, the
    generalized Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (GNNV) equation, is first obtained.
    Also, making use of the Backlund transformation, the GNNV equation is
    changed into three equations: linear, bilinear and trilinear form
    equations. Starting from these three equations, a rather general
    variable separation solution of the model is constructed. The abundant
    localized coherent structures of the model can be induced by the
    entrance of two variable-separated arbitrary functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P420
    LOU SY, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P561
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V5, P241
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    WANG MI, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P279
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
 NR 25
 TC 28
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 7
 BP 651
 EP 655
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 576GM
 UT ISI:000176995100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, G
    Zhang, M
    Li, H
    Chance, B
    Glickson, JD
 TI Synthesis and biological evaluation of near infrared fluorescence
    probes (NIRFS) for tumors overexpressing LDL receptors
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Univ Penn, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Penn, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD APR 7
 PY 2002
 VL 223
 PN Part 2
 BP B135
 EP B135
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 564CE
 UT ISI:000176296800735
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, TY
    Wang, SJ
    Zheng, LP
 TI Comparative study on CO2 sources in soil developed on carbonate rock
    and non-carbonate rock in Central Guizhou
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE carbonate rock; non-carbonate rock; soil CO2; sources
 ID STABLE ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; DIOXIDE; AREAS; CHINA
 AB In this paper, by using concentration and carbon stable isotope the CO2
    sources of soil profiles developed on limestone, dolostone and
    claystone basements in Central Guizhou, China are comparatively
    studied. The results show that CO2 concentration of soil profiles
    developed on different basements is different, having the following
    sequence: limestone>dolostone>claystone. Below the soil depth of 20 cm
    from the surface the delta(13)C value of CO2 in soil profile developed
    on limestone ranges from -12.811parts per thousand - -13.492parts per
    thousand(PDB), that in soil profile developed on dolostone varys from
    -13.212parts per thousand - -14.271parts per thousand(PDB) and that in
    soil profile developed on claystone is about -20.234parts per thousand
    - -21.485parts per thousand(PDB). Taking the carbon isotope of soil
    organic matter and carbonate rock as two isotopic endmembers, the
    proportion of soil CO2 generated by dissolution of carbonate rock is
    calculated, about 21%-25% for soil profile developed on limestone
    basement, 19%-21% for soil profile developed on dolostone basement.
    There is almost no influx of CO2 generated by the dissolution of
    carbonate rock in soil profile developed on claystone basement.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Grad Sch Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm
    Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
 CR BUYANOVSKY GA, 1983, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V47, P1139
    CERLING TE, 1984, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V71, P229
    CHIODINI G, 1998, APPL GEOCHEM, V13, P543
    CRAIG H, 1953, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V3, P53
    DAVIDSON GR, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P2485
    HE SH, 1997, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V16, P319
    HOEFS J, 1997, STABLE ISOTOPE GEOCH, P153
    HSIEH JCC, 1999, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V63, P767
    JAMES WR, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, V9, P23
    JUAN CC, 1998, CHEM GEOL, V149, P251
    LIU ZH, 1998, HYDROGEOLOGY ENG GEO, V4, P42
    LIU ZH, 2000, SCI CHINA SER D, V43, P569
    MARRISON GM, 1991, CHEM GEOL, V86, P97
    PAN GX, 1999, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V18, P287
    PARKER LW, 1983, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V15, P303
    PIAO HC, 2000, BIOL FERT SOILS, V31, P422
    SOLOMON DK, 1987, WATER RESOUR RES, V23, P2257
    SONG WZ, 1996, ENV SCI, V17, P85
    TANG C, 1999, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V18, P213
    WALTER CO, 1997, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, V11, P163
    WANG Y, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P393
    WENG JT, 1995, ADV EARTH SCI, V10, P154
    WITKAMP M, 1969, ECOLOGY, V50, P922
    YUAN DX, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, V1, P1
    ZHENG LP, 1999, CHINESE SCI B S2, V44, P93
    ZHENG LP, 1999, SCI CHINA SER D, V42, P588
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 8
 BP 673
 EP 679
 PG 7
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VD
 UT ISI:000176851600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Comment on "Photonic tunneling time in frustrated total internal
    reflection"
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Editorial Material
 ID NEGATIVE PHASE TIME; ANALOGY; DELAY
 AB This is a comment on Stahlhofen's paper [Phys. Rev. A 62, 012112
    (2000)]. It is shown by stationary-phase theory that the Goos-Hanchen
    shift in frustrated total internal reflection (FTIR) is not independent
    of the group delay (or phase time in the literature). The group delay
    involves the contribution of Goos-Hanchen shift and is always larger
    than zero in FTIR. It is also shown that the group delay in the
    two-dimensional (2D) optical FTIR can be written in the same form as
    that of the group delay in the 1D quantum tunneling in the sense that
    the group delay is the derivative of the total phase shift with respect
    to the angular frequency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    MARTIN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2611
    STAHLHOFEN AA, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    WANG LJ, 2000, NATURE, V406, P277
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 6
 AR 066101
 DI ARTN 066101
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA 572FT
 UT ISI:000176763600135
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, T
    Li, L
    Wang, PL
    Van Der Biest, O
    Vlengels, J
 TI Progress on calculation of phase diagram of ZrO2-containing oxides
    systems
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE phase diagram; calculation of phase diagram; zirconia
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; COMPOUND-ENERGY MODEL; THERMODYNAMIC
    PROPERTIES; OPTIMIZATION
 AB Zirconia is a kind of important ceramics materials. Because of its
    superior mechanical and electrical properties, zirconia, has been
    widely applied as both structural ceramics and functional ceramics.
    Based on a brief introduction on the progress and principle of
    calculation of phase diagram, the corresponding work on
    zirconia-containing systems in recent years was reviewed, and the
    results in some important systems were also summarized in detail. It
    was expected that the information of zirconia-containing phase diagrams
    based on the CALPHAD method would significantly promote the
    compositional design of zirconia ceramics.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
 RP Xu, T, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSSON JO, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P437
    BLANDER M, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P85
    BONNIER E, 1960, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V250, P527
    CHOU KC, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P293
    COLINET C, 1967, D E S U GRENOBLE FRA
    DEGTYAREV SA, 1988, CALPHAD, V12, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2107
    HILLERT M, 1969, PHASE TRANSFORMATION, CH5
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V4, P1
    HILLERT M, 1985, METALL TRANS A, V16, P261
    HILLERT M, 1988, Z METALLKD, V79, P81
    HILLERT M, 1998, J PHASE EQUILIB, V19, P206
    KAUFMAN L, 1970, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    KOHLER F, 1960, MONATSH CHEM, V91, P738
    KUBASCHEWSKI O, 1965, J I MET, V93, P329
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    MEIJERING JL, 1950, PHILIPS RES REP, V5, P333
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    PELTON AD, 1988, CALPHAD, V12, P97
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOOP GW, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P850
    VANLAAR JJ, 1908, Z PHYS CHEM-STOCH VE, V63, P216
    VANLAAR JJ, 1908, Z PHYS CHEM-STOCH VE, V64, P257
    YOKOKAWA H, 1993, SCI TECHNOLOGY ZIRCO, V5, P59
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 399
 EP 406
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 574BN
 UT ISI:000176868700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Shen, XJ
 TI Mechanical model of laterally driven polysilicon microresonant
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE MEMS; mechanical model; laterally driven micro-resonator; flexural
    suspension
 AB Surface-polysilicon fabricated comb-drive resonators suspended by
    springs are modeled in this paper. Based on the understanding of
    symmetry of the microstructures but applied load are not same, the
    lateral vibration of the micro-resonators which suspended by four
    straight-leg or crab-leg flexure are investigated. It is found that the
    simple mechanical models of them are both superfluous systems with
    three or five unknown variables. The calculating way of the stress,
    lateral displacement, spring coefficient and resonant frequency is
    deducted. Compared with the model of steady system, which published
    before, the result shows the essential aspect of this problem and
    explains why straight-leg flexures are more commonly used in practice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, POB 224,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DANEMAN MJ, 1996, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V5, P159
    DEB N, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  1&2, V3680, P58
    FEDDER GK, 1995, P 1 INT C SIM DES MI, P175
    FEDDER GK, 1997, P TRANSD 97, P1109
    HIRANO T, 1992, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V1, P52
    PISANO AP, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V20, P83
    PISANO AP, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V21, P1060
    TANG WC, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V20, P25
    TANG WC, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V21, P328
    TANG WC, 1992, J MICROELECTROMECHAN, V1, P170
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2002
 VL 3
 IS 3-4
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 639
 EP 642
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 574RR
 UT ISI:000176903800108
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZY
    Wang, LH
    Yao, DY
 TI Study on the modeling of timed-token protocol
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE timed-token protocol (TTP); time-limited service; mathematical modeling
 AB The study on the modeling of timed-token protocol (TTP) in metropolitan
    area network is presented in this paper. The classification of queueing
    models of TTP is given, and the mathematical analysis as well as
    numerical emulation for one of the queueing models i.e. L/G/1
    [Intermittent, Station priority, TTP, Time-limited service] are
    presented. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Comp Sci & Technol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Informat Engn Coll, Yunnan 650000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZY, Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Comp Sci & Technol, Qingdao 266071,
    Peoples R China.
 CR JAIN R, 1990, P ACM SIGCOMM S COMM, P264
    LU ZY, 1994, J ELECT, V16, P148
    PANG JWM, 1989, IEEE T COMMUN, V37, P694
    RUBIN I, 1992, P IEEE GLOBECOM, P1630
    RUBIN I, 1997, COMPUT NETWORKS ISDN, V29, P249
    WANG L, 1999, QINGD HONG KONG INT
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0307-904X
 J9 APPL MATH MODEL
 JI Appl. Math. Model.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 8
 BP 797
 EP 805
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics; Operations Research & Management
    Science
 GA 574MU
 UT ISI:000176894800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Extended mixing exponential method and its applications
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; mixing exponential method; regular long wave equation
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS; EXPLICIT EXACT-SOLUTIONS; TANH-FUNCTION
    METHOD; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION; EQUATIONS
 AB Mixing exponential method proposed by Hereman for finding the solitary
    wave solutions to a nonlinear evolution equation is developed and
    perfected. Correspondingly, an extended mixing exponential method is
    obtained by expressing the solutions as an infinite series of the real
    or complex exponential solutions of the underlying linear equations.
    The effectiveness of the extended approach is demonstrated by
    application to the well-known regular long wave equation with physical
    interest. Not only are steady solitary wave solutions recovered, but
    also the diverging and the periodic solutions are obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    PANIGRAHY E, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V261, P284
    PARKES EJ, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V98, P288
    XIA TC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P694
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    ZHANG GX, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V30, P1103
    ZHENG Y, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P389
 NR 13
 TC 12
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 7
 BP 1424
 EP 1427
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VF
 UT ISI:000176851800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, Z
    Wang, Q
    Zhou, JM
    Li, CF
    Shi, JL
 TI Nonlinear characteristics of magnetic surface waves with microwave
    excitation
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnet; ferromagnet; nonlinear surface waves
 ID IRON-GARNET FILMS; ENVELOPE SOLITONS; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; SPATIAL
    SOLITONS; TM WAVES; ANTIFERROMAGNETS; PROPAGATION; INTERFACE
 AB Properties of transverse-electric surface waves on a plane interface
    between a linear ferromagnet and a nonlinear antiferromagnet are
    investigated. The dispersion relation and the field distribution are
    obtained. The property investigation of the surface waves in this
    waveguide shows that there exist passbands and stopbands, which can be
    controlled by varying the power in the nonlinear gyromagnetic
    waveguide. The results provide ideas to develop devices capable of
    working in microwave frequency range.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOARDMAN AD, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V145, P357
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P120
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V36, P22
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
    WANG Q, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P349
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
    WU Z, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1178
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 7
 BP 1612
 EP 1620
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VF
 UT ISI:000176851800037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI Chaotifying a continuous-time system via impulsive input
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; chaotification; impulsive control; Poincare map
 ID CHAOS
 AB This paper studies the chaotification problem of driving a
    continuous-time system to a chaotic state by using an impulsive control
    input. The controller is designed to ensure the controlled orbit be
    bounded and, meanwhile, have positive Lyapunov exponents. This is
    proved to be not only possible but also implementable near a stable
    limit cycle of the given system. Two numerical examples are given to
    illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed chaotification method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN G, 2002, IN PRESS IEICE T FUN
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    FRADKOV AL, 1999, INTRO CONTROL OSCILL
    JUDD K, 1997, CONTORL CHAOS MATH M
    KAPITANIAK T, 1998, CHAOS ENG THEORY APP
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1996, CHAOS NONLINEAR OSCI
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
 NR 14
 TC 9
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 1121
 EP 1128
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 571JD
 UT ISI:000176713500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, JG
    Ma, HP
 TI Single and multi-interval Legendre tau-methods in time for parabolic
    equations
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE interval decomposition; parabolic equation; spectral method in time;
    optimal error estimate
 ID SPECTRAL-GALERKIN METHOD; HYPERBOLIC-EQUATIONS; ELEMENT METHODS; DIRECT
    SOLVERS; 2ND-ORDER; POLYNOMIALS
 AB In this paper, we take the parabolic equation with periodic boundary
    conditions as a model to present a spectral method with the Fourier
    approximation in spatial and single/multi-interval Legendre
    Petrov-Galerkin method in time. For the single interval spectral method
    in time, we obtain the optimal error estimate in L-2 -norm. For the
    multi-interval spectral method in time, the L-2-optimal error estimate
    is valid in spatial. Numerical results show the efficiency of the
    methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lingling Coll, Dept Math, Yongzhou Hunan, Peoples R China.
 CR BABUSKA I, 1989, NUMER METH PART D E, V5, P363
    BARYOSEPH P, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V119, P62
    BARYOSEPH PZ, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P435
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    GERVASIO P, 1998, NUMER METH PART D E, V14, P115
    GLENN I, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V102, P88
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    LUO Y, 1994, J SCI COMPUT, V9, P123
    LUO Y, 1997, J SCI COMPUT, V12, P31
    LUO Y, 1997, J SCI COMPUT, V12, P465
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    TALEZER H, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P11
    TALEZER H, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1
    WU SC, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P357
    WU SC, 1997, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P314
    ZHANG FY, 1998, J COMPUT MATH, V16, P107
    ZRAHIA U, 1994, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V116, P135
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 349
 EP 367
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 572ZG
 UT ISI:000176804400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, LJ
    Qian, XF
    Yin, J
    Lu, QH
    Liu, L
    Zhu, ZK
 TI Preparation and properties of rare earth oxide/polyimide hybrids
 SO POLYMER TESTING
 DT Article
 DE hybrid; polyimide; rare earth
 ID POLYIMIDE; NANOCLUSTERS; COMPOSITES; FILMS
 AB A series of Eu2O3/polyimide hybrids has been successfully prepared via
    a solution process. X-ray diffraction and atomic force microscopy were
    used to characterize the hybrids. Mechanical tests showed that
    introduction of the rare earth can obviously increase the tensile
    strength of the polymer. Thermal analysis indicated that the addition
    of rare earth can increase the glass transition temperature and thermal
    stability of polyimide. The introduction of rare earth also increased
    the dimensional stability and refractive index. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Technol, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZK, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Technol, Shanghai
    200240, Peoples R China.
 CR AGAG T, 2001, POLYMER, V42, P3399
    BERGMEISTER JJ, 1992, CHEM MATER, V2, P679
    EZZELL SA, 1984, MACROMOLECULES, V17, P1627
    KIOUL A, 1994, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V175, P169
    LAN T, 1994, CHEM MATER, V6, P573
    NANDI M, 1991, CHEM MATER, V3, P201
    PORTA GM, 1989, CHEM MATER, V1, P69
    SOUTHWARD RE, 1996, J ADV MATER, V27, P2
    THOMPSON DS, 1994, POLYM MAT SCI ENG, V71, P725
    TROGER L, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P1279
    ZHU ZK, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1055
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0142-9418
 J9 POLYM TEST
 JI Polym. Test
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 841
 EP 845
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Characterization & Testing; Polymer Science
 GA 567VA
 UT ISI:000176505100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Sang, WB
    Wang, LJ
    Wu, WH
    Tang, DY
 TI Interface analysis of DLC film deposited on Hg1-xCdxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE diamond like carbon; film; infrared; interfaces
 AB A dense and homogeneous nanograins diamond-like carbon (DLC) film was
    deposited on the well-polished HgCdTe wafer by radio frequency plasma
    chemical vapor deposition at room temperature. The interface of
    DLC/HgCdTe was studied by AES and compared with that of ZnS/HgCdTe,
    which was prepared by ion sputtering( IS). The result shows that both
    DLC film and ZnS film can suppress the dissociation of the weak bonding
    HgTe, and prevent Hg escaping from MCT surface to some extent. However,
    both Zn and S in ZnS layer tend to diffuse inward MCT, while diffusion
    of C from DLC layer into MCT is rather slight. In particular, IR
    transmission of MCT deposited with DLC is remarkable raised comparing
    to the naked surface and higher than that of MCT deposited with ZnS.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P913
    HARRIS DC, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2552, P325
    HOLLAND L, 1979, THIN SOLID FILMS, V58, P107
    HOWLAND R, 1996, PRACTICAL GUIDE SCAN
    JU JH, 1992, ACTA ENERGIAE SOLARI, V13, P276
    JUNG JW, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V290, P18
    MCKINLEY JM, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2554, P213
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1990, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V8, P1185
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 238
 EP 240
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 570WM
 UT ISI:000176682400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhang, BX
    Zhu, WQ
    Xu, SH
 TI Stable and current independent white-emitting organic diode
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE white OLED; current independence; stability
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; LAYERS
 AB White organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) with new blue material and
    two kinds of structures have been constructed: one with blue and red
    emission in a same layer, the other with blue and red emission in
    separated layers. The configurations of the devices are
    ITO/CuPc/NTPB/JBEM(P):DCJT/Alq/MgAg (Device1) and
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/JBEM(P)/Alq:DCJT/Alq/MgAg (Device2). Here, copper
    phthalocyanine (CuPc) is the buffer layer;
    N,N'-bis(l-naphthyl)-N'-diphenyl-1.1'-biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB) is
    the hole transporting layer (HTL); 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl
    anthracene doped with perylene (JBEM(P)) is a new blue emitting
    material; tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum complex (Alq) is the electron
    transporting layer (ETL), and DCJT is a red dye. A stable and current
    independent white OLED has been obtained in the device with blue and
    red emission in the same layer. It shows a maximum luminance of 14 850
    cd/m(2), an efficiency of 2.88 Lm/W, Commission Internationale de
    l'Eclairage (CIE) co-ordinates x = 0.32, y = 0.38 from 4 to 200
    mA/cm(2), and the half lifetime 2860 h at the starting luminance of 100
    cd/m(2). It is proved that the device with blue and red in the same
    layer has better characteristics than the device with blue and red in
    separated layers in luminance, efficiency and stability. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DESHPANDE RS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P888
    FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    LIU SY, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P294
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TOKITO S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1985
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD JUN 17
 PY 2002
 VL 129
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 13
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA 567DK
 UT ISI:000176470000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological aspects of liquid crystals
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; wrapping number; disclination point; bifurcation
 ID CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS; SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BIFURCATION-THEORY; EARLY
    UNIVERSE; QUANTIZATION; MEDIA; ORIGIN
 AB Using phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the properties
    and behaviors of disclination points in three-dimensional liquid
    crystals are studied. By introducing the strength density and the
    topological current of many disclination points, the total disclination
    strength is topologically quantized by the Hopf indices and Brouwer
    degrees at the singularities of the general director field when the
    Jacobian determinant of the general director field does not vanish.
    When the Jacobian determinant vanishes, the origin, annihilation, and
    bifurcation of disclination points are detailed in the neighborhoods of
    the limit point and bifurcation point, respectively. The branch
    solutions at the limit point and the different directions of all branch
    curves at the first- and second-order degenerated points are
    calculated. It is pointed out that a disclination point with a higher
    strength is unstable and will evolve to the lower strength state
    through the bifurcation process. An original disclination point can
    split into at most four disclination points at one time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1970, LECT NOTES
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    JIANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2616
    KLEMAN M, 1972, LIQUID CRYSTALLINE S
    KLEMAN M, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P1057
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V37, P149
    TREBIN HR, 1982, ADV PHYS, V31, P195
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, SOV PHYS JETP, V48, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 991
 EP 1005
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 566FN
 UT ISI:000176416400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Failure of the Ott-Grebogi-York-type controllers for nonhyperbolic chaos
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB It is considered that nonhyperbolicity affects the achievement of
    Ott-Grebogi-York-type (OGY-type) controllers. The result shows that,
    without a priori analytical knowledge of the dynamics, it is impossible
    to estimate the local dynamics from an experimental time series due to
    the singularity of the corresponding least-squares problem which
    results from the nonhyperbolicity in the system. Thus, it is necessary
    to destroy chaos before obtaining the formation for attempting control
    by experimental time series. The result explains a physical
    experimental result in the failure of chaos control in a parametrically
    excited pendulum model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200136, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200136, Peoples R China.
 CR ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    LATHROP DP, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4028
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    OTT E, 1993, CHAOS DYNAMICAL SYST
    STEWART GW, 1973, INTRO MATRIX COMPUTA
    VANDEWATER W, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P6398
    XU HB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P878
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 762
 EP 764
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 566UV
 UT ISI:000176447400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Wang, ZM
 TI A new quantitative determination of stress by Raman spectroscopy in
    diamond grown on alumina
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 AB Raman spectroscopy is used to study the residual stress in
    polycrystalline diamond grown on alumina by chemical vapour deposition.
    A new method for stress determination is first presented and used for
    the measurement of the stress evolution across the film thickness. The
    compressive stress in the very thin film is in good agreement with the
    thermal mismatch between diamond and alumina, and the stress declines
    with increasing film thickness due to the stress relief during grain
    growth. Within thickness up to about 20 mum, the stress values given by
    the singlet and doublet Raman modes correspond satisfactorily and the
    common assumption of biaxial stress in the plane of the film is
    confirmed. With further increasing film thickness, the quantitative
    measurement method seems to be inappropriate because of the more
    complicated stress state.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    AGER JW, 1995, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V383, P143
    CHAUDHARI P, 1972, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V9, P520
    FIELD JE, 1979, PROPERTIES NATURAL S
    GRIMSDITCH MH, 1978, PHYS REV B, V18, P901
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    VONKAENEL Y, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P757
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUN 3
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 21
 BP 5271
 EP 5276
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 565ZP
 UT ISI:000176400700004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Low-temperature-fireable microwave dielectric ceramic
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)[(Fe1/2Nb1/2)(0.9)Sn-0.1]O-3 with addition of CuO-V2O6-LiF
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE low-temperature-firing; microwave dielectrics; dielectric properties
 AB The sintering behavior, microstructure as well as the microwave
    dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)[(Fe1/2Nb1/2)(0.9)Sn-0.1]O-3(PCFNS) ceramics with the
    addition Of CuO-V2O5-LiF(VCL) were investigated. The experimental
    results showed that the PCFNS ceramics could be sintered at rather low
    temperature (950-1000degreesC) when more than 0.1wt% CuO-V2O5-LiF is
    added. Excellent microwave dielectric properties were obtained: Q(.)f =
    4000 GHz, epsilon(r) = 85.4,tau(f) = 5 ppm/degreesC, as 0.2wt%
    CuO-V2O5-LiF sintering aid was added. The variations of sinterability
    and the microwave properties were also discussed based on the
    characterization of microstructures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BIAN JJ, IN PRESS J MAT SCI M
    BIAN JJ, 2001, J MATER SCI LETT, V20, P1767
    HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    ONODA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P3731
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 13
 EP 16
 PG 4
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, HY
    Guo, XB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Aging behavior and mechanism of PMMN-PZT quaternary piezoelectric
    ceramics
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE aging; PMMN-PZT; quaternary piezoelectric ceramics
 ID NIOBATE-LEAD TITANATE; RELAXOR FERROELECTRICS
 AB Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3 (PMMN-PZT) quaternary
    piezoelectric ceramics in the vicinity of morphotropic phase boundary
    (MPB) were fabricated and the piezoelectric properties were
    characterized. Aging characteristics of the quaternary systems was
    investigated. It was observed that as the Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3 (PMN)
    content increases, the aging rate decrease. For a certain composition,
    the aging rate increases with increasing temperature. It was shown that
    the aging observed in these compositions related with logarithmic aging
    time is out of line, instead, a stretched exponential time law. The
    compositions of rhombohedral phase exhibit a much weaker aging than
    that of tetragonal phase. Experimental results also reveal that the
    aging rate can be suppressed via post-sintering annealing in oxygen. It
    is concluded that the aging mechanism of PMMN-PZT systems is mainly
    related to the lattice defects.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HY, IN PRESS MAT CHEM PH
    COHEN A, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P396
    CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    IKEGAMI S, 1967, J PHYS SOC JPN, V22, P725
    KO JS, 1992, P 8 IEEE S APPL FERR, P395
    KUDO T, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P326
    NOMURA T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V34, P5389
    PAN W, 1989, J MATER SCI LETT, V5, P647
    SCHULZE WA, 1975, FERROELECTRICS, V9, P203
    SCHULZE WA, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P361
    SHROUT TR, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P361
    WARREN WL, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P536
    ZHANG QM, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P3181
    ZHANG QM, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P1777
    ZHOU LQ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P413
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2175
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 89
 EP 93
 PG 5
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400022
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Guo, XB
    Chen, HY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Electro-mechanical properties and their temperature dependence for
    PMS-PZ-PT doped with Sr2+
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PMS-PZ-PT; piezoelectric; temperature dependence; Sr2+ doping
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; RESONANT-FREQUENCY; TI)O-3 CERAMICS;
    STABILITY; VICINITY
 AB The dielectric and piezoelectric properties of
    Pb1-xSr,(Mn1/3Sb2/3)(0.05)Zr0.48Ti0.47O3 + 0.2 wt% CeO2 (PMS-PZ-PT)
    were investigated as a function of Sr2+ substituting rate. The
    temperature dependence of Electro-mcchanical properties was also
    discussed. The lattice parameters determined by XRD patterns indicated
    that, with the increasing of Sr2+ substituting rate, the unit cell
    shrinked and become more isotropic. A set of optimized piezoelectric
    properties, which are better than those of other reports were obtained
    in the composition doped with 2mol% Sr2+. The temperature dependence of
    resonant frequency was also improved by 2mol% Sr2+. The temperature
    coefficient Deltaf/(DeltaT.f(25degreesC)) is 6.62 x 10(-5)/degreesC at
    the temperature range of -50-100degreesC. At the temperature range in
    which USM was operated practically (20degreesC-80degreesC), K-31 have
    high temperature stability (DeltaK(31)/DeltaT=0.014%/degreesC) while Qm
    obtained comparatively high value. With increasing of temperature, S11E
    decreased at first and then followed by a increasing at higher
    temperature region while d(31) increased monotonously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERTA EF, 2000, FERROELECTRICS, V242, P13
    CHEON CI, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P2043
    CHEON CI, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P81
    GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P687
    GUO XB, 2002, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V30, P125
    KAMIYA T, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4223
    KONDO M, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P5539
    LEE DL, 1998 IEEE INT C COND, P381
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    WANG D, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P5342
    YONEDA A, 1990, NIPPON SERAM KYO GAK, V98, P890
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
    ZHANG QM, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P454
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 105
 EP 109
 PG 5
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, LY
    Xue, Y
    Dai, SQ
 TI One-dimensional cellular automaton model of traffic flow based on
    car-following idea
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cellular automaton (CA); traffic model; metastability; hysteresis
    phenomenon; car-following model
 AB An improved one-dimensional CA ( Cellular Automaton) traffic model was
    proposed to describe the highway traffic under the periodic boundary
    conditions. This model was based on the idea of the car-following
    model, which claims that the motion of a vehicle at one time step
    depends on both its headway and the synchronous motion of the front
    vehicle, thus including indirectly the influence of its sub-neighboring
    vehicle. It? addition, the so-called safety distance was introduced to
    consider the deceleration behavior of vehicles and the stochastic
    factor was taken into account by introducing the deceleration
    probability. Meanwhile, the conditional deceleration in the model gives
    a better description of the phenomena observed on highways. It is found
    that there exists the metastability and hysteresis effect of traffic
    flow in the neighborhood of critical density under different initial
    conditions. Since this model gives a reasonable depiction of the motion
    of a single vehicle, it is easy to be extended to the case of traffic
    flow tinder the control of traffic lights in cities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, LY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    FUKUI M, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P1868
    HELBING D, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, R2505
    HU YT, 1999, NEW APPROACH CELLULA
    KRAUSS S, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, P5597
    LUBECK S, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P1171
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2909
    WANG L, 2000, STUDY SELF ORG CRITI
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 363
 EP 370
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 565WL
 UT ISI:000176392400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Chen, J
    Qian, Q
    Bao, BR
 TI Thermo-responsive interpenetrating polymer networks composed of
    AAc/AAm/NMA by radiation grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS; COLLAPSE
 AB Interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) hydrogels were prepared by
    grafting of acrylamide (AAm), N-methylol acrylamide (NMA) and acrylic
    acid (AAc) onto preirradiated polypropylene (PP) membrane. To obtain
    PP-g-AAc/AAm/NMA IPN hydrogels, at first, AAc were grafted onto
    preirradiated PP and then AAm were grafted onto the PP-g-AAc membranes.
    Finally NMA were grafted onto PP-g-AAc/AAm membranes. In the different
    stages of grafting under different reaction conditions, trapped
    radicals in the membrane samples were probed by electron spin resonance
    (ESR). The temperature response behaviors of the IPN hydrogels were
    studied. Reversible behavior and controlled release of drug tests made
    reflecting the switching to "on" state at higher temperatures and to
    "off" state at lower temperatures were achieved. By increasing the
    grafted content of NMA, higher transition temperature of the hydrogel
    could be attained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRANNONPEPPAS L, 1989, J CONTROL RELEASE, V8, P267
    CHEN J, 2000, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V59, P313
    FENGLIAN B, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2248
    HOFFMAN AS, 1991, MRS BULL, V16, P42
    ILAVSKY M, 1981, POLYMER, V22, P1678
    ILAVSKY M, 1982, POLYM B, V7, P107
    KATANO H, 1991, J POLYM, V23, P1179
    MASAHIRO I, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2476
    TANAKA T, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1636
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    WU MH, 2000, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V246, P457
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 252
 IS 3
 BP 531
 EP 535
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 562DX
 UT ISI:000176183100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The conservation laws of some discrete soliton systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATIONS; HIERARCHY
 AB A systematic approach to constructing an infinite number of
    conservation laws for discrete soliton systems is proposed, and three
    examples are given. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    HIROTA R, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V35, P289
    INOUE R, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1291
    KAJIWARA K, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P115
    KONNO K, 1974, PROG THEO PHYS, V52, P886
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3676
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MIURA RM, 1968, J MATH PHYS, V9, P1204
    TODA M, 1989, THEORY NONLINEAR LAT
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P4785
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P2239
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WADATI M, 1977, PROG THEOR PHYS, V57, P808
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
 NR 18
 TC 9
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 573
 EP 579
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 562MH
 UT ISI:000176200700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sonis, M
    Zhou, SF
 TI Stability and transverse manifolds of periodic points for coupled maps
 SO PHYSICA D-NONLINEAR PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE coupled maps; domain of stability; periodic points; transverse manifold
 ID CHAOTIC ELEMENTS; LOGISTIC MAPS; SYNCHRONIZATION; BIFURCATION;
    DYNAMICS; NETWORK
 AB We consider the domains of stability of periodic points for linear-,
    internal- and external-coupled maps. We obtain the approximation
    expressions of the transverse manifolds at periodic points, which show
    that the transverse manifolds of periodic points are asymptotically
    elliptic paraboloids. We point out that the action of maps on the
    transverse manifold has the "symmetry" only in two-coupled maps. We
    study in detail the hereditary properties of domains of stability of
    period-doublmg points for the internal-coupling of an arbitrary
    one-dimensional map with the help of its quadratic approximation and
    show that these domains follow the universal rules similar to the
    Feigenbaum universality rules for one-dimensional maps. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Geog, IL-52900 Ramat Gan, Israel.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DENDRINOS DS, 1990, APPL MATH SCI, V86
    FEIGENBAUM MJ, 1978, J STAT PHYS, V19, P25
    KANEKO K, 1990, PHYSICA D, V41, P137
    KAPITANIAK T, 1999, PHYSICA D, V126, P18
    KENDALL BE, 1998, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V54, P11
    MAISTRENKO Y, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P179
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1998, PHYS REV E A, V57, P2713
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1638
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P355
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P2817
    SHIBATA T, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P4116
    SHIBATA T, 1998, PHYSICA D, V124, P177
    SONIS M, 1987, MATH MODELLING, V9, P539
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0167-2789
 J9 PHYSICA D
 JI Physica D
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2002
 VL 165
 IS 1-2
 BP 12
 EP 25
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 560QZ
 UT ISI:000176093900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological aspect and bifurcation of disclination lines in
    two-dimensional liquid crystals
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; winding number; director field; disclination line
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; EARLY UNIVERSE; ORDERED MEDIA; QUANTIZATION; ORIGIN
 AB Using phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the
    topological structure and bifurcation of disclination lines in
    two-dimensional liquid crystals are studied. By introducing the
    strength density and the topological current of many disclination
    lines, the total disclination strength is topologically quantized by
    the Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees at the singularities of the
    director field when the Jacobian determinant of director field does not
    vanish. When the Jacobian determinant vanishes, the origin,
    annihilation and bifurcation processes of disclination lines are
    studied in the neighborhoods of the limit points and bifurcation
    points, respectively. The branch solutions at the limit point and the
    different directions of all branch curves at the bifurcation point are
    calculated with the conservation law of the topological quantum
    numbers. It is pointed out that a disclination line with a higher
    strength is unstable and it will evolve to the lower strength state
    through the bifurcation process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LI S, HEPTH0001007
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYS LETT-PARIS, V37, L149
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, JETP LETT, V24, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 5
 BP 513
 EP 518
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558RF
 UT ISI:000175979800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GP
    Zhang, JF
 TI Note on solving solitary wave solution by the hyperbolic function method
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperbolic function method; solitary wave solution; nonlinear wave
    equation
 ID EXPANSION METHOD; SHALLOW-WATER; LONG WAVES; EQUATIONS; QUADRATURE;
    REDUCTION
 AB We give a note on solving the solitary wave solution of the nonlinear
    wave equation using the hyperbolic function method. It can be seen that
    the hyperbolic function method is a simple and effective method in
    studying the solitary wave solution of the nonlinear evolution equation.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GP, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJP, 1991, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV, P200
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FANG EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P1409
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A, P160
    HIROTA R, 1973, J MATH PHYS, V14, P810
    KUDRYASHOV NA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V147, P287
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LOU SY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1937
    LU KP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2074
    MIURA MR, 1978, BACKUND TRANSFORMATI, P185
    OTWINOWSKI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P483
    SHANG YD, 1998, J NINGXIA U, V19, P110
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    YAN CT, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P77
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    YANG L, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V278, P267
    ZHANG GX, 2000, CHIN SCI A, V30, P1103
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
 NR 20
 TC 19
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 6
 BP 1159
 EP 1162
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 559XE
 UT ISI:000176050800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GH
    Shan, S
    Jiang, L
    Xu, XS
 TI A new rank-size distribution of Zipf's Law and its applications
 SO SCIENTOMETRICS
 DT Article
 AB Developing the probability function to describe rank-size Zipfian
    phenomena, i.e., a form like P(R = r)similar toc/r(a) (alpha>0) with a
    rank type random variable R, has been an important problem in
    scientometrics and informetrics. In this article a new rank-size
    distribution of Zipf's law is presented and applied to an actual
    distribution of scientific productivities in Chinese universities.
 C1 China Natl Inst Educ Res, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Management & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GH, China Natl Inst Educ Res, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 CR AUERBACH F, 1913, PETERMANS MITTEILUNG, V59, P74
    AYRES LP, 1915, MEASURING SCALE ABIL
    CONDON EU, 1928, SCIENCE, V67, P300
    GLANZEL W, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P173
    HILL BM, 1974, J AM STAT ASSOC, V69, P1017
    KRETSCHMER H, 2000, RES EVLAUATION ITS I, P95
    LOTKA AJ, 1925, ELEMENTS MATH BIOL
    MANDELBROT B, 1953, COMMUN THEORY, P486
    ROUSSEAU R, 2000, RES EVALUATION ITS I, P458
    ZIPF GK, 1935, PSYCHOBIOLOGY LANGUA
    ZIPF GK, 1949, HUMAN BEHAV PRINCIPL
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0138-9130
 J9 SCIENTOMETRICS
 JI Scientometrics
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 54
 IS 1
 BP 119
 EP 130
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Information Science &
    Library Science
 GA 557HJ
 UT ISI:000175902800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, AM
    Liu, YF
    Chen, L
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis and property of nanosized palladium catalysts protected by
    chitosan/silica
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE catalysts; palladium; chitosan; silica; nanotechnology
 AB A chitosan (CTN)/silica-supported nanosized palladium catalyst was
    obtained from a silica-supported chitosan palladium complex through a
    complex transition method. An adsorption model was employed to simplify
    the structure of the di-supporter. It was indicated that when the
    polymer coil adsorbed on the silica surface with even a monolayer the
    catalytic activity would reach an optimum value, and different
    situations of the, nanosized palladium particles would cause a
    different catalysis. The molar ratio of the chitosan structure unit to
    the palladium would affect the metal's size, which therefore influenced
    its catalytic activity. The experimental results corresponded with the
    inferences. (C) 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. J Appl Polym Sci 85:
    989-994,2002.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FELDHEIM DL, 1995, J ELECT CHEM SOC, V142, P32
    HIDEFANI NL, 1999, J MOL SCI, V15, P3
    HIRAI H, 1998, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V37, P121
    RYLANDER PN, 1967, CATALYTIC HYDROGENAT
    SANG LY, 1918, POLYM B, V3, P11
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2002
 VL 85
 IS 5
 BP 989
 EP 994
 PG 6
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 558TQ
 UT ISI:000175983000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shen, LM
    Yang, GH
    Lai, YY
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum cosmology in CGBD theory
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE quantum cosmology; Brans-Dicke gravity
 ID COMPLEX SCALAR FIELD; GRAVITATIONAL-WAVES; EINSTEIN FRAME; UNIVERSE;
    GRAVITY
 AB We apply the theory developed in quantum cosmology to a model of
    charged generalized Brans-Dicke gravity. This is a quantum model of
    gravitation interacting with a charged Brans-Dicke type scalar field
    which is considered in the Pauli frame. The Wheeler-DeWitt equation
    describing the evolution of the quantum Universe is solved in the
    semiclassical approximation by applying the WKB approximation. The wave
    function of the Universe is also obtained by applying both the
    Vilenkin-like and the Hartle-Hawking-like boundary conditions. We then
    make predictions from the wave functions and infer that the Vilenkin's
    boundary condition is more reasonable in the Brans-Dicke gravity models
    leading a large vacuum energy density at the beginning of the inflation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BRACCO C, 1998, GRGC9811090
    CHO YM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3133
    FARAONI V, 1996, ASTROPHYS LETT COMM, V35, P305
    FARAONI V, 1998, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V332, P1154
    FARAONI V, 1998, GRGC9811047
    FARAONI V, 1999, INT J THEOR PHYS, V38, P217
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2960
    HARTLE JB, 1991, QUANTUM COSMOLOGY BA
    KAMENSHCHIK AY, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V357, P36
    KHALATNIKOV IM, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V169, P308
    KHALATNIKOV IM, 1993, PHYS LETT B, V302, P176
    KOLB EW, 1990, EARLY UNIVERSE
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    LUCA A, 1994, PHYSICAL REV D, V49, P1881
    MAGNANO G, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P5039
    VILENKIN A, 1984, PHYS REV D, V30, P509
    VILENKIN A, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P888
    VILENKIN A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P1116
    VILENKIN A, 1998, GRQC9804051
    WALD RM, 1984, GEN RELATIVITY
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 939
 EP 951
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558CK
 UT ISI:000175947500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Topology in entropy of Schwarzschild black hole
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE entropy; Euler characteristic; killing vector field
 ID EXTREME
 AB In the light of phi-mapping method and the relationship between the
    entropy and the Euler characteristic, the inner topological structure
    of the entropy of Schwarzschild black hole is studied. By introducing
    an entropy density, it is shown that the entropy of Schwarzschild black
    hole is determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing vector
    field of spacetime and these singularities carry the topological
    numbers, Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally. Taking account of
    the statistical meaning of entropy in physics, the entropy of
    Schwarzschild black hole is merely the sum of the Hopf indices, which
    will give the increasing law of entropy of black holes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES U CHICAGO
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    TEITELBOIM C, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4315
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P69
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5284
    YANG GH, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P631
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 953
 EP 959
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558CK
 UT ISI:000175947500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, WJ
    Chen, LQ
 TI A numerical algorithm for non-linear parametric vibration analysis of a
    viscoelastic moving belt
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE axially moving belt; transverse parametric vibration; viscoelastic;
    implicit Runge-Kutta method; finite difference
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; PART I
 AB A numerical algorithm for nonlinear partial differential equations is
    proposed to analyze the parametric vibrations of viscoelastic moving
    belts. The method of finite difference is employed to discrete spatial
    variables. The partial differential equation is transformed into a
    large system of differential-algebraic equations. Based oil the special
    structures in the mathematical model of a viscoelastic belt, the
    algorithm is easy to carry out, and it can be efficiently applied to
    solve the parametric vibration problems of belts with various kinds of
    nonlinear stress-strain relations. As two applications of the
    algorithm, the dynamical response of viscoelastic belts, whose
    materials are respectively defined by the standard model or the
    Maxwell-Kelvin model, are calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    BRENAN KE, 1996, NUMERICAL SOLUTION I
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    MOON J, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V200, P419
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    PALINGREN H, 1986, V BELT HDB
    WICKERT JA, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V160, P455
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P75
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2002
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 139
 EP 144
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 557TT
 UT ISI:000175924800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, T
    Sheng, WC
 TI The general multi-dimensional Riemann problem for hyperbolic systems
    with real constant coefficients
 SO DISCRETE AND CONTINUOUS DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE general multi-dimensional Riemann problem; hyperbolic system; constant
    coefficients; explicit solution
 AB In this paper, we give the explicit solution to the general
    multi-dimensional Riemann problem for the canonical form of 2 x 2
    hyperbolic systems with real constant coefficients.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, T, Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR GILQUIN H, 1996, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V30, P527
    LAX PD, 1982, B AM MATH SOC, V6, P213
    OSHIME Y, 1991, J MATH KYOTO U, V31, P937
    OSHIME Y, 1991, J MATH KYOTO U, V31, P983
    STRONG G, 1967, J MATH KYOTO U, V6, P397
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1078-0947
 J9 DISCRETE CONTIN DYN SYST
 JI Discret. Contin. Dyn. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 8
 IS 3
 BP 737
 EP 744
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 557GB
 UT ISI:000175899500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, N
 TI Investigation of the stability of inviscid compressible swirling flows
 SO AEROSPACE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow stability; swirling flow; vortex
 AB The stability of an inviscid compressible swirling flow between two
    concentric cylinders is analytically investigated. Two stability
    criteria are derived for compressible swirling flows under narrow gap
    approximation by an analytic method analogous to Ludwieg's method.
    Finally, the effect of compressibility is discussed. (C) 2002 Editions
    scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, N, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GANS RF, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V68, P403
    HOWARD LN, 1962, J FLUID MECH, V14, P463
    HOWARD LN, 1973, STUD APPL MATH, V52, P39
    LALAS DP, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V69, P65
    LEIBOVICH S, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V126, P335
    LUDWEIG H, 1964, Z FLUGWISS, V12, P304
    LUDWIEG H, 1960, Z FLUGWISS, V8, P135
    LUDWIEG H, 1961, Z FLUGWISS WELTRAUM, V9, P350
    RAYLEIGH JWS, 1916, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V93, P148
    WARREN FW, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V68, P413
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1270-9638
 J9 AEROSP SCI TECHNOL
 JI Aerosp. Sci. Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 99
 EP 103
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 558CC
 UT ISI:000175946600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Zhou, GB
 TI Inverse forms of Hadamard inequality
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON MATRIX ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE parallelotope; inverse forms; canonical volume; inequality
 ID MATRICES
 AB In this paper we establish the inverse inequalities of the Hadamard
    inequality and the Szasz inequality. To prove these results, we give
    two sharpenings of the Hadamard inequality and the Szasz inequality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BECKENBACH EF, 1961, INEQUALITIES
    BOOTHBY WM, 1975, INTRO DIFFERENTIABLE
    DIXON JD, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P812
    DIXON JD, 1984, CANAD MATH B, V27, P260
    ENGLE GM, 1976, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V4, P155
    HORN R, 1985, MATRIX ANAL
    JOHNSON CR, 1974, J RES NBS, V78, P167
    JOHNSON CR, 1985, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V18, P23
    JOHNSON CR, 1987, CBMS REG C SER MATH, V68
    REZNIKOV AG, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1469, P90
    REZNIKOV AG, 1995, OPER THEORY ADV APPL, V77, P239
    SHIUE JS, 1976, SOOCHOW J MATH NATUR, V2, P57
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    WOLKOWICZ H, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P471
    ZHANG XD, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P705
    ZHANG XD, 1997, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V20, P269
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0895-4798
 J9 SIAM J MATRIX ANAL APPLICAT
 JI SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl.
 PD MAY 10
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 990
 EP 997
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 555UE
 UT ISI:000175811000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI The effect of ordering on the environmental embrittlement of Ni4Mo alloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE scanning electron microscopy; intermetallics; hydrogen embrittlement;
    order-disorder phenomena
 ID HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT; (CO,FE)(3)V; NI3FE
 AB Hydrogen embrittlement of Ni4Mo alloy in different degree of ordered
    conditions was investigated. The results show that the atomic ordering
    does not influence the moisture-induced or dynamic hydrogen
    charging-induced environmental embrittlement, but has a considerable
    effect on the gaseous hydrogen-induced environmental embrittlement. (C)
    2002 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Box 269,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROOKS CR, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P210
    CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1991, 6 INT S INT COMP STR, P703
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    TAWANCY HM, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1525
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WRIGHT JL, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P253
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD MAR 25
 PY 2002
 VL 46
 IS 6
 BP 465
 EP 470
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 555XL
 UT ISI:000175818500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, GY
    Mo, YL
    Song, YL
    Wang, YX
    Li, CF
    Song, LC
 TI Nonlinear refractive properties of organometallic fullerene-C-60
    derivatives
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE excited-state nonlinearity; nonlinear refraction; fullerene
    derivatives; Z-scan
 ID REVERSE SATURABLE ABSORPTION; Z-SCAN; C-60
 AB We have studied the nonlinear refractive properties of the
    organometalic fullerene-C-60 derivatives fac- and mer- [bis
    (1,2-diphenylphosphino) ethane] (tricarbonyl)(eta(2)-fullerene-C-60)
    chromium and molybdenum using the Z-scan method. These compounds change
    from being self-defocusing to self-focusing as the input light
    intensity increases. The experimental results have been interpreted
    using rate-equation theory. Critical conditions for the occurrence of
    this kind of transition have been elucidated for the steady-state
    situation. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Dept Chem, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, GY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENTIVEGNA F, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1721
    FANG GY, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V183, P523
    HERMANN JA, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V154, P225
    JOSHI MP, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1763
    KOST A, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P334
    LI C, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1569
    LI CF, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1356
    MENGHETTI M, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V86, P2353
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SONG LC, 1998, POLYHEDRON, V17, P469
    SONG YL, 1999, APPL PHYS LATT, V74, P334
    TUTT L, 1992, NATURE, V356, P255
    TUTT LW, 1993, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V17, P299
 NR 13
 TC 10
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2002
 VL 205
 IS 4-6
 BP 337
 EP 341
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 554KL
 UT ISI:000175734500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CQ
    Zhang, BX
    Liang, Z
    Xie, PH
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, BW
    Cao, Y
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
 TI A novel n-type red luminescent material for organic light-emitting
    diodes
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; EUROPIUM COMPLEX; EFFICIENT; HOLE;
    EMISSION; POLYMERS; INJECTION; DOPANTS; BRIGHT; SERIES
 AB A novel red luminescent material
    N,N-bis{4-[2-(4-dicyanomethylene-6-methyl-4H-pyran-2-yl)ethylene]phenyl}
    aniline (BDCM) with two (4-dicyanomethylene)-4H-pyran electron-acceptor
    moieties and a triphenylamine electron-donor moiety for application in
    organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) was synthesized. The resultant
    compound has a sterically well-hindered structure and a high
    fluorescence yield. The photoluminescence (PL) of this compound in
    solution and solid film and the electroluminescence (EL) have been
    studied. Based on its intense sterically hindered structure, the pure
    BDCM film prepared shows a bright red PL emission. The three-layered EL
    device with the structure ITO/CuPc/DPPhP/BDCM/Mg:Ag has a turn-on
    voltage of less than 4 V, which suggests that BDCM has an excellent
    electron injection property. A bright luminance of 582 cd m(-2) is
    obtained for the device at 19 V.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALDO MA, 1998, NATURE, V395, P151
    BELLMANN E, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P399
    BULOVIC V, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V287, P455
    CAMPAIGNE E, 1963, ORG SYNTH, V4, P331
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P49
    CHEN CH, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P327
    CUI YT, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P3824
    GREENHAM NC, 1993, NATURE, V365, P628
    GU G, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P305
    HAMMOND PR, 1979, OPT COMMUN, V29, P331
    KIDO J, 1990, CHEM LETT, P657
    KIDO J, 1991, CHEM LETT, P1267
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2124
    KWONG RC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P3709
    LI XC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P1568
    LOUIE J, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V119, P1169
    LU JP, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P2501
    MA CQ, IN PRESS ACTA CHIM S
    RIVETT DE, 1979, AUST J CHEM, V32, P1601
    ROSENSTEIN RD, 1985, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V41, P967
    SANO T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P3124
    SCHWEIKART KH, 2001, EUR J ORG CHEM   JAN, P293
    SHEN ZL, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P2009
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    TAO XT, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P279
    TSUTSUI T, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1868
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    WOOD LL, 1958, J AM CHEM SOC, V80, P144
    WU F, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P214
    WU QG, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P71
    YANG Y, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P934
    ZHANG XH, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P1565
    ZHANG XJ, 1998, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V488, P539
    ZHANG XJ, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P7422
 NR 35
 TC 13
 SN 0959-9428
 J9 J MATER CHEM
 JI J. Mater. Chem.
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1671
 EP 1675
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 555AB
 UT ISI:000175768600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JJ
    Wang, DR
 TI A numerical embedding method for solving the nonlinear complementarity
    problem(I) - Theory
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE B-differentiable equations; nnlinear complementarity problem; nmerical
    embedding method
 ID NEWTON METHOD; NONSMOOTH EQUATIONS; CONVERGENCE; ALGORITHMS
 AB In this paper, we extend the numerical embedding method for solving the
    smooth equations to the nonlinear complementarity problem. By using the
    nonsmooth theory, we prove the existence and the continuation of the
    following path for the corresponding homotopy equations. Therefore the
    basic theory of the numerical embedding method for solving the
    nonlinear complementarity problem is established. In part II of this
    paper, we will further study the implementation of the method and give
    some numerical examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P161
    HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P339
    IP CM, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V56, P71
    KOJIMA M, 1989, MATH PROGRAM, V43, P107
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P89
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    PANG JS, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P295
    PANG JS, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P443
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
    RALPH D, 1994, MATH OPER RES, V19, P352
    ROBINSON SM, 1987, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V30, P45
    ROBINSON SM, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P221
    SHAPIRO A, 1990, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V66, P477
    SUBRAMANIAN PK, 1985, 2845 U WISC MATH RES
    WATSON LT, 1979, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V17, P36
    XIAO BC, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V65, P151
    ZHANG H, 2000, EUR HEART J, V21, P225
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 257
 EP 266
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 555PM
 UT ISI:000175802500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Li, ML
    Roetzel, W
 TI A general solution for one-dimensional multistream heat exchangers and
    their networks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; heat recovery; optimization
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB A mathematical model for predicting the steady-state thermal
    performance of one-dimensional (cocurrent and countercurrent)
    multistream beat exchangers and their networks is developed and is
    solved analytically for constant physical properties of streams. By
    introducing three matching matrices. the general Solution can be
    applied to various types of one-dimensional multistream heat exchangers
    such as shell-and-tube heat exchangers. plate heat exchangers and
    plate-fin heat exchangers as well as their networks. The general
    solution is applied to the calculation and design of multistream heat
    exchangers. Examples are given to illustrate the procedures in detail.
    Based on this solution the superstructure model is developed for
    synthesis of heat exchanger networks, (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Roetzel, W, Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039
    Hamburg, Germany.
 CR BRIONES V, 1999, CHEM ENG SCI, V54, P519
    CHEN BD, 1998, ENERGY ENV
    HASELER LE, 1983, HEAT EXCHANGERS THEO, P495
    KAO S, 1961, 61WA255 ASME
    LI K, 1992, P INT POW ENG C MAY, P221
    LUO X, IN PRESS INT J HEAT
    MALINOWSKI L, 1983, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V26, P316
    ROETZEL W, 2001, P 13 SCH SEM YOUNG S, V2, P401
    SETTARI A, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P555
    TAYLOR MA, 1987, PLATE FIN HEAT EXCHA
    WANG I, 1999, PROGR ENG HEAT TRANS, P597
    WOLF J, 1964, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V7, P901
    YEE TF, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1151
    ZALESKI T, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1527
    ZALESKI T, 1974, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V17, P1116
    ZALESKI T, 1984, CHEM ENG SCI, V39, P1251
 NR 16
 TC 6
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 13
 BP 2695
 EP 2705
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 556JA
 UT ISI:000175844600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GD
 TI A seed method for solving nonsymmetric linear systems with multiple
    right-hand sides
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE augmented GMRES method; block method; seed method; linear systems;
    multiple right-hand sides
 ID CONJUGATE-GRADIENT ALGORITHM; GMRES METHOD; BLOCK GMRES
 AB We present a seed method for solving large nonsymmetric linear systems
    with multiple right-hand sides. The method uses a single augmented
    Krylov subspace corresponding to a seed system as a generator of
    approximations to the nonseed systems. The residual evaluate of the
    method is shown, and a new strategy to form a seed system which could
    supply information shareable among the right-hand sides is given.
    Numerical experiments indicate that our seed selection strategy is more
    efficient than two existing strategies and our method has significant
    time saving compared with the block GMRES method and the GMRES method
    with a projection process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN TF, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1698
    CHAPMAN A, 1997, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V4, P43
    FREUND RW, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V254, P119
    GU GD, IN PRESS APPL MATH C
    GU GD, 1997, MATH NUMERICA SINICA, V19, P374
    GU GD, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    MORGAN RB, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P289
    MORGAN RB, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1154
    NIKISHIN AA, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1135
    OLEARY DP, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V29, P293
    OLEARY DP, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V212, P153
    SAAD Y, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V48, P651
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    SAAD Y, 1997, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V18, P435
    SIMONCINI V, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P917
    SIMONCINI V, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V66, P457
    SIMONCINI V, 1996, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V247, P97
    SMITH CF, 1987, THESIS U ILLINOIS UR
    SMITH CF, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P1490
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 79
 IS 3
 BP 307
 EP 326
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 555XN
 UT ISI:000175818700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Zhou, J
 TI A new synchronization principle and application to Chua's circuits
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; Liapunov stability; Lipschitz condition
 ID CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; FUNDAMENTALS
 AB In the paper we propose a new synchronization principle. To guarantee
    synchronization between coupled chaotic oscillators, proper coupling
    constants are selected by the Liapunov stability theory and Hurwitz
    Theorem. As an example and application, we prove the conjecture [Wu &
    Chua, 1994] that synchronization between two chaotic Chua's circuits
    can be achieved by using the second state as feedback variable for
    sufficiently large coupling constant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUA LO, 1993, J CIRCUIT SYST COMP, V3, P93
    CHUA LO, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P189
    KOLUMBAN G, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P927
    OGORZALEK MJ, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P693
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    RAO RM, 1980, ORDINARY DIFFERENTIA
    WANG XF, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1169
    WU CW, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P979
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 815
 EP 818
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 554XC
 UT ISI:000175761600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, LY
    Song, LP
    Zhang, QY
 TI Chemistry and applications of phosphonium and arsonium ylides(XXIX) -
    Studies on the hydrolysis of arsonium ylides containing perfluoroalkyl
    group and synthesis of 2-pyranone derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; hydrolysis; 2-pyranone derivatives
 ID CONVENIENT
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (2-naphthoyl)methyl arsonium
    bromide (1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates(2) in methylene chloride
    at room temperature afforded the adduct - methyl
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-2-triphenylarsoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates(
    3) as major product and
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-4-triphenylarsoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-2-butenoates
    (4) as minor product in high yield. Hydrolysis of compound 3 in V
    (CH3OH):V(H2O) = 9:1 methanolic solution at 80 degreesC in a sealed
    tube, 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones(5) was obtained in an
    excellent yield. The catalytic hydrolysis of compound 3 with silica gel
    and the mechanisms for the formation of the products will also be
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organmet Chem, Shanghai Organ Chem Inst, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR *GIB FDN, 1972, CARB FLOUR COMP CHEM
    BANKS RE, 1982, PREPARATION PRINCIPL
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1270
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    CAO WG, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V109, P201
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    STOLL A, 1933, HELV CHIM ACTA, V16, P703
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V3, P129
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 839
 EP 842
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 556CD
 UT ISI:000175831000022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Linearization and correction method for nonlinear problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; asymptotic solution; perturbation technique
 ID LINDSTEDT-POINCARE METHODS; PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE; EXPANSION
 AB A new perturbation-like technique called linearization and correction
    method is proposed. Contrary to the traditional perturbation
    techniques, the present theory does not assume that the solution is
    expressed in the form of a power series of small parameter. To obtain
    an asymptotic solution of nonlinear system, the technique first
    searched for a solution for the linearized system, then a correction
    was added to the linearized solution. So the obtained results are
    uniformly valid for both weakly and strongly nonlinear equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH, P47
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 241
 EP 248
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 556FJ
 UT ISI:000175838500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU We, JH
    Yu, NW
 TI Mathematical modelling of decarburisation and degassing during vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel: mathematical model of the
    process
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID ULTRA-LOW-CARBON; RH DEGASSER; DECARBURIZATION RATE; REDUCED PRESSURE;
    KINETIC-MODEL
 AB Based on the mass and momentum balances in the system, a new
    mathematical model for decarburisation and degassing in the vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel has been proposed and
    developed. The refining roles of the three reaction sites, i.e. the
    up-snorkel zone, the droplet group and steel bath in the vacuum vessel,
    have been considered in the model. It was assumed that the mass
    transfer of reactive components in the molten steel is the rate control
    step of the refining reactions. And the friction losses and drags of
    flows in the snorkels and vacuum vessel were all counted. For the
    refining process of molten steel in a 90 t multifunction RH degasser,
    the parameters of the model have been discussed and more reasonably
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP We, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKAKIN AV, 1981, IZV VUZ FERROUS META, P33
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, P654
    DEO B, 1996, STEEL RES, V67, P7
    ELLIOTT JF, 1963, THERMOCHEMISTRY STEE, V2
    FILLIO GAV, 2001, 84 STEELM C P ISS US, P661
    FUJII T, 1970, TETSU TO HAGANE, V56, P1165
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    HUGHMARK GA, 1967, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V6, P218
    HUIN D, 2001, 84 STEELM C P ISS US, P601
    INOUE A, 1970, T JAPN SOC MECH ENG, V36, P1366
    INOUE S, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P120
    KANG SC, 1999, IRON STEEL S, V34, P352
    KATO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1088
    KATO Y, 1993, TETSU TO HAGANE, V79, P1248
    KATO Y, 1995, KAWASAKI STEEL TECHN, P25
    KIRIHARA T, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P705
    KISHIMOTO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P391
    KLEIMT B, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P390
    KLEIMT B, 2000, SCAND J METALL, V29, P194
    KORIA SC, 1984, METALL T B, V15, P109
    KUWABARA T, 1988, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V28, P305
    OETERS F, 1994, METALLURGY STEELMAKI
    OU T, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P735
    QU Y, 1994, FUNDAMENTALS STEELMA, P178
    TAKAHASHI M, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1452
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T
    WATANABE H, 1968, TETSU TO HAGANE, V54, P1327
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P129
    WEI JH, 2000, MAT PROCESSING COMPU, P147
    YAMAGUCHI K, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P126
    YANO M, 1994, STEEL PROC, V77, P117
    YAO YB, 1985, HDB PHYSICAL CHEM, P407
    YOSHIMURA K, 1982, P 7 INT C VAC MET TO, P1404
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    YU N, 2000, THESIS SHANGHAI
    ZHANG L, 1997, IRON STEEL S, V32, P633
    ZHANG L, 2001, 84 STEELM C P, P275
    ZHU MY, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P91
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 73
 IS 4
 BP 135
 EP 142
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 551YE
 UT ISI:000175590900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Yu, NW
 TI Mathematical modelling of decarburisation and degassing during vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel: application of the model
    and results
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID RH
 AB The mathematical model for decarburisation and degassing in the vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel, proposed and presented
    earlier, has been applied to the refining process of molten steel in a
    multifunction RH degasser of 90 t capacity. The decarburisation and
    degassing processes in the degasser under the RH and RH-KTB operating
    conditions have been modelled and analysed using this model. It was
    demonstrated that for the RH and RH-KTB refining processes, the results
    predicted by the model are in good agreement with some plant data. The
    mean contributions of the three refining sites in six circulation
    cycles to decarburisation are 10.5 - 11.6, 37.4 - 38.0 and 50.5 - 52.1
    % of the overall amount of decarburisation, respectively. The KTB
    operation can markedly accelerate the decarburisation of molten steel.
    Using the top blowing oxygen of 6 min with the flow rate of (600 -
    1000) m(3)(STP)/h, the initial carbon mass content of the liquid steel
    for the RH refining process may be increased to (550 - 700) . 10(-4)
    from 400 . 10(-4) %. And the treatment time needed for reducing the
    carbon mass content in the steel to a level of : 20 - 10-4 % may be
    shortened over 3 - 4 min. The effectiveness of decarburisation and
    degassing cannot be obviously improved by increasing the lifting argon
    blow rate to 900 from 600 I(STP)/min under the operating modes examined
    in the present work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AZUMA K, 1990, CAMP ISIJ, V3, P168
    INOUE S, 1990, CAMP ISIJ, V3, P164
    KUWABARA T, 1988, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V28, P305
    LIU J, 1999, IRON STEEL S10, V34, P527
    OU T, 1996, IRON STEEL, V31, P17
    TAKAHASHI M, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1452
    WATANABE H, 1968, TETSU TO HAGANE, V54, P1327
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    YANO M, 1994, STEEL PROC, V77, P117
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    YU N, 2000, THESIS SHANGHAI
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 73
 IS 4
 BP 143
 EP 148
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 551YE
 UT ISI:000175590900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Chen, ZP
    Li, XG
    Cao, SX
 TI Hole carrier localization and Pr substitution in YBCO systems by
    positron experiment
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ternary; Y; rare earth barium high-T-c superconductors
 ID LIFETIME SPECTROSCOPY; NEUTRON-DIFFRACTION; MOMENTUM DENSITY;
    HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; FERMI-SURFACE; ANNIHILATION;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; Y1-XPRXBA2CU3O7-DELTA; DEFECTS
 AB Pr-substituted YBCO system has been studied by positron lifetime
    experiment in the range from 0.0 to 1.0. The present results show that
    the value of short lifetime tau(1) in PrBa2Cu3O7-delta is nearly the
    same as in the isostructural YBa2Cu3O7-delta and the defect-related
    positron lifetime component tau(2) decreases as a function of
    Pr-substitution x. The increase of local electron density n(e),
    reflects the electronic intense localization. These experimental
    results are interpreted in terms of the localization of hole carriers
    in the Cu-O chains on Pr substitution due to disorder in the Ba and Pr
    planes by the partly occupation of Ba2+ ion site with Pr3+ ion. These
    will destroy the intrinsic conductivity of the Cu-O chains and so
    impresses the superconductivity above x=0.6 Pr-substitution
    concentration. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hennan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Math & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDELRAZEK MM, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS B, V13, P3615
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V109
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P11830
    BOOTHROYD AT, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P130
    CAO G, 1993, PHYSICA B, V186, P1004
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CHEN CK, 1993, PHYSICA C, V214, P231
    FINCHER CR, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2902
    FINK J, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4823
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1977, PHILOS MAG, V35, P973
    HOFFMANN L, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4047
    JEAN YC, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3994
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JUNG K, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5534
    KEBEDE A, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P4453
    LEVIN GA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P841
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1000
    LING CC, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P8016
    MAHONY J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P9637
    MASSIDDA S, 1990, PHYSICA C, V169, P137
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P191
    OKAI B, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, P41
    PANKALUOTO R, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P6408
    POLITY A, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P10363
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    REMPEL AA, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P5945
    ROMANENKO AI, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P132
    SANYAL D, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P15226
    SHUKLA A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P6028
    SHUKLA A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P12127
    SODERHOLM L, 1987, NATURE, V328, P604
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    USAGAWA T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1772
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WURSCHUM R, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P12021
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZOU ZG, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1074
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 54
 IS 4
 BP 273
 EP 278
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 553XP
 UT ISI:000175702600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological quantization of disclination points in three-dimensional
    liquid crystals
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; wrapping number; director field; disclination point
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BIFURCATION-THEORY; EARLY UNIVERSE; ORIGIN; MEDIA
 AB Using the phi-mapping method and topological current theory, we study
    the inner structure of disclination points in three-dimensional liquid
    crystals. By introducing the strength density and the topological
    current of many disclination points, it is pointed out that the
    disclination points are determined by the singularities of the general
    director field and they are topologically quantized by the Hopf indices
    and Brouwer degrees.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1970, LECT NOTES
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1972, LIQUID CRYSTALLINE S
    KLEMAN M, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P1057
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, LIQUID CRYSTALS MAGN
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V37, P149
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, JETP LETT, V48, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 5
 BP 415
 EP 418
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 552TD
 UT ISI:000175635400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, G
    Li, H
    Zhang, M
    Lund-Katz, S
    Chance, B
    Glickson, JD
 TI Low-density lipoprotein reconstituted by pyropheophorbide cholesteryl
    oleate as target-specific photosensitizer
 SO BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY; CULTURED-CELLS; IN-VIVO; DELIVERY; DERIVATIVES;
    COMPLEXES; DRUGS
 AB To target tumors overexpressing low-density lipoprotein receptors
    (LDLr), a pyropheophorbide cholesterol oleate conjugate was synthesized
    and successfully reconstituted into the low-density lipoprotein (LDL)
    lipid core. Laser scanning confocal microscopy studies demonstrated
    that this photosensitizer-reconstituted LDL can be internalized via
    LDLr by human hepatoblastoma G(2) (HepG(2)) tumor cells.
 C1 Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Childrens Hosp Philadelphia, Dept Pediat GI Nutr, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 RP Zheng, G, Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Chem Bldg,Box 66,231 S 34th
    St, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 CR ALLISON BA, 1991, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V54, P709
    BROWN MS, 1980, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V348, P48
    CANDIDE C, 1986, FEBS LETT, V207, P133
    CRAIG IF, 1981, J LIPID RES, V22, P687
    DESMIDT PC, 1993, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V32, P2916
    DOUGHERTY TJ, 1998, J NATL CANCER I, V90, P889
    FIRESTONE RA, 1994, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V5, P105
    HENDERSON BW, 1997, CANCER RES, V57, P4000
    KRIEGER M, 1979, J BIOL CHEM, V254, P3845
    LOWRY OH, 1951, J BIOL CHEM, V193, P265
    LUNDBERG B, 1987, CANCER RES, V47, P4105
    MOAN J, 1990, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V6, P343
    MOSLEY ST, 1981, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V78, P5717
    PANDEY RK, 1996, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V64, P194
    PANDEY RK, 2000, PORPHYRIN HDB, V6, P157
    REDDI E, 1997, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V37, P189
    SHAW JM, 1987, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V507, P252
    STERNBERG ED, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P4151
    VERSLUIS AJ, 1996, BRIT J CANCER, V74, P525
 NR 19
 TC 10
 SN 1043-1802
 J9 BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 JI Bioconjugate Chem.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 392
 EP 396
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Chemistry, Organic; Biochemical Research
    Methods; Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 553PN
 UT ISI:000175684800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational model for a symmetric transonic aerofoil
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow; finite element method
 ID UNKNOWN SHAPE; TURBOMACHINERY; AERODYNAMICS; FLOW
 AB By the semi-inverse method proposed by He, a variational principle is
    established for steady flow over a thin, symmetric, non-lifting
    aerofoil. The nonlinear, small-disturbance, velocity-potential equation
    is obtained by minimizing the obtained functional, and all boundary
    conditions are converted into natural boundary conditions, resulting in
    much convenience when incorporating the finite element method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    MARSH JE, 1980, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V16, P137
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2002
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 11
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 554DC
 UT ISI:000175717600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CQ
    Zhang, LQ
    Li, XH
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, BW
    Cao, Y
    Wang, DM
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhang, DQ
    Qui, Y
 TI The luminescent properties of 5-substituted 2-pyrazoline and
    application in electroluminescent device
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE pyrazoline; electroluminescence; thermal stability; hole transport
    material; blue electroluminescent material
 AB A series of 5-substituted 2-pyrazoline derivatives were synthesized and
    their physical properties were measured. The results indicate that the
    introduction of bulky groups into the pyrazoline ring increases the
    glass transition temperature (T-g) of the compounds and changes the
    luminescent mechanism of the compounds. Differential scanning
    calorimetry ( DSC) shows that the new pyrazoline derivative,
    1,3-diphenyl-5-(9-phenanthrenyl)-2-pyrazoline (TAP7) has high T-g of 96
    degreesC. The electroluminescent properties of this compound were
    measured. It is demonstrated that TAP7 is a good hole transport
    material and blue electroluminescent material with high thermal
    stability.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Chem, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, CQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BILOT L, 1962, Z NATURFORSCH      A, V17, P621
    BLAIR JT, 1994, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V77, P133
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DEAN JA, 1999, LANGES HDB CHEM
    DONNALD ER, 1979, AUST J CHEM, V32, P1601
    GAO XC, 1999, J MATER CHEM, V9, P1077
    MORLEY JO, 1989, J MOL ELECTRON, V5, P117
    NAITO K, 1993, J PHYS CHEM-US, V97, P6240
    SAHYUN MRV, 1991, P SPIE INT SOC OPT E, V1436, P125
    SANO T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P3124
    WANG Y, 1999, PHOTOGRAPHIC SCI PHO, V1, P73
    WU F, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V10, P1581
    WU F, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P214
    YAN ZL, 1993, J LUMIN, V54, P303
    YAN ZL, 1994, THESIS CAS BEIJING
    ZHANG LQ, 1999, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V10, P911
 NR 16
 TC 7
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 5
 BP 847
 EP 853
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 554BD
 UT ISI:000175712200016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Wang, NC
    Shi, BC
    Zheng, CG
 TI Extendible look-up table of twiddle factors and radix-8 based fast
    Fourier transform
 SO SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE fast Fourier transform; twiddle factors; bit-reversed order
 ID ALGORITHM
 AB An extendible look-up table of the twiddle factors for implementation
    of fast Fourier transform (FFT) is introduced in this paper. In fact,
    this twiddle factors table is independent of the length of sequence, It
    need not be recomputed for shorter sequences. And for longer sequences,
    the table can be extended easily. A radix-8 based FFT algorithm for
    2(m)-FFT with this table is presented. Experimental comparisons between
    our algorithm and FFTW software package have be done. And the results
    indicate that our FFT scheme is effective. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALMEIDA LB, 1994, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V42, P3084
    CHAN SC, 1992, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V40, P2029
    COOLEY JW, 1965, MATH COMPUT, V19, P297
    DUHAMEL P, 1984, ELECTRON LETT, V20, P14
    DUHAMEL P, 1990, SIGNAL PROCESS, V19, P259
    GRIGORYAN AM, 2000, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V48, P172
    MA YT, 1999, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V47, P907
    RIUS JM, 1995, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V43, P991
    SILVIA M, 1999, MOD PHYS C, V10, P781
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0165-1684
 J9 SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Signal Process.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 82
 IS 4
 BP 643
 EP 648
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 551NC
 UT ISI:000175566900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Solitary wave solutions of a nonlinear evolution equation using mixed
    exponential method
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear differential equations; mixed exponential method; solitary
    wave
 ID EXPLICIT EXACT-SOLUTIONS
 AB Mixed exponential method proposed by Hereman for finding solitary wave
    solutions of a nonlinear evolution equation is presented. The method is
    developed and perfected according to the theory of mathematical
    mechanization, and with this method many solitary wave solutions not
    only of a nonlinear evolution equation(s) but also a multi-dimention
    equation can be obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P389
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    ZHANG GX, 2000, CHIN SCI A, V30, P1103
 NR 11
 TC 17
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 946
 EP 950
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 550PR
 UT ISI:000175511900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZY
    Ji, PY
 TI Effects of background plasma density on multi-photon ionization
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE MPI; plasma
 ID MULTIPHOTON IONIZATION; FIELD
 AB Multi-photon ionization (MPI) in plasma which is examined in terms of
    optical metric and the quantum Volkov state in curved space-time is
    derived. The cross section of MPI is derived by virtur of the corrected
    Volkov state within the framework of quantum electrodynamics formal
    scattering theory. It shows that the plasma medium acts as a
    "suppression" on MPI.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR GUO DS, 1988, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V21, P4577
    GUO DS, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4997
    JI PY, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P314
    KELDYSH LV, 1965, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V20, P1307
    LAI GJ, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2399
    LEONHARDT U, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P4301
    REISS HR, 1980, PHYS REV A, V22, P1786
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 1022
 EP 1025
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 550PR
 UT ISI:000175511900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
    Ding, WJ
 TI In-situ composite Cu-Cr contact cables with high strength and high
    conductivity
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE contact cable; in-situ composite; directional solidification continuous
    casting process; Cu-Cr alloy
 AB In order to develop a new type of contact cable with high strength and
    high electrical conductivity, Cu-Cr alloy series were selected as
    materials and Cu-Cr alloy castings were produced by means of
    directional solidification continuous casting (DSCC) process. The
    results show that the fibrillar strengthening phase, beta-Cr, orderly
    arranges among the copper matrix phase along the wire direction; and a
    microstructure of in-situ composite forms, which retains the basic
    property of good conductivity of the copper matrix and meanwhile
    obtains the strengthening effect of beta-Cr phase. The production
    technology as well as the mechanical property, electrical property, and
    synthetic property of the in-situ composite contact cables was
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Natl Engn Ctr Light Alloy Netshaping, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, LM, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Natl Engn Ctr Light Alloy
    Netshaping, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CEN X, 1986, WIRE CABLE, V28, P50
    KURZ W, 1989, DIRECTIONALLY SOLIDI, P101
    LIU LN, 1997, WIRE CABLE, V39, P2
    PENG LM, 2000, INTERACTIONS CONTROL, P28
    WEN HQ, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P23
    WEN HQ, 1998, STUDY FORMING MECH P, P35
    ZHAO ZD, 1993, HDB CU ITS ALLOYS MA, P3
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 62
 EP 66
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 548AZ
 UT ISI:000175366900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
 TI The 20th century - Ferrometallurgy advanced from skill towards
    engineering science
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE ferrometallurgy; advancednent of technology; engineering science
 ID DIOXINS; SYSTEM
 AB In the past century, a considerable development of ferrometallurgy,
    including its principle and technology, had been achieved. It was
    mainly attributed to the advancement of related theories and the
    application of modern industrial technologies, equipments, materials,
    analytical techniques and computer/information technology in the
    manufacture of steel. Today, the processes of extracting, smelting,
    forming and rolling of steel can be completely controlled in accordance
    with the requirement of man. Within the prospect in the 21st century
    ferrometallurgy will become mature engineering science.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Chinese Acad Engn, Postbox 3847, Beijing 100038, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1965, CHIPM C C
    1981, CHINESE IRONMAKING 3
    *NAT SCI FUND SOC, 1997, MET MIN SCI, P30
    *SUZHOU IR STEEL G, INT REP INV SULF DIS
    AKIYAMA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1136
    AKIYAMA T, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P93
    ANELLI E, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P440
    ARGYROPOULOS SA, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P83
    ASANUMA M, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P240
    BAO ZH, 1986, STEEL ROLLING, P1
    BIRAT JP, 1999, IRON STEEL S, V34, P416
    BRIMACOMBE J, 1986, STEELM C P ISS WASH, P409
    BRIMACOME JK, 1976, CANADIAN METALL Q, P38
    CHEN JX, 1990, HDB CONTINUOUS CASTI, P4
    CHEN YS, 2001, MICROALLOYING TECHNO, V1, P20
    DEARDO GA, 1982, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    DIPPENAAR RJ, 1985, ELECT FURNACE P, P43
    DONALDSON JW, 1966, COMPUTER SIMULATION, P780
    DRUCKENTHANER H, 2000, REV METALL-PARIS, V97, P481
    EKETORP S, 1982, RIST REICHARDT DIAGR
    FLEMINGS MC, 1981, SOLIDIFICATION PROCE
    FU GR, 1994, IRON STEEL, V29, P26
    GAN Y, 2001, MATH PHYSICAL MODELI
    GRATACOS P, 1991, P 5 INT ROLL C UK LO, P252
    GRAY JM, 2000, P CHIN BRAZ AC C
    GUBKIN SE, 1960, PLASTIC DEFORMATION
    GUO J, 1995, IRON STEEL, V30, P24
    HAN ZC, 2001, ELECTROMAGNETIC META
    HARUO K, 1991, J JAPAN SOC TECHNOLO, V32, P441
    HORBACH U, 1998, MPT INT, P74
    HOU ST, 1995, IRON STEEL, V30, P16
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEEL SECONDAR
    JIANG GL, 1982, IRON STEEL, V4, P13
    KASAI E, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P86
    KASAI E, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P93
    LAASRAOUI A, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P95
    LAIT JE, 1974, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P90
    LALLY B, 1990, METALL TRANS B, V21, P761
    LAROUCHE Y, 1998, LIGHT MET, P1059
    LIANG H, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P1345
    LIU GX, 1979, PRINCIPLES METALLOGR
    LIU MJ, 1995, STEELM C P, V78, P359
    LIU XH, 1994, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    MACHIDA S, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P162
    MARUKAWA K, 1989, P 6 GUANX SHANGH EC
    MASAMI K, 1990, R D KOBE STEEL ENG R, V40, P23
    MATSUDA K, 1990, IRON STEEL I JAPAN, V5, P1
    MCPHERSON NA, 1980, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V7, P75
    MILZER M, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P658
    MIZIKAR EA, 1967, T METALLURGICAL SOCI, V239, P1747
    OHNO, 1982, T METAL SOLIDIFICATI
    PAWELSKI, 1980, P INT STEEL ROLL C J, P27
    PU HQ, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P5
    QIN MS, 1987, IRON STEEL, V22, P1
    QU Y, 1980, PRINCIPLE STEELMAKIN, P1
    RAND R, 1999, STAHL EISEN, V6, P13
    RAUDENSKY M, 1995, STEELM C P, V78, P391
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    REN ZM, 1999, NATL NATURE SCI FDN
    ROBERTS W, 1985, STRENGTH METALS ALLO, V3, P1859
    ROWE GW, 1977, PRINCIPLE IND METALW
    RUDDLE RW, 1957, SOLIDIFICATION SAND
    RUSSWURM D, 1995, MCROALLOYING 95, P377
    SAMARASEKERA V, 1982, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V8, P1
    SARAFF L, 1972, IRONMAK STEELMAK, P49
    SCHENCK H, 1945, PHYSICAL CHEM STEELM
    SHI ZB, NONBLAST FURNACE IRO
    SZEKERES ES, 1996, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V79, P29
    TAMURA I, 1988, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    TOSHIO S, 1989, HITACHI HYORON, V71, P103
    WANG GD, 2000, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE
    WANG YM, 1995, CONTROLLED ROLLING C
    WEI SK, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL
    WEN DW, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P223
    WHITTINGTON KR, 1998, LIGHT MET, P1147
    WIKLUND, 1991, P 5 INT ROLL C UK LO, P512
    WOLF MM, 1992, STEELM C P ISS, V75, P83
    WOLF MM, 1995, P TECH C P NASHV ISI, P99
    WOLF MM, 1996, IRON STEELMAKER, V23, P47
    XU GJ, 2000, ACTA METALL SIN, V13, P1093
    XU JL, 1996, P 4 E CHIN IR C
    XU KD, 1985, REFINING STAINLESS S
    XU KD, 1998, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V34, P467
    XU KD, 1999, 125 XIANGSH SCI C P, V125, P31
    YE ZP, 1959, DISCUSS BASIC PROBLE
    YI SH, 1990, 6 INT IR STEEL C JAP, P379
    YONG QL, 1989, MICROALLOYED STEEL P
    YU RY, 1989, GENERALITY METALLURG
    YUE E, 1990, MATH MODELING HOT RO
    ZHANG SR, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P43
    ZHANG YQ, 2000, IRON STEEL, V35, P43
    ZHONG YB, 1999, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V35, P503
    ZHOU JQ, 1985, P 4 THERM EN THERM T, P10
 NR 93
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 9
 EP 20
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 548KU
 UT ISI:000175387800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, QR
    Yang, JR
    Huang, GS
    Chen, XQ
    Xia, YB
    He, L
 TI Ag doping of p-type HgCdTe grown by LPE
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE HgCdTe; doping; Hall tests; SIMS; electrical properties
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; CDXHG1-XTE; IMPURITIES; (HG,CD)TE; ELEMENTS; CDTE
 AB SIMS (secondary ion mass spectrum) and variable temperature Hail
    measurement were employed to study the doping of Ag and the electrical
    properties of Ag-doped HgCdTe films grown by LPE. The results show that
    the Ag-doping in HgCdTe by soaking HgCdTe in AgNO3 solution is
    effective and the dopant concentration is equal to the Hg vacancy
    concentration of undoped HgCdTe film. After Ag doping, the acceptor
    energy of p-type HgCdTe has an obvious decrease. It was also found that
    the electrical properties of Ag-doped HgCdTe films can keep stable at
    room temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Res Ctr Adv Mat & Devices, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, QR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEUNG DT, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P128
    DESTEFANIS GL, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P700
    EDWALL DD, 1992, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V10, P1423
    KENWORTHY I, 1990, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V5, P854
    LYUBOMIRSKY I, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P1148
    SCHAAKE HF, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P143
    SCOTT W, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P1408
    SHIN SH, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P3772
    TANAKA N, 1998, J ELECTRON MATER, V27, P579
    TREGILGAS J, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P156
    VYDYANATH HR, 1987, J ELECTRON MATER, V16, P13
    WILSON RG, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P5121
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 91
 EP 94
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 547PY
 UT ISI:000175342000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, X
    Yan, X
    Li, Y
 TI 5.8ghz biphase modulator/mixer designed by uniplanar technology
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MMIC; uniplanar technology; CPW; biphase modulator/mixer
 AB By considering the high flexibility of uniplanar technology to design
    complex multifunction subsystems, a design procedure based on a
    subsystem repartitioned into elementary blocks and very simple
    electrical modeling was proposed and applied to a uniplanar
    biphase(0degrees or 180degrees)modulator/mixer, which was intended to
    be used as a building block in microwave uncontact impact card of
    Intelligent Transportation System(ITS) at 5.8GHz. Theoretical
    electromagnetic field calculation methods were combined with
    conventional transmission-line and computer-aided design calculations
    to analyze and design the critical parts of the subsystems. The
    subsystem designed in this paper has the advantages of small size,
    compact structure, high performance and low cost.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, X, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR COHN SB, 1969, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V17, P1091
    COHN SB, 1969, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V17, P768
    DIB N, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V139, P873
    GORUR A, 1996, INT J MICROWAVE MILL, P6297
    GRAMMER W, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1653
    HETTAK K, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P915
    HETTAK K, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P1831
    HILBERG W, 1969, IEEE T           MTT, V17, P259
    HIROTA T, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P576
    HOUDART M, 1976, P 7 EUR MICR C, P49
    KATEHI LPB, 1992, P IEEE, V80, P1771
    OGAWA H, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1363
    PUCEL RA, 1985, MONOLITHIC MICROWAVE, P553
    TAMAS V, 1995, MICROWAVE J, P80
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 141
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 547PY
 UT ISI:000175342000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Lu, FQ
 TI Measurement of hyperfine structure coupling constants in the 570.38 nm
    line of Nd-143,145(+)
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 AB Hyperfine structure in atomic ions is caused by the electromagnetic
    interaction between the nucleus and orbital electrons. Information on
    the nuclear structure and also on the electronic properties of ions can
    be obtained through studying the hyperfine structure. Hyperfine
    structure spectrum in the 570.38 nm line of (143), (145) Nd+ was
    measured by using collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. All the
    spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic dipole and electric
    quadrupole coupling constants of the corresponding metastable levels
    and excited levels were determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BROSTROM L, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P109
    CHENG KT, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P2775
    CHILDS WJ, 1984, J OPT SOC AM B, V1, P22
    GINIBRE A, 1981, PHYS SCR, V23, P260
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    JOHANSSON S, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V462, P943
    LI MS, 2000, PHYS SCRIPTA, V61, P449
    MA HL, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P178
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 185
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 546RF
 UT ISI:000175286800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ho, SL
    Fei, MR
    Fu, WN
    Wong, HC
    Lo, EWC
 TI Integrated RBF network based estimation strategy of the output
    characteristics of brushless DC motors
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE ANN; brushless dc motor; finite element; non-linear; radial basis
    function
 AB The circuit-field coupled model is very accurate but it is
    computationally inefficient in studying the output performance of
    brushless de motors. In order to resolve the problem, an estimation
    strategy based on an integrated radial basis function (RBF) network is
    proposed in this paper. The strategy introduces new conceptions of the
    network group that are being realized by three steps, namely: 1) an
    adaptive RBF network is proposed for modeling the center network; 2)
    the RBF network group is then used to build the base networks; and 3)
    an integrated RBF network based on the base network group is used
    subsequently to predict the nontrained output characteristics of the
    brushless dc motor.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Kowloon, Peoples R China.
 RP Ho, SL, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FEI M, 1999, P IEEE AIM       SEP
    FEI M, 1999, P IEEE PEDS      JUL, P1108
    HENDERSHOT JR, 1994, DESIGN BRUSHLESS PER
    HO SL, 1997, IEEE T MAGN, V33, P2265
    HO SL, 2000, P 9 BIENN IEEE C EL
    LI HL, 2000, P 9 BIENN IEEE C EL
    SALON SJ, 1995, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    VAS P, 1996, WORKSH AC MOT DRIV T, P55
    VAS P, 1998, SENSORLESS VECTOR DI
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 PN Part 1
 BP 1033
 EP 1036
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 543DV
 UT ISI:000175086800180
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Chau, KT
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Transient analysis of a new outer-rotor permanent-magnet brushless DC
    drive using circuit-field-torque coupled time-stepping finite-element
    method
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc machines; permanent magnet machines; time-stepping
    finite-element method
 ID ELECTRIC VEHICLES; MOTOR-DRIVES
 AB In this paper, a new outer-rotor permanent magnet (PM) brushless de
    drive is designed and analyzed. To enable this drive applicable to
    electric vehicles, its transient performances at both normal and
    flux-weakening operations are particularly focused. The distinct
    feature in design is due to the new motor configuration including the
    outer-rotor topology, the multipole magnetic circuit and the full
    slot-pitch coil span arrangement. The distinct feature in analysis is
    due to the development of the circuit-field-torque coupled
    time-stepping finite-element method. The proposed PM brushless dc drive
    is prototyped. The analysis results are verified by experimental
    measurement.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1995, IEEE T POWER ELECTR, V10, P539
    CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    CHAN CC, 1997, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V44, P3
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3353
    PARK SC, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 1, V35, P1302
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 PN Part 1
 BP 1297
 EP 1300
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 543DV
 UT ISI:000175086800246
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiao, XY
    Xiao, XS
    Wang, XH
    Yang, H
    Qiu, ZB
    An, LJ
    Wang, WK
    Mo, ZS
 TI External field induced crystallization of poly(3-dodecylthiophene)
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE external field; induced crystallization; poly(3-dodecylthiophene)
 ID POLY(3-ALKYLTHIOPHENES)
 AB In order to investigate the effect of external field on the
    crystallization behavior of poly(3-dodecylthiopliene) (P3DDT), the
    samples were recrystallized with different electrostatic field
    intensity, different pressure and different solidification direction in
    temperature gradient field. Measurements of differential scanning
    calorimetry and X-ray diffraction were operated to characterize these
    samples for analysis. The results suggest that after recrystallization,
    whether the external field is added or not, a more compact packing of
    molecular chains in P3DDT could be obtained without the change of the
    crystal structure model. Moreover, the addition of electrostatic field
    has greater effects on the crystallization of rigid main chains than on
    that of flexible side chains, Merely great pressure field can effect
    the rearrangements of molecular chains greatly. As for the temperature
    gradient field induced crystallization, different oriented
    solidification direction will lead to different effects on the compact
    degree and perfect degree of molecular chains packing, (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SA, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P6081
    ELSENBAUMER DLE, 1986, SYNTHETIC MET, V15, P16
    HO KS, 1993, SYNTHETIC MET, V55, P384
    HSU WP, 1993, MACROMOLECULES, V26, P1318
    IWASAKI K, 1994, SYNTHETIC MET, V63, P101
    MARDALEN J, 1991, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V77, P337
    PROSA TJ, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P4364
    QIAO XY, 1999, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V10, P419
    QIAO XY, 2000, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V11, P361
    QIAO XY, 2000, SYNTHETIC MET, V113, P1
    QIAO XY, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V118, P89
    SUGIMOTO R, 1986, CHEM EXPRESS, V1, P635
    TAMAO K, 1982, TETRAHEDRON, V38, P3347
    TASHIRO K, 1991, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V29, P1223
    WINOKUR MJ, 1989, SYNTHETIC MET, V28, P419
    YOSHINO K, 1987, POLYM COMMUN, V28, P30
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 1183
 EP 1190
 PG 8
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 546PP
 UT ISI:000175282800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YH
 TI A remark on Chen's theorem
 SO ACTA ARITHMETICA
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    FOUVRY E, 1986, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V370, P101
    FOUVRY E, 1989, DUKE MATH J, V58, P731
    HALBERSTAM H, 1974, SIEVE METHODS
    HALBERSTAM H, 1975, ASTERISQUE, V24, P281
    HARDY GH, 1923, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V44, P1
    IWANIEC H, 1980, ACTA ARITH, V37, P307
    LIU HQ, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P281
    PAN CD, 1992, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    WU J, 1990, ACTA ARITH, V55, P365
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0065-1036
 J9 ACTA ARITHMET
 JI Acta Arith.
 PY 2002
 VL 102
 IS 4
 BP 339
 EP 352
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 546YK
 UT ISI:000175304400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SL
 TI Impact chaos control and stress release - A key for development of
    ultra fine vibration milling
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE vibration mills; ultra fine milling; impact chaos control; stress
    release
 AB Through our previous experimental and analytical studies, it has been
    discovered that the key for the development of vibration milling is the
    impact chaos control and stress release. The necessities for the chaos
    control and stress release are: (i) to strictly eliminate the
    sub-harmonics; (ii) to control the super-harmonics to a lower level and
    (iii) to load the system compressively with relatively higher period,
    in order that the vibration energy can be absorbed by the particles
    effectively and sufficiently, A new vibration model for ultra fine
    milling is proposed, which has wide applications in preparing ultra
    fine particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR GOCK E, 1998, AUFBEREITUNGSTECHNIK, V39, P103
    HOEFFL K, 1985, VEB DEUTSCHER VERLAG
    JENG JJ, 1992, AUFBERCITUNGSTECHNIK, V33, P361
    KANTZ H, 1997, NONLINEAR TIME SERIE
    KIESSLING M, 1989, FREIBERGER FORSCH A, V798, P62
    KURRER KE, 1988, FREIBERGER FORSCH A, V778, P76
    LOEWE J, 1995, AUFBEREITUNGSTECHNIK, V36, P277
    LONG YJ, 1998, MODERN ENG DYNAMICS
    ROSE HE, 1961, VIBRATION MILL VIBRA
    RUMPF H, 1973, AUFBEREIT TECH, V14, P59
    WANG SL, 1987, MINING MACHINERY, V14, P24
    WANG SL, 1996, P CHIN JAP S PART TS, P336
    WANG SL, 1997, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V33, P19
    WANG SL, 1997, P MTM BEIJ CHIN MACH, P1144
    WANG SL, 1998, J OCEAN U QINGDAO, V28, P457
    WANG SL, 1999, IMPACT DYNAMICS VIBR, P465
    WANG ZQ, 1995, PLASTIC MICRO MECH
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 336
 EP 341
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 545GX
 UT ISI:000175209800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, XC
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitation in Hookean elastic membranes
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE cavitation; bifurcation; boundary layer; elastic membrane; exact
    solution
 ID BIFURCATION; GROWTH
 AB An exact solution to cavitation is found in tension of a class of
    Cauchy elastic membranes. The constitutive relationship of materials is
    based on Hookean elastic law and finite logarithmic strain measure. A
    variable transformation is used in solving the two-point boundary-value
    problem of nonlinear ordinary differential equation. A simple formula
    to calculate the critical stretch for cavitation is derived. As the
    numerical results, the bifurcation curves describing void nucleation
    and suddenly rapidly growth of the cavity are obtained. The boundary
    layers of displacements and stresses near the cavity wall are observed.
    The catastrophic transition from homogeneous to cavitated deformation
    and the jumping of stress distribution are discussed. The result of the
    energy comparison shows the cavitated deformation has lower energy than
    the homogeneous one, thus the state of cavitated deformation is
    relatively stable. All investigations illustrate that cavitation
    reflects a local behavior of materials.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shang, XC, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing
    100083, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHBY MF, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1857
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    BIWA S, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P899
    DURBAN D, 1988, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V24, P675
    ERTAN N, 1988, ASCE J ENG MECHANICS, V114, P1231
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAUGHTON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P163
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    JIN M, 1999, APPL MECH MATH, V20, P867
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P755
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 94
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 544KK
 UT ISI:000175156600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WX
    Cheng, DH
    Liu, SL
    Guo, HT
 TI Electrocatalytic activity and electrochemical hydrogen storage of Ni-La
    alloy prepared by electrodeposition from aqueous electrolyte
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Ni-La alloy; electrodeposition; hydrogen evolution reaction; hydrogen
    storage
 ID WATER ELECTROLYSIS; EVOLUTION REACTION; PERFORMANCES; BATTERIES
 AB Ni-La alloy coating was prepared by electrodeposition. The effect of
    cathodic current density on the La content of the alloy coatings was
    discussed. It is found that the content of La in the alloy increases
    with increasing the cathodic current density. The microstructures and
    codeposition mechanism of Ni-La alloy coatings were investigated by
    means of X-ray diffraction (XRD) and cyclic voltammetry (CV). The
    results demonstrate that the Ni-La alloy is FCC and code-posited by the
    induced mechanism. The hydrogen evolution reaction (HER) on the
    electrodeposited Ni-La alloy electrodes in alkaline solution was
    evaluated by Tafel polarization curves. It is found that La-Ni alloy
    coating exhibites much higher exchange current density for HER than
    pure Ni electrode, and that the exchange current density increases with
    increasing the La content of alloys. The good electrocatalytic activity
    for HER of this Ni-La ahoy is attributed to the synergism of the
    electronic structure of La and Ni. The electrodeposited La-Ni alloys
    have a certain electrochemical hydrogen storage capacity of 34 similar
    to 143 mAh/g, which increases with increasing the La content of alloys.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Appl Chem, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANANI A, 1994, J POWER SOURCES, V47, P261
    BOCUTTI R, 2000, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V25, P1051
    CHEN WX, 1998, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V8, P250
    CHEN WX, 1999, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V9, P487
    EZAKI H, 1993, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V38, P557
    FURUKAWA N, 1994, J POWER SOURCES, V51, P45
    GUO ZC, 2000, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V10, P50
    HAUNG QAH, 2000, MAT PROTECTION, V33, P51
    HU WK, 2000, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V25, P111
    JAKSIC JM, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4151
    JAKSIC MM, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4085
    JOVIC VD, 1988, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V18, P511
    MACHIDA K, 1984, B CHEM SOC JPN, V57, P2809
    MACHIDA K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P807
    METIKOSHUKOVIC M, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4159
    TAMURA H, 1983, J LESS-COMMON MET, V89, P567
    TANAKA M, 1993, DENKI KAGAKU, V61, P790
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 269
 EP 272
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 542BF
 UT ISI:000175023100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Electrochemistry of oxygen ion transport in slag
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE metal-slag reaction; oxygen ion; electrochemical model
 ID FE-C DROPLETS; DECARBURIZATION REACTION; CONDUCTIVITY; REDUCTION; OXIDE
 AB A systematic experiment relating to the electrochemistry of oxygen ion
    transport in slag has been studied in lab. An equivalent circuit has
    been used to describe ion transfer between metal and slag in this paper
    and a kinetic model with electrochemical characteristic representing
    oxygen ion immigration has been worked out. The different experimental
    phenomena ran be explained generally by this model. It can be seen that
    the theoretical results are in good agreement with experiments. The
    comparison of experimental data with model calculation proved that the
    electrochemical model is right.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, State Enhance Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Lab Solid Electrolytes & Met Testing Tech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 CR GARE T, 1981, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V8, P169
    GOTO KS, 1977, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V17, P212
    HASHAM Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P469
    LU XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    LU XG, 1999, ENG CHEM METALLURGY, V20, P402
    LU XG, 1999, J IRON STEEL RES, V11, P5
    LU XG, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P27
    LU XG, 2000, J IRON STEEL RES INT, V7, P9
    LU XG, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P184
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P179
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    SASABE M, 1974, METALLURG T, V5, P2225
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WOOLLEY DE, 1999, METALL MATER TRANS B, V30, P877
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 326
 EP 329
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 542BF
 UT ISI:000175023100034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Gu, SW
    Shi, YM
 TI Polar surface-optical phonon modes in a quantum box
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID DOUBLE HETEROSTRUCTURES; INTERFACE PHONONS; ENERGY; SUPERLATTICES;
    CONFINEMENT; CRYSTALS; WIRE
 AB The polar surface-optical (SO) phonon modes and their dispersion
    relations in a quantum box axe derived within the dielectric continuum
    approximation. Then, having quantized the vibrational eigenmodes, we
    give the electron-SO phonon interaction Hamiltonian in a quantum box.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DEGANI MH, 1988, SURF SCI, V196, P459
    FUCHS R, 1965, PHYS REV           A, V140, P2076
    GU SW, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P7977
    HUANG K, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2183
    KITTEL C, 1986, INTRO SOLID STATE PH
    KLEIN MC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P11123
    KNOPP PA, 1996, SURF SCI, V361, P318
    LAMBIN P, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P6416
    LASSNIG R, 1984, PHYS REV B, V30, P7132
    LI WS, 1997, PHYSICA B, V229, P375
    LICARI JJ, 1977, PHYS REV B, V15, P2254
    MORI N, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P6175
    SHI JM, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5692
    SOOD AK, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P2115
    STROSCIO MA, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P1488
    TSUCHIYA M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P466
    ZHOU F, 1988, J LUMIN, V40, P739
    ZHU KD, 1992, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V4, P1291
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JAN 30
 PY 2002
 VL 16
 IS 1-2
 BP 1
 EP 9
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 542LN
 UT ISI:000175045500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, WB
    Peng, DW
    Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI Dielectric tunable properties of (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 thin films on LaAlO3
    substrate
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE IN SEMICONDUCTOR PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE BST; sol-gel; thin film; coplanar capacitor; tunability
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 (1-x = 0.8, 0.7, 0.6 and 0.5) thin films were prepared
    on (0 0 1) LaAlO3 substrates by sol-gel method. The films were found to
    be crystallized in preferential (0 0 1) orientation after
    post-deposition annealing at 750degreesC for 1.5 h and 1100degreesC for
    2 h in air, respectively. We investigated the dependence of tunability
    and dissipation factor on annealing temperature and different Ba/Sr
    ratios. It was found that the tunability increased dramatically and
    dissipation factor decreased obviously with increasing annealing
    temperature, and Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films annealed at 1100degreesC for
    2 h have a tunability of 46.9% at 80 kV/cm bias filed and a dissipation
    factor of 0.008 at 1 MHz. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    BABBITT R, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V8, P65
    DEFLAVIIS F, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V45, P963
    DING Y, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V119, P163
    DING YP, 2000, MATER RES BULL, V35, P1187
    DING YP, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V375, P196
    KAWAW H, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P10
    KOTECKI DE, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V16, P2
    STREIFFER SK, 1996, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V415, P219
    SWARTZ SL, 1992, CONDENSED MATTER NEW, V1, P4
    TAHAN DM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P1593
    UHLMANN DR, 1991, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V1194, P131
    VENDIK OG, 1993, FERROELECTRICS, V144, P3
    YI G, 1993, AM CERM SOC B, V70, P1173
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1369-8001
 J9 MATER SCI SEMICOND PROCESS
 JI Mater. Sci. Semicond. Process
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 4
 IS 6
 BP 673
 EP 678
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 542WA
 UT ISI:000175066200041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, HY
    Guo, XB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Processing and properties of PMMN-PZT quaternary piezoelectric ceramics
    for ultrasonic motors
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE PMMN-PZT quaternary system; piezoelectric ceramics; mechanical quality
    factor; ultrasonic motors
 ID VIBRATION LEVEL; SYSTEM
 AB Piezoelectric Pb(Mg(1/)3Nb(1/3))O-3-Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3
    (PMMN-PZT) quaternary ceramics with various contents of
    Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3 from 4 to 8 mol% were prepared. The conventional
    single-stage and columbite two-stage methods were compared. Columbites
    MgNb2O6 and MnNb2O6, and the phase structure of PMMN-PZT were examined
    using X-ray diffraction (XRD). The surface morphology was examined by
    SEM. Study on the effect of Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3 additives on dielectric
    and piezoelectric properties indicated that the PMMN-PZT quaternary
    system exhibited a high mechanical quality factor and well-situated
    piezoelectric properties. The optimized results, of d(33) (307 pC/N),
    K-p (0.55) and Q(m) (2379) were obtained at 6 mol% Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAE HI, 1994, P 4 INT C PROP APPL, P17
    GUO XB, 2001, AM CER SOC 103 ANN M
    ISE O, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P5531
    KIM JS, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P1433
    LEE DJ, 1998, P IEEE INT C COND BR, P381
    OUCHI H, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P169
    SWARTZ SL, 1983, MAT RES B, V7, P1245
    TAKAHASHI S, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2429
    TASHIRO S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P3004
    UEHA S, 1993, ULTRASONIC MOTORS
    WU L, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P4439
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
 NR 12
 TC 7
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 75
 IS 1-3
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 202
 EP 206
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 539XK
 UT ISI:000174897700042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
    Chan, HL
    Choy, ZL
 TI Oxygen pressure dependence of structural and tunable properties of
    PLD-deposited Ba0.5Sr0.5TiO3 thin film on LaAlO3-substrate
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE LaAlO3 substrates; pulse laser deposition; dielectric tunability
 ID MICROWAVE PROPERTIES
 AB Ba0.5Sr0.5TiO3 thin films were deposited onto (100)-LaAlO3 substrates
    under various oxygen pressures from 50 to 300 mTorr by pulse laser
    deposition (PLD). X-ray diffraction investigations indicated that all
    the films were (001)-epitaxially grown on the substrates; however the
    epitaxy quality and lattice parameters of the films were changed
    greatly by the different oxygen pressures (Po-2) during deposition.
    Lower Po-2 under 150 mTorr made weak epitaxy of films and less
    tetragonal distortion (c/a) of the unit cell. With increasing Po-2, the
    films became highly epitaxial and also the c/a ratio increased to 1.002
    at Po-2 = 300 mTorr. It was noted that the volume of unit cell was very
    critical to the epitaxy with LaAlO3 substrates, which acted on the
    distortion of the unit cells by lattice mismatch force in succession.
    At frequency of 100 MHz, the film deposited at Po-2 = 200 mTorr,
    characterized by high single-epitaxy and mild cell distortion, had a
    large dielectric tunability of 42% (at similar to80 kV cm(-1) bias) and
    small dielectric loss (tg delta) of 0.008 (at 0 kV cm(-1) bias) and
    therefor the largest figure of merit (K, tunability/tg delta) of 5250
    among all. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect & Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytechn Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CARLSON CM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1920
    CHANG WT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1033
    CHEN CL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P412
    GEVORGIAN SS, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1236
    KIM WJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1185
    PARK BH, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P2587
    SCHMIZU T, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P523
    VANKEULS FW, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V20, P53
    VENDIK OG, 1999, J SUPERCOND, V12, P325
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 75
 IS 1-3
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 220
 EP 224
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 539XK
 UT ISI:000174897700046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, YL
    Zhang, C
    Chen, GP
    Fang, GY
    Wang, YX
    Xin, XQ
 TI Pulse-width-dependent self-focusing-defocusing transformation of the
    compound [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4)(2-pic)(4)]
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE self-defocusing; self-focusing; excited state refraction
 ID NONLINEAR-OPTICAL PROPERTIES; SOLID-STATE SYNTHESIS; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE;
    ABSORPTIVE PROPERTIES; LIMITING PROPERTIES; REFRACTION
 AB The pulse-width-dependent self-focusing-defocusing transformation of
    the planar heterothiometallic cluster compound
    [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4)(2-pic)(4)] in DMF solution is observed at a
    wavelength of 532 nm. We also investigate the nonlinear refraction and
    absorption behaviours of the cluster compound based on excited state
    theory. For picosecond pulses the compound possesses a self-focusing
    property, which is attributed to population transitions between singlet
    excited states, while for nanosecond pulses it exhibits a
    self-defocusing property, which is attributed to the population
    relaxing to triplet states. In addition, we found that the singlet
    excited state absorption is stronger than triplet excited state
    absorption.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Chem, State Key Lab Coordinat Chem, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, YL, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FANG G, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P523
    GE P, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P27
    HOGGARD PE, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2218
    HOU HW, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P3211
    HOU HW, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P472
    HOU HW, 1996, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V92, P2343
    HOU HW, 1999, CHEM COMMUN     0407, P647
    JI W, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P17297
    LOW MKM, 1998, CHEM COMMUN     0221, P505
    SAKANE G, 1995, INORG CHEM, V34, P4785
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P96
    SHI S, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3570
    SHI S, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P1519
    SHI S, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P4050
    SHI S, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P894
    SHI S, 1995, MATER CHEM PHYS, V39, P298
    SONG YL, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V168, P131
    SONG YL, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V186, P105
    SONG YL, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P273
    WEI TH, 2000, CHEM PHYS LETT, V318, P53
    YARIV A, 1991, OPTICAL ELECT, P48
    ZHANG C, 2000, J CHEM SOC DALTON, P1317
    ZHANG J, 2000, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V7, P10
    ZHANG QF, 1999, CHEM LETT        JUL, P619
    ZHENG HG, 1997, J CHEM SOC DALT 0707, P2357
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 4
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 201
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 540BL
 UT ISI:000174908300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI Distance transformation for the numerical evaluation of near singular
    boundary integrals with various kernels in boundary element method
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE BEM; near singular boundary integral; integral kernel; order of near
    singularity; numerical solution; boundary layer effect
 ID PRINCIPAL VALUE INTEGRALS; ELASTICITY; EQUATIONS; FORMULATION
 AB The accurate numerical solution of near singular boundary integrals was
    an issue of major concern in most of the boundary element analysis next
    to the singular boundary integrals. The problem was solved in this
    paper by a kind of non-linear transformation, namely, the distance
    transformation for the accurate 'valuation of near singular boundary
    integrals with various kernels for both the two- and three- dimensional
    problems incorporated with the distance functions defined in the local
    intrinsic coordinate systems. It is considered that two effects play
    the role in the transformation. They are the damping out of the near
    singularity and the rational redistribution of integration points. The
    actual numerical computation can be performed by standard Gaussian
    quadrature formulae and can be easily included in the existing computer
    code, along with its insensitivity to the kind of the boundary
    elements. Numerical results of potential problem were presented,
    showing the effectiveness and the generality of the algorithm, which
    makes it possible, for the first time, to observe the behaviors of
    various boundary integral values with numerical means, when the source
    point is moving across the boundary with fine steps. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CERROLAZA M, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P987
    CHEN HB, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P851
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    DIRGANTARA T, 2000, INT J FRACTURE, V105, P27
    DOBLARE M, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P3325
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1711
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    JOHNSTON PR, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1333
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P107
    LIU YJ, 1998, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V41, P541
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    LIU YJ, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P789
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MUKHERJEE S, 1982, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7633
    SLADEK V, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P1609
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    TELLES JCF, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P959
    ZHANG D, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V23, P389
    ZHANG GH, 1990, P 3 JAP CHIN S BOUND, P73
 NR 28
 TC 4
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 329
 EP 339
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 542JT
 UT ISI:000175040300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, LY
    Dang, CY
    Cai, MC
    Shan, EF
 TI Upper bounds for the k-subdomination number of graphs
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE graph; tree; open and closed neighborhoods; k-subdomination number
 ID MAJORITY
 AB For a positive integer k, a k-subdominating function of G = (V, E) is a
    Function f : V --> (-1,1) such that the sum of the function values,
    taken over closed neighborhoods of vertices, is at least one for at
    least k vertices of G. The sum of the function values taken over all
    vertices is called the aggregate of f and the minimum aggregate among
    all k-subdominating functions of G is the k-subdomination number
    gamma(ks)(G). In this paper, we solve a conjecture proposed in (Ars.
    Combin 43 (1996) 235), which determines a sharp upper bound on
    gamma(ks)(G) for trees if k > \V\/2 and give an upper bound on
    gamma(ks) for connected graphs. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, MC, Acad Sinica, Inst Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BROERE I, 1995, DISCRETE MATH, V138, P125
    COCKAYNE EJ, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P235
    DUNBAR JE, 1995, GRAPH THEORY COMBINA, V1, P311
    HENNING MA, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P49
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 247
 IS 1-3
 BP 229
 EP 234
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA 540CT
 UT ISI:000174911400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Dynamical behaviour and its control in periodically driven semiconductor
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation; chaos; negative differential conductivity
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; CHAOTIC MOTIONS; FREQUENCY; DEVICE; GAAS
 AB A model for n-GaAs based on nonlinear carrier transport theory has been
    proposed. Complex bifurcations are studied as the excited field varies.
    Numerical simulation shows that the system exhibits periodicity,
    quasi-periodicity, and chaos, depending on the frequency and amplitude
    of the externally applied field, as expected. We also compute the
    quantities characterizing chaotic behaviours. An occasional pulse
    driving technique to control chaotic attactor to the desired periodic
    trajectory is illustrated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1986, PHYS SCRI, V14, P76
    AOKI K, 1989, APPL PHYS A, V48, P111
    AOKI K, 1989, APPL PHYS A-SOLID, V48, P161
    KNAP W, 1988, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V31, P813
    LI GH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2123
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 4
 BP 736
 EP 741
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 540WA
 UT ISI:000174952500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Jie, C
 TI Introduction of phosphoric acid group to polypropylene film by
    radiation grafting and its blood compatibility
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; grafting; phosphoric acid; blood compatibility
 ID HEPARIN-IMMOBILIZED POLYURETHANES; POLYETHYLENE FILM; POLYMERIZATION;
    METHACRYLATE; PLASMA
 AB 2,3-epoxvpropyl methacrylate (EPMA) was grafted to polypropylene (PP)
    film by using a radiation grafting technique. The phosphoric acid group
    was introduced to the EPMA-grafted PP films with different grafting
    yields. The blood compatibility of the phosphoric acid group-introduced
    PP films was evaluated by the determination of platelet adsorption and
    thrombus formation. The EPMA grafting extent was found to be dependent
    on the absorbed dose, reaction time and temperature. The grafting and
    phosphonation reactions were confirmed by Fourier transform infrared
    spectroscopy in the attenuated total reflectance mode and electron
    spectroscopy for chemical analysis. The amount of thrombus and adherent
    platelet on modified PP film was evaluated by an in vitro method and
    scanning electron microscope, respectively. The phosphoric acid
    group-introduced PP film was found to have good blood compatibility,
    which increased with the content of the introduced phosphoric acid
    group. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radioisotope Radiat Applicat Team, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
    Hanyang Univ, Coll Engn, Dept Ind Chem, Seoul 133791, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Nho, YC, Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radioisotope Radiat Applicat Team,
    POB 105, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
 CR BERGSTROM K, 1994, J BIOMAT SCI-POLYM E, V6, P123
    BRINKMAN E, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P200
    CHOWDHURY P, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V70, P523
    HAN DK, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES-A, V23, P211
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    KANG IK, 1996, BIOMATERIALS, V17, P841
    KWON OH, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V71, P631
    LEE YM, 1995, POLYMER, V36, P81
    NHO YC, 1992, J KOREAN IND ENG CHE, V3, P491
    NHO YC, 1992, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V30, P1219
    NHO YC, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V63, P1101
    NHO YC, 1997, MACROMOL SCI PURE AP, V34, P831
    OKANO T, 1993, J BIOMED MATER RES, V27, P1519
    VULIC I, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P448
    YUI N, 1988, BIOMATERIALS, V9, P225
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 64
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 75
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 539UE
 UT ISI:000174889000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, CQ
    Wang, CK
 TI Allelopathic effect of Acorns tatarinowii upon algae
 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Acorns tatarinowii; allelopathy; algae; wetlands
 ID SOIL
 AB Besides competing with algae for light and mineral nutrients (i.e. N,
    P, etc.), the root system of Acorns tatarinowii excretes some chemical
    substances, which injure and eliminate alga cells, to inhibit the
    growth of the algae. When the algae cells were treated in " A.
    tatarinowii water", some of the chlorophyll a were destroyed and the
    photosynthetic rate of algae decreased markedly and the ability of alga
    cells to deoxidize triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) reduced greatly.
    Then alga cells turned from bright red to bluish green under
    fluorescence microscope. These showed that the allelopathic effects of
    A. tatarinowii on algae were obvious and planting A. tatarireowii can
    control some green algae. The experiment on the extractions of the
    secretions of the root system showed that the inhibitory effect had a
    concentration effect. If the concentration of the root secretion was
    below 30 mul/disc, the inhibitory rate was negative; if it was over 45
    mul/disc, the inhibitory rate was positive. This proved that the
    influence of the root secretion on the same acceptor was a kind of
    concentration effect. When the concentration of the root secretion was
    low, it promoted the growth of algae; when the concentration reached a
    definite threshold value, it restrained the growth of algae. In present
    case, the threshold value was between 30 mul/disc and 45 mul/disc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Geog, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
 RP He, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *AM PUBL HLTH ASS, 1985, ASS PHYT CHLOR NORM, P901
    BLUM U, 1988, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V20, P793
    DALTON BR, 1983, J CHEM ECOL, V9, P1185
    GRIME JP, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P975
    HE CQ, 1999, CHINESE J ECOLOGY, V18
    INDERJIT DKM, 1995, BOT REV, V61, P32
    REDDY KR, 1983, ECON BOT, V37, P237
    RICE EL, 1984, ALLELOPATHY, P382
    ROBINSON RK, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P219
    STEPONKUS PL, 1967, PLANT PHYSIOL, V42, P1423
    SUN WH, 1989, ENV SCI J, V9, P188
    SUN WH, 1991, PLANT PHYSL COMMUNIC, V27, P433
    SUN WH, 1992, PLANT PHYSL COMMUNIC, V28, P81
    WYNNE B, 1987, STRUCTURE REPROD, P572
    YE JX, 1987, PLANT ECOLOGY GEOBOT, V11, P203
    YE JX, 1993, AWAKE 21 CENTURY EAR, P243
    YE JX, 1996, PLANT MAGAZINE, V30, P10
    ZHANG BC, 1981, ECOLOGY J, V1, P227
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1001-0742
 J9 J ENVIRON SCI-CHINA
 JI J. Environ. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 481
 EP 484
 PG 4
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 537VP
 UT ISI:000174780600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, BG
    Hua, TC
    Zhang, HD
    Wang, YF
    Wang, GX
 TI Cryopreservation and xenotransplantation studies of microencapsulated
    rat pancreatic islets
 SO CRYOLETTERS
 DT Article
 DE cryopreservation; microencapsulation; rat pancreatic islet;
    xenotransplantation
 AB Islets of Langerhans were isolated from the Sprague Dawley rat pancreas
    digested by injected collagenase, and purified by Ficoll density
    gradient centrifugation, In order to make smaller and more uniform
    micro encapsulated islets, we designed a special high-voltage
    electrostatic microcapsule generator. The effects of operational
    parameters of the generator on the size and the uniformity of
    microcapsules were analyzed, such as the voltage, the plunger speed of
    suspension delivery to the needle tip, the distance between needle tip
    and solution surface. The optimal parameter combinations for making
    microcapsules area 5kV of voltage, 50mm/h of the plunger speed, and
    20mm distance. The high-voltage electric system can produce uniform
    microcapsules with diameters ranging from 0.3similar to0.5mm, which are
    smaller and more uniform than those produced by air-jet system. A
    comparison of the cryopreservation effects between microencapsulated
    islets and unencapsulated islets showed that the microcapsules can
    protect the fragile islets from freezing damage, and increase the
    retrieval rate from 68.5% to 92.6%. Xenotransplantation of the
    cryopreserved rat islets resulted in the normalization of the metabolic
    blood glucose of the diabetic mice for 90 days, whereas the
    unencapsulated islets were easily fragmented and lost during the
    freezing process. They only reversed hyperglycemia for less than 3-5
    days.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai First Peoples Hosp, Res Lab Diabetes, Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, BG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol Engn, 516 Jun Gong
    Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTH HG, 1984, MODERN METHODS PARTI
    CHEN RT, 1988, CRYOBIOLOGY, V25, P548
    CHICHEPORTICHE D, 1988, DIABETOLOGIA, V31, P54
    HU YF, 1990, CHIN J ORGAN TRANSPL, V11, P50
    JEAN PH, 1993, TRANSPLANTATION, V55, P350
    JUTTE PM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P290
    LI BG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V22, P1
    LIM F, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P908
    SOONSHIONG P, 1994, LANCET, V343, P950
    SUTTON R, 1986, TRANSPLANTATION, V42, P689
    ZHANG HD, 1991, CHIN J ORGAN TRANSPL, V12, P72
    ZHOU DB, 1997, TRANSPLANTATION, V64, P1112
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYOLETTERS
 JI CryoLetters
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 47
 EP 54
 PG 8
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 538CQ
 UT ISI:000174796800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Min, JH
    Li, DM
    Wang, LL
    Shi, WM
    Liu, YF
 TI Microstructural and optical properties of ZnS : Cu nanocrystals
    prepared by an ion complex transformation method
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Cu-doped ZnS; nanostructure; luminescence; nanofabrication
 ID PHOTOPHYSICAL PROPERTIES; CHITOSAN FILM; CLUSTERS; ELECTRON; CDS
 AB The typical morphologies of Cu-doped ZnS nanocrystals in a polyvinyl
    alcohol (PVA) film by an ion complex transformation method observed by
    transmission electron microscope show that the particles were rather
    evenly distributed throughout the PVA film, and the dimension was
    estimated to be about 5.7 nm in diameter. The crystallites of the ZnS
    have a finite bulk-like cubic structure identified by using the ED
    patterns of the sample. The Cu-doped ZnS UV absorption spectra are
    essentially similar to that of the undoped, but the luminescence
    properties are quite different from that of the undoped. The green
    emission band peaked at about 480 nm. is characteristic of copper doped
    ZnS nanocrystals, which could be attributed to a transition from the
    conduction band of ZnS to the 't(2)' level of Cu in ZnS band gap. The
    blue emission band peaked at about 430 nm is characteristic of the
    undoped quantum particles of ZnS for the same size and it might be
    caused by the presence of self-activated centers, like zinc vacancies.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BRUS LE, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4403
    COLVIN VL, 1994, NATURE, V370, P354
    EMPEDOCLES SA, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P2114
    HUANG JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2335
    KHOSRAVI AA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2702
    PEKA P, 1994, PHYSICA B, V193, P57
    SANG WB, 1996, ADV MATER OPT ELECTR, V6, P197
    SANG WB, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, L499
    SHIONOYA S, 1966, LUMINESCENCE INORGAN, P229
    SOOKLAL K, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4551
    WANG MW, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V115, P493
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
    XU SJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P473
    YANG P, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V336, P76
 NR 15
 TC 9
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 121
 IS 9-10
 BP 475
 EP 478
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 537HQ
 UT ISI:000174753200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
 TI Exotic localized coherent structures of the (2+1)-dimensional
    dispersive long-wave equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended homogeneous balance method; coherent soliton structures;
    dispersive long-wave equation; the (2+1)-dimensions
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS; NOVIKOV-VESELOV
    EQUATION; DROMION-LIKE STRUCTURES; KDV-TYPE EQUATION; SOLITONS; PLASMA
 AB This article is concerned with the extended homogeneous balance method
    for studying the abundant localized solution structures in the
    (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long-wave equations U-ty + eta(xx) +
    (u(2))(xy)/2 = 0, eta(t) + (ueta + u + u(xy))x = 0. Starting from the
    homogeneous balance method, we find that the richness of the localized
    coherent structures of the model is caused by the entrance of two
    variable-separated arbitrary functions. For some special selections of
    the arbitrary functions, it is shown that the localized structures of
    the model may be dromions, lumps, breathers, instantons and ring
    solitons.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    DAS GC, 1997, PHYS PLASMAS, V4, P2095
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HAUS HA, 1996, REV MOD PHYS, V68, P423
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P237
    HU XB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4589
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P3225
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P7
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOUSTENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    RADHA R, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3229
    RADHA R, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1821
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 1999, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
 NR 31
 TC 18
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 535XM
 UT ISI:000174671700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Wu, QY
    Sun, XK
 TI Diffusion of hydrogen along the grain boundaries in Ni3Al alloys
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MATERIALS & PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen diffusivity; N1(3)A1 alloys; ultrahigh vacuum gaseous;
    permeation technique
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NICKEL; TRANSPORT
 AB The diffusivity of hydrogen in two Nl(3)Al alloys has been measured in
    the temperature range 100degreesC to 420degreesC using an ultrahigh
    vacuum gaseous permeation technique. The diffusivity data fall into two
    segments, in which the hydrogen diffusivity adheres to the Arrhenius
    form, respectively. It is suggested that hydrogen transportation takes
    place along the grain boundaries at lower temperature and in the
    lattice at higher temperature. The intergranular fracture of L1(2)-type
    intermetallics induced by hydrogen at relatively low temperature
    results from hydrogen transportation along the grain boundaries, not in
    the lattice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, State Key Lab RSA, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P851
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HARRIS TM, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P351
    HUANG JH, 1996, DIFFUSION METALS ALL
    KIRMURA A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P757
    LADNA B, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P1775
    PALUMBO G, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P679
    TAKAGI C, 1993, DNA LINK, V3, P3
    TSURU T, 1982, SCRIPTA METALL, V16, P575
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    XU J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1455
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0268-1900
 J9 INT J MATER PROD TECHNOL
 JI Int. J. Mater. Prod. Technol.
 PY 2001
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 841
 EP 846
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 534UG
 UT ISI:000174604900067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, BF
    Liu, J
 TI Detail feature recognition and decomposition in solid model
 SO COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE detail removal; detail feature decomposition; feature
    recognition/feature suppression; analysis automation; CAE
 ID ELEMENT
 AB A methodology for abstracting features from a 3D solid model based on a
    new detail-level metric method is proposed. Filleting the whole
    boundary of an object with constant fillet radius has the effect of
    low-pass filtering. Taking advantage of the effect, detail-level of
    boundary entities can be rated. This paper investigates an approach to
    fillet polyhedral model and then develops a simple way to detect
    detailed boundary elements. Taking detailed entities as the indicators,
    detail features are recognized and extracted. In the detailed entities
    detection and decomposition cycle of the corresponding detail features,
    detail features are decomposed from the model one by one in terms of
    their locality. Detail feature decomposition directly results in
    geometric simplification of a 3D object. The method proposed in this
    paper can be applied in efficient modeling for CAE from CAD models. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, BF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, 18 Postal Box,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARBSHAHI S, 1992, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL, V9, P271
    ARMSTRONG CG, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P573
    CAGAN J, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P199
    CHUANG SH, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P377
    DONG J, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P263
    DONG J, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P427
    GAYANKAR P, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P442
    GREGORY BL, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P65
    INOUE K, 1999, 8 INT MESH ROUNDT SA, P281
    JOSHI S, 1988, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V20, P58
    KIM YS, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P461
    KYPRIANOU L, 1980, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE
    LEE YG, 1997, ADV ENG SOFTW, V28, P593
    LEE YG, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V30, P677
    LO KH, 1988, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V20, P27
    MAYER EA, 1996, CURR OPIN GASTROEN, V12, P3
    MOHSEN R, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V28, P905
    SHEFFER A, 1997, TRENS UNSTRUCTURED, V220, P57
    VANDENBRANDE JH, 1993, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V15, P1269
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0010-4485
 J9 COMPUT AID DES
 JI Comput.-Aided Des.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2002
 VL 34
 IS 5
 BP 405
 EP 414
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering
 GA 533NV
 UT ISI:000174537400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ZY
    Li, GG
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Quasi-static and dynamical analysis for viscoelastic Timoshenko beam
    with fractional derivative constitutive relation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic Timoshenko beam; fractional derivative constitutive
    relation; weakly singular Volterra integro-differential equation;
    dynamical response
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB The equations of motion governing the quasi-static and dynamical
    behavior of a viscoelastic Timoshenko beam are derived. The
    viscoelastic material is assumed to obey a three-dimensional fractional
    derivative constitutive relation. ne quasi-static behavior of the
    viscoelastic Timoshenko beam under step loading is analyzed and the
    analytical solution is obtained. The influence of material parameters
    on the deflection is investigated. The dynamical response of the
    viscoelastic Timoshenko beam subjected to a periodic excitation is
    studied by means of mode shape functions. And the effect of both
    transverse shear and rotational inertia on the vibration of the beam is
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKOZ Y, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P1909
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    BAGLEY RL, 1986, J RHEOL, V30, P133
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    GEMANT A, 1938, PHILOS MAG, V25, P92
    KOELLER RC, 1984, J APPL MECH, V51, P294
    LIU YZ, 1998, MECH VIBRATIONS
    LUO ZD, 1994, MECH ANISITROPIC MAT
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
    SPINELLI RA, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P636
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 12
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 534QJ
 UT ISI:000174597500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, RH
    Fang, ZH
    Zhang, L
    Xu, HB
 TI Effect of Cl- on the transition current density of Zn during the
    electrodeposition Zn-Co, Zn-Fe alloys
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Zn-Co; Zn-Fe alloys; transition current density; anomalous co-deposition
 AB For co-deposition of Zn-Co or Zn-Fe alloys in chloride baths it was
    found that the transition current density of Zn varied with the
    deposition process from normal co-deposition to anomalous
    co-deposition. The value of the transition current density increases
    with the increasing of Cl- concentration. However, when Cl-
    concentration exceeds 4 mol(.)dm(-3), the co-deposition process becomes
    normal type and the transition current density of Zn disappears. It can
    he attributed to the existence of Cl-, which decreases the evolution
    overpotential of Co and Fe metal, especially for Fe metal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, RH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ATSUYOSHI S, 1980, J IRON STEEL I JPN, V66, P771
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1983, T JPN I MET, V24, P125
    LI HW, 1998, PLAT PROT, V101, P16
    MITSUHIRO Y, 1990, J SURF FINISH SOC JP, V41, P312
    TU ZM, 1994, PLAT SURF FINISH, V16, P3
    YIN RH, 2001, ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V7, P85
    YOJI I, 1978, ELECTROCHEM JPN, V46, P202
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 3
 BP 404
 EP 407
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 533UW
 UT ISI:000174549600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WH
    Chen, Q
    Liu, YL
 TI Relationship between H+-ATPase activity and fluidity of tonoplast in
    barley roots under NaCl stress
 SO ACTA BOTANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE salt stress; H+-ATPase; membrane fluidity; fatty acid composition;
    barley
 ID SALT STRESS; LIPID-COMPOSITION; TOLERANCE; VESICLES; ACID; ARABIDOPSIS;
    TRANSPORT
 AB H+-ATPase activity of tonoplast in roots of Hordeum vulgare L. cv.
    "Tanyin 2" (salt-tolerant cultivar) increased when the roots were
    exposed to 50 - 200 mmol/L NaCl for 2 d, and decreased when NaCl
    concentration was increased to 600 mmol/L. In "Kepin 7" (salt-sensitive
    cultivar), tonoplast H+-ATPase activity in roots also increased at
    lower levels of NaCl (50 - 100 mmol/L), but decreased at higher levels
    of NaCl (200 - 600 mmol/L). Tonoplast fluidity in roots of "Tanyin 2"
    decreased at 50 - 200 mmol/L NaCl, and increased significantly at 600
    mmol/L NaCl. Under salt stress, the change of tonoplast fluidity was
    identical with that of the ratio of unsaturated fatty acids to
    saturated fatty acids in tonoplast lipid of barley roots. It is
    proposed that the increase of tonoplast fluidity due to increased
    degree of unsaturation of fatty acids is one of the reasons leading to
    the decrease of H+-ATPase activity under higher level of NaCl stress.
 C1 Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Agr, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WH, Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Agr, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
 CR APSE MP, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P1256
    BALLESTEROS E, 1996, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V97, P259
    BARKLA BJ, 1996, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V47, P159
    BRADFORD MM, 1976, ANAL BIOCHEM, V72, P248
    BROWN DJ, 1989, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V90, P956
    DIAO FQ, 1997, ACTA PHYTOPHYSIOL SI, V23, P105
    DIETZ KJ, 1996, BBA-BIOMEMBRANES, V1281, P134
    GONG HM, 1999, ACTA BOT SIN, V41, P414
    HUANG YG, 1996, MEMBRANE LIPID PROTE, P1
    LIU YL, 1998, PLANT PHYSL MOL BIOL, P752
    LU ZX, 1993, ACTA PHYTOPHYSIOL SI, V19, P325
    MANSOUR MMF, 1994, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V92, P473
    NARASIMHAN ML, 1991, PLANT PHYSIOL, V97, P562
    NIU X, 1995, PLANT PHYSIOL, V109, P715
    OHNISHI T, 1975, ANAL BIOCHEM, V69, P261
    REIDIBOYMTALLEUX L, 1999, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V105, P513
    SHI HZ, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P6896
    SU WA, 1983, CHINESE SCI BULL, V28, P373
    WU JL, 1998, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V102, P307
    YANG FY, 1983, CHINESE SCI BULL, V28, P370
    ZHANG WH, 1993, ACTA BOT SIN, V35, P435
    ZHANG WH, 1998, J PLANT NUTR, V21, P447
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0577-7496
 J9 ACTA BOT SIN
 JI Acta Bot. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 292
 EP 296
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Plant Sciences
 GA 534YM
 UT ISI:000174617400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
 TI k-constraint for the modified Kadomtsev-Petviashvili system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB By imposing constraint (L-k)(-)=qpartial derivative(-1)rpartial
    derivative on the pseudo-differential operator L-k, the k constrained
    modified Kadomtsev-Petviashvili (KP) hierarchy and their corresponding
    Lax pair are obtained from the linear problem and its adjoint of the
    modified KP system. Especially, the modified KdV system, the GNS system
    with derivative coupling, the Burgers system, and a new 3x3 integrable
    system are presented as examples. (C) 2002 American Institute of
    Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    CHENG Y, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    DATE E, 1983, NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE, P39
    DICKEY LA, 1991, ADV SERIES MATH PHYS, V12
    KAUP DJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P798
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1984, PHYS LETT A, V102, P15
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1992, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION, P87
    OHTA Y, 1988, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V94, P210
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 43
 IS 4
 BP 1956
 EP 1965
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 532KQ
 UT ISI:000174474300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for second order lattice dynamical systems
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE-EQUATIONS; GLOBAL ATTRACTOR
 AB We consider the existence and the approximation of the global attractor
    for second order damped lattice dynamical systems. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science (USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AFRAIMOVICH VS, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P442
    BATES PW, 1999, ATTRACTORS LATTICE D
    FEIREISL E, 1995, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V116, P431
    FEIREISL E, 1997, J DYNAM DIFFERENTIAL, V9, P133
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1987, J MATH PURE APPL, V66, P273
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    KARACHALIOS NI, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P183
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    ZHOU SF, 1999, P AM MATH SOC, V127, P3623
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2002
 VL 179
 IS 2
 BP 605
 EP 624
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA 530GR
 UT ISI:000174350400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WB
    Ma, HP
    Tang, T
 TI On mixed error estimates for elliptic obstacle problems
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE finite element approximation; elliptic obstacle; sharp a posteriori
    error estimates
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB We establish in this paper sharp error estimates of residual type for
    finite element approximation to elliptic obstacle problems. The
    estimates are of mixed nature, which are neither of a pure a priori
    form nor of a pure a posteriori form but instead they are combined by
    an a priori part and an a posteriori part. The key ingredient in our
    derivation for the mixed error estimates is the use of a new
    interpolator which enables us to eliminate inactive data from the error
    estimators. One application of our mixed error estimates is to
    construct a posteriori error indicators reliable and efficient up to
    higher order terms, and these indicators are useful in mesh-refinements
    and adaptive grid generations. In particular, by approximating the a
    priori part with some a posteriori quantities we can successfully track
    the free boundary for elliptic obstacle problems.
 C1 Xiang Tan Univ, Dept Math, Hunan Prov, Peoples R China.
    Univ Kent, CBS, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Univ Kent, Inst Math & Stat, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1993, NUMER MATH, V65, P23
    AINSWORTH M, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V142, P1
    BARANGER J, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P31
    BREZIS H, 1972, J MATH PURE APPL, V51, P1
    CHEN ZM, 2000, NUMER MATH, V84, P527
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DURAN R, 1991, NUMER MATH, V59, P107
    DUVAUT G, 1973, INEQUALITIES MECH PH
    ELLIOTT CM, 1982, RES NOTES MATH, V59
    FRENCH DA, UNPUB POINTWISE POST
    FRIEDMAN A, 1982, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    GLOWINSKI R, 1972, NUMERICAL ANAL VARIA
    KINDERLEHRER D, 1980, INTRO VARIATIONAL IN
    KORNHUBER R, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P49
    KUFNER A, 1977, FUNCTION SPACES
    LI R, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V170, P562
    LI R, 2001, UNPUB MOVING MESH ME
    LIU WB, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V35, P361
    VERFURTH R, 1989, NUMER MATH, V55, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1994, MATH COMPUT, V62, P445
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P337
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 1-4
 BP 261
 EP 283
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 531AJ
 UT ISI:000174392100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Yuan, YW
    Dai, SQ
 TI Numerical simulation on traffic flow with the consideration of relative
    velocity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; optimal velocity model; jamming phase; relative velocity
 ID AUTOMATON MODEL; CONGESTION; SOLITON
 AB The optimal velocity model of traffic is extended by taking into
    account the relative velocity. We derive the stability condition and
    stimulate the evolution of traffic flow with a small perturbation. We
    have found that the relative velocity can stabilize traffic flow and
    decrease the number of jamming phases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    CHANDLER RE, 1958, OPER RES, V6, P165
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    HELBING D, 2001, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V35, P183
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    LU XY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1255
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NEWELL GF, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P209
    PIPES LA, 1953, J APPL PHYS, V24, P274
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    WANG BH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1926
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 3
 BP 492
 EP 496
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 531DD
 UT ISI:000174400000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YY
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
    Wei, Q
 TI Characteristics of self-trapping of partially coherent beam
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE spatial soliton; partially coherent beam; coherence radius
 ID NONLINEAR MEDIA; SOLITONS; LIGHT
 AB Using the mutually coherent function, we study the self-trapping of
    circlar partially coherent beam. The initial condition of the beam and
    the nonlinearity of the media decide the propagation properties of the
    beam. The spatial variation period of the beam is obtained. And we find
    that the transverse coherence property of the partially coherent beam
    evolves periodically with the distance. Our analysis can also be
    etended to the elliptical partially coherent beam.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2310
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P3122
    LIU J, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1509
    LIU SM, 1992, PHOTOREFRACTIVE NONL
    LU KQ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2070
    MANDEL L, 1995, OPTICAL COHERENCE QU, CH4
    MITCHELL M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P490
    MITCHELL M, 1997, NATURE, V387, P880
    PERINA J, 1986, COHERENCE LIGHT, CH2
    SNYDER AW, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1422
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 3
 BP 559
 EP 564
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 531DD
 UT ISI:000174400000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Liu, YR
 TI Travelling wave solutions for sine-Gordon prototypes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 ID NETWORKS; BREATHERS; EXISTENCE; MAP
 AB By using finite difference discretization for the sine-Gordon equation,
    we obtain the sine-Gordon prototypes. For these prototypes, the
    existence of discrete periodic travelling wave solutions and discrete
    solitons are proved by the anti-integrable limit method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABEL M, 1998, PHYSICA D, V119, P22
    AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    BAESENS C, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P931
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MACKAY RS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V82, P243
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 77
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EP
 UT ISI:000174287300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A remark on Lagrange multiplier method (I)
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE Lagrange multiplier; paradox; semi-inverse method
 AB In this paper, the author point out that the identification of Lagrange
    multipliers might lead to Lagrange crisis ( some a constraint can be
    eliminated by the method). They must be treated as independent
    variables throughout the calculation. If the identified multipliers are
    submitted to the Lagrangian, the removed constraints might have to be
    further applied, otherwise wrong results might be obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HE JH, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    LAGRANGE JL, 1788, MECANIQUE ANAL
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 164
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529ET
 UT ISI:000174287600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, ZQ
 TI Applied mathematics and mechanics in China
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the well-known journal APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS
    in China is introduced, the authorship of the journal is systematically
    studied. The statistic data shows that 30% old authorship keep the
    mainstream of the journal, while 70% new authorship reveals the bloom
    of development of the field of applied mathematics and mechanics in
    China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qin, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1996, APPL MATH MECH
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 171
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529ET
 UT ISI:000174287600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Bookkeeping parameter in perturbation methods
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Thomas-Fermi equation
 ID NONLINEAR PROBLEMS
 AB In case of no possible small parameter in an equation, we can expand
    the solution in a series of an artificial parameter(Nayfeh 1981). The
    artificial parameter is a bookkeeping or crutching device and set equal
    to unity after the "perturbation solution" is obtained, In order to
    avoid the secular terms arising in straightforward expansion, the
    coefficients in the equation are also expanded into series of the
    artificial parameter. Some examples are given hereby, and the results
    show that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    BENDER CM, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1447
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, IN PRESS INT J NONLI
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    LAURENZI BJ, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2535
    LIU GL, 1997, NAT C 7 MOD MATH MEC, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, INTRO PERTURBATION
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 257
 EP 264
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Wang, LB
    Lu, ZM
 TI A new model for turbulent energy dissipation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE Turbulent Energy dissipation; Direct Interaction Approximation
 ID SHEAR FLOWS; DIFFUSION
 AB It is very difficult to model the turbulent energy dissipation epsilon.
    The known models in open literature are unsatisfactory and need to be
    farther improved. In this paper, using the
    Single-Green-Function-Two-ScaleDirect-Interaction approximation, we
    obtain a new model, whose coefficients are close to those of
    Yoshizawa's and those of the standard k-epsilon model. We also find
    that the coefficient for the destruction term is an independent number,
    which agrees with Rubinstein's result, The present paper provides a
    sound theoretical basis for modeling the turbulent energy dissipation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, JB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HAMBA F, 1997, PHYS FLUIDS, V9, P79
    KRAICHNAN R, 1961, HSN3 NEW YORK U I MA, P435
    RUBINSTEIN R, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P3172
    SHIMOMURA Y, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P2636
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P1264
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P1337
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V195, P541
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, LJ
    Liang, RJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI An aero-viscoelastic model for nonlinear cylindrical shells in
    supersonic flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Editorial Material
 DE structural function; viscoelasticity; cylindrical shell; supersonic flow
 AB Based on the Karman-Donnell's hypotheses of thin shells and the
    Boltzmann superposition principles in viscoelasticity, an
    aero-viscoelastic model for nonlinear cylindrical shells in supersonic
    flow is set up by means of Laplace transform and the so-called
    structural function. The aerodynamic load is obtained from the
    quasi-steady first-order piston theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Minist Educ, Key Lab Solid Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Minist Educ, Key Lab Solid Mech,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR KHOLODAV DB, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P153
    MEI C, 1999, APPL MECH REV, V52, P321
 NR 2
 TC 2
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 304
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational theory for linear magneto-electro-elasticity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; magneto-electro-elastic medium; smart (or
    intelligent) material; variational theory; semi-inverse method;
    trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; MIXED-FLOW TURBOMACHINERY; COMPRESSIBLE S2-FLOW;
    FLUID-MECHANICS; HYBRID PROBLEMS; UNKNOWN SHAPE; PRINCIPLES;
    AERODYNAMICS; VARIABLES; EMPHASIS
 AB To describe the physical behavior of a magneto-electro-elastic medium,
    the fundamental equations, including equilibrium equations,
    strain-displacement relations, and constitutive relations, and all
    boundary conditions are expressed as stationary condition (Euler
    equations and natural conditions) of a generalized variational
    principle, which is obtained by the semi-inverse method proposed by He.
    The principle is deduced from an energy-like trial functional with a
    certain unknown function, which can be identified step by step. A
    family of various variational principles for the discussed problem is
    also obtained for differential applications. Present theory provides a
    quite straightforward tool to the search for various variational
    principles for physical problems. This paper aims at providing a more
    complete theoretical basis for the finite element applications,
    meshfree particle methods, and other direct variational methods such as
    Ritz's, Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALTAY GA, 1996, INT J ENG SCI, V34, P769
    BERLINCOURT DA, 1964, PHYS ACOUST        A, V1, P169
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, FACTA U SERIES MECH, V12, P1253
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P445
    HE JH, 2001, ACTA MECH, V149, P247
    HE JH, 2001, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V22, P989
    HE JH, 2001, ASME J APPL MECH, V68, P666
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P161
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1995, 6 AS C FLUID MECH MA, P745
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1991, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    PAN E, 2001, ASME, V68, P608
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 36
 TC 28
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 4
 BP 309
 EP 316
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EX
 UT ISI:000174288000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindsted-Poincare methods for some strongly nonlinear
    oscillations Part III: Double series expansion
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Duffing equation;
    Lindstedt-Poincare method
 AB In this paper, we propose a new perturbation technique for strongly
    nonlinear oscillations with two parameters, which need not to be small
    in the present study. In this new method, the solution is expanded into
    double series of the two parameters. In order to avoid the secular
    terms, a constant in the equation is also expressed in a double series
    expansion. The present technique can be widely applied to nonlinear
    systems with multitude nonlinear terms. The preliminary study shows
    that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weakly
    nonlinear systems, but also for strongly nonlinear systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AZIZ A, 1984, PERTURBATION METHODS
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1998, U SHANGHAI SCI TECHN, V20, P325
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P203
    HE JH, 2001, J VIB CONTROL, V7, P631
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 9
 TC 25
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 4
 BP 317
 EP 320
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EX
 UT ISI:000174288000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI Extinction by a large spherical particle located in a narrow Gaussian
    beam
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 ID FORWARDSCATTERING CORRECTIONS; AEROSOL MEDIA; SUSPENSIONS;
    TRANSMISSION; FLUCTUATIONS; SCATTERING; DILUTE
 AB In most extinction measurements, the laser beam is expanded and the
    particles are small enough so that the incident beam can be considered
    as a plane wave. With regard to particle size analysis by optical
    extinction counters or transmission fluctuation spectrometry, however,
    we are interested in the opposite situation, i.e. particle diameters
    which are larger than the beam diameter. This paper presents
    experimental results on the extinction by an absorbent or transparent
    spherical particle passing through a Gaussian beam.
    The experiments show that the extinction is sensitive to the particle
    location, especially when the particle is very near to the beam waist
    and the ratio of the beam to the particle diameter is close to or less
    than 1.
 C1 Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JQ, Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech,
    D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2000, THESIS COTTBUS
    DEEPAK A, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P2900
    DEEPAK A, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P3169
    DOPHEIDE D, 1990, 5 INT S APPL LAS TEC, P1
    GOUESBET G, 1988, J OPT SOC AM A, V5, P1427
    GREGORY J, 1985, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V105, P357
    HODGES JT, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P2120
    KRAUTER U, 1995, THESIS KARLRUHE
    RIEBEL U, 1991, PART PART SYST CHAR, V8, P95
    RIEBEL U, 1993, PART PART SYST CHAR, V10, P201
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 5-6
 BP 254
 EP 261
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 526PR
 UT ISI:000174139300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
    Zhu, GQ
 TI Bivariate Lagrange-type vector valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE bivariate vector value; rational interpolation; determinantal formula
 AB An axiomatic definition to bivariate vector valued rational
    interpolation on distinct plane interpolation points is at first
    presented in this paper. A two-variable vector valued rational
    interpolation formula is explicitly constructed in the following form:
    the determinantal formulas for denominator scalar polynomials and for
    numerator vector polynomials, which possess Lagrange-type basic
    function expressions. A practical criterion of existence and uniqueness
    for interpolation is obtained. In contrast to the underlying method,
    the method of bivariate Thiele-type vector valued rational
    interpolation is reviewed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hefei Polytech Univ, Dept Math, Hefei 230009, Peoples R China.
 CR BREZINSKI C, 1974, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V8, P77
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P71
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    GU CQ, 1997, MATH NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    MCCLEOD JB, 1971, COMPUTING, V7, P17
    SIEMASZKO W, 1983, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V9, P137
    WYNN P, 1963, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V12, P273
    ZHU GQ, 1990, MATH NUM SIN, V12, P293
    ZHU GQ, 1993, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V15, P1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 207
 EP 216
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 527QN
 UT ISI:000174198000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Chen, L
    Su, B
    Huang, AM
    Hua, JD
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Meng, ZY
 TI Synthesis and characterization of CdS nanocrystals embedded on solid
    electrolyte films
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE polyethylene oxide; nanocomposites; metal-polymer complexes; conducting
    polymers
 ID CLUSTERS
 AB In this article nano-sized CdS crystal embedded in a PEO matrix was
    successfully prepared by a complex transformation method that is
    universal for preparing nanosized compounds containing transition
    metals. The size of embedded CdS particles was in the nanoscale from 2
    to 10 nm determined by X-ray diffusion. The nanosized CdS displayed the
    expected blue shift of the onset absorbance in the UV spectrum. The
    amount of blue shift depends upon the dipping time of the PEO-cadmium
    complex film in a sodium sulfide solution as well as its concentration.
    The most effective means for adjusting the size of CdS nanocrystals is
    to change the ratio of the oxygen along with the PEO chain to the
    cadmium ion in the complex film. The alkali salt in the film would
    contribute to the conductivity of the composite film. (C) 2002 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DEAN JA, 1973, LANGES HDB CHEM
    HUANG JM, 1996, POLYM BULL, V36, P337
    LI H, 1994, PRACTICAL ANAL XRAY
    LIU Y, 1998, POLYM B, P11
    LIU YF, 1997, CHIN L LUMIN, V18, P248
    MIN J, 2001, 2 NAT S PHYS OPT EL
    NAKUTA N, 1985, J PHYS CHEM-US, V89, P48
    PENG X, 1999, CHIN J RARE METALS, V23, P321
    SANG W, 1990, ADV MATER OPT ELECTR, V6, P197
    SANG WB, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, L499
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6927
    WOGGON U, 1997, OPTICAL PROPERTIES S
    YANG Y, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P377
 NR 13
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD MAY 9
 PY 2002
 VL 84
 IS 6
 BP 1263
 EP 1268
 PG 6
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 526ZX
 UT ISI:000174160500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HP
    Mo, YL
 TI Method of wavelet threshold denoising based on Bayesian estimation
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE wavelet transform; Donoho wavelet threshold; Wiener filtering; Bayesian
    estimation
 ID CROSS-VALIDATION; SHRINKAGE
 AB A new image denoising method of wavelet shrinkage threshold based on
    Bayesian estimation was proposed. The coefficients of wavelet transform
    of image were estimated by minimizing Bayes risk in the proposed
    method. The estimation is not only related to the orientation and the
    level of the subband, but also to the wavelet coefficients. The
    experimental results show that the denoising effect of the proposed
    method is better than that of other methods based on wavelet shrinkage.
    Although the denoising effect of this method is worse than one of
    Wiener filters at low peak-signal-noise ratio, it is better than Wiener
    filters at high peak-signal-noise ratio.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, HP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMOVICH F, 1998, J ROY STAT SOC B 4, V60, P725
    CHANG SG, 2000, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V9, P1532
    DONOHO DL, 1994, BIOMETRIKA, V81, P425
    DONOHO DL, 1995, J AM STAT ASSOC, V90, P1200
    NASON GP, 1996, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V58, P463
    OGDEN RT, 1994, THESIS TEXAS A M U
    VIDAKOVIC B, 1998, J AM STAT ASSOC, V93, P173
    WEYRICH N, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7, P82
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 74
 EP 76
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 526AG
 UT ISI:000174105800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Wang, M
    Yu, NW
 TI Mass transfer characteristics between molten steel and particles in
    RH-PTB refining
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 AB The mass transfer characteristics between powder particles and liquid
    steel in RH-PTB (powder top blowing) refining have been investigated on
    a 5 scale water model of a 90 t RH degasser. Sodium chloride powder of
    analytical purity has been used as the flux for blowing, and the mass
    transfer coefficient of solute (NaCl) in the liquid has been determined
    under the conditions of the RH-PTB process. The influence of the main
    technological and structural parameters on the mass transfer rate has
    been examined. The results have shown that, under the conditions of the
    present work, the mass transfer coefficient in the liquid increases
    with increasing lifting gas flowrate, with increasing inner diameter of
    the upsnorkel, with increasing circulation rate of the liquid, and with
    increasing particle size of powdered flux. On the other hand, mass
    transfer in the liquid decreases with an increase in the inner diameter
    of the downsnorkel. Its value is in the range (1.36-7.30) x 10(-4) m
    s(-1). The following dimensionless relationships, correspondingly, have
    been obtained for the mass transfer coefficient in the range:
    Sh = 2 + 0.073Re(s)(0.777) Sc-1/3
    Sh = 2 + 0.073(epsilon(1s)D(p)(4)/v(t)(3))(0.259) Sc-1/3
    When the mass transfer is treated as that between rigid bubbles and
    molten steel, it may be characterised by
    Sh = 2 + 0.026((ResSc0.339)-Sc-0.48(g(1/3)d(p)/D-p(2/3))(0.072)](1.455).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Steel Grp Corp, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1983, P INT INJ MET SCANIN
    BENNETT CO, 1974, MOMENTRUM HEAT MASS, P788
    DAVIES JY, 1972, TURBULENCE PHENOMENA, P148
    EBIHARA A, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1237
    ENDOH K, 1989, SADA TETSU TOGISATA, P20
    ENDOH K, 1990, NIPP STEEL TECH REP, P45
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P115
    HALL RJ, 1990, ISS STEELM C P, P69
    HATAKEYAMA T, 1989, IRON STEELMAKER, V15, P23
    HUGHMARK GA, 1967, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V6, P218
    KAORU S, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P297
    LAMPPLE CE, 1950, CHEM ENG HDB, P1018
    MAYA K, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P276
    MYRAYAMA N, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V3, P151
    OKADA Y, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1238
    OKADA Y, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, T9
    OKANO H, 1997, ISS STEELM C P
    SANO Y, 1974, J CHEM ENG JAPAN, V7, P255
    SZEKELY J, 1979, FLUID FLOW PHENOMENA, P261
    UEHARAL H, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1240
    WANG Z, 1979, CHEM ENG DICT, P612
    WEAST RC, 1979, HDB CHEM PHYSICS, F58
    YAO Y, HDB PHYSICAL CHEM, P407
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    ZHANG Z, 1988, FUNDAMENTALS POWDER, P52
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2001
 VL 28
 IS 6
 BP 455
 EP 464
 PG 10
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 526BW
 UT ISI:000174109400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, DZ
    Kang, Q
    Zhang, XL
    Li, WP
    Liu, ZC
 TI An electrode-separated piezoelectric sensor as a surface monitoring
    technique for anionic surfactant adsorption on quartz surface
 SO MIKROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE surfactant; adsorption; quartz; piezoelectric; surfactant
 ID SELF-ASSEMBLED MONOLAYERS; CRYSTAL MICROBALANCE; NEUTRON REFLECTIVITY;
    NONIONIC SURFACTANTS; BEHAVIOR; SILICON; INTERFACE; LAYER; GOLD
 AB In the configuration of an electrode-separated piezoelectric sensor
    (ESPS), the quartz crystal surface is in a direct contact with the
    liquid phase. With the pre-adsorption of Ca2+ as the ionic bridge,
    anionic surfactant can adsorb on the negatively charged quartz surface
    (pH > 2.0). The adsorption process of sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate
    (SDBS) was monitored in real time with the ESPS method. It was shown
    that the adsorption of SDBS on quartz surface by Ca2+ inducement was
    reversible with respective to the dilution of solution phase. The
    adsorption behavior can be analyzed using Langmuir model. The
    adsorption and desorption rate constants were estimated to be k(a)=
    (108.4 +/- 6.4) mol(-1)Ls(-1) and k(d) = (2.57 +/- 0.32) x 10(-3)
    s(-1), respectively. The observed adsorption densities in the ESPS
    method were significantly greater than the true ones. The influence on
    surface roughness of the quartz disc on adsorption densities should be
    corrected by adding a calibration coefficient in the Sauerbrey
    equation. The saturation adsorption density is 0.223 mug/cm(2) for SDBS
    on quartz surface. Double layer occurs for the adsorption of SDBS on
    quartz surface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, DZ, Shandong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan 250100, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALLANTINE DS, 1997, ACOUSTIC WAVE SENSOR
    BUTTRY DA, 1992, CHEM REV, V92, P1355
    CARUSO F, 1995, LANGMUIR, V11, P1546
    CHERNYSHOVA IV, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P8071
    DOBIAS B, 1993, COAGULATION FLOCCULA
    FRAGNETO G, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P531
    FRAGNETO G, 1996, LANGMUIR, V12, P477
    FUERSTENAU DW, 1956, J PHYS CHEM-US, V60, P981
    HARWIGSSON I, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V183, P380
    KRAUSE C, 1996, LANGMUIR, V12, P6059
    MANNE S, 1994, LANGMUIR, V10, P4409
    MEADER AL, 1953, J COLL SCI, V8, P170
    NAGASHIMA K, 1999, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V214, P8
    NOMURA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V243, P273
    OKAHATA Y, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P203
    PENFOLD J, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P8879
    SAUERBREY G, 1959, Z PHYS, V155, P206
    SHARMA R, 1995, SURFACTANT ADSORPTIO
    SHEN DZ, 1997, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V428, P105
    SHEN DZ, 1998, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V361, P424
    SHEN DZ, 1998, MICROCHEM J, V60, P1
    SHEN DZ, 1998, MIKROCHIM ACTA, V128, P229
    TAHANI A, 1999, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V216, P242
    THIBAUT A, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P9192
    TIBERG F, 1994, LANGMUIR, V10, P2294
    YAO SZ, 1997, PIEZOELECTRIC CHEM B
    YEZEK L, 2000, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V225, P227
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0026-3672
 J9 MIKROCHIM ACTA
 JI Mikrochim. Acta
 PY 2002
 VL 138
 IS 1-2
 BP 89
 EP 93
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 523CR
 UT ISI:000173934700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
    Deng, SF
 TI The novel multi-soliton solutions of the MKdV-Sine Gordon equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE MKdV-Sine Gordon equation; Hirota method; novel multi-soliton solution
 ID COLLISIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 2000, NOVEL MULTISOLITON S
    CHEN DY, 2001, SOLITON SOLUTIONS WR
    GU CH, 1986, LETT MATH PHYS, V11, P31
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V33, P1459
    HIROTA R, 1973, J MATH PHYS, V14, P805
    KONNO K, 1974, J PHYS SOC JPN, V37, P171
 NR 7
 TC 17
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 2
 BP 658
 EP 659
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 523ZF
 UT ISI:000173986900052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Wang, XW
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Preparation and microwave dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O-3 ceramics by citrate-gel processing route
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE-MATERIALS IN ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 AB A synthetic procedure has been developed for the
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O-3 (PCFN) system in terms of liquid-mixed
    citrate precursor. The stability of the citrate gels against phase
    separation is investigated as a function of the pH value and the
    citrate/metal ratio in the initial solution. The elaboration process is
    described in detail. A single-phase PCFN powder with a particle size of
    30-50 nm can be synthesized at the low temperature of 850 degreesC
    using the citrate-gel processing route, which is 200 degreesC lower
    than that for the conventional process. Sintering properties and
    microwave dielectric properties of specimens derived from the
    citrate-gel process were also studied in this paper. A dense compound
    with a bulk density up to 6.20 g cm(-3) could be obtained when the
    specimens are sintered at 1000 degreesC/4 h. The dense single-phase
    PCFN ceramics were found to have microwave dielectric properties of
    epsilon(gamma) = 86.2, Q . f = 3450 GHz and tau(f) = 4 ppm
    C-degrees(-1). (C) 2002 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChenZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KAKIHANA M, 1996, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V6, P7
    KAREN P, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P547
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    NAKANO M, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4314
    ONODA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21
    ZHOU BQ, 1980, CHEM REAGENTS, P123
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0957-4522
 J9 J MATER SCI-MATER ELECTRON
 JI J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 125
 EP 129
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 524GG
 UT ISI:000174004400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Ceh, GR
 TI Bifurcation from an equilibrium of the steady state
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation in two spatial dimensions
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 ID NON-LINEAR ANALYSIS; HYDRODYNAMIC INSTABILITY; LAMINAR FLAMES;
    PROPAGATION
 AB The paper deals with the steady state bifurcations of the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky (K-S) equation in two spatial dimensions with zero
    mean and periodic boundary value conditions. Applying the perturbation
    method, asymptotic expressions of the steady state solution branches
    that have bifurcated from the equilibrium are obtained. Furthermore,
    stability of the bifurcated solution branches is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMDJADI F, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V131, P181
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P150
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFF EQS, V73, P93
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1988, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V2
    KURAMOTO Y, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P687
    KURAMOTO Y, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS, V55, P356
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P95
    LI CP, 1998, APPL MATH JCU B, V13, P263
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P2493
    MICHELSON DM, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1207
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    ROST M, 1995, PHYSICA D, V88, P1
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    YANG ZH, 2000, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 103
 EP 114
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 522NR
 UT ISI:000173903900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, X
    Cao, ZY
 TI Linear and nonlinear aerodynamic theory of interaction between flexible
    long structure and wind
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear aerodynamic forces; coupled interaction; flutter derivatives
 ID BRIDGES; FLOW
 AB In light of the characteristics of the interactions between flexible
    structure and wind in three directions, and based on the rational
    mechanical section-model of structure, a new aerodynamic force model is
    accepted, i.e, the coefficients of three component forces are the
    functions of the instantaneous attack angle and rotational speed C-t =
    C-t (beta(t), 0). (i = D, L, M). So, a new method to formulate the
    linear and nonlinear aerodynamic items of wind and structure
    interacting has been put forward in accordance with "strip theory" and
    modified "quasi-static theory", and then the linear and nonlinear
    coupled theory of super-slender structure for civil engineering
    analyzing are converged in one model, For the linear aerodynamic-force
    parts, the semi-analytical expressions of the items so-called "flutter
    derivatives" corresponding to the one in the classic equations have
    been given here, and so have the nonlinear parts. The study of the
    stability of nonlinear aerodynamic-coupled torsional vibration of the
    old Tacoma bridge shows that the form and results of the nonlinear
    control equation in rotational direction are in agreement with that of
    V. F. Bohm's.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech & Tech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOHM VF, 1967, STAHLBAU, V7, P207
    BORRI C, 1995, 9 INT C WIND ENG NEW, P839
    BRITO JLV, 1995, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V57, P81
    DAVENPORT AG, 1962, P I CIVIL ENG, V23, P389
    DIANA G, 1995, 9 INT C WIND ENG NEW, P938
    FALCO M, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V41, P1321
    LIN YK, 1979, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V105, P921
    LIN YK, 1980, J STRUCTURAL MECHANI, V8, P1
    NOVAK M, 1968, BLWT368 U W ONT
    PARKINSON GV, 1961, J APPL MECH, V83, P250
    PICCARDO G, 1993, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V48, P241
    SARKAR PP, 1994, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V120, P1718
    SCANLAN RH, 1971, J ENGINEERING MECHAN, V97, P1717
    SCANLAN RH, 1978, J SOUND VIB, V60, P187
    SCANLAN RH, 1978, J SOUND VIB, V60, P201
    SCANLAN RH, 1987, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V113, P555
    SCANLAN RH, 1997, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V69, P829
    SOLARI G, 1994, GUST EXCITED VIBRATI
    STEINMANN DG, 1954, ACIER STEEL STAHL, V19, P495
    STROMMEN E, 1995, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V56, P267
    XU X, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P396
    XU X, 1999, J NONLINEAR DYNAMICS, V6, P228
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 12
 BP 1446
 EP 1457
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 523WW
 UT ISI:000173981400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, W
    Wu, Y
    Shen, J
 TI Corrosion resistance of 316L stainless steel cladded on plain carbon
    steel by powder metallurgy
 SO POWDER METALLURGY
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB A sandwich Structure with 316L stainless steel cladding on plain carbon
    steel was prepared by means of powder metallurgy processing. The
    corrosion performances of the cladding samples were studied by long
    term immersion tests and potentiodynamic anodic polarisation tests in
    sulphuric acid and ferric chloride solutions. The 316L surface layer,
    greater than or equal to 1.0 mm deep produced by PM cladding improves
    corrosion resistance in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions, although it is
    slightly lower than that of PM 316L bulk material. The PM 316L cladding
    surface layers have a similar anodic polarisation behaviour to the PM
    316L bulk material in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions, but the anodic current
    density of the PM bulk sample is much smaller than that of the cladding
    samples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, W, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DEDAMBORENA J, 1989, SURFACE ENG, V5, P235
    LABARBERA A, 1991, SURF COAT TECH, V46, P317
    LUMSDEN JB, 1982, CORROSION METALS PRO, P130
    MATHIESEN T, 1994, P INT POWD MET C EXH, V3, P2089
    MCCAFFERTY E, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P1090
    OTERO E, 1995, MATER CHARACT, V35, P145
    PARVATHAVARTHINI N, 1992, MATER SCI TECH SER, V8, P1070
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0032-5899
 J9 POWDER MET
 JI Powder Metall.
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 309
 EP 312
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 520JV
 UT ISI:000173779500024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Mathematical Modeling of the argon-oxygen decarburization refining
    process of stainless steel: Part I. Mathematical model of the process
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Some available mathematical models for the argon-oxygen decarburization
    (AOD) stainless steel-making process have been reviewed. The actual
    situations of the AOD process, including the competitive oxidation of
    the elements dissolved in the molten steel and the changes in the bath
    composition, as well as the nonisothermal nature of the process, have
    been analyzed. A new mathematical model for the AOD refining process of
    stainless steel has been proposed and developed. The model is based on
    the assumption that the blown oxygen oxidizes C, Cr, Si, and Mn in the
    steel and Fe as a matrix, but the FeO formed is also an oxidant of C,
    Cr, Si, and Mn in the steel. All the possible oxidation-reduction
    reactions take place simultaneously and reach a combined equilibrium in
    competition at the liquid/bubble interfaces. It is also assumed that at
    high carbon levels, the oxidation rates of elements are primarily
    related to the supplied oxygen rate, and at low carbon levels, the rate
    of decarburization is mainly determined by the mass transfer of carbon
    from the molten steel bulk to the reaction interfaces. It is further
    assumed that the nonreacting oxygen blown into the bath does not
    accumulate in the liquid steel and will escape from the bath into the
    exhaust gas. The model performs the rate calculations of the refining
    process and the mass and heat balances of the system. Also, the effects
    of the operating factors, including adding the slag materials, crop
    ends, and scrap, and alloy agents; the nonisothermal conditions; the
    changes in the amounts of metal and slag during the refining; and other
    factors have all been taken into account.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Wensi Software Ltd Co, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1974, METALL T, V5, P651
    BAIRD MHI, 1962, CHEM ENG SCI, V17, P87
    BURTSEV VT, 1974, DEOXIDATION POWER CA, P3
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, P383
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, CH1
    CHIPMAN J, 1964, BASIC OPEN HEARTH ST, P531
    DAVIES RM, 1950, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V200, P375
    DIAZ MC, 1997, ISIJ INT, V37, P1
    FINE HA, 1979, HDB MAT ENERGY BALAN, P106
    FRUEHAN RJ, 1976, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V3, P153
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    GORNERUP M, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P58
    LANKFORD WT, 1985, MAKING SHAPING TREAT, P368
    LEWIS DA, 1998, P ANN CONV 1998 AISE
    MITCHELL A, 1982, I SM, P37
    OHNO T, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P2094
    RAY WH, 1971, PROCESS OPTIMIZATION, P310
    REICHEL J, 1995, IRON STEELMAKER, P41
    ROY TD, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P198
    ROY TD, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P207
    SIGWORTH GK, 1974, MET SCI, V8, P298
    SZEKELY J, 1974, METALL T, V5, P1573
    TOHGE T, 1984, P 4 PROC TECHN C IR, P129
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P14
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P359
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P5
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1983, PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROP, P422
    WEH CH, 1982, P 3 PROC TECHN C MAR, V3, P232
    WEI JH, 1986, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V2, P11
    WEI JH, 1987, ACTA METALL SIN, V23, B126
    WEI JH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 111
 EP 119
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 520HW
 UT ISI:000173776500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Mathematical Modeling of the argon-oxygen decarburization refining
    process of stainless steel: Part II. Application of the model to
    industrial practice
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The mathematical model proposed and presented in Part I of the present
    work has been used to deal with and analyze the austenitic stainless
    steel making (including ultralow-carbon steel) and has been tested on
    data of 32 heats obtained in producing 18Cr9Ni-grade steel in an 18-t
    argon-oxygen decarburization (AOD) vessel. The results indicated that
    the carbon concentrations and bath temperatures at the endpoints of
    blowing periods, calculated by the model, are in excellent agreement
    with the determined data, and the Cr content after the
    predeoxidization, obtained from the model predictions, also agrees very
    well with the observed value. The Gibbs free energies of the oxidation
    reactions of elements can be used to characterize fully the competitive
    oxidation among the elements during the refining process and to
    determine reasonably the corresponding distribution ratios of oxygen.
    The critical carbon concentration of decarburization (after which the
    decarburization changes to become controlled by the mass transfer of
    carbon in molten steel) for the AOD refining process of austenitic
    stainless steel in an 18-t AOD vessel is in the range of 0.25 to 0.40
    mass pet. The model can provide some very useful information and a
    reliable basis for optimization of the technology of the AOD refining
    process of stainless steel and control of the process in real time and
    online.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Wensi Software Ltd Co, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BREUER G, 1968, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V39, P553
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    KOCH K, 1976, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V47, P583
    NOMURA H, 1973, T ISIJ, V13, P325
    OETERS F, 1994, METALLURGH STEELMAKI, CH8
    REICHEL J, 1995, IRON STEELMAKER, P41
    WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
    WEI JH, 2002, METALL MATER TRANS B, V33, P111
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 127
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 520HW
 UT ISI:000173776500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Hou, HY
    Wu, YQ
    Chen, H
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature-dependent Raman spectra and microstructure of barium
    metaborate crystals and its melts
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BETA-BAB2O4; GENERATION; BORATE
 AB We have measured the Raman spectra of beta- and alpha-barium metaborate
    in crystal and liquid states from room temperature to 1873 K, with a
    semiconductor laser as the laser source, coupled with a time-resolved
    detection system to eliminate the dense thermal emission background
    when temperature was considerably high. Temperature-dependent Raman
    spectra can clearly indicate that the phase transformation from beta-
    to alpha-barium metaborate has been completed during 1273 - 1300 K.
    Variations of different kinds of microstructure units with temperature
    are identified and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN C, 1984, 13 IQEC
    CHEN C, 1984, SCI SIN B, V7, P598
    CHEN C, 1985, SCI SIN B, V28, P235
    EDELSTEIN DC, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V52, P2211
    EIMERL D, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P1968
    HUANG ZQ, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P559
    HUBNER KH, 1969, JB NEUES MONATSH, P335
    HUDSON B, 1986, SPECTROSCOPY, V1, P22
    IMAI S, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P1206
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    KAMITSOS EI, 1989, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V30, P19
    KATO K, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P1013
    LIEBERTZ J, 1983, Z KRISTALLOGR, V165, P91
    MIGHELL AD, 1966, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V20, P819
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    TANG DY, 2000, CHIN J STRUCT CHEM, V19, P112
    VORONKO YK, 1988, ROST KRIST, V16, P178
    VORONKO YK, 1992, NEORGANICHESKIE MAT, V28, P1699
    VORONKO YK, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1579
    WANG YF, 1998, J TIANJIN NORMAL U, V18, P12
    WEN Q, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P694
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 205
 EP 207
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 521HK
 UT ISI:000173834400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Li, JQ
    Chen, H
    Li, XG
    Cheng, GS
 TI Positron study of microstructure and phase transition in the Fe-doped
    YBa2Cu3-xFexOy system
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ANNIHILATION; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; YBA2(CU1-XFEX)3O7-Y; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    DENSITY; NI
 AB A series of YBa2Cu3-xFexOy (x = 0-0.50) samples has been studied by
    means of positron annihilation technology, scan electron microscope and
    x-ray diffraction. The oxygen contents of the samples have been
    measured using a volumetric method. The positron short-lifetime
    component tau(1) decreases abruptly between x = 0.12 and 0.15 where the
    compound undergoes an O-T phase transition and the tweed microstructure
    disappears. We proposed a simple model to describe the dependency of
    tau(1) on oxygen vacancy and twin (and tweed) boundary densities. The
    experimental results can be satisfactorily explained using this model.
    The positron lifetime tau(1) depends not only on the oxygen vacancy
    density, but also on the twin and tweed densities. Therefore, the
    positron can be used as a sensitive probe for the O-T phase transition
    in this system. In addition, analysis of the experimental results also
    gives certain indication for Fe clustering when x greater than or equal
    to 0.20.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Henan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    GASUMYANTS VE, 1992, SFKHT, V5, P674
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1983, POSITRONS SOLID, P255
    HIROI Z, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L580
    ISHIBASHI S, 1990, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V2, P3691
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    KATSUYAMA S, 1989, PHYSICA C, V165, P405
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    PUSKA MJ, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P841
    RISTO Z, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1577
    SEEGER A, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P248
    SMEDSKJAER LC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2330
    SYDOW JP, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3512
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WESTERHOLT K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11680
    XU YW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P6667
    ZHANG H, 1990, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V121, K207
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V236, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
 NR 24
 TC 10
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 5
 AR 054513
 DI ARTN 054513
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 518BQ
 UT ISI:000173647000086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Lin, GW
    Zhang, JL
    Zhou, ZQ
 TI The maximum solid solubility of the transition metals in palladium
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE palladium alloys; solid solubility; electronegativity difference;
    atomic size parameters; covalent electron
 AB The maximum solid solubility limit (C-max) of transition metals
    dissolved in palladium can be described as an equation in
    semi-empirical theories with parameters such as electronegativity
    difference, atomic diameter and covalent electrons. It has been found
    that the electronegativity difference and the covalent electron number
    mainly affected the C-max of transition metals in palladium. The atomic
    size parameter had the smallest effect on the C-max. (C) 2002
    International Association for Hydrogen Energy. Published by Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENNETT LH, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P1
    BENNETT LH, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P390
    DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P74
    MASSALSKI TB, 1986, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P344
    XIAO JM, 1985, ENERGETICS ALLOYS, P296
    ZHOU ZQ, 1997, P 97 MAT S CHIN SPON, P37
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 329
 EP 332
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 518PA
 UT ISI:000173676000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
    Biswal, MP
    Gao, F
 TI Convexification, concavification and monotonization in global
    optimization
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE global optimization; monotonic function; convexification;
    concavification; monotonization; concave minimization; DC programming
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION; NONINFERIOR FRONTIER
 AB We show in this paper that via certain convexification, concavification
    and monotonization schemes a nonconvex optimization problem over a
    simplex can be always converted into an equivalent better-structured
    nonconvex optimization problem, e.g., a concave optimization problem or
    a D.C. programming problem, thus facilitating the search of a global
    optimum by using the existing methods in concave minimization and D.C.
    programming. We first prove that a monotone optimization problem (with
    a monotone objective function and monotone constraints) can be
    transformed into a concave minimization problem over a convex set or a
    D.C. programming problem via pth. power transformation. We then prove
    that a class of nonconvex minimization problems can be always reduced
    to a monotone optimization problem, thus a concave minimization problem
    or a D.C. programming problem.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Indian Inst Technol, Dept Math, Kharagpur 721302, W Bengal, India.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1984, EUR J OPER RES, V15, P382
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    HORST R, 1996, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1, P631
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V88, P177
    LI D, 1998, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V99, P183
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    RAO SS, 1996, ENG OPTIMIZATION THE
    RUBIN GM, 1999, MOL BIOL CELL, V10, P1
    TUY H, 1994, HDB GLOBAL OPTIMIZAT, P149
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 2001
 VL 105
 BP 213
 EP 226
 PG 14
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 518UH
 UT ISI:000173685900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, H
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Effects of a static magnetic field on solidification structure of MnBi
    phase in semi-solidified Bi-Mn alloy
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; MnBi; semi-solidification; alignment;
    magnetic property
 AB Influences of a static magnetic field (0-1.0 T) on the solidification
    structure and magnetic property of the semi-solidified Bi-3%Mn and
    Bi-6%Mn alloys have been investigated. In the present of the magnetic
    field, the alloys were maintained at semi-solid state for a certain
    time and then solidified. It was shown that alignment and preferential
    growth of MnBi crystals along the applied field occurred. The alignment
    degree of MnBi was increased with the increase of the applied field,
    and the mean length of elongated MnBi crystals was increased with the
    increase of the applied field and the prolongation of solidification
    time. Moreover, the remained magnetic flux intensity along the aligned
    direction of Bi-Mn alloys in the case with a magnetic field was found
    to be strongly anisotropic and nearly double of that without magnetic
    field. A model was proposed to explain the alignment and preferential
    growth of ferromagnetic MnBi crystals in a magnetic field in terms of
    the magnetic anisotropism and the interaction between the crystals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    FENG D, 1998, PHYSICS METAL, V4, P460
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    SAVITSKY EM, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P519
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYSICS MAGNETISM, P8
    WANG H, 2000, CHIN SCI ABSTR, V6, P240
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P119
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P136
    YASUDA H, 2000, 3 INT S EL PROC MAT, P647
 NR 15
 TC 13
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN 18
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 1
 BP 41
 EP 46
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 519TZ
 UT ISI:000173742700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CG
    Bai, YJ
 TI Investigation on the surface coating of grinding balls
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE coating; ball grinding; plastic deformation
 AB The surface coating of grinding balls was investigated experimentally.
    The results show that a coating may form on the surface of grinding
    balls when Cr or Al powders are subjected to ball grinding. The plastic
    deformation of the ball surface plays an important role during the
    coating formation, and the strong binding force between the powders and
    the balls is a necessary pre-condition. The thickness of coating
    increases with the plasticity of the powders and the balls. Annealing
    the balls with coating will result in an obvious diffusion of the
    elements in the bonding zone of interface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, CG, Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1977, MET T A, V8, P1301
    GREGORY JK, 1985, METALL TRANS A, V16, P777
    HASHIMOTO H, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P40
    HUANG JY, 1994, J MATER SCI LETT, V13, P1201
    KOBAYASHI K, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P134
    QI BS, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V12, P607
    SUNDARESAN R, 1987, J MET, V39, P22
    WHITTENBERGER DL, 1981, METALL T A, V12, P845
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 259
 EP 264
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 516XM
 UT ISI:000173582100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, G
    Gan, F
    Wang, J
    Yang, L
    Wang, G
    Xu, Z
 TI Spectroscopic investigations of a novel push-pull azo compound embedded
    in rigid polymer
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE organic compounds; thin films; optical properties
 ID REFRACTIVE-INDEX CHANGE; DOPED LIQUID-CRYSTALS; 2ND-HARMONIC
    GENERATION; FILMS; DYE; PHOTOISOMERIZATION; POLARIZATION
 AB A new heterocyclic push-pull azo compound-in-poly(methymethacrylate)
    (PMMA) film has been made by means of the spin-coating method. The
    spectroscopic properties of the films have been investigated with the
    steady-state absorption spectra, and steady-state fluorescence and
    femtosecond time-resolved fluorescence spectra in the first time, which
    is an important characteristic for the application of the film. The
    excited singlet (S-1) state lifetimes for trans and cis isomers of the
    film at room temperature have been measured. The excited triplet (T-1)
    state lifetime of cis isomer of the film has been obtained. The
    electronic structure of the film has been explained. The results show
    that the aggregate state of the azo molecules greatly influences its
    absorption spectra. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, High Intens Light Opt Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI H, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P168
    BACH H, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4135
    BING X, 1996, ACTA OPT SINICA, V16, P1023
    CHEN AG, 1992, OPT LETT, V17, P441
    COUTURE JJA, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P2858
    EGAMI C, 1997, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V64, P471
    FULONG T, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5884
    GUANGBIN W, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3562, P51
    HEQING Y, 1990, NORMAL U, V2, P45
    IKEDA T, 1993, NATURE, V361, P428
    JIANG SD, 1994, OPT COMMUN, V106, P173
    KIPPELEN B, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P68
    LEE GJ, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P138
    LEE M, 1986, J CHEM PHYS, V85, P4341
    LEGGE CH, 1992, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V25, P492
    MALKIN S, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2482
    MEERHOLZ K, 1994, NATURE, V371, P497
    MOHAJERANI E, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V92, P403
    MORTAZAVI MA, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P733
    PHAM VP, 1995, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V60, P239
    SEKKAT Z, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P1543
    SHI YQ, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1131
    TOMOV IV, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P36
    TOMOV IV, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1477
    WEISS V, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1089
    ZHIZHAN X, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P460
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0022-3697
 J9 J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS
 JI J. Phys. Chem. Solids
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 63
 IS 3
 BP 501
 EP 506
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 516DA
 UT ISI:000173535500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YZ
    Yuan, YC
    Chan, ZH
 TI On the combustion mechanism and development of the distillers'
    grain-fired boiler
 SO APPLIED THERMAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE the distillers' grain-fired boiler; combustion mechanism; wastes
 AB The utilization of wastes for energy purposes can solve the problems of
    energy shortage and environmental protection simultaneously. On the
    basis of the studies on the combustion mechanism of the distillers'
    grains, a kind of the distillers' grain-fired boiler is designed and
    its design features are described in this paper. The operation of this
    boiler shows that its performance has achieved the desired results of
    energy-saving, environmental protection and comprehensive utilization
    of ash. Besides, the distillers' grain-fired boiler is also suitable
    for other biomass fuels. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BHATTACHARYA SC, 1987, ENERGY RES, V11, P429
    CHENG GY, 1998, J COMBUSTION SCI TEC, V4, P193
    LI P, 2000, IND BOILERS, V1, P31
    LIU H, 1995, ENERGY SAVING TECHNO, V3, P10
    LIU YQ, 1999, IND BOILERS, P2
    ZHAI XM, 2000, IND BOILERS, V2, P9
    ZHANG JJ, 1999, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V15, P15
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1359-4311
 J9 APPL THERM ENG
 JI Appl. Therm. Eng.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Energy & Fuels; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 517XP
 UT ISI:000173636000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI Chaos in perturbed planar non-Hamiltonian integrable systems with
    slowly-varying angle parameters
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Melnikov method; perturbed integrable system; transversely homoclinic;
    chaos
 AB The Melnikov method was extended to perturbed planar non-Hamiltonian
    integrable systems with slowly-varying angle parameters. Based on the
    analysis of the geometric structure of unperturbed systems, the
    condition of transversely homoclinic intersection was established. The
    generalized Melnikov function of the perturbed system was presented by
    applying the theorem on the differentiability of ordinary differential
    equation solutions with respect to parameters. Chaos may occur in the
    system if the generalized Melnikov function has simple zeros.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, 1991, NATURE J, V14, P619
    CHEN LQ, 1996, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V30, P28
    HALE J, 1980, ORDINARY DIFFERENTIA
    HOLMES PJ, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V38, P65
    HOLMES PJ, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V40, P167
    JIANG JF, 1987, MATH APPL SINICA, V10, P504
    LIU ZR, 1987, MODERN MATH MECH, P269
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATIONS
    WIGGINS S, 1994, NORMALLY HYPERBOLIC
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 1301
 EP 1305
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 516EB
 UT ISI:000173538000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, SN
    Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev spectral-finite element method for two-dimensional unsteady
    Navier-Stokes equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; Chebyshev spectral-finite element method
 AB A mixed Chebyshev spectral-finite element method is proposed for
    solving two-dimensional unsteady Navier-Stokes equation. The
    generalized stability and convergence axe proved. The numerical results
    show the advantages of this method.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Aircraft Coll China, Dept Foundamentary Sci, Tianjin 300300, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    GUO BY, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1169
    GUO BY, 1996, APPL MATH JCU B, V11, P377
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES LIMITES NO, V1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 78
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 515EZ
 UT ISI:000173483600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Shao, J
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation of fast Li+ conduction in fluoroborate
    glasses
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; fluoroborate glass; fast ion conductor;
    conductivity; non-crystal material
 AB The conductivities in Fluoroborate glasses were calculated by molecular
    dynamics simulation method at near and higher than glass transition
    temperatures. There are seven simulated systems which coverd almost all
    glass formation area in Li2O-LiF-B2O3 system. The limited
    conductivities and their change with temperature, activition energy of
    MD simulation are well in agreement with experimental data.
    Some early researches showed that in fast conducting solid electrolytes
    one of their typical characteristics is that only one kind of carrier
    ion migrates. It was shown that in our simulation the contribution to
    electrical conductivity from F ion must be taken into account. Using
    activation energy data, the relative conductivites among those
    simulated systems and experimental systems can be explained perfectly.
 C1 Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDO H, 1994, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V27, P265
    ANGELL CA, 1989, REV SOLID STATE SCI, V3, P465
    ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    BUSING WR, 1972, J CHEM PHYS, V57, P3008
    MARCH NH, 1985, AMORPHOUS SOLID LIQU
    SHAO J, 1990, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V39, P245
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SMEDLEY SI, 1987, MAT RES B, V15, P421
    VIDEA M, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P4185
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
    XU H, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V35, P1065
    XU H, 2000, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V16, P512
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 10
 EP 13
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 513FU
 UT ISI:000173367900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
    He, ZJ
 TI Gluonic contributions in a four-fermion interaction model
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW C
 DT Article
 ID JONA-LASINIO MODEL; ADDITIONAL 4-FERMION INTERACTION; CHIRAL-SYMMETRY
    BREAKING; GAUGED NJL MODEL; QUARK CONDENSATE; THERMODYNAMICS; SYSTEM
 AB The gap equation for the fermion in nuclear medium is obtained in a
    two-flavor gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasino (NJL) model using the
    Schwinger-Dyson (SD) equations. The gap equation is solved with a
    quenched truncation. Compared to the four-fermion interaction, the
    one-gluon-exchange interaction accounts for considerable contributions
    (about 15-50%) to dynamically generated fermion mass. With
    incorporation of gluonic contributions into a scheme where there is
    only four-fermion interaction, the four-fermion coupling constant is
    made density dependent. Impacts of the density-dependent four-fermion
    (DDFF) coupling constants on quantities,, such as the fermion mass and
    the chiral order parameter as well as masses of mesons (sigma, pi), are
    estimated, The DDFF coupling constants lead to less density dependence
    of hadron masses and the larger critical density of chiral symmetry
    restoration than those from the pure four-fermion interaction, The
    calculated quantities are somehow dependent on the confinement scale
    Lambda(QCD). However, the range of Lambda(QCD) in the present
    parametrization can be determined by the saturation property of the
    gluonic contribution in the medium and it turns out quite small.
 C1 Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Ctr Theoret Nucl Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, WZ, Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Ctr Theoret Nucl Phys,
    Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR ALKOFER R, 1996, PHYS REP, V265, P139
    APPELQUIST T, 1988, P 12 J HOPK WORKSH C
    BARDEEN WA, 1989, NUCL PHYS B, V323, P493
    BARDEEN WA, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P1647
    BERNARD V, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P818
    BERNARD V, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V489, P647
    BIJNENS J, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V273, P483
    BIJNENS J, 1996, PHYS REP, V265, P369
    CHRISTOV CV, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V510, P689
    CUGNON J, 1996, NUCL PHYS A, V598, P515
    ELIZALDE E, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5551
    GEYER B, 1996, PHYS REV D, V53, P7321
    HARADA M, 1994, PROG THEOR PHYS, V92, P1161
    HATSUDA T, 1994, PHYS REP, V247, P221
    HENLEY EM, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V513, P667
    HIGASHIJIMA K, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P1228
    HINCHLIFFE I, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P77
    KING SF, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V241, P249
    KONDO K, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P2430
    KONDO K, 1993, MOD PHYS LETT A, V8, P2859
    KONDO KI, 1991, MOD PHYS LETT A, V6, P3385
    LEUNG CN, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V273, P649
    LI GQ, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V338, P118
    MARCIANO WJ, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P580
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P129
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P1409
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, PHYS LETT B, V221, P177
    NAMBU Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V122, P345
    REINDERS LJ, 1985, PHYS REP, V127, P1
    ZHUANG P, 1994, NUCL PHYS A, V576, P525
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0556-2813
 J9 PHYS REV C
 JI Phys. Rev. C
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 1
 AR 015210
 DI ARTN 015210
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Nuclear
 GA 512EK
 UT ISI:000173308000052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ling, LW
    Wu, WB
    Jiang, DL
    Tan, SH
    Huang, ZR
 TI Dispersion and rheology of SiC whisker in mullite slurry
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE mullite; SiC whisker; dispersant; sedimentational volumn
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; COMPOSITES
 AB The character of dispersion of SiC whiskers in mullite slurry was
    studied. The relationship between pH value or/and dispersant and
    dispersion of SiC whisker was discussed via the sedimentation
    experiment and rheology test. The results show that the rheological
    properties of the mullite slurry are affected by the addition of the
    whisker. Well dispersed slurry can be obtained with pH value and
    dispersant content as 11wt% and 5wt%, respectively. The dispersion
    techniques in the study can improve the character of dispersion of SiC
    whisker in mullite slurry, increasing the structure uniformity of the
    slurry.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Ling, LW, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARMOR JN, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P938
    BECHER PF, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P148
    HIRATA Y, 1990, J CERAM SOC JPN, V98, P951
    HIRATA Y, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P640
    HIRATA Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2438
    HOMENY J, 1987, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V66, P333
    LIO S, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1880
    RUH R, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P503
    SAMANTA SC, 1985, CERAM ENG SCI P, V6, P663
    USHIFUSA N, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2443
    WEI GC, 1987, AM CERAM SOC B, V66, P3339
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 1084
 EP 1088
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 512HY
 UT ISI:000173320000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI Globally convergent inexact generalized Newton's methods for nonsmooth
    equations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; inexact generalized Newton's method; global
    convergence; superlinear convergence rate
 AB In this paper, motivated by the Martinez and Qi methods (J. Comput.
    Appl. Math. 60 (1995) 127), we propose one type of globally convergent
    inexact generalized Newton's methods to solve nonsmooth equations in
    which the functions are nondifferentiable, but arc Lipschitz
    continuous. The methods make the norm of the functions decreasing.
    These methods are implementable and globally convergent. We also prove
    that the algorithms have superlinear convergence rates under some mild
    conditions. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Tongji, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Pu, DG, Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Tongji, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARKE FH, 1990, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMBO RS, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P400
    DEMBO RS, 1983, MATH PROGRAM, V26, P190
    EISENSTAT SC, 1994, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V4, P393
    FISCHER A, 1992, OPTIMIZATION, V24, P269
    GOWDA MS, 1998, ALGORIC THEOREMS NON
    GOWDA MS, 1998, CHARACTERIZATIONS P
    MARTINEZ JM, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V60, P127
    PANG JS, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P633
    PU DG, 1998, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V93, P107
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI L, 1996, 965 AMR U NEW S WAL
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2002
 VL 138
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 49
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 511EV
 UT ISI:000173252400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, Q
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
    Chen, YY
 TI Nonlinear interaction between solitons and radiation
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dressing method; soliton-like wave; soliton; radiation
 ID FIBERS
 AB In this paper, the explicit formula of Jost function pairs in the case
    of pure radiation is derived by using the dressing method and, the
    analysis of the interaction between solitons and radiation is made. It
    is found that in the course of transmission, the optical pulse, whose
    amplitude decays according to the law of the negative square root of
    power index along the propagating direction, ultimately evolves into
    the form of soliton-like wave in the absence of radiation. It is
    revealed that the factor gamma plays an important role in the spectrum
    properties for the output of the optical pulse. The dynamical behaviour
    of the evolution of soliton-like waves during the interaction of
    solitons and radiation is also analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALONSO LM, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P1459
    GORDON JP, 1983, OPT LETT, V8, P596
    KUZNETSOV EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P201
    MANAKOV SV, 1973, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V65, P1392
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P229
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P910
    SATSUMA J, 1974, PROGR THEOR PHYS   S, V55, P284
    SEGUR H, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P714
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1971, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V61, P118
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1974, SOV PHYS JETP, V38, P693
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1978, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V74, P1953
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1980, THEORY SOLITONS
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 103
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 512CZ
 UT ISI:000173304700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Chen, ZP
    Li, PL
    Cao, SX
 TI Positron annihilation in oxygen-deficient YBa2Cu3O7-delta cuprate at 77
    K and 300 K
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; TEMPERATURE; LIFETIME; ELECTRON; IMPURITIES;
    BEHAVIOR; VACANCY; DENSITY
 AB The YBa2Cu3O7-delta cuprate with oxygen-deficiency (delta = 0.06
    similar to 0.68) has been systematically studied by positron lifetime
    experiment at 77 K and 300 K. It is found that there exists an evident
    dependence of positron lifetime parameters on oxygen-deficiency 6 and
    an abrupt change near the orthorhombic-tetragonal phase transition. The
    local electron density n(e) and vacancy concentration C-v are evaluated
    as a function of oxygen deficiency delta. The effect of the mechanism
    of charge transfer on local electronic structure is given in detail.
    The results show the existence of a weak localization of electrons in
    the tetragonal phase. The positron annihilation mechanism and its
    relation to superconductivity are also discussed.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BANERJEE T, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P655
    BARBIELLINI B, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P7810
    BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1203
    BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BOBROFF J, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P4381
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DE UY, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, P314
    GUPTA RP, 1977, PHYS REV LETT, V39, P1212
    HAUTOJARRI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JORGENSEN JD, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P5731
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KWOK WK, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P106
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VEHANEN A, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P762
    ZHANG J, 1994, MOD PHYS LETT B, V8, P1577
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V26, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG QR, 1993, CHIN SCI A, V23, P409
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 26
 BP 1181
 EP 1189
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 507ZK
 UT ISI:000173061400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Newton methods for solving nonsmooth equations via a new subdifferential
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; nonsmooth optimization; Newton methods;
    inexact-Newton methods; semismoothness; composite functions
 AB A new subdifferential for a locally Lipschitzian function is proposed.
    Based on this subdifferential, Newton methods and inexact-Newton
    methods for solving the system of nonsmooth equations and for solving
    the system of equations of smooth compositions of nonsmooth functions,
    are developed. The Q-superlinear convergence of Newton methods and the
    Q-linear convergence of inexact-Newton methods are shown. The present
    Newton methods and inexact-Newton methods could be viewed as the
    extensions of previous ones with same convergent results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN WJ, 1996, SCI CHINA SER A, V39, P528
    CHEN X, 1997, COMPUTING, V58, P281
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1996, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    MENG F, 1998, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V38, P621
    MIFFLIN R, 1977, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V15, P957
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    POTRA FA, 1998, NUMER MATH, V80, P305
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
    SUN DF, 1997, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V7, P463
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1432-2994
 J9 MATH METHODS OPER RES
 JI Math. Method Oper. Res.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 257
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 510DV
 UT ISI:000173194200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SB
    Zhu, YD
    Xing, H
    Zhou, BN
    Yu, ZX
 TI Corrosion resistance of the intermetallic compound, NiAl,in a molten
    carbonate fuel cell environment
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE corrosion resistance; molten carbonate; intermetallic compound NiAl
 ID SURFACE CHARACTERIZATION METHODS; BIPOLAR PLATE MATERIALS; WET-SEAL
    AREA; BEHAVIOR; ALLOYS; NICKEL; OXIDATION; REDUCTION; CHROMIUM; IRON
 AB The corrosion resistance of intermetallic NiAl, superalloy GH217 and an
    18-8 stainless steel in molten carbonates at 923 K was determined by
    weight loss and electrochemical measurements. Morphology and structure
    of the corrosion products were characterized using a combination of
    electron probe and X-ray diffraction (XRD). The corrosion resistance of
    NiAl is the best among the materials investigated. NiAl produces more
    protective corrosion products and forms more complete oxide films on
    the surface than GH217 or 18-8 stainless steel. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ New Brunswick, Dept Chem Engn, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SB, Univ New Brunswick, Dept Chem Engn, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3,
    Canada.
 CR APPLEBY AJ, 1989, FUEL CELL HDB
    BIEDENKOPF P, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P683
    BRUMM MW, 1992, CORROS SCI, V33, P1677
    BRUMM MW, 1994, CORROS SCI, V36, P37
    DONADO RA, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2535
    FUJIMOTO N, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V71, P231
    HSU HS, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P2077
    HWANG ER, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V76, P48
    INGRAM MD, 1965, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V10, P783
    JANZ GJ, 1964, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V9, P1269
    KAWABATA Y, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P324
    NISHINA T, 1990, P ELECTROCHEM SOC, V90, P438
    NISHINA T, 1992, P INT FUEL CELL C NE, P189
    RYBICKI GC, 1989, OXID MET, V32, P431
    SAUTHOFF G, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P855
    SHORES PA, P 3 S MOLT CARB FUEL, P214
    TOMCZYK P, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V353, P177
    UCHIDA I, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V206, P229
    VOSEN JPT, P 3 INT S CELL TECHN, P278
    VOSSEN JPT, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P3040
    VOSSEN JPT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P58
    VOSSEN JPT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P66
    XIE G, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V32, P135
    XING H, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P199
    YUH CY, 1987, CORROSION, V87, P176
    YUH CY, 1988, AICHE J, V34, P1949
    ZHU BH, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P1497
    ZHU BH, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P1515
 NR 28
 TC 3
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2002
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 230
 EP 236
 PG 7
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA 509TX
 UT ISI:000173166700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZN
    Feng, ZZ
 TI Counterexamples against some families of chromatically unique graphs
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE graphs; chromatically unique graphs; chromatic polynomials
 AB In this note, we show that there are some counterexamples against two
    families of chromatically unique graphs H-5(j,k, l) and H-6(p, q) given
    by Koh and Teo ([1],[2]). (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZN, Shanghai Univ, Dept Appl Math, 80 Shanxi Beilu, Shanghai
    200041, Peoples R China.
 CR KOH KM, 1990, GRAPH COMBINATOR, V6, P259
    KOH KM, 1994, DISCRETE MATH, V127, P243
    ZU LN, 1997, DISCRETE MATH, V172, P193
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD JAN 28
 PY 2002
 VL 243
 IS 1-3
 BP 257
 EP 258
 PG 2
 SC Mathematics
 GA 507ZL
 UT ISI:000173061500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI Nonlinear ER effects in an ac applied field
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE electrorheology; dipole approximation; nonlinear polarization;
    multipolar polarizability; multiple images method
 ID INTERPARTICLE FORCE; HYPERSPHERICAL INCLUSIONS; ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL
    FLUIDS; DIELECTRIC FUNCTION; COMPOSITES; O(C(2))
 AB The electric field used in most electrorheological (FR) experiments is
    usually quite high, and nonlinear ER effects have been theoretically
    predicted and experimentally measured recently.
    A direct method of measuring the nonlinear ER effects is to examine the
    frequency dependence of the same effects. For a sinusoidal applied
    field, we calculate the ac response which generally includes higher
    harmonics.
    In is work, we develop a multiple image formula, and calculate the
    total dipole moments of a pair of dielectric spheres, mbedded in a
    nonlinear host. The higher harmonics due to the nonlinearity are
    calculated systematically. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Sha Tin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Sha Tin, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHOY TC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P1973
    CHOY TC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P1993
    FELICI N, 1994, ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL F, P139
    GAO L, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V61, P6011
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    WAN JTK, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS B, V14, P603
    WAN JTK, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P6846
    WAN JTK, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P75
    WAN JTK, 2001, PHYS REV E 1, V63
    WAN JTK, 2001, TECHN P 2001 INT C C, P165
    WAN WMV, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P3946
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    YU KW, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V129, P177
    YU KW, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P78
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2001
 VL 142
 IS 1-3
 BP 457
 EP 463
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 508QD
 UT ISI:000173099200089
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Zhang, C
    Song, Y
    Yang, K
    Fang, G
    Xin, X
 TI Nonlinear refraction and absorption in heterothiometallic planar
    clusters
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS B-LASERS AND OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL LIMITING PROPERTIES; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE
 AB The nonlinear absorption and refraction of the clusters
    [MoS4Cu4Br2(py)(6)] and [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4) (2-pic)(4)] have been
    investigated using the z-scan technique with a ns laser at 532 nm
    wavelength. They have the same planar 'open' structures and the same
    skeleton metal atoms; the only difference is that the former has
    halogen ligands while the latter possesses pseudo-halogen groups - SCN
    - as ligands. Alteration of nonlinear refractive index and enhancement
    of nonlinear absorption were found in these two clusters. A steady
    state model of excited state nonlinear refraction was proposed to
    explain this phenomenon.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Chem, State Key Lab Coordinat Chem, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN ZR, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P8717
    FANG G, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P523
    FANG GY, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P97
    GE P, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P27
    HEFLIN JR, 1996, OPT SOC A, V9, P179
    HOGGARD PE, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2218
    HOU HW, 1996, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V92, P2343
    JI W, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P17297
    LI CF, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1356
    SALANE G, 1995, INORG CHEM, V34, P4785
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P96
    SHI S, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3615
    SHI S, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P1519
    SONG YL, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V168, P131
    SONG YL, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V186, P105
    TUTT L, 1992, NATURE, V356, P255
    ZHANG C, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, V182, P843
    ZHENG HG, 1997, J CHEM SOC DALT 0707, P2357
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0946-2171
 J9 APPL PHYS B-LASERS OPT
 JI Appl. Phys. B-Lasers Opt.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 46
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 509WC
 UT ISI:000173171900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JL
    Li, L
    Yu, SJ
    Song, Y
    Wen, XL
 TI Assessing changes in the mechanical condition of rock masses using
    P-wave computerized tomography
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ROCK MECHANICS AND MINING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Special Min, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Min & Technol, Coll Earth Sci, Xuzhou 221008, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Special Min, Shandong
    271019, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG JL, 1999, J CHINA COAL SOC, V24, P576
    CHENG JL, 2000, ROCKS TEST DETECTION, P91
    GUO WJ, 1998, RECENT STUDY PROGRES, P46
    NOLET G, 1990, SEISMIC TOMOGRAPHY, P69
    WANG YS, 1992, CALCULATION GEOPHYS, V15, P32
    YANG WC, 1993, APPL SEISMIC TOMOGRA, P5
    YANG WC, 1997, THEORY METHODS GEOPH, P134
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1365-1609
 J9 INT J ROCK MECH MINING SCI
 JI Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 7
 BP 1065
 EP 1070
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Geological; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 506PZ
 UT ISI:000172982100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, EX
 TI An extension of the roots separation theorem
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE eigenvalue problem; symmetric tridiagonal matrix; interlace theorem;
    divide-and-conquer method
 ID TRIDIAGONAL EIGENPROBLEM; DIVIDE
 AB Let T-n be an n x n unreduced symmetric tridiagonal matrix with
    eigenvalues lambda (1)<<lambda>(2)<... <lambda (n) and W-k, is an (n-1)
    x (n-1) submatrix by deleting the kth row and the kth column from T-n,
    k = 1, 2,..., n. Let mu (1)less than or equal to mu (2)less than or
    equal to...less than or equal to mu (n-1) be the eigenvalues of W-k. It
    is proved that if W-k has no multiple eigenvalue, then
    lambda (1)<<mu>(1)<<lambda>(2)<<mu>(2)<...<lambda
    (n-1)<<mu>(n-1)<<lambda>(n):
    otherwise if mu (i) = mu (i+1) is a multiple eigenvalue of W-k, then
    the above relationship still holds except that the inequality
    mu (i)<<lambda>(i+1)<<mu>(i+1)
    is replaced by mu (1)=lambda (i+1)=mu (i+1).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, EX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR CUPPEN JJM, 1981, NUMER MATH, V36, P177
    DEMMEL JW, 1997, APPL NUMERICAL LINEA
    GLADWELL GML, 1986, INVERSE PROBLEMS VIB
    GU M, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P172
    HILL RO, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P239
    JIANG EX, 1984, SYMMETRIC MATRIX COM
    PAIGE CC, 1971, THESIS U LONDON
    RALSTON A, 1968, MATH METHODS DIAGONA
    SORENSEN DC, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P1752
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 2001
 VL 103
 BP 315
 EP 327
 PG 13
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 507TN
 UT ISI:000173045500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zheng, XY
    Wu, YZ
    Xu, SH
 TI A blue organic emitting diode from anthracene derivative
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE blue organic emitting diode; anthracene derivative; stability;
    distyrylarylene
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE; LAYER; DOPANT
 AB A blue, organic, light-emitting diode (OLED) has been made from a new
    blue emitting material. The structure of the blue device is indium tin
    oxide (ITO)/CuPc/NPB/JBEM:perylene/Alq/MgAg. Here copper phthalocyanine
    (CuPc) is used as a buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine (NPB) as
    the hole transporting layer, 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl anthracene
    (JBEM) as the blue emitting host, perylene as the blue dopant,
    Tris(8-guinolinolato) aluminium complex (Alq) as the electron
    transporting material, and M-Ag alloy as the cathode. The blue device
    has a maximum luminance of 7526 cd/m(2), and the luminance at a
    cut-rent density of 20 mA/cm(2) is 408 cd/m(2). It has a maximum
    efficiency of 1.45 lm/W., Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage
    (CIE) co-ordinates x = 0.14, y = 0.21, and a half-life of 1035 h at
    initial luminance of 100 cd/m(2). It shows a better stability than the
    blue device from distyrylarylene derivatives as the blue emitting host,
    and also perylene as the dopant with the same structure. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BURROWS PE, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1188
    BURROWS PE, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2493
    CHEN CH, 1998, COORDIN CHEM REV, V171, P161
    CHOONG VE, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P172
    ERA M, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V178, P488
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    HAMADA Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P1812
    HAMADA Y, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1208
    HAMADA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1682
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    JIANG XZ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1813
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MI BX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P4055
    SAKAKIBARA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2587
    SHEN ZL, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P2009
    SHI JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1665
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TAO XT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1655
    YOSHIDA M, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V35, L397
    YU WL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3270
 NR 22
 TC 8
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD DEC 17
 PY 2001
 VL 401
 IS 1-2
 BP 251
 EP 254
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 505EW
 UT ISI:000172900200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
    Tadmor, E
 TI Spectral vanishing viscosity method for nonlinear conservation laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE spectral method; vanishing viscosity; conservation law
 ID APPROXIMATIONS; CONVERGENCE; EDGES
 AB We propose a new spectral viscosity (SV) scheme for the accurate
    solution of nonlinear conservation laws. It is proved that the SV
    solution converges to the unique entropy solution under appropriate
    reasonable conditions. The proposed SV scheme is implemented directly
    on high modes of the computed solution. This should be compared with
    the original nonperiodic SV scheme introduced by Maday, Ould Kaber, and
    Tadmor in [SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 30 (1993), 321-342], where SV is
    activated on the derivative of the SV solution. The new proposed SV
    method could be viewed as a correction of the former, and it offers an
    improvement which is confirmed by our numerical experiments. A
    postprocessing method is implemented to greatly enhance the accuracy of
    the computed SV solution. The numerical results show the efficiency of
    the new method.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Math, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    ANDREASSEN O, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P257
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CHEN GQ, 1990, MSRI0052791
    CHEN GQ, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V61, P629
    GELB A, 1999, APPL COMPUT HARMON A, V7, P101
    GELB A, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P3
    GELB A, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1389
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SCI COMPUTING, V6, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P241
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P644
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    JOSEPH KT, 1999, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V147, P47
    KABER SMO, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V128, P165
    KARAMANOS GS, 2000, J COMPUT PHYS, V163, P22
    LAX PD, 1972, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C, V11
    LIE I, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P121
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P869
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P893
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MAJDA A, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V30, P1041
    SCHOCHET S, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1142
    SHU CW, 1995, J SCI COMPUT, V10, P357
    SMOLLER J, 1983, SHOCK WAVES REACTION
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P891
    TADMOR E, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V60, P245
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1979, RES NOTES MATH, V39, P136
 NR 34
 TC 5
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 4
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 4
 BP 1254
 EP 1268
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 505RB
 UT ISI:000172928400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI Optimal error estimates of the Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin method for the
    Korteweg-de Vries equation
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin; pseudospectral; Korteweg-de Vries equation
 ID PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; DEVRIES EQUATION; DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS;
    STABILITY; 3RD-ORDER; 2ND-ORDER
 AB In this paper, the Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin method for the Korteweg de
    Vries equation with nonperiodic boundary conditions is analyzed. The
    nonlinear term is computed with the Legendre spectral method and some
    pseudospectral methods, respectively. Optimal error estimates in
    L-2-norm are obtained for both semidiscrete and fully discrete schemes.
    The method is also applicable to some (2m + 1)th-order differential
    equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Ctr Math Sci, Half Year Programme Numer Anal, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 1980, J COMPUT PHYS, V34, P202
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FORNBERG B, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V155, P456
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    KUO PY, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    LEVY D, 1998, SIAM REV, V40, P40
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    MA HP, 2001, ADV SCI COMPUTING, P116
    MADAY Y, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 24
 TC 4
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 4
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 4
 BP 1380
 EP 1394
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 505RB
 UT ISI:000172928400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WG
    Sun, GX
    Li, Z
 TI Extraction of uranium(VI) with N,N '-dilauroylpiperazine in carbon
    tetrachloride
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A novel extractant, N,N'-dilauroylpiperazine (DLPEZ), was synthesized
    for the first time. The extraction of uranium(VI) with the novel
    extractant in carbon tetrachloride from aqueous nitric acid media has
    been studied. The dependence of extraction distribution ratio on the
    concentration of aqueous nitric acid, extractant salting-out agent and
    temperature was investigated and the enthalpy of the extraction was
    determined.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jinan Univ, Dept Chem, Jinan 250022, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CARBORNNEL MC, 1988, SOLV EXTR ION EXCH, V5, P151
    MUSIKAS C, 1987, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    NAKAMURA T, 1995, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V13, P253
    SHEN CH, 1993, J NUCL RADIOCHEM, V15, P243
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V25, P883
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P16
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P43
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P71
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 559
 EP 561
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Zhou, F
    Cao, WG
    Li, YL
 TI Thermodynamics of the extraction of U(VI) by N,N'-didecanoylpiperazine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A novel extractant, N, N'-didecanoylpiperazine (DDPEZ), was synthesized
    for the first time. The extraction of U(VI) by DDPEZ from aqueous
    nitric acid media in carbon tetrachloride has been studied. The
    dependence of extraction distribution ratio on concentration of aqueous
    nitric acid. extractant salting-out agent and temperature was
    investigated and the enthalpy of the extraction was calculated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Comm Communist Party China, Jinan 250001, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHARBORNNEL MC, 1988, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    CURTIS NF, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P804
    MUSIKAS C, 1987, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    NAKAMURA T, 1995, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V13, P253
    SHEN CH, 1993, J NUCL RADIOCHEM, V15, P243
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V25, P883
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P43
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P71
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 573
 EP 575
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiang, Q
    Bao, BR
    Li, Z
    Han, JT
    Shao, H
 TI The extraction of U(VI) with N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine in toluene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A new extractant. N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine (OMPPD) has been
    synthesized. The extraction of U(VI) with N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine
    (OMPPD) in nitric acid has been studied. The dependence of the
    partition reaction of U(VT) on the concentrations of nitric acid,
    extractant. salting-out agent LiNO3, and temperature has been studied.
    In the light of the results, the extraction mechanism is discussed. The
    synergistic extracted complexes may be presented as
    UO2(NO3)(2)(OMPPD)(2). The related thermodynamic functions were
    calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DONG LY, 1982, ANAL CHEM URANIUM, P158
    HAN JT, 1998, NUCL SCI TECHNOL, V10, P54
    HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P679
    SHAO H, 2000, J RADIOANAL NUCL CHE, V243, P831
    SIDDALL TH, 1960, J PHYS CHEM-US, V64, P1863
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 577
 EP 579
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Shen, J
    Wang, ZQ
 TI Chebyshev rational spectral and pseudospectral methods on a
    semi-infinite interval
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Chebyshev rational polynomials; rational approximation; spectral
    method; pseudospectral method; semi-infinite interval
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; GALERKIN METHOD; APPROXIMATIONS
 AB A weighted orthogonal system on the half-line based on the Chebyshev
    rational functions is introduced. Basic results on Chebyshev rational
    approximations of several orthogonal projections and interpolations are
    established. To illustrate the potential of the Chebyshev rational
    spectral method, a model problem is considered both theoretically and
    numerically: error estimates for the Chebyshev rational spectral and
    pseudospectral methods are established; preliminary numerical results
    agree well with the theoretical estimates and demonstrate the
    effectiveness of this approach. Copyright (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons,
    Ltd.
 C1 Penn State Univ, Dept Math, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, J, Penn State Univ, Dept Math, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBLOV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDB NUMERICAL ANAL 2, V5
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V70, P63
    BURNETT DS, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V96, P2798
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    DEMKOWICZ L, 1998, NUMER MATH, V79, P11
    FUNARO D, 1990, APPL NUMER MATH, V6, P447
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V226, P180
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V15, P117
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    KARNIADAKIS GE, 1999, SPECTRAL HP ELEMENT
    LEIS R, 1996, INITIAL BOUNDARY VAL
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P13
    MADAY Y, 1989, STATE ART SURVEYS CO, P71
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P233
 NR 20
 TC 8
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD JAN 10
 PY 2002
 VL 53
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 84
 PG 20
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 504KV
 UT ISI:000172856600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, HJ
    Lu, YC
    Xu, XM
    Chen, Q
 TI The 'hybrid' technique for risk analysis of some diseases
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE illness fuzzy set; statistics; fuzzy comprehensive evaluation;
    information distribution; optimization
 AB Based on the data obtained from a survey recently made in Shanghai,
    this paper presents the hybrid technique for risk analysis and
    evaluation of some diseases.
    After determination of main risk factors of these diseases by analysis
    of variance, the authors introduce a new concept 'Illness Fuzzy Set'
    and use fuzzy comprehensive evaluation to evaluate the risk of
    suffering from a disease for residents. Optimal technique is used to
    determine the weights w(i) in fuzzy comprehensive evaluation, and a new
    method 'Improved Information Distribution' is also introduced for the
    treatment of small sample problem.
    It is shown that the results obtained by using the hybrid technique are
    better than by using single fuzzy technique or single statistical
    method.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JJG, 1997, FUZZY SET SYST, V88, P1
    CUMMINS JD, 1997, N AM ACTUARIAL J, V1, P21
    HUANG CF, 1995, TECHNOLOGY FUZZY INF
    ZHANG SW, 1991, FUZZY MATH ITS APPL
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 475
 EP 484
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 505AF
 UT ISI:000172888000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Chen, AP
    Zhu, YH
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphological structure of nanometer TiO2-Al2O3 composite powders
    synthesized in high temperature gas phase reactor
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE composite powder; nanometer powder; gas phase reaction
 ID ALUMINUM TITANATE FORMATION; SOLID-STATE REACTION; TIO2 POWDERS;
    RESEARCH NEEDS; PARTICLES; AL2O3
 AB In this research, nanometer TiO2-Al2O3 Composite powders were
    synthesized by the gas-phase oxidation of TiCl4 and AlCl3 in a high
    temperature tubular aerosol flow reactor. The measurement of EDS, XPS,
    XRD and TEM were used to characterize the chemical composition, crystal
    structure, and size of the particles. The crystal structure of titania
    and alumina in composite particles was affected by the AlO3 and TiCl4
    feed ratio. Aluminum titanate was formed when residence time was 1.73
    s, reaction temperature was 1400 degreesC, and AlCl3 and TiCl4 feed
    ratio was 2.80. The effect of processing parameters on the particle
    size and distribution of composite particles was studied. As the
    preheating temperature of oxygen increased, average particle size of
    the composite particles became smaller and size distribution more
    uniform. Enhancement of flow rate of cooling gas injected into reactor
    tail was benefit controlling the particle size. The composite particle
    size increased, respectively, with increasing reaction temperature and
    residence time. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKHTAR MK, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P1241
    BOWEN HK, 1980, MATER SCI ENG, V44, P1
    FEGLEY B, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, C113
    FREUDENBERG B, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P33
    FREUDENBERG B, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P22
    HUNG CH, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1870
    JANG HD, 1995, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V23, P553
    KRUIS FE, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, P511
    KUSTERS KA, 1995, POWDER TECHNOL, V82, P79
    LANGE FF, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P3
    LI CZ, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V310, P238
    LIU SH, 1988, XRAY PHOTOELECTRON S, V305, P313
    OKUMURA H, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C22
    PRATSINIS SE, 1996, POWDER TECHNOL, V88, P267
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J ECUST, V25, P151
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    STAMATAKIS P, 1991, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V14, P316
    SUYAMA Y, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C154
    THOMAS HAJ, 1989, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V88, P144
    THOMAS HAJ, 1989, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V88, P184
    VEMURY S, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2984
    WOJGNIER T, 1988, J NONCRYSTALLINE SOL, V100, P325
    YANG GX, 1996, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V7, P675
    YU JG, 1991, CHEM B, V10, P25
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 1385-8947
 J9 CHEM ENG J
 JI Chem. Eng. J.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2001
 VL 84
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 411
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 505LW
 UT ISI:000172915100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI A study of microstructure of alloy 690
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alloy 690; heat treatment; microstructure; carbide
 AB The microstructures of alloy 690 after solid solution treatment
    followed by aging treatments at different temperatures (600-800
    degreesC) for various times (0.5-200 h) have been investigated by means
    of transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The results are as follows:
    the carbides precipitated on the grain boundaries have been identified
    as M23C6; the carbides nucleate preferentially at the positions where
    grain boundary dislocations tangled and easily precipitate in high
    angle grain boundaries nearly parallel to the (100) plane of grain on
    one side. The carbides always exhibit a cube-on-cube orientation
    relationship with matrix of one side, and don't precipitate on twinning
    plane but easily precipitate on the non-coherent boundaries of twin end
    where carbides grow fast along < 110 > direction and appear as
    needlelike. By controlling the growth of carbides and the content of
    chromium in depleted zone by special heat treatments, the corrosion
    resistance of alloy 690 can be optimized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELIU TM, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2097
    DIETZ W, 1994, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY B, V10, P101
    KAI JJ, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P2057
    QIU SY, 1995, NUCL POWER ENG, V16, P340
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 1
 BP 8
 EP 12
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WQ
 UT ISI:000172766100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Study of electronic conductivity of molten slags with Wagner
    polarization technique
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Wagner polarization technique; smelt slag; electronic conductivity
 AB Wagner polarization technique has been used to measure the electronic
    conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system in this paper. The
    experimental results show that electronic conductivities of the slags
    consist of free electron conductivity and electron hole conductivity.
    The two conductivities are related to the content of Fe3+ and Fe2+
    respectively. As experimental temperature increased, the free electron
    conductivity decreases, and the electron hole conductivity increases
    while Fe3+ changes to Fe2+. It is found that there is always a maximum
    electronic conductivity value at some ratio of Fe3+ content to the
    total iron content for different slag systems at a special temperature.
    Under the present experimental condition, the electronic conductivity
    is in the range of 10(-4)-10(-2) S(.)cm(-1).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Lab Solid Electrolytes & Met Testing Tech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DANCY EA, 1966, T TMS AIME, V236, P1642
    DICKSON WR, 1962, T METALL SOC AIME, V224, P505
    DUKELOW DA, 1960, T AIME, V218, P1386
    ENGELL HJ, 1968, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V72, P5
    FONTANA A, 1984, ELECT CONDUCTIVITY F, P59
    HAARBERG GM, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P729
    INOUYE H, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P796
    KATO M, 1969, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V9, P39
    KRISHAMUETHY GG, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    KROGER FA, 1974, CHEM IMPERFECT CRYST, V3, P149
    LU XG, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P27
    PAL U, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P77
    PASTUKHOV EA, 1966, ELEKTROCHEM, V2, P209
    SIMNAD MT, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P933
    SIMNAD MT, 1954, T AIME, V200, P1386
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WAGNER C, 1957, P INT COMM ELECTROCH, V7, P361
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 184
 EP 188
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WT
 UT ISI:000172766300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
    Jiang, GC
    Hong, X
    Zheng, SB
    Xu, JL
 TI Discussion on new process making clean-steel from scrap
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE steel making process; clean steel; scrap
 AB The enrichment of harmful impurities during the recycle of scrap limits
    the effective use of scrap source in clean steel production. Attempts
    so far to separate residual elements one by one from steel bath seems
    expensive, low efficient and difficult for industrial application. This
    paper put forward consequently the "slagging-reduction process", in
    which melting FeO will be obtained with oxidizing method as pure raw
    material for following hydrogen-based reduction procedure. This will be
    a way to use low-class mixed scrap in production of special steel,
    whose total content of residual elements is strictly restrained.
    Moreover, the enrichment and concentration of impurities like Cu can
    make their extraction and recycle easier and cheaper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FEINMAN J, 1999, IRON STEEL ENG, V76, P75
    HONG X, 1992, SIMULATION OPTIMIERU, P168
    SUGIURA S, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P325
    WEI SK, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL, P56
    XU KD, 2000, CHIN ENG SCI, V2, P1
    ZHANG HJ, 1996, DISCUSS REFORM EAF S, P212
    ZHAO BJ, 1994, COLLECTED WORKS INFL, P1
    ZHAO BJ, 1994, COLLECTED WORKS INFL, P7
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD APR 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 4
 BP 395
 EP 399
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WW
 UT ISI:000172766600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, PX
    James, B
    Liu, MH
    Lee, S
    Chen, YH
 TI A pinhole transmission grating spectrograph used in the
    characterization of the spatial distribution plasma x-ray spectrum
 SO PLASMA SOURCES SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID FOCUS
 AB A pinhole transmission grating spectrograph has been used for measuring
    the soft x-ray spectrum front a laser-irradiated solid target plasma
    and gas-filled plasma focus. This spectrograph can be used together
    with a soft x-ray streak camera or a soft x-ray CCD detector for
    time-resolved studies. The spectrograph has provided a spatially
    resolved spectrum with a wavelength range of 0.3-50 nm. It is a cheap,
    compact and easily adjusted and has been used for both laser-produced
    plasma and plasma focus. Preliminary experimental results have been
    obtained for the plasma x-ray spectrum and the spatial structure both
    from the laser-produced plasma and the plasma focus.
 C1 Univ Sydney, Sch Phys, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Sci, Singapore 259756, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Dynam, Shanghai 200345, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, PX, Univ Sydney, Sch Phys, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
 CR BRUNER ME, 1988, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V982, P299
    BRYUNETKIN BA, 1992, LASER PART BEAMS, V10, P849
    BURKHALTER PG, 1992, REV SCI INSTRUM, V63, P5053
    FEDER R, 1984, J MICROSCOPY, V135, P347
    FENG X, 1992, P 10 VUV INT C PAR 9
    FENG X, 1994, J LASER B, V3, P414
    FENG XP, 1989, J FIZ MALAYSIA, V10, P49
    GUENTHER R, 1990, MODERN OPTICS, P87
    HIRANO K, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P3657
    KATO Y, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V48, P686
    KATO Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P3695
    LEE S, 1983, AUST J PHYS, V36, P891
    LEE S, 1996, RES REPORT NIE SSC P
    LEE S, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3183, P112
    MICHELIS CD, 1981, NUCL FUSION, V21, P677
    MOO SP, 1991, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V19, P515
    MOO SP, 1993, J RADIOL PROTECT, V13, P207
    PEALMAN JS, 1981, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V19, P1190
    PORTER JL, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P796
    ROTHWEILER D, 1993, I PHYS C SER, V130, P47
    SCHNOPPER HW, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1088
    TAKAHAMA Y, 1994, REV SCI INSTRUM, V65, P2505
    WANG XF, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2015
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0963-0252
 J9 PLASMA SOURCES SCI TECHNOL
 JI Plasma Sources Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 589
 EP 594
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas
 GA 503BM
 UT ISI:000172777300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for second-order lattice dynamical systems with damping
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB We consider the existence and the approximation of the global attractor
    for second-order damped lattice dynamical systems. (C) 2002 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P861
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WANG Z, 1997, MATH APPL, V10, P97
    YU J, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P60
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V233, P102
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 43
 IS 1
 BP 452
 EP 465
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 503GF
 UT ISI:000172790200028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Yu, KW
    Gu, GQ
 TI Relaxation of surface charge on rotating dielectric spheres:
    Implications on dynamic electrorheological effects
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; SIMULATION; SHEAR; FLUIDS; FIELD
 AB We have examined the effect of an oscillatory rotation of a polarized
    dielectric particle, The rotational motion leads to a redistribution of
    the polarization charge on the surface of the particle. We show that
    the time-averaged steady-state dipole moment is along the field
    direction, but its magnitude is reduced by a factor that depends on the
    angular velocity of rotation. As a result, the rotational motion of the
    particle reduces the electrorheological effect. We further assume that
    the relaxation of the polarized charge is arised from a finite
    conductivity of the particle or host medium. We calculate the
    relaxation time based on the Maxwell-Wagner theory, suitably
    generalized to include the rotational motion. Analytic expressions for
    the reduction factor and the relaxation time are given and their
    dependence on the angular velocity of rotation will be discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    HALSEY TC, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P761
    JONES TK, 2000, PHYS REV E, V62, P6846
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1990, LANGMUIR, V6, P15
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LADD AJC, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5051
    LOBRY L, 1999, J ELECTROSTAT, V47, P61
    MAZUR P, 1974, PHYSICA, V76, P235
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    RUSSEL WB, 1989, COLLOIDAL DISPERSION
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
    WANG ZW, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P1153
    WANG ZW, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P1265
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 6406
 IS 6
 PN Part 1
 AR 061501
 DI ARTN 061501
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 502CN
 UT ISI:000172726300027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI A time domain method for quasi-static analysis of viscoelastic thin
    plates
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic thin plate; von Karman's hypothesis; Galerkin method;
    quasistatic response; direct method; integro-differential equation
 AB Based on the Boltzmann's superposition principles of linear
    viscoelastic materials and the von Karman's hypotheses of thin plates
    with large deflections, a mathematical model for quasi-static problems
    of viscoelastic thin plates was given. By the Galerkin method in
    spatial domain, the original integro-partial-differential system could
    be transformed into an integral system. The latter further was reduced
    to a differential system by using the new method for temporal domain
    presented in this paper. Numerical results show that compared with the
    ordinary finite difference method, the new method in this paper is
    simpler to operate and has some advantages, such as, no storage and
    quicker computational speed etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    JANOVSKY V, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V63, P91
    SHENG YP, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P265
    YANG TQ, 1993, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V165, P3074
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 1109
 EP 1117
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 500YV
 UT ISI:000172657000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Luo, SK
    Chen, XW
    Wang, XM
 TI Study on dynamics of relativistic Birkhoff systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE relativity; Birkhoff system; noether symmetry; Lie symmetry; algebraic
    structure; Poisson integral
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; ROTATIONAL SYSTEMS; LIE SYMMETRIES
 AB The Birkhoffian, the Birkhoff's functions, the Pfaff action, the
    Pfaff-Birkhoff principle and the Birkhoff equations of relativistic
    Birkhoff systems are given. The Birkhoff representation of relativistic
    dynamical systems is studied. Then the theory of Noether symmetries and
    Lie symmetries of the relativistic Birkhoff systems is obtained by the
    invariance of relativistic Pfaff action and relativistic Birkhoff
    equations under infinitesimal transformations. Finally the algebraic
    structure and Poisson integrals for the relativistic Birkhoff systems
    are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1978, MATH METOD CLASSICAL
    BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, AMS COLL PUBLICATION
    FANG JH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1028
    FU JL, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1266
    FU JL, 1999, JIANGXI SCI, V17, P137
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P549
    FU JL, 2000, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V16, P10
    FU JL, 2000, J YUNNAN U, V22, P194
    FU JL, 2000, JIANGXI SCI, V18, P68
    GUO ZH, 1987, MODERN MATH MECH
    LI JB, 1994, THEORY GEN HAMILTON
    LUO SK, 1987, TEACHING MAT COMMUNI, P31
    LUO SK, 1988, J XINJIAN U, V5, P50
    LUO SK, 1990, P ICDVC, P645
    LUO SK, 1991, SHANGHAI J MECH, V12, P67
    LUO SK, 1992, ACTA MATH SCI, V12, P27
    LUO SK, 1992, COLL PHYS, V11, P14
    LUO SK, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P683
    LUO SK, 1996, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V16, P154
    LUO SK, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P45
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P384
    LUO SK, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P271
    MEI FX, 1985, FDN MECH NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1992, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFF SY, P33
    MEI FX, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P311
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1994, CHAPLYGIN NONHOLONOM, P60
    MEI FX, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, V40, P1947
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFF SY
    MEI FX, 1996, MECH PRACT, V18, P1
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUP ALGEB, P39
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    SANTILLI RM, 1987, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    SHI RC, 1994, MECH RES COMMUN, V21, P269
    XU ZD, 1994, 30 YEARS NONHOLONOMI, P169
    YONG ZS, 1995, ADV QUANTUM MECH, P34
    ZHANG YL, 1999, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V20, P356
 NR 38
 TC 14
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 12
 BP 2289
 EP 2295
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 501HL
 UT ISI:000172679200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Coordination and bond properties of Al and Si ions in system of
    Al2O3-SiO2 melts
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Al2O3-SiO2 melts; coordination and bond properties; molecular dynamics
    simulation
 ID CALCIUM ALUMINOSILICATE GLASSES; NUCLEAR MAGNETIC-RESONANCE;
    MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; COMPUTER-SIMULATION; SIO2-AL2O3 GLASSES; SI-29;
    SPECTROSCOPY; LIQUIDS; AL-27; NMR
 AB The coordination and bond properties of aluminium and silicon ions were
    discussed by means of molecular dynamics simulation. By combining KA
    and MATSUMIYA potentials, the results of simulations agree better with
    the experiments. Trend of coordination and bond properties changing
    along with the increasing content Al2O3 from 0 to 100 % (mole fraction)
    was obtained. Average bond lengths of Si-O in these simulations are
    within the range of 1.60 similar to1.63 Angstrom and become smaller
    from 1.63 Angstrom in sample 0 to 1.60 Angstrom in sample 9 along with
    increasing content of Al2O3. Average bond lengths of Al-O are within
    the range from 1.77 Angstrom in sample 1 to 1.86 Angstrom in sample 10.
    By analyzing the relation of CN(T) and CNSi(T) with Si/(Si+Al), it is
    found that Al mainly locates on the tetrahedral sites which neighbor
    the Si tetrahedra but avoid the Al tetrahedra while alumina content is
    low. Whereas when Si/ (Si+Al)<0.5, Al-octahedral units appeared and
    became predominant gradually. Meanwhile, Al avoidance principle can
    only be maintained at low alumina content. With increasing alumina,
    this principle would be broken gradually.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKSAY IA, 1979, J AM CERAM SOC, V62, P332
    ATHANASOPOULOS DC, 1992, SURF SCI, V273, P129
    DANIEL I, 1995, PHYS CHEM MINER, V22, P74
    ENGELHARDT G, 1985, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V26, P157
    HANADA T, 1982, COMMU AM CERAM SOC, V6, C84
    HATALOVA B, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V146, P218
    HIMMEL B, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V136, P27
    HUFF NT, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V253, P133
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    LOEWENSTEIN W, 1954, AM MINERAL, V39, P92
    MATSUMIYA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P210
    MCMILLAN P, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2021
    MERZBACHER CI, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V124, P194
    MIURA Y, 2000, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V41, P24
    MORIKAWA H, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, P78
    MYSEN BO, 1990, AM MINERAL, V75, P120
    NOFZ M, 1989, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V30, P46
    NOFZ M, 1990, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V31, P57
    OESTRIKE R, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P2199
    POE BT, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P333
    SCAMEHORN CA, 1991, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V55, P721
    STEIN DJ, 1995, AM MINERAL, V80, P417
 NR 22
 TC 6
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 6
 BP 965
 EP 971
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 499CW
 UT ISI:000172554300037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Van Der Biest, O
    Wang, PL
    Vleugels, J
    Chen, WW
    Huang, SG
 TI Estimation of the phase diagram for the ZrO2-Y2O3-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE CeO2; phase equilibria; thermodynamic calculation; Y2O3; ZrO2
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; ZIRCONIA; EQUILIBRIA; OPTIMIZATION
 AB Comprehensive descriptions of the thermodynamic properties and
    experimental information in three oxide Systems ZrO2-Y2O3, ZrO2-CeO2
    and Y2O3-CeO2 are given and thermodynamic models for the calculation of
    these systems are discussed. The phase diagrams of the quasi-ternary
    ZrO2-Y2O3-CeO2 system in the zirconia-rich corner are estimated at
    different temperatures with a substitutional model and Muggianu's
    extrapolation. The equilibrium phase diagram calculation is extended to
    low temperatures, as well as the Gibbs free energy of the tetragonal,
    monoclinic and cubic phases of zirconia doped with yttria and ceria.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Van Der Biest, O, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat, B-3001
    Louvain, Belgium.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    DUWEZ P, 1950, J AM CERAM SOC, V33, P274
    DUWEZ P, 1951, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V98, P356
    ESQUIVIAS L, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V239, P71
    GUILLERMET AF, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P745
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    HUANG SG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P189
    JANG BH, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1284
    JORDAN AS, 1979, CALCULATION PHASE DI
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KONDOH J, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1550
    LELAIT L, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1815
    LI L, UNPUB CALPHAD
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V15, P439
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LONGO V, 1981, J MATER SCI, V16, P839
    LONGO V, 1984, CERAMICA, V37, P18
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NOGUCHI T, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P2614
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P114
    PASCUAL C, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P23
    PICONI C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1
    RAMESH PD, 1996, J MATER SYNTH PROC, V4, P163
    RAY SP, 1977, MATER RES B, V12, P549
    ROUANET A, 1971, REV INT HAUTES TEMP, V8, P161
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    RUH R, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P190
    SRIVASTAVA KK, 1974, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V73, P85
    STUBICAN VS, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P17
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YU ZY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
 NR 39
 TC 8
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 16
 BP 2903
 EP 2910
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 499XD
 UT ISI:000172595200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, YM
    Ju, JH
    Zhang, WL
    Xia, YB
    Wang, ZM
    Fang, ZJ
    Wang, LJ
 TI A new passivation method for porous silicon
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE porous silicon; passivation; diamond-like film
 AB In this paper, we show the enhancement and stabilization of the
    luminescence when depositing diamond-like carbon (DLC) thin films on
    top of porous silicon (PS) layers. DLC thin films reduce the influence
    of different ambients to PS, which can cause the desorption of hydrogen
    molecules from the Si-H-x bonds leaving dangling bonds which operate as
    non-radiative recombination traps. So DLC thin films can lead to a more
    stable luminescence from PS layers. At the same time, hydrogenated
    carbon nitride films can further enhance the photoluminescence
    efficiency of PS because more dangling bonds are passivated by
    nitridation. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, YM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GLASS JA, 1995, SURF SCI, V338, P125
    GRERREROLEMUS R, 1999, SOLID STATE ELECT, V43, P1165
    HERINO R, 1993, J LUMIN, V57, P111
    SHIH S, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P943
    TISCHLER MA, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P639
    XIONG ZH, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V388, P271
 NR 6
 TC 7
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 120
 IS 11
 BP 435
 EP 437
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 497DL
 UT ISI:000172437400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, MY
    Wang, X
    Yu, DY
 TI Reliable recognition of ultrasonic echo-signal under high-noise
    background using digital signal processing
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE digital signal processing; recognition; ultrasound
 AB In practice. it is very important to recognize the ultrasonic
    echo-signal under high-noise background. In this paper, the Fourier
    spectrum and composition of ultrasonic ranging signals under high-noise
    background have been analyzed firstly, then the recognition of
    ultrasonic echo-signal has been realized using three methods: frequency
    filter, auto-correlation and the effective combination of the former
    two methods. The mathematical models are established and the results
    are given both theoretically and experimentally.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Coll Precis Instrument & Optoelect Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    CME, State Key Lab Optoelect Informat Sci & Technol, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat & Elect Engn Sch, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, MY, Tianjin Univ, Coll Precis Instrument & Optoelect Engn, Tianjin
    300072, Peoples R China.
 CR *MATH WORKS INC, 1995, STUD ED MATLAB
    OPPENHEIM AV, 1975, DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCE
    SOPHOCLES J, 1996, INTRO SIGNAL PROCESS
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 SU Suppl. S
 BP S102
 EP S105
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 496WM
 UT ISI:000172420100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindstedt-Poincare methods for some strongly non-linear
    oscillations Part I: expansion of a constant
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; non-linear equations; duffing equation;
    Lindstedt-Poincare method
 ID PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE
 AB In this paper, a modified Lindstedt-Poincare method is proposed. In
    this technique. a constant. rather than the non-linear frequency, is
    expanded in powers of the expanding parameter to avoid the occurrence
    of secular terms in the perturbation series solution. Some examples are
    given here to illustrate its effectiveness and convenience. The results
    show that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weakly
    non-linear systems, but also for strongly non-linear systems. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    DAI SQ, 1990, SCI CHIN SER A, V2, P153
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P103
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 17
 TC 25
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 309
 EP 314
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 497WA
 UT ISI:000172477400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindstedt-Poincare methods for some strongly non-linear
    oscillations Part II: a new transformation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; non-linear equation; Duffing equation; van der Pol
    equation; Lindstedt-Poincare method
 AB In this paper, a modified Lindstedt-Poincare method is proposed. In
    this technique, we introduce a new transformation of the independent
    variable. This transformation will also allow us to avoid the
    occurrence of secular terms in the perturbation series solution, Some
    examples are given here to illustrate its effectiveness and
    convenience. The results show that the obtained approximate solutions
    are uniformly valid on the whole solution domain, and they are suitable
    not only for weakly non-linear systems. but also for strongly
    non-linear systems. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSEN CM, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P678
    DAI SQ, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V6, P111
    DAI SQ, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P153
    DAI SQ, 1991, APPL MATH MECH, V12, P255
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
 NR 8
 TC 25
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 315
 EP 320
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 497WA
 UT ISI:000172477400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, Q
    Cao, WG
    Gao, JS
 TI Recent advances in the syntheses and applications of thiolester
    derivatives
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE thiolester; synthesis; application
 ID PALLADIUM-CATALYZED THIOCARBONYLATION; CARBON-MONOXIDE;
    ALPHA,BETA-UNSATURATED THIOESTERS; REGIOSELECTIVE THIOCARBONYLATION;
    TRIFLUOROMETHYLATED ACIDS; CONVENIENT SYNTHESIS; CONJUGATE ADDITIONS;
    TELLUROL ESTERS; THIOLS; ALCOHOLS
 AB Recent advances in the syntheses and applications of thiolester are
    reviewed in this paper. 65 References are cited here.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAM W, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P469
    ADAMCZYK M, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P4305
    ANBAZHAGAN M, 1997, J CHEM SOC PERK 0607, P1623
    ANBAZHAGAN M, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3609
    AYERS JT, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P351
    BARRETT AGM, 1995, J CHEM SOC PERK 0421, P1009
    BATEY RA, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P2669
    BILLARD T, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P3813
    BILLARD T, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P3069
    BRAGA AL, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3395
    BYEON CH, 2000, SYNLETT          JAN, P119
    CHATTERJEE P, 1994, J CHEM SOC P1, P2403
    CLIVE DLJ, 1999, CHEM COMMUN, P2251
    CRUDDEN CM, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P5579
    DANHEISER RL, 1996, ORG SYNTH, V73, P61
    DIETER RK, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P3798
    FUKUYAMA T, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P7050
    GAO JS, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURL, V5, P491
    GONG P, 1998, CHIN J MED CHEM, V8, P139
    HAMILTON GS, 1999, 5990131, US
    HAN YL, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P1972
    HARRIS WT, 1998, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V28, P1117
    INOUE T, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P5824
    JACKSON RFW, 1993, CHEM COMMUN, V11, P889
    JACKSON RFW, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P7433
    JOUIN P, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P2661
    KHAN JA, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P3269
    KHUMTAVEEPORN K, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P1414
    KISHIMOTO N, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P5988
    KOBAYASHI K, 1995, ANAL SCI, V11, P1029
    KOBAYASHI S, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P9805
    KOBAYASHI S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P2809
    KOBAYASHI S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P7277
    KOPPENHOEFER B, 1997, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG MAY, P515
    KUNIYASU H, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P2491
    LIU HJ, 1992, CANJ CHEM, V70, P128
    MANABE K, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3773
    MATSUNAGA PT, 1994, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V33, P1748
    MUKAIYAMA T, 1990, CHEM LETT, P1019
    MUKAIYAMA T, 1999, CHEM LETT        NOV, P1157
    NAKATANI S, 1993, TETRAHEDRON, V49, P2011
    PAK TH, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P2313
    PESTI JA, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P3811
    PONDE DE, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P1058
    RAHIM A, 1999, SYNLETT, V7, P1029
    RAHIM MA, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P2153
    ROBERTO D, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P7539
    RULEV AY, 1999, J CHEM SOC PERK 0607, P1567
    SABITHA G, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P2311
    SILVEIRA CC, 1999, ORGANOMETALLICS, V18, P5183
    SKARIA S, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P2737
    STAVROPOULOS P, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P5385
    SUCHETA K, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P4415
    TOKUYAMA H, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3189
    VLATTAS I, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P7321
    VOSS J, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V6, P435
    WANG ZM, 1992, CURRENT STRUCTURED D, P1936
    WEBER N, 1999, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V76, P1297
    XIAO WJ, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P3422
    XIAO WJ, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P2609
    XIAO WJ, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P7939
    XIAO WJ, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P2080
    YOSHIMATSU M, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P4798
    ZHENG TC, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P603
 NR 64
 TC 1
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 697
 EP 707
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 497UQ
 UT ISI:000172474200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Chen, JM
    Huang, HH
 TI Photoconductivity study of doping in C-60-toluene derivative
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60-toluene derivative; fluorescence; photoconductivity; doping
 ID C-60; PHTHALOCYANINE
 AB The influence of the dopant iodine (I-2) on fluorescence spectra,
    UV-VIS spectra and photoconductivity of the C-60-toluene derivative is
    studied. The results show that the photoconductivity of the derivative
    doped with I-2 has increased by one order of magnitude. The
    fluorescence and UV-VIS analyses indicate that a charge-transfer
    complex (CTC) Of C-60-toluene and I-2 may be formed. (C) 2001 Published
    by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    CHANGCHUN W, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V15, P1559
    CHEN HZ, 1993, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V70, P179
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    DAYIN L, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P603
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    SHEN Y, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1034
    SMILOWITZ L, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P13853
    TANG BZ, 1998, MACROMOLECULES, V31, P103
    WANG Y, 1992, NATURE, V356, P585
    WANG Y, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3844
    XU ZD, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1030
    YONEHARA H, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V278, P108
    YOSHINO K, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V85, P85
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 407
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 494YF
 UT ISI:000172312900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, YH
    Hu, A
    Ouyang, SX
    Oh, JJ
 TI The effect of calcination on the microwave dielectric properties of
    Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE dielectric properties; calcination; microwave processing
 ID CERAMICS
 AB In this study, the role of calcination, its effect upon microstructural
    development and the correlation with dielectric losses at microwave
    frequencies were investigated. Ceramics with the composition
    Ba(Mg1.3Ta2/3)O-3 (BMT) were prepared by a conventional mixed-oxide
    route using controlled calcination. Commercial processing often uses
    sintering and calcination conditions to modify the dielectric
    properties of ceramics. However, the mechanism by which the calcination
    conditions influence the dielectric losses is not clear. The BMT
    powders were calcinated at 1000-1300 degreesC for 4-10 h in air or
    flowing oxygen. Resonator samples were then sintered at 1600-1650
    degreesC for 3 It. Scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction
    were used to examine the phase composition and the microstructure of
    the sintered bodies. The microwave dielectric properties were measured
    at 10 GHz. We found a significant influence of the calcination
    conditions on the quality factor (Qf) -value. The influences of the
    phase composition on dielectric losses appear to dominate those of the
    microstructure. A significant effect was also found for specimens
    calcinated in different atmospheres. By controlling the calcination and
    sintering a pure BMT ceramic with a dielectric constant of 24.5, a Qf
    -value of 120,000 GHz and an r tau (f) of 6 ppm/degreesC was obtained.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Bldg Mat Acad, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Korea Inst Sci & Technol, Seoul 130650, South Korea.
 RP Fang, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN XM, 1994, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V5, P244
    DAVIES PK, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1727
    FREER R, 1993, SILICATES IND, V9, P191
    HU A, UNPUB FORMATION BAMG
    KAWASHIMA S, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P421
    KINGERY WD, 1976, INTRO CERAMICS, P448
    MATSUMOTO K, 1986, P 6 IEEE INT S APPL, P118
    NOMURA S, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P624
    SUGIYAMA M, 1990, CERAM T, V15, P153
    TSUYOSHI KK, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C82
    WAKINO K, 1990, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V89, P39
    YOUN HJ, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P3947
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 15
 BP 2745
 EP 2750
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 494ZU
 UT ISI:000172316400030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, NH
    Bao, BR
    Yoshii, F
    Makuuchi, K
 TI Irradiation of crosslinked, poly(vinyl alcohol) blended hydrogel for
    wound dressing
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS
 AB In order to obtain a more ideal hydrogel wound dressing, crosslinked
    hydrogel films blended with polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinyl
    pyrrolidone, kappa-carrageenan (KC), and powder silk were prepared by
    electron beam, and their physiochemical properties were investigated as
    a combination of function factors. The experimental results showed that
    the gel fraction of the hydrogel films depended mainly on irradiation
    dose and the monomer concentration of the polymers, the properties of
    hydrogel could be greatly extended or improved by blending
    homopolymers. The rate of gel formation of the hydro.-el was raised,
    and the water evaporation from hydrogel could be retarded after mixing
    with KC, while the tensile strength of hydrogel films were obviously
    increased after mixing with silk. Toxicity and healing effect of
    PVA/PVP/KC/silk blended hydrogel films as wound dressings were
    evaluated. The irradiated blended hydrogel showed satisfactory
    properties for wound dressing, the hydrogel did not induce any acute
    general toxic effects, and it is effective for fast healing of wound.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Japan Atom Energy Res Inst, Takasaki Radiat Chem Res Estab, Takasaki, Gumma, Japan.
 RP Wu, NH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIES JWL, 1983, BURNS, V10, P94
    GULDALIAN J, 1973, J TRAUMA, V13, P32
    HYON SH, 1989, KOBUNSHI RONBUNSHU, V46, P673
    KABRA BG, 1992, POLYMER, V33, P990
    MORRIS ER, 1980, J MOL BIOL, V138, P149
    NISHITANI K, 1983, PLANT CELL PHYSL, V24, P345
    PEPPAS NA, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P95
    QUEEN D, 1986, BURNS, V12, P161
    ROSIAK JM, 1991, ACS SYM SER, V475, P271
    WATASE M, 1983, POLYM COMMUN, V24, P52
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
    WU MH, 2000, NUCL SCI TECHN, V11, P72
    YOSHII F, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V46, P169
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 2
 BP 391
 EP 395
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 494FJ
 UT ISI:000172270800030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, F
    Wang, Z
    Xu, SY
    Sun, DW
 TI Cryostability of frozen concentrated orange juices produced by
    enzymatic process
 SO JOURNAL OF FOOD ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE browning; concentrated orange juice; cryostability; glass transition
    temperature; storage; turbidity; viscosity
 ID GLASS-TRANSITION; STABILITY; WATER
 AB The cryostability of frozen concentrated orange juices (FCOJ) produced
    by an enzymatic process (enzymatic juice) and a squeezing process
    (squeezed juice) was investigated. The results showed that after
    thawing the enzymatic juice was superior in colour stability and cloud
    stability to the squeezed juice. The influence of glass transition
    temperature and viscosity of juices on the cryostability was examined
    and the data showed that some physico-chemical changes/reactions in
    juices during storage were controlled by diffusion. The composition of
    carbohydrates in juices was determined by high performance liquid
    chromatography (HPLC). Results obtained showed that the dominant
    solutes (low molecular weight compounds) of FCOJ governed the glass
    transition temperature of juices while the smaller fractions (high
    molecular weight carbohydrates) of the total solids of FCOJ had
    significant effects on the viscosity of FCOJ. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn, FRCFT, Dublin 2, Ireland.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Wuxi Univ Light Ind, Sch Food Sci & Engn, Wuxi 214036, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, DW, Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn,
    FRCFT, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 CR BOUTRON P, 1993, CRYOBIOLOGY, V30, P86
    CAMERON RG, 1997, J FOOD SCI, V62, P242
    DELCASTILLO MD, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P277
    DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P3
    DUXBURY DD, 1993, FOOD PROCESSING  MAY, P65
    FAIGH JG, 1995, FOOD TECHNOLOGY, P79
    FENNEMA OR, 1996, FOOD CHEM
    GOFF HD, 1993, J DAIRY SCI, V76, P1268
    HANDWERK RL, 1988, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V36, P231
    LEA AGH, 1991, ACS S SERIES
    LEVINE H, 1990, THERMAL ANAL FOODS
    MATTHEW RF, 1994, FROZEN CONCENTRATED
    MEYDAV S, 1977, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V25, P602
    MOURI T, 1981, 4299849, US
    NAIM M, 1997, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V45, P1861
    ROOS YH, 1994, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V42, P893
    SLADE L, 1991, CRIT REV FOOD SCI, V30, P115
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0260-8774
 J9 J FOOD ENG
 JI J. Food Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 4
 BP 217
 EP 222
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Food Science & Technology
 GA 494ZQ
 UT ISI:000172316100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A universal variational formulation for two dimensional fluid mechanics
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fluid mechanics; variational theory
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; UNKNOWN SHAPE; FLOW; TURBOMACHINERY; PRINCIPLES
 AB A universal variational formulation for two dimensional fluid mechanics
    is obtained. which is subject to the so-called parameter-constrained
    equations (the relationship between parameters in two governing
    equations). By eliminating the constraints the generalized variational
    principle (GVPs) can be readily derived from the formulation The
    formulation can be applied to any conditions in case the governing
    equations can be converted into conservative forms. Some illustrative
    examples are given to testify the effectiveness and simplicity of the
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRETHERTON FP, 1970, J FLUID MECH       1, V44, P19
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1281
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P603
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1997, TESIS SHANGHAI U SHA
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HERIVEL JW, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHIL SOC, V51, P344
    LIN CC, 1963, P INT SCH PHYS COURS, P93
    LIU GL, 1981, P 2 AS C FLUID MECH, P698
    LIU GL, 1989, SHANGHAI J MECH, V10, P73
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    SALMON R, 1988, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V20, P225
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 989
 EP 996
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 495AB
 UT ISI:000172317100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
    Li, CJ
 TI Computation formulas of generalized inverse Pade approximants using for
    solution of integral equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Pade approximant; determinantal formula; existence; integral equation
 AB For the generalized inverse function-valued Pade approximants, its
    intact computation formulas are given. The explicit determinantal
    formulas for the denominator scalar polynomials and the numerator
    function-valued polynomials are first established. A useful existence
    condition is given by means of determinant form.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200331, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKER GA, 1978, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    CHISHOLM JSR, 1963, J MATH PHYS, V4, P1506
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1990, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V32, P117
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    GU CQ, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    SLOAN I, 1976, MATH COMPUT, V30, P758
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 1057
 EP 1063
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 495AB
 UT ISI:000172317100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
 TI Studies of the dc biased Josephson junction coupled to a resonant tank
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Josephson junction; chaos; attractor; basin of attraction; Poincare
    map; Lyapunov exponents
 ID CONTROLLING CHAOS
 AB We have investigated the dynamics of a Josphson junction circuit, which
    consists of a dc biased Josephson junction coupled to a resonant tank.
    Numerical simulations indicate that period-3 and chaotic states coexist
    when this system is driven by a proper external dc current. The
    detailed structures of the attractors and the basins of attraction are
    given to specify the features of these states. This provides one with
    valuable information to avoid chaos in Josephson junction devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM E, 1999, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V9, P4166
    ATKIN IL, 1997, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V7, P2894
    BENJACOB E, 1981, APPL PHYS LETT, V38, P822
    HUBERMAN BA, 1980, APPL PHYS LETT, V37, P750
    JENSEN HD, 1990, PHYSICA B, V165, P1661
    KAUTZ RL, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P6241
    MACDONALD AH, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P201
    NERENBERG MAH, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P8333
    PEDERSEN NF, 1988, STIMULATED EFFECTS J, P227
    YANG TH, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P5393
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 10
 BP 1996
 EP 2000
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 493ZA
 UT ISI:000172252300030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, YL
    Yuan, YG
    Zhang, RL
 TI The progress of photoisomerizable intellectual biological switches
 SO PROGRESS IN CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE photoisomerization; biological switches; biosensors
 ID BACTERIORHODOPSIN PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ALPHA-CHYMOTRYPSIN; PROTEIN
    CATALYSIS; GLUCOSE-OXIDASE; ENZYME-ACTIVITY; ION-TRANSPORT; LIGHT;
    PHOTOREGULATION; MECHANISM; IMMOBILIZATION
 AB The novel concept of the biological intellectual switch is introduced.
    The mechanism and characteristics on the photoisomerization of
    biological switch materials are described. The progress and the
    development in this field are discussed, such as the applications of
    reversibly photoisomerized biomaterials in optical memory,
    electrochemical control, biosensors,etc. The future prospect for the
    intellectual biological switches is presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR 1998, SAVING TECHNOLOGY DI, P3
    ADAMS SR, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P7957
    AIZAWA M, 1977, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V182, P305
    AMIT B, 1974, J ORG CHEM, V39, P192
    BERTELSON RC, 1971, PHOTOCHROMISM, P45
    BINKLEY RW, 1984, SYNTHETIC ORGANIC PH, P375
    BIRGE RR, 1990, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1016, P293
    BOUASLAURENT H, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V56, P1
    CIARDELLI F, 1984, BIOPOLYMERS, V23, P1423
    DIMITRI AP, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P843
    ELLISDAVIES GCR, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P1966
    ELSAYED MA, 1997, PURE APPL CHEM, V69, P749
    ELSTOV AV, 1990, ORGANIC PHOTOCHROMIS
    FEHER G, 1989, NATURE, V339, P111
    FENG G, 1998, SCIENCE, V887, P279
    GIGORIEFF N, 1996, J MOL BIOL, V259, P393
    GILAT SL, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1439
    GILAT SL, 1995, CHEM-EUR J, V1, P275
    GOVINDJEE R, 1990, BIOPHYS J, V58, P597
    GURNEY AM, 1987, PHYSIOL REV, V67, P583
    HASEBE Y, 1988, J PHYS ORG CHEM, V1, P309
    HAUPTS U, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P2
    HEINZ D, 1990, PHOTOCHROMISM MOL SY
    HIDEKI K, 1998, J PHYS CHEM-US, V102, P7899
    HOUBEN JL, 1983, INT J BIOL MACROMOL, V5, P94
    HUCK NPM, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1095
    KAPLAN JH, 1980, NATURE, V288, P587
    KAWAI SH, 1995, CHEM-EUR J, V1, P285
    KIMURA Y, 1997, NATURE, V389, P206
    KYOICHI S, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P2894
    LANYI JK, 1993, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V241, P1183
    LANYI JK, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P31209
    LESTER HA, 1982, ANNU REV BIOPHYS BIO, V11, P151
    LEUCKE H, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P1934
    LING LJ, 1989, ACTA BIOPHYS SINCA, V5, P293
    LIONDAGAN M, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1604
    LIU ZF, 1990, NATURE, V347, P658
    MALCOLM RB, 1990, BIOPOLYMERS, V9, P1121
    MATHIES RA, 1991, ANNU REV BIOPHYS BIO, V20, P491
    MCAVDLE CB, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, P1
    MONTI S, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P3808
    NARGEOT J, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI-BIOL, V80, P2395
    NERBONNE JM, 1984, NATURE, V310, P74
    NORBERT H, 1990, BIOPHYSICAL SOC, V58, P83
    OTTOLENGHI M, 1967, J CHEM PHYS, V46, P4613
    PEBAYPEYROULA E, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1676
    PIERONI O, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P5913
    PIERONI O, 1992, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V12, P125
    PILLAI VNR, 1990, SYNTHESIS, V1
    PORTER NA, 1990, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V51, P37
    RENTZEPIS PM, 1968, CHEM PHYS LETT, V2, P117
    ROHR M, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P6055
    ROTHSCHILD KJ, 1992, J BIOENERG BIOMEMBR, V24, P147
    SALTIEL J, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V64, P1
    SONG L, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P891
    SONG L, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P10479
    SPUDICH JL, 1996, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V8, P452
    STRYER L, 1986, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V9, P87
    STRYER L, 1988, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P1028
    STRYER L, 1988, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P25
    TOMLINSON WJ, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3990
    TURNER AD, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P244
    VEDA T, 1994, J CHEM SOC, V225, P334
    WALKER JW, 1987, NATURE, V327, P249
    WESTMARK PR, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3416
    WHITTALL J, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V46, P1
    WILLNER I, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P3321
    WILLNER I, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P4013
    WILLNER I, 1993, BIOORGANIC PHOTOCHEM
    WILLNER I, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P8690
    WILLNER I, 1993, REACT POLYM, V21, P177
    WILLNER I, 1996, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V35, P367
    WILLNER I, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P5310
    WILLNER I, 1998, J PHYS ORG CHEM, V11, P546
 NR 74
 TC 0
 SN 1005-281X
 J9 PROG CHEM
 JI Prog. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 276
 EP 282
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 492DD
 UT ISI:000172152400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shen, LM
    Sun, NJ
    Ji, GF
 TI Bianchi type-I, -VII0 and -V cosmological models of Weyssenhoff fluid
    with magnetic moment
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA B-GENERAL PHYSICS
    RELATIVITY ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AND METHODS
 DT Article
 ID EARLY UNIVERSE; INFLATION; SPIN; FIELD
 AB We derive the system of field equations for a Weyssenhof fluid
    including magnetic interaction among the spinning particles prevailing
    in spatially homogeneous, but. anisotropic cosmological models of
    Bianchi types I, VII0 and V based on the Einstein-Cartan theory. We
    have analyzed the field equations in three different equations of
    states specified by p = 1/3 rho, p = rho and p = 0. We have obtained.
    singular and non-singular solutions for Bianchi modes of types I and
    VII0 under the state p = rho but have found that. the non-singular
    solutions are unphysical. During the radiation epoch (p = 1/3 rho) and
    the matter epoch (p = 0), the analytical solutions found are
    non-singular for all the stated three Bianchi models; provided that the
    combined energy arising from matter spin and magnetic interaction among
    particles overcomes the anisotropy energy in the Universe. We have
    deduced that the minimum particle numbers for the radiation and matter
    epochs are, respectively, 10(88) and 10(108), leading to the conclusion
    that we must. consider the existence of neutrinos and other creation of
    particles and anti-particles under torsion and strong gravitational
    field in the early Universe.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR BARROW JD, 1977, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V178, P625
    CARTON E, 1985, MANIFOLD AFFINE CONN
    DAVIDSON S, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V380, P253
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    DERITIS SP, 1986, P 7 IT C GEN REL GRA
    DESABBATA V, 1980, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V27, P133
    DESABBATA V, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V105, P603
    DESABBATA V, 1994, SPIN TORSION GRAVITA
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    ISHAM CJ, 1971, PHYS REV           D, V3, P867
    ISHAM CJ, 1973, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V244, P82
    KERIMOV BK, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V274, P477
    KOPCZYNSKI W, 1973, PHYS LETT A, V43, P63
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    RAYCHAUDHURI AK, 1975, PHYS REV D, V12, P952
    RYAN MP, 1975, HOMOGENEOUS RELATIVI
    SOFFEL M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V70, P167
    TSOUBELIS D, 1979, PHYS REV D, V20, P3004
    TSOUBELIS D, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P823
    TURNER MS, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P2743
    ZELDOVICH YB, 1970, JETP LETT, V12, P307
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3554
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO B-GEN PHYS R
 JI Nouvo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. B-Gen. Phys. Relativ. Astron. Math. Phys.
    Methods
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 116
 IS 7
 BP 829
 EP 844
 PG 16
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 491ZX
 UT ISI:000172141800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Zhu, WQ
    Zhang, BX
    Xu, SH
 TI A white organic light emitting diode with improved stability
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; LAYERS
 AB A white organic light emitting diode (OLED) has been constructed by
    employing a new blue material and a red dye directly doped in the blue
    emitting layer. For comparison, another white cell with a blocking
    layer has also been made. The configurations of the devices are
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/JBEM(P):DCJT/Alq/MgAg (device 1) and
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/TPBi:DCJT/Alq/MgAg (device 2) where copper phthalocyanine
    (CuPc) is the buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB) is
    the hole transporting layer, 9, 10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl anthracene
    doped with perylene (JBEM(P)) is the new blue emitting material,
    N,arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) is the hole blocking layer,
    tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminium complex (Alq) is the electron
    transporting layer, and DCJT is a red dye. A stable and current
    independent white OLED has been obtained in device 1, which has a
    maximum luminance of 14 850 cd m(-2), an efficiency of 2.88 Lm W-1,
    Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage coordinates of x = 0.32, y =
    0.38 between 4-200 mA cm(-2), and a half lifetime of 2860 h at the
    starting luminance of 100 cd m(-2). Device 1 has a stability more than
    50 times better than that of device 2.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DESHPANDE RS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P888
    FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    HAMADAY Y, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, L917
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    LIU SY, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P294
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TOKITO S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1985
 NR 14
 TC 9
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 21
 PY 2001
 VL 34
 IS 20
 BP 3083
 EP 3087
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 493DU
 UT ISI:000172207400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JX
    Li, Y
 TI Analysis of millimeter wave power density received by cell monolayers
    inside culture dishes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE millimeter wave; power density; culture dish; cell monolayer; FDTD
    method
 AB One sort of experiment concerning biological effects of millimeter
    waves (MMWs) at the cellular level is performed using a culture dish
    containing a cell monolayer with MMW irradiated from the underneath.
    For culture dishes with diameters much larger than the wavelength.
    analysis is carried out with respect to the relationship between the
    portion of the incident MMW power density (PD) received by the cell
    monolayer and influencing factors such as the culture dish bottom
    thickness. MMW wavelength. and the electromagnetic properties of the
    dish and culture solution. Another analysis is conducted by the FDTD
    method to reveal the effect of culture dish configuration on MMW PD
    received by the cell monolayer in a typical culture dish with a
    diameter not much longer than the wavelength. With the illustrated
    results. the conclusion is reached that rigorous analysis. precise
    measurement and accurate calculation of MMW PD should accompany such
    experiments. and large-diameter culture dishes are more preferred in
    experiments to small-caliber dishes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, JX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANDREI G, 1998, BIOELECTROMAGNETICS, V19, P393
    CHEN HY, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V42, P2249
    DAVID K, 1983, FIELD WAVE ELECTROMA
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 1577
 EP 1586
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 492RP
 UT ISI:000172181600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Iso, M
    Chen, BX
    Eguchi, M
    Kudo, T
    Shrestha, S
 TI Production of biodiesel fuel from triglycerides and alcohol using
    immobilized lipase
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR CATALYSIS B-ENZYMATIC
 DT Article
 DE enzyme biocatalysis; lipase; transesterification; Immobilized enzyme;
    biodiesel fuel
 ID SUNFLOWER OIL
 AB Transesterification reaction was performed using triglycerides and
    short-chain alcohol by immobilized lipase in non-aqueous conditions.
    The long-chain fatty acid ester, which is the product of this reaction,
    can be used as a diesel fuel that does not produce sulfur oxide and
    minimize the soot particulate. Immobilized Pseudomonas fluorescens
    lipase showed the highest activity in this reaction. Immobilization of
    lipase was carried out using porous kaolinite particle as a carrier.
    When methanol and ethanol were used as alcohol, organic solvent like
    1,4-dioxane was required. The reaction could be performed in absence of
    solvent when 1-propanol and 1-butanol were used as short-chain alcohol.
    The activity of immobilized lipase was highly increased in comparison
    with free lipase because its activity sites became more effective.
    Immobilized enzyme could be repeatedly used without troublesome method
    of separation and the decrease in its activity was not largely
    observed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Iso, M, Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, 2-24-16 Nakamachi,
    Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 CR LINKO YY, 1994, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V71, P1411
    LINKO YY, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V66, P41
    MITTELBACH M, 1990, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V67, P168
    NELSON LA, 1996, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V73, P1191
    OHIRA H, 1998, P 31 C SOC CHEM ENG, P217
    SELMI B, 1998, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V75, P691
    SHIMADA Y, 1999, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V76, P789
    TANAKA K, 1997, P 62 C SOC CHEM ENG, P82
    WATANABE Y, 2000, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V77, P355
 NR 9
 TC 23
 SN 1381-1177
 J9 J MOL CATAL B-ENZYM
 JI J. Mol. Catal. B-Enzym.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 53
 EP 58
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 489XQ
 UT ISI:000172018400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Ma, XM
    Zhao, L
 TI Study on phase transformation of Fe-Ni powders during mechanical
    alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    PARTICLES; ENERGY
 AB Fe-Ni ultra-fine particles were prepared by mechanical alloying and
    phase transformation during mechanical alloying was studied. Results
    show that phase transformation tendency is different during mechanical
    alloying of Fe-Ni powders with different nickel content. For Fe-30Ni
    powder, martensite is the only product obtained with the increase of
    milling time, while for Fe-35Ni powder, a part of martensite has been
    transformed into austenite when milling time is prolonged to above 40
    h. It indicates that the nickel content plays an important role in the
    phase transformation tendency during mechanical alloying of Fe-Ni
    powders. (C) 2001 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAKA K, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V275, P262
    BALDOKHIN YV, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P313
    CHEN Y, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P38
    DONG XL, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P398
    FECHT HJ, 1994, SCI TECHNOLOGY NANOS, P125
    JARTYCH E, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P221
    JIANG HG, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P549
    KAJIWARA S, 1991, PHILOS MAG A, V63, P625
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS 2B, V73, P6588
    KUSUNOKI M, 1996, ULTRAFINE PARTICLES, P98
    LI XG, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V170, P339
    PEKALA M, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P789
    RAWERS J, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1319
    RAWERS JC, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V220, P162
    TADAKI T, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V217, P235
    ZHOU YH, 1990, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V124, P241
    ZHOU YH, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V133, P775
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 36
 IS 23
 BP 5571
 EP 5574
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 489VD
 UT ISI:000172012400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI Bifurcation analysis of the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation in one
    spatial dimension
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 AB In this Letter, we study the bifurcation of the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    (K-S) equation in one-spatial dimension with three kinds of boundary
    value conditions. Using the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction technique, the
    original equation is first reduced to one or two bifurcation equations,
    so that bifurcation analysis of the original equation can be
    transformed to that of the reduced-order systems, and can therefore be
    carried out in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFF EQS, V73, P93
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    KUKAVICA I, 1992, J MATH ANAL APPL, V166, P601
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P265
    LI CP, 2000, MATH APPL, V13, P46
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P1295
    LI CP, 2001, MATH APPL, V14, P22
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    YANG ZH, 2000, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 2493
 EP 2499
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 489MV
 UT ISI:000171996000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XC
    Qiu, XJ
    Zheng, LP
 TI Influence of relative phase on the enhanced ionization behaviour of
    linear multiatomic molecular ions in two-color laser fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE two-color laser fields; relative phase; enhanced ionization
 ID INTENSE; H-2+; DISSOCIATION; H-2(+)
 AB The enhanced ionization(EI) behaviour of linear multiatomic molecular
    ions is studied in two-color(fundamental radiation: 780 nm, the second
    harmonic-390 nm) laser fields by the numerical solution of the
    time-dependent Schrodinger equation with the symmetrical splitting of
    the short-time exponential propagator. The influence of the relative
    phase between the two-color laser fields on the ionization probability
    is given. The numerical results demonstrate that the influence of the
    relative phase on the ionization probability is the strongest in the
    range of the inter-nuclear distance where the EI occurs. The influence
    can be explained in terms of the field-induced over-the-barrier
    ionization model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDRACK AD, 1994, MOL LASER FIELDS, P156
    FEIT MD, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P412
    GIBSON GN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2022
    GIUSTISUZOR A, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P515
    HEATHER RW, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V63, P446
    HEATHER RW, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7560
    HU SX, 1998, SCI CHINA SER A, V41, P198
    JAVANAINEN J, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3430
    LEI AL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P264
    SEIDEMAN T, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2819
    ZUO T, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, R2511
    ZUO T, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3254
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 11
 BP 2155
 EP 2158
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 489QZ
 UT ISI:000172004100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Effect of PMW addition on the microwave dielectric properties of PCFNS
    dielectric ceramic
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChenZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 19
 BP 1767
 EP 1768
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 488GD
 UT ISI:000171927100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Niu, MD
    Zhang, YJ
 TI An improved technique for measuring electromagnetic properties of
    curved surfaces coating materials with open-ended coaxial line probe
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE coating materials testing; open-ended coaxial probe; complex
    permittivity and permeability; finite-difference time-domain (FDTD)
 AB An improved open-ended coaxial probe technique for measuring
    electromagnetic properties of coating materials with curved surfaces
    (both convex and concave) is studied. FDTD modeling indicates that the
    reflection coefficient of the loaded probe is more sensitive to concave
    surface samples than to those with convex surface. In order to satisfy
    concave surface materials testing, we proposed a technique to improve
    the measurement accuracy by modifying the standard coaxial probe. A
    ring patch is added at the end of extended inner conductor throughout
    the air gap between the probe and the material under test. The
    performance of the proposed technique is examined. The derived epsilon*
    and mu* of several microwave absorbing materials coated on prototype
    boxes by using the new probe are relatively in agreement with the
    published data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHEY TW, 1982, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V30, P82
    BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    BRINGHURST S, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V45, P2073
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    TOFLOVE A, 1980, IEEE T ELECTROMAGNET, V22, P191
    WANG S, 1998, KIEEE T MICROWAVE TH, V45, P2145
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG Z, 1995, J MICROWAVES CHINA, V11, P171
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 539
 EP 543
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 487WR
 UT ISI:000171902500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Zhang, LS
 TI Extreme properties of quermassintegrals of convex bodies
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE convex body; quermassintegral; mixed volume
 ID DUAL MIXED VOLUMES; BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; INTERSECTION BODIES;
    INEQUALITY
 AB In this paper, we establish two theorems for the quermassintegrals of
    convex bodies, which are the generalizations of the well-known
    Aleksandrov's projection theorem and Loomis-Whitney's inequality,
    respectively. Applying these two theorems, we obtain a number of
    inequalities for the volumes of projections of convex bodies. Besides,
    we introduce the concept of the perturbation element of a convex body,
    and prove an extreme property of it.
 C1 Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410006, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALL K, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P351
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    BRASCAMP HJ, 1976, ADV MATH, V20, P151
    BURAGO YD, 1988, GEOMETRIC INEQUALITI
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1997, T AM MATH SOC, V349, P1811
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GOODEY P, 1997, B LOND MATH SOC 1, V29, P82
    GRINBERG EL, 1991, MATH ANN, V291, P75
    KAWASHIMA T, 1991, GEOM DEDICATA, V38, P73
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1980, KONVEXE MENGEN
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P92
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    PETTY CM, 1967, P COLL CONV COP 1965, P234
    REN DL, 1988, INTRO INTEGRAL GEOME
    SCHNEIDER R, 1967, MATH Z, V101, P71
    SCHNEIDER R, 1983, ZONOIDS RELATED TOPI, P296
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    SCHNEIDER R, 1998, DETERMINATION CONVEX, V33, P155
    THOMPSON AC, 1996, MINKOWSKI GEOMETRY
    YANG L, 1986, ACTA MATH SINICA, V6, P802
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG GY, 1999, T AM MATH SOC, V351, P985
    ZHENG JZ, 1981, ACTA MATH SINICA, V4, P481
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 7
 BP 837
 EP 845
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 487CR
 UT ISI:000171856500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, DH
    Zhang, JH
 TI Several difficult problems in lubrication
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE lubrication; ZDTP; chlorowax; green compressor oil; lubrication of
    cystoscope and catheter
 AB Whether in industry or in our human life, we will encounter many
    lubrication problems. A good lubricant not only should have good
    performance, but also should meet the needs of the specific conditions.
    Here we give some examples about the difficult problems in lubrication
    and their solutions. These examples are: (i) hydrolysis and emulsion of
    ZDTP; (ii) corrosion of chlorowax; (iii) coexistence of green
    compressor oil and cryogen (R-134A); (iv) lubrication of cystoscope and
    catheter. On the same time, some achievements in lubrication field
    provided by Lubrication Chemistry Laboratory of Shanghai University
    will be introduced in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lubricat Chem Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, DH, Shanghai Univ, Lubricat Chem Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 871010011, CN
    SAKURAI T, 1979, ADDITIVE PETROLEUM P
    TAO D, 1996, LUBRI SCI, V8, P397
    TAO DH, 1994, LUBR ENG, V50, P385
    TAO DH, 2000, CHIN SCI ABSTR, V6, P106
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 46
 EP 48
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 485ZH
 UT ISI:000171793000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Shen, XJ
    Lu, JT
 TI Tribological problems of surface IC processed MEMS
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE MEMS; surface micromachining; tribology; silicon
 ID FRICTION; DEVICES
 AB Successful microactuators of simple mechanics on silicon chip are a
    prerequisite for monolithic microrobotic systems. Recent development in
    microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) has led to the success in
    building new types of microactuators. Based on the design of
    microgrippers and linear microvibromotor, which were fabricated using
    surface micromachining, the analysis of contact pairs and opposite
    movement forming of moving elements is given in this paper. The source
    and mechanism of tribology of MEMS are discussed. Associated with the
    developing history of macro-machine, several research methods and
    possible existing problems about the tribology of surface IC processed
    MEMS are pointed out.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHO YH, 1994, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V3, P81
    DANEMAN MJ, 1996, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V5, P159
    HOWE RT, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P1809
    KIANG MH, 1998, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V7, P27
    LIM MG, 1990, P IEEE MICR EL MECH, P82
    LU JT, 1997, 4 FRENCH SIN WORKSH, P109
    MILLER SL, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3224, P24
    SENFT DC, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3224, P31
    TANG WC, 1997, P 34 DES AUT C AN CA, P670
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 443
 EP 448
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 485ZH
 UT ISI:000171793000071
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, SF
    Chen, DY
 TI The novel multisoliton solutions of KP equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE KP equation; Hirota method; novel-multisoliton solution
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    CHEN DY, 2000, NOVEL MULTISOLITON S
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
 NR 5
 TC 12
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 70
 IS 10
 BP 3174
 EP 3175
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 484RZ
 UT ISI:000171704500064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, LP
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Regioselective synthesis of fluorinated pyrazole derivatives from
    trifluoromethyl-1,3-diketone
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE trifluoromethyl-1,3-diketone; per(poly)fluorophenylhydrazine;
    regioselective; fluorinated pyrazole derivatives
 AB 1,1,1-Trifluoropentane-2,4-dione (1a) and
    1-(thien-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutane-1,3-dione (1b) reacted readily
    with per(poly)fluorophenylhydrazines ArfNHNH2 (Ar-f: C6F5, HC6F4,
    CIC6F4) to give N-per(poly)fluorophenyl-5-methyl(or
    thien-2-yl)-3-trifluoromethylpyrazoles 3 and 3-methyl (or
    thien-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-5-trifluoromethyl-4,5-dihydropyrazoles 4,
    respectively. Treatment of 4 with P2O5 yielded the dehydrated product
    N-per(poly)fluorophenyl-3-methyl(or
    thien-2-yl)-5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazole in good yield. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine
    Chem, 354 Fenglin Lu Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BANK RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    HUDLICKY M, 1992, CHEM ORGANIC FLUORIN
    LEE LF, 1990, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V27, P243
    LOUPY A, 1995, J FLUORINE CHEM, V75, P215
    REID JC, 1950, J AM CHEM SOC, V72, P2948
    SINGH SP, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V83, P73
    SINGH SP, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V94, P199
    SONG LP, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V107, P107
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YAMAGUCHI Y, 1998, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V35, P805
 NR 10
 TC 12
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD OCT 28
 PY 2001
 VL 111
 IS 2
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 201
 EP 205
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 485NF
 UT ISI:000171759900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, Y
    Tajima, M
    Nakai, T
    Yoshiike, N
    Natukawa, K
 TI Micro-machined gas sensor array based on metal film micro-heater
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE gas detectors; sensors; arrays; micro-electromechanical devices
 AB An integrated gas sensor array is promising to overcome the poor
    selectivity and drift encountered by individual gas sensor.
    Micromachined gas sensor array was fabricated using the post-process
    micro-machining technology of silicon integrated circuit (IC). The size
    of a 2 x 4 array is 2 mm x 4 mm, and the active area of each cell is 50
    [im x 50 tm. The electric properties, thermal characteristics. and the
    response to standard gases of the sensor array were investigated. The
    micro-heater can be driven to 400 degreesC with about 9 mW applied
    power, and thermal response time constant of a micro-heater is about 10
    ms. The techniques of oxygen radical assisted EB evaporation was
    utilized to prepare SnO2. sensitive films that show high sensitivity
    and good selectivity to C2H5OH. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Kubota Co Ltd, Amagasaki, Hyogo 6618567, Japan.
    Hochiki Co Ltd, Machida, Tokyo 1948577, Japan.
    Matsushita Elect Ind Co Ltd, Moriguchi, Osaka 5700005, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    CAVICCHI RE, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P478
    CHUNG W, 1998, T IEE JPN E, V118, P147
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHENG LY, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P81
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    SUEHLE JS, 1993, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V14, P118
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2001
 VL 79
 IS 2-3
 BP 175
 EP 181
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 484FM
 UT ISI:000171679600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Convexification and existence of a saddle point in a pth-power
    reformulation for nonconvex constrained optimization
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex constrained optimization; Lagrangian duality; saddle point;
    p-th power reformulation
 AB It is well-known that saddle point criteria is a sufficient optimality
    condition for constrained optimization problems. Convexity is a basic
    requirement for the development of duality theory and saddle point
    optimality. In this paper we show that, under some mild conditions, the
    local convexity of Lagrangian function and hence the existence of a
    local saddle point pair can be ensured in an equivalent p-th power
    reformulation for a general class of nonconvex constrained optimization
    problems. We further investigate the conditions under which a global
    saddle point pair can be guaranteed to exist. These results expand
    considerably the class of optimization problems where a saddle point
    pair exists, thus enlarging the family of nonconvex problems to which
    the dual-search methods can be applied.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    KARLIN S, 1959, MATH METHODS THEORY, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    MINOUX M, 1986, MATH PROGRAMMING THE
    NGUYEN VH, 1979, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V27, P495
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1971, P C PROBAB, P73
    TSENG P, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P1
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 47
 IS 8
 PN Part 8 Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 5611
 EP 5622
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 482UN
 UT ISI:000171595800050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Peng, GD
    Ankiewicz, A
    Chu, PL
 TI A new recursion method for fiber grating analysis
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE gratings; optical fibers; optical-fiber devices; coupled-mode theory
 ID WAVE-GUIDE GRATINGS; PERIODIC STRUCTURES
 AB A new recursion method for the analysis of fiber gratings has been
    derived. Bragg-matched and detuned uniform gratings and nonuniform
    gratings have been analyzed by using this method. The results have been
    compared with that by using the coupled-mode theory g the coupled and
    other methods. (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ New S Wales, Opt Commun Grp, Sch Elect Engn, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Phys Sci & Engn, Ctr Opt Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    HILL KO, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1263
    KOGELNIK H, 1976, BELL SYST TECH J, V55, P109
    WANG X, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P805
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P863
    WINICK KA, 1992, APPL OPTICS, V31, P757
    YAMADA M, 1987, APPL OPTICS, V26, P3474
    YARIV A, 1977, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V13, P233
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 4
 BP 308
 EP 313
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 483YF
 UT ISI:000171662900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Z
    Bao, BR
    Wu, MH
 TI The influence of diluent on the extraction behavior of uranium with
    N-octanoylpyrrolidine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB Extraction of uranium(VT) from nitric acid solutions with
    N-octanoylpyrrolidine (OPOD) in a series of diluents has been studied.
    The dependence of the extraction distribution ratios on the
    concentrations of aqueous nitric acid, extractant, salting-out agent
    and the temperature was investigated. The experimental results showed
    that the extracting capacity of OPOD in different diluents increases in
    the order: chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane,
    n-dodecane, n-octane, cyclohexane, toluene and benzene. This can not be
    explained only on the theory of polarity of the diluents. The
    interaction between extractant and the extracted complex and diluent is
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAN JT, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI I NU
    HENGLI M, 1964, NUCL SCI TECHN, V6, P728
    KOMASAWA I, 1984, J CHEM ENG JPN, V17, P410
    LI Z, 2000, NUCL SCI TECHN, V4, P205
    LU JF, 1993, SEPARATION CHEM, P47
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 1
 BP 195
 EP 197
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 482LC
 UT ISI:000171576800031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gerhard, M
    Buelau, S
    Oleastro, M
    Karttunen, R
    Boren, T
    Olfat, F
    Zheng, Q
    Prinz, C
 TI Correlation of the Helicobacter pylori virulence and adherence factors
    vacA, cagA and babA with ulcer disease in four different European
    countries
 SO GUT
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Tech Univ Munich, Dept Med 2, D-8000 Munich, Germany.
    Inst Nacl Saude Dr Ricado Jorge, Lisbon, Portugal.
    Dept Oral Biol, Umea, Sweden.
    Swedish Inst Infect Dis Control, Stockholm, Sweden.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0017-5749
 J9 GUT
 JI Gut
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 49
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP A15
 EP A15
 PG 1
 SC Gastroenterology & Hepatology
 GA 476NB
 UT ISI:000171232500053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI Study on the reaction of electron-deficient cyclopropane derivatives
    with amines
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE gamma-butyrolactam; inner ammonium salt; high stereoselective synthesis
 ID EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS; OXIDATION
 AB Reaction of electron deficient cyclopropane derivatives
    cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6, 6-dimethyl-5, 7-dioxa-spiro-[
    2,5]-4,8-octadiones (1a-d) (X = CH3, H, Cl, NO2) with anilines (2a-e)
    (Y = p-CH3, H, p-Br, p-NO2, o-CH3) at room temperature gives
    N-aryl-trans, trans-alpha -carboxyl-beta -methoxycarbonyl-gamma
    -aryl-gamma -butyrolactams (3a-p) in high yields with high
    stereoselectivity. For example, la (X = CH3) reacts with ammonia 4 or
    benzyl amine 5 at room temperature to give inner ammonium salt 6 or 7
    in the yield of 83% or 97% respectively. The reaction mechanisms for
    formation of the products are proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARRY BS, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3339
    DEXTER CS, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P7579
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    JOLLY RS, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P7536
    MADER M, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P3049
    MARFAT A, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P4027
    MORI M, 1978, J ORG CHEM, V43, P1684
    MORIARTY RM, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P6913
    PADWA A, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P4303
    WANG ZM, 1993, CURRENT STRUCTURED D, P890
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 901
 EP 906
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 480RJ
 UT ISI:000171475700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Chu, JH
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Pan, SK
 TI Growth and characterisation of ferroelectric potassium lithium niobate
    crystals
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB Potassium lithium niobate crystals have been grown by the resistance
    heating Czochralski technique. The optical transmission spectrum of the
    crystal has been determined. The results showed that the spectrum
    properties of potassium lithium niobate crystals grown from a melt with
    a higher Li2O content are better than that of crystals grown from the
    melt with a lower Li2O content. The crystals grown by this method have
    good quality and second harmonic generation properties. Frequency
    doubling results of a quasi cw-Ti: sapphire laser using crystal samples
    showed that potassium lithium niobate can be used to double the
    frequency of near infrared quasi cw-lasers in the 890-960 nm wavelength
    range.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Precis Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG WD, 1996, CHEM PHYS LETT, V261, P66
    CLARK R, 1973, J PHYSIQUE, V22, P143
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    XIA HR, 1997, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V32, P311
    XIA HR, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P14892
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0267-0836
 J9 MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 9
 BP 1166
 EP 1168
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 478GM
 UT ISI:000171337400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Huang, SG
    Xu, LP
    Van Der Biest, O
    Vleugels, J
 TI Prediction of the isothermal sections in the ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAM; ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; ZIRCONIA; EQUILIBRIA; ZRO2-Y2O3
 AB The experimental work on the ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system, its limiting
    quasi-binaries and previous thermodynamic assessments are reviewed and
    evaluated. Isothermal sections of ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system in the
    temperature region between 1450 and 1800 C are estimated according to
    the substitutional model using the Bonnier equation. The CSS + YSS
    two-phase region of the calculated isothermal section at 1700 degreesC
    was found to be in good agreement with the experimentally obtained
    ternary diagram of Longo and Podda. The phase composition in the
    ZrO2-rich corner however disagreed significantly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Mat & Met, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEVALIER J, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2150
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2107
    DUH JG, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P6197
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    ESQUIVIAS L, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V239, P71
    GUILLERMET AF, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P747
    HAO YU, 1999, THESIS CENTRAL S U T
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    HINATSU Y, 1986, MATER RES BULL, V21, P1343
    HUANG SG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P189
    JANG BH, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1284
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KHAN N, 1989, BR CERAM P, V42, P133
    KONDOH J, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1550
    LELAIT L, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1815
    LI L, IN PRESS CALPHAD
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P59
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V15, P439
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LONGO V, 1981, J MATER SCI, V16, P839
    LONGO V, 1984, CERAMICA, V37, P18
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NAKAMURA K, 1975, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V83, P570
    NEGAS T, 1976, 12 RAR EARTH RES C V, P32
    NOGUCHI T, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P2614
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P100
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P114
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P123
    PICONI C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1
    RAMESH PD, 1996, J MATER SYNTH PROC, V4, P163
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    SATO T, 1986, INT J HIGH TECH CERA, V2, P167
    SRIVASTAVA KK, 1974, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V73, P85
    STUBICAN VS, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P17
    STUBICAN VS, 1988, ADV CERAM, V24, P71
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    XU ZY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
 NR 42
 TC 3
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 529
 EP 534
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 478AR
 UT ISI:000171321200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI The stereoselective synthesis of
    N-aryl-trans,trans-alpha-carboxyl-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-
    butyrolactams
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE gamma-butyrolactam; high stereoselective synthesis
 ID EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS; OXIDATION
 AB Cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxa-
    spiro[2,5]-4,8-octadiones (1) in dimethyl ethylene glycol at room
    temperature react with anilines (2) to give N-aryl-trans, trans-alpha
    -carboxyl-beta -methoxycarbonyl-gamma -aryl-gamma -butyrolactams (3) in
    good to excellent yields and high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    JOLLY RS, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P7536
    MADER M, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P3049
    MARFAT A, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P4027
    MORIARTY RM, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P6913
    WANG ZM, 1993, CURRENT STRUCTURED D
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 20
 BP 3107
 EP 3112
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 476TU
 UT ISI:000171245500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Ding, PX
    Lu, XH
 TI Nonlinear unified equations for water waves propagating over uneven
    bottoms in the nearshore region
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE unified equations; Hamiltonian variational principle for water waves;
    extended mild-slope equation; higher order Boussinesq-type equations
 ID EVOLUTION; MODEL
 AB Considering the continuous characteristics for water waves propagating
    over complex topography in the nearshore region, the unified nonlinear
    equations, based on the hypothesis for a typical uneven bottom, are
    presented by employing the Hamiltonian variational principle for water
    waves. It is verified that the equations include the following special
    cases: the extension of Airy's nonlinear shallow-water equations, the
    generalized mild-slope equation, the dispersion relation for the
    second-order Stokes waves and the higher order Boussinesq-type
    equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Grad Studies, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, P 13 INT C COAST ENG, P471
    DEMIRBILEK Z, 1999, DEV OFFSHORE ENG, P1
    DINGMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPAGATI, P263
    HUANG H, 2000, PROGR NATURAL SCI, V10, P24
    KARAMBAS TV, 1999, J COASTAL RES, V15, P128
    KIRBY JT, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P171
    LIU PLF, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P41
    LIU PLF, 1995, ADV COAST OCEAN ENG, V1, P125
    MADSEN PA, 1998, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V356, P1
    RADDER AC, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P473
    WITTING JM, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V56, P203
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 10
 BP 746
 EP 753
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 475ZT
 UT ISI:000171200500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
 TI Photon acceleration based on plasma
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID LASER WAKEFIELD ACCELERATION; IONIZATION FRONTS; PULSES; OPTICS; WAVES
 AB A formalism is presented to examine the interaction of laser field with
    plasma wave in which the interaction is described as some geometric
    metric (optical metric) and then a laser beam is treated as a packet of
    photons moving along null geodesics with respect to that metric. Photon
    motion equations are derived and solved analytically in both the
    one-dimensional and the three-dimensional cases. The expressions for
    the frequency shifts of laser pulses are presented and it is found that
    the frequency shifting results from the plasma density gradient.
    Three-dimensional solution shows that a laser beam diffraction occurs
    in the presence of a radial variation of the plasma density. It is
    argued that the focusing mechanism originated from the plasma wave can
    curb laser diffracting, so that photons can be trapped in the plasma
    wave and accelerated continuously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIRANOFF F, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P995
    BINGHAM R, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P247
    DIAS JM, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4773
    DIAS JM, 1998, PHYS REV ST ACCEL BE, V103, P1301
    ESAREY E, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P3526
    ESAREY E, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P3908
    ESAREY E, 1996, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V24, P252
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    LEONHARDT U, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P4301
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P582
    MODENA A, 1995, NATURE, V377, P606
    SCHROEDER CB, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1177
    SHEN WD, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P1
    SILVA LOE, 1996, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V24, P316
    SILVA LOE, 1998, PHYS REV E B, V57, P3423
    SPRANGLE P, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P2146
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU S, 1997, ACTA OPT SINICA, V17, P1677
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
    ZHU ST, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V40, P755
 NR 24
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 6403
 IS 3
 PN Part 2
 AR 036501
 DI ARTN 036501
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 474ZD
 UT ISI:000171136400081
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    McKinnon, KIM
    Li, D
 TI A convexification method for a class of global optimization problems
    with applications to reliability optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE global optimization; monotone optimization; convexification method;
    concave minimization; reliability optimization
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION; ALGORITHM; MINIMIZATION
 AB A convexification method is proposed for solving a class of global
    optimization problems with certain monotone properties. It is shown
    that this class of problems can be transformed into equivalent concave
    minimization problems using the proposed convexification schemes. An
    outer approximation method can then be used to find the global solution
    of the transformed problem. Applications to mixed-integer nonlinear
    programming problems arising in reliability optimization of complex
    systems are discussed and satisfactory numerical results are presented.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Univ Edinburgh, Dept Math & Stat, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    BENSON HP, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P765
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1990, NAV RES LOG, V37, P433
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P27
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V88, P177
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    LI D, 2001, IN PRESS ANN OPERATI
    MISRA KB, 1991, IEEE T RELIAB, V40, P81
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    TILLMAN FA, 1980, OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
 NR 18
 TC 11
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 199
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 477PM
 UT ISI:000171293500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI A general algorithm for accurate computation of field variables and its
    derivatives near the boundary in BEM
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE BEM; boundary layer effect; singularity; modified Gauss-Tschebyscheff
    quadrature; field variable; numerical computation
 AB A general algorithm was proposed in the paper for the accurate
    computation of the field variables and its derivatives at domain points
    near the boundary in attempt to solve the so-called boundary layer
    effect in the boundary element method. The algorithm is based on the
    parameter, including modified Gauss-Tschebyscheff quadrature formula
    with the aid of the approximate distance function introduced, where the
    parameter is defined as the ratio of the minimum distance of the domain
    point to the boundary and the length of the boundary element. The
    algorithm is not only numerically stable because the singular part of
    the integrand serves as the weight function in the modified
    Gauss-Tschebyscheff quadrature formula but also independent of the kind
    of boundary elements. The method can be extended to the
    three-dimensional case with little modifications.
    Numerical examples of the potential problem and the elastic problem of
    plane strain were given by using the cubic and the quadratic boundary
    elements, respectively, showing the feasibility and the effectiveness
    of the proposed algorithm. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch Sci, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, J APPL MECH, V57, P906
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    PARTRIDGE PW, 1992, DUAL RECIPROCITY BOU
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    WANG D, 1992, J MECH STRENGTH, V14, P23
    ZHANG GH, 1990, P 3 JAP CHIN S BOUND, P73
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 25
 IS 10
 BP 833
 EP 841
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 476ZW
 UT ISI:000171259500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Chang, QS
    Jiang, BG
 TI Explicit exact solitary-wave solutions for compound KdV-type and
    compound KdV-Burgers-type equations with nonlinear terms of any order
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we consider compound KdV-type and KdV-Burgers-type
    equations with nonlinear terms of any order. The explicit exact
    solitary-wave solutions for the equations are obtained by means of
    proper transformation, which degrades the order of nonlinear terms, and
    an undetermined coefficient method. A solitary-wave solution with
    negative velocity for the generalized KdV-Burgers equation u(t) +
    u(p)u(x) - alphau(xx) + u(xxx) = 0 is found. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Changsha Railway Univ, Dept Math & Mech, Changsha 410075, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BONA JL, 1985, P ROY SOC EDINB A, V101, P207
    COFFEY MW, 1990, SIAM J APPL MATH, V50, P1580
    DEY B, 1986, J PHYS A, V19, L9
    PEGO RL, 1992, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V340, P47
    PEGO RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P45
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    ZHANG WG, 1996, ACTA MATH SCI, V16, P241
 NR 8
 TC 25
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 311
 EP 319
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 477HA
 UT ISI:000171276600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Ding, PX
    Lu, XH
 TI Extended mild-slope equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE mild-slope equation; slowly varying three-dimensional currents; rapidly
    varying topography; Hamiltonian formalism for surface waves
 ID VARYING TOPOGRAPHY; WAVES
 AB The Hamiltonian formalism for surface waves and the mild-slope
    approximation were empolyed in handling the case of slowly varying
    three-dimensional currents and an uneven bottom, thus leading to an
    extended mild-slope equation. The bottom topography consists of two
    components: the slowly varying component whose horizontal length scale
    is longer than the surface wave length, and the fast varying component
    with the amplitude being smaller than that of the surface wave. ne
    frequency of the fast varying depth component is, however, comparable
    to that of the surface waves. The extended mild-slope equation is more
    widely applicable and contains as special cases famous mild-slope
    equations below: the classical mild-slope equation of Berkhoff, Kirby's
    mild-slope equation with current, and Dingemans's mild-slope equation
    for rippled bed. The extended shallow water equations for ambient
    currents and rapidly varying topography are also obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res,
    Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 CR BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, 13TH P INT C COAST E, P471
    BROER LJF, 1974, APPL SCI RES, V30, P430
    CHAMBERLAIN PG, 1995, J FLUID MECH, V291, P393
    CHANDRASEKERA CN, 1997, J WATERW PORT C-ASCE, V123, P280
    DINGEMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPAGATI
    KIRBY JT, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V89, P745
    KIRBY JT, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P171
    KIRBY JT, 1997, GRAVITY WAVES WATER, P55
    LEE CH, 1998, COAST ENG, V34, P243
    LIU PLF, 1990, SEA OCEAN ENG SCI, V9, P27
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P153
    THOMAS GP, 1997, GRAVITY WAVES WATER, P255
    YOON SB, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V205, P397
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 724
 EP 729
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 476CF
 UT ISI:000171208100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Zhou, XR
 TI On the resonant generation of weakly nonlinear Stokes waves in regions
    with fast varying topography and free surface current
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear resonance; weakly nonlinear Stokes waves; a free surface
    current; rippled beds; dynamical system
 AB The effect of nonlinearity on the free surface wave resonated by an
    incident flow over rippled beds, which consist of fast varying
    topography superimposed on an otherwise slowly varying mean depth, is
    studied using a WKBJ-type perturbation approach. Synchronous,
    superharmonic and in particular subharmonic resonance were selectively
    excited over the fast varying topography with corresponding
    wavelengths. For a steady current the dynamical system is autonomous
    and the possible nonlinear steady states and their stability were
    investigated. When the current has a small oscillatory component the
    dynamical system becomes non-autonomous, chaos is now possible.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Tianjin Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEGI S, 1994, COAST ENG, V23, P1
    DAVIES AG, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V144, P419
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HEATHERSHAW AD, 1982, NATURE, V296, P343
    KENNEDY JF, 1963, J FLUID MECH, V16, P521
    NACIRI M, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V235, P415
    SAMMARCO P, 1994, J FLUID MECH, V279, P377
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 730
 EP 740
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 476CF
 UT ISI:000171208100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Research on dynamics in modulation-doped GaAs/AlxGa1-xAs
    heterostructures
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; heterostructure; negative differential conductivity
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; SEMICONDUCTOR-DEVICE; DOMAIN FORMATION;
    CHAOTIC MOTIONS; OSCILLATOR
 AB We discuss the dynamics of the forced modulation-doped AlxGa1-xAs
    heterostructure device governed by the coupled differential equations,
    which is operative in the state far from thermodynamic equilibrium.
    Biased with an appropriate do field, the system exhibits two states:
    spontaneous current oscillation and fixed points. Under an ac driving
    force imposed on a do bias, the dynamical system shows the expected
    characteristics of frequency locking, quasiperiodicity, and chaos,
    which are sensitive to the amplitude and frequency, of the external
    applied microwave field. In particular, the basins of attraction of
    both an ordinary attractor and a chaotic attractor are presented. (C)
    2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1989, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V32, P1149
    DOTTING R, 1992, CHAOTIC DYNAMICS THE
    DOTTLING R, 1994, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V37, P685
    LURYI S, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2351
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
    SCHOLL E, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1277
    ZHANG YH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1116
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 95
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 473HK
 UT ISI:000171034600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZM
    Dong, HF
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
 TI Influence of high frequency electromagnetic field on the initial
    solidification during electromagnetic continuous casting
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic force; continuous casting; alternative electromagnetic
    field; initial solidification; electromagnetic continuous casting; heat
    transfer; numerical simulation
 AB The initial solidification during electromagnetic continuous casting of
    metal has been investigated experimentally and numerically. The
    temperature profile in the metal was measured and the starting point of
    the initial solidification was detected. It was found that the magnetic
    field influenced the temperature profile greatly, and lowered the
    starting position of the initial solidification profoundly. Further,
    the induction heat in the metal was calculated according to the
    measured magnetic flux in the mold. The heat induced in the wall was
    converted from the temperature detected in the mold wall. In order to
    understand the influence of the magnetic field on the behavior of the
    interfacial heat exchange between the metal and the mold wall, a
    special experiment was carried out to measure the heat exchange
    coefficient on the interface.
    Based on above measurement, a numerical model was built to describe the
    heat transfer and solidification of the metal. The influence of the
    magnetic field on the solidification was figured out. The role of the
    three main effects of the magnetic field, that is, inducing heat in the
    metal, inducing heat in the mold wall, and decreasing-the heat transfer
    rate on the interface between the metal and mold wall, was analyzed. It
    was shown that, the induced heat in the mold wall and the effect of
    decreasing the heat transfer on the interface between the mold and the
    metal may played a more important role in influencing the
    solidification.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MORISHITA M, 1992, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    NAKATA M, 1992, PROCESS METALLURGY, P203
    SIMPSON PG, 1960, INDUCTION HEATING OI, P11
    TANAKA T, 1994, P INT S EL PROC MAT, P248
    TINGJU L, 1996, TETSU TO HAGANE, V82, P197
    TOH T, 1994, P INT S EL PROC MAT, P254
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2001
 VL 41
 IS 9
 BP 981
 EP 985
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 473ZY
 UT ISI:000171080900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, ZR
 TI Control of a hyperchaotic discrete system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE controlling chaos; hyperchaotic map; Liapunov direct method;
    stabilization; tracking
 AB The Control of a hyperchaotic discrete system is investigated, A
    time-varying feedback control law is established on the base of local
    linearization. The Liapunov direct method is applied to estimate the
    neighborhood in which the control law can be effectively used.
    Numerical examples are presented to demonstrate the applications of the
    control law to solve the problem of stabilizing unstable periodic
    orbits and the problem of tracking an arbitrarily given periodic orbit.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    LIU ZR, 1996, STRANGE ATTRACTORS 2
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 741
 EP 746
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 475BC
 UT ISI:000171140900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiong, Y
    Shi, DH
 TI Affine transformation in random iterated function systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fractal; random iterated function system; affine transformation
 AB Random iterated function systems (IFSs) is discussed, which is one of
    the methods for fractal drawing. A certain figure can be reconstructed
    by a random IFS. One approach is presented to determine a new random
    IFS, that the figure reconstructed by the new random IFS is the image
    of the origin figure reconstructed by old IFS under a given affine
    transformation. Two particular examples are used to show this approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNSLEY MF, 1988, FRACTALS EVERYWHERE
    LASOTA A, 1994, CHAOS FRACTALS NOISE
    LIN YP, 1999, DYN CONTIN DISCRET I, V5, P53
    SU BQ, 1990, COURSE APPL GEOMETRY
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 820
 EP 826
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 475BC
 UT ISI:000171140900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Dong, YD
    Qiao, XY
    Mo, ZS
    Wang, XH
    Wang, Q
    Xu, H
 TI Studies on the morphology transition of micro-crystal growth in polymer
    films in high vacuum and strong electrostatic field
 SO ACTA POLYMERICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electrostatic field; polymer film micro-crystals; morphology
 AB The morphology of films of isotactic polypropylene poly
    (3-dodecylthiophene) and iPP/P3DDT blend formed in electrostatic fields
    has been investigated by using scanning electron microscope. The
    experiment results show that the micro-crystal morphology of polymer
    films was strongly dependent on electrostatic fields. It was found that
    the effect of the electrostatic field led to the formation of dendrite
    crystals aligned in the field direction, and some branches of P3DDT
    ruptured. However, the micro-crystals in these films grew into
    spherulites without electrostatic field,and have no crystal orientation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR SERPICO JM, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P6879
    VENUGOPAL G, 1990, POLYM PREPR, V31, P377
    XIAO XS, 2000, CHINESE J SCI INSTRU, V21, P75
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3304
 J9 ACTA POLYM SIN
 JI Acta Polym. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 IS 2
 BP 261
 EP 264
 PG 4
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 473LA
 UT ISI:000171044400028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Existence of a saddle point in nonconvex constrained optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex constrained optimization; saddle point; dual method; p-th
    power formulation; global solution
 AB The existence of a saddle point in nonconvex constrained optimization
    problems is considered in this paper. We show that, under some mild
    conditions, the existence of a saddle point can be ensured in an
    equivalent p-th power formulation for a general class of nonconvex
    constrained optimization problems. This result expands considerably the
    class of optimization problems where a saddle point exists and thus
    enlarges the family of nonconvex problems that can be solved by
    dual-search methods.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR KARLIN S, 1959, MATH METHODS THEORY, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P4339
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    MINOUX M, 1986, MATH PROGRAMMING THE
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 50
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 471YJ
 UT ISI:000170956000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Feng, SX
    Ni, GJ
    Duan, YS
 TI Relations of two transversal submanifolds and global manifold
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 ID GAUGE FIELD-THEORY; TOPOLOGICAL QUANTIZATION; DISCLINATION CONTINUUM;
    LINEAR DEFECTS; BIFURCATION; DISLOCATION; STRINGS; BRANES; ORIGIN
 AB In Riemann geometry, the relations of two transversal submanifolds and
    global manifold are discussed without any concrete models. By replacing
    the normal vector of a submanifold with the tangent vector of another
    submanifold, the metric tensors, Christoffel symbols and curvature
    tensors of the three manifolds are connected at the intersection points
    of the two submanifolds. When the inner product of the two tangent
    vectors of submanifolds vanishes, some corollaries of these relations
    give the most important second fundamental form and Gauss-Codazzi
    equation in the conventional submanifold theory. As a special case, the
    global manifold which is Euclidean is considered. It is pointed out
    that, in order to obtain the nonzero energy-momentum tensor of matter
    field in a submanifold, there must be the contributions of the above
    inner product and the other submanifold. Generally speaking, a
    submanifold is closely related to the matter fields of the other
    submanifold and the two submanifolds affect each other through the
    above inner product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU CS, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V428, P59
    DUAN YS, HEPTH9809011
    DUAN YS, HEPTH9810111
    DUAN YS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P781
    DUAN YS, 1998, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    DUAN YS, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P157
    DUAN YS, 1999, INT J THEOR PHYS, V38, P563
    EISENHART L, 1964, RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
    ERLICH J, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    FERRARA S, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V431, P42
    HAWKING SW, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    HYUN SJ, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P4856
    KISHIMOTO I, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P305
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0217-751X
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS A
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. A
 PD AUG 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 21
 BP 3535
 EP 3551
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 472UZ
 UT ISI:000171004500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MY
    Zhu, J
    Wan, XJ
 TI The effect of B addition on charge distribution in Co3Ti
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE intermetallics; miscellaneous; brittleness and ductility; bonding;
    crystallography; electron microscopy; transmission
 ID BEAM ELECTRON-DIFFRACTION; ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; DENSITY
    DISTRIBUTION; BORON; NI3AL; DUCTILITY; HYDROGEN; PATTERNS
 AB In this paper. the chemistries at grain boundaries in Co3Ti
    intermetallics with and without boron doping were examined. The charge
    density distributions of the two kinds of alloys were obtained by their
    experimentally determined structure factors. The differences between
    them were analyzed and compared with the effect of boron on charge
    density distribution in Ni3Al. It is found that B has quite different
    effects on the charge distribution, and segregation behavior as well as
    mechanical properties in Co3Ti and Ni3Al. It is concluded that boron
    has no effect on suppressing the environmental embrittlement in Co3Ti
    because of the weakened Co-B-Co bonding. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Electron Microscopy Lab, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, J, Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Electron Microscopy Lab,
    Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, J JPN I MET, V43, P1190
    BAKER I, 1988, PHILOS MAG B, V57, P379
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    GEORGE EP, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P979
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    HOLMESTAD R, 1995, PHILOS MAG A, V72, P579
    HOLMESTAD R, 1998, PHILOS MAG A, V77, P1231
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU Y, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    LU G, 1996, ACTA MATER, V44, P4019
    MIAO Y, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1913
    SAUNDERS M, 1995, ULTRAMICROSCOPY, V60, P311
    SHINOHARA T, 1996, J MATER RES, V8, P1285
    SIELOFF DD, 1989, P MAT RES SOC S PITT, P155
    SUZUKI T, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4226
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    TAUB AI, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P2025
    VAINSHTEIN BK, 1990, SOVREMENNAYA KRISTAL, V2
    WU MY, 1999, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V56, P189
    WU MY, 2000, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR 4, V33, P1119
    ZHU J, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P1989
    ZUO JM, 1991, ULTRAMICROSCOPY, V35, P185
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 9
 IS 8
 BP 705
 EP 709
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 472VV
 UT ISI:000171006400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI On the relationship between the integer and continuous solutions of
    convex programs
 SO OPERATIONS RESEARCH LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integer program; convex program; quadratic program; proximity
    analysis
 ID OPTIMIZATION; BRANCH
 AB A bound is obtained in this note for the distance between the integer
    and real solutions to convex quadratic programs. This bound is a
    function of the condition number of the Hessian matrix. We further
    extend this proximity result to convex programs and mixed-integer
    convex programs. We also show that this bound is achievable in certain
    situations and the distance between the integer and continuous
    minimizers may tend to infinity. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BALDICK R, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V226, P389
    BLAIR CE, 1979, DISCRETE MATH, V25, P7
    COOK W, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V34, P251
    GRANOT F, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V47, P259
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HOCHBAUM DS, 1990, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V37, P843
    KORNER F, 1983, COMPUTING, V30, P253
    SCHRIJVER A, 1986, THEORY LINEAR INTEGE
    THOAI NV, 1998, COMPUT OPTIM APPL, V10, P149
    WERMAN M, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V51, P133
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0167-6377
 J9 OPER RES LETT
 JI Oper. Res. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 92
 PG 6
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 470DG
 UT ISI:000170854700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Calculating an element of B-differential for a vector-valued maximum
    function
 SO NUMERICAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; nonsmooth optimization; B-differential; Clarke
    generalized Jacobian; maximum function
 ID NONSMOOTH EQUATIONS
 AB In this paper, we propose a method of calculating an element of
    B-differential, also an element of Clarke generalized Jacobian, for a
    vector-valued maximum function. This calculation is required in many
    existing numerical methods for the solution of nonsmooth equations and
    for the nonsmooth optimization. The generalization of our method to a
    vector-valued smooth composition of maximum functions is also
    discussed. Particularly, we propose a method of obtaining the set of
    B-differential for a vector-valued maximum of affine functions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANEY RW, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P649
    CHEN WJ, 1996, SCI CHINA SER A, V39, P528
    CHEN X, 1997, COMPUTING, V58, P281
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1996, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI
    GAO Y, 1994, ARCH CONTROL SCI, V3, P181
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    LEMARECHAL C, 1994, ALGORITHMS CONTINUOU, P357
    MAKELA MM, 1992, NONSMOOTH OPTIMIZATI
    PANG JS, 1996, MATH OPER RES, V21, P401
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0163-0563
 J9 NUMER FUNC ANAL OPTIMIZ
 JI Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim.
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 5-6
 BP 561
 EP 575
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 470RV
 UT ISI:000170885700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, XJ
    Wang, QP
    Lu, LJ
    Pan, HB
    Xu, FQ
    Xu, PS
 TI Optimization of a variable-angle spherical grating monochromator
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION
    A-ACCELERATORS SPECTROMETERS DETECTORS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
 DT Article
 DE beamline design; grating monochromator; VUV; soft X-ray
 ID SYNCHROTRON-RADIATION
 AB A beamline covering photon energy of 10-300eV is now under construction
    in National Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory. The monochromator,
    optimized for maximum flux and medium resolution, has two working
    modes. One is to vary the grating including angle during wavelength
    scanning by rotating a plane mirror in the monochromator. At this case,
    the entrance and exit slit are both fixed during the wavelength
    scanning. The other is to translate exit slit while the grating
    including angle is fixed. The monochromator is provided for
    angle-resolved spectroscopic and angle-integrated spectroscopic
    experiments with medium resolving power (E/DeltaE > 1 0 0 0). (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei 230029, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Machinery, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, XJ, Univ Sci & Technol China, Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei
    230029, Anhui, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CT, 1987, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V256, P595
    LU LJ, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P3627
    MELPIGNANO P, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM 2, V66, P2125
    PADMORE HA, 1989, REV SCI INSTRUM 2A, V60, P1608
    PEATMAN WB, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM, V66, P2801
    PIMPALE AV, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P1591
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0168-9002
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES A
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. A-Accel. Spectrom. Dect. Assoc.
    Equip.
 PD JUL 21
 PY 2001
 VL 467
 PN Part 1
 BP 597
 EP 600
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields; Instruments & Instrumentation; Nuclear
    Science & Technology; Spectroscopy
 GA 470YR
 UT ISI:000170900500143
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Chen, J
    Bao, B
 TI The effect of monomer molecular weight of acrylate on radiation
    grafting of polyethylene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SURFACES
 AB A series of condensed ethylene glycol acrylate monomers with different
    molecular weight was grafted to polyethylene films by means of
    preirradiation. The effect of the molecular weight of monomer and
    co-solvent system on the grafting reaction and the properties of the
    grafted sample were studied. The experimental results showed that the
    initial rate of grafting reaction decreased and the molar degrees of
    grafting linearly decreased with the increment of molecular weight of
    the monomer. The grafting degree was increased with the swelling degree
    of the grafted film. The biocompatibility and blood compatibility of
    the grafted PE films were evaluated by the determination of
    hydrophilicity and anti-thrombus.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRADE JD, 1987, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V33, P75
    DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HADDADIASL V, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V45, P191
    HAYASHI K, 1983, SEITAI ZEIRYO, V1, P59
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, ADV CHEM SER, V199, P3
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    KRONICK PL, 1983, SYNTHETIC BIOMEDICAL, P132
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
    YEH YS, 1988, J BIOMED MATER RES, V22, P795
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 249
 IS 3
 BP 639
 EP 642
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 469WY
 UT ISI:000170840100021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
 TI Abnormalities in the ferroelectric behavior of Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin
    films caused by fluctuations in Ba/Sr ratios in micro-regions
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DING YP, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V19, P163
    DING YP, 2000, MAT RES B, V35
    KNANSS LA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P25
    ONEILL D, 1998, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V9, P199
    QU BD, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1394
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 16
 BP 1469
 EP 1471
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 469KZ
 UT ISI:000170815000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WM
    Li, CE
    Guo, CJ
    Yan, LH
 TI Influence of phase composition on the piezoelectric properties of
    PMN-PT ceramic
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE chemical composition; phase composition; MPB; piezoelectric properties
 ID LEAD MAGNESIUM NIOBATE; BOUNDARY; TITANATE; SYSTEM
 AB The influence of chemical and phase composition on the piezoelectric
    properties of PMN-PT ceramics with chemical compositions near the
    morphotropic phase boundary(MPB) sintered at different temperatures was
    investigated. It showed that a phase conversion from rhombohedral to
    tetragonal phase took place when the sintering temperature of PMN-PT
    ceramic with a definite chemical composition increased. Meanwhile, the
    piezoelectric properties of PMN-PT ceramics were significantly enhanced
    when the amount of rhombohedral phase approached to that of tetragonal
    phase in ceramics. At the same time, it was discovered that the
    chemical composition corresponding to optimal piezoelectric properties
    varied with the change of sintering temperature. Based on above
    results, the authors found that the piezoelectric properties of PMN-PT
    near the MPB are not only related to the chemical composition but also
    significantly impacted by the phase composition in ceramics. With the
    change of sintering temperature, the MPB of PMN-PT ceramic system
    shifts slightly.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIGUR P, 1975, J PHYS D, V8, P1856
    BAREWALD HG, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P480
    CAO WW, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P1399
    CARL K, 1971, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V8, P87
    CHOI SW, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V100, P29
    FANG F, 1997, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V25, P688
    GUPTA SM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P407
    HILTON AD, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P379
    HO JC, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P4497
    ISUPOV VA, 1968, TELA FIS TVERD, V10, P1244
    ISUPOV VA, 1983, FERROELECTRICS, V46, P217
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    KIM N, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P341
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1840
    SWARTZ SL, 1982, MATER RES BULL, V17, P1245
    XIA F, 1998, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V26, P114
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 641
 EP 648
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 469NZ
 UT ISI:000170822900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Qiao, XY
    Mo, ZS
    Dong, YD
    Wang, Q
    Wang, XH
    Xu, H
 TI The effect of electrostatic field on the micro-crystal morphology of
    polymer films
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE electrostatic field; isotactic polypropylene; poly(3-dodecylthiophene);
    crystallite size; morphology
 AB The micro-crystal morphology of the films of isotactic polypropylene
    (iPP), poly(3-dodecylthiophene) (P3DDT) and iPP/P3DDT blend grown in
    different electrostatic environments has been investigated by using
    scanning electron microscope. The experimental results show that the
    micro-crystal morphology of polymer films was strongly dependent on
    electrostatic field. It was found that the micro-crystal morphology of
    the films of iPP, P3DDT and iPP/P3DDT blend grown in the electrostatic
    field was in the form of dendrite crystals, in which main stems were
    aligned in the field direction, and some branches of P3DDT were
    ruptured. However, the micro-crystals of the films of iPP, P3DDT and
    iPP/P3DDT blend have no crystal orientation in the absence of
    electrostatic field. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR BRISKMAN V, AIAA960257
    FURUKAWA T, 1989, PHASE TRANSIT, V18, P143
    JACBS EW, 1984, APPL PHYS LETT, V44, P44
    KAWAI H, 1969, JPN J APPL PHYS, V8, P975
    SERPICO JM, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P6879
    VENUGOPAL G, 1990, POLYM PREPR, V31, P377
    XIAO X, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P66
    XIAO X, 2000, CHINESE J SCI INSTRU, V21, P23
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 11
 BP 2339
 EP 2343
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 470QQ
 UT ISI:000170883000023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, YJ
    Ru, HY
    Min, ZK
 TI R(C-6, K-5)=21 and R(C-7, K-5)=25
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 ID NUMBERS; GRAPHS
 AB The Ramsey number R(C-n, K-m) is the smallest integer p such that any
    graph G on p vertices either contains a cycle C-n with length n or
    contains an independent set with order m. In this paper we prove that
    R(C-n, K-5) = 4(n - 1) + 1 (n = 6, 7). (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLLOBAS B, IN PRESS CONJECTURE
    CHVATAL V, 1972, PAC J MATH, V41, P335
    CLANCY M, 1977, J GRAPH THEOR, V1, P89
    FAUDREE RJ, 1974, DISCRETE MATH, V8, P313
    HENDRY GRT, 1989, J GRAPH THEOR, V13, P245
    JAYAWARDENE CJ, SOEM RAMSEY NUMBERS
    RADZISZOWSKI SP, 2000, ELECT J COMB, V1, P1
    ROSTA V, 1973, J COMB THEORY B, V15, P94
    SCHELP RH, 1978, LECT NOTES MATH, V642, P500
    YANG WY, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P205
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 561
 EP 567
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics
 GA 470GA
 UT ISI:000170861200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Topological structure of entropy of (3+1)-dimensional spherically
    symmetric black holes
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID EXTREME STATE; AREA
 AB Using the relationship between the entropy arid the Euler
    characteristic, an entropy density is introduced to describe the inner
    topological structure of the entropy of (3 + 1)-dimensional spherically
    symmetric black holes. It is pointed out that the density of entropy is
    determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing vector field of
    spacetime, and these singularities carry the topological numbers, Hopf
    indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally, which are topological
    invariants. Taking account of the physical meaning in statistics, the
    entropy of black holes is given by the Hopf indices merely, which will
    lead to the increasing principle of entropy of black holes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDEEN JM, 1973, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V31, P161
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1973, PHYS REV D, V7, P2333
    CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES
    CHRISTODOULOU D, 1971, PHYS REV D, V4, P3552
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GHOSH A, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P1858
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2752
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1975, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V43, P199
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    HAWKING SW, 1996, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V13, P1487
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    MALDACENA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P428
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P2188
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 22
 BP 1457
 EP 1464
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 467MR
 UT ISI:000170708800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZQ
    Mo, YL
 TI Coding of image objects based on wavelet transform using lifting scheme
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MPEG-4; transform coding of arbitrarily shaped image objects; wavelet
    transforms using lifting scheme
 ID SHAPE-ADAPTIVE DCT; VIDEO
 AB Wavelet lifting scheme was applied to the transform coding of
    arbitrarily shaped image objects. There are two approaches: one needs
    the extrapolation of the image object and the other is a shape-adopted
    algorithm by modifying the lifting scheme. The experiment result shows
    that the image compression performance of the two approaches is better
    than Katata's approach which uses the classical wavelet transform.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DAUBECHIES I, 1998, J FOURIER ANAL APPL, V4, P247
    KATATA H, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P234
    KAUFF P, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P181
    KAUFF P, 1998, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V8, P237
    LEE SH, 1999, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V9, P44
    LEWIS AS, 1992, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V1, P244
    SIKORA T, 1995, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V5, P59
    SIKORA T, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P19
    SWELDENS W, 1994, LIFTING SCHEME CUSTO, P1
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 296
 EP 300
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 467GL
 UT ISI:000170694000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Huang, BB
    Yu, YQ
    Cui, DL
 TI Electrical properties and Raman spectra of undoped and Al-doped ZnO
    thin films by metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE ZnO; resistivity; carrier concentration; hall mobility; Raman spectra
 ID DEPOSITION; GROWTH
 AB Undoped and Al-doped ZnO thin films have been deposited on Si
    substrates using metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy at atmospheric
    pressure. The as-deposited ZnO films showed good crystalline character
    and exhibited (002) orientation with the c axis perpendicular to the
    substrate surface. The carrier concentration of ZnO films was found to
    be dependent upon the doping of Al, and varied in the range from 10(19)
    to 10(20) cm(-3). The resistivity of ZnO films was in the order of
    magnitude of 10(-3) Omega cm. The Hall mobility decreased with the
    doping of Al and was in the range 5-53 cm(2) (V(.)s)(-1). Raman spectra
    indicated the observed A(1)(LO) and E-2(high) bands shifted towards the
    low-frequency side. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Dept Elect Informat Mat,
    865 Changning Rd, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAGNALL DM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2230
    DAMEN TC, 1966, PHYS REV, V142, P570
    MINEGISHI K, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V36, L1453
    SOULETIE P, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P248
    TONG YZ, 1996, J INFARED MILLIM WAV, V15, P6
    WRIGHT PJ, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V66, P26
 NR 6
 TC 12
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD SEP 25
 PY 2001
 VL 86
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 112
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 465HR
 UT ISI:000170584000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Huang, BB
    Cui, DL
 TI Growth of AlxGa1-xP on GaAs substrate by metalorganic vapor phase
    epitaxy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE AlGaP; metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy; back-scattering spectrometry;
    Raman spectroscopy
 ID MOLECULAR-BEAM EPITAXY; RAMAN-SCATTERING; GAP; PRESSURE; INP
 AB The crystalline perfection of the AlxGa1-xP film grown on GaAs
    substrate by atmospheric pressure metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy has
    been studied using double-crystal X-ray diffraction and back-scattering
    spectrometry, and the behavior for the optical phonons of the AlxGa1-xP
    epilayer investigated by the Raman scattering technique. In addition,
    the reflection spectra in the visible-light spectra region from
    multilayer structures constructed by AlxGa1-xP/GaP pairs have been
    measured. The measurement of the full-width at half-maximum of the
    X-ray diffraction peak of the AlxGa1-xP epilayer showed that the
    crystalline perfection of the AlxGa1-xP film was improved by growing a
    GaP buffer layer and using a misoriented GaAs substrate. Corresponding
    to the temperature range 750-820 degreesC, the higher crystalline
    perfection was obtained at the lower growth temperature. The value of
    the minimum yield of back-scattering spectrometry of Al0.24Ga0.76P/GaAs
    (3.4 x 10(-2)) revealed that the epilayer was not perfect and contained
    both elastic strain and misfit dislocations. A two-mode Raman
    characteristic of Al0.21Ga0.79P/GaAs was clearly seen with two LO
    modes, AIP-like LO and GaP-like LO located at 460 and 392 cm(-1),
    respectively. For the (Al0.2Ga0.79P)10/(GaP)(10) structure, a
    reflectivity above 60% was realized. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *I SEM CHIN AC SCI, 1984, TEST AN SEM, P135
    ADOMI K, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P570
    BAILLARGEON JN, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P2201
    BHAT R, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P311
    CHU WK, 1978, BACKSCATTERING SPECT, P233
    ESTRERA JP, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P1927
    FRANK FC, 1949, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V198, P216
    ILLEGEMS M, 1970, PHYS REV B, V1, P1576
    LAO PD, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P1676
    LIU J, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P415
    LUCOVSKY G, 1975, PHYS REV B, V12, P4135
    LUCOVSKY G, 1976, PHYS REV B, V14, P2503
    MENG G, 1984, CHEM VAPOR EPITAXY N, P147
    MOWBRAY DJ, 1987, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V2, P822
    VANDEVEN J, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V76, P352
    WAKAHARA A, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P118
    WEINSTEIN BA, 1975, PHYS REV           B, V12, P1172
    ZHANG ZC, 2000, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V77, P24
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD SEP 25
 PY 2001
 VL 86
 IS 2
 BP 147
 EP 151
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 465HR
 UT ISI:000170584000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Fan, XJ
 TI Nonlinear mathematical theory of perforated viscoelastic thin plates
    with its applications
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE perforated viscoelastic plate; nonlinear mathematical model; nonlinear
    stability; Lyapunov exponent spectrum; chaos; periodic motion; limit
    cycle; effect of parameter
 ID ANNULAR PLATES; SHEARING; STATES
 AB In this paper, the nonlinear mathematical theory of perforated
    viscoelastic thin plates, by the Karman's hypotheses of plates with
    large deflection and the Boltzmann's constitutive law of linear
    viscoelastic materials, is established. One could see that the
    governing equations, boundary conditions and constraining conditions
    generally are of nonlinear integro-differential operator types and that
    they further generalize the mathematical theory for perforated elastic
    thin plates and could be also reduced to the existing mathematical
    theory of viscoelastic thin plates without holes. As an application,
    the nonlinear dynamical stability of a viscoelastic annular plate is
    analyzed and the effect of parameters on the stability is considered by
    using Galerkin averaging method and numerical methods in nonlinear
    dynamics. Some helpful conclusions are obtained. Specially, a new
    method calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of dynamical systems
    excited periodically is suggested. By using this method, the
    computation time can be greatly reduced. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiaotong Univ, Sch Civil Engn & Mech, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CEDERBAUM G, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P317
    CEDERBAUM G, 1994, INT J MECH SCI, V36, P149
    CHENG CJ, 1986, SCI SINICA SER A, V29, P956
    CHENG CJ, 1989, J ENG MATH, V23, P29
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BUFOCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V92, P157
    CHENG CJ, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V92, P173
    CHENG CJ, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P109
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DROZDOV AD, 1994, STABILITY VISCOELAST
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V165, P307
    ZHU ZY, 1986, ACTA MECH SINICA, V2, P278
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 36-37
 BP 6627
 EP 6641
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 464GK
 UT ISI:000170524700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Comments and author's reply on "Derivation and transformation of
    variational principles with emphasis on inverse and hybrid problems in
    fluid mechanics: a systematic approach"
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Letter
 ID FLOW
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    LIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
    LIU GL, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P141
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2001
 VL 149
 IS 1-4
 BP 247
 EP 249
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 465UE
 UT ISI:000170607700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Comments and author's reply on "Derivation and transformation of
    variational principles with emphasis on inverse and hybrid problems in
    fluid mechanics: a systematic approach" - Reply
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI, P312
    HE JH, COMMENTS LIUS SYSTEM
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V1, P248
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2001
 VL 149
 IS 1-4
 BP 249
 EP 250
 PG 2
 SC Mechanics
 GA 465UE
 UT ISI:000170607700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
    Cheng, XY
 TI Environmental embrittlement of intermetallics
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Review
 DE intermetallics; environmental embrittlement; alloying element; hydrogen
    diffusivity; surface reaction
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE; CO3TI ALLOYS; POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL;
    MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; WATER-VAPOR; BORON; FRACTURE
 AB The effect of alloying elements on the environmental embrittlement of
    L1(2) type intermetallics is summarized. The results show that the
    ductilizing effect of boron doping in Ni3Al is mainly to suppress the
    moisture-induced environmental embrittlement. The mechanism of this
    suppression effect is proved to lie in the fact that it severely
    reduces the hydrogen diffusivity along the grain boundaries. However,
    the boron doping in Co3Ti alloys does not have the same effect of
    suppressing the environmental embrittlement. The different behavior of
    boron doping in Ni3Al and Co3Ti may be attributed to its different
    segregation behavior on the grain boundaries. Boron in Co3Ti does not
    segregate on the grain boundaries and cannot effectively reduce the
    hydrogen diffusivity along the grain boundaries. The moisture-induced
    environmental embrittlement of Co3Ti alloy can be completely suppressed
    by the addition of Fe. As proved by Auger, this suppression effect is
    due to its obvious reduction of the surface kinetic reaction with water
    vapor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P1627
    CHEN YX, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P585
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V192, P277
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P479
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    WAN XJ, 1998, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V34, P141
    WAN XJ, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA S, V35, P44
    WU MY, 1999, 5 IUMRS INT C ADV MA, V64, P187
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 8
 BP 561
 EP 568
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 462TN
 UT ISI:000170436000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, LW
    Li, MS
    Hao, ZY
    Zhang, JF
 TI Inclusions related to catalyst and medium for transmitting pressure in
    diamond single crystals grown at high temperature and high pressure
    from the Fe-C system
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID NITROGEN
 AB Inclusion entrapment in a crystal is one of the most important
    characteristics for the crystal growth technique from solution. Diamond
    single crystals grown from the Fe-C system at high temperature-high
    pressure usually contain inclusions related to the molten catalyst and
    the medium (pyrophyllite) for transmitting pressure. During the growth
    of the diamond, the inclusions are trapped by the growth front or are
    formed through reaction between the contaminants trapped in the
    diamond. In the present article, the inclusions related to the catalyst
    and pyrophyllite were systemically examined by transmission electron
    microscopy. The chemical composition and crystal structure of the
    inclusions were, for the first time, determined by selected area
    electron diffraction pattern combined with energy dispersive x-ray
    spectrometry. It was shown that the inclusions are mainly composed of
    orthorhombic Fe3C, orthorhombic FeSi2, hexagonal SiO2 and face-centred
    cubic SiC.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Jilin Univ, Natl Key Lab Superhard Mat, Changchun 130012, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Occupat Coll, Jinan 271021, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, LW, Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, 73 Jing Shi Rd, Jinan
    250061, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTHONY TR, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P78
    BUNDY FP, 1955, NATURE, V176, P51
    DAVIS G, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P157
    GOSS J, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V196, P67
    HAO ZY, 1994, J CRYST GROWTH, V135, P370
    HUGGINS CM, 1961, NATURE, V120, P829
    KIFLAWI I, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1643
    MAINWOOD A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P7934
    MICHAU D, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V140, P441
    NAZARE MH, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V196, P73
    NEWTON ME, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P3591
    SHIMOMURA S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1680
    SINGH BP, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P1487
    ZHANG SD, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P542
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 2001
 VL 34
 IS 12
 BP L57
 EP L60
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 462MR
 UT ISI:000170424300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Tang, K
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Experimental thermodynamic research on equilibrium between silicon
    alloy and SiO2-CaO-Al2O3 melt
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE silicon; oxidation refining; thermodynamic equilibrium
 AB The equilibria of Al and Ca between silicon alloy and the SO2-Al2O3-CaO
    ternary slags were investigated using graphite crucible at 1550
    degreesC. With increasing Al2O3 and CaO content in the slags, the Al
    and Ca content increase respectively. The variation of the impurities
    are also affected by the silica content in slag which provides the
    oxidant during the oxidation refining process. The distributions of the
    impurities Al and Ca in silicon were given in terms of isoconcentration
    curves for Al and Ca in the ternary slags of SiO2-Al2O3-CaO. The
    present experimental work provided available data to analyze the action
    of Al and Ca during oxidation refining process for silicon alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU TL, 1983, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V30, P455
    HOLTA H, 1995, INFACON 7 TRONDH NOR, P463
    HUNT LP, 1976, 12 IEEE PHOT SPEC C, P125
    HUNT LP, 1976, SOL ENERGY, P200
    JUNEJA JM, 1986, HYDROMETALLURGY, V16, P69
    KAY DAR, 1960, T FARADAY SOC, V56, P1372
    MARGARIA T, 1996, SILICON REFINING EXP, P21
    OHTA H, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P943
    OTTEM L, 1993, STF34F93112 SINTEF
    REIN RH, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P415
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI, P13
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI, P265
    VOOS W, 1961, 2972521, US
    WEISS T, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS B, V25, P497
    WU XX, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P627
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 535
 EP 539
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 461PX
 UT ISI:000170373600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Duration of tunneling photons in a frustrated-total-internal-reflection
    structure
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SUPERLUMINAL GROUP VELOCITIES; DELAY TIMES; QUANTUM; TRAVERSAL;
    MECHANICS; MEDIA
 AB A new definition for tunneling time of photons in a
    frustrated-total-internal-reflection structure is introduced under the
    assumption that the tunneling speed of photons is the energy-transfer
    speed of light in the tunneling region. This definition eliminates the
    problem of superluminality, and the suggested tunneling speed defines
    an orbit equation that gives a lateral shift of tunneling photons. (C)
    2001 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd,Baoshan, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 CR 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOHM D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1423
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    DIENER G, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V235, P118
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    LEAVENS CR, 1998, PHYS REV A, V58, P840
    LEE B, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P777
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    NIMTZ G, 1997, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P81
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
 NR 24
 TC 2
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 8
 BP 1174
 EP 1179
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 459YZ
 UT ISI:000170280200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Roetzel, W
 TI The single-blow transient testing technique for plate-fin heat
    exchangers
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; measurement techniques; transient
 ID NUMERICAL INVERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORMS; TEMPERATURE
 AB A new model of the single-blow problem is proposed, considering the
    lateral heat conduction resistance along the fins. the axial heat
    conduction along the separating plates and the axial thermal dispersion
    in the fluid. For plate-fin heat exchangers made up of stainless steel,
    the effect of the lateral heat conduction resistance along the fins can
    usually not be neglected. This effect is taken into account by solving
    the temperature dynamics in the fluid, separating plates and fins
    simultaneously. The axial dispersion model is used to take flow
    maldistribution in plate-fin heat exchangers into account. The effect
    of the axial heat conduction in separating plates is also considered.
    The governing equation system is solved by means of Laplace transform
    and numerical inverse transform algorithms. The investigation confirms:
    for plate-fin heat exchangers of aluminium the effect of the lateral
    heat conduction resistance of fins can usually be neglected because of
    their high fin efficiency. However, the assumption of uniform porous
    medium is not valid if the plate-fin heat exchangers are made up of
    stainless steel. In such a case the heat conduction resistance of fins
    has significant influence on the outlet fluid temperature variation.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn & Air Conditioning, Shanghai 2000093, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, X, Univ Fed Armed Forces, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg,
    Germany.
 CR 1979, HDB MATH, P537
    ANZELIUS A, 1926, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V6, P291
    CAI ZH, 1984, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V27, P971
    CRESWICK FA, 1957, IND MATH, V8, P61
    CRUMP KS, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P89
    DANCKWERTS PV, 1953, CHEM ENG SCI, V2, P1
    FURNAS CC, 1932, US BUREAU MINES B, V361
    HAUSEN H, 1929, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V9, P173
    HEGGS PJ, 1988, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V1, P243
    HOWARD CP, 1964, 64GTP11 ASME
    ICHIKAWA S, 1972, KYOTO U MEMORIES 1, V34, P53
    JACQUOT RG, 1983, IEEE CIRCUITS SYSTEM, V5, P4
    KAYS WM, 1984, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG
    LIANG CY, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P16
    LUO X, 1987, HEAT TRANSFER SCI TE, P218
    LUO X, 1990, J SHANGHAI I MECH EN, V12, P40
    LUO X, 1998, FORTSCHRITT BERICHTE, V19
    LUO X, 1999, SCI COMPUTING CHEM E, V2, P167
    LUO X, 2000, HEAT TRANSFER SCI TE, P691
    LUO X, 2000, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P121
    MULLISEN RS, 1986, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V108, P370
    NUSSELT W, 1927, Z VER DTSCH ING 1, V71, P85
    ROETZEL W, 1994, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V37, P325
    ROETZEL W, 1996, NEW DEV HEAT EXCHANG, P547
    ROETZEL W, 1998, REV GEN THERM, V37, P277
    ROETZEL W, 1999, DYNAMIC BEHAV HEAT E
    ROETZEL W, 2000, P 3 EUR THERM SCI C, P1149
    SCHUMANN TEW, 1929, J FRANKL INST, V208, P405
    STEHFEST H, 1970, COMMUN ACM, V13, P47
    ZHANG H, 1999, PROGR ENG HEAT TRANS, P607
    ZHOU CW, 1988, P NAT C HEAT MASS TR
    ZHOU K, 1998, P INT C HEAT EXCH SU, P645
 NR 32
 TC 3
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 19
 BP 3745
 EP 3753
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 460AG
 UT ISI:000170283200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Inner structure of entropy of Reissner-Nordstrom black holes
 SO GENERAL RELATIVITY AND GRAVITATION
 DT Article
 DE Black holes; entropy
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BONNET-CHERN DENSITY; GAUGE FIELD-THEORY;
    DISCLINATION CONTINUUM; TOPOLOGICAL-STRUCTURE; EARLY UNIVERSE; EXTREME
    STATE; BIFURCATION; ORIGIN; QUANTIZATION
 AB Using the relationship between the entropy and the Euler
    characteristic, and the usual decomposition of spin connection, an
    entropy density is introduced to describe the inner structure of the
    entropy of RN black holes. It is pointed out that the entropy of RN
    black holes is determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing
    vector field of RN spacetime, and that these singularities carry the
    topological numbers, Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally, which
    are topological invariants. Taking account of the physical meaning of
    entropy in statistics, the entropy and its density of RN black holes
    are modified and they are given by the Hopf indices merely.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDEEN JM, 1973, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V31, P161
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1973, PHYS REV D, V7, P2333
    CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES
    CHRISTODOULOU D, 1971, PHYS REV D, V4, P3552
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1995, HELV PHYS ACTA, V68, P513
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GHOSH A, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P1858
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2752
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1975, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V43, P199
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    HAWKING SW, 1996, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V13, P1487
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    MALDACENA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P428
    TEITELBOIM C, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4315
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P69
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5284
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2953
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P2188
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0001-7701
 J9 GEN RELATIV GRAVIT
 JI Gen. Relativ. Gravit.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 33
 IS 6
 BP 1027
 EP 1040
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 461UX
 UT ISI:000170382800005
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wang, XP
    Chen, XJ
    Zhu, LJ
    Wang, W
 TI Machine tool spindles and active magnetic bearings
 SO ADVANCES IN ABRASIVE PROCESSES
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE AMB; machine tool spindle; industrial application
 AB Active magnetic bearing (AMB) is a suspension component that makes use
    of magnetic force to support the body (such as the rotor) without
    contact and it has many advantages such as high stability and no wear.
    There are many successful applications on machine tools around the
    world instead of the ball bearings or oil film bearings. The excellence
    of the AMB shows it is ones of the best units of suspension for the
    rotating shaft in the future. Here, the technique and some
    characteristics of the bearings applied in machine tool spindle are
    introduced briefly. The research and the application actuality of AMB
    in China are stated. Some experiment results of the AMB achieved by the
    Research Institute of Bearings (RIB), Shanghai University are
    presented. Maybe this would push the technique to be widely accepted.
    by industry in China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Coll Elect & Elect Eng, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRUNET M, 1994, P 4 INT S MAGN BEAR, P519
    HARADA S, 1992, P 3 INT S MAGN BEAR, P421
    LIU YS, 2000, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V36, P5
    MEKHICHE M, 2000, P 7 INT S MAGN BEAR, P123
    SIEGWART R, 1990, P 2 INT S MAGN BEAR, P197
    WANG XP, 1994, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
    WANG XP, 2000, P 7 INT S MAGN BEAR, P39
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2001
 VL 202-2
 BP 465
 EP 468
 PG 4
 GA BS53W
 UT ISI:000170264200091
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Research on the dynamical behaviors of GaAs/AlGaAs heterostructures
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE negative differential conductivity; heterostructure; bifurcation; chaos
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; DRIVEN GUNN-DIODES; SEMICONDUCTOR-DEVICE;
    QUASI-PERIODICITY; CHAOTIC MOTIONS; MODE-LOCKING; OSCILLATOR
 AB We develop the physical model based on the real space charge transfer
    mechanism and derive the dynamic equations of GaAs/AlGaAs
    heterostructures. Complex bifurcations are studied in detail for the
    forced and unforced cases. It is shown that both periodic attractors
    and fixed points attractors can coexist under a right de bias. The
    hysteresis phenomena are also investigated in theory. For the forced
    GaAs/AlGaAs, numerical simulation shows that the occurance of
    frequency-locking, quasiperiodicity, and chaos depends on the frequency
    and amplitude of the externally applied microwave field, as expected.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1989, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V32, P1149
    GLAZIER JA, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P790
    HEINZ G, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P12603
    HELD GA, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P1183
    JIANG ZF, 1991, APPL PHYS A-SOLID, V52, P10
    LU YL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1394
    MOSEKILDE E, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P2298
    MOSEKILDE E, 1993, PHYSICA D, V66, P143
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
    SCHOLL E, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1277
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 8
 BP 1567
 EP 1573
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 460XD
 UT ISI:000170333200031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, PX
 TI Chaotic phenomena of superconductivity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE superconductors; G-L equations; infinite-dimensional dynamic system;
    chaotic phenomena
 ID GINZBURG-LANDAU EQUATIONS
 AB One-dimensional steady state and evolutionary Ginzburg-Landau equations
    for superconductivity is disussed. Instability of constant steady state
    solutions and the existence of limit sets of infinite-dimensional
    dynamic system are proved. Using the author's definition of chaos for
    finite-and infinite-dimensional dynamic systems, we conclude that
    superconductors governed by GL equations possess chaotic phenomena.
    Therefore strange phenomena may occur in conducting. The theoretical
    results indicate that it is advisable to improve the design of
    experiments or try to find new structures of superconductors in future
    research to suppress the chaotic behavior.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Nat Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, PX, Shanghai Univ, Coll Nat Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AFTALION A, 1999, PHYSICA D, V132, P214
    AFTALION A, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P1157
    GINZBURG VL, 1950, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V20, P1064
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTIONA
    HASTINGS SP, 1999, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V30, P1
    LIU YP, 2000, PHYSICS, V29, P444
    SHA CW, 2000, COMMUN HIGH TECHNOLO, V10, P91
    SHENG PX, 1994, COMMUN APPL COMPUT M, V8, P34
    SHENG PX, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P91
    SHENG PX, 1997, P MOD MATH MECH, V7, P408
    SHENG PX, 2000, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V16, P96
    SHENG PX, 2000, P MOD MATH MECH, V8, P115
    WEN HM, 2000, COMMUN HIGH TECHNOLO, V10, P105
    YU WH, 2000, ANN MATH, V21, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 8
 BP 1596
 EP 1599
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 460XD
 UT ISI:000170333200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
 TI Corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy in lithium hydroxide aqueous
    solution
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE Zr-1Nb alloys; beta-niobium; corrosion resistance
 ID OXIDATION; ZR; NB
 AB The corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy was compared with that of
    Zr-Sn-Nb-Fe and Zr-4 alloys, and the effect of hydrochemistry on the
    corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy was discussed. Experimental
    results show that niobium oxide is partly soluble in LiOH aqueous
    solution. Therefore, when Zr-1Nb alloy is corroded in LiOH aqueous
    solution, a soluble niobate produced by the reaction between the
    corrosion products of beta -Nb particles and LiOH results in the
    formation of pores in the zirconium oxide films and causes the
    degradation of the corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy tested in LiOH
    aqueous solution.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANADA H, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P35
    COMSTOCK RJ, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P710
    COX B, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P114
    LIN YP, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V277, P11
    LUO Y, 1998, INORGANIC CHEM SERIE, V8, P354
    NIKULINA AV, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P785
    PECHEUR D, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V278, P195
    PERKINS RA, 1991, ASTM STP, V1132, P595
    RAMASUBRAMANIAN N, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P378
    SHEBALDOV PV, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P545
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 78
 EP 80
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 458MJ
 UT ISI:000170197900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QY
    Wu, GM
    Zhou, B
    Shen, J
    Wang, J
    Wu, ZG
    Ji, XH
 TI Electrochromic properties of sol-gel deposited V2O5 and TiO2-V2O5
    binary thin films
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID VANADIUM-OXIDE
 AB Transparent mixed phase (1 - x)V2O5 -xTiO(2) (x=0,0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4) thin
    films were prepared on indium tin oxide (ITO) coated glass via sol-gel
    process. The films were characterized by cyclic voltammetry, optical
    spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy, IR and X-ray
    diffractometer. Electrochemical lithium insertion/extraction showed
    that the porous structure of sol-gel (1 - x)V2O5-xTiO(2) thin films
    exhibited good recharge ability of Li+/e(-) insertion/extraction
    process. For a 220 nm thick (1 - x)V2O5-xTiO(2) film with 90% V2O5, the
    capacity of charge exchange reached 9 mC/cm(2). In both Li+
    intercalated and free states, the films were highly transparent to
    visible light. Such films have potential applications in counter
    electrodes for electrochromic smart windows and other electrochemical
    devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAIN EE, 1987, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V5, P1836
    COGAN SF, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P1333
    GOLDNER RB, 1988, SOLID STATE IONICS, V28, P1715
    JULIEN C, 1999, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V65, P170
    KOBAYASHI S, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1274
    OREL ZC, 1999, SOLID STATE IONICS, V116, P105
    OZER N, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V338, P201
    RAUH RD, 1988, SOLID STATE IONICS, V28, P1707
    SHIMIZU Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, L1708
    SURCA A, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P232
    SZORENYI T, 1980, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V35, P1245
    WRUCK D, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V182, P79
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 417
 EP 420
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 458JJ
 UT ISI:000170191000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Experimental research on oxidation refining of ferrosilicon
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE FeSi75; oxidation refining; thermodynamics; equilibrium
 AB The equilibrium between ferrosilicon and SiO2-Al2O3-CaO ternary slag
    have been experimentally investigated using graphite crucible at 1 550
    degreesC. The Al and Ca contents in ferrosilicon were given in terms of
    isoconcentration curves in equilibrium with the ternary slag of
    SiO2-Al2O3-CaO. The present experimental work provides available data
    to analyze the behavior of Al and Ca during oxidation refining process
    for silicon alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DING W, 1996, FERROALLOYS, P1
    HOLTA H, 1995, INFACON, V7, P164
    KAY DAR, 1960, T FARADAY SOC, V56, P1372
    OHTA H, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P943
    REIN RH, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P415
    ROINE A, 1992, HSC CHEM
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI
    TUSET J, 1985, PRINCIPLES SILICON R
    ZHOU JH, 1991, PRODUCTION TECHNOLOG
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 10
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 459PK
 UT ISI:000170259700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Hamilton principle and generalized variational principles of linear
    thermopiezoelectricity
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB Via the semi-inverse method. a family of various variational principles
    is established for thermopiezoelectricity, including a Hamilton
    principle and a minimum complementary energy principle.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    LIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
 NR 5
 TC 14
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 68
 IS 4
 BP 666
 EP 667
 PG 2
 SC Mechanics
 GA 459NV
 UT ISI:000170257900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZH
    Wang, L
    Pan, LZ
 TI Stability of beams on bi-moduli elastic foundation
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB This paper adopts the newly structured delta function and displacement
    function. Using two adjacent transition points as two interval
    terminals while beams buckle makes the interval [x(i-1),x(i)].
    According to the Winkler's beam buckling theory on elastic foundation,
    we present the energy solutions of beams and then the exact solutions
    of buckling load of simple supported beams on bi-moduli elastic
    foundation.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200000, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZH, Shandong Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 CR ADIN MA, 1985, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V49, P319
    SELVADURAI APS, 1979, ELASTIC ANAL SOIL FD
    TSAI N, 1967, J ENG MECH DIV P ASC, V93, P1
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 68
 IS 4
 BP 668
 EP 670
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 459NV
 UT ISI:000170257900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, S
    Ren, Z
    Cao, W
    Tong, W
 TI The Knoevenagel condensation of aromatic aldehydes with malononitrile
    or ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of CTMAB in water
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID DIELS-ALDER REACTIONS; CHEMISTRY
 AB A new route of Knoevenagel condensation of aldehydes with malononitrile
    or ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of CTMAB in water is described.
    CTMAB is the most effective catalyst to increase yield among CTMAB,
    BTEAC and TBAI.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRE L, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P8071
    BRANDES E, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P515
    BRESLOW R, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P1901
    CABELLO JA, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P5195
    CORSON BB, 1928, J AM CHEM SOC 3, V50, P2825
    DAI GY, 1995, YING YONG HUA XUE, V12, P103
    GRIECO PA, 1983, J ORG CHEM, V48, P3137
    GRIECO PA, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P5849
    HEINOSUKE Y, 1966, B CHEM SOC JPN, V39, P1754
    HIDEKI Y, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P519
    KEI M, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3773
    LI CJ, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P2023
    QI Z, 1991, YING YONG HUA XUE, V8, P17
    RIDEOUT DC, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P7816
    STURZ HG, 1949, J AM CHEM SOC, V71, P2949
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P341
 NR 16
 TC 13
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 673
 EP 677
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 455TY
 UT ISI:000170044900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, GJ
    Yang, GH
    Fu, RT
    Wang, HB
 TI Running coupling constants of fermions with masses in quantum
    electrodynamics and quantum chromodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL RENORMALIZATION; FIELD-THEORIES; GAUGE-THEORY;
    HIGGS-BOSON; REGULARIZATION; BOUNDS
 AB Based on a simple but effective regularization-renormalisation method
    (RRM), the running coupling constants (RCC) of fermions with masses in
    quantum electrodynamics (QED) and quantum chromodynamics (QCD) are
    calculated by renormalization group equation (RGE). Starting at Q = 0
    (Q being the momentum transfer), the RCC in QED increases with the
    increase of Q whereas the RCCs for different flavors of quarks with
    masses in QCD are different and they increase with the decrease of Q to
    reach a maximum at low Q for each flavor of quark and then decreases to
    zero at Q --> O. Thus a constraint on the mass of light quarks, the
    hadronization energy scale of quark-antiquark pairs are derived.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Michigan, Randall Lab, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA.
 RP Ni, GJ, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON I, 1982, GAUGE THEORIES PARTI, P284
    BJORKEN JD, 1964, RELATIVISTIC QUANTUM
    BURKHARDT H, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V356, P398
    COLLINS J, 1984, RENORMALIZATION
    DUNNE G, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V293, P367
    DUTCH M, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V258, P457
    DVOEGLAZOV V, 1999, PHOTO OLD PROBLEMS L, P248
    EPSTEIN H, 1973, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V19, P211
    FENG SS, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS A, V14, P4259
    FIELD RD, 1989, APPL PERTURBATIVE QC
    FREEDMAN DZ, 1992, NUCL PHYS B, V371, P353
    GAO DN, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P4115
    GIRONE M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3061
    GLIMM J, 1985, COLLECTED PAPERS, V2
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P37
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P44
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P547
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P40
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P49
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P672
    GROSS DJ, 1974, PHYS REV D, V10, P3235
    HAAGENSEN PE, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V283, P293
    ITZYKSON C, 1980, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
    LEE TD, 1981, PARTICLE PHYSICS INT
    LOU SY, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P3040
    NI GJ, HEPTH9708155
    NI GJ, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V200, P161
    NI GJ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P401
    NI GJ, 1998, FRONTIERS QUANTUM FI, P169
    NI GJ, 1998, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V37, P304
    NI GJ, 1998, PHYSICS PARITY SYMME, P436
    NI GJ, 1998, SEICNE, V50, P36
    NI GJ, 2000, ADV QUANTUM MECH, V24, P400
    PESKIN ME, 1995, INTRO QUANTUM FIELD
    RAMOND P, 1981, FIELD THEORY MODERN
    SAKURAI JJ, 1967, ADV QUANTUM MECH
    SCHARF G, 1989, FINITE ELECTRODYNAMI
    SCHMELLING M, HEPEX9701002
    SMIRNOV VA, 1994, NUCL PHYS B, V427, P325
    WEINBERG S, 1955, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V1
    WEINBERG S, 1955, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V2
    YANG JF, 1994, THESIS FUDAN U
    YANG JF, 1995, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V4, P88
    YANG JF, 1997, HEPTH9708104
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 0217-751X
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS A
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. A
 PD JUN 30
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 16
 BP 2873
 EP 2894
 PG 22
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 455YL
 UT ISI:000170055300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Li, MS
    Yang, FJ
 TI Changes of the nuclear charge distribution of Nd from optical isotope
    shifts
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID HYPERFINE-STRUCTURE MEASUREMENTS; RADII; SPECTROSCOPY
 AB The isotope shifts and hyperfine structures of seven optical
    transitions for all seven stable isotopes of Nd II were measured by
    using collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. The nuclear parameter
    lambda was obtained from the measured optical isotope shifts for all
    seven stable isotopes with improved accuracy. The lambda values were
    analysed by using the Fermi distribution for the nuclear charge
    density. The values of delta <r(2)>, delta <r(4)> and delta <r(6)> were
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AHMAD SA, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V483, P244
    AUFMUTH P, 1987, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V37, P455
    AUFMUTH P, 1992, Z PHYS D ATOM MOL CL, V23, P19
    BLUNDELL SA, 1985, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V321, P31
    CHEN MH, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2934
    GERSTENKON S, 1978, ATLAS SPECTRA ABSORP
    HELIG K, 1974, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V14, P613
    KING WH, 1984, ISOTOPE SHIFTS ATOMI, CH6
    KOPFERMANN H, 1958, NUCL MOMENTS PURE AP
    LEE PL, 1973, PHYS REV C, V8, P819
    LI MS, 2000, PHYS SCRIPTA, V61, P449
    MA HL, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P178
    RAMAN S, 1987, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V36, P1
    SELTZER EC, 1969, PHYS REV, V188, P1916
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 903
 EP 905
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI An effective medium approximation of nonlinear composites with
    spherical particle
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; FIELD
 AB We have proposed a nonlinear effective medium approximation (EMA)
    method to estimate the bulk effective conductivities of weakly
    nonlinear composite media, which obey a current-field relation of the
    form J = sigmaE + x \E\(2) E. As an example in three dimensions, we
    apply the EMA method to deal with a spherical inclusion in a host and
    derive the approximate analytic formulae of nonlinear effective
    response, which are suitable for the larger volume fraction of
    spherical inclusion. From our results, we can exactly obtain the
    generalized Landau formulae in the dilute limit.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    DANIEL J, 1998, MAT RES SOC B    AUG, P30
    GARNETT JCM, 1906, PHILOS T R SOC LOND, V205, P237
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 2000, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V22, P95
    LEE HC, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P8785
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 960
 EP 962
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Yang, SH
    Ma, JC
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature dependence of the Raman spectra and phase transition of
    zirconia
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A newly constructed high-temperature Raman spectrometer was used to
    study the temperature-dependence Raman spectra (up to 2023 K) and
    transformation of zirconia crystal. High-temperature Raman scattering
    is a useful tool in characterizing the different structures of zirconia
    and offers the possibility of identifying the phase transformation. It
    shows that monoclinic zirconia transforms to tetragonal phase at about
    1440 K during the process of increasing temperature, but shows a lower
    transformation temperature from tetragonal to monoclinic phase at about
    1323 K while the temperature decreases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARKE DR, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, P284
    GARVIE RC, 1988, PHYSICA B, V150, P203
    GU JQ, 1995, SPECTROSCOPY SPECTRA, V15, P45
    ISHIGAME M, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P367
    KOUROUKLIS GA, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P520
    KULCINSKI GL, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P582
    MYSEN BO, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P686
    PERRY CH, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P184
    TEUFER G, 1962, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V15, P1187
    YASHIMA M, 1997, APPL SPECTROSC, V51, P1224
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P408
 NR 12
 TC 7
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 991
 EP 993
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, LY
    Song, LP
    Zhang, QY
 TI Convenient synthesis of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphoranes; fluorinated ylides;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthoyl)-6-pyranones
 ID METHYL
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of
    (2-naphthoyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1) with methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2 at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(2-
    naphthoyl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
    (3) as major products and methyl
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-4-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-2-butenoat
    es r4) as minor products in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones (5) were obtained in high
    yield by hydrolysis of the methylene phosphoranes (3) in hot aqueous
    methanol in a sealed tube. The structures of compounds 3, 4, and 5 were
    confirmed by IR, MS, H-1, F-19 and C-13 NMR, and microanalyses.
    Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 3, 4, and 5. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1270
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V3, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 109
 IS 2
 BP 201
 EP 204
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 454CD
 UT ISI:000169954100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Basic equations and calculation procedure for analysis of gas flow
    properties in tuyere under the influence of heat source
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID DESIGN; LANCES
 AB Based on fundamentals of the dynamics and thermodynamics of
    compressible fluid flow as well as heat transfer, the basic equations
    and formulae for characterizing and calculating the gas flow properties
    in tubular and annular type tuyeres (constant cross-sectional area
    lances) under the influence of a heat source are derived. The
    calculation procedures of the properties at different discharge states
    through a tuyere are given. For the case of an annular-tube type tuyere
    used for an AOD (argon-oxygen decarburization) vessel of 18 t capacity,
    the distributions of the inner wall temperatures of the tuyere and the
    gas stagnation temperatures along its length have been more reasonably
    determined. The friction coefficients of its main tuyere and subtuyere
    to the gas flows during injection refining have been fixed by
    comparison of the pressure-flowrate (P-Q) experimentally measured in
    relationship to the results of trial calculations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BENNETT O, 1974, MOMENTUM HEAT MASS T
    BIRD RB, 1960, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    DEISSLER RG, 1950, 2138 NACA
    FARMER D, 1989, STEELM C P ISS US, V72, P487
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    HODGE AL, 1977, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V4, P81
    ISHIDA J, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P150
    KAYE J, 1951, GEN DISC HEAT TRANSM
    KORIA SC, 1989, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V16, P21
    KORIA SC, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P650
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    MOODY LF, 1944, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V66, P671
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V1, P219
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, P1131
    SHARMA SK, 1986, STEELM C P ISS US, V69, P653
    YUN L, 1990, P 4 NAT S STEELM CS, P83
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 5-6
 BP 161
 EP 167
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 450VV
 UT ISI:000169766300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Calculation results and analysis of gas flow properties in tuyere under
    the influence of heat source
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 AB The flow properties of the gases in an annular-tube type tuyere used
    for an 18 t AOD vessel were analyzed using the equations and
    calculation formulas presented in Part I of this work. The influence of
    the heating and friction effects, the gas supply pressure, and the gas
    type and composition, on the properties were examined. The results
    showed that the properties in a tuyere are significantly changed due to
    the presence of a heat source. This has a similar effectiveness as
    increasing the friction action and obviously reduces the gas flowrate
    at the tuyere outlet. When designing a tuyere used in a practical
    process of metallurgy and calculating the flow properties of gas in the
    tuyere, the heating effect from the high temperature melt and
    refractory lining should be taken into account. The gas supply pressure
    has a decisive effect on the properties. The type and composition of
    the blowing gas will also influence the properties. For a given tuyere
    and blowing system, appropriate blowing pressures for different gases,
    particularly for subtuyere gases, should be used according to the
    technological requirements of the different refining periods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P294
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P161
 NR 3
 TC 3
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 5-6
 BP 168
 EP 172
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 450VV
 UT ISI:000169766300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, XL
    You, JL
    Wang, Y
    Cheng, ZX
    Yu, BK
    Zhang, SJ
    Sun, DL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Microprobe of structure of crystal/liquid interface boundary layers
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE boundary layer; molecular structure; microprobe; KDP; DKDP
 ID AQUEOUS-SOLUTIONS; GROWTH
 AB The molecular structures and its evolutive regularities within the
    boundary layers in the crystal growth of KDP and DKDP have been studied
    in real time by using holography and Raman microprobe. The experiments
    show that the molecular structure of mother solution within the
    boundary layers is distinctly different from that of the solutions
    alone. In this paper, the effects of cations within the boundary layers
    on the structure of solution are considered. Within the characteristic
    boundary layers, the effects of cations cause the changes in O-P-O bond
    angle, electronic density redistribution of the phosphate groups, and
    significant changes in the bond intensity, thus leading to the breaking
    of partial hydrogen bonds of the phosphate associations, the
    readjustment of geometry of anionic phosphate groups and desolvation,
    and the forming of the smectic ordering structure of the
    anions-cations. Finally, the crystallization unit of anion-cation
    should be formed at the proximate interface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, XL, Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples
    R China.
 CR ADAMS WA, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V70, P2074
    CERRETA MK, 1987, J CRYST GROWTH, V84, P577
    CHAPMAN AC, 1964, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V20, P937
    CHAPMAN AC, 1965, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V21, P633
    CHERNOV AA, 1993, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V26, P121
    DEVRIES SA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2229
    LIEBMANN P, 1982, J AM CHEM SOC, V104, P691
    PRESTON CM, 1979, J PHYS CHEM-US, V83, P814
    YU XL, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V106, P690
    YU XL, 1994, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V29, P229
    YU XL, 2000, 98110030, ZL
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 265
 EP 273
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 450RJ
 UT ISI:000169756600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI Bifurcations of one-dimensional reaction-diffusion equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 AB Bifurcations of a class of one-dimensional reaction-diffusion equations
    of the form u " + muu - u(k) = 0, where mu is a parameter, 2 less than
    or equal to k is an element of Z(+), with boundary value condition u(0)
    = u(pi) = 0, are investigated. Using the singularity theory based on
    the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction, some characterization results are
    obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Houston, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BEBERNES J, 1989, MATH PROBLEMS COMBUS
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FIFE PC, 1979, LECT NOTES BIOMATHEM, V28
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    IPSEN M, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P1539
    LI CP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P265
    ZHABOTINSKY AM, 1991, CHAOS, V1, P379
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 5
 BP 1295
 EP 1306
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 452HY
 UT ISI:000169853300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, SJ
    Xu, CX
    Tang, XD
    Wang, WZ
    Du, DL
 TI Apoptosis and hormonal milieu in ductal system of normal prostate and
    benign prostatic hyperplasia
 SO ASIAN JOURNAL OF ANDROLOGY
 DT Article
 DE prostate; ductal system; hormonal milieu; androgen; estrogen; apoptosis
 ID CELL-DEATH; ANDROGEN; EPITHELIUM; ESTROGEN; STROMA
 AB Aim: To study the apoptotic rate (AR) and the androgen and estrogen
    milieu in the proximal and distal ductal systems of prostate, in order
    to help exploring the effects of these factors on prostatic growth and
    the pathogenesis of benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH). Methods: The
    proximal and distal ends of the ductal system were incised from 20
    normal prostate as well as the hypertrophic prostate tissue from 20
    patients with BPH. The AR was determined by the DNA end-labeling method
    and dihydrotestosterone (DHT) and estrodiol (E-2), by radioimmunoassay.
    Results: There was no significant difference in DHT and E-2 density
    between the proximal and distal ends of the ductal systems in normal
    prostate. E-2 appeared to be higher in BPH than in normal prostatic
    tissues, but the difference was statistically insignificant. In normal
    prostatic tissue, the AR was significantly higher in the distal than in
    the proximal ends of the ductal system (P < 0.05), while the AR of the
    proximal ends was significantly higher (P < 0.01) than that in the BPH
    tissue. No significant correlation was noted between the DHT and E-2
    density and the AR both in the normal prostate and BPH tissues.
    Conclusion: The paper is the first time describing a difference in AR
    in different regions of the ductal system of normal prostate, while the
    hormonal milieu is similar, indicating a functional inhomogeneity of
    these regions. A low AR in the proximal duct, where BPH originates, and
    an even lower AR in the BPH tissue, sug gesting the participation of
    apoptosis in the BPH pathogenesis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Peoples Hosp 1, Dept Urol, Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Provincial Hosp, Dept Urol, Jinan 250021, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Provincial Hosp, Dept Pathol, Jinan 250021, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Peoples Hosp 1, Dept Urol, 85 Wu Jin Rd,
    Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1994, J ENDOCRINOL, V143, P269
    FARNSWORTH WE, 1996, PROSTATE, V28, P17
    GAVRIELI Y, 1992, J CELL BIOL, V119, P493
    ISAACS JT, 1984, PROSTATE, V5, P545
    ISAACS JT, 1994, SEMIN CANCER BIOL, V5, P391
    JUNIEWICZ PE, 1994, J UROLOGY, V152, P996
    KRIEG M, 1983, J STEROID BIOCHEM, V19, P155
    KRIEG M, 1993, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V77, P375
    KYPRIANOU N, 1996, HUM PATHOL, V27, P668
    LEE C, 1981, J ANDROL, V2, P293
    LEE C, 1990, BIOL REPROD, V43, P1079
    LEE C, 1997, PROSTATE, V31, P131
    MCNEAL JE, 1975, DHEW PUBLICATION, P1
    MCNEAL JE, 1988, AM J SURG PATHOL, V12, P619
    MCNEIL JE, 1983, MONOGR UROL, V4, P3
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 1008-682X
 J9 ASIAN J ANDROL
 JI Asian J. Androl.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 131
 EP 134
 PG 4
 SC Andrology; Respiratory System; Urology & Nephrology
 GA 451KK
 UT ISI:000169801100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, SQ
 TI Poincare-Lighthill-Kuo method and symbolic computation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE PLK method; perturbation methods; symbolic computation; intermediate
    expression swell; semi-inverse algorithm
 AB This paper elucidates the effectiveness of combining the
    Poincare-Lighthill-Kuo method (PLK method, for short) and symbolic
    computation. Firstly, the idea and history of the PLK method are
    briefly introduced. Then, the difficulty of intermediate expression
    swell, often encountered in symbolic computation, is outlined. For
    overcoming the difficulty, a semi-inverse algorithm was proposed by the
    author, with which the lengthy ports of intermediate expressions are
    first frozen in the form of symbols till the Fnal stage of seeking
    perturbation solutions. Tn discuss the applications of the above
    algorithm, the related work of the author and his research group on
    nonlinear oscillations and waves is concisely reviewed. The
    computer-extended perturbation solution of the Duffing equation shows
    that the asymptotic solution obtained with the PLK method possesses the
    convergence radius of 1 and thus the range of validity of the solution
    is considerably enlarged. The studies on internal solitary waves in
    stratified fluid and on the head-on collision between two solitary
    waves in a hyperelastic rod indicate that by means of the presented
    methods, very complicated manipulation, unconceivable in hand
    calculation, can be conducted and thus result in higher-order evolution
    equations and asymptotic solutions. The examples illustrate that the
    algorithm helps to realize the symbolic computation on
    micro-commputers. Finally, it is concluded that,vith the aid of
    symbolic computation, the vitality of the PLK method is greatly.
    Strengthened and at least for the solutions to conservative systems of
    oscillations and waves, it is a powerful tool.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AIB, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V403, P119
    CALMET J, 1988, COMPUTER ALGEBRA SYM
    CHENG YL, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P130
    CHENG YL, 1998, P 3 INT C HYDR
    CHENG YL, 1998, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    DAI HH, 2000, WAVE MOTION, V32, P93
    DAI SQ, 1981, SINGULAR PETURBATION, P33
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    DAI SQ, 1982, APPL MATH MECHANICS, V3, P777
    DAI SQ, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P623
    DAI SQ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1469
    DAI SQ, 1984, SIENTIA SINICA, V27, P507
    DAI SQ, 1987, KEXUE TONGBAO, V32, P589
    DAI SQ, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V6, P111
    DAI SQ, 1991, APPL MATH MECH, V12, P255
    DAI SQ, 1991, SCI SINICA A, V34, P843
    DAI SQ, 1992, J HYDRODYN A, V7, P1
    DAI SQ, 1992, NONLINEAR PROBLEMS E
    DAI SQ, 1995, J NATURE, V17, P177
    DAI SQ, 1995, MODERN MATH MECH
    DAI SQ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P113
    HECK A, 1993, INTRO MAPLE
    KUO YH, 1953, J MATH PHYS, V32, P83
    KUO YH, 1956, J AERONAUT SCI, V23, P125
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1949, PHIL MAG           7, V40, P1179
    LIU YL, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V8, P497
    POINCARE H, 1967, TTF450 NASA
    RAND HR, 1987, ARMBRUSTER D PERTURB
    TANG L, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, P400
    TIAN M, 1995, MODERN MATH MECH
    TSIEN HS, 1956, ADV APPL MECH, V4, P281
    WANG MQ, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P384
    WANG MQ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P429
    ZANG HM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P189
    ZANG HM, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U TE
    ZANG HM, 1994, P 1 INT C HYDR BEIJ
    ZHANG SG, 1986, J COMM APPL MATH COM, V1, P61
    ZHANG SG, 1986, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V7, P375
    ZHU Y, 1989, APPL MATH MECH, V10, P213
    ZHU Y, 1991, ACTA MECH SINICA, V7, P300
    ZHU Y, 1992, APPL MATH MECH, V13, P407
 NR 41
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 261
 EP 269
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, FR
 TI On the asymptotic solutions of boundary value problems for a class of
    systems of nonlinear differential equations (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE system of nonlinear differential equations; boundary value problems;
    asymptotic solution
 AB A new method is applied to study the asymptotic behavior of solutions
    of boundary value problems for a class of systems of nonlinear
    differential equations
    u" = nu, epsilon nu" + f(x, u, u')nu' - g(x, u, u') nu = 0 (0 < epsilon
    much less than 1).
    The asymptotic expansions of solutions are constructed, the remainders
    are estimated. The former works are improved and generalized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, FR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DORR FW, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V29, P273
    DORR FW, 1973, SIAM REV, V15, P43
    HARRIS WA, 1991, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V92, P125
    HOWES FA, 1989, NONLINEAR ANAL, V13, P1013
    JIANG FR, 1981, APPL MATH MECH, V2, P505
    JIANG FR, 1987, SCI SINICA, V30, P588
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 282
 EP 293
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical stability of viscoelastic column with fractional derivative
    constitutive relation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic column; fractional derivative constitutive relation;
    averaging method; weakly singular Volterra integro-differential
    equation; dynamical stability
 ID CALCULUS
 AB The dynamic stability of simple supported viscoelastic column,
    subjected to a periodic axial force, is investigated. The viscoelastic
    material was assumed to obey the fractional derivative constitutive
    relation. The governing equation of motion was derived as a weakly
    singular Volterra integro-partial-differential equation, and it was
    simplified into weakly singular Volterra integro-ordinary-differential
    equation by the Galerkin method. In terms of the averaging method, the
    dynamical stability was analyzed. A new numerical method is proposed to
    avoid storing all history data. Numerical examples are presented and
    the numerical results agree with the analytical ones.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAGLEY RL, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P741
    BAGLEY RL, 1983, J RHEOL, V27, P201
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    DROZDOV AD, 1997, ACTA MECH, V124, P155
    ENELUND M, 1999, INT J SOLID STRUT, V36, P1417
    HUANG WH, 1997, ADV MECH, V27, P5
    LIU YZ, 1998, MECH VIBRATIONS
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 294
 EP 303
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, XM
    Liu, YL
 TI Models for the counter-gradient-transport phenomena
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE turbulence; counter-gradient-transport; TSDIA
 ID TURBULENT SHEAR FLOWS; PASSIVE SCALARS; DIFFUSION
 AB The counter gradient transport phenomena on momentum, energy and
    passive scalar in turbulent flows were studied by use of the single
    response friction for TSDIA. As a result, models that can describe
    qualitatively the phenomena are obtained. Then the results are
    simplified by use of the internal range theory, and the results for
    lower degrees agree with results of predecessor. Finally the counter
    gradient-transport phenomena in channel flow and circular wake flow are
    analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, JB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ESKINAZEI S, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1988
    HAMBA F, 1987, J PHYS SOC JPN, V56, P79
    HANJALIC K, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V51, P301
    KRAICHNAN RH, 1959, J FLUID MECH, V5, P497
    LESLIE DC, 1972, DEV THEORY TURBULENC
    SHIMOMURA Y, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P2636
    SREENIVASAN KR, 1982, TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW, V3, P96
    VEERAVALLI S, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V216, P35
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P1337
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V195, P541
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 312
 EP 319
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, FR
    Jin, QN
 TI Asymptotic solutions of boundary value problems for third-order
    ordinary differential equations with turning points
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE boundary value problems; ordinary differential equations; turning
    points; asymptotic solutions
 ID PROBLEMS EXHIBITING RESONANCE
 AB Boundary value problem; for third-order ordinary differential equations
    with turning points are studied as follows :
    epsilon gamma ' " + f(x ; epsilon) gamma " + g(x ; epsilon) gamma '
    +h(x ; epsilon) gamma = 0 (- a < x < b, 0 epsilon 1),
    where f(x ; 0) has several multiple zero points in ( - n, b). the
    necessary conditions for exhibiting resonance is given, and the
    uniformly valid asymptotic solutions and the estimations of remainder
    terms are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210000, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, FR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACKERBERG RC, 1970, STUD APPL MATH, V49, P277
    JIANG FR, 1989, APPL MATH MECH, V10, P289
    JIANG FR, 1994, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, V2, P471
    MATKOWSKY BJ, 1975, SIAM REV, V17, P82
    NAGUMO M, 1937, P PHYS-MATH SOC JPN, V19, P861
    ZHAO WL, 1984, J JILIN U, P10
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 394
 EP 403
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450WP
 UT ISI:000169768100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Tian, JW
    Gu, GQ
 TI A new inverse method and application to ocean data
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE reconstructed phase space; conditional probability density;
    normalization
 ID STRANGE ATTRACTORS; VECTOR-FIELDS; TIME-SERIES; RECONSTRUCTION; SYSTEMS
 AB A new method is proposed to inverse normalization data of hidden
    variables in a dynamical system by embedding a time series in
    multidimensional spaces and applying a normalization analysis to the
    conditional probability density of points in the reconstructed phase
    spaces, The method is robust in the application to Lorenz system and
    4-dimensional Rossler system by testing quantitatively and
    qualitatively the correlation coefficient between inverse data and
    original data in time domain and in frequency domain, respectively. By
    applying the method to analyzing the South China Sea data, the
    normalization data of wind speed is extracted from the sea surface
    temperature time series.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Ocean Univ Qingdao, Phys Oceanog Lab, Qingdao 266003, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BREEDEN JL, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P5817
    ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134
    GOUESBET G, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P5321
    GOUESBET G, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P6264
    GOUESBET G, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1784
    GRASSBERGER P, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P189
    GRASSBERGER P, 1984, PHYSICA D, V13, P34
    JUDD K, 1998, PHYSICA D, V120, P273
    MANUCA R, 1996, PHYSICA D, V93, P78
    ORTEGA GJ, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V209, P351
    PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712
    ROSSLER OE, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V71, P155
    SCELLER LL, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V211, P211
    TAKENS F, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V898, P366
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 6
 BP 490
 EP 497
 PG 8
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 448FZ
 UT ISI:000169617400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cul, JH
    Zhong, SS
    Yu, C
 TI Accurate modeling of shorted microstrip patch antennas using the
    locally conformal FDTD method
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antennas; conformal FDTD method; shorted microstrip patch
    antennas
 ID DIFFERENCE TIME-DOMAIN
 AB An accurate analysis of shorted microstrip patch antennas is presented
    based on the use of the locally conformal finite-difference time-domain
    (CFDTD) method. This approach enables the positions and dimensions of
    the probe and the shorting pin to be chosen independently. The
    calculated result is compared with the measured result, and good
    agreement is observed. (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cul, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DEY S, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V17, P349
    WATERHOUSE R, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P604
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1997, IEEE AP S INT S, P1852
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1629
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    YEE KS, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1068
    YEE KS, 1994, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V42, P1450
    YEE KS, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P354
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 216
 EP 218
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 448LB
 UT ISI:000169627400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Iteration perturbation method for strongly nonlinear oscillations
 SO JOURNAL OF VIBRATION AND CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear oscillation; iteration method
 ID PARAMETERS
 AB In this paper, the author proposes a new perturbation technique
    coupling with iteration method, yielding a powerful mathematical tool
    for an analytical solution of nonlinear equations. The obtained results
    are valid not only for weakly nonlinear problems but also for strongly
    nonlinear ones. Furthermore, the approximate solutions are valid for
    the whole solution domain, and even the first-step iteration leads to
    high accuracy. Some examples are given to illustrate its effectiveness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P109
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 1999, MECH PRACTICE, V21, P17
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2000, MECCANICA, V35, P299
    HOWARTH L, 1938, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V164, P547
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V385, P101
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 17
 TC 8
 SN 1077-5463
 J9 J VIB CONTROL
 JI J. Vib. Control
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 7
 IS 5
 BP 631
 EP 642
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 447NP
 UT ISI:000169579600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Yang, FJ
 TI Measurement of hyperfine coupling constants of the excited states
    4f(7)(S-8(7/2)0)6p(3/2)(7/2,3/2) in Eu-151,153(+)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy; hyperfine structure; magnetic dipole
    and electronic quadrupole coupling constants
 ID BEAM LASER SPECTROSCOPY; FINE
 AB Hyperfine structure spectra of singly ionized europium have been
    measured by collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. All the
    spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic dipole and electric
    quadrupole coupling constants of the metastable and excited levels were
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRA HJ, 1975, ATOMIC PHYSICS, V4, P365
    ANDRA HJ, 1979, PROGR ATOMIC SPECT B
    BELLAHMANSOUR N, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P5762
    BENGTSON A, 1980, PHYS LETT A, V76, P45
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    IIMURA H, 1994, PHYS REV C, V50, P661
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    MA HL, 1999, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V32, P1345
    SEN A, 1986, PHYS REV A, V36, P233
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 512
 EP 515
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 449RR
 UT ISI:000169701400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI Ginzburg-Landau theory and vortex lattice of high-temperature
    superconductors
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Ginzburg-Landau theory; vortex lattice; high-temperature superconductor
 ID II SUPERCONDUCTORS; PAIRING SYMMETRY; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; STATE; MODEL; PB
 AB The thermodynamics of the vortex lattice of high-temperature
    superconductors has been studied by solving the generalised
    Ginzburg-Landau equations derived microscopically. Our numerical
    simulation indicates that the structure of the vortex lattice is
    oblique at the temperature far away from the transition temperature T-C
    where the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state is expected to have the lowest energy.
    Whereas, very close to T-c, the d(x2-y2) wave is slightly lower
    energetically, and a triangular vortex lattice recovers. The
    coexistence and the coupling between the s and d waves would account
    for the unusual dynamic behaviours such as the upward curvature of the
    upper critical field curve H-C2(T), as observed in de magnetization
    measurements on single-crystal YBa2Cu3O7 samples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    GUO BY, 1988, NUMER METH PART D E, P43
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    PALSTRA TTM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1662
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P342
 NR 28
 TC 13
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 541
 EP 549
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 449RR
 UT ISI:000169701400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Reconstruction of relaxation modulus for viscoelastic medium with
    complete data
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; reconstruction of the relaxation modulus;
    scattering and propagation operators; wave impedance mismatch; volterra
    integral equation
 ID INVERSE SCATTERING
 AB The inverse scattering problem for viscoelastic medium with wave
    impedance mismatch at the rear boundary is studied in this paper. The
    propagation operators of the viscoelastic medium are defined first and
    the integro-differential equations of these operators are derived via
    the invariant imbedding technique. For the inverse scattering problem,
    a new inversion procedure to reconstruct the relaxation modulus of the
    viscoelastic medium is developed, which utilizes a complete set of
    data, namely the one-side reflection data for one round trip through
    the viscoelastic slab. These data are complete in the sense that they
    can be extended to arbitrary time t in the inversion procedure. This
    inverse method is implemented numerically on several problems at the
    end of the paper. The more general case of a medium consisting of a
    stack of homogeneous viscoelastic medium layers is also considered. (C)
    2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 SOA, Inst Oceanog 1, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modeling, Qingdao 266061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, SOA, Inst Oceanog 1, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modeling,
    Qingdao 266061, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1988, INVERSE PROBL, V4, P643
    KARLSSON A, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P691
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
    REDHEFFER R, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V41, P1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2001
 VL 131
 IS 1-2
 BP 445
 EP 456
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 444QK
 UT ISI:000169410900025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, GH
    Liu, L
    Xiu, XL
    Jian, HM
    Wang, LZ
    Sun, BZ
    Tong, BS
 TI Productivity and carcass characteristics of pure and crossbred Chinese
    Yellow Cattle
 SO MEAT SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE productivity; carcass characteristics; Chinese Yellow Cattle; meat
    performance
 AB The carcass characteristics of 334 Chinese Yellow Cattle, and their
    Simmental and Limousin crosses, were investigated in abattoirs in Hebei
    and Sandong provinces of China. The overall slaughter age was 4.8
    +/-2.2 years at a mean liveweight of 527.28 +/- 77.0 kg. Mean ages and
    liveweights for Yellow Cattle and its crosses were, respectively, 5.29
    +/-2.03 and 2.85 +/-1.71 years and 519.43 +/- 78.7 and 563.13 +/- 56.8
    kg. Carcass weights varied considerably and, consequently, so did
    subcutaneous fat depths and dressing percentages. Overall, mean carcass
    weights, subcutaneous fat depths and, dressing percentages and
    eyemuscle areas were 283.9 +/- 64.1 kg, 14.0 +/-8.0 mm, 54.0 +/-4.0%,
    and 62.7 +/- 13.3 cm(2), respectively; Compared with pure Yellow
    Cattle, the crosses were slaughtered at younger age, and had larger
    live and carcass weights, higher dressing percentages, less
    subcutaneous fat depth and bigger eyemuscle areas. It is concluded that
    crossbreeding can significantly improve Yellow Cattle' meat
    productivity, however feeding systems need to be improved and an
    appropriate grading system developed to improve beef production and
    quality in China. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Food Sci & Technol, Meat Res Lab, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Agr, Dept Food Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Acad Agr Sci, Inst Anim Husb, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, GH, Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Food Sci & Technol, Meat Res Lab,
    Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU L, 1998, J YELLOW CATTLE, V24, P32
    MAY SG, 1992, J ANIM SCI, V70, P2431
    TATUM D, 1997, BEEF FACTS
    ZHANG CG, 1999, CATTLE BEEF IND CHIN, P1
    ZHOU GH, 1998, ANN RECIPROCAL MEAT, V51, P92
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0309-1740
 J9 MEAT SCI
 JI Meat Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 58
 IS 4
 BP 359
 EP 362
 PG 4
 SC Food Science & Technology
 GA 443VZ
 UT ISI:000169364000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cong, YH
    Zhu, ZY
 TI A homotopy method of switching solution branches at the pitchfork
    bifurcation point
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE homotopy method; switching solution branches; pitchfork point
 AB By introducing proper parameters in the original nonlinear system, a
    continuation method for switching solution branches at a pitchfork
    point is proposed and their theories have been established in this
    paper. It is sufficient to implement this method that a standard
    continuation procedure is only used. Some numerical examples are given
    to illustrate the effectiveness of this method.
 C1 Shandong Teachers Univ, Coll Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLGOWER EL, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V878
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHOD BIFURCATION T
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1984, SINGULARITIES GROUP, V1
    KELLER HB, 1977, P APPL BIFURCATION T, P359
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1978, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V15, P321
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 299
 EP 308
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 443YR
 UT ISI:000169371600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YM
    Xing, SM
    Zhai, QJ
 TI Numerical simulation of semisolid continuous casting process
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE semisolid continuous casting; numerical simulation; mathematical model
 ID RHEOLOGICAL BEHAVIOR
 AB A general mathematical model and boundary condition applicable to
    momentum and heat transfer in the semisolid continuous casting(SCC)
    process was established. Using the model, the numerical simulation of
    the momentum and heat transfer of molten metal was carried out in the
    SCC system. The obtained results fit well with the measured ones.
    Moreover, using the numerical simulating software, the effect of
    various factors on breakout and breakage was explored. The obtained
    results show that heat flow density of copper mold and the withdrawal
    beginning time are two major influencing factors. The larger the heat
    flow density of copper mold, or the shorter the withdrawal beginning
    time, the more stable the semisolid continuous casting process.
 C1 Hebei Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shijiazhuang 050054, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HQ, 1990, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
    CHEN SS, 1978, SEMISOLID CASTING
    MATSUMIYA T, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P17
    PATANKAR SV, 1982, NUMERICAL METHOD HEA
    SPENCER DB, 1972, METALL T, V3, P1925
    TAHA MA, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P1385
    TAHA MA, 1998, MAT SCI, V23, P1379
    WEI PY, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P98
    XING SM, 1996, STUDY SEMISOLID CONT, P51
    XING SM, 2000, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V10, P800
    XING SM, 2000, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, P16
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 378
 EP 381
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 440RK
 UT ISI:000169187900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Jiang, Y
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological quantization of k-dimensional topological defects and
    motion equations
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; GAUGE FIELD-THEORY; DISCLINATION CONTINUUM;
    COORDINATE CONDITION; LINEAR DEFECTS; TENSOR CURRENT; P-BRANES;
    BIFURCATION; STRINGS; DISLOCATION
 AB Using the phi -mapping method and kth-order topological tenser current
    theory, we present a unified theory of describing k-dimensional
    topological defects and obtain their topological quantization and
    motion equations. It is shown that the inner structure of the
    topological tenser current is just the dynamic form of the topological
    defects, which are generated from the zeros of the m-component order
    parameter vector held. In this dynamic form, the topological defects
    are topologically quantized naturally and the topological quantum
    numbers are determined by the Hopf indices and the Brouwer degrees. As
    the generalization of Nielsen's Lagrangian and Nambu's action for
    strings, the action and the motion equations of the topological defects
    are also derived.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Theoret Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CARROLL SM, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5189
    CHEN G, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P82
    DAI J, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P2073
    DIAMANTINI MC, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V388, P273
    DUAN YS, 1992, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V24, P1033
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P781
    DUAN YS, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P157
    DUAN YS, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P4379
    DUFF MJ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V273, P409
    DUFFY LC, 1991, EPIDEMIOLOGY, V2, P141
    HOROWITZ GT, 1991, NUCL PHYS B, V360, P197
    JIANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2616
    LALAK Z, HEPPH9702405
    LI S, HEPTH0001007
    NAMBU Y, 1970, UNPUB LECT COPENHAGE
    NIELSEN HB, 1973, NUCL PHYS B, V57, P367
    POLYAKOV A, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V268, P406
    SCHOUTEN JA, 1965, TENSOR ANAL PHYSICIT, P415
    TAO BX, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P701
    TOWNSEND PK, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V202, P53
    TOWNSEND PK, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V350, P184
    TUROK N, ASTROPH9612242
    VILENKIN A, 1994, COSMIC STRINGS OTHER
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2953
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 29
 TC 6
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 631
 EP 633
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 440GX
 UT ISI:000169168500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GD
 TI Some conditions for existence and stability of relaxed incomplete LU
    factorizations
 SO APPLIED NUMERICAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE linear systems; preconditioners; incomplete factorizations; relaxation
    parameter
 ID LINEAR-SYSTEMS; MATRICES
 AB We present a condition for the existence of the relaxed incomplete LU
    factorization (RILU) (Axelsson and Lindskog, 1986), and based on the
    analytical results of Elman (1986, 1989), we show the conditions for
    the stability of the computations involving the triangular factors in
    the RILU preconditioning operation during the preconditioned iterative
    process, These conditions are related to the relaxation parameter omega
    and the focus is mainly on RILU(L,w). Our analysis consists of an
    analytical and numerical study of a class of pentadiagonal matrices.
    The numerical experiments show that these conditions play an important
    role in obtaining an efficient RILU preconditioner, and show that the
    relaxation parameter w could also play an important role in obtaining
    an efficient RILU preconditioner. (C) 2001 IMACS. Published by Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, FINITE ELEMENT SOLUT
    AXELSSON O, 1986, NUMER MATH, V48, P479
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    BRUASET AM, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V54, P701
    CHOW E, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V86, P387
    ELMAN HC, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V47, P191
    ELMAN HC, 1989, BIT, V29, P890
    GU GD, 1987, SOLUTION NONSYMMETRI
    GU GD, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1978, BIT, V18, P142
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1983, PRECONDITIONING METH, P265
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1996, BIT, V36, P86
    MANTEUFFEL TA, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P473
    MEIJERINK JA, 1977, MATH COMPUT, V31, P148
    MEIJERINK JA, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V44, P134
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    VANDERVORST HA, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V44, P1
    WITTUM G, 1989, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V10, P699
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0168-9274
 J9 APPL NUMER MATH
 JI Appl. Numer. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 1-2
 BP 105
 EP 121
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 442FB
 UT ISI:000169273600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
 TI A theoretical and experimental study to measure the concentration and
    particle size distribution in two-phase flows
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Based on light scattering theory, an optical method is presented for
    measuring the concentration and particle size distribution of the
    dispersed phase in two-phase flows. A prototype was also constructed.
    Comprehensive computer simulation and numerical calculations were
    carried out to calibrate the correctness of this method. An
    experimental study was also performed in gas-solid and gas-liquid
    two-phase flows. The results of the measurements are given and
    discussed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTH HG, 1984, MODERN METHODS PARTI
    BAYVEL LP, 1981, ELECTROMAGNETIC SCAT
    KERKER M, 1969, SCATTERING LIGHT OTH
    MILLER BV, 1988, CRC CRIT R ANAL CHEM, V20, P75
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
    WANG NN, 1995, P 1 INT S 2 PHAS FLO, P695
    WANG NN, 1995, P INT S MEAS TECHN M, P127
    WANG NN, 2000, OPTICAL PARTICLE SIZ
    YU SM, 1999, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 26
 EP 32
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 439EZ
 UT ISI:000169099000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XZ
    Lu, HB
    Wang, XF
    Yu, DY
    Qian, F
    Fang, ZJ
 TI Effect of wavelength-modulating parameters on intensity fluctuations of
    the light source in a photothermal-modulating laser-diode interferometer
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE interferometer; photothermal effect; laser diode; optical testing
 AB In the laser diode interferometer with a photothermal wavelength
    modulation which is used for optical fine measurement, intensity
    fluctuations of the light source cause measurement errors though the
    fluctuations decrease greatly as compared with the injection current
    modulation of wavelength. In this paper, we investigated the effect of
    photothermal-modulation parameters of wavelength on the intensity
    fluctuations of the light source. Choosing appropriate
    photothermal-modulation parameters, we measured microdisplacements of
    objects with a high measurement accuracy.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XZ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, POB 800-211,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CASEY HC, 1978, HETEROSTRUCTURE LA A
    KAKUMA S, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2992
    KLIMCAK CM, 1988, J OPT SOC AM B, V5, P211
    SASAKI O, 1990, OPT ENG, V29, P1511
    WANG XF, 1999, OPT LASER TECHNOL, V31, P559
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 3
 IS 3
 BP 222
 EP 224
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 438UU
 UT ISI:000169073300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, XC
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Exact solution for cavitated bifurcation for compressible hyperelastic
    materials
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE cavitation; hyperelastic materials; bifurcation; exact solution
 ID NONLINEARLY ELASTIC SPHERES; SOLIDS; GROWTH; ELASTODYNAMICS;
    ELASTOSTATICS; EQUILIBRIA; EXAMPLE; FINITE
 AB In this paper, a new exact analytic solution for spherical cavitated
    bifurcation is presented for a class of compressible hyperelastic
    materials. The strain energy density of the materials is assumed to be
    a linear function of three strain invariants, which may be regarded as
    a first-order approximation to the general strain energy density near
    the reference configuration, and also may satisfy certain constitutive
    inequalities of hyperelastic materials. An explicit formula for the
    critical stretch for the cavity nucleation and a simple bifurcation
    solution for the deformed cavity radius which describes the cavity
    growth are obtained. The potential energy associated with the cavitated
    deformation is examined. It is always lower than that associated with
    the homogeneous deformation, thus the state of cavitated deformation is
    relatively stable. On the basis of the presented analytic solutions for
    the stretches and stresses, the catastrophic transition of deformation
    and the jumping of stresses for the cavitation are discussed in detail.
    The boundary layers of the displacements, the strain energy
    distribution and stresses near the formed cavity wall are observed.
    These investigations illustrate that cavitation reflects a local
    behaviour of materials. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABEYARATNE R, 1991, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V44, P429
    ANTMAN SS, 1983, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V83, P1
    ANTMAN SS, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V18, P131
    BADEA L, 1996, MECH RES COMMUN, V23, P461
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    BIWA S, 1994, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V61, P395
    BIWA S, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P899
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    CIARLET PG, 1988, MATH ELASTICITY, V1
    ERINGEN AC, 1962, NONLINEAR THEORY CON
    ERTAN N, 1988, ASCE J ENG MECHANICS, V114, P1231
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAUGHON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P162
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, P ROY IRISH ACAD A, V89, P185
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    HORGAN CO, 1995, J APPL MATH PHYS, V46, S107
    HOU HS, 1992, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V40, P571
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    LEI HC, 1996, J ENG MATH, V30, P693
    MERNARD F, 1992, Q APPL MATH, V50, P201
    MURPHY JG, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P3859
    PERICAKSPECTOR KA, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V101, P293
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P3381
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V96, P97
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, MATH PROC CAMBRIDGE, V99, P589
    STUART CA, 1985, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V2, P33
    TIANHU H, 1990, INT J FRACTURE, V43, R51
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1956, THEORY ELASTICITY
    TRUESDELL C, 1965, ENCY PHYSICS, V3
 NR 34
 TC 15
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 10
 BP 1101
 EP 1117
 PG 17
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438NR
 UT ISI:000169060400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI Higher-order fluctuations and their squeezing of angular momentum in
    atomic coherent states
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE atomic coherent state; Bloch state; SU(2)squeezing
 ID QUANTUM-OPTICS
 AB The second-,fourth-and sixth-order fluctuations have been discussed by
    making use of SU(2)Lie algebra. On the basis of higher-order
    uncertainty relation,the definition of higher-order squeezing for the
    fluctuations of angular momentum has been put forward. In
    particular,the second-,fourth-and sixth-order squeezing in atomic
    coherent states are investigated. These methods and definition can be
    used for studying much higher-order squeezing. The higher-order
    squeezing can be generalized to the fluctuations of atomic variances
    thereby.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARECCHI FT, 1972, PHYS REV           A, V6, P2211
    DONG CH, 1996, ACTA OPT SINICA, V16, P1543
    DONG CH, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P946
    HILLERY M, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P3796
    HONG CK, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P974
    NASREEN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P4161
    TU HT, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P57
    WILSONGORDON AD, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7647
    WODKIEWICZ K, 1985, J OPT SOC AM B, V2, P458
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 6
 BP 1058
 EP 1063
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438CT
 UT ISI:000169036700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, Z
    Wang, Q
 TI Propagation properties of magnetic surface waves on the interface
    between two nonlinear antiferromagnets
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnetic crystals; nonlinear surface waves
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; SPATIAL SOLITONS;
    FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; COLLISION; BEAMS
 AB The nonlinear behavior of surface waves on the interface between two
    uni-axis antiferromagnets is studied. The theoretical analysis and the
    numerical simulation show that there exist two thresholds: frequency
    threshold and power threshold. All the incident waves satisfying the
    two thresholds can steadily propagate in this new guiding structure. It
    is indicated that the peak field will jump from one antiferromagnet
    into another when the power increases. It;is also revealed that the
    magnetic field amplitude on the interface is not power-dependent but
    frequency-dependent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1290
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BORDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHIAO RY, 1964, PHYS REV LETT, V13, P479
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    HAUS HA, 1996, REV MOD PHYS, V68, P423
    JUN S, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V167, P223
    KELLEY PL, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P1005
    LEDERER F, 1983, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V31, P69
    MA JG, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P790
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P193
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1998, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V34, P2089
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P129
    REYNAUD F, 1992, NONLINEAR GUIDED WAV
    SEGEV M, 1998, PHYS TODAY 1, V51, P42
    SHI TT, 1990, OPT LETT, V15, P1123
    SNYDER AW, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1012
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
    WANG Q, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P310
    WANG Q, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P1998
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
    ZHANG HY, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3776
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 6
 BP 1178
 EP 1184
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438CT
 UT ISI:000169036700033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, YZ
    Fan, TY
    Jiang, FR
    Zhang, WG
    Sun, YF
 TI Perturbative method for solving elastic problems of one-dimensional
    hexagonal quasicrystals
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID ICOSAHEDRAL QUASI-CRYSTALS; STRAIGHT DISLOCATIONS; SYMMETRY;
    EXPRESSIONS; ALLOYS; ORDER; POINT; CRACK
 AB A new perturbation technique for solving elastic three-dimensional
    problems of quasicrystals is supplied. The key idea of this technique
    is to simplify the equations by introducing a parameter which does not
    exist in the original equations, and then look for the perturbation
    solution for the problems of interest. To illustrate the utility of our
    method and for comparison, we consider the crack problem for
    one-dimensional hexagonal quasicrystals with point groups 6mm,
    62(h)2(h), 6(m)2(h) and 6/m(h)mm, whose exact solution has been
    obtained by the first two authors of this paper. Only up to the order
    zero approximation, we get the exact expression for the stress
    intensity factor, which is the most important physical quantity in
    fracture theory. Moreover, the same procedure can be used to deal with
    the elastic problems for two- and three-dimensional quasicrystals. A
    simple review of the method is finally given.
 C1 Beijing Inst Technol, Res Ctr Mat Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Automat, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, YZ, Beijing Inst Technol, Res Ctr Mat Sci, POB 327, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BAK P, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1517
    BENDER CM, 1978, ADV MATH METHODS SCI, CH8
    BUSBRIDGE IW, 1938, P LOND MATH SOC, V44, P114
    DAI MX, 1993, PHIL MAG LETT, V67, P67
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8609
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P9304
    DING DH, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7003
    DING DH, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P5423
    DING DH, 1995, PHIL MAG LETT, V72, P353
    EBERT P, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3827
    FAN TY, 1999, MATH THEORY ELASTICI
    FENG YC, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3695
    HE LX, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1116
    ISHIMASA T, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P511
    LEVINE D, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1520
    LI XF, 1999, PHILOS MAG A, V79, P1943
    MERLIN R, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1768
    PENG YZ, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P764
    PENG YZ, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P9381
    QIN YL, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P859
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    SOCOLAR JES, 1986, PHYS REV B, V34, P3345
    TITCHMARSH EC, 1937, INTRO THEORY FOURIER, P337
    WANG N, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1010
    WANG R, 1994, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V50, P366
    WANG RH, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P2411
    YANG WG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V200, P177
    YANG WG, 1998, PHILOS MAG A, V77, P1481
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD MAY 7
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 18
 BP 4123
 EP 4128
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 435YY
 UT ISI:000168910800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI The effective AC response of nonlinear composites
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear composite; effective nonlinear susceptibility
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITIES; DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; MEDIA; ABSORPTION;
    GENERATION; SPHERES
 AB A perturbative approach is used to study the AC response of nonlinear
    composite media, which obey a current-field relation of the form J =
    sigmaE + chi \E \ E-2 with components having nonlinear response at
    finite frequencies. For a sinusoidal applied field, we extend the local
    potential in terms of sinusoidal components at fundamental frequency
    and high-order harmonic frequencies to treat the nonlinear composites.
    For nonlinear composite media with a low concentrations of spherical
    inclusions, we give the formulae of the nonlinear effective AC
    susceptibility chi (*)(3 omega) at the third harmonic frequency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMAN DJ, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4947
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    CHEN G, 1994, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V22, P265
    GERARDY JM, 1980, PHYS REV B, V22, P4950
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    HUI PM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3451
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    LU SY, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P2641
    MCPHYEDRAN RC, 1987, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V395, P45
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 18
 TC 6
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 501
 EP 504
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 436MM
 UT ISI:000168939700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
    Jiang, JB
 TI Experimental study on turbulent features in the negative transport
    region of asymmetric plane channel flow
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE negative transport; asymmetric channel flow turbulent characteristics
 AB Turbulent features of streamwise and vertical components of velocity in
    the negative transport region of asymmetric plane channel flow have
    been studied experimentally in details. Experiments show that turbulent
    fluctuations in negative transport region are suppressed, and their
    probability distributions are far from Gaussian. Besides, the skewness
    factors attain their negative maxima at the position of the maximum
    mean velocity, whereas the flatness factors attain their positive
    maxima at the same position.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CIOFALO M, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P453
    ESKINAZI S, 1956, J AERONAUT SCI, V23, P23
    ESKINAZI S, 1969, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1988
    HANJALIC K, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V51, P301
    JIANG JB, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P425
    LAUNDER BE, 1975, J FLUID MECHANICS 3, V68, P537
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 125
 EP 132
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 437HR
 UT ISI:000168986700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Ji, YF
    Zhao, DQ
    Zhuang, YX
    Wang, RJ
    Pan, MX
    Dong, YD
    Wang, WH
 TI Glass forming ability and properties of Zr/Nb-based bulk metallic
    glasses
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE metallic glasses; casting; acoustic measurements
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; ALLOYS; CRYSTALLIZATION
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, POB
    603, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR CONNER RD, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P6089
    ECKERT J, 1999, MATER SCI FORUM, V312, P3
    FAN C, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P42
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    LI Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V36, P783
    LIU W, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P11755
    LU ZP, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V270, P103
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2341
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
    WANG WH, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1803
    WANG WH, 2000, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P329
    ZHANG Y, 1999, ACTA PHOTONICA SINIC, V28, P35
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD APR 17
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 7
 BP 1107
 EP 1112
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 433DE
 UT ISI:000168739400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Harko, T
    Mak, MK
 TI Cosmic no-hair conjecture in Einstein-Cartan theory
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 ID HOMOGENEOUS COSMOLOGICAL MODELS; POWER-LAW INFLATION; R2 COSMOLOGY;
    SPACETIME; SPIN
 AB We prove the cosmic no-hair conjecture in the Einstein-Cartan theory by
    taking into account the effects due to the spin of matter. If the
    ordinary matter forming the cosmological fluid satisfies the dominant
    and strong energy conditions and the anisotropy energy sigma (2) is
    larger than the spin energy S-2 (i.e. sigma (2) - S-2 greater than or
    equal to 0), then all initially expanding Bianchi cosmologies-except
    type IX- evolve toward the de Sitter spacetime on a Hubble expansion
    time root3/Lambda. The behavior of the Bianchi type IX Universe is
    similar, provided that the cosmological constant is larger than the
    half of the largest scalar spatial curvature R-(3)(max).
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Pokfulam, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABBOTT LF, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V244, P541
    AMSTERDAMSKI P, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P3037
    BARROW JD, 1977, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V178, P625
    BICAK J, 1992, ABSTR C GEN REL CORD, V13, P12
    CHAMBERS CM, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P617
    COTSAKIS S, 1993, PHYS LETT B, V319, P69
    COTSAKIS S, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, P2795
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    FUTAMASE T, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2783
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2738
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    JENSEN LG, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P831
    KASPER U, GRQC9410030
    KITADA Y, 1992, PHYS REV D, V45, P1416
    KLUSKE S, GRQC9503021
    KONG KH, 1998, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V260, P521
    LINDE AD, 1982, PHYS LETT B, V108, P389
    LINDE AD, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V129, P177
    LINDE AD, 1984, REP PROG PHYS, V47, P925
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    LU HQ, 1996, 21 CENT CHIN ASTR C, P473
    LUCCHIN F, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P1316
    MAEDA K, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P858
    MAEDA K, 1992, ABSTR C GEN REL CORD, V13, P296
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    MIJIC MB, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P2934
    MONDAINI R, 1993, INT J MOD PHYS D, V2, P47
    MOSS IG, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V178, P15
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    ROTHMAN T, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P256
    ROTHMAN T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V180, P19
    STAROBINSKY AA, 1980, PHYS LETT B, V91, P99
    STEIGMAN G, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V128, P129
    TORII T, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    TURNER MS, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2237
    WALD RM, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2118
    YOKOYAMA J, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P1047
    ZARDECKI A, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P718
 NR 39
 TC 3
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 315
 EP 324
 PG 10
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 433XQ
 UT ISI:000168786300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
 TI Interaction between particles and particle chains in electrorheological
    fluids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; CONDUCTIVITY; SIMULATION; SPHERES
 AB The electric potential in a granular system consisting of spherical
    inclusions in the presence of an external applied electric field is
    studied in detail within the framework of the Rayleigh identity. The
    effects of induced charges on the inclusions are taken into account
    explicitly. The method, in principle, includes the effects of all
    multipoles. The method is applied to study the interaction between two
    inclusions. The standard form of interaction between inclusions widely
    used in studying ER fluids is recovered as an approximation of our
    general approach. We then apply the method to a chain of inclusions.
    Analytic expressions for the electrostatic energy per inclusion and the
    electric field are obtained for the case in which the chain is parallel
    to the applied field. Our result reduces to the form used in the
    literature when appropriate approximation is taken. The method is
    further extended to study the interaction between chains of inclusions.
    An approximate expression is obtained for the force between two chains
    of inclusions. Our approach provides a rigorous framework for
    determining the interaction between inclusions and chains of inclusions
    to arbitrary accuracy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GERARDY JM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P4204
    GU GQ, UNPUB
    GU GQ, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P3057
    HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICL ELECTRODYNA
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    RAYLEIGH, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 6-7
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 1033
 EP 1041
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 434TQ
 UT ISI:000168832300058
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiang, ZH
    Jiang, L
    Kang, ZM
 TI Transient expression of somatostatin mRNA in developing ganglion cell
    layers of rat retina
 SO DEVELOPMENTAL BRAIN RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE somatostatin; ganglion cell; retina; development; in situ
    hybridization; immunocytochemistry
 ID INSITU HYBRIDIZATION; CAT RETINA; IMMUNOREACTIVE CELLS; VISUAL-SYSTEM;
    MESSENGER-RNA; RABBIT RETINA; NEURONS; DEATH; DIFFERENTIATION; PEPTIDE
 AB Somatostatin (SOM) mRNA in developing ganglion cell layer (GCL)
    detected by in situ hybridization histochemistry anti SOM peptide in
    developing optic chiasma and optic tract detected by
    immunocytochemistry were monitored to explore whether ganglion cells
    expressing SOM project to the visual center. Most of these cells in the
    developing GCL expressed SOM transiently from embryonic day 13 (E13) to
    E21. The cells expressing SOM mRNA initially followed a
    central-to-peripheral pattern of development. The cells expressing SOM
    mRNA in the retinas of fetuses became detectable at E13. From E14 to
    E17 the number of cells expressing SOM mRNA increased rapidly. At E17
    most of the cells in the developing GCL expressed SOM mRNA. From E18 to
    postnatal days the positive cells became sparse except at the postnatal
    day 0 (PND0) the positive cells decreased dramatically in comparison
    with that at the E21. At PND15, the positive cells only can be found in
    the inner neuroblastic layer and in the ganglion cell layer. At PND20
    the distribution pattern and the number of the positive cells were
    essentially the same as that in adult rat. SOM immunoreactivity was
    detectable at E16 in the developing optic chiasma and optic tract; the
    majority of the fibers in these area were SOM positive. From E16 to E18
    the density of the immunostaining increased rapidly, whereas from E19
    to E21 the density decreased. At PND0 no positive fibers were seen. The
    transient presence of SOM in most of the ganglion cells in the
    developing ganglion cell layer has prompted us to study the rc,le of
    SOM in generation and differentiation of the retinal ganglion cells,
    and formation of the retina-visual center projections. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Second Military Med Univ, Dept Histol & Embryol, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Elect Engn Coll, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiang, ZH, Second Military Med Univ, Dept Histol & Embryol, Shanghai
    200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BODENANT C, 1991, NEUROSCIENCE, V41, P595
    ELLIS JP, 1983, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V172, P463
    ENGELMANN R, 1996, EUR J NEUROSCI, V8, P220
    FAWCETT JW, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P5589
    FERRIERO DM, 1987, BRAIN RES, V431, P207
    FERRIERO DM, 1990, DEV BRAIN RES, V57, P15
    FINLEY JCW, 1978, AM J ANAT, V153, P483
    FONTANESI G, 1997, DEV BRAIN RES, V103, P119
    GOODMAN RH, 1982, J BIOL CHEM, V257, P1156
    HOEFLER H, 1986, HISTOCHEM J, V18, P597
    HOFLER H, 1987, ACTA HISTOCHEM S, V34, P101
    HUTSLER JJ, 1995, J COMP NEUROL, V361, P152
    INAGAKI S, 1989, MOL BRAIN RES, V6, P289
    ISHIMOTO I, 1982, J HIRN FORSCHUNG, V23, P127
    JU G, 1987, CELL TISSUE RES, V247, P417
    KATZ DM, 1992, J NEUROBIOL, V23, P855
    KIRSCH B, 1979, CELL TISSUE RES, V204, P127
    KIYAMA H, 1990, NEUROSCIENCE, V38, P223
    KUNGEL M, 1997, DEV BRAIN RES, V101, P107
    LARSEN JNB, 1990, VISUAL NEUROSCI, V5, P441
    LUGO N, 1997, CELL BIOL INT, V21, P447
    MCCABE KL, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P5713
    MITROFANIS J, 1989, NEUROSCI LETT, V104, P209
    REESE BE, 1992, NEUROSCIENCE, V46, P419
    RICKMAN DW, 1996, J COMP NEUROL, V365, P491
    SAGAR SM, 1987, J COMP NEUROL, V266, P291
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1998, PERSPECT DEV NEUROBI, V5, P427
    SENGELAUB DR, 1982, J COMP NEUROL, V204, P311
    TRAINA G, 1994, VISUAL NEUROSCI, V11, P165
    WHITE CA, 1991, J COMP NEUROL, V304, P1
    WHITE CA, 1992, J COMP NEUROL, V317, P129
    XIANG Z, 1997, CHIN J ANAT, V20, P21
    XIANG ZH, 1998, BRAIN RES, V813, P390
    YOUNG RW, 1984, J COMP NEUROL, V229, P362
 NR 34
 TC 8
 SN 0165-3806
 J9 DEVELOP BRAIN RES
 JI Dev. Brain Res.
 PD MAY 31
 PY 2001
 VL 128
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 33
 PG 9
 SC Developmental Biology; Neurosciences
 GA 434ET
 UT ISI:000168802700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
    Zheng, YA
 TI Attractors of nonautonomous Schrodinger equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous Schrodinger equations; uniform attractor; Hausdorff
    dimension
 AB The long-time behaviour of a two-dimensional nonautonomous nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation is considered. The existence! of uniform attractor
    is proved and the upper bound of the uniform attractor's Housdorff
    dimension is given.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YR, Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 CR BABIN AV, 1992, ATTRACTORS EVOLUTION
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P279
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    HALE JK, 1987, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    MIRANVILLE A, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P1047
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V40
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 180
 EP 189
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 435GF
 UT ISI:000168868500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Pun, EYB
    Chung, PS
    Zhang, XH
 TI Z-scan measurement of a novel amorphous molecular material
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE polymer; Z-scan; nonlinear optics; saturation absorption
 ID OPTICAL NONLINEARITIES; WAVE-GUIDE
 AB The nonlinear optical refractive and absorption of the novel amorphous
    molecular material. 5.5 ' -bis(dimesitylboryl)-2,2 ' -bithiophene have
    been investigated by using the Z-scan technique with a
    nanosecond-pulsed Nd:YAG laser at its second harmonic (532 nm)
    radiation. The nonlinear transmission characteristics exhibit saturable
    absorption at 532 nm and are explained by using the three-level
    saturable model. The saturation intensity, the real and imaginary parts
    of the nonlinear refraction index along with their sign were
    determined. These results indicate that BMB-2T is promising material
    for photonic applications. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Engn Phys, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Photography Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Engn Phys, Shandong 271019,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRANGER C, 1996, J MATER CHEM, V6, P555
    BREDAS JL, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P243
    DEMENICIS L, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P609
    GANG Y, 1998, ADV MATER, V11, P1431
    GUBLER U, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2396
    KAJZAR F, 1987, NONLINEAR OPTICAL PR, V2, P51
    KUZYK M, 1996, ORGANIC THIN FILMS W, P759
    MA H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1581
    MA SJ, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V149, P8
    MOHAN RK, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V144, P322
    NODA T, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P283
    NORMAN P, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V111, P7758
    OLIVEIRA LC, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P2649
    PETROV DV, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1067
    PRASAD PN, 1991, INTRO NONLINEAR OPTI
    SAMOC M, 1998, J OPT SOC AM B, V15, P817
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    WANG J, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1009
    WANG WS, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P51
    XIA T, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P317
    YANG L, 1992, OPT LETT, V17, P323
    ZHOU J, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1482
 NR 22
 TC 5
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAY 8
 PY 2001
 VL 191
 IS 3-6
 BP 427
 EP 433
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 431FV
 UT ISI:000168621900034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, LM
    Wang, Q
 TI Analysis of the existence of magnetostatic solitons in ferromagnetic
    films under the influence of carriers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic solitons; carriers; ferromagnetic film; magnetostatic
    surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB Under the influence of semiconductor carriers, within certain
    frequencies, along the direction of propagation perpendicular to the
    external magnetic field, magnetostatic surface wave can develop into
    magnetostatic solitons, with the group velocity and phase velocity
    being opposite to each other, and the magnitude of the velocity changes
    with the carriers density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Pure Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, LM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Pure Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AWAI I, 1976, JPN J APPL PHYS, V15, P1297
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1965, J I MATH APPL, V1, P269
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 958
 EP 963
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 430VF
 UT ISI:000168595600031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, ZZ
    Xu, HY
    Zhou, GY
    Liu, JF
    Huang, HM
    Ding, WX
 TI Analyses of thermal stress and fracture during cryopreservation of
    blood vessel
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE blood vessel; thermal stress; fracture; cryopreservation
 ID ARTERIES
 AB The occurrence of fractures in the vessel wall has been a major problem
    for human blood vessel cryopreservation. The large volumetric expansion
    of water during crystallization produces great inner stresses. To solve
    these complicated heat transfer and thermal stress problems, a model
    and an analytic method are presented in this paper, with which
    transient temperature field, the transient stress field inside the
    blood vessels during freezing can be calculated and analyzed, and the
    probable cracks or fractures can be predicted. The analytic results of
    sheep thoracic artery are consistent with the experimental observations
    of fractures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Second Med Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Sci,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BATESON EAJ, 1994, CRYOLETT, V15, P15
    CALDWELL J, 1998, NUMER HEAT TR B-FUND, V33, P99
    HU HY, 2000, J CRYOGENICS, P22
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN, P20
    PEGG DE, 1997, CRYOBIOLOGY, V34, P183
    RABIN Y, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P276
    SHI X, 1998, T ASAE, V41, P1407
    SHI X, 1999, T ASME, V120, P720
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1970, THEORY ELASTICITY, P443
    ZHANG J, 2000, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V21, P350
    ZHAO MJ, 1995, THESIS SHANGHAI 2 ME
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 158
 EP 163
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 429HF
 UT ISI:000168509900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI Discussion on corrosion transition mechanism of zircaloy
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Review
 DE zircaloy; corrosion; transition; phase transformation
 ID RESISTANCE
 AB Several hypotheses on the corrosion transition phenomenon of zircaloy
    are presented. Among those, the phase transformation mechanism suggests
    that the oxide growth rate of zircaloy is mainly controlled by the
    transformation from t-ZrO2 to m-ZrO2 near the oxide/metal interface,
    and the t-m transfomation is enhanced due to stress relaxation in 400
    degreesC, 10.3 MPa superheated steam or triggered by the interaction of
    OH- with oxygen vacanices in 300 degreesC aqueous lithium hydroxide
    solution. More attention is paid to this hypothesis and the mechanism
    is discussed in this papier. Lastly, authors' view is put forwards: the
    break of the barrier leger of oxide-film, which may be caused by the
    compressive stress reaching a definite value or the degradation of its
    mechanical properties because of the lithium coming into the oxide
    film, will bring about the corrosion acceleration and transition
    phenomenon.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANADA H, 1996, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P35
    BEIE HJ, 1994, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P615
    GARZAROLLI F, 1991, ZIRC NUCL IND 9 INT, P395
    GODLESWSKI J, 1991, ZIRC NUCL IND 9 INT, P416
    GODLEWSKI J, 1994, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P663
    KIDO T, 2000, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P773
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
    LI ZK, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P101
    LI ZK, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P380
    PECHEUR D, 1996, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P94
    PECHEUR D, 2000, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P793
    SAARIO T, 1993, REZ, P4
    ZHOU BX, 1991, HIGH TEMP CORR PROT, P121
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 81
 EP 84
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 430DC
 UT ISI:000168557400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Mi, XW
    Feng, XQ
 TI A new absorption band and the decomposition of the 350 nm absorption
    band of PbWO4
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB Single crystal PbWO4 has been grown by the improved Bridgman method.
    The absorption spectra in polarized light of the sample with the
    crystal c-axis parallel to its surface have been measured. The
    absorption spectra of the as-grown crystal show a 350 nm weak band with
    dichroism in polarized light. Subtracting the polarized light
    absorption spectrum with the electric vector E parallel to the c-axis
    by that one with E perpendicular to the c-axis, the polarized light
    difference spectrum is obtained. The polarized light difference
    spectrum indicates that the 350 nm band has two peaks and can be
    decomposed into two bands peaking at 330 and 360 nm, respectively. In
    order to determine the detailed structure of the 350 nm band, annealing
    experiments in air condition of the as grown crystal at different
    temperatures were performed. Difference spectra of the annealed crystal
    have been obtained by subtracting the absorption spectra of the crystal
    annealed at different annealing temperatures by that one of the
    as-grown crystal. The absorption spectra features also indicate that
    the 350 nm absorption band is composed of two bands peaking at 330 and
    360 nm, respectively. The annealing properties of the 330 nm and the
    350 nm band are obviously different. We come to the conclusion that the
    350 nm band is a composed band and can be decomposed into two bands
    peaking at 360 and 330 nm, respectively. The two bands are suggested to
    belong to different color centers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, 516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR AAMIO PA, 1993, NUCL INCTRUM METHO A, V336, P98
    ANNENKOV AN, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V156, P493
    KOBAYASHI M, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V333, P429
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    VANLOO W, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V28, P227
    XIQI F, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
 NR 10
 TC 10
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD APR 16
 PY 2001
 VL 184
 IS 2
 BP 341
 EP 348
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 430DW
 UT ISI:000168559200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, LW
    Weng, XC
 TI Antioxidant activity and components of Salvia plebeia R.Br. - a Chinese
    herb
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Salvia plebeia R.Br.; herb; antioxidants; royleanonic acid; hispidulin;
    eupatorin
 AB The antioxidant properties of the extracts from Salvia plebeia R.Br.
    which was screened out of over 700 species of Chinese herbs, were
    tested in lard at 110 degreesC using the Oxidative Stability
    Instrument. The ethyl acetate extract of the herb was re-extracted by
    solvents (with increasing polarity) into petroleum ether-, diethyl
    ether-, acetone-and-ethanol-soluble fractions. The fractions obtained
    were then separated according to their acidic properties. From the most
    active sub-fractions, namely the acidic sub-fraction of the petroleum
    ether-soluble fraction and the weakly acidic sub-fraction of the
    diethyl ether-soluble fraction, three antioxidant components were
    isolated and identified as royleanonic acid, hispidulin and eupatorin.
    The royleanonic acid was a novel compound and eupatorin was isolated
    for the first time from the herb. Though royleanonic acid and
    hispidulin prolonged the induction period significantly, their
    antioxidant activities were much weaker than the crude extracts,
    implying that synergistic effects might be responsible for the high
    activity of the crude extracts. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *AOCS, 1994, 12B92 AOCS CD
    *JIANGS NEW MED CO, 1993, DICT CHIN TRAD
    ADAMS JH, 1976, PLANTA MED, V31, P86
    ANGELO AJ, 1996, CRIT REV FOOD SCI NU, V36, P175
    CHONG PZ, 1987, APPL MASS SPECTRUM N
    DAS NP, 1990, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V67, P253
    DZIEDZIC SZ, 1983, FOOD CHEM, V11, P161
    GORDON MH, 1995, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V43, P1784
    GU LW, 1997, CHINA OILS FATS, V22, P37
    GU LW, 2000, THESIS WUXI U LIGHT
    HERNANDEZ M, 1988, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V27, P3297
    HOPIA AI, 1996, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V44, P2030
    HUANG L, 1988, UV SPECTRUM ORGANIC
    KARTNIG T, 1977, PLANTA MED, V32, P347
    KIM SY, 1994, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V71, P633
    MARKHAM KR, 1982, TECHNIQUE FLAVONOID
    MICHAVILA A, 1988, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V25, P268
    SAUCIER CT, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P4491
    SU JD, 1986, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V50, P199
    SU JD, 1987, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V51, P2801
    SUKH D, 1986, CRC HDB TERPENOIDS D
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WENKERT E, 1965, J ORG CHEM, V30, P2931
    ZHANG HY, 1998, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V75, P1705
    ZHANG KQ, 1990, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V38, P1194
 NR 25
 TC 13
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 73
 IS 3
 BP 299
 EP 305
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 428TA
 UT ISI:000168475700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI Dynamical behavior of viscoelastic cylindrical shells under axial
    pressures
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Karman-Donnell theory; viscoelastic cylindrical shell; chaos;
    hyperchaos; strange attractor; limit cycle
 ID THIN PLATES
 AB The hypotheses of the Karman-Donnell theory of thin shells with large
    deflections and the Boltzmann laws for isotropic linear, viscoelastic
    materials, the constitutive equations of shallow shells are first
    derived. Then the governing equations for the deflection and stress
    function are formulated by using the procedure similar to establishing
    the Karman equations of elastic thin plates. Introducing proper
    assumptions, an approximate theory for viscoelastic cylindrical shells
    under axial pressures can be obtained. Finally, the dynamical behavior
    is studied in detail by using several numerical methods. Dynamical
    properties, such ns, hyperchaos, chaos, strange attractor, limit cycle
    etc., are discovered.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROTSKAYA VY, 1995, MECH SOLIDS, V30, P139
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    DING R, 1997, THESIS LANZHOU U LAN
    DROZDOV A, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P481
    KUBICEK M, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    MINAKOVA NI, 1978, MECH SOLIDS, V13, P134
    POTAPOV VD, 1978, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V18, P586
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    XU ZL, 1988, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V165, P307
 NR 12
 TC 12
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 9
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 428VQ
 UT ISI:000168482700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
    Wang, SJ
    Liao, YS
    Feng, ZJ
 TI CO2 gas pools in Jiyang sag, China
 SO APPLIED GEOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID MID-ATLANTIC RIDGE; NATURAL GASES; ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; VOLATILE
    FLUXES; SUBDUCTION-ZONE; CARBON ISOTOPES; HELIUM; MANTLE; SYSTEMATICS;
    VOLCANO
 AB The CO2 gas pools of Jiyang sag are located along the Gaoqing-Pingnan
    fault within a region of alkaline basalts. The concentration of CO2 in
    the gas pools is in the range of 68.85-96.99%. All of the geochemical
    tracers for the CO2 gas pools support the suggestion that CO2 was
    mainly derived from mantle degassing. The delta C-13 values of CO2 in
    the gas pools are in the range of -5.67-3.41%, which are higher than
    those of organogenic CO2, and near to those of abiogenic CO2. Their
    He-3/He-4 ratios are 2.80-4.47x10(6), i.e. the R/Ra ratios are
    2.00-3.19, showing that the Jiyang sag had undergone strong mantle
    degassing. CO2/He-3 ratios are 0.59-0.89x10(9), which are identical to
    those for N-MORB, indicating that CO2 in these CO2 gas pools was mainly
    derived from the mantle. Accompanying the intrusion of mantle-derived
    magma, the mantle-derived CO2 migrated upwards along deep faults and
    was trapped in advantageous structures forming gas pools. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Shengli Oil Co, Res Inst Geol Sci, Dongying, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Earth Sci, Nanjing 210008, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *IGSSB, 1987, TANCH LUJ FAULTS
    CHU X, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, P62
    DAI J, 1995, INORGANIC GASES FORM
    DAI JX, 1993, THESIS CHICAGO
    EXLEY RA, 1986, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V78, P189
    FROST DJ, 1997, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V61, P1565
    GERLACH TM, 1990, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V54, P2051
    HENNECKE EW, 1975, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V27, P346
    HOEFS J, 1979, STABLE ISOTOPE GEOCH
    HUNT JM, 1979, PETROLEUM GEOCHEMIST, P162
    JAMBON A, 1987, CHEM GEOL, V62, P177
    JAVOY M, 1986, CHEM GEOL, V57, P41
    JAVOY M, 1991, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V107, P598
    JINXING D, 1998, MINERAL MAG A, V62, P716
    LI D, 1982, PETROLEUM EXPLORATIO, V2, P1
    LUPTON JE, 1983, ANNU REV EARTH PL SC, V11, P371
    MA X, 1987, LITHOSPHERIC DYNAMIC
    MAMYRIN BA, 1984, HELIUM ISOTOPES NATU
    MARTY B, 1987, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V83, P16
    MARTY B, 1989, CHEM GEOL, V76, P25
    MARTY B, 1998, CHEM GEOL, V145, P233
    MATTEY DP, 1990, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V104, P492
    NAGAO K, 1981, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V53, P175
    NISHIO Y, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V154, P127
    ONIONS RK, 1988, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V90, P331
    PANKINA RG, 1978, INT GEOL REV, V21, P535
    PINEAU F, 1976, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V29, P413
    PINEAU F, 1983, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V62, P239
    PINEAU F, 1990, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V54, P217
    POREDA RJ, 1988, CHEM GEOL, V71, P199
    SANO Y, 1994, APPL GEOCHEM, V9, P371
    SHEN W, 1998, J NANJING U NATURAL, V34, P308
    SHENG X, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P4675
    SHERWOODLOLLAR B, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P5279
    TAYLOR BE, 1986, REV MINERAL, V16, P185
    TRULL T, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V118, P43
    WAKITA H, 1983, NATURE, V305, P792
    XIANBIN W, 1998, MINERAL MAG A, V62, P1665
    XU Y, 1990, EXPT PETROLEUM GEOLO, V12, P316
    ZHANG YX, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V117, P331
    ZHENG L, 1996, CHINESE SCI BULL, V41, P624
    ZHOU XH, 1986, TERRA COGNITA, V6, P244
 NR 42
 TC 2
 SN 0883-2927
 J9 APPL GEOCHEM
 JI Appl. Geochem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 9-10
 BP 1033
 EP 1039
 PG 7
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 429AA
 UT ISI:000168492800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YD
 TI Theorems about the existence of solutions to problems with nonlocal
    initial value
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE nonlocal problem; nonlinear boundary condition; parabolic equation;
    solution; existence; generalized Poincare e operator
 ID PARABOLIC EQUATIONS; BOUNDARY-CONDITIONS; CAUCHY-PROBLEM
 AB Recently much work has been devoted to nonlocal problems. However, very
    little has been accomplished in the literature For nonlocal initial
    problems with nonlinear boundary conditions. It is the purpose of this
    paper to prove the existence results for solutions to a semilinear
    parabolic PDE with linear homogeneous boundary conditions. and to
    of-her ones with nonlinear boundary conditions, provided the ordered
    upper and lower solutions are given. Semigroup, fractional order
    function spaces and generalized Poincare operators play an important
    role in proving the existence of solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMANN H, 1978, NONLINEAR ANAL COLLE, P1
    AMANN H, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V72, P201
    BYSZEWSKI L, 1991, J MATH ANAL APPL, V162, P494
    CHABROWSKI J, 1984, NAGOYA MATH J, V93, P109
    DENG K, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V179, P630
    GRISVARD P, 1969, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM S, V2, P311
    KEREFOV AA, 1979, DIFF URAVN, V15, P74
    LIN YP, 1996, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V26, P1023
    PAO CV, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V195, P702
    PAZY A, 1983, SEMIGROUPS LINEAR OP
    SEELEY R, 1972, STUD MATH, V44, P47
    VABISHCHEVICH PN, 1981, DIFF URAVN, V17, P1193
    XIANG X, 1995, ACTA MATH SIN, V11, P439
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9574
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 197
 EP 206
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 428QR
 UT ISI:000168472800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, H
    McLean, D
 TI Design of a state feedback controller to achieve minimum eigenvalue
    differential sensitivity
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE eigenstructure assignment; eigenvalues; robustness; sensitivity
 ID EIGENSTRUCTURE ASSIGNMENT
 AB This paper introduces a new design method using eigenstructure
    assignment. The differential sensitivity of the eigenvalues of the
    system is minimized. The method involves minimizing the least-squared
    error between the achievable and the desired eigenspace to achieve mode
    decoupling. A global measure of eigenvalue sensitivity for all desired
    eigenvalues that make the closed-loop system insensitive to
    perturbations or parameter Variations is included in the method. The
    technique requires the use of a gradient-based algorithm. The method is
    illustrated by an example, which is intended to show a more flexible
    approach to eigenstructure assignment.
 C1 Univ Southampton, Dept Aeronaut & Astronaut, Sch Engn Sci, Southampton SO17 1BJ, Hants, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP McLean, D, Univ Southampton, Dept Aeronaut & Astronaut, Sch Engn Sci,
    Southampton SO17 1BJ, Hants, England.
 CR ANDRY AN, 1983, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V19, P711
    APKARIAN PR, 1989, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V12, P162
    BRYSON A, 1975, APPL OPTIMAL CONTROL
    BURROWS SP, 1992, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V15, P779
    CUNNINGHAM TB, 1980, P IEEE C DEC CONTR A
    DAVIDSON JB, 1994, 109130 NASA
    LAM J, 1997, P I MECH ENG 1, V211, P631
    MIYAZAWA Y, 1992, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V15, P785
    PATEL Y, 1993, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V16, P118
    PATTON RJ, 1993, P AIAA GUID NAV CONT, P924
    SMITH PR, 1990, AIAA GUID NAV CONTR
    WHITE BA, 1997, P I MECH ENG I-J SYS, V211, P35
    YU WL, 1991, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V14, P621
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0142-3312
 J9 TRANS INST MEASURE CONTROL
 JI Trans. Inst. Meas. Control
 PY 2001
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 127
 EP 138
 PG 12
 SC Automation & Control Systems; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 426EA
 UT ISI:000168335800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, QS
    Feng, XQ
    Man, ZY
    Zhang, YX
    Yin, ZW
    Zhang, QR
 TI Origin of the radiation-induced 420 nm color center absorption band in
    PbWO4 crystals
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE color center; optical properties; light absorption
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; DAMAGE
 AB Polarized absorption spectra experiments were carried out to
    investigate the structural symmetries of color centers of PbWO4
    crystals. It was found that the intensity of the electrical vector E
    perpendicular to c of the radiation-induced 320 nm absorption band
    equals that of the E parallel to c, indicating the non-dichroic
    character of the band. Based on the analysis of the energy band
    structure and the crystal structure of PbWO4, the origin of the
    radiation-induced 320 nm absorption band was ascribed to the V-F(0)
    di-hole center. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, XQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    AUFFRAY E, 1996, SCINT 95, P282
    BACCARO S, 1999, IEEE T NUCL SCI 1, V46, P292
    BARISHEVSKI VG, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V322, P231
    BIEDERBICK R, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V69, P55
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3571
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LAGUTA VV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P10109
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V181, R1
    NESSITEDALDI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V408, P266
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    WILLIAMS RT, 2000, SCINT 99, P118
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 16
 TC 19
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 118
 IS 5
 BP 221
 EP 223
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 425XV
 UT ISI:000168317700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Li, J
    Chu, JH
    Bo, LX
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
 TI The study of frequency-doubling properties of ferroelectric potassium
    lithium niobate
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE potassium lithium niobate; frequency-doubling; phase-matching
 ID K3LI2-XNB5+XO15+2X
 AB The frequency-doubling properties of potassium lithium niobate crystals
    grown from melts with different content of Li2O were studied by using
    quasi cw-Ti:sapphire laser. The results showed that potassium lithium
    niobate crystal does not have nonlinear optical performance unless the
    Li content in the crystal reached a certain amount. The higher the
    content of Li in the crystal the better the frequency-doubling
    performance. The results of frequency-doubling experiment of the
    potassium:lithium niobate crystal grown from the melt with Li2O 26mol%
    showed that the crystal can double the cw-Ti:sapphire laser with the
    wavelength of 820 similar to 960nm so as to obtain the output of
    blue-green beam. The crystal showed good second harmonic generation
    properties.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech, Natl Lab Infrared Phys,
    Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG WD, 1996, CHEM PHYS LETT, V261, P66
    IMAI K, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V177, P79
    OWERKERK M, 1991, 409339, EP
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P34
    WAN YB, 1999, ACTA OPT SINICA, V19, P863
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    WAN YB, 1999, J SYNTH CRYST, V28, P149
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 147
 EP 150
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 425DB
 UT ISI:000168272100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Guo, BY
 TI Composite Legendre-Laguerre pseudospectral approximation in unbounded
    domains
 SO IMA JOURNAL OF NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE composite Legendre-Laguerre; pseudospectral method; half-line
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR CONSERVATION-LAWS; HERMITE
    SPECTRAL METHOD; GALERKIN METHOD; POLYNOMIALS; INTERVAL
 AB A composite Legendre-Laguerre pseudospectral approximation in unbounded
    domains is developed. Some approximation results are obtained. As an
    application, a composite pseudospectral scheme is proposed for the
    Burgers equation on the half-line. The stability and convergence of the
    scheme are proved. By choosing appropriate base functions, the
    resulting system of this method has a sparse structure and can be
    solved in parallel. Numerical results are given to show the efficiency
    of this new method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    DAVIS PJ, 1984, METHODS NUMERICAL IN
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GELB A, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P3
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    GUO BY, 2001, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TANG T, 1993, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V14, P594
    XU CL, 2001, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0272-4979
 J9 IMA J NUMER ANAL
 JI IMA J. Numer. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 587
 EP 602
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 424ZK
 UT ISI:000168263700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI High temperature Raman spectra of sodium disilicate crystal, glass and
    its liquid
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 ID ALKALI-SILICATE-GLASSES; SPECTROSCOPY; MELTS; PRESSURE; NMR
 AB Raman spectra of Na2Si2O5 in solid and liquid states from room
    temperature to 1773 K were measured to observe phase transition and
    analyze the temperature-dependent variations of the structure units,
    five kinds of SiO4 tetrahedrons, which are defined as Q(4), Q(3), Q(2),
    Q(1) and Q(0) species corresponding to the number of bridging oxygen
    binding to each Si. A pulsed copper vapor laser was used as laser
    source coupled with time resolved detection system to eliminate the
    dense thermal emission background while temperature was >1273 K.
    Temperature-dependent Raman spectra can clearly indicate melting point
    of a crystal around 1143 K. Gaussian deconvolutions of complex
    stretching vibrational bands of crystal and amorphous states (glass and
    liquid) were described. Raman sensitivity factors were introduced to
    calculate the mole fractions of the different SiO4 tetrahedrons. There
    is a decrease of Q(3) species and an increase of Q(4) and Q(2) species
    with increasing temperature. And after melting, the ratio of the
    components remain unchanged. Q(3) species decomposes again after about
    1573 K. More Q(n) species would form with increasing temperature.
    Although the Q(n) distribution of the glass is similar to that of the
    liquid of melting temperature, T-m similar to 1143 K, the liquid
    structure has a greater disorder than that of the glass. (C) 2001
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    DORFELD WG, 1988, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V29, P179
    DOWEIDAR H, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V194, P155
    FURUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GASKELL PH, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P69
    GILLET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P263
    GUOCHANG J, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P20
    GURMAN SJ, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V125, P151
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    HASS M, 1970, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V31, P415
    JINGLIN Y, IN PRESS
    JINGLIN Y, 1998, J CHIN RARE EARTH SC, V16, P505
    JINGLIN Y, 1999, CHIN J LIGHT SCATTER, V11, P378
    JINGLIN Y, 1999, OPT INSTR, V21, P21
    KASHIO S, 1980, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V20, P251
    KUANGDI X, 1999, SCI CHINA SER E, V22, P77
    LIEBAU F, 1985, STRUCTURAL CHEM SILI
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY, CH4
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MAEKAWA H, 1992, P 4 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P35
    MARKIN EP, 1960, OPT SPECTROSC, V9, P309
    MATSON DW, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V58, P323
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MYSEN BO, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P686
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    MYSEN BO, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P321
    PEICANG X, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    SEIFERT FA, 1981, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V45, P1879
    SHARMA SK, 1978, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V77, P649
    SHIPING H, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    STEBBINS JF, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V106, P359
    STEBBINS JF, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P298
    SWAMY V, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2237
    URNES S, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P125
    VORONKO YK, 1991, GROWTH CRYSTALS, V16, P199
    ZHANG P, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V204, P294
 NR 37
 TC 15
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 282
 IS 1
 BP 125
 EP 131
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 423XE
 UT ISI:000168202400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Z
 TI Boundedness and convergence of solutions of a second-order nonlinear
    differential system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID RETARDED LIENARD EQUATION; X+F(1)(X)X+F(2)(X)X(2)+G(X)=0; BEHAVIOR
 AB Consider the second-order nonlinear differential system
    (x) over dot = 1/a(x)[h(y) - F(x)],
    (y) over dot = -a(x)[g(x) - e(t)],
    where a is a positive and continuous function on R - (-infinity,
    +infinity); II, F, and g are continuous functions on R; and e(t) is a
    continuous function on I = [0, +infinity) We obtain sufficient and
    necessary conditions for ail solutions to be bounded and to converge to
    zero. Our results can be applied to the well-known equation
    (x) double over dot + f(1)(x)(x) over dot + f(2)(x)(x) over dot(2) +
    g(x) - e(t),
    which substantially extends and improves important results in the
    literature. (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Math Appl, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOSIEWICZ HA, 1955, J LOND MATH SOC, V30, P64
    BURTON TA, 1970, ANN MAT PUR APPL, V85, P277
    BUSHAW DW, 1958, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    FREEDMAN HI, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P333
    GRAEF JR, 1972, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V12, P34
    GUIDORIZZI HL, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V176, P11
    HUANG LH, 1995, MATH JPN, V2, P283
    JIAN JF, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL, V5, P855
    JIANG JF, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V194, P597
    LASALLE JP, 1961, STABILITY LIAPUNOVS
    LASALLE JP, 1976, NONLINEAR ANAL, V1, P83
    LI HQ, 1988, ACTA MATH SINICA, V31, P209
    PAN ZG, 1992, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V12, P376
    QIAN CX, 1992, B LOND MATH SOC, V24, P281
    QIAN CX, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL, V7, P823
    SUGIE J, 1987, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V11, P1391
    VILLARI G, 1987, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V67, P267
    YOSHIZAWA T, 1963, CONTRIB DIFFERENTIAL, V1, P371
    ZHANG B, 1992, P AM MATH SOC, V115, P779
    ZHANG B, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P303
    ZHANG B, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V200, P453
    ZHOU J, 1996, NONLINEAR ANAL, V12, P1463
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 256
 IS 2
 BP 360
 EP 374
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 422ET
 UT ISI:000168106100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
    Bao, JS
 TI Photon acceleration driven by an intense laser pulse
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE photon acceleration; frequency upshifting; plasma wave; optical metric
 ID WAKEFIELD ACCELERATION; PLASMA
 AB Interaction of a laser field with a plasma wave is studied by metric
    optics. Analysis shows that the frequency upshifting of the laser pulse
    results from the plasma density gradient. A laser beam can be thought
    of as a packet of photons moving in a plasma and thus the laser
    frequency upshifting is equivalent to photon acceleration. Examination
    of the three-dimensional motion equations shows that a laser beam
    diffraction occurs in the presence of a radial variation of the plasma
    density. It is argued that the focusing mechanism originating from the
    plasma wave can curb laser diffraction so that photons may be trapped
    in the plasma wave and accelerated continuously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIRANOFF F, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P995
    BINGHAM R, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P247
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    MISNER CW, GRAVITATION, P582
    SCHROEDER CB, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1177
    SHEN WD, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P1
    SPRANGLE P, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P2146
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU S, 1997, ACTA OPT SINICA, V17, P1677
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
    ZHU ST, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V40, P755
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 314
 EP 319
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 423KP
 UT ISI:000168175700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI An open-plus-closed-loop control for discrete chaos and hyperchaos
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID MULTIPLE-ATTRACTOR SYSTEMS; COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION
    CONTROLS; OPCL CONTROL; ENTRAINMENT
 AB An open-plus-closed-loop control law is presented for chaotic maps.
    Some entrainment capabilities for the logistic map, the Henon map and a
    hyperchaotic map are respectively analyzed. Numerical examples of
    controlling chaos are given to demonstrate the application of the
    method. The robustness to the model error is proved. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1997, CHAOS ORDER
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P87
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P407
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1992, PHYSICA D, V54, P253
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    JACKSON EA, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P550
    KAPITANIAK T, 1996, CONTROLLING CHAOS TH
    LASALLE JP, 1976, STABILITY DYNAMICAL
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1994, COPING CHAOS
    WEIGEL R, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P173
 NR 16
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD APR 2
 PY 2001
 VL 281
 IS 5-6
 BP 327
 EP 333
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 420YK
 UT ISI:000168032700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI A traversal time for tunneling particles through a potential barrier
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE traversal time; superluminality; tunneling; energy speed
 ID QUANTUM-THEORY; LARMOR CLOCK; TRANSMISSION; DISTRIBUTIONS;
    PROBABILITIES; SCATTERING; MECHANISM; DELAY
 AB A new kind of traversal time for tunneling particles through a
    potential barrier that has no problem of superluminality is introduced.
    Its physical significance is investigated. Several limits are
    considered, which are physically meaningful. Comparisons with dwell
    time and phase time are also made. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOHM D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO
    BROUARD S, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P4312
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    JAUCH JM, 1967, HELV PHYS A, V40, P217
    KRENZLIN HM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3749
    LEAVENS CR, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V178, P27
    LEAVENS CR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P88
    LI CF, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V252, P329
    LI CF, 1997, PHYSICA B, V240, P98
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    MUGA JG, 1992, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V4, L579
    MUGA JG, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V167, P24
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    SOKOLOVSKI D, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P6512
    STEINBERG AM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P32
    STEINBERG AM, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2405
 NR 29
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 296
 IS 4
 BP 356
 EP 360
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 420MC
 UT ISI:000168007900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
 TI Decoupling of vortex-antivortex pairs: a possible explanation for
    nonequilibrium microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular films
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE granular films; vortex excitation; nonbolometric photoresponse
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; JOSEPHSON-JUNCTION ARRAYS; O
    THIN-FILMS; RADIATION
 AB A two-dimensional Josephson-junction array has been employed as a model
    system for YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films. Based on this model,
    the dissociation process of the vortex-antivortex pairs is discussed in
    terms of applied current activation, and the unbinding vortices
    distribution n(T, I) is calculated as a function of temperature and
    applied current. When I/I-c << 1 is satisfied, the value of the n(T, I)
    could only be observed within the temperature region of (2/3)T-KT < T <
    T-KT, this behavior is analogous to that of photoresponse dissipation
    measured from the granular YBCO films. This similitude implies that the
    unbinding process of the vortex pairs might be responsible for the
    nonequilibrium photoresponse dissipation in granular superconducting
    films. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    LOBB CJ, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P150
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHILLIPS JR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5219
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    XU KX, 1999, PHYSICA C, V321, P258
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD APR 1
 PY 2001
 VL 351
 IS 3
 BP 274
 EP 280
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 418NA
 UT ISI:000167897200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A modified perturbation technique depending upon an artificial parameter
 SO MECCANICA
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Duffing equation; van der Pol
    equation; artificial parameter
 AB In this paper, a modified perturbation method is proposed to search for
    analytical solutions of nonlinear oscillators without possible small
    parameters. An artificial perturbation equation is carefully
    constructed by embedding an artificial parameter, which is used as
    expanding parameter. It reveals that various traditional perturbation
    techniques can be powerfully applied in this theory. Some examples,
    such as the Duffing equation and the van der Pol equation, are given
    here to illustrate its effectiveness and convenience. The results show
    that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weak
    nonlinear systems, but also for strongly nonlinear systems. In applying
    the new method, some special techniques have been emphasized for
    different problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd,POB 189, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P109
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    LIU GL, 1997, NAT C 7 MOD MATH MEC, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 0025-6455
 J9 MECCANICA
 JI Meccanica
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 299
 EP 311
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA 419FL
 UT ISI:000167938600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhu, XW
    Jiang, WZ
    Sun, ZH
    Wang, H
 TI Microwave characteristics of (Pb,Ca) (Fe,Nb,Zr)O-3 dielectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChengZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    NAKANO M, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4314
    TAKAHASHI H, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5069
    WAKINO K, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V91, P68
    WERSING W, 1991, ELECT CERAMICS
    YOON KH, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5145
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 353
 EP 354
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 417WZ
 UT ISI:000167859600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, QL
    Song, LP
    Jin, GF
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Study of the reactions of fluorinated alpha,beta-unsaturated carbonyl
    compounds with nitrogen and sulfur dinucleophiles
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE fluorinated alpha,beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds; fluorinated
    heterocycles; dinucleophiles; nucleophilic reactions; thiazine
 ID KETONES
 AB The fluorinated alpha,beta -unsaturated ketone
    1,1,1-trifluoro-4-ethoxy-3-butene-2-one reacted with dinucleophiles
    such as 2-aminothiophenol and 2-amino-ethanethiol to give
    trifluoroacetyl substituted 4H-1,4-benzothiazine, or 4H-1,4-thiazine,
    while the reaction of 5-trifluoroacetyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran or
    4-trifluoroacetyl-2,3-dihydro-furan with 2-amino-phenthiol gave
    3-(2,2,3-2H-benzothiazolyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ol or
    3-(2-2,3-2H-benzothiazolyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-
    tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-ol, respectively. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 345 Fenglin Rd,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BUDESINSKY BW, 1971, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V33, P3795
    CHU QL, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P677
    FILLER R, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    FILLER R, 1982, BIOMEDICINAL ASPECTS
    FILLER R, 1993, ORGANOFLUORINE COMPO
    GERUS II, 1994, J FLUORINE CHEM, V69, P195
    GORBUNOVA MG, 1993, J FLUORINE CHEM, V65, P25
    LISO G, 1981, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V18, P279
    MARTINS MAP, 1999, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V36, P837
    MIYANO S, 1975, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P760
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YOSHIOKA H, 1984, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V42, P809
    ZHU SZ, 1999, MONATSH CHEM, V130, P671
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 108
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 56
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 416UB
 UT ISI:000167797600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature dependence of the Raman spectra of Na2Si2O5
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SPECTROSCOPY; MELT
 AB The microstructures of Na2Si2O5 from room temperature up to 1773 K are
    studied by high-temperature Raman spectroscopy. Deconvolutions of
    complex Raman spectra of crystal and amorphous states (glass and melt)
    are described. The results show that the temperature-dependent Raman
    spectra clearly indicate phase transition. The relative abundance of
    various kinds of SiO4 tetrahedrons (each Si binding to different
    numbers of bridging oxygens) can be qualitatively and quantitatively
    resolved as to be varied obviously with different temperatures. This
    shows that high-temperature Raman spectroscopy provides a useful tool
    for microstructure research under high temperature and helps to explain
    the properties of silicate glasses and melts.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    HUANG SP, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    JIANG GC, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P20
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY, CH4
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    XU KD, 1999, SCI CHINA, V22, P77
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
    YOU JL, 2000, IN PRESS J SHANGHAI
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 408
 EP 410
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 417RM
 UT ISI:000167848000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Thickness-dependent microstructures and electrical properties of PZT
    films derived from sol-gel process
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE PZT films; sol-gel; thickness-dependent properties
 ID THIN-FILMS; ORIENTATION
 AB Crack free Pb(ZrxTi1-x)O-3 (x = 0.45) films with various thicknesses
    were prepared by a sol-gel multiple coating process on Pt-coated
    Si(100) substrates. Rapid thermal annealing (RTA) methods were used to
    crystallize the amorphous PZT films. Field emission scanning electron
    microscopy (FESEM) and X-ray diffraction (XRD) techniques were utilized
    to study the thickness dependent morphology and phase content. The
    relationship between the thickness and electrical properties of PZT
    films was investigated. The dielectric constants of PZT films increased
    with increasing film thickness. It was observed that the PZT films
    revealed spontaneous piezoelectric responses without poling process,
    which decreased with increasing film thickness. By poling the film with
    26 V/mum, the piezoelectric responses of the thin PZT films was not
    obviously improved. However, the piezoelectric constant of thick PZT
    films increased obviously after poling. The phenomenon of
    thickness-dependent spontaneous polarization of PZT films was utilized
    to interpret the thickness dependent piezoelectric properties. The I-V
    characteristics and the dielectric breakdown strength of PZT films have
    also been examined and discussed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AMANUMA K, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4150
    BUDD KD, 1985, BR CERAM P, V36, P107
    CHENG JR, 1999, ADV SCI TECH, V25, P61
    KHOLKIN AL, 1998, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V22, P525
    KIM CJ, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V312, P130
    LEFKI K, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P1764
    LIU DDH, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V18, P263
    MIYAZAWA K, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2333
    PHILLIPS NJ, 1991, J MATER CHEM, V1, P893
    QU X, 1986, THIN FILM PHYSICS CH, P124
    SCOTT JF, 1989, SCIENCE, V246, P1400
    SWARTZ SL, 1992, MATER RES SOC S P, V243, P533
    TANI T, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V310, P296
    WILLEMS GJ, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V15, P19
    YAMASHITA K, 1980, JPN J APPL PHYS, V19, P867
    YI G, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2713
 NR 16
 TC 16
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD APR 2
 PY 2001
 VL 385
 IS 1-2
 BP 5
 EP 10
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 414KW
 UT ISI:000167666600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Wu, QY
    Sun, XK
 TI Diffusion of hydrogen along the grain boundaries in Ni3Al alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NICKEL; TRANSPORT; SEGREGATION
 AB The diffusivity of hydrogen in two Ni3Al alloys (No.1 and No.2) has
    been measured in the temperature range of 100 degreesC to 420 degreesC
    using an ultrahigh vacuum gaseous permeation technique. The diffusivity
    data fall into two segments, in which the hydrogen diffusivity adheres
    to the Arrhenius form, respectively. From the hydrogen diffusivity, it
    is conjectured that the hydrogen diffusivity reflects the hydrogen
    transportation along the grain boundaries at lower temperature and the
    hydrogen transportation in the lattice at higher temperature. The
    intergranular fracture of Lit-type intermetallics induced by hydrogen
    at relative low temperature results from hydrogen transportation along
    the grain boundaries and not in the lattice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Met Res Inst, State Key Lab RSA, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG XY, UNPUB
    CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P851
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HARRIS TM, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P351
    HUANG JH, 1996, DIFFUSION METALS ALL
    KIRMURA A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P757
    LADNA B, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P1775
    PALUMBO G, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P679
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    TSURU T, 1982, SCRIPTA METALL, V16, P575
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    XU J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1455
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 207
 EP 210
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 415KL
 UT ISI:000167720500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI High-quality zirconia powder resulting from the attempted separation of
    acetic acid from acrylic acid with zirconium oxychloride
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID TEMPERATURE; PRECURSOR; ALKOXIDE
 AB Both acetic and acrylic acids are low molecular weight carboxylic acids
    with very similar physical and chemical properties. As a result it is
    difficult to separate these two acids by the now commercially
    significant separation techniques such as distillation, solvent
    extraction, adsorption, ion exchange, calcium salt precipitation, and
    membrane processes. We propose a metal-organic precipitation process
    using zirconium oxychloride to separate acetic acid from acrylic acid
    in the effluent of an acrylic acid plant. The process developed is
    based on the selective precipitation of acrylic acid, at suitable pH
    values, by the addition of zirconium oxychloride to the effluent. The
    resulting precipitate is a precursor that can yield a pure, ultrafine,
    and partially-stabilized zirconia powder which has been characterised
    using thermal analysis, infrared spectroscopy, and X-ray diffraction.
    Environmental, technological and cost advantages will make the present
    process feasible for the manufacture of advanced zirconia-based
    ceramics.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALCOCK NW, 1976, J CHEM SOC DA, P2243
    CHEN YL, 1997, CERAM INT, V23, P267
    DJURADO E, 1998, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V141, P191
    GU GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 2000, GREEN CHEM, V2, G42
    HAYASHI H, 1998, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V12, P87
    HU MZC, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2313
    JANA S, 1997, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V9, P227
    KOMISSAROVA LN, 1966, RUSS J INORG CHEMN, V11, P2035
    MCDEVITT NT, 1964, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V20, P799
    MEHROTRA RC, 1983, METAL CARBOXYLATES, P238
    MICHELI AL, 1989, CERAM INT, V15, P131
    PAUL RC, 1976, AUST J CHEM, V29, P1605
    PROZOROVSKAYA ZN, 1968, RUSS J INORG CHEM, V13, P965
    SOREK Y, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P670
    TOSAN JL, 1994, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V168, P23
    TSUKADA T, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1169
    UCHIKOSHI T, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P840
    VEYTIZOU C, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P365
    YOKOTA O, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1333
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0959-9428
 J9 J MATER CHEM
 JI J. Mater. Chem.
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 1283
 EP 1287
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 415NR
 UT ISI:000167728100050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Chu, JH
    Guo, SL
    Bo, LX
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
 TI A ferroelectric frequency-doubling material-potassium lithium niobate
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE crystal growth; ferroelectrics; optical transmission spectrum; domain
    structure; Second Harmonic Generation
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; GROWTH
 AB The potassium lithium niobate crystals have been grown up. The shapes
    of solid-melt interfaces which maintaining the steady growth of the
    potassium lithium niobate crystals have been described. The optical
    transmission spectrum of the crystal has been surveyed. The perfected
    crystals showed good Second Harmonic Generation properties.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARK R, 1973, J PHYSIQUE, V22, P143
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    XIA HR, 1997, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V32, P311
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 197
 EP 205
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 414FL
 UT ISI:000167655300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, SK
    Yuan, QX
    Xu, J
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Wan, YB
 TI Crack-free K3Li2-xNb5+2xO15+2x crystals grown by the resistance-heated
    Czochralski technique
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE Czochralski method; growth from melt; single crystal growth; lithium
    compound; niobate; potassium compounds; ferroelectric materials;
    nonlinear optic materials; harmonic generators; nonlinear optical
 ID POTASSIUM
 AB We report that crack-free K3Li2-chiNb5+2 chiO15+2 chi crystals (KLN)
    have been grown by the resistance-heated Czochralski technique. The
    influence of melt composition and growth parameters on crystal growth
    and crystal cracks are described. Blue light (445-476nm) has been
    obtained by frequency doubling of the light wave (890-952nm) generated
    from a Ti:sapphire laser. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, SK, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, POB 800211,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FERRIOL M, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V173, P226
    OUWERKER M, 1991, ADV MATER, V3, P339
    SCOTT BA, 1970, MATER RES B, V5, P47
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1997, J SYNTH CRYST, V2, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, J CHIN LASERS, V8, P15
    YOON DH, 1994, J CRYST GROWTH, V144, P207
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 223
 IS 3
 BP 389
 EP 393
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 411FL
 UT ISI:000167487400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JY
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Interaction between an electronic system and multiphotons in a strong
    laser field
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE strong laser field; multiphoton; nonlinear optics
 ID PARTIALLY STRIPPED PLASMAS; COHERENT CONTROL; PULSES; PROPAGATION;
    PHOTODISSOCIATION; STABILITY; DYNAMICS
 AB Under the framework of nonlinear quantum field theory,we show the total
    Hamiltonian operator H-tot for the interaction between an electron
    field and a photon field,and study the contribution of the nonlinear
    term A(2) in the strong laser field. In this paper,we describe
    electrons with the Schrodinger quantum wave field of Fermi-Dirac
    statistics. By applying "self-consistent mean field","effective mass"
    approximation and the displaced harmonic oscillator coherent theory,we
    derive the Lee-Low-Pines expression f(b(+)) of electron wave-photon
    field operator function. Then using the differential formula of partial
    derivativef(b+)/partial derivativeb+ we derive some relevant
    calculating formulas, including detailed expressions of electron energy
    El and abt wave field parameter beta (w). Furthermore,we also derive
    self-energy E-k=0 and renormalized mass m** of electrons according to
    these expressions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTY CPJ, 1996, LASER FOCUS WORLD, V32, P93
    BORGHESI M, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P4899
    CHARRON E, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P7359
    CHARRON E, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2815
    CLARK TR, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2773
    GIUSTISUZOR A, 1995, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V28, P309
    GUO DS, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P6622
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
    KRUSHELNICK K, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4047
    LANGE HR, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P120
    MENG SX, 1999, PROGR PHYSICS, V19, P236
    MILCHBERG HM, 1996, PHYS PLASMAS 2, V3, P2149
    MOUROU GA, 1998, PHYS TODAY, V51, P22
    SPRANGLE P, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V56, P5894
    SPRANGLE P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1046
    SPRANGLE P, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1173
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 416
 EP 421
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Dai, SQ
 TI An improved one-dimensional cellular automaton model of traffic flow
    and the effect of deceleration probability
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton; probability of deceleration; jam phase
 AB Based upon the single-lane traffic cellular automaton (CA) model
    introduced by Negel and Schreckenberg, an improved single-lane traffic
    CA model has been proposed by the consideration of the relative motion
    of vehicles and the relation of deceleration probability with the
    density. Numerical simulations have been carried out. The results show
    the complicated evolution process of traffic flow. The flow of vehicles
    can be controlled by the definition of the relation between
    deceleration probability and the exponet v of density P-noise similar
    to rho (v) Different values of v have different effect on the critical
    point from free phase to jam phase. The simulation agrees with the
    measurement as v is about 0.75. With the increase of vehicles and the
    evolution process of traffic flow,the free and jam phases will become
    unsteady and appear alternatively, similiar to the propagation of wave.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    ISHIBASHI Y, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P2882
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1997, TRANSIMS TRAFFIC FLO
    SCHREKENBERG M, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2939
    TOROK J, 1996, PHYSICA A, V231, P515
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P193
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, L31
    WANG BH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P906
    WOLFRAM S, 1986, THEORY APPL CELLULAR
 NR 10
 TC 21
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 445
 EP 449
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Tang, JY
 TI Measurement of isotope shifts among Nd-142-146,148,150(+) by using
    collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE isotope shifts; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 ID ND-II
 AB In atomic spectroscopy, the subject of isotope shifts is one of the few
    problems that links atomic and nuclear physics. The isotope shifts
    among all the seven stable isotopes in Nd II were measured by means of
    collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. Compared with the data that
    have been published,our experimental accuracy is improved by one order
    of magnitude and some of the results are obtained for the first time,
    as far as we know.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AHMAD SA, 1983, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V36, P943
    BLAISE J, 1984, PHYS SCR, V29, P119
    GERSTENKON S, 1978, ATLAS SPECTRA ABSORP
    KING WK, 1984, ISOTOPE SHIFTS ATOMI, CH6
    MA HL, 1997, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V30, P3355
    MA HL, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P572
    MA HL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V6, P411
    WAKASUGI M, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P2700
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 453
 EP 456
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SM
    Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wei, Q
 TI Slow Bragg solitons in a periodic structure with Kerr nonlinearity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; slow Bragg solitons; gap solitons; coupled-mode theory
 ID GAP SOLITONS; OPTICAL-RESPONSE; BISTABILITY; SUPERLATTICES
 AB On the basis of coupled-mode theory we find a class of solitary
    solutions for the electromagnetic wave propagating in an infinite
    one-dimensional periodic structure with an intensity-dependent
    refractive index. We show that the amplitude of the solitary wave is
    dependent of the incident frequency and the pulse width. In the Bragg
    resonance limit, the solitary wave can he Simplified to a soliton-like
    solution which was named as "gap soliton" or "slow Bragg soliton".
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN W, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P6269
    CHEN W, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P160
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1746
    DESTERKE CM, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P1722
    DRAGOMAN M, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P110
    FENG J, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1302
    FENG JH, 1993, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V29, P590
    HERBERT CJ, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1783
    KUO CP, 1988, OPT LETT, V13, P1032
    MILLS DL, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P947
    WINFUL HG, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V35, P379
    WINFUL HG, 1985, APPL PHYS LETT, V46, P527
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 489
 EP 495
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JY
    Chau, KT
    Wang, Y
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Design and analysis of a new permanent magnet brushless DC machine
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE flux regulation; permanent magnet brushless dc machine; square wave;
    time-stepping finite element method
 AB A new permanent magnet (PM) brushless de machine with a unique feature
    of flux regulation is proposed in this paper. The originality is that
    the air-gap flux of the machine is generated by both the PM excitation
    and the specially controlled stator current under the same PM pole, The
    machine possesses advantageous characteristics of both the PM brushless
    de machine and the de series machine, The rotor configuration and
    principle of operation are so novel that the magnetic field
    distribution and performances of the machine are analyzed by use of a
    time-stepping finite element method. The theoretical calculation is
    also verified by experimental measurement.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JY, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    CHAN CC, 1998, IEEE T, V4, P16
    CHAN CC, 1999, P INT EL VEH S, P1
    LAW JD, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1185
    MAYER R, 1986, P INT C EL MACH, P1138
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 36
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3353
 EP 3356
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 409EN
 UT ISI:000167371700380
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JY
    Chau, KT
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI A new surface-inset, permanent-magnet, brushless DC motor drive for
    electric vehicles
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc motors; electric vehicles; motor drives; permanent magnet
    motors
 ID OPERATING LIMITS; DESIGN; PERFORMANCE; MACHINES
 AB A new five-phase, surface-inset, permanent-magnet (PM), brushless de
    motor drive is proposed in this paper The motor drive has advantages of
    both the PM brushless de motor drive and the de series motor drive, The
    originlity is that the air-gap flux of the motor is generated by both
    the PM excitation and the specially controlled stator currents (two
    particular phases) under the same PM pole. The motor configuration and
    principle of operation are so unusual that the magnetic field
    distribution and steady-state performance are analyzed by the
    finite-element method (FEM), Experimental results for a prototype
    verify that the proposed motor drive is promising for modern electric
    vehicle applications.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JY, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1993, P IEEE, V81, P1202
    CHAN CC, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1258
    CHAN CC, 1995, IEEE T POWER ELECTR, V10, P539
    JAHNS TM, 1987, IEEE T IND APPL, V23, P681
    LAW JD, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1185
    MAYER R, 1988, P INT C EL MACH, P1138
    MORIMOTO S, 1990, IEEE T IND APPL, V26, P866
    SCHIFERL RF, 1990, IEEE T IND APPL, V26, P115
    SEBASTIAN T, 1987, IEEE T IND APPL, V23, P327
    SEBSTIAN T, 1986, IEEE T MAGN, V22, P1069
    SOONG WL, 1994, IEE P-ELECT POW APPL, V141, P331
    WEH H, 1984, IEEE T MAGN, V20, P1756
    WEH H, 1985, P EUR POW EL C EPE B, P1147
    XU LY, 1995, IEEE T IND APPL, V31, P373
    ZHU ZQ, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P98
 NR 15
 TC 6
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 36
 IS 5
 PN Part 2
 BP 3810
 EP 3818
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 409EQ
 UT ISI:000167371900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Xi, JJ
 TI Novel synthesis of unsymmetrical azines from semicarbazones and
    aldehydes
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new synthesis of unsymmetrical azines utilizing semicarbazones and
    aldehyde is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLUENGA J, 1982, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P966
    GEORGIA MA, 1987, ORGANOMETALLICS, V6, P421
    KOZIARA A, 1986, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P298
    TENNANT G, 1979, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P455
    UGRIUMOV PG, 1959, ZH OBSHCH KHIM, V29, P4091
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 125
 EP 129
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 409LC
 UT ISI:000167384300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, H
    Wang, Q
    Li, ZY
 TI Biocatalytic resolution of para-nitrostyrene oxide by resting cells of
    different Aspergillus niger strains
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE epoxide hydrolase; kinetic resolution; chiral epoxide; chiral vicinal
    diol
 ID MICROBIOLOGICAL TRANSFORMATIONS; EPOXIDE HYDROLASES
 AB Biocatalytic resolution of racemic para-nitrostyrene oxide was
    accomplished by employing the epoxide hydrolases from the whole cells
    of several Aspergillus niger (A. niger) strains. In the eases
    investigated, excellent selectivity was achieved with such strains as
    A. niger 5450, A. niger 5320.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biotechnol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab
    Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAND M, 1994, FEBS LETT, V338, P251
    ARAND M, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P4223
    ARCHELAS A, 1997, ANNU REV MICROBIOL, V51, P491
    CHEN XJ, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P5528
    FABER K, 1996, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V50, P249
    JACOBSEN EN, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P773
    JOHNSON RA, 1993, CATALYTIC ASYMMETRIC, P103
    KATSUKI T, 1995, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V53, P940
    KOLB HC, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P2483
    LARROW JF, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V50, P249
    MOREAU P, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P9707
    MORISSEAU C, 1997, ENZYME MICROB TECH, V20, P446
    MORISSEAU C, 1998, BIOTECHNOL TECH, V12, P805
    MOUSSOU P, 1996, J ORG CHEM, V61, P7402
    PEDRAGOSAMOREAU S, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P9707
    WEIJERS CAGM, 1997, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V8, P639
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 272
 EP 275
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 408AP
 UT ISI:000167304600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, K
    Zhou, S
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonequilibrium photoresponse of YBa2Cu3O7-x granular films to 8 mm
    microwave radiation
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; O THIN-FILMS; ANTIVORTEX PAIR
    DISSOCIATION; SUPERCONDUCTING WEAK LINKS; JOSEPHSON-JUNCTION ARRAYS;
    OPTICAL-RESPONSE; RESISTIVE TRANSITION; TEMPORAL RELAXATION;
    FLUCTUATIONS; CRYSTALS
 AB Nonequilibrium photoresponse behavior has been investigated for
    YBa2Cu3O7-x (YBCO) granular films to 8 mm microwave radiation under
    various bias currents and magnetic fields. The measurements reveal that
    the nonequilibrium photoresponse mode occurs only in the tail region of
    the resistance transition curve R(T) from the normal to the
    superconducting state, where transportation behavior of the granular
    superconducting film is found to be characterized by the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless (KT) phase transition model. Based on the KT model,
    the photoresponse mechanism has been interpreted in terms of the
    depinning process of the unbinding vortices, which are generated from
    the decoupling process of the vortex-antivortex pairs by current, and
    are held at the intrinsic pinning sites of the granular high-T-c
    superconducting films at low temperature. Under the co-action of the
    bias current and the incident microwave photons, these unbinding
    vortices will be driven out of the pinning center, creating viscous
    motion in the Josephson junction array system. An analytical result of
    the unbinding vortices density n(T,I) induced by applied current has
    been worked out based on the model of two-dimensional Josephson
    junction arrays that is employed as a model system for the YBCO
    granular films. The distribution of the n(T,I) is found to be analogous
    to that of the photoresponse measured in the temperature region of
    2/3T(KT)<T <T-KT. Additionally, the measurements reveal that the
    magnitude of the photoresponse is linearly increased with an increase
    of the incident microwave power. These results imply that the
    nonequilibrium photoresponse induced by microwave irradiation may be
    intrinsically related to the decoupling process of the
    vortex-antivortex pairs, as well as to the depinning dynamics of the
    unbinding vortices in the granular high-T-c superconducting films. (C)
    2001 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, K, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM DW, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P5268
    AMBEGAOKAR V, 1963, PHYS REV LETT, V10, P486
    BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BHATTACHARYA S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P5829
    BLUZER N, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P10222
    BLUZER N, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P1336
    BLUZER N, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2869
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHEN CD, 1994, PHYSICA B 1, V194, P989
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CHO S, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V84, P5657
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    EPSTEIN K, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P534
    FARDMANESH M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4568
    FENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    GOLTSMAN GN, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P751
    HARRIS DC, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3606
    HEBARD AF, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P291
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HU Q, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P2444
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KAILA MM, 1998, J SUPERCOND, V11, P463
    LOBB CJ, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P150
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    RESNICK DJ, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P1542
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV, CH6
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    YEH NC, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9708
    YESHURUN Y, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2202
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YUZHELEVSKI Y, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9726
    ZELDOV E, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9712
 NR 44
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 89
 IS 6
 BP 3352
 EP 3361
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 406ZZ
 UT ISI:000167248100043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized Hellinger-Reissner principle
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID PARAMETRIZED VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; MECHANICS
 AB By the semi-inverse method of establishing variational principles, the
    Hellinger-Reissner principle can be obtained straightforwardly from
    energy trial-functionals without using Lagrange multipliers, and a
    family of generalized Hellinger-Reissner principles with an arbitrary
    constant are also obtained, some of which are unknown to us at the
    present time. The present theory provides a straightforward tool to
    search for various variational principles directly from governing
    equations and boundary conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    FELIPPA CA, 1994, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V113, P109
    FELIPPA CA, 1996, COMPUT MECH, V18, P159
    GOLDSTEIN H, 1981, CLASSICAL MECH
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P36
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P1417
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P603
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 67
 IS 2
 BP 326
 EP 331
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 404PK
 UT ISI:000167109400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DD
    Shi, WH
 TI On the formal solution of initial value problem of Navier-Stokes
    equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; formal solution; stratification; equation
    secondaire
 AB A necessary and sufficient conditions of the existence of formal
    solution to the initial value problem of Navier-Stokes equation an R-3
    x R are presented. A computation case is also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR LANDAU J, 1971, MECHANIQUE FLUIDES
    SHI WH, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P1125
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 12
 BP 1432
 EP 1439
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 406LG
 UT ISI:000167217200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, YH
    Shi, WH
 TI The C-k instability of Navier-Stokes equation appending polynomials of
    unknown functions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; unstable equation; strate transversale
 AB Applying the theory of stratification, the solution space structure
    about a class of deformed Navier-Stokes equation is determined. It is
    proved that such kind of equation has no C-k( k greater than or equal
    to2) stable solution by the fact that the strate transversale is a null
    set.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 210800, Peoples R China.
 RP He, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 210800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    LANDAU L, 1971, MECHANIQUE FLUIDES
    RIDE H, 1971, MATH GEOPHYSICAL SCI
    SHIH W, 1987, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V304, P103
    SHIH WH, 1995, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WH, 1998, ICNM 3 INT C NONL ME, P848
    SHIH WS, 1986, DIAGRAMMES, P1
    TANG YM, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH MMM, P445
    TROTMANN D, 1997, SINGULARITIES MAPS A
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 12
 BP 1440
 EP 1449
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 406LG
 UT ISI:000167217200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI The influence of atomic ordering on the hydrogen embrittlement of
    (Co,Fe)(3)V polycrystal
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE scanning electron microscopy (SEM); intermetallics; hydrogen
    embrittlement; order-disorder phenomena
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; DUCTILITY;
    FRACTURE; ALLOYS; NI3FE; NI3AL
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    COHRON JW, 1996, INTERMETALLICS, V4, P497
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    KURUVILLA AK, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P229
    LIU CT, 1979, METALL T A, V10, P1515
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MARCUS P, 1985, HYDROGEN DEGRADATION, P36
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3032
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WANG S, 1999, ACTA METALL SINICA, V35, P1262
    XIAOJING W, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD FEB 2
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 325
 EP 329
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 403JF
 UT ISI:000167038200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    Guo, SQ
    Zhang, XB
    Zhuang, YQ
    Xu, KD
 TI Investigation on dephosphorization of stainless steel
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 AB The principle of the dephosphorization for stainless steels differs
    from that of other low alloy steels, which should not only decrease
    phosphorous content efficiently but also keep the concentration of Cr
    almost lossless. In these cases, two techniques can be selected. The
    strategy for oxidational dephosphorization is illustrated in terms of
    "the selective oxidation among elements [Cr], EP] and [C]. So there are
    two critical W-[C] values. If the real W-[C] locates between these two
    critical values, the dephosphorization process will be optimized. The
    optimized region deduced theoretically coincides with the reported
    range very well. The experiment of reductional dephosphorization was
    carried out in a sealed reactor. The dephosphorization degree reached
    55.4%-78.0% when the original phosphorous content was 0.04%-0.05%. The
    processing parameters and the way to avoid pollution were suggested. So
    this process seems to be possibly adopted in industrial scale.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR KITAMURA K, 1984, T ISIJ, V24, P631
    KOROS PJ, 1986, IRON STEEL MAKER, V13, P21
    ZHANG X, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P301
    ZHANG XB, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P311
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 50
 EP 54
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 403DY
 UT ISI:000167028400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, H
    Ma, HW
 TI Experimental research of the synthesizing of 13X molecular sieves from
    potash feldspar ores
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE potash feldspar; 13X molecular sieves; synthesis
 AB 13X molecular sieve was synthesized from potash feldspar ores by baking
    and hydrothermal synthesizing procedures. The optimal technological
    parameters were determined by means of quadrature experiment. The
    properties of the synthesis powder such as XRD, crystal constants, SEM,
    DTA, chemical composition, SiO2/Al2O3 are similar to those of the ideal
    13X moleclar sieve. And its absorbability comes up to the state
    standards of chemical industry of China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Geosci, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, H, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 63
 EP 68
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 401UV
 UT ISI:000166947400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, Z
    Zhou, Z
 TI The bending of composite shallow revolutional shells
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART G-JOURNAL
    OF AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE composite revolutional shell; composite spherical shell; non-orthogonal
    series method (NOSM)
 ID LAMINATED CYLINDRICAL PLATES
 AB This paper deals with the bending problem of composite revolutional
    shells under the action of distributed loading using a new approach,
    the non-orthogonal series method, i.e. NOSM. The formulation is based
    on the thin shell theory of small strains. The basic equations are
    developed and can be expressed in matrix form for composite
    revolutional shells. In general, because of the anisotropic
    characteristics, there will be a coupling effect in the boundary
    conditions, even including the axisymmetrical bending case. The
    non-orthogonal function series adopted showed very significant coupling
    effects in such anisotropic and orthotropic revolutional shells.
    Finally, a composite shallow spherical shell was investigated and the
    results show that the coupling effect at the boundary conditions makes
    the maximum displacement smaller than in the case of no coupling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LW, 1987, COMPOS STRUCT, V8, P189
    LOU KA, 1991, J COMPOS MATER, V25, P162
    REKTORYS K, 1975, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    SOLDATOS KP, 1984, INT J ENG SCI, V21, P217
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    VOLMIR AC, 1963, FLEXIBLE PLATES SHEL
    WHITNEY JM, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P1641
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0954-4100
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG PT G-J A E
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part G-J. Aerosp. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 IS G6
 BP 369
 EP 376
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 400QP
 UT ISI:000166883300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Wang, GM
    Wei, SQ
 TI Mechanical alloying, fine structure and thermal decomposition of
    nanocrystalline FCC-Fe60Cu40
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; nanocrystalline solid solution; Mossbauer effect;
    thermal decomposition; EXAFS
 ID FEXCU100-X SOLID-SOLUTIONS; FE-CU ALLOYS; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    STABILITY; BEHAVIOR; POWDERS; SYSTEM
 AB The solid dissolution of Fe atoms into Cu matrix induced by mechanical
    alloying and subsequent thermal decomposition of Fe atoms from the
    solid solution in composition of Fe60Cu40 have been studied by X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer spectroscopy and the extended X-ray
    absorption fine structure (EXAFS) technique. The disappearance of
    elemental Fe and Cu XRD peaks and the presence of FCC structural XRD
    peaks illustrate the formation of FCC-Fe60Cu40 solid solution.
    Meanwhile, the new sextet spectrum with a broadening hyperfine magnetic
    field distribution also demonstrates that the alloying is on an atomic
    level and there exist complex coordination environments in the solid
    solution. EXAFS results Further prove the reality of atomic alloying
    from the clear observation of Fe atoms taking on FCC coordination in
    the solid solution. Additionally, a large reduction in the first shell
    coordination number for a center iron atom but not for a center Cu atom
    indicates the composition non-uniformity, which suggests that Fe atoms
    enrich the surface while Cu atoms enrich the core of a FCC nanocrystal.
    The variation of Mossbauer spectra against the annealing temperatures
    during thermal decomposition indicates that the Fe atoms at the surface
    readily nucleate and cluster into alpha -Fe at a temperature slightly
    below 250 degreesC, whereas the Fe atoms in the core of nano-sized
    crystals first cluster into gamma -Fe cohering to the FCC matrix at a
    temperature about 350 degreesC and then transform to alpha -Fe for
    further annealing at a higher temperature or for a longer time. (C)
    2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Ctr Struct Anal, Anhua 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN CL, 1986, PHYS REV B, V33, P3247
    CRESPO P, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7134
    CRESPO P, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6322
    CRESPO P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P13227
    DICICCO A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P12386
    DRBOHLAV O, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P1799
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P131
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P2794
    FECHT HJ, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2333
    HARRIS VG, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P6929
    HUANG JY, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P113
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1056
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2768
    MA E, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P955
    MACRI PP, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4061
    MASSALSKI TB, 1986, BINARY PHASE DIAGRAM, P916
    NIESSEN AK, 1983, CALPHAD, V7, P51
    SCHILLING PJ, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P767
    SUMIYAMA K, 1985, ACTA METALL MATER, V33, P1785
    UENISHI K, 1992, Z METALLKD, V83, P132
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, P399
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    YAVARI AR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2235
 NR 23
 TC 4
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 293
 IS 3-4
 BP 249
 EP 259
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 401LV
 UT ISI:000166929800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
 TI Damped Jaynes-Cummings model including spontaneous emission
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLLAPSE; REVIVAL; STATES; CAVITY; FIELD
 AB As a continuation of the previous paper 'Collapse and revival in the
    damped Jaynes-Cummings model' [Chin. Phys. Lett. 16 (1999) 895], at
    present the problem is solved under the condition that the atomic
    spontaneous emission is included. In the case of no damping, c = 0,
    gamma (1) not equal 0, gamma (2) not equal 0, the half atomic inversion
    operator (sigma (z)) possesses an analytic solution, whereas in the
    general case c not equal 0, the problem is reduced to the numerical
    evaluation of first-order nonlinear differential equations. The final
    results show that with the increase of gamma (1) and gamma (2), the
    kinetic quantities converge rapidly to stationary solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT SM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P2444
    BUCK B, 1981, PHYS LETT, V81, A132
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1323
    GERRY CC, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P2857
    HAKEN H, 1970, ENCYCL PHYS, V25, P41
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P3175
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    SHAO B, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P905
    ZHENG SB, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P273
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 220
 EP 222
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 402FX
 UT ISI:000166976300022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, HC
    Wang, XG
 TI Multiple hypotheses testing method for distributed multisensor systems
 SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE hypothesis testing; decision making; uncertainty; multisensor fusion
 ID FUSION STRATEGIES; TARGET DETECTION; DECISION FUSION; ARCHITECTURES;
    ENVIRONMENTS
 AB In this paper, we propose a two-layer sensor fusion scheme for multiple
    hypotheses multisensor systems. To reflect reality in decision making,
    uncertain decision regions are introduced in the hypotheses testing
    process. The entire decision space is partitioned into distinct regions
    of "correct", "uncertain" and "incorrect" regions. The first layer of
    decision is made by each sensor indepedently based on a set of optimal
    decision rules. The fusion process is performed by treating the fusion
    center as an additional "virtual" sensor to the system. This "virtual"
    sensor makes decision based on the decisions reached by the set of
    sensors in the system. The optimal decision rules are derived by
    minimizing the Bayes risk function. As a consequence, the performance
    of the system as well as individual sensors can be quantified by the
    probabilities of correct, incorrect and uncertain decisions. Numerical
    examples of three hypotheses, two and four sensor systems are presented
    to illustrate the proposed scheme.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Comp Sci, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, HC, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Comp Sci, Clear Water Bay,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR DASARATHY BV, 1994, DECISION FUSION
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P632
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P24
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3067, P14
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3067, P26
    HALL D, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P1
    HALL DL, 1992, MATH TECHNIQUES MULT
    HOBALLAH IY, 1989, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V35, P995
    LEE CC, 1989, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V25, P536
    LUO RC, 1995, MULTISENSOR INTEGRAT
    SADJADI FA, 1986, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V22, P134
    SAMARASOORIYA VNS, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P54
    TENNEY RR, 1981, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V17, P501
    THOMOPOLOUS SCA, 1990, INT J ROBOTICS, V17, P337
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1987, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V23, P644
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1990, SPIE, V1383, P623
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2905, P127
    TSITSIKLIS JN, 1985, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V30, P440
    VARSHNEY PK, 1996, DISTRIBUTED DETECTIO
    WANG XG, 1996, P IEEE SICE RSJ INT, P166
    WANG XG, 1998, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P3407
    WANG XG, 1999, P IEEE INT C INT ROB, P1008
    WANG XG, 1999, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P2090
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0921-0296
 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST
 JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 119
 EP 141
 PG 23
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics
 GA 398TY
 UT ISI:000166773600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Tunneling time of particles through a potential barrier
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID TRAVERSAL TIME; DISTRIBUTIONS
 AB A new tunneling time is proposed by introducing the transfer speed of
    energy carried by tunneling particles. This speed is similar to the
    energy transfer speed in electromagnetism, and with the tunneling time,
    the well-known superluminality may be avoided. The low energy limit,
    the critical limit, and the opaque limit are considered, which are
    physically meaningful. Comparisons with dwell time and Buttiker and
    landauer's semiclassical time are also made.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAZ AI, 1967, SOV J NUCL PHYS, V5, P161
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOLUN D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOLUN D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO, P98
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    JAUCH JM, 1967, HELV PHYS A, V40, P217
    KRENZLIN HM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3749
    LEAVENS CR, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V178, P27
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    RYBACHENKO VF, 1967, SOV J NUCL PHYS, V5, P635
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    ZHU S, 1986, AM J PHYS, V54, P601
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 12
 BP 902
 EP 904
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 400QB
 UT ISI:000166882100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jinhua, W
    Yoshii, F
    Makuuchi, K
 TI Radiation vulcanization of ethylene-propylene rubber with
    polyfunctional monomers
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE ethylene-propylene rubber; polyfunctional monomer; radiation
    vulcanization
 AB This paper reports on the sensitizing efficiency of several
    polyfunctional monomers to radiation vulcanization of
    ethylene-propylene rubber. And the results show that triethyleneglycol
    dimethacrylate (TEGDMA) gave the best results. TEGDMA not only lowers
    the vulcanization dose (D-v), but also increases the tensile strength
    greatly. The content of TEGDMA does not affect the D-v of TEGDMA-EPM,
    but affects the tensile strength at the D-v. At best content (0.04
    mol/100 g EPM), the tensile strength is increased from 6.0 to 12 MPa,
    and the elongation is 790% at the D-v. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Japan Atom Energy Res Inst, Takasaki Radiat Chem Res Estab, Takasaki, Gumma 37012, Japan.
 RP Jinhua, W, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOSHIMA M, 1991, CELL POLYM, V10, P359
    ODIAN G, 1964, J POLYM SCI A, V2, P2835
    ODIAN G, 1968, J POLYM SCI C, V16, P3619
    SPENADEL L, 1979, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V14, P683
    XIE SZ, 1989, HDB RUBBER IND, V1, P254
    XU Y, 1994, J RAD RES RAD P, V12, P155
    XU Y, 1995, J MACROMOL SCI PURE, V32, P1801
    YOSHII F, 1993, J RAD STERILIZATION, V1, P171
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 60
 IS 1-2
 BP 139
 EP 142
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 396ZP
 UT ISI:000166668500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, LP
    Chu, QL
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Synthesis of fluorinated pyrazole derivatives from beta-alkoxyvinyl
    trifluoroketones
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE beta-alkoxyvinyl trifluoromethylketone pentafluorophenylhydrazine
    per(poly)fluoroacectyl-hydrazine; fluorinated pyrazole; derivatives
 AB 1.1.1-Trifluoro-4-ethoxy-3-butane-2-one, 3-trifluoroacetyl-3,
    4-dihydro-2H-pyran or furan reacted readily with
    pentafluorophenylhydrazine or per(poly)fluoroacectylhydrazine
    RtCO-NHNH2 (R-1: BrCF2, C3F7) to give
    N-substituted-5-hydroxy-5-trifluoromrthyl I heterocycles
    Y-N-N=CH-CH(R)C(OH)CF3 (Y: H, Ar-f - or RtCO), which were dehydrated by
    treatment with P2O5 or SOCl2 to form N-substituted 5-trifluoromethyl
    pyrazoles Y-N-N=CH-C(R)=C CF3 (Y: H, Ar-f - or RtCO) in good yields.
    [GRAPHICS]
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 354 Fenglin Rd,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHERTON JH, 1968, J CHEM SOC C, P1507
    BANK RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    BRAIBANTE MEF, 1993, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V30, P1159
    GERUS II, 1991, KHIM GETEROTSIKL+, P502
    GERUS II, 1994, J FLUORINE CHEM, V69, P195
    HOJO M, 1976, CHEM LETT, P499
    HUDLICKY M, 1992, CHEM ORGANIC FLUORIN
    SINGH SP, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V94, P199
    SOUFYANE M, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P7737
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YOSHIOKA H, 1984, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V42, P809
    ZHU SZ, 1999, MONATSH CHEM, V130, P671
 NR 12
 TC 18
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 107
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 112
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 397CR
 UT ISI:000166676200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yong, KL
    Lu, JG
 TI Common and diverse characteristics of three-dimensional fluorescence
    spectra of crude oils
 SO SPECTROSCOPY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional fluorescence spectra; crude oil; fingerprint
 ID SYNCHRONOUS EXCITATION
 AB According to the contour maps of the three-dimensional fluorescence
    spectra of non-quenching crude oil samples, we have found the common
    and diverse fluorescence characteristics of various crude oils. The
    common fluorescence characteristic is that the main peaks of various
    crude oils are located in around the position of excitation/emission
    wavelength pair 228nm/340nm. The diversity of fluorescence
    characteristics can be represented with several indexes alpha, K, F and
    R, and these indexes provide measurable parameters for division of
    fluorescence fingerprints of crude oils. The fluorescence fingerprints
    of crude oils can be divided into three models named O, B and Q that
    are corresponding to condensate oil, light oil, and heavy oil
    respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yong, KL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENTZ AP, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, A455
    DESIDERI PG, 1986, J CHROMATOGR, V235, P165
    JOHN P, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, P520
    KARYAKIN AV, 1995, J ANAL CHEM+, V50, P1078
    KENNICUTT MC, 1983, MAR POLL B, V14, P342
    LU JC, 1998, FENXI SHIYANSHI, V17, P28
    MASON RP, 1988, OIL CHEM POLL, V4, P57
    RALSTON CY, 1996, APPL SPECTROSC, V50, P1563
    VONDERDICK H, 1986, ORG GEOCHEM, V10, P633
    XIAO X, 1991, PROG NAT SCI, V1, P240
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0038-7010
 J9 SPECTROSC LETT
 JI Spectr. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 33
 IS 6
 BP 963
 EP 970
 PG 8
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 394CQ
 UT ISI:000166506800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
 TI Composite Legendre-Laguerre approximation in unbounded domains
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE composite spectral approximation; unbounded domains; exterior problems
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB Composite Legendre-Laguerre approximation in unbounded domains is
    developed. Some approximation results are obtained. As an example, a
    composite spectral scheme is provided for the Burgers equation on the
    half line. The stability and convergence of proposed scheme are proved
    strictly. Two-dimensional exterior problems are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, IN PRESS NUMER MATH
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    QUARTERONI A, 1990, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V11, P1029
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 112
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 393TQ
 UT ISI:000166486100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, BQ
    Wu, WQ
    Xi, ST
 TI A near-wall two-equation heat transfer model for wall turbulent flows
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE two-equation model; turbulent flow; heat transfer
 ID PREDICTING FLUID-FLOW; FIELD CALCULATIONS; REATTACHING FLOWS;
    2-EQUATION MODEL
 AB A proposed near-wall (t(2)) over bar-epsilon (t) two-equation model for
    turbulent heat transport reproduces the correct near-wall behavior of
    temperature under various wall thermal boundary conditions. In this
    model, a mixing timescale is introduced to model the production term of
    epsilon (t) equation, and a more convenient boundary condition for
    epsilon (t) under the uniform wall heat flux is suggested. The present
    model is tasted through application to turbulent heat transfer for
    channel flow. Predicted results are compared with direct numerical
    simulation (DNS) data. The near-wall (t(2)) over bar-epsilon (t)
    two-equation model predicts reasonably well the distributions of the
    time-mean temperature. normal turbulent heat flux, temperature
    variance, dissipation rate and their near-wall budgets. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Power & Energy Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, BQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 1994, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V37, P139
    ABE K, 1995, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V38, P1467
    ELGOBASHI SE, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P2415
    JONES WP, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1119
    JONES WP, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V31, P3589
    KASAGI N, 1992, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V114, P598
    KIM J, 1989, TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW, V6, P85
    LAM CKG, 1981, J FLUIDS ENG, V103, P456
    LAUNDER BE, 1976, TURBULENCE, P232
    LAUNDER BE, 1988, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V110, P1112
    NAGANO Y, 1988, J HEAT TRANSFER, V110, P583
    NEWMAN GR, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V111, P217
    PARK TS, 1996, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V39, P3465
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SHIKAZONO N, 1993, P 9 S TURB SHEAR FLO
    SOMMER TP, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3375
    TORRI S, 1996, NUMER HEAT TRANSFER, V29, P417
    YOUSSEF MS, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3095
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 691
 EP 698
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 394NL
 UT ISI:000166530100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ying, TL
    Gao, MJ
    Zhang, XL
 TI Highly selective technique-molecular imprinting
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE molecular imprinting; molecular imprinted polymer; review
 ID AMINO-ACID DERIVATIVES; ANALOG-BUILT POLYMERS; MACROPOROUS POLYMERS;
    RACEMIC-RESOLUTION; RECOGNITION SITES; FREE SUGARS; SENSOR; MIMICS;
    DEPENDENCE; MEMBRANES
 AB Some aspects of molecular imprinting including models of self-assemble
    and preorganized approach. The selection of the imprint molecules,
    functional monomer, the condition of polymerization are summarized. The
    application, character and prospect of molecular imprinting are also
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ying, TL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSSON LI, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P5437
    ANDERSSON LI, 1990, J CHROMATOGR, V513, P167
    ANDERSSON LI, 1990, J CHROMATOGR, V516, P313
    CRAM DJ, 1988, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V27, P1009
    DABULIS K, 1992, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V39, P176
    DICKERT FL, 1999, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V18, P192
    DUNKIN IR, 1993, POLYMER, V34, P77
    EKBERG B, 1989, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V7, P92
    FISCHER L, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9358
    HAUPT K, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P628
    KENNETH JS, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3368
    KRIZ D, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P71
    KRIZ D, 1997, ANAL CHEM, V69, P345
    LELE BS, 1999, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V39, P37
    LINDSEY JS, 1991, NEW J CHEM, V15, P153
    LIU Q, 1999, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V27, P1341
    MATSUI J, 1998, ANAL COMMUN, V35, P225
    MENG ZH, 1997, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V25, P349
    MENG ZH, 1998, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V26, P1251
    MOSBACH K, 1996, BIO-TECHNOL, V14, P163
    NICHOLLS IA, 1995, J CHROMATOGR A, V691, P349
    NILSSON K, 1994, J CHROMATOGR A, V680, P57
    OSHANNESSY DJ, 1989, ANAL BIOCHEM, V177, P144
    PAULING L, 1940, J AM CHEM SOC, V62, P2443
    PAULING L, 1942, J EXP MED, V76, P211
    RAMSTROM O, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P7562
    RAMSTROM O, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P2636
    RAMSTROM O, 1998, ANAL COMMUN, V35, P9
    RICHARD JA, 1998, ANALYST, V123, P1611
    SELLERGREN B, 1985, J CHROMATOGR, V347, P1
    SELLERGREN B, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1578
    SERGEYEVA TA, 1999, ANALYST, V124, P331
    SREENIVASAN K, 1997, TALANTA, V44, P1137
    TURKEWITSCH P, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P2025
    VLATAKIS G, 1993, NATURE, V361, P645
    WANG JF, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1147
    WANG WQ, 1999, J CLIMATE 2, V12, P1423
    WU M, 1997, CHEM SENSORS, V17, P292
    WULFF G, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P395
    WULFF G, 1991, MAKROMOL CHEM, V192, P1329
    WULFF G, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1812
    WULLF G, 1990, J LIQ CHROMATOGR, V13, P2987
    YOSHIKAWA M, 1996, CHEM LETT, P611
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2001
 VL 29
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 102
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 395MK
 UT ISI:000166584000026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, JH
    Zhong, SS
    Yu, C
 TI FDTD analysis of a compact microstrip antenna with a C-shaped slot
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antennas; FDTD; small antennas
 AB A novel small microstrip patch antenna with a C-shaped slot is
    presented in this paper: The size of the antenna is only 33% of a
    conventional microstrip patch antenna, and is much easier for
    fabrication than shorted patch antennas. The antenna is theoretically
    investigated using the finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method and
    its return loss and radiation properties are presented. For purposes of
    comparison, method-of-moment (MoM) results are also presented, and good
    agreement is achieved. Such an antenna may be useful for applications
    where reduced antenna size and simplicity are major concerns. (C) 2001
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BERENGER JP, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V127, P363
    BERENGER JP, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P466
    LO TK, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P9
    WATERHOUSE R, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P604
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1997, IEEE AP S INT S, P1852
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1629
    WONG KL, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P433
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB 5
 PY 2001
 VL 28
 IS 3
 BP 170
 EP 172
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 391KC
 UT ISI:000166354300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xing, SM
    Zhai, QJ
    Hu, HQ
 TI Effect of process factors on microstructure of semisolid continuous
    casting billets
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE semisolid metal; continuous casting; process factors; microstructure
 AB Semisolid continuous casting (SSCC) is a new technology to produce
    billets for semisolid metal forming (SSMF). The effect of process
    factors, such as pouring temperature, stirring rate, preheating
    temperature and thermal conductivity of stirring chamber, on the
    microstructure of SSCC billets was studied by means of the factorial
    experimental method. The results show that the microstructure of SSCC
    billets can be controlled by the above-mentioned four process factors.
    In order to obtain fine and rounded granular grains in an SSCC billet,
    the pouring temperature, preheating temperature and stirring rate
    should be kept in a moderate range, and the thermal conductivity of
    stirring chamber should be high. The regression equations with the
    process factors connecting the microstructure was also set up based on
    experimental data.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Xing, SM, Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BLAZEK K, 1995, 5379828, US
    FLEMINGS MC, 1975, 3902544, US
    HIRT G, 1994, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V45, P359
    JABRANE S, 1992, P C PROC SEM ALL COM, P223
    WAGNER RS, 1996, T METALL SOC AIME, V236, P554
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 4
 BP 242
 EP 245
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 390YA
 UT ISI:000166326300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Design and calculation of gas property parameters for constant area
    lance under conditions of friction flow with heating
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 AB Formulae for calculating the outlet property parameters of gas heating
    and friction streams in tubular and annular type lances with constant
    area (tuyeres) are given, and have been applied to the case of an
    annular type used for an AOD (argon-oxygen decarburisation) vessel of
    18 t capacity. The distributions of both the inner wall temperatures of
    the tuyere and the gas stagnation temperatures along its length have
    been more reasonably fixed. The friction factors for the gas flows
    through the main and subtuyeres during blowing refining have been
    determined by comparison of the practically measured P-Q relationships
    with the results from trial calculations. The outlet parameters of the
    gas streams for the central tube (main tuyere) and annular slit pipe
    (subtuyere) of the tuyere have been calculated. The influences of the
    gas supply pressure, the length and diameter of the tuyere, and the
    type and composition of the gases, as well as the heating effect, on
    the gas outlet parameters have been considered. The results obtained
    may be expected to offer useful information and a reliable basis for
    tuyere design and determination, control, and optimisation of the gas
    blowing parameters and technology, as well as for the investigation of
    hydraulic modelling of the blowing processes. I&S/1440.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    DEISSLER RG, 1950, 2138 NACA
    FARMER L, 1989, ISS STEELMAKING C P, V72, P487
    ISHIDA J, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P150
    KAYE J, 1951, GEN DISC HEAT TRANSM
    KEENAN JH, 1946, J APPL MECH, V13, A91
    KORIA SC, 1989, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V16, P21
    KORIA SC, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P650
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    MOODY LF, 1944, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V66, P671
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V1, P219
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, P1131
    SHARMA SK, 1986, I SS STEELMAKING C P, V69, P653
    WEI JH, IN PRESS METALL MAT
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 294
 EP 301
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 392RA
 UT ISI:000166424400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Coupled variational principles of piezoelectricity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; elasticity; variational theory; the semi-inverse
    method; trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW
 AB A family of generalized variational principles of piezoelectricity carl
    be obtained straightforwardly from the field equations and boundary
    conditions via the semi-inverse method of establishing variational
    principles proposed by He without using Lagrange multipliers. The
    present theory provides a quite straightforward tool to search for
    various variational principles for physical problems. This paper aims
    at providing a more complete theoretical basis for the finite element
    applications and other direct variational methods such as Ritz's,
    Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    HE JH, IN PRESS ASME J APPL
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V4, P591
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1991, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    TONTI E, 1968, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 19
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 323
 EP 341
 PG 19
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 391MU
 UT ISI:000166360400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ru, HY
    Sheng, YJ
 TI New upper and lower bounds for Ramsey numbers
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 AB The Ramsey number R(G(1), G(2)) is the smallest integer p such that for
    any graph G on p vertices either G contains G(1) or (G) over bar
    contains G(2), where (G) over bar denotes the complement of G. Let R(m,
    a) = R(K-m, K-n). Some new upper and lower bound formulas are obtained
    for R(G(1), G(2)) and R(m, n). (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ru, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BONDY JA, 1976, GRAPH THEORY APPL
    RU HY, 1998, EUR J COMBIN, V19, P391
    RU HY, 1998, JCMCC, V28, P347
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 105
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics
 GA 392NF
 UT ISI:000166417000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Zhou, XR
    Ding, PX
 TI A note on the third-order evolution equation of Liu and Dingemans -
    Discussion
 SO WAVE MOTION
 DT Editorial Material
 AB Three kinds of errors involving the expressions of concepts, the
    algebraic operations, and the typographical in the derivation of the
    third-order evolution equation of Liu and Dingmans are pointed out to
    make the detailed corrected equations available. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Hydraul Engn, Sch Construct Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU PLF, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P41
 NR 1
 TC 1
 SN 0165-2125
 J9 WAVE MOTION
 JI Wave Motion
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 33
 IS 2
 BP 209
 EP 210
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 391BP
 UT ISI:000166334500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI A Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin and Chebyshev collocation method for
    third-order differential equations
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE third-order differential equation; Korteweg-de Vries equation;
    Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin and Chebyshev collocation
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; WAVE EQUATIONS;
    DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS; ALGORITHM; 3RD-ORDER; OPERATORS; 2ND-ORDER
 AB A Legendre Petrov Galerkin ( LPG) method for the third-order
    differential equation is developed. By choosing appropriate base
    functions, the method can be implemented efficiently. Also, this new
    approach enables us to derive an optimal rate of convergence in
    L-2-norm. The method is applied to some nonlinear problems such as the
    Korteweg de Vries ( KdV) equation with the Chebyshev collocation
    treatment for the nonlinear term. It is a Legendre Petrov Galerkin and
    Chebyshev collocation ( LPG-CC) method. Numerical experiments are given
    to con rm the theoretical result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    ASCHER UM, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P797
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    DJIDJELI K, 1998, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V14, P977
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FORNBERG B, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V155, P456
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    HESTHAVEN JS, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P1571
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    KREISS H, 1978, LECT NOTES U MONTREA
    LI J, IN PRESS NUMER METHO
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
 NR 24
 TC 6
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 14
 PY 2000
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 1425
 EP 1438
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 389AG
 UT ISI:000166214900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Asymptotic strong duality for bounded integer programming: A
    logarithmic-exponential dual formulation
 SO MATHEMATICS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; nonlinear integer programming; duality theory;
    logarithmic-exponential dual formulation; strong duality; primal
    feasibility
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS; GAP
 AB A logarithmic-exponential dual formulation is proposed in this paper
    for bounded integer programming problems. This new dual formulation
    possesses an asymptotic strong duality property and guarantees the
    identification of an optimal solution of the primal problem. These
    prominent features are achieved by exploring a novel nonlinear
    Lagrangian function, deriving an asymptotic zero duality gap,
    investigating the unimodality of the associated dual function and
    ensuring the primal feasibility of optimal solutions in the dual
    formulation. One other feature of the logarithmic-exponential dual
    formulation is that no actual dual search is needed when parameters are
    set above certain threshold-values.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Sha Tin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    BLAIR CE, 1982, MATH PROGRAM, V23, P237
    CHAVATAL V, 1973, DISCRETE MATH J, V4, P305
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    FLOUDAS CA, 1996, STATE ART GLOBAL OPT
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    GILL PE, 1981, PRACTICAL OPTIMIZATI
    GOH CJ, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P9
    GOH CJ, 2000, IN PRESS THEORY APPL
    GONDRAN M, 1970, RIRO, V5, P108
    GUIGNARD M, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V33, P262
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1999, OPER RES LETT, V25, P89
    LI D, 2000, IN PRESS ANN OPER RE
    LI D, 2000, IN PRESS J GLOBAL OP
    LI XS, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V8, P85
    LI XS, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P1283
    LLEWELLYN DC, 1993, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V45, P262
    MICHELON P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P303
    MICHELON P, 1993, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V42, P257
    MISRA KB, 1991, IEEE T RELIAB, V40, P81
    POWELL MJD, 1969, OPTIMIZATION, P283
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V12, P555
    SUN XL, 1999, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V102, P385
    TANG HW, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P682
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
    WILLIAMS HP, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V90, P257
    WOLSEY LA, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P173
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
    YANG XQ, 2000, IN PRESS LOCAL GLOBA
 NR 33
 TC 5
 SN 0364-765X
 J9 MATH OPER RES
 JI Math. Oper. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 625
 EP 644
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 388YN
 UT ISI:000166210800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Generalized inverse matrix Pade approximation on the basis of scalar
    products
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE scalar product of matrices; generalized inverse; matrix Pade
    approximation; algebraic properties; determinantal formula; Thiele-type
    continued fraction; epsilon-algorithm
 ID RATIONAL INTERPOLANTS; ALGORITHM
 AB A new type of generalized matrix inverse is used to define the
    generalized inverse matrix Pade approximants (GMPA), GMPA is introduced
    on the basis of scalar product of matrices, with the form of matrix
    numerator and scalar denominator. It is different from the existing
    matrix Pade approximants in that it does not need multiplication of
    matrices in the construction process. Some algebraic properties are
    discussed. The representations of GMPA are provided with the following
    three forms: (i) the explicit determinantal formulas for the
    denominator scalar polynomials and the numerator matrix polynomials;
    (ii) E-algorithm expression; (iii) Thiele-type continued fraction
    expression. The equivalence relations above three representations are
    proposed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Qi Xiang Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOULAS AC, 1986, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V31, P1121
    ANTOULAS AC, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V108, P157
    BAKER GA, 1981, PADE APPROXIMANTS 1
    BAKER GA, 1981, PADE APPROXIMANTS 2
    BECKERMANN B, 1994, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V15, P804
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V27, P322
    BULTHEEL A, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V35, P875
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    BULTHEEL A, 1990, CONTINUED FRACTIONS, P11
    CABAY S, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P735
    CHUANQING G, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    CHUANQING G, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V16, P301
    CHUANQING G, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    CHUANQING G, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    CHUANQING G, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    CHUANQING G, 1998, J NUMER METH COMPUT, V19, P283
    CHUANQING G, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    DRAUX A, 1984, AN9145 U SCI TECHN L
    GRAGG WB, 1972, SIAM REV, V14, P1
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1984, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V4, P209
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1994, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V51, P205
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V66, P255
    GUOLIANG X, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V107, P67
    KLABAHN G, 1989, SIAM J CIMPUT, V4, P639
    PESTANOGABINO C, 1998, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V94, P23
    STARKAND Y, 1979, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V5, P63
 NR 28
 TC 4
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2001
 VL 322
 IS 1-3
 BP 141
 EP 167
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 387QX
 UT ISI:000166134200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, WL
    Wang, LJ
    Tang, DY
 TI Infrared optical properties of amorphous hydrogenated carbon nitride
    film
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Letter
 ID THIN-FILMS
 AB The microstructure and optical properties of nitrogen-doped
    hydrogenated carbon DLC:N films deposited by the rf plasma-enhanced
    chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) method were studied by atomic force
    microscopy (AFM), Raman, Fourier-transform infrared (FTIR) and infrared
    ellipsometric (IRE) spectrometry. The absorption intensities of the
    peaks CNH (1600 cm(-1)), CN (2200 cm(-1)) and NH (3250 cm(-1)) in the
    IR spectra increase with the N-2/CH4 flux ratio. Raman spectra show
    that the shape of the D and G bands of DLC:N film varies slightly with
    the increase of N content, which means that the main structures of
    N-doped films are still diamond-like carbon (DLC).